Skip to main content

Full text of "Smithsonian year"

See other formats


BOSTON 
PUBLIC 
LIBRARY 


VSUVU  *™ 


/( 


SMITHSONIAN 

YEAR 


Smithsonian  Year 

1970 


ANNUAL  REPORT  OF 

THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 

FOR  THE  YEAR  ENDED  30  JUNE  1970 


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  PRESS 

City  of  Washington 

1970 


SMITHSONIAN  PUBLICATION  4766 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 
Washington,  D.C.  20402  -  Price  $1.25  (paper  cover) 


The  Smithsonian  Institution 

The  Smithsonian  Institution  was  created  by  act  of  Congress  in  1846 
in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  will  of  James  Smithson  of  England, 
who  in  1826  bequeathed  his  property  to  the  United  States  of  America 
"to  found  at  Washington,  under  the  name  of  the  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion, an  establishment  for  the  increase  and  diffusion  of  knowledge 
among  men."  In  receiving  the  property  and  accepting  the  trust,  Con- 
gress determined  that  the  federal  government  was  without  authority  to 
administer  the  trust  directly,  and,  therefore,  constituted  an  "establish- 
ment," whose  statutory  members  are  "the  President,  the  Vice  President, 
the  Chief  Justice,  and  the  heads  of  the  executive  departments." 

The  Establishment 

Richard  M.  Nixon.,  President  of  the  United  States 

Spiro  T.  Agnew,  Vice  President  of  the  United  States 

Warren  E.  Burger,  Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States 

William  P.  Rogers.,  Secretary  of  State 

David  M.  Kennedy,  Secretary  of  the  Treasury 

Melvin  R.   Laird,  Secretary  of  Defense 

John  N.  Mitchell,  Attorney  General 

Winton  M.  Blount,  Postmaster  General 

Walter  J.  Hickel,  Secretary  of  the  Interior 

Clifford  M.  Hardin,  Secretary  of  Agriculture 

Maurice  H.  Stans,  Secretary  of  Commerce 

George  P.  Shultz,  Secretary  of  Labor 

Robert  H.  Finch,  Secretary  of  Health,  Education,  and  Welfare 

George  W.  Romney,  Secretary  of  Housing  and  Urban  Development 

John  A.  Volpe,  Secretary  of  Transportation 


Board  of  Regents  and  Secretary 


30  June   1970 


Presiding  Officer  ex  officio 


Regents  of  the  Institution 


Executive  Committee  (Permanent 
Committee) 


The  Secretary 
Under  Secretary 
Assistant  Secretaries 


A  listing  of  the  professional   staff  of 
and  its  offices  appears  in  Appendix  4 
'Died  27  July  1970. 


Richard  M.   Nixon,  President  of  the 
the  United  States,  Chancellor 

Warren   E.  Burger,  Chief  Justice  of 

the  United  States,  Chancellor 
Spiro   T.   Aonew,   Vice    President   of 

the  United  States 
Clinton    P.    Anderson,    Member    of 

the  Senate 
J.    William    Fulbright,   Member    of 

the  Senate 
Hugh   Scott,  Member  of  the  Senate 
Frank  T.  Bow,  Member  of  the  House 

of  Representatives 
Michael  J.  Kirwan,  Member  of  the 

House  of  Representatives1 
George    H.    Mahon,   Member  of   the 

House  of  Representatives 
John    Nicholas    Brown,    citizen    of 

Rhode  Island 
William    A.    M.    Burden,    citizen    of 

New  York 
Crawford    H.    Greenewalt,    citizen 

of  Delaware 
Caryl  P.  Haskins,  citizen  of  Wash- 
ington, D.C. 
Thomas   J.    Watson,   Jr.,   citizen   of 

Connecticut 
James   E.  Webb,  citizen  of  Washing- 
ton, D.C. 
Warren      E.      Burger.      Chancellor 

(Board  of  Regents) 
Clinton  P.  Anderson- 
Caryl    P.    Haskins     (Chairman    ad 

interim) 
James  E.  Webb 
S.  Dillon  Ripley 
James  Bradley 

Sidney    R.    Galler,    Assistant    Secre- 
tary  (Science) 

Charles  Blitzer,  Assistant  Secretary 
(History  and  Ait) 

William   W.   Warner,  Assistant  Sec- 
retary   (Public   Service) 
the   Smithsonian   Institution,   its  bureaus, 


Contents 


Page 

The  Smithsonian  Institution iii 

Board  of  Regents  and  Secretary iv 

Statement  by  the  Secretary 1 

Financial    Report 18 

Science 27 

National  Museum  of  Natural   History 30 

National  Air  and  Space  Museum 40 

Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory 45 

Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute 49 

Radiation  Biology  Laboratory 55 

National  Zoological  Park 56 

Office  of  Environmental  Sciences 59 

Center  for  the  Study   of  Man 62 

Center  for  Short-Lived  Phenomena 63 

History  and  Art 65 

National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology 68 

Archives  of  American   Art 73 

Freer  Gallery  of  Art 75 

National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts 77 

National  Portrait  Gallery 78 

Joseph  H.  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden 80 

Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  of  Decorative  Arts  and  Design 81 

National  Armed  Forces  Museum  Advisory  Board 83 

Woodrow  Wilson  International  Center  for  Scholars 84 

Office  of  American  Studies 85 

The  Joseph  Henry  Papers 86 

Special  Museum  Programs 89 

Office  of  the  Director  General  of  Museums 92 

Office  of  Exhibits  Programs 94 

Conservation-Analytical    Laboratory 94 

Office   of   the   Registrar 95 

Smithsonian   Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service 96 


Page 

Public  Service  and   Information  Activities 99 

Smithsonian  Associates 102 

Office  of  Public  Affairs 104 

Office  of  International  Activities 105 

Division  of  Performing  Arts 106 

Smithsonian  Museum  Shops 107 

Belmont  Conference  Center 107 

Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum 108 

Smithsonian    (magazine) 110 

Smithsonian  Institution  Archives Ill 

Smithsonian   Institution  Libraries Ill 

International  Exchange  Service 112 

Information   Systems  Division 113 

Smithsonian  Institution  Press 114 

Science  Information  Exchange 115 

Reading  Is  Fundamental 115 

Office  of  Academic  Programs 119 

Administrative  Management 123 

National  Gallery  of  Art 133 

John  F.  Kennedy  Center  for  the  Performing  Arts 139 

Appendixes 147 

1.  Smithsonian  Foreign  Currency  Program 149 

2.  Members  of  the  Smithsonian  Council 153 

3.  Smithsonian  Associates  Membership 155 

4.  Staff  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution 158 

5.  Publications  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution   Press 184 

6.  Academic  Appointments 192 

7.  Public  Affairs 203 

8.  Smithsonian  Exhibits 210 

9.  Financial  Statement 212 


VI 


STATEMENT  BY  THE  SECRETARY 


Statement  by  the  Secretary 

S.   Dillon   Ripley 


This  past  year  has  been  one  of  measured  progress  for  the  enter- 
prises of  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  Where  many  of  the 
prospects  of  the  nation  at  large  seem  fraught  with  dissent  and 
division,  where  the  path  of  education  has  become  obscured  by  the 
divisiveness  which  has  beset  the  academies,  the  smaller  private  institu- 
tions of  learning,  lacking  tuition-paying  students  as  well  as  football 
teams,  seem  to  have  survived  so  far  relatively  unscathed. 

Sometimes  it  seems  to  us  that  the  Smithsonian  and  other  research 
institutions  are  rather  like  monasteries  in  medieval  times,  removed 
from  the  warfare  that  surges  round  about  and  insulated  from  the 
dissensions  that  rage  throughout  our  public  life.  Our  "monasteries" 
are  not  fortified  as  were  those  in  the  middle  ages  and  we  have  not 
so  far  had  to  defend  the  scholars  writing  in  their  libraries  and 
attempting  to  preserve  individual  research  and  learning.  Rather  our 
monasteries  are  open  havens  where  the  public  comes  and  goes  as  it 
will,  and  we  hope  that  something  of  value  to  all  our  people  will  brush 
off  in  the  process.  A  notable  example  of  the  latter  was  the  second 
peace  demonstration  and  moratorium  march  on  15  November  1969 
when,  in  the  cold,  and  with  tear  gas  on  Constitution  Avenue  some 
81,000  persons  crowded  into  the  Museum  of  History  and  Technology, 
cheek  by  jowl,  to  rest  awhile  and  look  at  the  objects  displayed  therein. 
That  the  exercise  was  not  purely  one  of  rest  and  relaxation  was  wit- 
nessed by  the  many  letters  and  telephone  calls  received  from  all  over 
the  country  afterward  which  expressed  thanks  and  grateful  apprecia- 
tion for  the  hospitality  offered  by  the  Museum,  and  concern  and  active 
interest  in  the  displays  that  were  on  view.  So  some  benefits  can  be 
derived  even  from  such  confrontations. 

Like  other  institutions  concerned  with  research  and  study,  however, 
the  Smithsonian  suffered  in  the  past  year  from  the  general  decline  in 
grants  and  subventions  to  science  as  well  as  to  related  areas  of  study. 
Our  problem  with  the  declining  government  budgets  for  the  support 
of  basic  science  has  been  compounded  by  the  tax  reform  act  of  last 
year  which  produced  a  serious  paralysis  of  will  on  the  part  of  the 
foundations.  Drawing  back  from  giving  while  they  attempted  to 
reassess  the  legal  complications  of  the  tax  bill,  foundations  in  general 

1 


2  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

have  still  not  recovered  entirely  from  the  shock  of  the  great  tax 
reform  act.  The  path  ahead  for  foundations  and  for  philanthropy 
in  general  is  a  thorny  and  difficult  one.  It  appears  for  the  moment 
as  if  the  populist  theoreticians  in  government  have  won  a  kind  of 
victory  and  that  once  more  the  concept  of  the  private  accumulation 
of  wealth  is  cast  into  an  atmosphere  of  discredit  in  the  public  mind. 
Whether  this  trend  on  the  part  of  the  legislators  represents  a  true 
feeling  in  the  country  at  large  remains  to  be  discerned.  It  seems 
at  this  stage  highly  unlikely  that  the  public  tax-derived  dollar  will 
replace  foundation  giving  to  the  extent  or  with  anywhere  near  the 
potential  versatility  that  the  record  of  private  philanthropy  has  dem- 
onstrated. All  of  this  remains  for  the  future,  however.  At  least  it 
would  seem  as  if  foundations  will  be  somewhat  more  limited  in  the 
cycle  of  their  growth  and  the  number  of  years  in  which  they  con- 
tinue to  operate.  It  seems  as  if  a  term  had  been  put  to  the  age  of 
any  foundation  and  one  can  only  hope  that  in  the  long  run  this  will 
not  prove  to  be  a  serious  or  crippling  blow. 

One  of  the  encouraging  developments  for  the  Institution  this  year 
was  the  series  of  fruitful  discussions  held  during  the  summer  and 
autumn  with  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget  on  methods  of  structuring  the 
federal  part  of  our  budget  and  the  annual  appeal  for  appropriations 
to  the  Congress  of  the  United  States.  For  the  first  time  the  Bureau 
of  the  Budget  recognized  the  concept  which  we  have  continually 
emphasized,  that  Smithsonian  activities  represent  a  kind  of  unity. 
In  spite  of  the  many  bureaus,  some  of  them  incorporated  in  large 
buildings  on  the  Mall  and  others  tucked  away  in  laboratories  here 
and  there,  there  are  a  series  of  unifying  themes  which  run  through 
the  Institution's  activities.  Our  concerns  remain  united  around  the 
general  subjects  of  history,  history  of  art,  science  and  technology,  and 
the  delineation  of  these  histories  through  public  exhibition.  In  addi- 
tion, our  science  activities  revolve  generally  around  the  compilation 
of  statistics,  information,  and  research  about  the  biosphere  and  space. 
Our  classical  concerns  in  natural  history  and  in  astrophysics  have 
come  full  circle  so  that  today  we  can  proudly  claim  our  work  to  be 
of  vital  importance  in  the  new  sciences  of  the  study  of  the  environ- 
ment on  the  one  hand  and  of  outer  space  on  the  other.  Within  these 
common  themes  there  are  overriding  considerations  for  the  public 
good.  Education  and  public  exhibition  are  of  paramount  concern  for 
all  our  main  buildings  and  for  the  curators  and  the  research  staff  who 
inhabit  them.  Education  through  research  and  publication  remains 
paramount  in  the  other  bureaus  whose  activities  are  not  contained  in 
the  large  public  buildings.  In  addition,  Joseph  Henry's  initial  concern 


STATEMENT  BY  THE  SECRETARY  3 

with  bringing  scholars  together  with  colleagues  in  foreign  countries 
continues  to  be  developed  and  encouraged  through  our  foreign  cur- 
rency program  as  well  as  research  activities  both  here  and  abroad. 

We  are  proud  of  the  incorporation  this  year  of  the  first  program 
for  developing  studies  by  the  Woodrow  Wilson  International  Center 
for  Scholars  and  pleased  that  we  shall  be  able  to  give  the  Woodrow 
Wilson  Center  houseroom  in  the  old  Smithsonian  building  for  a 
temporary  period  of  time  until  new  quarters  are  found  for  them.  It  is 
symbolic  of  the  activities  to  which  that  "building  was  dedicated  in  the 
formative  years  of  the  Smithsonian  that  we  should  now  have  advanced 
scholars  concerned  with  common  themes  of  study  housed  in  the  red 
sandstone  castle  on  the  Mall.  We  hope  that  the  first  two  broad  areas 
of  study  of  the  Center  scholars — the  international  law  of  the  sea 
with  its  implication  on  planning  for  the  appropriate  and  best  uses 
of  the  sea,  and  the  broad  areas  of  social  biology — will  be  illuminated 
by  the  Center's  scholars.  Their  studies  will  reflect  out,  I  am  sure, 
into  many  of  the  scholarly  workings  of  the  Institution  itself. 

The  Bureau  of  the  Budget  has  encouraged  us  during  the  past  year 
to  develop  an  interbureau  program  pointing  toward  the  celebration  of 
the  American  Revolution  Bicentennial  in  1976  and  subsequent  years, 
and  for  this  the  Congress,  impressed  by  the  goals  toward  which  we 
strive,  has  appropriated  some  funds  this  year  for  the  Institution. 

The  second  general  theme  approved  by  the  Bureau  is  that  of  envi- 
ronmental studies,  in  so  many  aspects  of  which  the  Smithsonian  has 
pioneered.  We  believe  that  the  Congress  will  listen  with  interest  to 
our  discussions  in  this  regard  and  will  furnish  us  with  some  funds  to 
begin  laying  out  long-range  plans  for  ecological  assessments  in  both 
the  New  World  temperate  and  tropical  zones  and  perhaps  in  the 
Old  World.  Within  such  programs  many  of  our  scientists  can  find 
themselves  at  home  and  with  the  potential  of  resources  to  add  to 
their  critically  needed  funds  for  research.  Like  researchers  in  the 
field  of  the  natural  and  physical  sciences  everywhere  we  have  deep 
legitimate  concerns  for  the  great  problems  of  our  time.  We  are 
uniquely  equipped  through  possessing  and  working  with  the  national 
collections  to  contribute  to  solutions  but  we  are  pitifully  undersup- 
ported  in  order  to  make  these  vital  concerns  effective.  If  the  science 
fraternity  across  the  land  cares,  we  wish  they  would  let  us  know  and 
seek  ways  to  help. 

Additionally,  the  events  of  last  summer,  when  the  Apollo  11  flight 
first  successfully  explored  the  moon,  prompted  us  to  raise  with  the 
administration  whether  the  time  might  not  be  ripe  to  proceed  with 
the  plans  for  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum.  The  language  of 


4  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

the  1966  authorization  was,  "appropriations  should  not  be  requested 
pursuant  to  H.R.  6125  unless  and  until  there  is  a  substantial  reduction 
in  our  military  expenditures  in  Vietnam."  In  the  interim  since  1966, 
it  has  been  our  thought  that  the  original  plans  for  the  National  Air 
and  Space  Museum,  first  begun  in  the  1950s,  have  through  the  lapse 
of  time  become  obsolescent.  Museum  building  plans  can  become  as 
dated  in  their  own  way  as  the  designs  for  an  airplane  engine,  provided 
no  mock-up  is  constructed,  no  prototype  tested.  In  the  ensuing  years 
since  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum's  plans  were  first  drawn  up, 
many  new  concepts  of  exhibits  as  well  as  new  thoughts  about  the 
research  potential  of  the  Museum  itself  have  evolved.  At  the  same 
time  construction  costs  have  escalated  steadily  and  in  an  arithmetic 
manner,  so  that  today  one  is  faced  with  the  possibility  of  an  annual 
increment  to  such  costs  of  up  to  12  percent.  This  means  that  an  Air 
and  Space  Museum  authorized  in  1966  "not  to  exceed  approximately 
$50,000,000  in  costs"  may  now  be  envisaged  to  cost  by  the  mid  '70s 
something  in  the  order  of  $65,000,000  to  $70,000,000. 

The  Smithsonian  administration  should  not  rest  in  its  efforts  to 
make  prudent  use  of  the  dollars  which  may  be  appropriated  to  us  by 
the  Congress.  It  seems  wise,  therefore,  to  restudy  the  whole  original 
design  and  to  set  exhibit  and  research  needs  against  costs  in  such  a 
way  as  to  attempt  to  hold  the  line  financially  in  any  request  to  the 
Congress  for  a  firm  budget.  Last  autumn  we  asked  the  Bureau  of  the 
Budget  for  study  funds,  but  this  was  unfortunately  cut  out  of  the 
President's  budget  for  the  1970  session  of  the  second  session  of  the 
91st  Congress.  We  hope  to  go  back  to  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget  again 
this  year  and  request  funds  for  appropriate  studies  of  the  project. 
There  will  be  only  one  National  Air  and  Space  Museum  and  we  had 
better  make  sure  that  it  is  going  to  be  the  best  one  that  can  be 
feasibly  obtained  as  well  as  a  prudent  and  efficient  use  of  government 
funds.  Fortunately,  the  cooperation  of  nasa,  the  continued  coopera- 
tion of  the  Air  and  Space  Museum,  and  the  perseverance  of  our 
budgetarily  limited  staff  have  combined  to  make  sure  that  those 
objects  as  well  as  the  documents  incorporated  in  the  eventual  building 
will  be  of  the  highest  quality  and  caliber.  It  is  now  up  to  us  to  produce 
the  finest  building  that  can  be  constructed.  Happily,  Mr.  Gyo  Obata 
of  the  firm  of  Hellmuth,  Obata  and  Kassabaum  has  consented  to 
restudy  and  redesign  the  building  for  what  we  hope  will  be  an  appro- 
priate cost,  and  this  concept  the  Regents  have  approved. 

In  spite  of  the  generous  actions  of  the  Congress  in  giving  the 
Smithsonian  limited  increases  each  year,  which  have  averaged  some- 
where between  6  and  8  percent,  it  is  sad  to  recall  that  costs  in  the 


STATEMENT  BY  THE  SECRETARY  5 

nation  at  large  have  continued  to  escalate  so  much  that  our  scientists' 
work  and  our  research  and  exhibits  potential  have  been  seriously 
slowed  and  potentially  threatened  in  their  appropriate  and  meritorious 
growth.  We  have  just  been  able  to  keep  up  with  the  continued  na- 
tional rate  of  inflation.  It  allows  little  for  growth,  expansion,  and 
change,  so  necessary  for  a  healthy  concern,  be  it  a  corporation,  univer- 
sity, or  a  research  and  museum  complex.  Examples  of  such  needs 
are  continuing  additions  to  art,  history,  and  science  collections, 
modern  inventory  computerization  for  these  collections,  development 
of  new  experimental  ideas  and  fields  of  study — a  neighborhood  mu- 
seum, environmental  research  at  our  Chesapeake  Bay  Center  and  our 
Tropical  Research  Laboratory  in  Panama,  support  for  the  new  Center 
for  Short-Lived  Phenomena — to  name  but  a  few  of  a  seemingly  endless 
list  of  worthy  projects. 

Thus  there  is  a  definite  and  increasingly  severe  confrontation  be- 
tween the  clamor  on  the  one  hand  to  pursue  creative  ideas  in  pursuit 
of  our  mandate  to  increase  and  diffuse  knowledge,  and  on  the  other 
hand  the  support  of  funds  to  permit  such  work  to  be  carried  out. 

While  vigorously  seeking  additional  support  from  Congress  for  these 
purposes,  we  are  at  the  same  time  carrying  out  a  program  of  self- 
examination  of  the  use  of  our  total  resources  with  the  objective  of 
reducing  or  eliminating  outmoded  or  low-priority  activities.  The 
results  of  this  program  will  be  a  painful  but  necessary  and  healthy 
exercise. 

In  the  case  of  our  private  finances  the  pressures  are  no  less  severe. 
Failure  to  maintain  a  healthy  balance  between  income  and  expendi- 
tures could  produce  a  serious  threat  to  the  future  of  the  Institution. 
Those  unfamiliar  with  the  Smithsonian  may  not  realize  that  it  was 
founded  by  Congress  as  a  private  institution  and  operated  without 
any  federal  support  for  nine  years  until  1855,  when  at  the  insistence 
of  the  government  it  took  over  the  management  and  exhibition  of  the 
National  Museum  collections.  Since  then,  of  course,  the  continued 
accessions  of  magnificent  collections  plus  growth  of  other  federally 
related  activities  have  brought  about  an  enlargement  of  this  federal 
support.  The  growth  of  federal  support  combined  in  recent  years  with 
an  alarming  degree  of  inflation  unmatched  by  growth  of  income  from 
our  private  endowment  funds  has  reduced  our  private  fund  support 
to  less  than  10  percent  of  our  total,  although  research  grants  and 
contracts  awarded  to  the  Smithsonian  added  to  our  private  income 
constitute  about  32  percent  of  our  total  operating  budget. 

The  fact  that  the  Smithsonian  is  basically  a  private  institution, 
although  federally  supported,  is  of  immense  importance  to  its  ability  to 


6  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

occupy  its  long-established  and  unique  position.  Its  nonpolitical  char- 
acter allows  us  to  maintain  our  objectivity  and  our  contacts  and 
scholarly  investigations  in  virtually  all  nations.  The  Smithsonian  is  a 
national  showplace  partially  supported  by  but  not  of  the  government, 
and  this  attracts  a  continuing  flow  of  valuable  collections  which  would 
not  otherwise  be  available  in  the  nation's  capital  for  the  millions  of 
annual  visitors. 

Today  it  is  not  too  much  to  say  that  the  private  nature  of  the  Smith- 
sonian is  threatened  by  the  inflationary  advances  in  costs  without  com- 
mensurate increase  in  private  resources.  While  the  Smithsonian  private 
endowment  funds  total  about  thirty  million  dollars,  only  about  one 
quarter  of  this  amount  is  of  an  unrestricted  nature  and  the  annual 
income  from  these  unrestricted  endowment  funds  is  less  than  $400,000, 
pitifully  small  in  relation  to  a  total  annual  budget  of  nearly  fifty  mil- 
lion dollars.  During  the  fiscal  year  1970  alone,  the  need  to  match  for 
private  employees  the  salary  increases  legislated  for  all  United  States 
government  employees,  boosted  private  roll  salary  payments  by  15 
percent.  It  will  be  literally  impossible  to  keep  up  such  a  heavy  pace 
in  the  future  unless  ,a  commensurate  increase  in  private  resources  can 
be  achieved. 

We  are  now  making  strenuous  efforts  to  cope  with  this  threat  to 
the  future  of  the  Institution.  As  in  the  case  of  federal  funds,  we 
are  also  currently  examining  all  of  our  private  activities  to  eliminate 
the  unnecessary  or  less  important.  At  the  same  time  we  are  striving 
vigorously  to  increase  income  from  our  various  private  activities  such 
as  our  Museum  Shops  and  our  Associates  organizations.  In  addition, 
we  have  launched  a  national  campaign  to  build  up  our  private  endow- 
ment funds  to  assure  a  substantially  greater  private  income  in  the 
future.  To  this  end,  an  Office  of  Development  was  formed  in  Septem- 
ber 1969  with  Mr.  Lynford  E.  Kautz  as  Director.  Under  his  guidance 
a  new  national  associates  program  has  been  launched  with  Mr. 
Thomas  J.  Watson,  Jr.,  a  Regent,  serving  as  Chairman.  The  key  to 
the  success  of  the  operation,  is  of  course,  our  new  Smithsonian  maga- 
zine, launched  in  April  1970  and  already  showing  great  promise.  It  is 
anticipated  that  this  program  will  have  far-reaching  benefits  to  the 
Institution.  Besides  serving  as  a  giant  step  forward  in  carrying  out  our 
mandate  to  increase  and  diffuse  knowledge  among  men,  it  can  at  the 
same  time  serve  as  the  foundation  for  building  a  national  counseling 
organization  which  will  serve  to  attract  the  financial  support  which  we 
so  sorely  need. 

In   the   area   of   publications   in   general,    however,   our   funds   for 
assuring  an  appropriate  stream  of  the  products  of  research  have  been 


STATEMENT  BY  THE  SECRETARY  7 

as  seriously  curtailed  as  they  were  in  this  Institution  during  the  years 
of  World  War  II.  In  spite  of  appeals  for  additional  research  funds 
for  our  scholars,  Congress  has  not  been  able  to  award  us  any  increase. 
In  spite  of  continued  appeals  to  foundations  and  government-granting 
agencies  the  level  of  funding  for  our  research  has  decreased  due  to 
stringencies  and  shortages  elsewhere  in  the  government. 

Under  these  circumstances  we  have  been  pushed  to  the  limit  to 
account  for  the  dollars  made  available  for  specific  purposes  by  the 
Congress.  This  year  particularly  we  were  threatened  with  a  potential 
deficit  in  our  annual  operations  which  at  one  time  assumed  menacing 
proportions.  Searching  and  stringent  action  on  the  part  of  the  fiscal 
and  personnel  offices  of  the  Smithsonian  has  resulted  in  a  pruning 
down  of  expenditures  so  that  we  have  been  able  to  balance  our  books 
at  the  end  of  the  year.  But  it  has  been  a  trying  and  difficult  year  for 
everyone  and  in  this  sense  we  have  reflected  some  of  the  mood  of  the 
nation  at  large.  It  is  a  great  credit  to  our  research  and  administrative 
staff  as  well  as  to  the  staff  of  the  exhibits  department  and  manifold  sup- 
porting activities  of  the  Institution  that  they  have  borne  these  trials  with 
patience  and  understanding.  In  the  past  year  or  two  it  is  as  if  indeed 
we  have  been  placed  on  truly  monastic  fare,  bread  and  water.  It  is  a 
tribute  to  the  understanding  of  the  staff  and  their  sharing  of  these 
burdens  that  we  have  come  through  so  far  with  morale  preserved  and 
with  cheerful  good  humor.  In  our  exhibits  and  in  aspects  of  our 
research  we  can  at  least  emphasize  the  positive  in  America  and  in  the 
American  experience.  Particularly  in  our  historical  exhibits  this  can 
be  a  countervailing  current  to  much  of  the  general  mood  of  uncer- 
tainty and  self-pity  which   prevails  today. 

In  Joseph  Henry's  view  the  Smithsonian  existed  to  stimulate  re- 
search in  pursuit  of  new  truths  and  to  make  these  truths  available  to 
both  the  public  and  to  professionals,  in  the  arts,  sciences,  and  cultural 
history.  His  favorite  phrase  to  describe  the  Institution's  ultimate  aim 
was  a  "College  of  Discoverers."  I  still  feel  that  this  is  the  unifying 
force,  the  common  factor  in  all  the  diverse  bureaus  and  museums  of 
the  Smithsonian — the  Institution  as  a  "College  of  Discoverers"  which 

•  First,  keeps  records  of  knowledge  through  its  collections; 

•  Second,  serves  as  a  stimulus  to  research,  largely  through  its  collec- 
tions; 

•  Third,  and  perhaps  most  important,  uses  the  collections  and  the 
results  of  research  for  public  education. 

These  three  elements  may  be  found  to  a  greater  or  lesser  degree 
in  all  the  bureaus  of  the  Smithsonian,  as  they  are  today.  What  then 


8  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

is  the  record  of  our  most  recent  objectives  and  our  present  manage- 
ment program? 

When  I  returned  to  the  Smithsonian  as  Secretary  in  1964,  the  Insti- 
tution was  completing  a  major  cycle  of  facilities  development  under- 
taken to  increase  its  capacity  as  a  research  institution.  The  National 
Collection  of  Fine  Arts  and  National  Portrait  Gallery  were  readying 
new  quarters  with  ample  study  space,  in  addition  to  new  exhibition 
and  storage  spaces.  A  renovation  of  the  historic  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion Building  was  in  prospect.  Fourteen  halls  of  modern  research  and 
collection  storage  space  were  being  completed  for  the  National  Mu- 
seum of  Natural  History.  The  splendid  new  National  Museum  of 
History  and  Technology  had  just  opened,  with  two  floors  of  scholarly 
studies  and  collection  storage  areas.  A  research  building  was  being 
considered  as  a  step  in  the  ten-year  construction  program  of  the 
National  Zoological  Park.  The  staff  of  our  tropical  research  laboratory 
was  preparing  to  move  from  restricted  quarters  on  Barro  Colorado 
Island  onto  the  mainland  and  to  establish  strategically  situated  marine 
biology  facilities  as  their  sphere  of  inquiry  widened  to  include  the 
diverse  habitats  of  Panama  and  the  tropics  as  a  whole.  But  the 
administrative  and  fiscal  requirements  for  the  expanded  research 
efforts  allowed  by  physical  expansion  had  barely  begun  and  there  was 
little  understanding  within  the  wid^r  community  of  the  character 
and  extent  of  the  Smithsonian's  interests  in  research.  I  felt  then  that 
our  first  efforts  should  be  to  deepen  the  Institution's  emphasis  on 
research,  in  order  to  attain  the  advantages  of  the  building  program  so 
successfully  carried  forward  by  my  predecessor,  Dr.  Carmichael.  So 
our  professional  research  staff  on  fulltime  appointments  has  grown, 
from  243  in  1965  to  310  today.  Of  course  without  strong  support 
from  technical  assistants  and  support  divisions  such  an  expansion  of 
the  research  effort  could  not  be  effective  since  all  of  these  necessary 
functions  would  otherwise  have  to  be  borne  on  the  shoulders  of  the 
research  staff,  and  here  faltering  government  budget  support  has  held 
back  our  appropriate  growth. 

I  have  been  deeply  concerned  about  the  scale  of  services  available 
from  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Libraries,  an  indispensable  auxiliary 
of  all  of  our  research.  A  distinguished  librarian,  Dr.  Russell  Shank, 
was  recruited  in  September  1967  from  the  forefront  of  the  library 
profession,  given  senior  standing  and  a  pledge  of  continued  support 
until  our  libraries  could  be  judged  adequate  to  the  needs  of  the 
research  enterprise.  That  day  still  seems  far  off,  for  the  constriction  in 
federal  funding  and  freezes  on  employment,  worsened  by  steadily 
rising  costs  for  subscriptions  and  monographs,  continues  to  limit  severe- 


STATEMENT  BY  THE  SECRETARY  9 

ly  the  service  capacity  of  our  libraries.  This  must  serve  only  to  double 
our  determination.  The  Smithsonian  Institution  Libraries  are  unique 
reference  systems  in  specialized  areas  not  duplicated  elsewhere,  closely 
related  to  the  national  collections  which  they  complement. 

We  have  sought  to  increase  research  support  in  the  form  of  techni- 
cians in  our  research  laboratories  and  support  for  field  investigations. 
The  oceanography  support  group,  ably  led  by  Dr.  I.  Eugene  Wallen, 
has  been  notably  successful  in  expanding  opportunities  for  staff  mem- 
bers to  go  to  sea,  helping  to  overcome  a  very  serious  lack  of  ship 
time  which  severely  hampered  our  unique  effort  in  marine  biology.  An 
automatic  data-processing  support  group  has  been  built  up  in  both 
Washington  and  Cambridge  to  meet  needs  for  computation  and 
information  storage. 

Scientists  and  scholars  can  only  be  appropriately  treated  as  profes- 
sionals; they  must  be  accorded  latitude  in  order  to  act  responsibly 
as  masters  of  their  domains  of  subject  matter  knowledge.  One  of  my 
first  aims  as  Secretary  was  to  provide  that  department  chairmen 
serve  in  rotation  "from  the  ranks"  so  to  speak,  and  for  limited  terms, 
in  order  to  minimize  the  hazard  of  an  internal  seniority  system  that 
might  block  initiative  and  convert  scientists  into  permanent  adminis- 
trators. Research  support  is  made  available  to  staff  members  in  the 
form  of  grants  and  from  appropriated  funds,  so  that  they  will  act 
responsibly  as  principal  investigators  treating  scarce  resources  as 
wisely  as  they  would  funds  of  their  own.  I  put  an  end  to  pre-publica- 
tion review  of  professional  publications  by  the  Secretary,  preferring 
to  read  them  as  reprints  from  colleagues  rather  than  submissions  for 
administrative  clearance.  We  canceled  a  burdensome  annual  report 
required  of  each  staff  member  about  his  research  because  it  served 
unnecessary  and  merely  administrative  purposes.  Burdensome  formal 
reporting  can  be  no  substitute  for  consultation  and  constant  aware- 
ness by  supervisors.  Evaluation  of  professional  accomplishment  is  now 
conducted  by  committees  of  peers  formed  in  the  major  research  units, 
known  as  "Professional  Accomplishment  Evaluation  Committees." 
Staff  members  have  been  encouraged  to  teach  in  universities  on 
official  time  (without  added  compensation)  and  to  request  changes 
of  their  duty  stations  at  intervals  so  as  to  be  able  to  spend  a  year  in 
study  and  research  without  the  distractions  of  daily  office  routine,  an 
equivalent  to  a  university  sabbatical.  Travel  to  professional  meetings 
has  been  encouraged. 

The  Bicentennial  of  the  birth  of  James  Smithson  in  1965  took  the 
form  of  an  academic  convocation,  which  we  still  repeat  upon  conven- 
ing our  occasional  international  symposia,   conspicuously  celebrating 


10  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

our  character  as  a  community  of  scholars.  The  Smithsonian  Institution 
Press  has  been  reconstituted  as  a  scholarly  publishing  arm  for  the 
Institution  and  more  effective  formats  were  chosen  for  the  serials  in 
which  staff  members'  papers  are  published.  Most  important  of  all, 
among  our  bureau  directors  and  professional  staff  members,  we  have 
sought  to  maintain  shared  respect  for  the  individual  pursuit  of  excel- 
lence, whether  in  research,  collection  development,  or  the  presentation 
of  knowledge  to  the  public.  The  professionalization  of  our  research 
community  is  manifested  in  many  ways  and,  of  course,  constitutes  one 
of  the  greatest  strengths  of  the  Institution. 

In  keeping  with  the  professional  character  of  our  staff  and  in  a 
spirit  of  service  to  the  nation,  we  have  sought  closer  ties  with  the 
universities.  We  have  inaugurated  programs  whereby  students  and 
other  qualified  investigators  are  freely  given  access  to  Smithsonian 
facilities  to  conduct  their  own  investigations.  Younger  visitors  and 
PhD  candidates  receive  supervision  from  professional  staff  members. 
Direct  budgetary  support  for  stipends  for  visiting  scholars  has  been 
secured  for  the  first  time  from  federal  appropriations  to  the  Institution. 
An  advisory  council,  drawn  mostly  from  the  universities,  was  consti- 
tuted in  1965  to  serve  as  a  visiting  committee  to  advise  on  the  develop- 
ment of  general  Institution-wide  policies  affecting  basic  research  and 
higher  education.  Control  of  stipend  awards  was  delegated  to  com- 
mittees of  professional  staff  members.  These  efforts,  carefully  designed 
to  be  cooperative  rather  than  competitive,  do  not  duplicate  the  efforts 
of  universities  but  serve  to  make  our  facilities  and  staff  capabilities 
available  to  them  to  the  extent  that  funding  permits.  A  strong  program 
of  higher  education  contributes  to  our  research  environment  and  in- 
vigorates our  institutional  life  through  lively  exchanges  with  univer- 
sities. The  specialized  areas  of  knowledge  represented  by  our  highly 
skilled  staff  are  thus  guaranteed  survival  at  a  time  when  a  number  of 
these  disciplines  of  general  concern  have  been  neglected  by  most 
colleges  and  universities. 

We  have  not  allowed  ourselves  to  rest  with  static  presentations  of 
objects  in  our  collections.  In  order  to  be  successful  in  conveying 
knowledge  to  the  wider  public,  exhibits  must  involve  the  viewer  active- 
ly, reward  curiosity,  invite  exploration.  We  have  sought  to  raise  our 
standards  for  the  effectiveness  of  exhibits,  to  guard  against  being  con- 
tent merely  to  show  an  object  and  to  seek  instead  to  elicit  from 
more  of  our  visitors  those  active  responses  and  attentive  regard  that 
betray  a  more  affirmative  understanding  or  comprehension  of  the 
context  of  the  object  and  its  meaning  for  the  citizen.  Programs  of 
school  tours  have  been  expanded.  The  number  of  children  on  escorted 


STATEMENT  BY  THE  SECRETARY  11 

tours  has  grown  from  less  than  25,000  in  1967  to  about  75,000  this 
year  and  our  corps  of  volunteer  docents  has  tripled  in  size.  The 
experimental  development  of  a  neighborhood  museum  in  Anacostia 
has  shown  that  museum-like  operations  may  be  carried  out  in  the 
crucible  of  the  inner  city,  that  children  may  learn  with  delight  and 
advantage,  and  that  the  residents  of  the  area  will  treat  with  respect 
what  they  regard  as  their  own  center  for  learning  and  recreation. 

We  have  held  annual  conferences  on  the  use  of  museums  as 
educational  resources.  Through  our  membership  organization,  the 
Smithsonian  Society  of  Associates,  more  people  may  participate  far 
more  directly  in  the  offerings  of  our  museums  such  as  popular  study 
and  craft  courses,  special  events,  and  guided  field  trips.  In  1968  we 
commissioned  the  first  general  survey  of  visitors  to  our  museums. 
Much  more,  needless  to  say,  remains  to  be  done,  but  unless  museums 
ask  of  themselves  what  their  visitors  have  learned  they  will  have  no 
way  to  gauge  their  effectiveness.  Internal  dissatisfaction  with  the 
educational  impact  of  our  exhibits  is  healthy  and  serves  to  increase 
our  determination  to   improve   them. 

A  well-informed  public  is  the  best  source  of  constructive  criticism, 
which  we  encourage  to  insure  that  the  Institution  does  not  become 
insulated  from  the  public  it  serves. 

We  have  changed  the  annual  report  from  a  collection  of  articles 
written  by   others,   often   interesting  but   not   informative   about   the 
Institution  itself,  into  a  full  and  detailed  statement  about  all  of  our 
activities,  the  publications  of  staff  members,  the  results  of  research, 
and  the  expenditure  of  funds — full  disclosure,  if  you  will — in  a  manner 
intended  to  allow  any  reader  of  the  report  to  form  his  own  opinion 
of   our   effectiveness   and   objectives.    We   have   established    a    public 
information   office   to  facilitate   inquiries   from   external   sources.    We 
have  had  numerous  activities  reviewed  by  ad  hoc  committees  drawn 
from  outside  the  Institution.  We  have  encouraged  visits  by  Members 
of  Congress  and  others  to  become  informed  about  the  Institution.  An 
example  that  comes  to  mind  was  an  evening  open  house  in   1965  to 
which  we  invited  the  entire  Congress  to  view  the  exhibits  presented 
in    the    National    Museum    of    History    and    Technology.    Our    new 
magazine  Smithsonian,  mentioned  earlier,  will  function  as  an  educa- 
tional benefit  of  membership   in   the  Society  of  Associates  and  also 
serve  the  vital  function  of  helping  to  inform  the  public  about  the  pur- 
poses and  operations  of  the  Institution. 

With  the  increase  in  responsibilities  and  higher  performance  stand- 
ards has  come  a  need  for  strengthened  management.  To  enter  per- 
sonnel and  payroll  information  or  address  lists  on  our  computer  was 


12  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

an  obvious  step,  but  one  which  took  some  years  of  intensive  effort. 
We  have  created  the  office  of  General  Counsel  for  the  first  time  in  the 
Institution's  history  and  constituted  the  office  of  the  Treasurer  at  the 
senior  level.     Service  divisions  have  been  brought  into  closer  relation 
with  the  units  they  support.    Here  is  another  area  where  our  own 
dissatisfaction   with   ourselves   is   the   surest   safeguard   of  the   public 
interest.     In  a  period  of  complex  growth  we  may  have  given  insuffi- 
cient  attention   to  certain   kinds  of  procedures   simply   because   they 
showed  less  sign  of  strain.     I  have  been  enormously  pleased  by  the 
cooperation  we  have  received  from  the  Office  of  Management  and 
Budget,  the  Civil  Service  Commission,  the  General  Accounting  Office, 
the  General  Services  Administration,   this  and  other  Committees  of 
the  Congress,  and  a  host  of  helpful  advisors.     We  need  all  the  help 
we  can  get. 

At  the  same  time,  technical  procedures  are  no  substitute  for  a 
shared  and  intense  dedication  to  the  public  good,  through  a  system 
of  management  wherein  management  responsibility  is  vested  in  the 
very  best  people  one  can  find,  operating  with  clear  warrants  to  seek 
and  produce  the  best  results  attainable.  We  have  sought  to  develop  a 
concept  of  shared  responsibility  rather  than  to  second-guess  our 
bureau  and  program  directors  up  an  endless  hierarchy.  I  have  been 
strongly  concerned  about  the  quality  of  our  decision-making  and  have 
sought  ways  to  create  shared  judgments  through  the  establishment 
of  our  Secretariat  (meeting  weekly)  and  council  of  bureau  directors 
(meeting  monthly). 

One  of  the  most  important  aspects  of  our  programs  is  its  interna- 
tional character.     The  pathways  followed  by  knowledge  and  culture 
do  not  observe  national  boundaries.     The  quality  of  research,  collec- 
tion development,  and  education  cannot  be  maintained  without  regard 
to  the  work  of  kindred  institutions  overseas,  just  as  our  investigations 
must  be  prosecuted  around  the  globe.  We  inaugurated  a  major  program 
in    1965  to  apply  excess  currencies  to  the  needs  of  scholarship  and 
field  research  abroad  in  continuation  of  the  original  efforts  of  Joseph 
Henry.     We  created   an  Office   of  International  Activities   to   foster 
cooperation  with  scholars  and  institutions  in  other  nations,  aided  by 
a   Travel    Services   Office    to   help   staff   members    in    their   overseas 
pursuits.     The  effects  of  this  renewed  international  emphasis  in  our 
programs  of  education,  conservation,  and   research   have  been   salu- 
tary, and  have  included  219  grants  to  57  American  institutions  and 
universities  for  foreign  research  using  counterpart  funds. 

The   establishment  of   the  Woodrow   Wilson   International   Center 
for  Scholars  is  perhaps  a  further  realization  of  the  Congress'  recogni- 


STATEMENT  BY  THE  SECRETARY  13 

tion  of  the  Smithsonian's  international  role.  The  tragic  failures  of 
international  understanding  which  so  mar  the  recent  history  of  our 
world  surely  call  for  a  redoubling  of  effort  by  all  institutions  to  seek 
to  increase  international  understanding  through  scholarly  exchanges 
and  cooperation. 

We   have   attempted   to   be   mindful   of  our   responsibilities   as   an 
establishment  in  a  troubled  urban  area,   through  services   to  schools 
and  the  Anacostia  neighborhood   experiment.     The   annual   Festival 
of  American  Folklife  serves  as  an  example  of  an  inspiring  presenta- 
tion that  appeals  to  young  and  old  alike.     Groups  that  confront  one 
another  angrily  in  other  settings  enjoy  the  experience  of  a  common 
heritage  side  by  side.     I  believe  it  is  incumbent  upon  the  Smithsonian 
to  take  seriously  its  obligations  as  a  good  citizen  of  the  District  of 
Columbia  and  to  be  increasingly  mindful  of  a  public  service  respon- 
sibility  to  educational   and   governmental   programs   underway   here. 
Another  objective  of  management,  which  has  become  increasingly 
well  established,  is  to  maintain  strong  cooperative  links  to  those  pro- 
grams of  major  government  agencies  that  the  Smithsonian  can  assist 
as  a   performer  of   research   or   provider   of   services.      The   Satellite 
Tracking    Program    conducted    on    behalf    of    nasa    by    our    Astro- 
physical  Observatory  is  a  noteworthy  instance,  or   the  scientific   ad- 
visory services  we  provided  the  Corps  of  Engineers  regarding  pollu- 
tion  in   New  York   Harbor.      We   have   assisted   the   Atlantic-Pacific 
Interoceanic  Sea  Level  Canal  Commission  in  ecological  studies  related 
to  plans  for  a  new  sea-level  canal.     The  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service 
and  the  Bureau  of  Sport  Fisheries,  as  well  as  the  Geological  Survey 
and  entomology  division  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  are  alloted 
office   space  and  collection   storage  facilities  in   the   Natural  History 
Building.      Cooperative    projects   offer   an    excellent    format    for   the 
attainment  of  timely  or  urgent  objectives  without  our  having  to  build 
a   permanent   staff   which   might   outlive    the    aims    of   the    program 
under  which  they  had  been  drawn  together. 

In  all  this,  planning  is  of  the  utmost  importance.  Growth  must 
be  brought  into  effective  relation  to  the  availability  of  resources, 
especially  for  an  establishment  such  as  ours  with  more  than  forty  line 
items  in  our  federal  budget,  each  of  which  could  very  readily  be 
expanded  to  meet  some  external  or  internal  need.  We  recently 
constituted  an  executive  steering  committee  of  our  Secretariat  to 
guide  the  development  of  the  planning  function  within  the  Institu- 
tion and  consider  ways  to  maintain  a  balance  between  our  pattern 
of  commitments  and  the  resources  we  may  expect.  It  was  my  judg- 
ment in    1964  that   the   Institution   would  have   to   inaugurate   some 


14  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

new  programs  and  achieve  order-of-magnitude  increases  in  some 
support  activities  in  order  to  function  successfully  for  the  1970s,  and 
to  be  judged  worthy  of  more  financial  support  from  the  Congress 
and  private  sources.  While  we  have  had  some  very  considerable 
success  much  remains  to  be  done.  In  1964,  our  federal  budget  was 
able  to  meet  only  70  percent  of  basic  research  and  support  needs. 
Now  it  meets  more  than  90  percent,  but  the  elimination  of  remaining 
shortages  is  a  priority  objective  in  planning.  What  then  could  be 
said  of  our  plans  for  the  next  decade? 

The  central  concerns  of  the  Smithsonian  represent  national  needs 
for  the  kind  of  sustained  commitment  that  can  be  made  only  by  an 
institution  with  a  strong  sense  of  continuity,  tradition,  and  concen- 
trated purpose.  We  believe  that  our  first  responsibility  is  to  continue 
the  general  lines  of  endeavor  to  which  my  predecessors,  with  the 
support  of  the  Congress,  have  committed  the  Institution:  basic 
research  in  selected  areas  of  national  interest;  development  and  main- 
tenance of  the  national  collections  in  biology,  anthropology,  history, 
and  the  arts;  and  enlightenment  of  the  public  through  exhibitions 
and  related  activities. 

In  all  this  an  overriding  concern  should  continue  to  be  the  quality 
of  the  professional  staff  effort  within  the  Smithsonian  and,  I  cannot 
too  strongly  emphasize,  the  achievement  of  an  adequate  level  of 
support  of  that  effort.  We  have  repeatedly  appealed  to  the  President 
and  Congress  to  remedy  deficiencies  in  support  of  research  and 
scholarly  programs.  While  virtually  half  of  the  growth  in  appropria- 
tions since  1964  has  been  devoted  to  staffing  and  operating  new 
facilities  authorized  by  the  Congress,  an  equal  effort  has  been  made 
to  sustain  the  basic  scholarly  program:  support  for  fieldwork,  instru- 
ments, libraries  and  again  libraries,  automatic  data  processing,  im- 
proved personnel  procedures,  technician  support,  related  higher  edu- 
cation activities,  better  access  to  colleagues  through  scholarly  publish- 
ing, and  unremitting  emphasis  on  the  professional  character  of  staff 
appointments,  all  against  a  background  of  increasing  costs.  Much 
remains  to  be  done  on  this  score.  We  are  now  documenting  the 
character  and  extent  of  these  support  shortages  in  even  greater  detail 
for  the  President's  budget  in  the  future.  Our  budget  henceforth  will 
proceed  on  two  tracks,  the  first  a  phased  elimination  of  these  short- 
ages and  the  second  to  provide  for  the  continued  development  of 
programs  entrusted  to  us  by  the  Congress. 

There  are  a  number  of  courses  we  should  avoid.  We  repeatedly 
decline  requests  to  assume  responsibilities  which  we  believe  to  be 
too  extensive.  The  Institution  is  an  establishment,  somewhat  akin  to 


STATEMENT  BY  THE  SECRETARY  15 

a  university  or  research  academy,  not  a  public  program  agency  with 
massive  national  operations,  field  offices,  or  extensive  granting  pro- 
grams. For  example,  it  was  once  suggested  that  the  Institution 
assume  management  of  international  educational  and  cultural  ex- 
changes funded  by  the  government,  but  we  could  not  agree.  The 
Board  of  Regents  has  followed  a  consistent  policy  against  distant 
museum  operations  such  as  regional  museums  or  national  museums 
in  cities  other  than  the  Capital.  Professor  Henry's  principle,  that 
the  Smithsonian  should  not  bear  responsibilities  that  others  are  will- 
ing to  assume,  still  applies  today.  While  cooperating  with  universi- 
ties we  should  not  seek  to  assume  their  distinctive  functions  of  gen- 
eral instruction  or  degree-granting.  While  cooperating  with  museums 
elsewhere  we  should  not  interpose  this  Institution  in  their  relations 
with  one  another  or  with  the  national  government. 

Without  infringing  on  the  autonomy  of  our  bureaus  and  their 
distinctive  objectives  we  shall  seek  the  advantages  of  existence  as  a 
community  of  scholars  where  scientists  and  scholars  learn  from  one 
another.  Whether  by  tracing  biochemical  relations  from  one  group 
of  organisms  to  another  or  studying  the  behavior  of  a  group  of  verte- 
brates first  in  the  tropics  and  then  in  the  setting  of  the  zoo,  followed 
with  close  anatomical  and  distributional  studies  in  museum  collec- 
tions, we  benefit  from  association  with  our  colleagues.  Similarly 
scholars  working  with  portraits,  genre  painting,  lithographs,  and 
historical  objects  can  pursue  together  their  mutual  interests  in  the 
documents  of  the  American  past.  Our  desire  to  maintain  unity  of 
outlook  and  professional  endeavor  suggests  that  the  Smithsonian 
should  always  avoid  program  developments  that  do  not  in  some  way 
reinforce  some  of  our  other  activities. 

The  museum  as  an  institution  in  society  is  one  focus  for  Smith- 
sonian concern;  the  other  focus  is  on  the  vigorous  prosecution  of 
lines  of  study  which,  if  left  to  themselves,  would  not  receive  the 
attention  that  the  national  interest  requires.  Sometimes  we  move 
beyond  the  museum  setting  to  develop  laboratory  investigations. 
When  we  constitute  a  museum  it  is  with  due  emphasis  upon  its 
scholarly  responsibilities  in  adding  to  the  store  of  man's  knowledge. 
These  two  foci  of  concern  should  continue  to  determine  the  Smith- 
sonian's course,  rather  as  two  points  generate  an  ellipse:  neither 
museums  without  scholarship  nor  scholarship  without  concern  for 
communicating  with  the  public  at  large,  but  as  in  the  beginning  the 
increase  and  the  diffusion  of  knowledge. 

Beginning  this  year  the  observance  of  the  bicentennial  of  the 
American  Revolution  will  become  a  predominant  factor  in  the  devel- 


16  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

opment  of  Smithsonian  programs.  Within  the  settings  of  our  history 
and  art  museums  members  of  the  public  may  seek  a  reappraisal  of 
our  national  experience  with  due  reference  to  its  international  setting. 
Fresh  insights  of  historians  should  be  interwoven  with  superb  offer- 
ings of  objects  and  art  works  that  portray  our  nation's  course  over  the 
past  two  centuries  and  suggest  paths  for  our  continued  development. 
From  the  studies  of  the  sources  of  energy  and  means  for  its  use  by 
living  systems  to  the  explanation  of  biological  diversity,  the  Smith- 
sonian represents  an  unexcelled  multidisciplinary  array  of  information 
resources  and  professional  scientists  which  bear  upon  critical  needs  to 
improve  our  understanding  of  the  physical  environment  upon  which 
human  society  depends.  We  anticipate  increasing  demands  upon  our 
efforts  in  systematic  biology,  anthropology,  astrophysics,  and  environ- 
mental studies  as  important  resources  for  the  national  effort  in  environ- 
mental improvement. 

One  of  the  most  important  unfulfilled  hopes  for  the  Smithsonian  is 
that  a  great  national  museum  might  be  developed  on  the  authorized 
space  on  the  Mall  between  Fourth  and  Seventh  Streets  along  Inde- 
pendence Avenue  to  recreate  the  experience  of  man's  greatest 
adventure:  flight  and  space  exploration.  We  also  aspire  to  present 
insights  about  the  significance  of  the  space  age  for  everyday  life  and 
to  communicate  an  understanding  of  the  scientific  discoveries  originat- 
ing from  space  exploration.  Thus  we  are  coming  to  appreciate  that 
it  is  not  only  machines,  or  relics  of  the  past,  or  evidences  of  the  skills 
of  craftsmen  that  concern  us,  but  man  himself.  Thus  we  propose  also 
to  continue  to  study  the  idea  of  a  museum  of  man  which  could  per- 
haps convey  something  of  the  ever-widening  insight  into  man  and 
society  that  characterizes  the  progress  of  knowledge  today. 

The  birthright  of  today's  citizen  is  an  understanding  of  the  forces 
shaping  himself  and  his  world.  It  is  to  museums  that  many  people 
look  for  access  to  the  works  of  artists,  an  appreciation  of  the  past, 
an  awareness  of  the  scientific  view  of  nature,  and  for  portents  of  the 
future.  All  museums  must  experiment  with  new  techniques  of  exhibi- 
tion and  embark  upon  research  aimed  at  improving  their  effectiveness 
in  popular  education.  The  quality  of  our  response  to  this  democratic 
vista  will  continue  to  be  a  matter  of  overriding  concern  to  the  Smith- 
sonian in  years  to  come. 

From  the  amassing  of  great  national  collections  will  arise  difficult 
questions  about  how  to  guarantee  access  to  the  information  they 
contain.  This  will  call  for  innovative  designs  of  indexes,  catalogs, 
and  ways  to  manage  vast  resources  of  information.  Perhaps  some 
of  the  techniques  developed  for  the  management  of  voluminous  flows 


STATEMENT  BY  THE  SECRETARY  17 

of  data  from  satellite  observations  or  oceanographic  stations  may  be 
adapted  to  the  needs  of  the  future.  If  man  is  not  to  be  engulfed  by  a 
rising  tide  of  reports,  paper,  data,  computer  printout,  and  memora- 
bilia, organizations  such  as  the  Smithsonian  must  pioneer  in  winnow- 
ing and  selecting  this  material  from  the  spate  of  messages  that  now  fill 
the  communications  channels  of  our  advanced  technological  civiliza- 
tion. I  wonder  if  the  Smithsonian  does  not  occupy  a  salient  or  point 
of  vantage  from  which  this  concern  figures  very  prominently.  In  our 
role  as  custodian  of  the  nation's  collections  we  must  try  to  serve  the 
public  interest  in  improved  management  of  scientific  and  scholarly 
information. 

In  eras  of  decisive  historical  change  all  institutions  undergo  trials: 
the  challenge  of  changes  in  purpose,  efforts  to  adapt  to  changing  cir- 
cumstances, and  perhaps  even  lapses  of  confidence  from  within  or 
without.  This  is  a  time  of  testing  and  trial  for  the  university,  for  the 
museum,  indeed,  for  our  society  as  a  whole.  The  Smithsonian  is  not 
immune  from  searching  inquiry  into  its  objectives  and  character. 
Without  such  inquiry  and  without  audacious  questioning  of  any  of 
our  comfortable  suppositions,  the  Smithsonian  would  lose  its  value  to 
the  people  and  to  future  generations.  Every  institution  must  be  recep- 
tive to  change,  to  new  patterns  of  communication,  to  the  concerns  of 
new  groupings  in  society,  and  to  new  expectations. 

If  the  Smithsonian  is  to  deepen  its  services  to  our  society  we  must 
continue  to  strengthen  our  administrative  structure,  to  seek  new 
sources  of  support,  to  enlist  men  and  women  of  principle  and  insight 
as  officers  and  staff  members,  and  to  hold  our  performance  to  ever 
higher  standards  of  quality  and  meaningfulness.  I  would  submit  that 
the  Institution  must  increase  its  ability  to  adapt  to  changing  circum- 
stances, shifting  patterns  of  public  needs,  widening  horizons  of  leader- 
ship within  the  Congress  and  the  Executive  Branch.  We  are  confident 
that  only  in  this  way  can  we  strengthen  the  Institution  to  meet  the 
future  of  the  decade. 

BOARD  OF  REGENTS 

The  first  of  a  newly  scheduled  fall  meeting  of  the  Board  of 
Regents  was  held  on  5  November  1969  at  the  National  Zoological 
Park.  Such  additional  meetings  are  planned  in  order  to  give  the 
Regents  an  opportunity  to  consider  a  series  of  presentations  on  the 
various  programs  of  the  Institution.  Emphasis  at  this  meeting  was 
on  the  National  Zoological  Park.  Talks  were  given  by  Dr.  Theodore 
Reed  on  the  status  of  Zoo  construction  and  by  Dr.  John  Eisenberg 
concerning  the  Ceylon-Smithsonian  elephant  research   program. 


18  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

The  Regents  had  an  opportunity  to  visit  a  number  of  the  Zoo 
buildings,  including  the  bird  house  where  arrangements  had  been 
made  to  exhibit  the  moonrock  from  the  Apollo  1 1  mission.  Also  on 
exhibit  was  the  Crown-of-Thorns  starfish  (Acanthaster  planci) ,  cur- 
rently the  subject  of  research  into  its  effect  on  coral  reefs,  particularly 
in  the  Pacific  Ocean. 

The  winter  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Regents  was  held  at  Hillwood, 
the  estate  of  Mrs.  Marjorie  Merri weather  Post,  on  28  January  1970. 
Chief  Justice  Warren  E.  Burger  had  been  elected  earlier  by  mail 
ballot  as  Chancellor  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  It  was  recognized 
that  Mr.  Thomas  J.  Watson,  Jr.,  had  been  designated  a  Regent  by 
Public  Law  91-30,  dated  17  June  1969. 

The  actions  of  the  Board  were  reported  in  a  statement  released  to 
the  Press,  which  is  summarized  as  follows: 

Plans  for  a  Smithsonian  monthly  magazine  were  approved.  The  Board 
approved  a  study  of  the  advisability  of  establishing  a  unified  investment  pro- 
gram for  the  Institution's  private  endowments.  This  program,  if  ultimately 
adopted,  would  not  involve  any  transfer  of  collections,  capital  funds,  or  income 
from  any  existing  fund  to  any  other.  The  Board  expressed  satisfaction  with  the 
Institution's  plans  for  improvement  of  operating  procedures  and  of  the  internal 
auditing  of  its  financial  affairs. 

The  spring  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Regents  was  held  in  the  Freer 
Gallery  of  Art  on  20  May  1970.  The  Chancellor  welcomed  Vice  Presi- 
dent Spiro  T.  Agnew  to  the  meeting  of  the  Board  and  also  welcomed 
the  new  Regent,  Mr.  James  E.  Webb,  whose  appointment  was 
approved  by  Public  Law  91-255  on  18  May  1970. 

In  addition  to  discussing  matters  of  policy,  programs,  legislation, 
and  finances,  the  Regents  elected  Regent  James  E.  Webb  to  be  a 
Member  of  the  Executive  Committee  (Permanent  Committee).  The 
Board  approved  the  Secretary's  recommendation  that  Assistant  Secre- 
tary James  Bradley  be  appointed  to  the  position  of  Under  Secretary 
of  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 

At  the  conclusion  of  the  meeting  the  Chancellor,  on  behalf  of  the 
Board  of  Regents  and  the  Secretary,  presented  a  scroll  to  Mrs.  Agnes 
E.  Meyer  for  her  more  than  fifty  years  of  devotion  and  service  to  the 
Freer  Gallery  of  Art. 

FINANCIAL  REPORT 

During  the  fiscal  year  ending  30  June  1970  private  and  federal  fund 
finances  continued  to  be  adversely  affected  by  inflationary  conditions 
and  the  need  to  maintain  vital  commitments  within  a  framework  of 
restricted  income  support. 


STATEMENT  BY  THE  SECRETARY  19 

Sources  of  financial  support  for  our  operating  expenses  in   fiscal 
year  1970  as  compared  with  fiscal  year   1969  are  as  follows: 

Federal  appropriations  FY   1970  FY   1969 

Salaries  and   Expenses— operating  funds  $29,965,000     $26,443,000 

Special  Foreign  Currency  Program  2,316,000  2,316,000 

District  of  Columbia— operations  of  the  National  Zoo         2,802,000  2,528,000 

Research  grants  and  contracts   (federal  and  private)      10,600,000        11,400,000 
Private  funds 

Gifts   (excluding  gifts  to  endowment  funds:  2,000,000  1,987,000 

entire  amount  restricted   to  specific 
projects  and  hence  unavailable  for 
general    operating    expenses) 
Income  from  endowments  and  current  fund  1,400,000  1,365,000 

investments 


Total  $49,083,000  $46,039,000 

In  addition,  federal  appropriations  to  finance  construction  projects 
were  received  as  follows: 

FY   1970  FY   1969 

National  Zoological  Park  $      600,000  $      300,000 

Restoration  and  renovation  of  buildings  525,000             400,000 

Toward   construction   of   the   Joseph    H.  3,500,000          2,000,000 

Hirshhorn  Museum  and   Sculpture 

Garden 


Total  $4,625,000       $2,700,000 


Federal  Operating  Funds 

As  may  be  seen  above,  the  federal  appropriations  provided  by 
Congress  for  fiscal  year  1970  totaled  $29,965,000,  including  supple- 
mental appropriations  arising  from  federally  legislated  wage  and  salary 
increases  during  the  year.  This  was  13  percent  more  than  the  $26,443,- 
000  provided  in  fiscal  year  1969.  An  11  percent  increase  was  received 
through  the  District  of  Columbia  to  provide  for  operations  of  the 
National  Zoo.  Support  for  the  Smithsonian  Foreign  Currency  Program, 
however,  was  continued  at  the  same  level  as  in  the  previous  year, 
namely,  $2,316,000;  these  funds  are  used  to  administer  a  program 
of  grants  to  more  than  fifty  museums  and  universities  in  the  United 
States  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  on  research  in  the  related  foreign 
currency  countries. 

The  increase  in  the  federal  appropriation  is  indeed  beneficial.  It 
must  be  realized,  however,  that  nearly  two  thirds  of  the  increase 
granted  is  required  to  cover  merely  the  two  salary  increases  plus  the 


20  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

wage  scale  adjustment  legislated  by  Congress  in  fiscal  year  1970.  Most 
of  the  remainder  of  the  increase  is  required  to  cover  the  mounting  cost 
of  goods  and  services  in  this  inflationary  period.  Yet  on  top  of  provid- 
ing for  these  expanded  costs  the  Smithsonian  has  been  in  the  position 
during  the  past  year  of  carrying  out  a  number  of  important  prior 
commitments  including  the  transfer  of  the  Radiation  Biology  Labora- 
tory to  new  quarters;  stepped-up  preparations  for  the  future  opening 
of  the  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden;  funding  of  a  por- 
tion of  the  requirements  of  the  Archives  of  American  Art  which  be- 
came a  part  of  the  Smithsonian  this  year;  and  support  for  the  newly 
formed  Center  for  Short-Lived  Phenomena,  a  program  which  is 
attracting  worldwide  attention  in  the  scientific  community.  Providing 
for  these  new  requirements  while  at  the  same  time  trying  to  meet 
the  legitimate  demands  for  expansion  of  our  long-established  activities 
to  absorb,  for  example,  new  national  biological  or  mineralogical  collec- 
tions, to  intensify  research  in  the  growing  fields  of  ecology  and 
oceanography,  simply  could  not  be  carried  out  in  a  manner  which 
would  be  satisfactory  to  all  parties  within  the  limitations  of  the  funds 
available.  Financial  planning,  furthermore,  was  made  all  the  more 
difficult  by  the  fact  that  the  Congressional  appropriations  for  fiscal 
year  1970  were  not  voted  until  more  than  three  months  after  the 
beginning  of  the  year.  The  result  is  that  there  is  no  question  that 
many  of  our  departments  and  projects  are  suffering  shortages,  par- 
ticularly since  the  current  year  stringencies  merely  add  to  those  which 
have  been  growing  over  the  past  several  years. 

Under  these  circumstances,  the  Institution  has  embarked  on  a 
thorough  analysis  of  all  federally  supported  activities  with  the  aim  of 
reducing  or  eliminating  activities  that  are  of  a  lower  priority  or  have 
become  marginal.  This  will  do  much  to  reallocate  our  resources  so 
that  high-priority  programs  can  be  supported  more  adequately.  There 
should  be  a  reflection  of  this  study  in  our  next  year's  disbursements 
and  in  our  request  for  Congressional  appropriations  for  fiscal  year 
1972. 

Research,  Grants,  and  Contracts 

As  shown  above,  grants  and  contracts  awarded  to  the  Smithsonian 
in  fiscal  year  1970  declined  from  those  of  the  previous  year.  Primarily 
this  reflected  cutbacks  by  nasa,  especially  for  the  satellite-tracking 
program  at  our  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory.  The  full 
extent  of  these  cutbacks  will  not  be  realized  until  fiscal  year  1971. 
They   have,   however,    caused   a   drastic    reduction    in    forces   at    the 


STATEMENT  BY  THE  SECRETARY  21 

Observatory.  At  the  same  time  the  tight  money  conditions  affecting 
the  government  granting  agencies  have  been  further  evidenced  by 
delays  in  contract  payments  and  advances.  This  in  turn  has  forced  the 
Smithsonian  to  increase  its  working  capital  investment  in  these  con- 
tracts by  over  $1,000,000  in  the  past  twelve  months,  severely  reducing 
our  cash  balances. 

Private  Operating  Funds 

Financial  statements  for  the  private  funds,  as  audited  by  independ- 
ent public  accountants,  are  shown  in  Appendix  9,  page  212.  While 
the  squeeze  on  funds  in  the  federal  funds  sector  has  been  severe,  it  is 
in  the  private  funds  area  that  the  most  difficulty  has  been  experienced 
during  fiscal  year  1970.  Income  from  endowment  funds  and  from  cur- 
rent investments  increased  only  slightly,  yet  costs  were  affected  by  the 
same  inflationary  influences,  particularly  the  need  to  match  for  our 
privately  funded  employees  the  increase  in  salaries  and  wages  given 
federally  funded  employees. 

Income  from  the  Institution's  endowment  funds  and  current  invest- 
ments is  largely  dedicated  to  restricted  purposes.  The  Freer  Gallery, 
for  example,  received  nearly  half  of  the  total  endowment  fund  income 
in  fiscal  year  1970,  with  other  restricted  funds  taking  an  additional 
one-quarter.  Thus,  the  total  unrestricted  private-fund  income  from 
endowments  and  current  fund  investments  amounted  to  only  about 
$340,000  for  the  year,  and  this  must  be  largely  used  to. buttress  our 
shortages  on  the  federal  side,  a  most  unfair  strain  on  these  resources. 

Disbursements  of  private  unrestricted  funds  exceeded  this  income 
by  more  than  $1,000,000  in  fiscal  year  1970.  The  largest  single  factor 
in  this  result  was  the  start-up  expenses  relating  to  our  new  Smithsonian 
magazine.  It  is  expected  that  a  good  portion  of  these  unusual  start-up 
costs  may  be  recovered  from  private  donations  from  those  interested 
in  the  Smithsonian's  effort  to  widen  greatly  its  educational  efforts. 
For  the  future,  furthermore,  there  are  present  indications  that  the  new 
magazine  and  membership  program  will  be  able  to  pay  their  own  way. 
The  cost  of  subsidizing  other  private-fund  activities,  notably  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  Press  and  the  Division  of  Performing  Arts, 
also  rose  substantially  during  the  past  year.  Thus  the  combined  costs 
of  magazine  start-up  and  subsidies  to  the  various  activities  were  well 
in  excess  of  unrestricted  private-fund  income  and  produced  the  large 
loss  of  funds  previously  referred  to.  This  loss  in  the  operating  account, 
together  with  the  tying  up  of  an  additional  $1,000,000  of  unrestricted 
funds  in  the  carrying  out  of  grant  and  contract  projects,   acted   to 


22  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

reduce  cash  balances  severely.  The  cash  position  was  restored  at  year 
end  by  the  influx  of  magazine  subscription  monies.  Other  cash  drains, 
hopefully  less  severe  than  those  of  fiscal  year  1970,  may  be  experienced 
for  temporary  periods  in  the  future. 

As  in  the  case  of  federal  funds,  strong  efforts  are  now  being  made 
to  prevent  a  recurrence  of  deficits  in  the  private-fund  sector.  Expenses 
are  being  reduced  where  possible  with  the  elimination  of  low-priority 
projects  or  the  release  of  employees.  At  the  same  time,  increasing 
management  attention  is  being  given  to  our  revenue-producing 
activities  such  as  the  Museum  Shops,  the  Press,  and  the  Division  of 
Performing  Arts.  At  year  end  a  restudy  of  our  entire  accounting  system 
was  being  carried  out  to  permit  improved  management  reports  and 
possibly  less  costly  fiscal  operations  in  the  future. 

Finally,  the  groundwork  has  been  laid  for  a  major  fund-raising 
effort  through  the  establishment  in  September  1969  of  a  Development 
Office,  and  the  subsequent  launching  of  our  Smithsonian  Associates 
national  membership  campaign.  Through  these  efforts  we  plan  to 
raise  sufficient  funds  to  complete  our  purchase  program  for  the 
Chesapeake  Bay  Center  and  certain  other  immediate  needs;  over  the 
next  five-  to  ten-year  period  it  is  hoped  that  unrestricted  endowment 
funds  can  be  increased  very  substantially  to  restore  a  better  balance 
between  private-fund  and  federal-fund  support.  As  Joseph  Henry 
pointed  out  years  ago,  our  private  funds  must  be  protected  in  order 
to  accomplish  our  goals  of  research  and  instruction  and  not  used,  like 
plugs  in  a  dyke,  to  underwrite  gaps  in  our  federal  support. 

A  separate  but  major  fund-raising  activity  is  also  being  undertaken 
on  behalf  of  the  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  of  Design  and  Decorative 
Arts.  Several  million  dollars  will  be  required  within  the  next  few 
years  to  allow  this  museum  to  complete  the  renovation  of  the 
Carnegie  Mansion  in  New  York  City  to  become  the  new  home  for 
the  Cooper-Hewitt  collections  and  art  courses. 

Gifts  Received 

The  Smithsonian  continued  during  the  year  to  be  most  fortunate 
in  attracting  substantial  donations  for  specific  purposes  related  to  its 
established  fields  of  activity.  The  most  outstanding  have  been  two 
gifts  totaling  $6,000,000  to  support  an  expanded  program  of  under- 
water oceanography.  The  donors  wish  to  remain  anonymous,  but  we 
are  pleased  to  express  again  here  our  deep  appreciation. 

In  addition,  gifts  for  current  projects  were  received  in  the  amount 
of  $2,000,000.  Our  program  for  the  purchase  of  additional  land  areas 


STATEMENT  BY  THE  SECRETARY  23 

at  our  Chesapeake  Bay  Center  for  Environmental  Sciences  has  made 
excellent  progress  thanks  to  $575,000  of  contributions  from  the  Richard 
K.  Mellon  Foundation,  the  Scaife  Foundation,  Old  Dominion  Founda- 
tion, the  Andrew  W.  Mellon  Foundation,  Laurel  Foundation,  and 
Prospect  Hill  Foundation.  For  these  and  for  th'e  host  of  other  gifts 
by  persons  and  organizations  we  are  deeply  grateful. 

Endowment  Funds 

The  addition  of  the  $6,000,000  of  oceanographic  support  funds, 
the  bequest  of  $291,000  from  the  George  F.  Becker  estate  for  the 
advancement  of  geophysics,  and  the  transfer  of  about  $30,000  in 
endowment  funds  of  the  Archives  of  American  Art,  raised  the  book 
value  of  our  total  endowment  funds  to  $32,600,000  as  of  30  June 
1970.  The  market  value  of  these  funds,  has,  of  course,  been  severely 
affected  by  the  sharp  decline  in  stock  values  during  the  past  year; 
income  from  the  funds,  however,  has  continued  to  increase,  albeit 
slowly;  total  value  at  year  end  was  approximately  $33,000,000. 

The  Smithsonian  Institution  gratefully  acknowledges  gifts  and 
bequests  received  from  the  following: 

$100,000  or  more: 

George  F.  Becker  Estate 

J.   Seward  Johnson 

Richard  King  Mellon   Foundation 

$10,000  or  more: 

American  Federation  of  Information  Processing  Society 

Andreas  Foundation 

State  of  Arkansas 

Asia  Foundation 

Charles  and  Rosanna  Batchelor  Memorial,  Inc. 

Battele-Memorial   Institute 

Morris  and  Gwendolyn  Cafritz  Foundation 

Consolidated  Fine  Arts,  Ltd. 

Corporation  for  Public  Broadcasting 

William  H.   Crocker 

Martin  L.  Ehrmann  Company 

L.  A.  Fleishman 

The  Ford  Foundation 

J.  Paul  Getty 

The  Daniel  and  Florence  Guggenheim  Foundation 

George  Gund  Foundation 

Interdisciplinary  Communication  Associates 

International  Business  Machines  Corporation 

J.D.R.  3rd  Fund,  Inc. 


24 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 


James  E.  Jones,  Jr. 

Junior  League  of  Washington 

Chas.  F.  Kettering  Foundation 

Laurel  Foundation 

Edwin  A.  Link 

H.  Bradley  Martin  Charitable  Foundation 

Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology 

Eugene  and  Agnes  E.  Meyer  Foundation 

National  Geographic  Society 

National  Home  Library  Foundation 

The  Marjorie  Merriweather  Post  Foundation  of  D.C. 

Prospect  Hill  Foundation 

Hattie  M.  Strong  Foundation 

Tai  Ping  Foundation 

Thomas  J.  Watson,  Jr. 

Wenner-Gren  Foundation 


$1,000  or  more: 

John  Wyatt  Gregg  Allerton 

American  Sheep  Council 

American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers 

Atlantic  Richfield  Company 

Barra  Foundation,   Inc. 

The   William   Benton   Foundation 

The  Brook  Foundation 

David  Bruce 

Cincinnati    Inquirer   Foundation 

Louise.  Crane  Foundation 

Mrs.   Priscella  Cunningham 

Bruce  Dowling 

Educational  Service  Programs,  Inc. 

General  Electric  Foundation 

General  Foods  Corporation 

The  Grant  Foundation,  Inc. 

Mary  Livingston   Grigg   and 

Mary  Griggs   Burke  Foundation 
Grossman  Publications,  Inc. 
Winston  Guest 

William  &  Elsie  Knight  Foundation 
Irene  Lewisohn 
EH  Lilly 

Charles   A.   Lindbergh 
Harold  Linder 
Link  Foundation 
Marriott    Foundation 
Ingraham  Merrill  Foundation 


Morton   D.   May,  Jr. 

Mobil  Oil  Company 

Mrs.  Irene  Morden 

Galerie-Verein  Munchen 

National  Area  Council,  Inc. 

The  New  World  Foundation 

Mrs.  John  Newington 

Nilon  Brothers 

Occidental    International    Corporation 

Oklahoma  Society 

Oliver  Foundation 

Olympia   Airways 

Ozark  Regional   Commission 

Reader's  Digest  Foundation 

Mrs.   Augustus  Riggs   IV 

Sidney  Printing  &  Publishing  Company 

C.R.   Smith 

Southeast  Asia  Advisory  Group 

E.R.  Squibb  &  Sons,  Inc. 

Standard  Oil  Co. 

Taiwan  Government 

Tecumseh  Products  Company 

University  of  Michigan 

United  States  Steel  Foundation,  Inc. 

Ellen  Bayard  Weedon  Foundation 

William  C.  Whitney  Foundation 

Wilkie  Brothers  Foundation 

Thomas   Williams 


STATEMENT  BY  THE  SECRETARY 


25 


$500  or  more: 

American  Philosophical  Society 

Mrs.  Cicely  D'  A.  Angleton 

Arrow,   Inc. 

Clay   P.   Bedford 

Bell  &  Howell  Foundation 

Jacob  Blaumstein 

Chrysler  Art  Museum 

E.H.    Walker 

Earth  Science  Imports 

International  Association  for  Geodsey 

Donald  Karshan 


Dorothy  V.  Lee 

Motion  Picture  Association 

Olin  Corporation  Trust 

Ralph  Rinzler 

David  Rockefeller 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Richard  Rogers 

Ann  Sayen 

Roger  Stevens 

Mrs.  Kamiyo  Tamesa 

Yonderbrook   Foundation 


We  also  gratefully  acknowledge  other  contributions  in  the  amount  of 
$14,616.24  received  from  302  persons  during  1970. 


SCIENCE 


Tf  there  is  a  common  bond  of  interest  among  all  the  activities  of 
-*•  the  Smithsonian  Institution — Science,  History,  Art,  the  Humanities 
— it  is  a  common  concern  with  development,  the  development  of 
human  behavior  (as  shown  in  man's  response  to  his  physical  and  socio- 
logical environment,  and  historically,  as  shown  by  his  artifacts  and  pro- 
ductivity) and  the  development  of  nonhuman  organisms  and  their  re- 
lationship to  their  environment,  both  terrestrial  and  cosmic.  The  his- 
tory and  development  of  natural  phenomena  and  the  characterization 
of  natural  events  as  an  indirect  influence  on  these  developments  fills 
out  our  sphere  of  interest  in  a  way  that  is  most  likely  to  provide  us 
with  an  understanding  of  man  and  his  universe. 

Within  the  scientific  portion  of  this  sphere,  the  activities  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  are  focused  primarily  on  what  may  properly 
be  called  natural  history.  This  term,  once  pejorative,  encompasses  a 
breadth  of  interest  now  recognized  as  necessary  to  an  understanding  of 
our  total  environment.  We  are  attempting  to  elucidate  the  interrela- 
tionships between  whole  organisms,  communities,  and  populations 
with  the  physical,  chemical,  and  geological  factors  which  play  a  role  in 
the  total  ecology  of  the  earth,  now  and  in  past  ages.  We  are  concerned 
also  with  the  impact  on  these  relationships  of  extraterrestrial  phenom- 
ena. Ionizing  and  non-ionizing  radiation  and  solar  effects  are  perhaps 
the  most  easily  recognized.  Astrophysical  investigations  which  in  their 
purest  form  consist  of  theoretical  physics  and  mathematics  are  carried 
out  in  attempts  to  explain  the  mechanics  of  the  universe.  The  contri- 
bution to  our  knowledge  from  these  investigations,  moreover,  helps  us 
to  understand  the  geophysical  events  on  earth  that  in  turn  improve 
our  understanding  of  their  effects  on  living  systems  over  time  and 
space.  We  hope  that  by  moving  on  a  broad  intellectual  front  we  can 
take  advantage  of  all  new  techniques  and  information  gained  through 
a  naturally  related  group  of  disciplines.  The  Smithsonian  Institution 
is  fortunate  and  perhaps  unique  in  having  this  range  of  competence 
and  in  being  sufficiently  free  of  specificly  assigned  "missions'"  that  we 
can  permit  ourselves  this  broad  goal. 


29 


30  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

National  Museum  of  Natural  History 

Research  projects  continued  or  concluded;  plans  were  evolved  and 
carried  out;  expeditions  departed  and  returned;  collections  were  loaned 
and  received  again;  but  it  was  not  a  year  of  "business  as  usual."  These 
and  countless  other  activities  were  accomplished  against  a  background 
fabric  of  increasing  tension,  woven  of  uncertainties.  If  ivory  towers 
existed  here  earlier,  they  have  long  since  crumbled,  spilling  their  occu- 
pants into  the  midst  of  the  concerns  that  involve  us  all.  During  the 
year  a  number  of  the  staff  participated  in  radio  programs  and 
television  presentations  designed  to  increase  awareness  of  the  great 
national  issues  and  to  provide  a  free,  open  forum  for  discussion  of 
them  by  the  citizenry. 

Decreasing  resources  in  the  past  few  years  for  carrying  forward 
research-curation-education  programs  in  the  Museum  became  a  major 
preoccupation  in  the  latter  half  of  the  year.  Reductions  in  "buying 
power,"  caused  by  near-level  funding,  inflation,  and  general  pay  raises, 
have  been  met  in  recent  years  by  progressive  reorganization  in  many 
of  the  Museum  departments  (resulting  in  greater  efficiency  of  opera- 
tions), but  also  by  unfortunate  postponements  of  expenditures.  Unless 
relief  is  provided,  the  present  slowing  of  progress  in  the  increase  and 
diffusion  of  knowledge  of  the  natural  world  and  in  the  care  of  the 
national  collections  will  be  further  evidenced  in  the  years  ahead. 

In  spite  of  such  difficulties,  it  was  a  year  characterized  by  a  large 
volume  of  research  publications,  some  of  which  received  national  at- 
tention by  special  awards,  and  the  continued  evolution  of  interdisci- 
plinary, interdepartmental  investigations  that  reflect  the  deepening 
relevancy  of  the  natural  sciences  to  today's  troubled  world.  Although 
it  was  a  productive  period,  only  the  most  significant  accomplishments 
can  be  recorded  in  the  following  pages. 

Only  a  portion  of  the  funds  ordinarily  allotted  to  the  Office  of  Sys- 
tematica was  actually  available,  but  partial  support  was  provided, 
among  other  things,  for  initiating  two  experimental  behavior  projects, 
for  assisting  with  the  further  development  of  electronic  data-processing 
applications  in  the  Museum,  and  to  stage  the  annual  Summer  Insti- 
tute in  Systematics.  This  year's  Institute  brought  together  botanical 
and  zoological  systematists  to  discuss  the  full  panoply  of  systematic 
biology,  with  joint  sponsorship  of  the  American  Society  of  Plant 
Taxonomists  and  the  Society  of  Systematic  Zoology. 


SCIENCE  31 

RESEARCH 

Within  days  after  the  beginning  of  the  new  fiscal  year,  millions  of 
television  viewers  saw  the  first  footprint  in  the  surface  dust  of  the 
moon.  In  the  Department  of  Mineral  Sciences,  after  many  years  of 
research  on  randomly  acquired  extraterrestrial  rocks — meteorites — 
the  sight  of  the  astronauts  bagging  the  first  lunar  rocks  had  a  signifi- 
cance even  beyond  that  for  most  viewers.  Now,  the  preceding  man- 
years  of  thought,  training,  and  experimentation  were  to  be  put  to  the 
ultimate  challenge  of  elucidating  the  history  and  evolution  of  the 
moon  from  these  samples. 

Preparations  to  meet  this  challenge  have  been  steadily  accelerated 
in  recent  years  by  the  addition  of  staff  and  equipment,  and  by  the 
intensive  investigation  of  possible  meteoritic  and  terrestrial  analogs 
of  lunar  materials.  Techniques  for  sampling  and  sectioning  such  rare 
and  unique  specimens  have  been  carefully  developed  in  this  depart- 
ment. Indeed,  the  first  member  of  our  team  to  actually  handle  the 
Apollo  11  collections  was  chief  preparator  Grover  C.  Moreland,  who 
was  called  upon  by  the  National  Aeronautics  and  Space  Administra- 
tion to  oversee  the  sectioning  laboratory  at  the  Lunar  Receiving  Lab- 
oratory, and  who  made  some  of  the  first  sections  after  the  rocks  were 
released  from  quarantine.  Samples  of  Apollo  1 1  materials  were  re- 
ceived at  the  Museum  in  mid-September,  and  since  then  virtually 
everyone  in  the  department  has  been  actively  involved  in  this  inte- 
grated research  effort.  Samples  from  the  Apollo  12  mission  began 
arriving  in  April  and  are  still  being  received.  Thanks  to  the  breadth  of 
our  scientific  capability,  we  have  been  able  to  plan  and  execute  a  truly 
comprehensive  investigation  of  the  lunar  materials — their  chemical 
and  mineralogical  composition,  and  the  interpretation  of  these  data — 
to  provide  a  tentative  account  of  their  petrologic  history  and  evolu- 
tion. 

Although  the  samples  we  received  were  small  (totaling  less  than  an 
ounce),  we  were  able  to  extract  from  them  a  remarkable  variety  of 
rock  and  mineral  fragments.  Among  these  was  a  unique  object,  a  small 
metallic  spheroid  four  millimeters  in  diameter.  It  evidently  formed  as 
a  droplet  of  nickel-iron  from  a  metallic  meteorite  which  crashed  on  the 
moon.  The  surface  of  this  spheroid  is  spotted  with  small  craters,  the 
product  of  impacts  of  lunar  particles  traveling  at  supersonic  velocities. 
In  its  shape  and  surface  features  it  mimics  the  moon  itself,  so  we  have 
called  it  our  "mini-moon."  A  photograph  of  this  object  was  chosen 
for  the  front  cover  of  the  issue  of  Science  (30  January  1970)  devoted 
to  the  initial  reports  on  the  Apollo  1 1  investigations. 

On  27  April,  Dr.  Edward  P.  Henderson,  who  led  the  departmental 


32 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 


team's  study  of  the  "mini-moon,"  received  the  National  Academy  of 
Sciences'  Lawrence  Smith  Medal  for  nearly  forty  years  of  distinguished 
contributions  to  meteorite  research. 

The  study  of  the  microscopic  anatomy  of  bone  has  the  potential  of 
providing  valuable  metabolic  data  on  human  skeletal  populations,  and 
has  led  to  new  areas  of  research,  such  as  the  ecological  influences  on 
bone  metabolism  in  two  or  more  populations.  There  are  two  fun- 
damental facts  that  allow  bone  biology  to  be  used  in  studies  of  life 
processes:  (1)  Although  the  primary  function  of  bone  is  structural,  it 
is  also  importantly  involved  in  metabolic  processes  by  providing  a 
source  of  calcium  and  phosphate;  and  (2)  living  bone  responds  to  both 
structural  and  physiological  stresses  by  a  continuous  process  of  re- 
modeling. Because  bone  microstructure  follows  a  developmental  se- 
quence during  the  entire  life  of  an  individual,  it  can  provide  a  most 
useful  means  for  studying  aging  and  disease.  Recent  studies  of  polished 


A  nickel-iron  spheroid,  4  mm  in  diameter,  from  the  Apollo  1 1  material,  which 
epitomizes  much  of  lunar  history.  A  meteorite  crashed  into  the  moon,  being 
melted  by  the  impact  and  producing  a  rain  of  liquid  droplets,  of  which  this  is 
one.  It  has  been  abraded  by  lunar  dust  and  struck  by  high-velocity  lunar  par- 
ticles, producing  the  remarkable  craters  on  its  surface. 


SCIENCE  33 

thin  sections  of  tibia  bones  of  normal,  diseased,  and  alcoholic  individ- 
uals demonstrated  statistically  significant  differences  between  the 
normal  and  abnormal  bone. 

Comparative  studies  of  fossil  organisms  and  their  modern  counter- 
parts continue  to  be  a  fruitful  approach  to  understanding  paleo-ecol- 
ogy,  functional  morphology,  and  ultimately  the  evolutionary  relation- 
ships upon  which  a  valid  classification  can  be  erected.  Among  numer- 
ous staff  contributions  to  our  knowledge  of  the  evolution  of  fossil 
Recent  groups,  an  especially  important  one  was  concerned  with  the 
radiation  of  Cenozoic  planktonic  Foraminifera.  Through  analysis  of 
morphotypic  groups,  rather  than  through  the  traditional  taxa,  it  was 
shown  that  the  planktonic  Foraminifera  underwent  two  major  radia- 
tions during  the  Cenozoic.  The  first  began  in  the  Paleocene,  was  com- 
pleted by  Eocene,  and  ended  with  extinction  of  all  groups  except  the 
globigerines  by  Oligocene.  The  second  radiation  began  in  the  Miocene 
and  the  groups  evolved  are  still  extant.  Distribution  patterns  of  the 
radiation  were  repetitive;  in  both  cases  similar  complex  morphotypic 
groups  appeared  while  the  simpler  globigerine  group  persisted 
throughout  the  Cenozoic.  By  analogy  with  studies  of  planktonic  Fo- 
raminifera in  modern  oceans  over  a  period  of  years,  it  was  concluded 
that  the  repetitive  patterns  are  probably  due  to  major  changes  in  the 
structure  of  water  masses  during  the  Cenozoic. 

Investigations  of  living  invertebrate  animals  involved  principally 
aquatic  organisms,  both  marine  and  freshwater  groups.  The  comple- 
tion of  a  monograph  on  the  entocytherid  ostracods  of  Mexico  and 
Cuba  is  noteworthy  because  the  entocytherids  occur  in  association 
with  crayfishes,  and  an  understanding  of  their  distribution  patterns,  as 
well  as  those  of  their  crayfish  hosts,  and  of  the  ecological  interrelation- 
ships of  both  groups  are  required  for  an  understanding  of  the  orgin  and 
evolution  of  these  common  freshwater  animals. 

The  littorinid  snails,  common  inhabitants  of  the  intertidal  zone, 
were  the  subject  of  another  monograph  completed  during  the  year; 
part  one  included  the  subfamily  Littorininae  in  the  Indo-Pacific 
region.  Basic  information  on  this  widely  distributed  group  had  been 
scattered  in  the  literature  and  was  not  generally  available  to  the 
nonspecialist.  The  author  combined  a  literature  survey,  studies  of  old 
collections,  and  extensive  field  work  to  produce  a  work  that  will  be  the 
standard  reference  for  malacologists  and  ecologists  interested  in  the 
organisms  of  the  intertidal  zone. 

A  museum  is  not  only  a  place  in  which  scientists  study  preserved 
specimens,  but  also  where  it  is  entirely  possible  to  conduct  valuable 
research  on  living  plants  and  animals.  Although  the  facilities  required 
are  still  very  limited,  behavioral  studies  are  underway  on  two  major 


34  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

groups  of  vertebrate  animals.  Earlier  systematic  investigations  of 
many  fish  groups  were  based  exclusively  on  morphological  and,  to  a 
lesser  extent,  on  anatomical  data.  Aquaria  are  now  in  operation  in  the 
Museum  for  studying  the  behavior  of  some  of  the  smaller  fishes  with 
the  hope  that  it  may  provide  additional  systematic  characteristics  to 
differentiate  species. 

Similar  observations  are  being  made  on  locomotion  in  frogs,  based 
on  anatomical  and  skeletal  materials  and  on  controlled  experiments 
with  living  amphibians.  Jumping  and  climbing  adaptations  are  re- 
ceiving particular  attention  by  the  use  of  motion-picture  analysis,  on 
the  assumption  that  different  species  will  have  not  only  structural 
differences  but  behavioral  ones  as  well. 

Botanical  research  spanned  highly  diverse  projects,  from  floristics  to 
cytology,  monographs  to  evolutionary  anatomy.  Geographically,  there 
is  still  a  preponderance  of  concern  for  the  plants  of  the  tropics;  contri- 
butions were  completed  or  greatly  advanced  for  floras  of  Venezuela, 
Costa  Rica  and  Panama,  Ceylon,  Mexico,  Santa  Catarina  (Brazil), 
Dominica,  and  the  islands  of  the  Pacific. 

The  temperate  latitudes  were  not  neglected,  for  the  Flora  North 
America  Project,  midway  in  its  planning  phase,  will  bring  a  new  era 
to  floristic  research  and  practice.  Although  the  program  is  administra- 
tively centered  at  the  Smithsonian,  North  American  botanists  gener- 
ally are  cooperating  in  a  massive  long-term  effort,  aimed  at  bringing 
together  existing  knowledge  of  the  flowering  plants  of  this  continent  in 
an  encyclopedic,  computerized  data  bank.  The  existence  of  such  a  data 
base  has  obvious,  direct  application  to  current  and  future  ecologic 
research  for  environmental  enhancement,  but  it  could  also  provide 
printouts  of  floras  of  the  whole  continent  or  any  part  of  it  in  the  fu- 
ture. The  National  Science  Foundation  granted  funds  to  the  American 
Institute  of  Biological  Sciences  for  support  of  the  project  development, 
particularly  the  employment  of  a  highly  qualified  systems  develop- 
ment manager. 

The  usefulness  of  plant  anatomy  for  defining  evolutionary  pathways 
is  unquestionable,  but  an  especially  valuable  example  was  published 
during  the  year.  Because  there  is  scanty  fossil  evidence  for  one  or  the 
other  view  of  the  origin  and  evolution  of  flower  form  and  structure, 
much  of  the  thinking  has  been  speculative  and  at  times  highly  con- 
troversial. The  origin  of  the  inferior  ovary,  for  example,  has  been 
assumed  by  most  botanists  to  have  occurred  evolutionarily  from  the 
superior  ovary  by  adnation  of  surrounding  flower  parts.  A  recent 
anatomical  study  of  the  floral  anatomy  of  one  of  the  Ginseng  family 
showed,  among  other  things,  that  the  ovary  in  this  group  of  plants  has 


SCIENCE  35 

undergone  an  evolutionary  reversal  from  the  inferior  to  the  superior 
position,  a  reversal  never  previously  reported  in  any  plant  family. 

In  spite  of  considerable  loss  of  time  for  moving  back  into  the 
Museum,  the  Department  of  Entomology  and  associated  Department 
of  Agriculture  entomologists  are  again  housed  with  the  rest  of  the 
natural  sciences,  and  research  continued  at  a  high  level.  The  sixth  and 
seventh  volumes  of  a  long-term  study  of  Edward  Meyrick's  types  at 
the  British  Museum  were  published  this  year.  Meyrick  was  a  very 
prolific  describer  of  new  species  and  genera  of  microlepidoptera;  but 
because  he  failed  to  provide  either  adequate  descriptions  or  illustra- 
tions, it  has  been  almost  impossible  to  place  his  taxa  in  modern  sys- 
tems of  classification.  This  multivolume  work  is  an  invaluable  asset  to 
systematic  entomologists,  including  as  it  does  original  references,  rede- 
scriptions,  and  photographs  of  the  wings  and  genitalia. 

In  addition  to  numerous  individual  research  efforts,  a  departmental 
project  on  the  biosystematics  of  Ceylonese  insects  was  initiated  with  a 
grant  of  excess-currency  funds  and  the  approval  of  the  cosponsoring 
National  Museums  of  Ceylon  and  other  government  agencies.  The  first 
field  party  carried  out  life  history  studies,  obtained  behavioral  and 
ecological  data,  and  returned  after  three  months  with  150,000  speci- 
mens. The  Ceylon  project  affords  the  opportunity  to  broaden  the 
similar  studies  that  have  been  carried  out  in  the  New  World  tropics  in 
past  years.  The  Ceylonese  will  benefit  by  receiving  ecological  and  life 
history  information,  and  identified  specimens  that  will  have  great 
potential  significance  for  improvements  in  agriculture  and  public 
health. 

COLLECTIONS 

Specimens,  samples  of  the  natural  world,  are  biological  standards, 
the  documentation  for  what  we  know  about  the  kinds  of  organisms 
now  and  in  the  geologic  past,  their  geographic  distribution,  their  vari- 
ability, and  their  evolutionary  history.  Together  with  the  literature  of 
more  than  two  hundred  years,  collections  are  the  basic  tool  without 
which  systematic  biology  may  not  proceed  soundly. 

There  is  a  growing  awareness  now  that  these  standards  are  also 
critical  for  any  ecological  research  aimed  at  improving  environmental 
quality.  Collections  and  their  associated  data  permit  serious  considera- 
tion of  restoring  quality  because  they  provide  the  most  authoritative 
information  on  what  grew  where  and  when  and  under  what  conditions. 
And  so  the  national  collections  of  natural  history  objects  continue,  as 
they  must,  to  increase,  but  under  restraints  that  assure  the  most  sig- 


36  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

nificant  additions.  For  example,  one  need  only  review  the  large 
growth-areas — mammals  and  insects.  As  a  part  of  a  much  larger  pro- 
gram, 7,500  small  mammals  were  collected  by  a  staff  team  in  Morocco 
along  with  data  on  habitat  preferences,  reproductive  biology,  food 
habits,  and  their  ectoparasites.  Nearly  100,000  collections  of  water 
beetles  were  made  by  one  staff  researcher  during  the  year  in  support  of 
his  project  to  understand  the  biology  of  these  pollution-indicator 
organisms.  Collections  are  rarely  purchased,  and  then  they  must  meet 
very  exacting  criteria.  The  largest  museum  collection  is  not  perforce 
the  best,  and  even  with  adequate  space  and  technical  assistance, 
neither  of  which  is  more  than  minimal,  a  high  degree  of  organiza- 
tional skill  and  judgment  is  required  to  meet  problems  of  caring  for 
such  large  numbers  of  collections. 

The  concept  of  a  centralized  specimen-processing  laboratory,  first 
implemented  by  the  anthropologists,  has  now  been  adopted  in  other 
departments  as  resources  and  attitudes  permit.  In  March  the  Herbari- 
um Services  Unit  was  established  by  the  botanists  with  one  of  their 
number  serving  as  the  first  supervisor  for  all  the  technical  assistants. 
The  entomologists  have  concentrated  support  services  in  an  Entomol- 
ogy Preparation  Laboratory  that  carries  on  many  of  the  curatorial 
activities  of  the  department. 

While  these  efforts  are  still  evolving,  it  is  possible  to  be  helpful  to 
other  collections  centers  in  such  matters.  In  fact,  one  of  the  outstand- 
ing events  of  the  year  was  a  cooperative  training  program  involving 
George  Metcalf,  supervisor  of  the  Anthropology  Processing  Labora- 
tory. Metcalf,  who  was  later  awarded  an  honorary  doctorate  degree  by 
Luther  College,  spent  two  weeks  in  the  new  Archeological  Museum  at 
the  college  setting  up  a  cataloging  and  accessioning  system  with  a 
group  of  enthusiastic  students  who  now  are  able  to  organize  the 
museum's  collections. 

The  twin  problems  of  collections  space  and  curatorial  assistance  to 
manage  them  must  be  solved  if  the  national  collections  are  to  continue 
to  be  useful  biological  standards  in  the  future.  Over  the  years  methods 
for  organizing  data  about  and  from  collections  have  been  developed, 
but  the  data  are  collected  by  hand  and  then  made  available  in  such 
forms  as  cards,  catalogs,  and  check  lists.  Retrieval  of  data  in  such  form 
is  slow,  inflexible,  and  inadequate  for  the  kinds  of  research  being 
organized  and  initiated. 

Given  the  wide  availability  of  computers  and  their  ability  to  store 
and  retrieve  endless  quantities  of  information,  it  is  the  responsibility  of 
collections  managers  to  study  the  potential  of  this  tool  and  chart  coop- 
erative programs  for  putting  it  to  the  service  of  museums  and  science 
generally.  Initial  consideration  must  be  given  to  the  kinds  and  quanti- 


SCIENCE  37 

ties  of  information  the  collections  contain  and  the  ways  in  which  com- 
puters can  handle  it.  Then,  agreement  must  be  reached  on  a  level  of 
effort  at  which  to  attack  the  volume  and  complexity  of  the  potential 
data  base.  Every  precaution  must  be  taken  to  assure  that  the  data 
organized  at  this  stage  are  automatically  transferrable  to  the  next  level 
of  attack  where  more  complete  information  may  be  added  later. 

A  three-year  pilot  project  to  initiate  and  test  flexible,  open-ended 
storage  and  retrieval  programs  was  concluded  at  the  end  of  the  year. 
The  results  were  sufficiently  successful  to  encourage  at  least  the 
larger  systematic  museums  to  begin  very  deliberate  cooperative  plan- 
ning. For  highly  practical  reasons,  the  first  efforts  in  the  Museum  have 
been  and  for  a  time  will  continue  to  be  at  the  level  of  incoming  col- 
lections. That  is,  data  from  new  materials  will  be  captured  and  stored 
in  the  system.  Retrospective  capture  of  data  from  older  collections  will 
initially  be  largely  limited  to  type  specimens,  except  as  special  needs 
arise  for  which  fiscal  support  is  available. 

The  next  step  for  museums  is  to  agree  among  themselves  on  ( 1 ) 
what  curatorial  data  will  be  input  to  our  common  data  base,  (2)  the 
format  for  recording  these  data  elements,  (3)  the  terminology  to 
describe  geography,  geological  periods,  scientific  names,  etc.,  and  (4) 
the  means  by  which  all  scientists  can  gain  free  access  to  the  data  in  the 
common  base.  The  National  Museum  of  Natural  History  is  working 
closely  with  the  other  important  systematic  collections  centers  in  the 
evolution  of  long-term,  feasible  plans  for  meeting  present  and  future 
data-transfer  problems. 

Within  the  Museum  several  units  are  already  in  the  source  data- 
capturing  stage  with  respect  to  newly  received  materials — marine 
invertebrates,  oceanic  rocks,  mammals,  and  sea  birds.  A  project  on  the 
botanical  type  collections  is  underway  in  the  National  Herbarium  in 
cooperation  with  four  other  major  plant-collection  centers.  As  an 
example  of  the  prospects  for  data-processing  techniques  to  improve 
curatorial  management,  the  new  procedures  in  handling  paleontolog- 
ical  specimens  involve  the  recording  of  data  by  machines  on  standard 
catalog  sheets  at  the  initial  processing  of  the  incoming  specimens. 
Machine  operation  then  automatically  processes  the  data  to  provide 
labels  of  two  sizes,  other  records  as  needed,  and  then  stores  the  data  on 
tape  for  later  transfer  to  the  data  banks.  The  program  increases  the 
capabilities  of  the  supportive  staff  and  will  lessen  enormous  backlogs 
of  unprocessed  specimens. 

These  are  starts  toward  the  long-range  goal  of  making  the  collec- 
tions more  significant  to  today's  issues.  If  the  national  collections  are 
truly  biological  standards,  we  who  are  the  keepers  must  be  prepared  to 
discard   traditional   practices   when    they   no   longer   adequately   meet 


38  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

needs.  If  the  standards  fail  to  provide  the  information  needed  to  solve 
problems,  they  will  cease  to  have  importance  to  anyone  but  ourselves. 

EXHIBITS 

Museums  generally  are  hesitating  at  an  exhibits  crossroads;  dissat- 
isfaction with  what  exists  is  widespread  at  all  levels;  but  the  course 
of  other,  better  routes  remains  undefined  except  in  general  terms.  With 
exhibits  funds  already  deficient,  experimentaion  cannot  be  afforded. 
Consequently,  very  little  was  accomplished  with  respect  to  long-term 
exhibit  halls,  but  several  temporary  exhibitions  of  timely  subjects  were 
presented — a  photographic  story  of  volcanoes,  installation  in  the  Life 
in  the  Sea  Hall  of  an  aquarium  containing  two  Grown-of-Thorns  star- 
fish, and  a  small  exhibit  of  some  of  the  natural  history  of  Malaya  in 
celebration  of  Alfred  Wallace's  studies  in  that  region. 

One  of  the  more  exciting  events  during  the  year  was  the  placing  on 
exhibit  of  an  incredibly  large  Indian  tiger.  This  splendid  gift  of  David 
J.  Hasinger  of  Philadelphia  was  beautifully  mounted  and  prepared  for 
exhibition  by  noted  taxidermist-artist  Louis  Jonas.  The  display  depicts 
the  great  cat  in  mid-air  pursuit  of  a  small  Axis  deer,  and  the  accom- 
panying labels  stress  the  endangered-species  status  of  the  tiger. 

In  midyear  an  Air  Force  plane  arrived  in  Washington  with  a  block 
of  earth  eight  feet  long,  weighing  about  two  tons.  Encased  within  that 
block  are  the  remains  of  an  ancient  man  recovered  from  a  cave  in 
northern  Spain  last  year.  Handling  such  a  block  posed  great  problems 
for  the  local  Spanish  museum,  so  the  Smithsonian  offered  to  apply  the 
proper  conservation  techniques  as  a  contribution  to  international 
science,  in  return  for  the  privilege  of  exhibiting  it  for  the  first  time. 
Study  and  preparation  are  underway  to  put  this  ancient  burial  on 
exhibit  in  the  new  year. 

SCIENTIFIC  SERVICES 

There  are  at  least  two  general  ways  by  which  scientific  assistance 
can  be  provided  to  the  public  and  to  other  scientists.  Formerly,  there 
was  great  emphasis  given  to  the  direct  route,  which  consisted  of  the 
staff  occupying  major  parts  of  its  time  to  provide  identifications  of 
anything  from  everywhere,  literally  by  the  thousands  each  year.  Now 
there  is  a  deliberate  effort  made  to  answer  such  needs  on  a  priority 
basis,  depending  largely  on  the  use  to  which  the  information  will  be 
put,  and  most  of  the  scientists'  time  goes  into  research  that  is  designed 


SCIENCE  39 

to  provide  more  and  better  answers  to  larger  and  more  significant 
questions  of  society. 

During  the  past  few  years  a  population  explosion  of  the  poisonous 
starfish  Acanthaster  planci,  which  feeds  on  living  coral,  has  occurred 
in  the  Pacific.  These  infestations  were  first  noticed  on  the  Great  Bar- 
rier Reef  of  Australia  and  have  now  been  found  at  Guam  as  well  as 
other  islands  within  the  United  States  Trust  Territory.  Many  square 
miles  of  coral  reefs  are  known  to  have  been  destroyed  by  this  starfish. 
Coral  reefs  not  only  form  a  living  protective  barrier  for  these  islands 
but  also  provide  the  foundation  of  the  marine  ecology  that  supports 
the  reef  fish,  the  main  source  of  protein  for  the  residents  of  the  islands. 
This  protection  and  food  supply  are  now  being  threatened.  Staff 
scientists  participated  in  surveys  to  determine  the  extent  of  the  infesta- 
tion in  the  Territory  islands  in  order  to  obtain  information  needed  to 
plan  for  research  into  the  causes  of  the  population  increase,  its  short- 
and  long-term  effects  on  coral  reefs,  and  to  develop  control  measures. 

The  results  of  scientific  research  are  not  always  readily  useable  by 
nonspecialists  or  the  layman,  so  semipopular/semitechnical  field  iden- 
tification manuals  are  published.  The  Catalogue  of  Neotropical  Squa- 
mata  is  a  good  example  of  such  service  publications.  Simple  keys, 
descriptions,  synonymies,  and  geographic  distribution  in  both  English 
and  Spanish  enable  anyone  interested  in  reptiles  of  the  neotropics  to 


Thomas  Phelan  injecting  the  coral-eating  Crown-of-Thorns  (Acanthaster  planci) 

with  formalin  at  Eniwetok  Atoll. 


40  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

recognize  species  encountered  in  field  studies  and  achieve  some  under- 
standing of  their  biology. 

Similarly,  interest  on  the  part  of  public  and  military  health  author- 
ities in  South  Asia  has  resulted  in  illustrated  identification  manuals 
to  the  mammals  and  to  the  snakes  of  Vietnam.  Published  by  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  Press  with  assistance  from  the  Department  of 
Navy,  both  volumes  are  intended  for  the  serious  student  rather  than 
the  layman. 

Scientists  from  several  departments  also  collaborated  in  the  prepara- 
tion of  material  for  a  deck  of  cards  on  which  is  printed  survival  infor- 
mation for  personnel  in  Southeast  Asia.  One  surface  of  each  card 
depicts  in  color  a  dangerous  or  useful  species  of  animal,  and  the  other 
side  gives  specific  points  for  recognition,  hints  for  eating,  if  edible, 
etc.  The  cards  were  produced  under  a  contract  with  the  Department 
of  Navy  as  a  service. 


National  Air  and  Space  Museum 


The  year  1969  witnessed  the  retirement  of  two  valued  and  impor- 
tant officials  of  the  Museum :  Director  S.  Paul  Johnston,  and  Assistant 
Director  and  Senior  Historian  Paul  Edward  Garber. 

Mr.  Johnston  retired  31  August  1969  after  serving  five  years  as 
Director.  His  skill  at  planning  and  organization  was  applied  success- 
fully to  planning  the  new  building  to  house  the  National  Air  and 
Space  Museum  on  the  Mall  in  Washington.  Several  important  legisla- 
tive steps  toward  the  construction  of  the  new  building  were  accom- 
plished during  his  five  years  of  service,  culminating  in  Congressional 
action  authorizing  the  construction.  Mr.  Johnston  organized  and  di- 
rected well-conceived  programs  for  preservation  of  the  collection  and 
their  management  for  research  and  study.  The  program  for  the  selec- 
tion, acquisition,  and  circulation  of  significant  space  craft  and  materi- 
el, which  will  have  far-reaching  consequences  for  the  Museum,  was 
instituted  under  Mr.  Johnston's  direction.  Pie  was  a  dedicated  advocate 
of  a  high  priority  for  the  rapid  development  of  the  new  building  and 
the  programs  of  the  Museum. 

Mr.  Garber  retired  28  February  1969,  after  forty-nine  years  of  ser- 
vice at  the  Smithsonian  Institution  dedicated  to  the  aircraft  collection 
and  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum.  He  is  widely  known  and 
respected  for  his  lectures  and  his  deep  knowledge  of  the  history  of 


SCIENCE  41 

aircraft  and  flight,  as  well  as  for  his  success  in  making  this  history 
meaningful  in  scholarship  at  all  levels  of  education.  The  Muse- 
um's collection  of  aircraft,  the  most  comprehensive  in  the  world,  is  a 
monument  to  his  accomplishment.  As  a  collector  without  equal  he 
performed  prodigious  feats  of  enlisting  the  volunteer  support  of  the 
Armed  Services  and  many  other  public  and  private  agencies  in  provid- 
ing facilities  and  services  for  the  collection  when  the  resources  of  the 
Smithsonian  could  not  keep  up  with  his  success.  Mr.  Garber  continues 
his  service  to  the  Museum  as  a  Ramsey  research  associate  and  trustee 
of  the  Admiral  and  Mrs.  DeWitt  Clinton  Ramsey  Fund. 

Following  the  policy  of  the  past  several  years,  the  major  effort  of 
the  Preservation  and  Restoration  Division  was  devoted  to  the  mainte- 
nance of  the  collections.  The  great  increase  in  the  astronautics  col- 
lections, however,  and  the  demand  to  exhibit  these  artifacts  through- 
out the  world,  made  it  necessary  to  devote  considerable  time  to  restora- 
tion. 

The  time  devoted  to  the  various  types  of  work  performed  was 
divided  as  follows:  collection  maintenance  50  percent,  restoration  39 
percent,  exhibits  in  the  Museum  8  percent,  and  miscellaneous  services 
3  percent. 

Approximately  3500  new  specimens  were  received,  85  percent  of 
which  concerned  astronautics,  and  15  percent  aeronautics.  A  total  of 
775  specimens  were  processed  through  inventory,  identification,  catalog- 
ing, and  warehousing. 

Among  the  highlights  of  the  year  was  the  initiation  of  a  trial  series 
of  student  seminars  at  the  Preservation  and  Restoration  Division  with 
the  cooperation  of  the  Department  of  Academic  Programs.  About  90 
secondary-level  students  from  three  representative  schools  took  part 
in  this  program,  which  visually  illustrated  the  evolution  of  propulsion 
systems,  aircraft,  rockets,  and  space-craft  by  using  the  actual  hardware 
from  the  study  collections  set  up  and  arranged  for  close  examination 
and  discussion.  There  are  now  approximately  75  major  specimens 
from  the  study  collection  available  for  curatorial  study,  educational 
programs,  and  the  use  of  visiting  researchers. 

The  Aeronautics  Department  was  active  in  experimental  education 
projects  utilizing  the  collection,  in  collaboration  with  the  Smithsonian 
Associates  ("Introduction  to  Flight")  and  the  University  of  Maryland. 
The  year's  major  acquisition  was  the  Hawker  Hurricane  from  the 
Royal  Air  Force,  in  commemoration  of  the  Battle  of  Britain  Day, 
15  September  1969. 

Mr.  Paul  Edward  Garber's  retirement  further  reduced  the  profes- 
sional  staff.   The   activities   of   the    remaining   two    professionals    are 


42 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR   1970 


Restoration  shops  of  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum,  preservation  and 
restoration  facility.  Specimens  shown  are  part  of  the  study  collection  and  are 
assembled  for  restoration  and  study  programs. 


limited  to  servicing  day-to-day  correspondence  and  short-range  proj- 
ects. One  of  the  major  projects  during  the  year  was  the  preparation, 
shipment,  and  installation  of  the  Lockheed  Sirius  aircraft  in  a  special 
exhibit  building  at  Osaka,  Japan,  for  Expo  '70.  The  aircraft  is  the  one 
in  which  Charles  and  Ann  Morrow  Lindbergh  surveyed  the  Arctic  air 
route  to  the  Orient. 

The  department  has  continued  its  program  of  loaning  specimens 
under  controlled  conditions  beneficial  to  both  the  Museum  and  the 
loanee.  An  interesting  exchange  brought  a  Packard  B-12  engine  into 
the  collection  in  exchange  for  1300  photos  of  Plains  Indians  (obtained 
through  the  cooperation  of  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History). 

The  Department  of  Astronautics  has  two  major  responsibilities:  (1) 
determining  and  authenticating  the  history  of  rockets  and  spaceflight, 
and  (2)  acquiring,  restoring,  and  exhibiting  specimens. 

The  Museum's  research  material  in  astronautics  is  probably  the 
largest  available  in  the  United  States,  and  now  includes  the  unique 
reference  files  for  the  Congreve  and  Hale  rockets  plus  life-saving  and 
whaling  rockets.  Historical  photographs  have  been  received  and  cata- 


SCIENCE 


43 


Lockheed  Sirius  flown  by  Colonel  Charles  A.  and  Anne  Morrow  Lindbergh  on 
their  historic  "North  to  the  Orient"  air-route  survey  in  1931.  Shown  in  "Wings 
Across  the   Pacific"  Building  in   the  American   Park,  Expo   '70,   Osaka,   Japan. 


loged  along  with  the  acquisition  of  a  sound-tape  collection,  from  which 
the  "To  The  Moon"  (Time  Life  Records)  set  of  records  was  drawn. 
Containing  tapes  of  all  manned  flights  through  Apollo  11,  this  collec- 
tion of  more  than  1500  reels  is  one  of  the  largest  and  most  complete 
in  the  world. 

Through  the  NASA-Smithsonian  agreement  most  of  the  Mercury 
and  Gemini  and  four  of  the  Apollo  spacecraft  have  come  to  the  Muse- 
um, along  with  some  fifteen  spacesuits,  rocket  motors,  engineering 
mockups,  and  hundreds  of  component  parts.  Loans  were  made  during 
the  past  year  to  the  U.  S.  Information  Agency,  Department  of  Com- 
merce, and  Department  of  Labor  for  overseas  exhibits.  Expo  '70  at 
Osaka,  among  others,  displayed  the  Apollo  8  command  module,  Gem- 
ini 12  spacecraft,  Lunar  Orbitor,  spacesuits,  and  a  Goddard  rocket. 
An  exhibit  now  touring  in  Europe  includes  the  Apollo  10  command 
module,  Gemini  10,  Aldrin's  lunar  visor,  lunar  glove,  Collin's  cover- 
alls, Schirra's  and  Ander's  Apollo  spacesuits,  all  from  the  Museum's 
collections.  More  than  thirty  tons  of  space  artifacts  were  received  this 
year,  much  of  which  forms  part  of  the  "study  and  reference  collection." 

During  the  Apollo  1 1  flight  in  July,  both  major  networks  used  the 
Arts  and  Industries  Building  for  interviews  and  historical  background, 
for  which  purposes  the  building  was  permitted  to  remain  open  over- 


44 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 


Apollo  1 1  astronauts,  left  to  right,  Edwin  E.  Aldrin,  Jr.,  Michael  Collins,  and 
Neil  Armstrong,  at  presentation  of  Lunar  sample  to  the  Smithsonian  Institution, 
16  September  1969. 


night.  In  September  nasa  Administrator  Thomas  Paine  and  the 
Apollo  11  astronauts  presented  the  1.1 -pound  specimen  of  lunar  rock 
to  the  Museum.  Consequently,  attendance  tripled  in  the  next  months 
and  exceeded  two  million  by  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year. 

The  Department  of  Astronautics  received  hundreds  of  letters  re- 
questing information  concerning  its  specimens.  Courses  on  the  history 
of  astronautics  and  the  national  space  program  were  taught  by  the 
staff  to  youngsters  of  Smithsonian  associates  members.  Frank  H.  Win- 
ter was  awarded  the  Robert  Goddard  Historical  Essay  award  for  his 
paper  on  William  Hale. 

In  the  vicinity  of  Washington,  D.C.,  there  exist  the  largest  holdings 
of  air  and  space  documentation  in  the  world.  The  primary  responsi- 
bility of  the  Information  and  Education  Department  is  to  support  the 


FY  1970 

FY  1969 

4000 

5400 

1300 

2100 

62 

61 

637 

467 

132 

69 

194 

119 

SCIENCE  45 

curatorial  staff  with  the  documentation  needed  to  select,  authenticate, 
and  restore  the  artifacts  needed  to  portray  the  evolutionary  develop- 
ment of  air  and  space  technology.  To  supplement  the  nasm  Histor- 
ical Research  Center's  extensive  holdings,  major  documentation  col- 
lections in  the  field  of  air  and  space  technology  are  available  from 
many  other  government  and  educational  agencies. 

The  second  major  responsibility  of  the  Information  and  Education 
Department  is  serving  the  interested  public,  which  encompasses  the 
model  builder,  author,  technologist,  and  other  museums.  The  follow- 
ing figures  show  a  comparison  of  this  year's  activities  with  last  year's: 


Requests  answered 

Visitors 

Donations  (which  include  a  large  collection  from 

Curtiss  Wright  Corporation  of  photographs) 
Photo  orders  processed 
New  library  titles  received 
Total  volumes  received 

Over  10,000  items  of  correspondence  were  received  during  FY  1970. 


Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory 


To  meet  the  new  scientific  concerns  of  the  1970s,  research  at  the 
Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory  (sac)  has  been  organized 
into  three  major  program  areas — the  Earth  as  a  Planet,  the  Solar 
System,  and  Energetic  Phenomena  in  the  Universe.  These  areas  reflect 
not  only  the  overall  goals  of  the  Observatory's  investigations  but  also 
the  interrelationships  of  many  once-separate  fields  that  now  are  seen 
as  concerned  with  the  "total  environment  of  man."  Within  these  gen- 
eral areas,  however,  some  sixty  investigators  still  pursue  a  broad  range 
of  individual  projects,  thus  ensuring  that  the  Observatory  will  main- 
tain the  optimum  balance  between  diversity  and  concentration. 

Studies  of  the  earth  as  a  planet  extend  from  the  outer  reaches  of  its 
atmosphere  and  magnetosphere  to  its  inner  regions,  with  emphasis  on 
the  structure,  composition,  and  gravity  field  of  the  earth  and  on  the 
composition  and  physical  processes  of  the  atmosphere. 

During  the  past  year,  the  Observatory  published  one  major  inter- 
national reference.  The  1969  Smithsonian  Standard  Earth  (II),  and 
contributed  significantly  to  another,  The  International  Reference 
Atmosphere. 


46  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

The  first  refines  the  representation  of  the  earth's  size,  shape,  and 
gravitational  field  issued  by  sao  in  1966  and  since  widely  used  as  a 
model.  The  new  Standard  Earth  shows  that  our  planet  has  an  intricate 
pattern  of  "highs  and  lows"  in  the  earth's  mean  sea  level  relative  to  the 
spheroid;  these  are  more  widespread  than  the  recognizable  topograph- 
ical features  usually  associated  with  continental  masses  and  ocean 
beds.  The  existence  of  these  anomalies  has  been  revealed  by  computer 
analysis  of  certain  perturbations  in  the  orbits  of  artificial  satellites. 
The  refinement  was  made  possible  by  data  from  the  new  laser  tracking 
systems  at  several  sao  stations  and  from  deep-space  probes,  as  well 
as  by  photographic  and  other  data. 

Much  of  what  is  known  about  the  earth's  atmosphere  above  200 
kilometers  is  based  on  Smithsonian  analysis  of  satellite  orbital  data 
gathered  over  the  past  decade.  Observatory  scientists  have  shown  that 
density  variations  in  the  atmosphere  respond  to  a  number  of  separate, 
but  related,  geophysical  and  solar  factors.  For  example,  Observatory 
scientists  have  found  a  correlation  between  satellite  drag  and  solar 
activity.  The  latter  heats  the  earth's  upper  atmosphere,  thus  increas- 
ing its  density  and  resistance  to  the  satellite  motion. 

Observatory  scientists  also  have  discovered  that  diurnal  heating  of 
the  upper  atmosphere,  and  its  resultant  change  in  atmospheric  density, 
lag  about  three  hours  behind  the  sun.  Moreover,  the  heated  bulge  in 
the  atmosphere  is  shaped  somewhat  like  an  elongated  eye,  with  the 
broadest  part  at  the  equator  and  the  tapered  ends  nearer  the  poles. 
Most  recently,  they  found  that  the  solar  wind — high-energy  particles 
ejected  by  the  sun — also  contributes  to  atmospheric  heating. 

Sao  investigations  of  the  solar  system  include  theoretical,  labora- 
tory, and  observational  programs  concerned  with  the  moon  and  plan- 
ets, the  sun,  meteors  and  comets,  and  meteorites  and  cosmic  dust. 

On  9  January  1970,  near  the  hamlet  of  Lost  City,  Oklahoma,  the 
field  manager  of  the  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory's  Prairie 
Network  recovered  a  22-pound  fragment  of  a  meteorite  that  had  been 
photographed  by  the  Network  as  the  meteor  fell  to  earth  just  six  nights 
earlier.  Within  the  next  four  months,  three  more  fragments  were  dis- 
covered in  the  same  area.  This  was  only  the  second  time  in  history — 
and  the  first  time,  intentionally — that  meteoritical  material  photo- 
graphed entering  the  earth's  atmosphere  had  been  recovered  from  the 
ground. 

The  rapid  recovery  of  the  Lost  City  meteorite  allowed  immediate 
analysis  of  its  very  short-lived  radioisotopes  created  by  cosmic-ray 
bombardment.  Moreover,  the  photographic  record  of  the  meteor  fall 
provides  information  on  the  meteorite's  origin  (from  the  asteroid  belt 
beyond  the  orbit  of  Mars)  and  its  loss  of  mass  in  flight.  This  informa- 


SCIENCE  47 

tion  is  particularly  valuable  because  the  meteorite  proved  to  be  a 
bronzite  chondrite,  a  type  that  probably  accounts  for  some  35  percent 
of  all  falls.  Thus,  Lost  City  can  provide  a  standard  reference  for 
meteoriticists  around  the  world.  Moreover,  the  photographic  data  can 
be  used  to  calibrate  information  gathered  on  thousands  of  bright 
meteors  photographed  by  both  the  Prairie  Network  and  other  organi- 
zations. 

Because  of  the  Observatory's  experience  in  the  analysis  of  recovered 
meteoritical  material,  three  separate  research  groups  were  selected  as 
principal  investigators  of  lunar  material  returned  by  the  Apollo 
astronauts. 

One  research  group  has  been  engaged  in  the  mineralogical  and 
petrological  studies  of  lunar  sample  particles  through  X-ray  diffrac- 
tion and  electron-microprobe  techniques.  These  researchers  have  found 
an  unexpected  amount  of  gabbroic  anorthosite  in  Apollo  1 1  samples. 
These  anorthosite  materials  match  the  chemical  composition  of  ma- 
terials from  the  lunar  highlands,  thus  suggesting  that  the  anorthosites 
may  be  mountain  fragments  tossed  onto  Mare  Tranquillitatis  (the 
Apollo  1 1  landing  site)  by  cratering  impacts. 

Another  group  has  been  conducting  analyses  of  Apollo  11  and  12 
samples  to  measure  precisely  the  amounts  of  argon  37  and  tritium, 
radioactive  isotopes  created  by  cosmic-ray  bombardment.  This  re- 
search not  only  reveals  information  concerning  radiation  levels  on  the 
moon  but  also  provides  indications  of  the  exposure  age  of  the  samples 
themselves.  In  a  parallel  effort,  a  third  group  is  conducting  isotopic 
analyses  of  lunar  samples  with  a  laser  to  free  the  radioactive  gases  for 
mass-spectrometer  study. 

Studies  of  energetic  phenomena  are  concerned  with  the  nature  of 
newly  discovered  and  largely  unexplained  sources  of  radiation  far 
outside  the  solar  system,  as  well  as  with  the  physical  processes  in 
stellar  objects  that  hold  clues  to  the  creation  and  evolution  of  the 
universe. 

Proceedings  of  the  April  1969  meeting  on  stellar  atmospheres  held 
jointly  by  sao  and  the  Harvard  College  Observatory  have  now  been 
published  as  Theory  and  Observation  of  Normal  Stellar  Atmospheres 
(mit  Press:  1970).  This  standard  reference  work  will  provide  a  base- 
line for  much  stellar-physics  research  for  the  next  five  years.  Specifi- 
cally, the  book  gives  spectral  and  other  data  for  a  reference  set  of  68 
stellar  atmospheres  in  an  effective  temperature  range  from  4000° 
to  50,000°.  This  grid  of  model  atmospheres  was  computed  entirely  at 
the  Observatory. 

A  companion  volume  to  the  comprehensive  SAO  Star  Catalog  is- 
sued in  1966  has  now  been  published  by  mit  Press.  The  Smithsonian 


48  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

Star  Atlas,  a  boxed  collection  of  152  individual  sky  charts,  is  a  boon  to 
professional  and  amateur  astronomers  alike.  The  same  quarter  of  a 
million  stars  listed  in  the  catalog  are  graphically  depicted,  with  spe- 
cial designations  of  double  stars  and  variable  stars,  as  well  as  nonstel- 
lar  objects  such  as  galaxies,  globular  clusters,  and  planetary  nebulas. 

Observing  the  universe  at  radio  wavelengths  with  an  85-foot  an- 
tenna, sao  astronomers  are  searching  for  signals  from  chemical  com- 
pounds not  heretofore  known  to  exist  in  space.  Radiation  of  this  type 
is  thought  to  come  from  the  extended  cloud  of  rarefied  gases  between 
the  stars.  Concurrent  laboratory  studies  are  identifying  other  com- 
pounds possibly  present  in  space  and  measuring  their  characteristic 
wavelengths,  thus  providing  a  basis  for  intensive  searches  with  radio 
telescopes. 

A  laboratory  experiment  performed  jointly  by  personnel  of  the 
National  Bureau  of  Standards  and  of  the  Smithsonian  Astrophysical 
Observatory  now  indicates  that  laser  emission  by  water  vapor  may  be 
involved  in  the  process  that  converts  the  energy  of  infrared  stars  into 
the  microwave  line  radiation  observed  from  water  and  hydroxyl  mole- 
cules in  space.  The  experiment  shows  that  a  far-infrared  spectral  line 
emitted  by  a  water-vapor  laser  has  nearly  the  same  frequency  as  an 
infrared  absorption  line  of  the  hydroxyl  molecule.  By  tuning  the  hy- 
droxyl absorption  line  with  a  variable  magnetic  field,  the  experiment- 
ers determined  the  exact  frequency  difference  and  deduced  that  an 
optical  pumping  of  the  hydroxyl  vapor  could  occur,  at  low  pressures, 
when  the  two  lines  were  brought  into  coincidence.  In  space,  this  fine 
tuning  might  be  achieved  by  Doppler  shifts. 

Smithsonian  scientists  are  now  analyzing  the  data  produced  by  the 
Celescope  experiment  onboard  nasa's  second  Orbiting  Astronomical 
Observatory.  More  than  8500  photographs  of  over  2800  areas  of  the 
sky  were  made  during  the  experiment's  lifetime.  The  photographs 
provide  brightness  data  for  more  than  25,000  stars  in  each  of  three 
ultraviolet  regions  and  for  a  limited  number  of  stars  in  a  fainter 
region,  as  well  as  new  information  about  the  moon  and  comets  and 
about  hydrogen  near  the  earth. 

The  search  for  sources  of  ultra-high-energy  gamma  rays  by  the 
Observatory  is  being  conducted  with  a  34-foot  optical  reflector  at 
Mt.  Hopkins  and  with  balloon-borne  detectors  launched  from  Texas 
and  India.  The  observations  at  Mt.  Hopkins  represent  the  most  sensi- 
tive searches  ever  conducted.  While  no  discrete  sources  have  yet  been 
conclusively  identified,  the  Mt.  Hopkins  project  has  established  new 
standards  for  determining  "background  noise,"  disproved  several  spu- 
rious sources,  helped  revise  several  theories,  and  produced  valuable  new 
information  on  the  magnetic  field  of  the  Crab  Nebula  and  that  of  the 


SCIENCE  49 

radio  galaxy  Virgo  A.  Ultimately,  gamma-ray  astronomy  may  pro- 
vide the  key  to  our  understanding  of  many  phenomena,  including 
magnetic  fields,  the  density  of  matter,  and  high-energy  particles  in 
intergalactic  space  and  radio  sources. 

Astronomy  seems  poised  ready  to  achieve  a  fuller  understanding  of 
the  universe  in  the  1970s.  The  mysteries  of  pulsars,  quasars,  gamma 
rays,  antimatter,  and  other  possible  keys  to  the  evolution  of  the  uni- 
verse are  now  nearer  than  ever  to  being  solved.  Naturally,  success 
depends  significantly  on  new  instrumentation.  Therefore,  the  Observa- 
tory has  embarked  on  a  long-range  program  to  develop  the  advanced 
tools  needed  for  the  future.  This  year,  for  example,  the  Observatory 
installed  at  Mt.  Hopkins  a  new  60-inch  reflecting  telescope  for  studies 
of  stellar  and  planetary  atmospheres.  Also,  production  began  on  a 
series  of  advanced  laser-ranging  systems  for  both  geophysical  and 
lunar  sciences. 

Looking  to  the  future,  the  Observatory  continued  its  design  studies 
to  determine  the  feasibility  of  constructing  a  very  large,  but  inexpen- 
sive and  lightweight,  optical  telescope  using  many  small  primary 
mirrors  rather  than  a  single  large  one.  Also,  development  began  on  an 
improved  hydrogen-maser  system,  the  most  precise  timing  device 
known,  which  could  vastly  improve  the  accuracy  of  many  astronomical 
measurements.  Finally,  the  Observatory  continued  to  work  on  ad- 
vanced design  concepts  that  might  greatly  reduce  the  cost  of  construct- 
ing the  world's  largest,  fully  steerable  radio  telescope. 

This  foresighted  approach  to  the  development  of  new  instrumenta- 
tion should  allow  the  Observatory  to  meet  the  critical  research 
requirements  of  this  next  decade. 


Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute 


Competition  for  scarce  resources  and  life  space  is  an  increasingly 
urgent  problem  of  human  society.  It  has  always  been  a  problem  for  the 
organisms  of  the  tropics,  where  the  greatest  diversity  of  life-forms  on 
earth  produces  intense  competition  among  species.  Understanding  the 
outcome  of  this  interaction — in  effect,  the  reasons  for  evolutionary 
success  or  failure — is  one  of  the  principal  objectives  of  the  Smithson- 
ian Tropical  Research  Institute  (stri). 

In  this  connection,  we  are  also  seeking  to  determine  how  and  why 
tropical  floras  and  faunas  differ  from  those  of  the  rest  of  the  world. 


50  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

Diversities  are  greater  in  the  tropics,  ecological  and  behavioral  rela- 
tions among  species  are  more  complex  than  elsewhere,  and  new  and 
major  types  of  adaptation  to  new  ways  of  life  are  more  likely  to  be 
evolved  by  tropical  species  than  those  of  other  regions.  The  scientists  of 
the  stri  staff,  research  associates,  fellows,  visiting  scientists,  and  ad- 
vanced students  from  institutions  all  over  the  world,  are  attempting 
to  describe  these  features  in  more  precise,  quantitative,  mathematical, 
or  physical  terms,  and  to  discover  causal  relationships  among  them. 

Gaining  such  an  understanding  of  the  tropical  environment  is 
imperative.  Human  populations  in  the  tropics  are  increasing  very 
rapidly  and  are  headed  for  ecological  disaster  in  the  absence  of  ade- 
quate information  about  their  environment.  In  the  north,  we  are  con- 
cerned about  air  pollution,  entrophication  of  lakes,  and  the  deleterious 
effects  of  insecticides.  In  the  tropics,  the  problems  are  more  brutal. 
Areas  such  as  the  hill  country  of  Colombia  and  Panama,  and  the 
whole  island  of  Madagascar  are  fast  becoming  deserts.  The  basic 
features  of  tropical  ecology  must  be  understood  as  quickly  as  possible. 
Assembling  new  insight  and  understanding  into  a  coherent  picture  of 
the  tropics  as  a  whole — where  one  half  of  mankind  lives — is  another 
continuing  objective  of  the  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute. 
It  offers  a  strong  union  of  intellectual  and  environmental  resources. 
Advances  were  made  in  both  realms  in  1970. 

During  the  year  the  community  of  workers  in  biology  at  stri  grew 
to  include  9  staff  biologists,  4  predoctoral  and  6  postdoctoral  fellows, 
556  professional  visitors  (including  155  scientists  and  advanced  stu- 
dents working  at  stri  facilities  for  4687  visitors  days),  from  62  uni- 
versities in  31  states  and  19  countries.  Twenty-four  seminars  by  staff 
and  visiting  scientists  were  conducted  at  stri  during  this  period. 

The  year  saw  continuation  of  an  orderly  progress  of  stri  re- 
search into  the  tropical  environs. 

Exploration  of  marine  areas  was  extended  to  the  full  length  of  the 
Isthmus  of  Panama.  With  United  States  Navy  cooperation,  dives  were 
conducted  in  previously  unexplored  waters  of  the  Pacific  in  western 
Panama.  Large  constructional  coral  reefs,  populations  of  the  Crown- 
of-Thorns  starfish,  nine  species  of  fishes  new  to  science  and  eleven  new 
to  the  fauna  of  Panama,  in  addition  to  two  species  of  hydrocorals  pre- 
viously unreported  in  the  eastern  Pacific  were  the  discovery  highlights 
of  the  initial  expeditions.  In  the  San  Bias  Islands,  off  the  eastern 
Panama  Atlantic  coast,  a  field  team  began  exploration  of  complex  reef 
communities. 

With  a  base  camp  at  Barro  Colorado  Island,  hydrobiologists 
launched  comparative  studies  on  the  dynamics  of  lakes,  both  natural 


SCIENCE  51 

and  man-made,  in  the  lowlands  and  mountains  of  Panama,  Colombia, 
and  Costa  Rica. 

On  Barro  Colorado  Island  itself,  on  a  base  of  four  decades  of  stud- 
ies, an  accelerating  effort — including  sixteen  studies  of  one  year  or 
longer — since  1965  is  resulting  in  development  of  new  methods  for 
discerning  environmental  adaptive  strategies.  Under  study  are  biologi- 
cal parameters  such  as  reproductive  strategies  of  forest  trees,  popula- 
tion dynamics,  and  social  organizations  of  possibly  key  organisms,  com- 
munication patterns  and  functions,  and  various  questions  of  predatory 
adaptations,  energetics,  and  phenological  characteristics.  Thus,  cor- 
relative efforts  may  now  proceed  with  greatly  enhanced  chances  of 
success. 

Comparative  studies  elsewhere  in  the  New  World,  and  in  the  Old 
World,  are  adding  important  new  dimensions  to  the  data  on  Panama 
and  are  clarifying  the  distinctive  biological  role  of  the  tropics.  During 
the  year  the  staff  and  fellows  of  stri  extended  comparative  studies 
into  the  cold  tropics  of  the  Colombian  Andes,  into  montane  and  low- 
land continental  regions  of  West  Africa  and  India  which  vary  inter- 
estingly from  Central  America,  and  into  the  contrasting  insular  areas 
of  Madagascar  and  New  Guinea. 

Stri  continued  to  concentrate  on  aspects  of  evolution,  ecology,  and 
behavior,  combining  experimental  analysis  in  the  laboratory  with  ob- 
servations in  the  field  under  natural  conditions  both  in  the  Old  and 
New  World  tropics. 

Adaptive  strategies  employed  by  organisms  in  their  relationship  to 
their  environment  are  particularly  complex  and  varied  in  the  tropics. 
The  adaptive  aspects  of  plants,  which  have  not  been  thoroughly  stud- 
ied in  the  past,  are  the  concern  of  several  studies:  the  nature  of  the 
reproductive  strategies  employed  by  various  tree  species  in  the  rich 
Barro  Colorado  Forest;  in-depth  studies  to  delineate  the  complex 
adaptations  of  orchids  to  their  available  insect  resources;  and  com- 
parative studies  of  the  structure  of  tropical  forests  in  both  the  New 
and  Old  World. 

The  largest  migration  in  26  years  of  the  day-flying  moth  Urania 
fulgens  was  studied  by  Neal  G.  Smith.  Billions  of  these  conspicuous 
moths  crossed  the  isthmus  toward  South  America  between  August 
and  October.  Smith  is  trying  to  understand  the  adaptive  significance 
of  this  almost  yearly  migration  which  has  been  mentioned  repeatedly 
in  newspaper  and  scientific  literature  as  far  back  as  the  early  1800s. 

Adaptive  mechanisms  of  organisms  in  the  marine  environment 
were  brought  under  new  study.  Feeding  experiments  with  visual  fish 
predators  of  the  sand  beach  isopod  Ancinus  have  shown  a  preference 


52  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

for  the  most  frequent  pattern  morph.  This  selective  removal  is  con- 
sidered important  in  affecting  the  polymorphic  population  structure. 
The  sea  snake,  Pelamis  platurus,  a  docile,  conspicuous,  and  highly 
poisonous  animal  which  at  times  is  exceedingly  abundant  at  the  sur- 
face along  drift  lines  in  the  Pacific,  was  studied  for  its  population 
movements  and  basic  biology  by  Chaim  Kropach.  Ira  Rubinoff  experi- 
mented with  potential  fish  predators  of  the  snake  in  order  to  develop 
a  colonization  model  of  theoretical  as  well  as  applied  significance 
should  the  animal  gain  introduction  into  the  Atlantic.  Pacific  fishes 
have  adapted  to  avoid  the  snake,  while  Atlantic  fishes  of  apparently 
the  same  species  eat  them  with  avidity  and  are  often  bitten  and  die  in 
the  process. 

The  partitioning  of  environmental  resources  among  organisms  is 
being  studied  from  a  variety  of  perspectives,  and  on  a  variety  of 
species,  with  suprisingly  different  results  in  some  cases.  The  relation- 
ships between  food  niche  overlap  and  food  availability  in  stream 
dwelling  fishes  was  studied  by  Tom  Zaret  and  A.  Stanley  Rand.  They 
found  evidence  that  the  degree  of  overlap  correlated  well  with  prey 
abundance.  On  the  other  hand  Henry  Hespenheide  has  shown  that 
over  a  broad  range  of  species  and  feeding  habits  of  birds,  the  width 
of  niches  as  measured  by  prey  size  is  a  function  only  of  the  mean  prey 
size,  and  thus  is  independent  of  such  factors  as  prey  abundance  and 
foraging  techniques  of  the  birds.  Related  data  gathered  by  Eugene 
Morton  indicates  that  while  adult  vireos  eat  insects  in  the  rainy  sea- 
son, they  eat  fruit  in  the  dry  season  when  they  breed,  but  feed  their 
young  insects.  This  may  be  adaptation  to  reduce  intraspecific  com- 
petition when  insects  are  relatively  scarce. 

Amazingly,  it  has  taken  fifty-four  years  after  its  creation  for  Gatun 
Lake  to  become  a  subject  of  intensive  biological  study.  Z.M.  Gliwicz 
of  the  University  of  Warsaw,  Department  of  Hydrobiology,  undertook 
a  fifteen-month  investigation  of  the  primary  and  secondary  productiv- 
ity of  Gatun  and  Madden  lakes,  and  extended  this  comparative 
analysis  to  lakes  in  Costa  Rica  and  Colombia.  A  key  purpose  is  to  com- 
pare the  ecological  efficiency  of  the  primary  production  utilization  by 
plankton  consumers  in  temperate  and  tropical  lakes  similar  in  mor- 
phometry and  trophic  characteristics. 

Intraspecific  behavior  is  affected  importantly  by  relations  between 
species,  and  their  adaptations,  as  reflected  in  their  "communication 
systems."  The  ways  in  which  "messages,"  whether  simply  or  highly 
specialized  signals,  mediate  among  organisms,  and  with  the  environ- 
ment, is  one  of  the  principal  pursuits  of  research  at  stri.  A.  Stanley 
Rand  continued  his  studies  of  animal  communication  in  amphibians 


SCIENCE 


53 


Acanthaster  planci  observed  for  first  time  in  Central  America  along  the  Pacific 
shore  of  western  Panama  (Contreras  Islands,  5  m  depth,  30  April  1970). 
Feeding  on  Pavona. 


Underwater  view  of  coral  reef,  a  recently  discovered  community  off  southwestern 
coast  of  Panama  (Secas  Islands,  3  m  depth,  1  May  1970).  Such  reefs  were  pre- 
viously thought  not  to  exist  along  the  Pacific  shore  of  Panama. 


54  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

and  reptiles.  In  collaboration  with  George  Drewry  of  the  Puerto  Rican 
Nuclear  Center,  he  analyzed  the  chorus  structure  in  Puerto  Rican 
frogs.  They  found  that  species  that  chorus  together  vocalize  at  dif- 
ferent frequencies,  apparently  to  avoid  interspecific  jamming.  Their 
vocalizations  also  differ  in  a  number  of  other  ways,  presumably  encod- 
ing other  information. 

Coral  reefs  in  the  eastern  Pacific  have  been  considered  typically 
represented  by  those  in  the  relatively  well-studied  area  of  Panama 
Bay.  Stri  conducted  two  highly  productive  expeditions  to  the  Secas 
and  Contreras  islands  which  have  made  it  clear  that  the  interpretation 
of  biotic  composition  and  species  numbers  between  Atlantic  and 
Pacific  coasts  have  been  biased.  Coral  reefs  and  associated  fauna  of 
considerable  richness  were  found.  Revealed  for  the  first  time  along  the 
Pacific  Ocean  in  Central  America  were  the  occurrence  of  large  con- 
structional coral  reefs;  populations  of  the  Crown-of-Thorns  starfish 
(Acanthaster),  an  important  predator  and  an  associated  shrimp 
(Hymenocera) ;  a  coelenterate  hydrocoral  group  represented  by  at  least 
two  species  of  the  stinging  form  Millepora;  and  several  fish  species 
previously  known  only  from  the  western  Pacific  biogeographic  region. 

In  its  educational  emphasis  stri  serves  as  an  advanced  studies 
center.  Informal  guidance  and  association  mark  the  stri  professional 
contribution  to  independent  studies  by  visiting  scientists,  research 
fellows,  and  advanced  students.  More  than  seventy  projects  by  visitors 
were  accommodated  in  1970. 

Seminar  programs  were  offered  and  attended  by  staff  and  students 
from  other  research  and  educational  institutions  on  the  Isthmus  of 
Panama. 

Stri  scientists  also  extended  their  educational  contributions  else- 
where. During  the  year  they  conducted  seminars  at  the  University  of 
Panama,  University  of  California,  University  of  Chicago,  Cornell 
University,  Harvard  University,  Rockefeller  University,  Washington 
University,  and  elsewhere.  Courses  were  conducted  at  the  University 
of  Mexico  by  Dr.  Dressier,  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  by  Drs. 
Rand  and  Robinson,  and  at  Princeton  University  by  Dr.  Leigh. 

The  Organization  of  Tropical  Studies  conducted  a  major  portion  of 
its  marine  sciences  summer  course  at  stri. 

The  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute  is  indebted  for  the 
continuing  excellent  cooperation  extended  by  the  government  and 
agencies  of  the  Republic  of  Panama,  by  the  Panama  Canal  Company 
and  Canal  Zone  government,  by  the  United  States  Southern  Command, 
and  by  our  fellow  research  and  educational  institutions  throughout  the 
Isthmus  of  Panama,  and  in  Colombia. 


SCIENCE  55 

Radiation  Biology  Laboratory 


From  a  number  of  small  buildings  in  the  old  Astrophysical  Observa- 
tory Yard  south  of  the  Smithsonian  Building  and  a  few  small  rooms 
scattered  throughout  the  Smithsonian  Building,  the  Radiation  Biology 
Laboratory  has  been  relocated  to  new  modern  quarters  in  Rockville, 
Maryland.  The  new  facility  is  a  two-story  structure  designed  to  meet 
specialized  requirements  of  the  areas  of  biological  and  environmental 
research  relating  to  the  program  of  the  laboratory.  The  areas  of  inves- 
tigation are  principally  in  the  field  of  regulatory  biology  and  include: 
( 1 )  physiology,  ( 2 )  biochemical  processes  of  developmental  responses 
to  light,  and  (3)  measurement  of  solar  radiation.  In  addition,  the  lab- 
oratory maintains  a  carbon-dating  facility  for  archeological  and 
anthropological  research  and  for  research  and  development  in  carbon- 
dating  techniques. 

The  new  building  provides  about  fifty  thousand  square  feet  of  space 
and  includes  plant  physiology,  biochemistry,  biophysics,  genetics,  and 
biology  laboratories.  There  is  a  staff  office,  a  general  laboratory  work 
area,  small  handling  and  preparation  rooms,  and  special  function 
rooms,  such  as  controlled  temperature  units,  drak-growth  rooms,  and 
light-treatment  facilities.  A  Phillips,  Model  300,  electron  microscope 
has  been  installed.  Low-level  counting  systems  for  radiocarbon  dating 
and  a  standards  laboratory  for  photometric  and  radiometric  calibrat- 
ing standards  are  being  installed.  Several  large  areas  are  planned  for 
environmental  control  rooms,  a  temperature-controlled  greenhouse, 
and  specialized  irradiation  systems,  such  as  monochromators  for  action 
spectra  determinations.  Installation  of  equipment  is  in  progress. 

The  support  facilities  for  the  laboratory  include  a  small  auditorium, 
a  library,  secretarial  and  administrative  offices,  and  an  instrument 
shop  for  servicing  the  laboratory  research  programs. 

The  monitoring  and  recording  of  radiation  measurements  was  con- 
tinued at  the  Mall  location  throughout  the  year.  An  additional  facility 
at  Rockville  was  installed  and  is  functioning.  The  personnel  comple- 
ment at  the  station  in  Jerusalem,  Israel,  was  completed,  and  data  are 
being  accumulated  on  a  continuous  basis.  A  new  radiometric  instru- 
ment has  been  developed  through  joint  efforts  of  the  Smithsonian 
Radiation  Biology  Laboratory  and  Eppley  Laboratories  for  extending 
the  monitoring  of  spectral  quality  of  daylight  to  include  pre-sunrise 
and  post-sunset  periods  when  biological  clocks  are  presumed  to  be 
activated.  This  area  of  solar  radiation  measurement  is  a  new  phase  of 
investigation  in  physical  measurements  for  biological  purposes. 


56  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

In  the  research  area  of  the  electron  microscopy  study  of  the  fine  struc- 
ture of  algae,  recent  evidence  obtained  revealed  that  there  are  major 
structural  differences  in  the  location  of  the  phycobiliproteins  (photo- 
synthetic  accessory  pigments).  In  red  and  blue-green  algae  they  are 
aggregated  on  the  stroma  side  of  the  photosynthetic  lamellae,  while  in 
the  photosynthetic  cryptophyte  algae,  the  phycobilins  are  located  in 
the  intrathylakoidal  spaces.  The  known  chemical  and  structural  dif- 
ferences lead  to  the  conclusion  that  these  pigments  appeared  indepen- 
dently in  evolutionary  development. 

There  have  been  several  recent  additions  to  the  staff.  Dr.  Roy  Hard- 
ing, geneticist,  will  assume  the  direction  of  work  on  chromosome 
aberrations  induced  by  ultraviolet  radiation  and  will  also  undertake 
work  on  the  genetics  of  photoperiodism.  Dr.  Andrew  Snope  will  assist 
with  this  work.  Dr.  Maurice  Margulies  has  spent  the  past  year  on 
sabbatical  leave  at  Harvard  University. 

Despite  curtailment  of  research  necessitated  by  the  relocation,  a 
number  of  research  papers  were  completed  and  published  by  members 
of  the  staff.  Staff  members  participated  in  scientific  meetings  and 
conferences,  both  national  and  international. 


National  Zoological  Park 


The  National  Zoological  Park  celebrates  this  year  the  80th  anniver- 
sary of  its  founding  in  1890.  From  a  small  menagerie  housed  in  the 
rolling  woodland  of  Rock  Creek  Park,  it  has  grown  into  one  of  the 
important  zoos  of  the  world. 

One  important  action  taken  this  year  resulted  in  the  Zoo  being 
transferred  from  the  budget  of  the  District  of  Columbia  to  the  appro- 
priation of  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  This  will  lead  to  a  change  of 
emphasis  regarding  education,  conservation,  and  advancement  of 
science  and  should  lead  to  the  development  of  a  truly  National  Zoo,  so 
that  it  will  no  longer  be  mistakenly  referred  to  as  "the  Washington 
Zoo." 

The  new  hospital  and  research  building  was  completed  in  December 
1969  and  is  partially  occupied.  The  Scientific  Research  Department 
has  already  moved  into  its  offices  and  laboratories.  The  Animal  Health 
Department  and  the  Office  of  the  Pathologist  will  transfer  to  the  new 
building  shortly.  The  spacious,  thoroughly  modern  facility  is  located 
near  the  Director's  office  on  Administration  Hill. 


SCIENCE 


57 


Madame  Suharto,  wife  of  the  President  of  Indonesia,  presents  Dr.  Reed  with  a 
photograph  of  the  Komodo  dragon,  gift  of  her  government.  Mrs.  Soedjatmoko, 
wife  of  the  Indonesian  Ambassador,  looks  on. 


Fieldwork  in  connection  with  the  Ceylon  elephant  project,  begun  in 
1967,  has  been  completed.  This  was  headed  by  resident  scientist,  John 
F.  Eisenberg  and  was  undertaken  as  a  Smithsonian  project  in  coopera- 
tion with  the  Ceylon  government.  The  primate  study  in  that  country 
is  continuing. 

The  status  of  the  collection  remains  about  the  same.  The  aim  of  the 
National  Zoological  Park  is  to  obtain  collections  of  diversified  animal 
groups,  rather  than  solitary  individuals,  so  that  reproduction,  espe- 
cially of  rare  species,  may  be  encouraged.1 


1  Certain  tabulated,  statistical,  and  other  information  formerly  contained  in 
the  report  of  the  National  Zoological  Park  in  the  Smithsonian  Year  now  appears 
as  appendixes  to  the  Separate  of  this  Report  (available  on  request  from  the 
Director  of  the  National  Zoological  Park).  This  information  contains:  visitor 
statistics  and  other  operational  information ;  report  of  the  Veterinarian,  aug- 
mented by  case  histories  and  autopsy  reports;  report  of  the  pathologist;  and 
complete  lists  of  (a)  animals  in  the  collection  on  30  June  1970;  (b)  all  births 
and  hatchings  during  the  year;  (c)  changes  in  the  collection  by  gift,  purchase, 
or  exchange. 


58 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 


Many  exciting  and  valuable  gifts  were  received  during  the  year. 
Through  the  good  offices  of  Crawford  H.  Greenewalt,  a  Regent  of  the 
Smithsonian,  a  notable  collection  of  New  Guinea  fauna  was  acquired. 
This  consisted  of  four  birds  of  paradise  of  two  different  species,  a  king 
parrot,  an  orange  lory,  three  tree  kangaroos,  and  six  sugar  gliders. 

The  government  of  Indonesia  presented  the  National  Zoo  with  a 
Komodo  dragon  as  a  mate  for  the  lone  female  that  the  Zoo  has  had 
since  1967.  When  President  Suharto  and  his  wife  paid  a  state  visit  to 
Washington,  Mrs.  Suharto  came  to  the  Zoo,  bringing  with  her  a 
photograph  of  the  huge  male,  which  arrived  a  few  days  later  on  27 
May. 

Another  gift  from  a  foreign  government  was  a  pair  of  tuataras.  The 
rare  reptile  is  considered  a  bridge  between  the  living  reptiles  of  today 
and  those  of  prehistoric  times.  These  were  formally  presented  by 
Ambassador  Frank  Corner  of  New  Zealand  at  a  ceremony  in  the 
reptile  house  on  4  June.  Tuataras  are  often  referred  to  as  "living 
fossils"  because  they  are  the  sole  survivors  of  the  age  of  reptiles  and 
have  scarcely  changed  since  the  Triassic  Period  of  200  million  years 


|"        -      *P 


\  4 


Moni,  the  newest  of  the  white  tigers,  and  friends  on  Lion  House  Hill. 

(Photo  by  Ellis.) 


SCIENCE  59 

ago.  They  are  being  carefully  protected  in  simulated  native  habitat. 
There  are  only  two  others  in  United  States  zoos. 

The  number  of  births  continues  to  be  gratifying.  There  was  one 
tragedy,  however;  Mohini,  the  white  tigress,  gave  birth  to  four  cubs, 
two  white  and  two  normal  color,  on  8  March.  Forty-eight  hours  later 
she  gave  birth  to  another  cub,  stillborn,  and  in  the  course  of  labor  she 
fell  on  three  of  the  first  born,  killing  them.  Moni,  the  lone  survivor,  a 
white  male,  was  removed  from  her  den  and  successfully  reared  in  the 
Director's  home.  He  is  now  on  exhibition  at  the  Zoo. 

An  orangutan  and  a  black  rhinoceros  were  born  during  the  year,  and 
antelopes  acquired  over  the  past  few  years,  since  the  establishment  of 
the  new  hoofed-stock  area,  are  now  reproducing  satisfactorily.  The 
number  of  hatchings  at  the  bird  house  surpassed  any  former  year  and 
included  some  that  had  not  previously  occurred  here. 

Although  hiring  of  personnel  has  been  restricted,  the  Zoo  was  for- 
tunate in  getting  an  architect  on  the  staff,  Mr.  Norman  Melun,  who 
reported  for  work  on  4  May.  This  enables  the  Zoo  to  set  up  a  planning 
division,  which  will  oversee  the  development  and  modernization  of 
the  Park. 

After  many  months  of  investigation  and  discussion,  the  Friends  of 
the  National  Zoo  were  finally  able  to  inaugurate  the  running  of  three 
trackless  trains.  There  are  three  train  stations  and  visitors  may  board 
at  any  one  of  them,  ride  to  the  next  stop,  view  the  animals  and  continue 
either  on  the  same  train  or  on  the  next  one  that  comes  along.  These 
rides  are  proving  very  popular,  and  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  tickets 
will  go  to  the  Friends'  educational  fund. 


Office  of  Environmental  Sciences 


On  28  October  1970  the  Secretary  established  the  office  of  Environ- 
mental Sciences  in  order  to  "make  more  visible  the  Smithsonian  Insti- 
tution's broad  spectrum  of  research  projects  in  the  environmental 
sciences  and  improve  the  opportunities  for  attracting  financial  support 
and  scientific  collaboration."  Building  on  the  accomplishments  of  the 
Ecology  Program  and  the  Oceanography  and  Limnology  Program,  the 
Office  has  continued  a  series  of  activities  to  bring  the  Smithsonian  to 
the  attention  of  national  and  international  scientific  groups  including 
funding  agencies. 


60  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

Recognizing  that  the  care  and  study  of  the  research  collections  are  a 
principal  function  of  the  largest  Smithsonian  bureau,  the  National 
Museum  of  Natural  History  (nmnh),  the  office  places  its  greatest 
emphasis  in  collaboration  with  this  program.  Support  is  sought  for 
and  provided  to  scientists  in  nmnh  in  several  ways.  Collecting 
expeditions  are  supported  by  incorporating  plans  of  Smithsonian  sci- 
entists into  international  programs,  such  as  the  U.S.  Antarctic  Pro- 
gram and  the  Southeast  Asia  Ministers  of  Education  biotrop 
project  developed  in  Indonesia.  The  International  Union  for  Conser- 
vation of  Nature  and  Natural  Resources  developed  field  conferences 
and  symposia  with  Smithsonian  participation  and  the  Cooperative 
Investigations  of  the  Mediterranean  will  include  Smithsonian  collect- 
ing. Other  cooperative  bilateral  collecting  was  arranged  by  the  Office 
in  Taiwan,  Iran,  Australia,  Ceylon,  Israel,  Tunisia,  Thailand,  Laos, 
Cambodia,  New  Zealand,  Chile,  Brazil,  British  Honduras,  United 
States  and  French  Pacific  Trust  Territories,  Japan,  Korea,  India, 
Pakistan,  Kenya,  Ethiopia,  Indonesia,  Malta,  France,  Italy,  Jamaica, 
Panama,  Argentina,  Ecuador,  and  other  countries. 

The  results  of  marine  collecting  are  received  and  sorted  by  two 
processing  centers,  the  Smithsonian  Oceanographic  Sorting  Center 
and  the  Mediterranean  Marine  Sorting  Center.  The  masses  of  material 
collected  by  nets,  trawls,  and  dredges  are  such  that  there  is  a  sub- 
stantial backlog  of  work  to  be  accomplished.  In  increasing  the  avail- 
ability of  sorting,  distribution,  and  identification  services  the  Office 
has  proposed  and  is  negotiating  the  establishment  of  sorting  centers  in 
South  America  (Chile)  and  in  Asia  (Indonesia  or  the  Philippines.) 
These  centers  recognize  the  requirement  for  utilization  of  the  research 
and  identification  of  hundreds  of  scientists  in  work  on  marine  collec- 
tions and  arrange  the  participation  of  competent  marine  scientists 
wherever  they  exist  in  the  world.  In  addition  to  using  all  available 
nmnh  scientists  it  has  been  possible  to  enroll  about  three  hundred 
non-Smithsonian  scientists  in  twenty-seven  countries  of  the  world,  who 
work  to  gain  information  from  the  collections  made  available  by  the 
sorting  centers. 

Even  with  the  above  collections-related  scientific  effort,  there  are 
biological  taxa  which  need  attention  because  of  special  interest  from 
an  agency  standpoint.  Using  money  for  Antarctic  studies,  the  Office 
provides  funds  for  specialists  to  carry  on  the  necessary  identifications 
and  related  research  in  certain  taxa,  which  are  potentially  important 
as  Antarctic  resources.  In  a  similar  manner  the  Office  stimulates  the 
production  of  keys  to  freshwater  organisms  of  importance  to  the  Fed- 
eral Water  Quality  Administration. 


SCIENCE  61 

Within  available  resources  the  Office  supports  inadequately  funded 
Smithsonian  scientists  by  assisting  with  the  purchase  of  collections, 
assisting  with  publication  costs,  and  meeting  otherwise  unfunded  re- 
quirements such  as  visiting  other  museums.  Assistance  is  provided  in 
recruitment  of  personnel  to  fill  gaps  in  Smithsonian  scientific  capabili- 
ties. Consultants  are  provided  to  advise  on  scientific  problems  and  in 
special  cases  a  person  may  be  employed  temporarily  to  fill  an  nmnh 
need,  pending  the  establishment  of  a  nmnh  position. 

The  possible  role  of  the  Smithsonian  in  national  and  international 
plans  is  considered  within  and  outside  the  federal  government.  Inter- 
ests of  the  Smithsonian  are  written  into  projects  having  appropriate 
objectives.  Liaison  is  maintained  for  this  purpose  with  the  National 
Council  for  Marine  Resources  and  Engineering  Development,  the 
Federal  Council  for  Science  and  Technology,  the  Council  on  Environ- 
mental Quality,  the  National  Water  Commission,  and  broad  projects 
of  the  Departments  of  State,  Defense,  Interior,  Health,  Education  and 
Welfare,  the  National  Science  Foundation,  and  Atomic  Energy  Com- 
mission. Close  association  is  also  maintained  with  programs  of  the 
National  Academy  of  Sciences. 

In  attracting  financial  support  the  Office  develops  concepts  appro- 
priate to  funding  by  public  and  private  agencies  and  individuals  in  as 
varied  a  nature  as  possible  within  the  time  available.  Funding  of  such 
ideas  was  received  from  the  National  Science  Foundation,  Atomic 
Energy  Commission,  Coast  Guard,  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey,  Naval 
Oceanographic  Office,  Office  of  Naval  Research,  Army  Engineers, 
Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries,  National  Institutes  of  Health,  De- 
partment of  State,  Federal  Water  Quality  Administration,  Agency  for 
International  Development,  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  American 
Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Sciences,  Woods  Hole  Oceano- 
graphic Institution,  American  Institute  of  Biological  Sciences,  Link 
Foundation,  Vetlesen  Foundation,  Iran  Foundation,  Atlantic  Founda- 
tion, TaiPing  Foundation,  Asia  Foundation,  Smithsonian  Research 
Foundation,  Smithsonian  Foreign  Currency  Program,  Edwin  A.  Link, 
J.  Seward  Johnson,  Carl  Dry,  Alpine  Geophysics,  Incorporated,  and 
Ocean  Systems,  Incorporated. 

Current  program  development  lies  in  such  broad  program  areas  as 
(1)  environmental  assessment  and  prediction  as  a  result  of  man's 
activities,  (2)  provision  and  protection  of  natural  areas,  (3)  expedit- 
ing collections  and  related  research,  (4)  developing  Smithsonian  par- 
ticipation in  national  and  international  environmental  programs,  (5) 
providing  ship  and  underwater  support  of  research,  and  (6)  operating 
the  Chesapeake  Bay  Center  for  Environmental  Studies  in  such  a  way 


62  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

as  to  insure  its  productivity  and  viability  as  a  model  watershed,   a 
natural  preserve,  and  a  local  asset. 


Center  for  the  Study  of  Man 


In  its  second  year  of  operation  the  Center  for  the  Study  of  Man  has 
continued  to  carry  out  a  number  of  cooperative  research  and  informa- 
tion programs  in  the  human  sciences.  The  most  important  single 
development  of  the  year  occurred  at  the  second  annual  meeting  of  the 
full  membership  held  at  the  Smithsonian  during  16—19  May  1970.  The 
members  agreed  that  the  Center  should  become  in  effect  an  interna- 
tional studies  center  devoted  to  adding  anthropological  perspective  to 
understanding  of  such  major  world  problems  as  war,  colonialism,  de- 
structive nationalism,  gross  inequalities,  racism,  poverty,  technological 
and  urban  overdevelopment,  irreversible  environmental  destruction, 
population  growth,  alienation,  anomie,  and  lack  of  generational  con- 
tinuity. The  Center  will  establish  annually  a  new  international  "task 
force"  of  research  anthropologists  and  other  scientists  to  deal  for  a 
limited  time  (perhaps  five  years)  with  a  selected  and  closely  defined 
facet  of  one  of  these  major  problems.  The  first  problem  to  be  inves- 
tigated is  human  fertility.  A  working  paper  has  been  commissioned 
and  the  work  of  assembling  resources  is  underway. 

The  American  Indian  program  of  the  Center  was  very  active 
throughout  the  past  year.  A  major  objective  of  this  program  is  to 
assist  Indians  in  achieving  goals  which  they  have  set  for  themselves. 
This  has  been  done  in  a  modest  way  by  sending  them  difficult-to- 
obtain  materials  free  of  charge,  by  referring  them  to  anthropologists 
and  other  scholars  who  can  help  them  in  matters  involving  their 
rights,  by  referring  them  to  other  Indian  groups  with  similar  prob- 
lems, and  by  advising  them  in  matters  where  they  have  requested  our 
knowledge. 

The  program  to  computerize  a  roster  of  4700  anthropologists 
throughout  the  world  has  been  completed.  The  results  of  this  pro- 
gram, carried  out  in  conjunction  with  the  Smithsonian  Information 
Systems  Division  and  with  the  support  of  the  Wenner-Gren  Founda- 
tion for  Anthropological  Research  will  appear  in  a  forthcoming  issue 
of  the  world-wide  anthropological  journal  Current  Anthropology. 

The  Center  has  continued  to  coordinate  the  Urgent  Anthropology 
Program.    Six   grants    involving    four    different    countries    have    been 


SCIENCE  63 

made  under  the  Small  Grants  Program  for  urgent  research.  Some 
results  of  this  program  are  now  beginning  to  be  received  and  one  such 
is  the  discovery  of  a  new  Java  Man  skull  by  Professor  Sartono  of  the 
Bandung  Institute  in  Indonesia. 

The  current  bibliography  of  anthropological  publications  has  con- 
tinued to  develop  under  the  direction  of  Dr.  Robert  M.  Laughlin.  In 
the  past  year  a  total  of  6800  titles  has  been  classified  and  readied  for 
publication.  To  date  2439  have  been  published  and  the  remainder 
will  continue  to  appear  bimonthly. 

A  special  committee  on  the  proposed  National  Museum  of  Man, 
chaired  by  Dr.  Irven  DeVore,  met  in  February  1970  to  develop  plans 
for  relating  the  Center  to  the  proposed  Museum.  The  report  of  this 
meeting,  presented  to  Secretary  Ripley  at  the  Center's  meeting  in  May, 
precipitated  the  subsequent  resolution  on  the  part  of  the  membership 
to  move  the  Center  in  its  new  direction. 


Center  for  Short-Lived  Phenomena 


The  Center  for  Short-Lived  Phenomena  now  has  more  than  2500 
registered  correspondents  located  in  124  countries  of  the  world  includ- 
ing 956  earth  science  correspondents,  379  biological  science  correspon- 
dents, 266  astrophysical  science  correspondents,  189  urgent  anthro- 
pology/urgent archaeology  correspondents,  191  Transient  Lunar 
Phenomena  correspondents,  and  372  multidisciplinary  correspondents. 

During  1969  the  Center  reported  to  scientists  around  the  world 
145  short-lived  events  that  occurred  in  58  countries  including  61  earth 
science  events,  52  biological  science  events,  24  astrophysical  science 
events,  and  4  urgent  archeological  and  2  urgent  anthropological  events. 
Scientific  teams  investigated  at  least  102  of  the  145  events  reported 
by  the  Center  in  1969. 

The  Center  reported  18  volcanic  eruptions  in  Alaska,  Antarctica, 
Costa  Rica,  Hawaii,  Indonesia,  Japan,  the  Mariana  Islands,  New 
Zealand,  Nicaragua,  Peru,  the  Philippines,  and  the  Soviet  Union. 

The  Center  reported  18  other  earth  science  events  during  the  year, 
including  major  landslides  in  Sweden,  Hungary,  Finland,  Israel,  and 
the  Azores,  two  submarine  volcanic  eruptions  in  the  Marianas  and  the 
Solomon  Islands,  a  major  tidal  wave  in  China,  a  natural  gas  eruption 
in  Yugoslavia,  a  major  flood  in  China,  a  major  mud  flow  in  Hungary, 
a  rockfall  in  the  French  Alps,  a  storm  surge  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands, 


64  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

and  a  floating  island  in  the  Caribbean.  At  least  42  of  the  61   earth 
science  events  were  investigated  by  one  or  more  field  research  teams. 

The  Center  reported  52  biological  events,  including  12  oil  spills  in 
the  Netherlands,  England,  France,  South  Africa,  Alaska,  and  the 
continental  United  States;  19  animal  kills  in  Ireland,  Spain,  Peru, 
Canada,  England,  South  Africa,  and  the  United  States;  11  animal 
irruptions,  migrations,  and  colonizations  occurring  in  Australia,  Pan- 
ama, Trinidad,  Peru,  Alaska  and  the  United  States;  six  pollution 
events  occurring  in  the  Philippine  Islands,  Peru,  Germany  and  the 
United  States;  and  two  major  flora  kills  occurring  in  Japan  and  the 
United  States. 

At  least  46  of  the  52  biological  events  reported  by  the  Center  in 
1969  were  investigated  by  one  or  more  field  research  teams. 

The  Center  reported  24  astrophysical  events  including  17  major 
fireball  events  in  Japan,  Greece,  Mexico,  Malawi,  Brazil,  Tunisia, 
Canada,  Australia,  New  Zealand,  and  the  United  States;  4  meteorite 
falls  in  Mexico,  Czechoslovakia,  Australia,  and  Ireland;  and  several 
transient  lunar  events  that  occurred  during  Apollo  manned  lunar 
missions. 

Specimens  of  all  four  meteorites  were  quickly  recovered  and  sent  to 
laboratories  for  radioisotope  analysis.  Delay  between  the  time  of  the 
fall  of  the  objects  and  the  time  they  arrived  in  measuring  laboratories 
ranged  from  four  days  for  "Allende"  to  eighteen  days  for  "Murchison" 
with  the  average  being  eleven  days.  In  addition,  fireball  ablation  pro- 
ducts were  successfully  sampled  in  the  atmosphere  by  high  altitude  air 
collection  aircraft  within  12—18  hours  after  the  "Allende"  event 
occurred. 

During  1969  the  Center  reported  two  urgent  anthropological  events 
(the  discovery  of  two  new  tribes  in  Surinam  and  Colombia)  and  four 
urgent  archeological  events. 

The  Center  issued  143  event  notification  reports,  523  event  informa- 
tion reports,  12  event  publications,  and  handled  a  communications 
volume  of  245,000  cable  words  and  a  mail  volume  of  390,000  pieces 
during  1969. 


HISTORY  AND  ART 


ryHE  fiscal  year  1970  was  one  of  real  accomplishments  and  of 
-*•  real  promise  in  the  areas  of  history  and  art  at  the  Smithsonian. 
As  the  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts  and  the  National  Portrait 
Gallery  settled  more  comfortably  into  their  quarters  in  the  historic 
Patent  Office  Building,  construction  on  the  Joseph  H.  Hirshhorn  Mu- 
seum and  Sculpture  Garden  began,  the  refurbishing  of  the  Renwick 
Gallery  continued,  and  the  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  prepared  to 
move  into  the  Andrew  Carnegie  Mansion  of  New  York's  Fifth  Avenue. 

In  every  case,  our  history  and  art  bureaus,  often  with  the  valuable 
assistance  of  their  advisory  boards  and  commissions,  emerged  from  a 
serious  consideration  of  their  purposes  and  plans  with  a  strengthened 
sense  of  mission  and  identity.  Although  increased  appropriations  were 
not  the  order  of  the  day  this  year,  we  are  sure  that  this  sharpened 
sense  of  purpose,  this  exercise  in  self-definition,  will  allow  each  of  our 
bureaus  to  make  the  best  possible  use  of  the  funds  that  are  available  to 
it. 

This  was  also  a  year  in  which  the  Smithsonian  welcomed  a  number 
of  extraordinary  new  directors,  whose  several  qualifications  range 
from  brilliant  service  in  other  museums,  or  in  other  parts  of  the  Smith- 
sonian, to  academic  distinction  of  the  highest  sort.  Since  it  is  our 
museum  and  bureau  directors  who  must  formulate  and  carry  out  the 
Institution's  programs  in  history  and  art,  this  infusion  of  new  talent 
and  enthusiasm  augurs  well  for  the  future. 

In  addition  to  the  exhibitions  and  acquisitions  mentioned  below,  a 
special  word  should  be  said  about  the  coming  to  the  Smithsonian  of 
the  Archives  of  American  Art.  This  enormously  important  archival 
resource  will  strengthen  the  position  of  the  Smithsonian  as  a  leading 
national  center  for  the  study  of  American  civilization;  the  presence  of 
the  Archives  has  already  made  itself  felt  in  our  successful  efforts  to 
recruit  distinguished  scholars  to  the  staffs  of  our  various  museums. 

In  addition  to  the  obvious  and  satisfying  progress  of  each  of  our 
history  and  art  bureaus,  it  is  pleasant  to  report  that  relations  among 
them  seem  more  cordial  than  ever.  The  transfer  of  portraits  from 
the  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts  to  the  National  Portrait  Gallery, 
as  urged  by  the  Portrait  Gallery  Commission,  as  well  as  the  transfer  of 
three  Augustus  Saint-Gaudens  reliefs  to  the  National  Collection  of 
Fine  Arts  from  the  National  Portrait  Gallery  was  a  case  in  point.  The 
Cooper-Hewitt  Museum's  gracious  loan  of  a  number  of  Winslow 
Homer  paintings  to  the  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts,  where  they 

67 


68  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

are  now  beautifully  displayed,  is  another.  As  the  Institution  enters  a 
period  of  intensive  preparation  for  the  celebration  of  the  Bicentennial 
of  the  American  Revolution,  we  are  confident  that  the  strengths  of  our 
individual  bureaus,  and  their  willingness  to  work  together  in  a  com- 
mon cause,  will  prove  worthy  to  this  great  occasion. 


National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology 


The  announcement  made  in  January  1969  of  the  appointment  of 
Dr.  Daniel  J.  Boorstin  as  the  Director  of  the  National  Museum  of 
History  and  Technology  signalized  the  search  for  a  fresh  approach  to 
history  in  the  museum  world.  Coming  from  the  Department  of  His- 
tory of  the  University  of  Chicago,  Dr.  Boorstin  assumed  his  new 
responsibilities  in  October. 

He  immediately  directed  his  efforts,  with  the  cooperation  of  his 
scholarly  staff,  to  the  development  of  new  programs  designed  to 
widen,  deepen,  and  enlarge  the  visitors'  museum  involvement  by  re- 
capturing man's  experience  in  everyday  life  in  the  nation's  past.  By 
employing  innovative  techniques  in  exhibition  and  by  reinterpretation 
of  the  unwritten  documents  of  American  civilization  which  form  the 
national  collections,  new  emphasis  is  being  directed  to  several  hitherto 
neglected  aspects  of  the  Museum's  functions  and  capabilities. 

A  sweeping  new  program  of  visitor  orientation  was  instituted  to 
make  the  Museum's  holdings  and  facilities  more  readily  accessible  and 
meaningful  to  the  more  than  five  million  visitors  who  come  to  it  each 
year.  Several  successful  elements  of  this  program,  designed  to  provide 
useful  guidance  to  the  public  at  various  levels,  have  already  been  initi- 
ated. A  series  of  special  tour  brochures  to  provide  self-guidance  to  the 
visitor  was  produced  to  highlight  particular  aspects  of  history  pre- 
sented in  the  Museum  and  specialized  subject  interests.  A  continuing 
series  of  changing  special  exhibits  at  the  Mall  entrance  commemorate 
historical  events  of  national  importance  and  traditional  American 
holidays.  Through  a  display  of  selected  materials  (including  national 
treasures  from  the  collections  and  incorporating  modern  audio-visual 
techniques),  the  holiday  exhibits  orient  the  public  to  the  other  dis- 
plays within  the  Museum  on  related  subjects.  More  elaborate  orienta- 
tion techniques  and  programs  to  assist  the  public  more  effectively  in 
the  use  of  the  Museum  are  being  developed. 


HISTORY  AND  ART 


69 


The  emerging  new  role  of  the  Museum  as  the  national  center  for 
the  study  of  American  civilization  was  recognized  in  the  annual  ban- 
quet of  the  Society  of  American  Historians,  for  which  the  Museum 
served  as  host,  and  at  which  presentations  of  the  Francis  Parkman  Prize 
and  the  Allan  Nevins  Prize  were  made. 

Considerable  effort  has  been  directed  in  the  past  year  to  develop 
plans  for  the  Museum's  role  in  the  forthcoming  celebration  of  the 
American  Revolution  Bicentennial.  Planning  for  a  comprehensive 
program  combining  exhibits,  conferences,  and  publications  is  in 
progress. 

The  continuing  exhibits  program  of  the  Museum  has  been  redi- 
rected to  feature  selected  materials  from  major  collections  which  have 


Samuel  Slater  carding  machine,  circa  1 790,  on  display  in  the  Hall  of  Textiles, 
National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology. 


70 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 


not  yet  been  exhibited,  and  material  aspects  of  American  life  which 
have  not  been  acknowledged  elsewhere  in  the  exhibition  areas.  Dis- 
played for  the  first  time  in  the  Museum  is  a  new  exhibit  incorporating 
significant  historical  machinery  and  products  of  the  American  textile 
industry.  In  a  representative  sampling  of  American  textiles  organized 
by  the  curator,  Rita  Adrosko,  the  historic  carding  machine  of  Samuel 
Slater  and  components  of  Slater's  spinning  machine  are  highlighted. 
These  machines,  which  were  made  about  1 790,  brought  textile  produc- 
tion out  of  the  home  into  a  developing  American  textile  industry. 
Featured  also  is  the  only  Jacquard  loom  in  operable  condition  in  any 
American  museum.  The  exhibit  includes  programmed  spinning  and 
weaving  demonstrations  by  members  of  the  staff. 

"Energy  Conversion,"  a  special  exhibit  prepared  by  Warren  Danzen- 
baker  under  the  direction  of  Bernard  S.  Finn,  was  opened  in  September 
and  illustrated  the  methods  of  converting  energy  sources  to  electrical 


School   group   watching   Mrs.    Lois    Vann   spinning   wool   on   an    18th-century 
woolwheel  from  Virginia,  in  the  National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology. 


HISTORY  AND  ART 


71 


power.  Historic  specimens  in  the  national  collections  were  displayed 
together  with  significant  artifacts  donated  by  related  industries.  Among 
these  were  the  world's  first  fuel-cell  tractor  and  an  Apollo  spacecraft 
fuel  cell,  as  well  as  a  thermoelectric  generator  and  numerous  other 
artifacts,  which  demonstrated  the  story  of  man's  harnessing  of  heat, 
sunlight,  and  chemical  energy. 

Renewed  efforts  have  been  made  by  the  Museum's  scholarly  staff 
as  part  of  a  long-range  program  to  render  the  displayed  collections 
more  meaningful  to  the  public,  by  attempting  to  recapture  the 
environment  of  the  past  in  which  the  materials  exhibited  play  a  role. 

A  conference  and  exhibit  on  "The  Roots  of  California  Culture," 
conceived  and  developed  by  C.  Malcolm  Watkins,  were  held  at  the 
Oakland  Museum  in  April,  and  sponsored  jointly  by  the  Museum's 
Department  of  Cultural  History,  the  University  of  California  Exten- 
sion, and  the  Oakland  Museum.  Six  curators  presented  papers  focused 
on  the  background  environments  of  the  major  groups  that  settled 
California,  cumulative  material  cultures  that  conditioned  them,  and 
the  industrial  technology  that  emerged  in  the  nineteenth  century  to 
effect  the  cultural  changes  that  made  California  a  "nation  within  a 
nation."  A  special  exhibition  related  to  the  original  man-made  en- 
vironment and  material  culture  that  emerged  after  the  settlement  of 
the  West  was  prepared  in  the  National  Museum  of  History  and 
Technology,   which   drew   from   its   reserve   collections   of   objects   of 


A  special  exhibit  on  energy  conversion  showing  the  development  of  fuel-cell 
technology,  in  the  Hall  of  Electricity,  National  Museum  of  History  and 
Technology. 


72  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

everyday  life  in  pre-industrial  and  Victorian  America  and  were  com- 
bined with  materials  from  the  Oakland  Museum.  The  exhibition  will 
tour  other  museums  and  institutions  in  California  on  continuing 
display. 

Special  exhibits,  produced  during  the  year,  have  ranged  from 
"Women  in  Politics,"  which  was  conceived  by  Keith  E.  Melder  and 
opened  in  May  to  commemorate  the  founding  of  the  League  of 
Women  Voters,  to  a  temporary  hall  planned  by  Philip  W.  Bishop, 
featuring  artifacts  and  models  in  a  historical  approach  to  remind  the 
visitor  of  the  size  and  importance  of  the  American  iron  and  steel 
industry. 

The  maintenance  and  development  of  the  national  collection  con- 
tinued to  be  a  major  concern  of  the  curatorial  staff,  with  a  total  of 
104,731  additions  made  to  the  Museum's  holdings  in  the  past  year. 
Although  the  major  part  of  the  Museum's  acquisitions  are  accepted 
for  display,  there  is  nevertheless  equal  curatorial  concern  for  develop- 
ing the  Museum's  resources  for  study  by  the  curatorial  staff  and  visit- 
ing scholars  and  students.  Among  such  significant  new  study  accessions 
was  a  collection  of  approximately  thirteen  thousand  glass  and  film 
negatives  recording  the  production  of  the  Pullman  Car  Works  for  a 
period  of  almost  half  a  century  from  1885  to  1932.  This  plant  is  of 
particular  significance  to  railroad  history  because  it  built  not  only  the 
elegant  sleeping  and  parlor  cars  for  the  Pullman  Company,  but  it  also 
produced  thousands  of  freight  cars. 

The  Museum  benefited  by  a  generous  gift  of  almost  the  entire  col- 
lection of  old  type  matrices  owned  by  the  American  Type  Founders,  a 
unique  collection  consisting  of  thousands  of  sets  of  nineteenth-century 
matrices  made  by  independent  foundries.  Arrangements  have  been 
completed  by  the  curator,  Elizabeth  M.  Harris,  to  have  fonts  of  type 
from  the  more  significant  mats  cast  by  private  subscribers  on  the  con- 
dition that  a  font  of  each  be  deposited  in  the  collection.  A  checklist  of 
the  mats  is  in  preparation  and  an  illustrated  catalog  with  the  histories, 
specifications,  illustrations,  and  identifications  will  be  one  of  the  valu- 
able products  of  this  project.  This  is  merely  one  example  of  the  many 
ways  in  which  the  Museum  not  only  serves  the  public  in  its  avowed 
functions  as  the  keeper  of  the  national  collections  with  its  exhibits  and 
publications,  but  also  preserves  more  pedestrian  aspects  of  the  Ameri- 
can heritage. 

Continuing  his  program  of  studies  in  industrial  archeology,  Robert 
M.  Vogel  documented  by  interview,  by  physical  measurement,  and  with 
motion  picture  film,  the  process  of  manufacturing  wooden  wheels — 
a  process  virtually  unchanged  in  the  Hoopes  Bro.  &  Darlington 
factory  in  Westchester,  Pennsylvania,  since  the  end  of  the  nineteenth 


HISTORY  AND  ART  73 

century.  Similarly  in  the  field  of  medical  science,  Audrey  Davis  under- 
took a  study  of  the  development  of  the  gastroscope,  with  interviews  of 
individuals  connected  with  its  early  history  and  filming  of  the  manu- 
facture of  the  instrument  at  the  original  United  States  plant,  which 
was  established  in  the  1940s. 

In  the  Division  of  Postal  History,  Carl  H.  Scheele  and  Reidar  Norby 
developed  a  series  of  exhibits  of  postal  issues  of  groups  of  countries, 
which  in  addition  to  providing  continuing  displays  resulted  in  the 
acquisition  of  important  stamps  and  postal  objects,  and  added  depth 
and  broadness  to  the  study  collections  which  are  utilized  by  numerous 
visiting  researchers. 

A  deliberate  program  has  been  initiated  for  the  acquisition  of  new 
collections  of  historical  materials  not  already  represented  in  the  na- 
tional collections.  This  program  will  enlist  the  cooperation  of  the 
related  industries.  Plans  are  proceeding  for  development  of  collections 
and  exhibits  of  the  history  of  American  advertising  art,  the  history  of 
early  broadcasting  and  radio,  and  similar  aspects  of  American  life 
which  previously  have  not  been  the  subject  matter  of  museums. 


Archives  of  American  Art 


On  1  May  1970  the  Archives  of  American  Art  formally  joined  the 
Smithsonian  Instution  as  a  bureau. 

The  Archives,  which  was  founded  in  Detroit  in  1954  as  an  in- 
dependent research  institution,  is  committed  to  encouraging  and  aid- 
ing scholarship  in  the  visual  arts  in  this  country  from  the  18th  century 
to  the  present  time.  It  acts  to  achieve  this  goal  by  acquiring  and  pre- 
serving the  primary  documentation  needed  by  historians — the  cor- 
respondence, diaries,  business  papers,  and  photographs,  of  painters, 
sculptors,  critics,  dealers,  and  collectors,  and  the  formal  records  of 
galleries,  museums,  and  art  organizations.  These  collections  of  papers 
are  microfilmed  and  made  available  to  scholars  in  a  series  of  regional 
branch  offices  and  through  interlibrary  loans. 

The  processing  and  chief  reference  center  of  the  Archives  is  now 
located  in  space  provided  by  the  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts/ 
National  Portrait  Gallery  Library.  Regional  branch  offices  operate  in 
New  York  and  Detroit  and  field  offices  were  established  in  1970  in 
Boston  and  Santa  Fe. 


74 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 


During  the  past  year  the  Archives  has  acquired  over  100,000  items. 
Among  the  more  important  collections  received  were  the  papers  of 
William  Baziotes,  Cecilia  Beaux,  Karl  Bitter,  Herbert  Ferber,  Palmer 
Hayden,  Ibram  Lassaw,  Guy  Pene  du  Bois,  Jose  de  Rivera,  and  Ben 
Shahn.  Of  particular  interest  is  a  large  collection  of  records  accumu- 
lated by  Charles  Henry  Hart,  an  authority  on  18th  and  early  19th  cen- 
tury portraiture. 

The  Archives'  oral  history  program  continued  its  activities  with  a 
series  of  tape-recorded  interviews  with  administrators  and  other  fig- 
ures in  the  New  York  art  world.  This  work  was  made  possible  by  a 
grant  from  the  New  York  State  Council  on  the  Arts.  Among  those 
people  interviewed  were  Harvard  Arnason,  Ralph  Colin,  Lawrence 
Fleischman,  Henry  Geldzahler,  Huntington  Hartford,  and  Gordon 
Washburn. 

Trustees 


Russell  Lynes,  President 
Howard  W.  Lipman,  Vice  President 
Harold  O.  Love,  Vice  President 
Mrs.  Otto  L.  Spaeth,  Vice  President 
Stanford  C.  Stoddard, 
Secretary-Treasurer 
Harry  Baldwin 
Irving  F.  Burton 
Edmond  duPont 
Joseph  H.  Hirshhorn 
James  Humphry  III 
Miss  Milka  Iconomoff 
Eric  Larrabee 
Robert  L.  McNeil,  Jr. 


Abraham  Melamed 

Henry  Pearlman 

Mrs.  William  L.  Richards 

E.  P.  Richardson 

Chapin  Riley 

Girard  L.  Spencer 

Edward  M.  M.  Warburg 

James  Wineman 

Willis  F.  Woods 

S.  Dillon  Ripley,  ex  officio 

Charles  Blitzer,  ex  officio 

Lawrence  A.  Fleischman,  Honorary 

Mrs.  Edsel  B.  Ford,  Honorary 


Advisory  Committee 


James  Humphry  III,  Chairman 

Milton  O.  Brown 

Lloyd  Goodrich 

Eugene  C.  Goossen 

Harry  D.  M.  Grier 

James  J.  Heslin 

John  Howat 

Bernard  Karpel 

Edgar  Kaufmann,  Jr. 

John  A.  Kouwenhoven 


Karl  Kup 

Eric  Larrabee 

A.  Hyatt  Mayor 

J.  T.  Rankin 

Daniel  J.  Reed 

Charles  van  Ravenswaay 

Marvin  Sadik 

Joshua  Taylor 

William  B.  Walker 

Richard  P.  Wunder 


HISTORY  AND  ART  75 

Freer  Gallery  of  Art 

Mr.  Freer  understood  that  the  most  effective  way  to  study  a  civili- 
zation, to  learn  what  motivated  the  thinking  of  men  in  other  times 
and  other  parts  of  the  world,  was  to  study  the  finest  things  they  made. 
The  investigation  of  the  reasons  why  men  made  these  beautiful  things, 
and  the  research  into  the  nature  of  the  materials  of  which  they  were 
made,  and  the  methods  used  to  fashion  those  materials  cannot  but 
yield  basic  information  about  the  men  themselves  and  the  civilizations 
they  created.  Thus  the  twofold  program  envisaged  by  Mr.  Freer  in- 
volves the  continuing  search  for  works  of  oriental  art  of  the  highest 
quality  that  may  be  added  to  the  Freer  Gallery  collections  and  the  con- 
tinuing study  of  these  works  of  art  as  keys  to  understanding  the  civili- 
zations that  produced  them.  This  research  in  all  its  manifold  aspects  is 
the  basic  task  of  the  professional  staff  of  the  Freer  Gallery;  and  all  the 
supporting  services  of  the  Gallery    (library,  photographic  laboratory, 
oriental  picture-mounting  studio,   technical   laboratory,   etc.)    operate 
to  expedite  and  facilitate  this  research.  Members  of  the  curatorial  staff 
travel  frequently  and  widely  in  order  to  be  familiar  with  the  latest 
additions  to  other  collections,  to  examine  archeological  sites  and  find- 
ings, and  to  meet  and  discuss  problems  of  mutual  interest  with  col- 
leagues who  are  engaged  in  related  research.  At  the  same  time,  we  re- 
ceive and  give  every  cooperation  to  all  scholars,  including  many  from 
Europe  and  Asia,  who  come  to  the  Freer  Gallery  to  make  use  of  our 
unparalleled  resources  both  in  the  collections  themselves  and  in  the 
study  facilities.  We  also  give  guidance  and  encouragement  to  gradu- 
ate students  in   the  field  who  come  to   the  Gallery  either  for  short 
visits  or  for  protracted  periods  under  established  fellowship  programs. 
Work  of  this  kind  does  not  lend  itself  to  sensational  discoveries.  It 
proceeds  slowly,  and  when  something  important  is  accomplished,  it  is 
published.  Our  public  is  to  be  found  among  the  users  of  500-odd  li- 
braries and  universities  all  over  the  world  that  receive  Freer  publica- 
tions free  of  charge.  The  books  are  also  widely  sold.  Our  most  recent 
work,    published    this   year,    was    the    second   volume    of    The    Freer 
Chinese  Bronzes,  which  deals  with  the  technical  aspects  of  the  subject. 
This  was  a  pioneering  effort  in  that  it  is  the  first  book  ever  devoted  to 
the  study  of  the  materials  and  methods  which  produced  the  magnifi- 
cent vessels  that  are  the  glory  of  the  Bronze  Age  in  China  and  one  of 
the  finest  artistic  achievements  in  the  history  of  mankind. 


76 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 


To  maintain  the  atmosphere  that  fosters  productive  research,  to  con- 
tinue adding  to  the  sum  of  knowledge  of  the  civilizations  of  the  East, 
to  publish  and  make  available  this  information  to  the  interested 
world,  these  matters  are  the  concen  of  those  who  are  responsible  for 
the  operation  of  the  Freer  Gallery. 


Chinese  stone  sculpture  of  Buddha,  dated  29  April  A.D.  521  during  the  Northern 

Wei  Dynasty. 


HISTORY  AND  ART  77 

National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts 


The  year  was  marked  by  a  series  of  major  exhibitions  organized  and 
shown  by  the  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts  and  the  first  steps  to- 
ward the  reorganization  of  the  permanent  collection  and  establishment 
of  new  activities  in  the  areas  of  education  and  research.  The  most 
notable  of  the  temporary  exhibitions,  all  with  catalogs,  were  the  large 
retrospective  of  the  work  of  Milton  Avery;  the  very  popular  exhibition 
"Explorations,"  organized  by  the  International  Art  Program  and  pro- 
duced by  the  Center  for  Advanced  Visual  Studies  under  Gyorgy  Kepes 
at  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology;  and  a  mid-career  retrospec- 
tive of  the  work  of  Leonard  Baskin.  In  connection  with  "Explora- 
tions," several  special  events  were  scheduled — musical  performances, 
a  poetry  reading,  and  an  expanded  program  of  experimental  films.  A 
handsomely  installed  exhibition  of  Tibetan  Art  prepared  by  Asia 
House  was  shown,  although  the  policy  will  now  be  to  exhibit  only 
American  art  and  related  material  in  the  Fine  Arts  Gallery. 

Various  areas  of  the  building  were  redesigned  and  systematic  stor- 
age areas  reinstalled.  A  larger  portion  of  the  permanent  collection  was 
placed  on  exhibition  and  an  easily  accessible  print  and  drawing  study 
room  was  instituted.  Two  small  exhibitions,  one  devoted  to  Winslow 
Homer  (chiefly  of  works  from  the  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum)  and  one 
made  up  of  painting  and  sculpture  from  the  1930s,  inaugurated  a  new 
policy  of  informal  exhibitions  underscoring  various  aspects  of  the  per- 
manent collection. 

Activity  with  local  school  children  continued  at  the  Children's  Mu- 
seum and  an  active  docents  program  was  climaxed  by  a  lively  chil- 
dren's spring  festival. 

Plans  have  continued  for  the  further  restoration  of  the  Renwick 
Gallery,  scheduled  to  open  in  1971,  which  will  be  devoted  to  Ameri- 
can design  and  crafts. 

The  International  Art  Program  circulated  a  print  workshop  and 
various  exhibitions  abroad,  among  the  most  interesting  being  "Disap- 
pearance and  Reappearance  of  the  Image"  shown  in  Romania,  Czech- 
oslovakia, and  Belgium. 

On  the  first  of  January,  Assistant  Director  Robert  Tyler  Davis,  who 
had  been  Acting  Director  since  30  May  1969,  turned  over  the  direc- 
tion of  the  ncfa  to  Joshua  C.  Taylor. 


78  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

National  Portrait  Gallery 


The  year  past  was  the  first  for  the  second  Director  at  the  National 
Portrait  Gallery.  While  much  of  the  time  during  this  period  was  spent 
in  the  preparation  of  programs  and  the  planning  of  events  that  will 
not  materialize  until  1971,  one  major  exhibition  occurred  this  year  and 
110  portraits  were  added  to  the  permanent  collection. 

The  exhibition  was  "Augustus  Saint-Gaudens:  The  Portrait  Re- 
liefs." A  full-scale  catalog,  designed  by  Leonard  Baskin,  reproducing 
all  reliefs  from  photographs  made  especially  for  this  purpose  by  David 
Batchelder  and  produced  by  the  Meriden  Gravure  Company,  was  made 
possible  by  a  generous  gift  from  Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  E.  Marqusee  of 
New  York.  The  catalog  was  subsequently  issued  in  book  form  by  Gross- 
man Publishers.  The  exhibition  was  organized  and  the  catalog  written 
by  John  Dryfhout,  curator  of  the  Saint  Gaudens  National  Historic 
Site  in  Cornish,  New  Hampshire. 

Two  other  small  exhibitions  intended  primarily  for  use  in  connec- 
tion with  the  Gallery's  secondary  school  educational  program  were 
held  during  the  year.  One  was  devoted  to  a  portrait  of  the  arctic  ex- 
plorer Elisha  Kent  Kane,  and  the  other  to  Thomas  Edison;  each  por- 
trait was  hung  in  a  separate  gallery  surrounded  by  materials  related 
to  the  subject's  life  and  achievements. 

Among  the  many  important  acquisitions  of  the  year,  several  deserve 
special  mention.  A  magnificent  life  portrait  of  John  Randolph  of 
Roanoke  by  John  Wesley  Jarvis  was  given  by  Mrs.  G.  B.  Lambert,  a 
descendant  of  the  artist;  and  a  fine  oil  of  General  Horatio  Gates  by 
James  Peale  (after  Charles  Willson  Peale)  was  acquired  by  the  Gal- 
lery partly  with  its  own  funds  and  partly  through  a  generous  gift 
from  Mr.  Lawrence  Fleischman.  Through  the  kind  offices  of  a  member 
of  the  npg  Commision,  Wilmarth  Sheldon  Lewis,  Gardner  Cox  pre- 
sented the  Gallery  with  his  moving  study  of  Robert  F.  Kennedy,  as 
well  as  two  original  sketches  for  the  work,  which  were  done  from  life 
in  February  1968.  Other  notable  acquisitions  included  a  portrait  of 
Daniel  of  Saint  Thomas  Jenifer  by  John  Hesselius,  acquired  from  a 
descendant  of  the  subject;  a  handsome  version  in  marble  of  Giuseppi 
Cerrachi's  portrait  bust  of  George  Washington  in  Roman  garb;  a 
Sharpies  pastel  of  Alexander  Hamilton;  an  oil  of  Bret  Harte  by  John 
Pettie,  the  best-known  likeness  of  the  author;  a  portrait  of  Mathew 
Brady  by  Thomas  LeClear,  one  of  only  two  known  oils  of  the  master 
American  photographer;  and  Adolfo  Muller-Ury's  pastel  of  Lillian 
Russell,  which  was  included  in  the  Gallery's  opening  exhibition. 


HISTORY  AND  ART 


79 


Twenty-four  acquisitions  were  transfers  from  the  National  Collec- 
tion of  Fine  Arts  through  the  generous  cooperation  of  the  Commission 
and  Director  of  that  sister  institution.  These  works  included  portraits 
of  President  John  Tyler  by  George  P.  A.  Healy  and  of  George  Catlin 
by  William  Fisk. 


^tUvV 


Life  Study  of  Robert  F.  Kennedy,  by  Garner  Cox,  presented  to  the  National 

Portrait  Gallery. 


80 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 


Joseph  H.  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden 


By  its  Act  of  7  November  1966,  Congress  accepted  the  Joseph  H. 
Hirshhorn  collection  as  a  gift  to  the  United  States.  Congress  also  ap- 
proved a  site  on  the  Mall  for  the  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture 
Garden  and  provided  statutory  authority  for  the  appropriation  of  con- 
struction and  operating  funds. 

In  1968  the  90th  Congress  provided  contract  authority  and  an 
initial  $2,000,000  for  construction;  in  1969,  an  additional  $3,300,000 
was  appropriated.  The  ground-breaking  ceremony,  led  by  former 
President  Johnson  was  held  on  8  January  1969.  Construction  com- 
menced in  1970.  The  public  opening  of  the  Joseph  H.  Hirshhorn 
Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden  is  scheduled  for  1972—1973. 

The  world-renowned  sculptures  in  the  Hirshhorn  collection  range 
historically  from  antiquity  to  the  present.  The  depth  of  representation 
of  major  sculptors  of  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries  is  unique. 
The  paintings  in  the  collection  are  primarily  twentieth  century.  Be- 
ginning with  such  precursors  as  Thomas  Eakins  and  Winslow  Homer, 


Three  Piece  Reclining  Figure  No.  2 :  Bridge  Prop,  by  Henry  Moore. 


HISTORY  AND  ART  81 

the  course  of  American  painting  is  extensively  covered.  Complement- 
ing the  American  section  is  a  strong  group  of  significant  European 
paintings  of  the  past  three  decades. 

For  museum  officials,  scholars,  students,  and  publishers,  the  Hirsh- 
horn  collection  continues  to  be  a  major  source  of  documentation  in  the 
field  of  modern  art.  In  1970  the  curatorial  staff  replied  to  190  requests 
for  research  information  and  photographs.  More  than  one  hundred 
scholars,  artists,  and  officials  visited  the  Museum  office  and  warehouse 
in  New  York.  The  loan  program  is  severely  curtailed  during  the 
present  interim  period;  nonetheless,  65  paintings  and  sculptures  were 
loaned  to  30  museums,  galleries,  and  institutions.  Approximately  2000 
persons  attended  23  benefit  tours  for  educational,  cultural,  and  phil- 
anthropic organizations  at  the  Hirshhorn  Sculpture  Garden  in 
Connecticut. 

In  1970,  the  Hirshhorn  Museum  staff  formulated  plans  for  the  selec- 
tion and  preparation  of  the  paintings  and  sculpture  for  the  opening 
exhibition,  as  well  as  for  the  future  programs  of  the  Hirshhorn 
Museum. 


Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  of  Decorative 
Arts  and  Design 


The  Museum's  long  history  in  the  Cooper  Union  Building  will  soon 
come  to  a  close.  A  new  home  has  been  obtained  for  the  Museum — the 
historic  Andrew  Carnegie  Mansion  on  90th  Street  and  Fifth  Avenue. 
The  Mansion  will  provide  five  times  more  space  than  the  present 
location  and  allow  for  a  great  expansion  of  collections,  programs,  and 
services.  The  staff  has  worked  hard  to  make  the  Museum's  last  year  at 
Cooper  Union  an  interesting  one,  while  at  the  same  time  planning  for 
the  move  to  "Museum  Row"  on  upper  Fifth  Avenue. 

When  the  Cooper-Hewitt  relocates  this  summer  it  will  take  along 
1315  new  objects  acquisitioned  in  the  past  year.  The  most  significant 
of  these  are  seventy-three  drawings,  watercolors,  and  oil  sketches  by 
William  Stanley  Haseltine;  twenty-nine  theatre  designs  by  Oliver 
Smith;  quilted  bed  cover  of  18th-century  Indian  Chintz;  16th-century 
Persian  double  cloth;  14th-century  Peruvian  tied  and  dyed  net;  exam- 
ples of  ikat  from  various  parts  of  the  world;  wall  hangings  by  Arthur 
Crisp  and  Theo  Moorman;  six  Lalique  and  two  Daum  vases;  Bent- 


82  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

wood  console  table  by  Michael  Thonet;  lacquered  coffee  table  by  Jean 
Durand;  two  Louis  XV  armchairs  and  an  18th-century  French  settee; 
collection  of  18th-  and  19th-century  wallpapers,  including  one  of  the 
earliest  known  examples  of  a  labeled  18th-century  American  wall- 
paper; and  a  Morris  &  Go.  wallpaper  sample  book  of  1890. 

The  Library  acquired  418  new  books,  approximately  half  through 
gifts.  The  most  notable  of  these  are  95  books  on  architecture  and  the 
decorative  arts  presented  by  the  Cooper  Union  Library  and  an  im- 
portant collection  of  books  on  wallpaper  and  textiles. 

The  special  exhibitions  presented  in  the  past  year  include  "Kabuki 
Prints";  "Contemporary  Japanese  Posters";  "A  Stately  Pleasure  Dome: 
The  Royal  Pavilion  at  Brighton";  "Light  and  Line:  Etchings  by 
Rembrandt";  "Posters  by  E.  McKnight  Kauffer,  1890-1954";  "Con- 
temporary Drawings  by  New  York  Artists"  and  the  beautiful  farewell 
exhibition,  "India  Chintz,"  made  possible  through  a  grant  from  The 
JDR  3rd  Fund.  Alice  Baldwin  Beer  prepared  Trade  Goods:  A  Study 
and  Catalogue  of  Indian  Chintz  in  the  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  of 
Decorative  Arts  and  Design,  Smithsonian  Institution  to  accompany  the 
exhibition. 

"E.  McKnight  Kauffer  Posters"  from  the  collection  were  shown  at 
the  ibm  Gallery  in  New  York  and  "Master  Drawings:  The  Kingdom 
of  the  Two  Sicilies"  at  the  Finch  College  Museum.  Objects  from  the 
Decorative  Arts  Department  were  displayed  at  five  branches  of  the 
East  River  Savings  Bank  in  New  York  City.  "Please  Be  Seated,"  an 
exhibition  of  chairs  throughout  history  is  being  circulated  by  the 
American  Federation  of  Arts  following  its  opening  in  New  York.  A 
total  of  254  objects  was  loaned  to  institutions  in  this  country  and 
abroad.  Long-term  loans  of  129  additional  objects  were  arranged  with 
the  Fogg  Art  Museum  at  Harvard,  the  Brooklyn  Museum,  the  Phila- 
delphia Museum  of  Art,  and  museums  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 

Mrs.  Lisa  Suter  Taylor,  former  program  director  of  the  Smithsonian 
Associates,  was  appointed  Director  in  October,  replacing  Dr.  Richard 
Wunder,  who  is  on  sabbatical  leave.  Mr.  Leo  Arffman  was  engaged  to 
administer  the  capital  development  program. 

The  Cooper-Hewitt  was  visited  by  over  10,000  persons,  of  whom 
1372  consulted  curatorial  departments  or  the  library  about  specific 
projects.  Tours  were  given  to  twenty-two  school  groups  and  a  twelve- 
week  adult  education  course  was  offered  in  conjunction  with  New 
York  L^niversity. 

The  architectural  firm  of  Hardy,  Holzman  and  Pfeiffer  was  com- 
missioned to  prepare  a  program  plan  for  the  relocation  of  the  Muse- 


HISTORY  AND  ART  83 

um.  During  the  renovation  of  the  Mansion,  major  portions  of  the 
collection  will  be  shown  at  other  museums.  The  staff  and  study  collec- 
tions will  be  housed  in  Miller  House,  a  townhouse  adjoining  the 
Carnegie  Mansion.  All  available  resources  and  energy  will  be  directed 
to  the  planning  of  a  vital  and  meaningful  new  institution — a  national 
museum  of  design. 


National  Armed  Forces  Museum 
Advisory  Board 


At  the  Advisory  Board's  recommendation,  a  legislative  proposal  to 
establish  a  national  historical  museum  park  to  be  designated  Bicen- 
tennial Park,  has  been  forwarded  to  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget.  Reflect- 
ing President  Eisenhower's  belief  in  the  need  for  a  national  museum 
devoted  to  the  historic  commitment  of  the  American  people  to  the 
cause  of  freedom,  the  park  will  be  a  living  outdoor  museum,  bringing 
to  present-day  Americans  a  sense  of  the  spirit  that  drove  our  forebears 
to  conceive  a  new  nation  within  the  majestic  framework  of  the  Decla- 
ration of  Independence. 

At  rural  Fort  Foote,  in  Prince  George's  County,  Maryland,  Bicen- 
tennial Park  will  enable  visitors  to  see,  hear,  handle,  smell,  and  taste 
life  as  known  by  our  18th-century  ancestors.  With  emphasis  focused  on 
the  Revolutionary  War  citizen-soldier — his  background,  his  motives, 
and  the  labor,  sacrifice  and  self-reliance  demanded  in  the  struggle  to 
bring  forth  the  first  modern  republic — Bicentennial  Park  will  be 
essentially  an  animated  museum,  portraying  the  daily  camp  duties 
while  craftsmen  demonstrate  their  trades  in  the  tailor  and  shoemaker 
shops  and  at  the  smithy  and  armory.  The  rumble  of  wagons,  the  clank 
of  forge,  odors  of  woodsmoke  and  picket  line,  the  heft  of  tools  and 
weapons,  muted  shades  of  coarse  homespun  and  flashing  colors  of 
silken  standards,  all  will  envelop  the  visitor  in  the  long-vanished  world 
of  young  America. 

Colorful  reviews  to  a  Continental  "band  of  musick"  will  be  held  on 
the  parade  ground,  along  with  such  other  activities  as  folk  dancing, 
pageants,  and  theatricals — all  reflecting  the  customs  and  traditions  of 
our  Revolutionary  forebears,  black  and  white,  townsmen,  farmers, 
backwoodsmen,  seafarers,  artisans,  merchants,  and  professional  men. 


84  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

Woodrow  Wilson  International  Center 
for  Scholars 


During  fiscal  year  1970  the  Woodrow  Wilson  International  Center 
for  Scholars,  created  by  the  Congress  in  October  1968  to  be  a  living 
memorial  "expressing  the  ideals  and  concerns  of  Woodrow  Wilson  .  .  . 
symbolizing  and  strengthening  the  fruitful  relation  between  the  world 
of  learning  and  the  world  of  public  affairs"  did  work  preparatory  to 
opening  its  doors  in  October  of  1970. 

After  some  months  of  study,  the  presidential  mixed  private-public 
Board  of  Trustees  headed  by  former  Vice  President  Hubert  H.  Hum- 
phrey, approved  at  its  fall  meeting  the  opening  of  new  fellowship  and 
guest-scholar  programs  in  prime  space  that  has  been  offered  to  the 
Center  in  the  newly  renovated  Smithsonian  Institution  Building.  The 
theme  of  the  fellowship  program  is  designed  to  accentuate  those 
aspects  of  Wilson's  ideals  and  concerns  for  which  he  is  perhaps  best 
remembered  a  half  century  after  his  presidency :  his  search  for  interna- 
tional peace  and  the  imaginative  new  governmental  approaches  he 
used  to  meet  pressing  issues  of  his  day.  In  the  opening  period  the 
Board  plans  to  stimulate  particularly  substantial  studies  on  ( 1 )  the 
development  of  international  understanding,  law,  and  cooperation  in 
ocean  space;  and  (2)  man's  relations  with  and  his  response  to  his 
deteriorating  environment,  with  special  attention  to  the  new  forms 
of  international  cooperation  needed  to  address  effectively  those  envi- 
ronmental problems  that  transcend  boundaries. 

When  the  program  is  fully  operational,  up  to  forty  distinguished 
scholars — approximately  half  from  the  United  States  and  half  from 
other  countries — will  be  selected  to  work  and  study  for  periods  ranging 
from  a  few  weeks  to  several  years.  They  will  be  chosen — again  in 
approximately  equal  geographic  measure — from  many  traditional 
academic  disciplines  and  from  a  variety  of  nonacademic  occupations 
and  professions  such  as  government,  law,  business,  labor,  and 
journalism. 

During  the  past  fiscal  year,  Director  Benjamin  H.  Read  and  a  small 
staff  prepared  to  launch  the  program,  determining  policies,  publiciz- 
ing and  getting  support  for  the  program,  recruiting  and  selecting  the 
first  fellowship  recipients,  initiating  a  private  fund-raising  campaign, 
and  working  in  other  ways  to  breathe  life  into  this  newest  of  presiden- 
tial memorial  institutions. 


HISTORY  AND  ART 


85 


Office  of  American  Studies 


The  Office  of  American  Studies  conducts  a  formal  graduate  program 
which  is  directed  to  the  original  Smithsonian  purpose:  "the  increase 
and  diffusion  of  knowledge  among  men."  During  the  past  year,  thirty 
graduate  students  from  five  universities  participated  in  the  Program, 
gaining  academic  credit  toward  advanced  degrees  at  those  universities. 
Three  courses  were  offered  by  the  American  Studies  staff  during  the 
year.  The  introductory  seminar,  "Material  Aspects  of  American  Civil- 
zation,"  this  year  examined  American  culture  as  it  has  been  self- 
consciously displayed  at  world's  fairs  and  international  expositions.  A 
two-semester  seminar,  "The  Physical  City:  Approaches  to  American 
Urban  History,"  taught  in  conjunction  with  a  visiting  urban  historian, 
Dana  F.  White,  offered  students  an  opportunity  to  study  the  American 
city  as  a  physical  artifact.  During  the  spring  semester,  students 
enrolled  in  a  seminar  on  "Material  Aspects  of  Cultural  History"  un- 
dertook an  archeological  excavation  on  Theodore  Roosevelt  Island  in 


Graduate  student  Joanne  Baker  studying  the  gravestones  of  a  church  yard  in 
New  Hampshire  under  the  sponsorship  of  the  George  Washington  University- 
Smithsonian  program  in  American  Studies. 


86  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

the  Potomac  in  conjunction  with  members  of  the  staff  of  the  National 
Museum  of  History  and  Technology.  In  addition  to  the  formal  courses 
listed  above,  a  number  of  students  in  the  program  carried  on  individ- 
ual research  and  study  under  the  direction  of  members  of  the  Smith- 
sonian's curatorial  staff.  Studies  pursued  included  industrial  and 
historical  archeology,  the  history  of  photography,  and  the  material 
culture  of  the  period  of  the  American  Revolution. 

While  conducting  a  program  of  graduate  education,  staff  members 
of  the  Office  of  American  Studies  continued  research  in  several  areas, 
such  as  19th-century  politics  as  revealed  by  an  analysis  of  symbols  and 
mottoes  on  hand-painted  campaign  banners;  a  biographical  dictionary 
of  American  civil  engineers;  technology,  architecture,  and  urbaniza- 
tion; early  exploration;  the  history  of  cartography;  and  Indian-White 
relations.  The  political  banners  project  was  outlined  in  a  paper  by 
Wilcomb  E.  Washburn  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Organization  of 
American  Historians  in  April  1970.  In  January  1970,  Harold  Skram- 
stad  presented  a  paper  discussing  "The  Engineer  as  Architect"  at  the 
annual  meeting  of  the  Society  of  Architectural  Historians.  Several 
papers  by  the  staff,  based  on  earlier  research,  were  published  during 
the  year. 


The  Joseph  Henry  Papers 

In  1970  the  Henry  Papers  received  an  enormous  influx  of  microfilm 
and  xerox  copies  of  documents  and  was  able  to  add  more  than  4000  of 
these  to  its  computer-control  system.  Most  of  these  documents  were 
from  Henry's  Princeton  years,  1833-1846,  and  the  early  days  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution,  1847—1852. 

At  the  same  time,  the  staff  was  engaged  in  the  necessary  prelimi- 
naries for  preparing  the  first  volume  of  a  major  documentary  publica- 
tion. By  far  the  most  laborious  (and  most  elementary)  activity  was  a 
careful  review  of  documents  from  Henry's  Albany  period,  1792—1832, 
to  winnow  chaff.  Documents  surviving  this  review  are  being  edited  for 
textual  accuracy  and  their  contents  researched  to  provide  meaningful 
annotations  for  readers.  The  first  volume  will  not  only  depict  a  young 
man  developing  into  a  significant  scientist  but  will  also  provide  a 
documentary  precis  of  the  social  and  intellectual  setting  for  this 
development. 


HISTORY  AND  ART  37 

Albany  in  Henry's  day  was  a  lively  provincial  center,  not  too  much 
different  from  similar  localities  in  the  United  States.  By  focusing 
intensely  on  one  man's  rise,  the  Henry  Papers  will  illuminate  some  of 
the  factors  in  his  immediate  environment  and  the  society  at  large 
affecting  our  nation's  development. 


SPECIAL  MUSEUM  PROGRAMS 


'""P'hrough  the  year's  work  there  ran  a  strong  current  of  service 
■*■  to  the  community  of  interests  and  objectives  of  the  world's 
museums.  The  preservation  of  every  nation's  heritage  and  the  desire 
to  engage  museums  in  action  roles  in  education,  cultural  development, 
and  the  enhancement  of  the  quality  of  life  have  become  increasingly 
the  common  interests  of  museum  professionals  everywhere.  The  Smith- 
sonian has  directly  and  indirectly  aided  the  Department  of  State, 
unesco,  and  the  International  Council  of  Museums  to  press  on 
with  efforts  to  rally  museum  action  to  suppress  unethical  practices  in 
acquiring  objects  of  art,  antiquities,  and  cultural  history.  Wider  cir- 
culation was  given  to  codes  of  acceptable  conduct  of  scientific  and 
archeological  expeditions  respecting  the  natural  and  cultural  resources 
of  host  countries  and  the  encouragement  of  cooperation  with  counter- 
part scholars  and  institutions.  The  General  Counsel  continued  to 
guide  the  legislation,  now  enacted,  to  authorize  the  adherence  of  the 
United  States  to  the  International  Centre  for  the  Preservation  and  the 
Restoration  of  Cultural  Property  (the  Rome  center) . 

Assistance  was  given  to  the  efforts  of  the  American  Association  of 
Museums  and  the  United  States  National  Committee  of  the  Interna- 
tional Council  of  Museums  to  coordinate  their  interests  in  the  world 
community  of  museums  and  to  improve  communications  between  mu- 
seum professionals  everywhere.  Advice  and  guidance  have  been  pro- 
vided to  the  director  of  the  recently  established  World  Museum 
Fund  designed  to  encourage  international  support  of  museum  purposes. 

Foreign  museum  professionals  and  cultural  and  scientific  personnel 
in  large  numbers  continued  to  consult  with  colleagues  at  the  Smithson- 
ian. They  came  for  advice  in  establishing  national  programs  of  mu- 
seum-based sciences,  as  well  as  to  consult  with  the  personnel  of  con- 
servation and  exhibits  laboratories,  the  Registrar,  and  many  others  on 
museum  functions,  techniques,  and  administration.  Some  of  this 
appears  in  the  reports  that  follow.  The  Conservation  Analytical  Lab- 
oratory, for  example,  provided  consultation  and  demonstrations  to 
more  than  thirty  foreign  colleagues  who  came  from  Italy,  Pakistan, 
Jordan,  Germany,  Nigeria,  Guinea,  India,  Mexico,  Belgium,  Ja- 
maica, Venezuela,  England,  Iran,  Taiwan,  Canada,  and  elsewhere. 


91 


92  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

Office  of  the  Director  General  of  Museums 


The  past  year  has  seen  an  intensifying  of  the  need  of  museums  and 
their  professional  organizations  to  improve  and  carry  out  programs 
which,  in  the  words  of  the  National  Museum  Act,  are  "necessary  to 
insure  that  museum  resources  for  preserving  and  interpreting  the  na- 
tion's heritage  may  be  more  fully  utilized  in  the  enrichment  of  public 
life  in  the  individual  community."  Cooperation  with  museums  in 
America  and  abroad,  continued  emphasis  upon  museum  training  and 
exhibit  effectiveness,  and  an  increased  concern  for  the  world  commu- 
nity of  museums  have  characterized  the  activities  of  the  Office  of  the 
Director  General. 

The  Director  General,  under  the  authority  of  the  Museum  Act,  has 
responded  to  an  ever-increasing  number  of  requests  for  technical  assis- 
tance and  advice  from  museums  in  this  country  and  overseas.  Re- 
sponse under  the  act  has  varied  from  consultant  activities  to  support 
of  international  symposiums,  as  well  as  to  the  direct  assistance  of  mu- 
seum programs  with  national  implication  such  as  the  American  Asso- 
ciation of  Museums'  study  of  museum  accreditation.  Under  the  general 
provisions  of  the  act,  members  of  the  Smithsonian's  scientific  and 
curatorial  staff  have  aided  the  Oakland  Museum,  California;  the  Buf- 
falo Museum  of  Science,  New  York;  the  New  York  State  Museum  at 
Albany,  and  such  nascent  institutions  as  the  Virginia  Museum  of 
Science. 

Essential  to  providing  adequate  information  and  advice  has  been 
the  continuing  accumulation  of  data  pertinent  to  museums  and  their 
missions.  The  Director  General  has  cooperated  with  the  American 
Association  of  Museums  and  the  United  States  Department  of  Educa- 
tion in  gathering  and  refining  statistical  data  relating  to  museums. 
Within  the  Smithsonian,  interviewing  of  visitors  to  the  National  Mu- 
seum of  History  and  Technology  and  the  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History  for  the  year-long  Smithsonian  visitor  survey  was  completed  in 
October.  Volunteer  interviewers  have  questioned  more  than  5000 
visitors  and  the  Smithsonian's  Information  Systems  Division  has  com- 
pleted card-punching  of  their  responses.  Programmed  use  of  this  data 
will  permit  an  analysis  of  our  visitors  and  their  experiences  at  the 
Smithsonian. 

Training  has  continued  as  an  important  adjunct  of  the  National 
Museum  Act.  Over  1600  persons  from  both  domestic  and  foreign 
institutions  have  received  advice  on  exhibition  techniques  and  in  the 
general  principles  of  museum  management.  Cooperation  with  the  Art 
Department  of  Fisk  University,   Nashville,   Tennessee,   resulted   in   a 


SPECIAL  MUSEUM  PROGRAMS  93 

student  planned  and  supervised  exhibition  on  the  black  ghetto,  first 
shown  at  the  National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology  in  August 
of  1969.  At  another  level  of  involvement,  the  Office  of  the  Director 
General,  in  concert  with  the  Office  of  Academic  Programs  conducted 
a  symposium:  "Opportunities  for  Extending  Museum  Contributions 
to  Pre-College  Science  Education."  Supported  by  the  National  Science 
Foundation,  forty-five  invited  participants  met  at  the  Belmont  Con- 
ference Center  26-27  January  1970.  The  proceedings  of  the  symposium 
will  be  published  in  book  form. 

Internally,  the  Director  General  has  chaired  an  Institution-wide 
committee  charged  by  the  Secretary  with  the  responsibility  of  review 
and  study  of  the  future  of  exhibits  at  the  Smithsonian.  The  committee 
has  completed  its  finding  and  has  prepared  its  final  report  and  recom- 
mendations. 

In  October,  Mr.  Taylor  and  Mr.  Welsh  attended  a  meeting  of  the 
icom  International  Committee  for  Museums  of  Science^  and  Tech- 
nology which  was  held  in  India,  principally  at  Bangalore.  The  purpose 
of  the  meeting  was  to  plan  a  laboratory  with  a  capability  to  produce 
basic  science  exhibits  designed  to  meet  the  specific  needs  of  individual, 
developing  countries.  It  is  anticipated  that  a  laboratory  will  be 
founded  in  India  at  Bangalore  and  that  it  will  become  a  depository  of 
experience,  a  center  of  training,  and  a  useful  example  of  international 
cooperation  among  museums.  This  meeting  was  the  culmination  of 
several  years'  effort  and  planning  by  the  Director  General  of  Museums 
based  on  the  belief  that  science-teaching  exhibits,  carefully  prepared 
and  tested,  can  help  bridge  the  science  lag  between  developed  and  de- 
veloping countries. 

The  Director  General  of  Museums  has  furthered  the  concept  and 
utilization  of  the  Arts  and  Industries  Building  as  an  Exposition  Hall. 
The  Exposition  Hall  programs  provided  a  setting  for  two  exhibitions 
on  urban  themes,  "Urban  Transit:  Problem  and  Promise"  and  "Urban 
Design:  Manhattan,"  and  an  opportunity  for  the  general  public  to 
hear  Rai  Y.  Okamoto,  city  planner-architect,  lecture  on  urban  transit 
and  its  impact.  Industrial  design  students  from  several  major  schools 
presented  in  the  "New  Concepts  for  Leisure"  exhibition  their  solutions 
to  diminishing  leisure  resources  and  increasing  leisure  time. 

Support  from  industry  made  possible  the  expansion  of  the  traveling 
"Plastic  as  Plastic"  exhibition.  It  demonstrated  the  historical  develop- 
ment of  plastic  in  America  and  emphasized  the  future  of  plastics  when 
shaped  by  the  hands  of  innovative  designers  and  technicians.  An  ex- 
perimental space  enclosure  of  urethane  foam  sprayed  on  stretched  cot- 
ton jersey  fabric,  early  plastic  objects  from  the  Smithsonian  collections, 
the  first  all-plastic  airplane,  an  experimental  automobile  with  plastic 


94  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

body,  an  operating  injection-molding  machine,  and  "instant  vacation 
home"  were  high  points  of  the  exhibition. 

Significant  progress  was  made  this  year  in  coordinating  and  plan- 
ning the  Smithsonian's  role  in  the  celebration  of  the  Bicentennial  of 
the  American  Revolution.  This  was  accomplished  by  Mr.  John  J. 
Slocum,  special  assistant  for  Bicentennial  planning,  whose  completed 
study,  with  estimates  of  the  various  Smithsonian  elements  expected  to 
participate  in  the  Bicentennial,  has  been  forwarded  to  the  Secretary  of 
the  Institution.  Mr.  Slocum  continued  to  serve  as  a  liaison  officer  be- 
tween the  Smithsonian,  the  American  Revolution  Bicentennial  Com- 
mission, other  government  agencies,  and  private  organizations. 


Office  of  Exhibits  Programs 

The  Office  of  Exhibits  Programs  collaborates  in  the  production  of 
exhibits  originating  in  the  curatorial,  scientific,  academic,  and  public 
service  programs  of  the  Smithsonian.  More  than  225  individual  proj- 
ects were  worked  on  during  the  year  including  sixty  temporary  exhib- 
its and  upgrading  and  maintenance  in  nearly  every  gallery  of  the  Na- 
tional Museum  of  History  and  Technology,  the  National  Museum  of 
Natural  History,  and  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum.  The  exhi- 
bitions produced  are  described  in  part  in  the  reports  of  the  divisions 
and  museums  in  which  they  originated  and  are  listed  in  Appendix  8. 

The  "Laser  10"  exhibition  was  designed  and  produced  by  this  Office 
with  the  essential  assistance  of  a  group  of  distinguished  laser  scient- 
ists from  universities  and  industry.  The  scientists  planned  the  exhibi- 
tion and  assisted  in  the  acquisition  of  laser  instruments  and  demon- 
strations. This  exhibit,  visited  by  about  750,000  people  in  the  period 
January  to  June,  will  remain  until  the  fall  of  1970. 

The  instruction  of  museum  personnel  in  museum  exhibition  prac- 
tices and  techniques  continued.  A  total  of  twenty-nine  persons  from  ten 
states  and  ten  foreign  countries  received  instruction  during  the  year. 


Conservation- Analytical  Laboratory 


Detailed  advice  on  good  environments  for  the  preservation  of  mu- 
seum objects  and  on  acceptable  methods  of  cleaning  and  preserving 


SPECIAL  MUSEUM  PROGRAMS  95 

them  have  been  provided  to  many  museums  and  to  the  public.  Docu- 
ments and  objects  made  of  such  various  materials  as  wood,  leather,  and 
metal — that  have  been  damaged,  were  in  need  of  cleaning,  or  subject 
to  active  corrosion  or  decay — have  been  repaired  and  stabilized  for  each 
of  the  various  Smithsonian  bureaus. 

Two  conservators  were  added  to  the  staff.  A  visiting  research  associ- 
ate spent  an  academic  year  studying  methods  and  materials  applicable 
to  plain  and  painted  African  wooden  cult  objects  for  use  in  tropical 
areas. 

One  of  the  staff  has  worked  briefly  at  Florence,  Italy,  on  flood- 
damaged  books  and  documents.  Practical  emergency  assistance  has 
been  given  to  a  museum  damaged  by  hurricane  Camille.  Trainees 
from  the  Pacific  area  have  been  instructed  at  Honolulu  in  conservation 
methods.  A  second  series  of  twenty  weekly  lectures  for  Smithsonian 
staff  attracted  up  to  fifty-six  attendees  at  some  sessions. 

Innumerable  facilities  and  services  were  provided  to  Smithsonian 
Museums.  Analytical  facilities  were  applied  to  more  than  sixty  re- 
quests from  six  bureaus.  Sensitive  neutron-activation  analysis  is  being 
applied  to  characterize  American  ceramics  and  also  to  medieval  glass 
from  the  collections,  and  a  method  of  precise  analysis  by  X-ray  fluores- 
cence has  been  developed  for  museum  objects  that  promises  to  be  of 
universal  application  with  a  minimum  of  synthetic  standards.  A  com- 
puter terminal  was  installed  to  facilitate  calculations.  Emission  spec- 
trograph^ and  X-ray  diffraction  also  served  to  analyze  such  diverse 
objects  as  moon  rock,  earth  minerals,  Chinese  bronzes,  and  religious 
medals. 


Office  of  the  Registrar 


In  addition  to  the  important  function  of  receiving  and  recording 
specimens  and  objects  into  the  museums'  collections,  the  Office  of  the 
Registrar  provides  services  that  support  the  Smithsonian's  research, 
education,  collection  management,  and  exhibition  programs.  For  all 
bureaus  of  the  Smithsonian,  these  are  the  shipping  operation,  the 
customs  work,  central  mail  activity,  travel  documents  for  official 
foreign  travel,  as  well  as  the  receipt  and  control  of  public  inquiries  and 
official  correspondence  for  the  museums. 

More  than  two  million  pieces  of  mail  were  handled,  with  the  Smith- 
sonian  Associates  and  the  Smithsonian    (magazine)    generating  large 


96  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

volumes.  Among  public  inquiries,  ecology  and  man's  environment 
captured  the  interests  ranging  from  that  of  the  youngest  school  child 
to  the  older  citizens  as  evidenced  by  letters  received. 

Shipping  activities  covered  the  usual  wide  diversity  of  objects,  such 
as  the  30,000-year-old  man  from  Spain,  47,000  pounds  of  records  from 
Detroit  for  the  Archives  of  American  Art,  the  Napoleon  diamond 
necklace  sent  as  a  loan  to  the  Palais  du  Louvre,  and  a  man-eating 
crocodile  from  the  Caroline  Islands. 

Official  travel  by  staff  members  and  foreign  currency  grantees  ex- 
tended to  all  parts  of  the  world,  including  Vietnam,  Cambodia, 
Australia,  New  Guinea,  and  Iceland.  The  Office  of  the  Registrar 
obtained  204  passports  and  275  visas  for  250  travelers. 


Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling 
Exhibition  Service 


During  this  past  fiscal  year  exhibitions  of  the  Smithsonian  Insti- 
tution Traveling  Exhibition  Service  (sites)  were  shown  in  all  of  the 
United  States  with  the  exceptions  of  Alaska  and  Hawaii.  Seven  hun- 
dred bookings  were  viewed  by  an  estimated  four  to  five  million  people. 
Institutions  in  several  Canadian  cities  also  exhibited  sites  shows. 
Smithsonian  museums  showed  eleven  of  them. 

"Contemporary  American  Black  Artists"  organized  by  the  National 
Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Colored  People  and  the  Lee 
Nordess  Galleries,  and  "The  Art  of  Henry  O.  Tanner"  jointly  orga- 
nized by  the  Museum  of  .African  Art  and  the  National  Collection  of 
Fine  Arts  were  added  to  the  sites  program  this  year. 

It  is  encouraging  to  report  a  substantial  increase  in  the  number  of 
traveling  exhibitions  organized  during  the  past  year  by  Smithsonian 
units.  Two  versions  of  "The  Douglass  Years"  are  being  circulated  in 
cooperation  with  the  Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum.  The  following 
exhibits  originated  in  the  Smithsonian,  contain  material  from  Smith- 
sonian collections,  or  were  planned  and  produced  by  Smithsonian  pro- 
grams: "Jean  Louis  Berlandier,"  "Photography  and  The  City,"  "John 
Wesley  Powell:  The  Indomitable  Major,"  "Werner  Drewes  Wood- 
cuts," "The  People's  Choice,"  "The  Malay  Archipelago,"  and  "A 
Heritage  in  Peril — Alaska's  Vanishing  Totems."  Modest  progress  was 
made  toward  a  broader  program  of  traveling  exhibitions  and  the  ex- 
tension of  Smithsonian  resources  to  other  parts  of  the  United  States. 


SPECIAL  MUSEUM  PROGRAMS  97 

The  Service  continues  to  receive  letters  of  thanks  from  staff  and  trus- 
tees of  museums  using  the  Service,  frequently  accompanied  by  press 
notices  of  the  interest  stimulated  in  their  communities  by  traveling 
exhibits. 

This  year  has  been  a  critical  one  financially.  Sites  has  been  caught 
in  the  squeeze  between  higher  operating  costs  and  lower  revenues. 
Salaries  and  other  expenses  are  rising  while  museums  generally  are 
suffering  from  inadequate  support.  Many  museums  cannot  now  afford 
the  larger  shows  and  this  has  reduced  the  income  of  sites  dispropor- 
tionately. Sites  is  supported  by  fees  received  for  its  services  so  it  has 
had  to  reduce  its  operations  somewhat  to  work  within  its  income. 

The  number  of  exhibitions  in  the  program  has  been  reduced  ten 
percent  and  the  staff  by  about  the  same  percentage.  In  making  these 
cutbacks,  42  exhibitions  have  been  dispersed,  32  new  ones  initiated, 
and  67  continued  from  prior  years.  Of  the  new  shows  initiated  this 
year,  twelve  are  from  other  countries.  Eighteen  of  those  continued 
from  last  year  are  also  from  abroad. 


PUBLIC  SERVICE    AND 
INFORMATION  ACTIVITIES 


The  worth  and  importance  of  the  Institution  are  not  to  be  estimated  by  what  it 
accumulates  within  the  walls  of  its  buildings,  but  by  what  it  sends  forth  to  the 

world. 

Secretary  Joseph  Henry 
Smithsonian  Annual  Report,  1852 

The  Institution's  diverse  public  service  activities  all  have  the  one 
common  purpose  so  well  expressed  in  Secretary  Henry's  vision.  They 
range  from  the  traditional  one-page  Monthly  Calendar  of  Events  to 
the  newly  established  Smithsonian  magazine,  or  from  a  small  work- 
shop class  in  enameling  to  an  international  conference  on  arid-land 
ecology. 

In  April  of  1970  the  Smithsonian  took  a  significant  step  forward  in 
sending  forth  its  storehouse  of  knowledge  to  the  world  with  the  pub- 
lication of  the  monthly  Smithsonian  magazine.  Essentially  popular  in 
character,  the  magazine  was  originally  conceived  as  a  means  of  extend- 
ing the  Smithsonian  Associates  from  a  local  or  Washington-based 
membership  group  to  a  nationwide  audience.  With  the  publication  of 
the  first  issue,  therefore,  the  Smithsonian  Associates  established  both 
resident  and  national  membership  categories.  Resident  members  con- 
tinued to  receive  a  varied  program  of  lecture  courses,  workshops,  and 
guided  tours,  as  well  as  an  option  to  subscribe  to  the  magazine  at  a 
reduced  rate.  National  members  received  the  Smithsonian  and  cer- 
tain other  benefits,  such  as  a  reception  center,  located  in  the  Great 
Hall  of  the  Smithsonian  Building,  to  help  plan  their  visits  to  Washing- 
ton; the  opportunity  to  participate  in  both  domestic  and  international 
study  tours;  and  discounts  on  Museum  Shop  articles  and  Smithsonian 
Institution  Press  publications. 

The  magazine,  ably  headed  by  Edward  K.  Thompson,  former  man- 
aging editor  of  Life,  and  a  small  editorial  staff  of  seven,  reached  a 
circulation  of  180,000  by  its  fourth  issue.  It  was  thus  favored  by  what 
many  professionals  call  the  most  successful  start  in  the  recent  history 
of  magazine  publishing.  Smithsonian's  principal  theme  is  "man:  his 
environment,  sciences,  arts,  adventures,  follies,  fortunes."  Each  issue, 
therefore,  carries  at  least  one  major  article  on  man's  problems  with 
his  environment,  in  both  humanistic  and  scientific  terms.  Within  this 
environmental  context,  the  magazine  seeks  to  portray  and  interpret 
Smithsonian  interests  in  science,  art,  and  cultural  history. 

Other  major  efforts  in  carrying  the  Smithsonian  Institution  beyond 

101 


102  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

its  own  walls  centered  around  the  medium  of  television,  both  public 
and  commercial.  In  April  the  Institution  received  a  generous  grant 
from  the  Corporation  for  Public  Broadcasting  to  produce  a  general 
documentary  on  the  Smithsonian's  various  museums  and  scientific 
bureaus  for  National  Educational  Television.  The  film  will  be  adapted 
later  for  continual  showings  within  the  Smithsonian  for  visitor  orien- 
tation. It  thus  will  fill  a  long  felt  need  for  improved  guidance  of  the 
Institution's  visitors.  In  June  the  Institution  entered  into  an  agree- 
ment with  the  Columbia  Broadcasting  System  for  a  series  of  documen- 
taries, principally  based  on  the  Smithsonian's  overseas  scientific  expe- 
ditions. It  is  expected  that  this  agreement  will  provide  for  the  first 
time  the  instrumentality  for  popular  interpretation  of  the  Institution's 
scientific  missions  to  the  significant  number  of  listeners  attracted  by 
the  evening  or  prime-time  broadcasts  of  a  major  network. 

Other  signal  achievements  in  the  work  of  carrying  the  Smithson- 
ian's interests  beyond  its  own  walls  included  a  new  program  of  urban 
problem  identification  at  the  Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum,  sup- 
ported by  a  Carnegie  Corporation  grant;  Office  of  International  Ac- 
tivities participation  in  a  Mekong  Basin  study  team,  designed  to  assess 
the  ecological  effects  of  present  and  proposed  hydroelectrical  projects 
on  the  Mekong  River;  and  an  Information  Systems  Division  bulletin 
published  especially  for  the  museum  community,  showing  how  auto- 
matic data  processing  can  best  be  applied  to  museum  collections. 


Smithsonian  Associates 


In  its  fourth  year,  the  Smithsonian  Associates  continued  to  create 
numerous  opportunities  for  both  its  members  and  the  general  public  to 
participate  in  the  life  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  More  than 
40,000  adults  and  young  people  were  involved  in  a  broad  variety  of 
activities,  ranging  from  special  events  such  as  the  opening  of  the  exhi- 
bition "Laser  10,"  Zoo  night,  and  the  Folk  Festival  Preview  to  in-depth 
classes  taught  primarily  by  Smithsonian  scholars  in  fields  of  Smithson- 
ian interest. 

Programs  for  members  only,  more  than  half  of  which  were  without 
charge,  totaled  some  121  separate  events,  many  of  which  were  repeated 
by  popular  demand.  Events  also  open  to  the  public  totaled  another 
111.  These  activities  included  lecture  courses  in  history,  science,  and 
the  humanities;  films,  field  trips  (both  outdoors  and  behind-the-scenes 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  AND  INFORMATION  ACTIVITIES 


103 


A  young  Associate  works  at  shaping  down  his  own  boomerang  in  preparation 
for  learning  to  throw  it.  Nearly  200  people  attended  the  Boomerang  Workshops 
under  the  direction  of  Benjamin  Ruhe,  Smithsonian  Office  of  Public  Affairs. 
(Photograph  by  Robert  de  Gast,  Smithsonian  Magazine.) 


104  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

in  the  National  Museums  of  History  and  Technology  and  Natural 
History),  exhibit  openings,  an  exploration  into  conservation  of  art 
objects  at  the  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts,  the  ever-popular 
annual  Kite  Carnival,  a  new  and  well-received  workshop  on  boomer- 
ang making  and  throwing,  and  numerous  concerts  and  theatrical  pro- 
ductions, ranging  from  a  play  on  drug  addiction  presented  by  student 
members  of  the  Daytop  rehabilitation  program  of  New  York  to  a 
concert  by  leading  experimenters  with  the  Moag  synthesizer  and  other 
electronic  instruments.  In  addition,  young  people  and  adults  studied  in 
some  93  classes  and  craft  workshops. 

Emphasis  was  on  doing — on  learning  and  growing  and  "becoming 
involved."  Some  discussed  ecological  problems  at  an  Encounter  series 
while  others  studied  natural  history  on  a  schooner  cruise  off  the  coast 
of  Maine,  explored  archeology  at  the  luncheon  series,  dug  fossils  at 
Calvert  Cliffs,  hunted  mushrooms  in  Maryland,  and  considered  the 
past  through  art-history  tours  in  nearby  states.  As  varied  and  extensive 
as  these  activities  have  been,  they  mark  only  the  beginning  of  the 
Associates'  adventure  in  discovery. 

A  major  event  in  the  history  of  the  Associates  occurred  in  April 
with  the  publication  of  the  first  issue  of  the  Smithsonian  magazine. 
A  list  of  the  Smithsonian  Associates  membership  gifts  is  in  Appendix  3. 


Office  of  Public  Affairs 


The  Office  of  Public  Affairs  (opa)  in  the  past  year  broadened  its 
programs  of  communication  with  visitors  and  the  public  at  large.  A 
full-time  visitor-information  desk  service  was  inaugurated  in  coopera- 
tion with  the  Smithsonian  Associates.  The  Smithsonian  Motion  Pic- 
ture Group  undertook  three  productions:  a  public  television  program 
about  Institution  activities  under  a  grant  from  the  Corporation  for 
Public  Broadcasting,  a  film  about  museums  in  modern  life,  and  a  con- 
temporary study  of  libraries  with  the  American  Library  Association.  A 
half-hour  television  show,  "Smithsonian,"  was  produced  with  the 
American  University  Broadcast  Center  and  wrc-tv.  Broadcasters  fo- 
cused increased  attention  on  the  Smithsonian,  and  numerous  projects 
from  modern  art  to  space  flight  were  carried  out  with  opa  aid.  Radio 
Smithsonian,  a  program  series  of  music  and  conversation,  was  carried 
regularly  by  stations  in  Washington,  D.C.,  and  New  York  City  and 
distributed  nationally  and  overseas.  A  publications  branch  was  estab- 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  AND  INFORMATION  ACTIVITIES  105 

lished  to  initiate  and  distribute  a  wide  range  of  printed  materials — 
including  information  leaflets,  building  guides,  and  foreign-language 
material.  The  News  Bureau,  charged  with  communicating  day-to-day 
developments  to  news  media,  prepared  a  series  of  "news-features"  that 
were  widely  reprinted.  The  Smithsonian  Film  Theatre  presented  37 
weekly  programs  in  art,  science,  and  history  attended  by  more  than 
25,000  persons.  An  educational  radio  internship  program  was  estab- 
lished with  American  University,  and  the  opa  also  sponsored  the  third 
annual  day  of  staff  briefings  for  student  science  writers. 


Office  of  International  Activities 


Office  activities  were  concentrated  on  the  environmental  conse- 
quences of  development,  with  the  Director  leading  a  team  of  scientists 
to  the  Mekong  Basin  to  assess  the  ecological  effects  of  present  and 
proposed  hydroelectrical  projects  there.  He  also  served  on  the  National 
Academy  of  Sciences  committee  to  study  the  biological  consequences  of 
a  sea-level  canal  in  Panama. 

The  Office  assisted  Smithsonian  scientists  in  planning  research 
abroad  and  briefed  American  diplomats  going  overseas  and  foreign 
visitors  to  the  Institution  on  its  international  programs.  Museum 
training  for  three  Africans  was  arranged,  a  symposium  on  Smithsonian 
projects  in  Ceylon  was  successfully  carried  out  and  two  Smithsonian 
staff  members  were  sent  to  Iran  as  consultants  under  the  Iran-United 
States  Science  Agreement,  the  first  such  international  agreement  in 
which  the  Smithsonian  has  been  designated  as  the  program-directing 
agency.  Staff  members  visited  more  than  twelve  nations  to  arrange 
new  cooperative  programs. 

Closing  its  fifth  year,  the  Foreign  Currency  Program  had  awarded 
more  than  $10,000,000  in  "excess"  foreign  currency  grants  to  over  fifty 
American  institutions  of  higher  learning,  of  which  $3,500,000  was 
awarded  this  year  alone.  Grants  included  more  than  the  equivalent  of 
five  million  dollars  for  work  in  archeology  and  related  disciplines; 
over  three  and  one  half  million  in  systematic  and  environmental 
biology;  more  than  $400,000  in  astrophysics  and  earth  sciences;  and 
nearly  $150,000  in  the  newly  authorized  category  of  Museum 
programs. 

Program  accomplishments  over  the  five-year  period  include  some 
50  research  publications,   150  postdoctoral  research  opportunities  for 


106  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

Americans,  110  field-training  opportunities  for  doctoral  candidates, 
and  research  collections  for  the  Smithsonian  and  many  of  the  Ameri- 
can grantee  institutions.  The  bi-national  collaborative  research  pattern 
fostered  by  the  program  contributed  in  a  similar  beneficial  way  to  200 
foreign  host  institutions. 

A   list  of   the   grants  awarded   in   fiscal   year    1970   is   included   in 
Appendix  1. 


Division  of  Performing  Arts 


The  Division  of  Performing  Arts  continued  to  enliven  and  enrich 
the  experience  of  museum  visitors  with  a  variety  of  programs  and 
projects.  "Perceptions  II,"  a  series  of  contemporary  forms  in  perform- 
ing arts,  now  in  its  second  year,  highlighted  the  world  premiers  of  two 
musical  works.  One  of  them,  "Misfortunes  of  the  Immortals"  by  Mor- 
ton Subotnick,  has  been  added  to  the  permanent  repertoire  of  the 
Dorian  Woodwind  Quintet.  The  series  also  included  two  powerful  and 
timely  dramatic  works:  "The  Concept,"  dealing  with  the  endeavors  of 
former  drug  addicts  to  reenter  society;  and  "Neighbors,"  a  rock  musical 
based  on  the  Spoon  River  Anthology.  "Perceptions"  is  presented  in 
cooperation  with  the  Smithsonian  Associates. 

The  third  annual  Festival  of  American  Folklife  was  again  the  most 
popular  single  event  on  the  Mall.  More  than  half  a  million  visitors 
were  once  again  reminded  of  their  own  cultural  roots  by  the  exhibits 
of  crafts  and  cooking  and  performances  of  music  and  dance.  A  special 
section  was  devoted  to  the  craft  and  music  of  the  State  of  Pennsylvania. 

The  Touring  Performances  Service,  in  the  second  year,  sponsored  a 
wide  range  of  American  performing  artists  and  lecturers  at  cultural 
and  educational  institutions  across  the  country.  The  American  Folklife 
Company,  The  Black  Experience,  the  touring  Smithsonian  Puppet 
Theatre,  The  Jelly  Roll  Memorial  Band,  The  Concept,  and  other 
programs  disseminated  the  experience  and  success  of  the  Smithsonian 
in  the  field  of  performing  arts. 

The  Resident  Puppet  Theater,  an  exceedingly  popular  informative 
entertainment  for  children,  continued  during  1970  with  three  new 
shows  in  expanded  facilities.  One  hundred  and  forty  colleges  and  uni- 
versities submitted  their  productions  to  the  American  College  Theatre 
Festival,  and  the  ten  best  were  then  restaged  in  Washington,  D.C.,  to 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  AND  INFORMATION  ACTIVITIES  107 

general  critical  acclaim.  The  Division  also  presented  programs  in 
cooperation  with  other  organizations:  A  series  of  concerts  was  offered 
monthly  with  the  Left  Bank  Jazz  Society,  and  chamber  music  concerts 
with  the  Washington  Performing  Arts  Society,  as  well  as  an  evening 
of  Brazilian  folk  music  with  the  the  Brazilian  Embassy,  among  others. 


Smithsonian  Museum  Shops 

The  Smithsonian  Museum  Shops  installations  in  all  museums  were 
completed  during  the  last  year.  Special  efforts  were  made  to  expand 
the  role  of  the  book  stores  of  the  Museum  Shops. 

Facilities  for  publications  were  increased  in  the  Shops  of  the  Arts 
and  Industries  Building  (a&i)  and  the  National  Museum  of  History 
and  Technology  (nmht).  A  special  sales  area  for  the  ^'Contributions 
to  the  Museum  of  History  and  Technology"  was  installed  at  nmht  and 
all  Shops  offered  specially  selected  publications  focused  on  the  special 
exhibits  of  each  museum. 

The  Museum  Shops  once  more  participated  in  the  Folklife  Festival 
on  the  Mall  in  July  of  1969  offering  items  of  traditional  American 
crafts.  The  Second  Annual  Aerospace  Modeling  Exhibit  was  held  in 
the  shop  of  the  Arts  and  Industries  Building  sponsored  by  the  National 
Air  and  Space  Museum  and  the  Museum  Shops,  which  included  a 
weekend  launching  competition  on  the  Mall  of  model  rocket  and  flight 
craft. 

The  sales  exhibitions  program  of  the  Museum  Shops  was  high- 
lighted with  the  introduction  of  a  new  series  of  exhibitions  honoring 
the  crafts  and  craftsmen  of  the  United  States  in  February  when  the 
works  of  thirty-four  distinguished  craftsmen  from  Montana  were 
shown  in  the  Museum  Shop  in  a&i.  Other  special  sales  exhibitions 
offered  the  public  an  opportunity  to  select  crafts  from  Pakistan  and 
Chile;  flat-woven  rugs  from  Greece,  Iran,  and  Turkey;  wooden  circus 
toys  made  by  William  Accorsi;  and  animals  in  iron  sculpture  by 
Orvello  Wood. 


Belmont  Conference  Center 

The  Belmont  Conference  Center,  now  in  its  fourth  year  of  full  oper- 
ation, continues  to  grow  and  to  find  itself  scheduling  conferences  at  an 


108  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

ever-increasing  rate.  At  the  present  time,  groups  are  reserving  the 
Center  as  far  as  a  year  in  advance.  During  the  past  year,  fifty-eight 
conferences  met  at  Belmont,  sponsored  by  thirty- three  agencies  (gov- 
ernmental as  well  as  public  and  private  organizations) . 

Smithsonian  groups  holding  conferences  at  Belmont  have  included 
the  Smithsonian  Council,  Interdisciplinary  Communications  Program, 
Office  of  Academic  Programs,  Program  for  Postdoctoral  Fellows  in 
Education  Research,  and  the  Office  of  International  Activities.  The 
Center  has  been  host  to  groups  as  diversified  as  the  National  Urban 
Coalition  and  the  Senate  Public  Works  Committee,  while  guests  have 
included  Nobel  Prize  winner  Dr.  Murray  Gell-Mann;  Dr.  John  Clark, 
Director  of  Goddard  Space  Flight  Center;  Dr.  Robert  Marston,  Direc- 
tor of  National  Institutes  of  Health;  Mr.  Robert  Mayo,  Counsellor  to 
the  President;  Mr.  Elmer  Staats,  Comptroller  General;  Dr.  John 
Gardner,  Chairman,  National  Urban  Coalition;  and  Commissioner 
Nicholas  Johnson  of  the  Federal  Communications  Commission,  to 
name  a  few  of  the  more  than  1,000  persons  who  have  been  welcomed 
to  Belmont  this  past  year. 

The  Center  accommodates  twenty-four  resident  guests  with  facilities 
for  meetings  and  meals  for  thirty  people.  The  completion  of  a  new 
roof,  as  well  as  extensive  repairs  to  the  main  house  and  other  build- 
ings, has  made  Belmont  more  comfortable  and  attractive. 

Conference  operations  continue  to  be  directed  toward  the  needs  of 
small  groups  which  require  the  kind  of  attractive  and  secluded  setting 
which  Belmont  provides,  together  with  the  advantages  of  easy  access  to 
Washington's  National  and  Baltimore's  Friendship  airports. 


Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum 


Highlights  in  the  Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum's  1970  pro- 
grams included  the  exhibit  "The  Rat:  Man's  Invited  Affliction,"  which 
focused  on  the  environmental  problem  of  rat  infestation  and  how  to 
deal  with  it.  A  simulated  backyard  was  especially  constructed  so  that 
the  viewer  could  see  how  live  rats  live  and  breed.  This  exhibit  received 
nationwide  attention  when  it  was  filmed  for  the  abc  television  pro- 
gram "Discovery."  A  portion  of  the  exhibit  was  shown  at  the  Buffalo 
Museum  of  Science  under  the  cosponsorship  of  that  museum  and  the 
Buffalo  County  Health  Department.  The  impact  of  "The  Rat"  rein- 
forced   the    conviction    that    the    Anacostia    Neighborhood    Museum 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  AND  INFORMATION  ACTIVITIES 


109 


should  be  a  mechanism  for  change  in  the  inner  city.  A  proposal  was 
submitted,  and  in  May  of  this  year,  the  Carnegie  Corporation  granted 
the  Museum  $100,000  "to  enable  the  staff  to  work  with  neighborhood 
groups  in  analyzing  urban  problems  and  their  effect  on  the  neighbor- 
hood and  to  make  information  and  educational  materials  on  these 
issues  available  to  schools,  museums,  and  other  local  and  national 
groups." 

In  cooperation  with  the  sites,  the  Museum's  exhibit  on  Frederick 
Douglass  and  his  influence  on  Afro- American  history,  "The  Douglass 
Years,"  has  been  shown  at  various  museums  throughout  the  country. 

During  the  major  part  of  the  school  year,  over  23,000  children  and 
teenagers  visited  the  Museum  on  guided  school  tours.  Films  and  var- 
ious programs  of  educational  and  popular  interest  were  presented  with 
each  new  exhibit.  The  Mobile  Division  reached  approximately  6600 
students  during  visits  to  area  schools  with  a  condensed  version  of  "The 
Douglass  Years." 


Special  exhibit  "The  Rat:  Man's  Invited  Affliction"  at  the  Anacostia  Neighbor- 
hood Museum,  focused  on  the  environmental  problem  of  rat  infestation  and  how 
to  deal  with  it. 


HO  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

Smithsonian 


The  Smithsonian  magazine,  born  of  the  Institution's  desire  to  extend 
the  Smithsonian  Associates  into  a  nationwide  membership  organization, 
published  its  first  issue  in  April  of  1970.  It  soon  achieved  a  circulation 
of  180,000. 

The  editorial  office,  located  in  the  Arts  and  Industries  Building,  is 
headed  by  Edward  K.  Thompson.  Before  coming  to  Washington,  Mr. 
Thompson  served  for  ten  years  as  managing  editor  of  Life  magazine, 
after  which  he  became  editor  of  all  Life  publications.  In  this  capacity 
he  was  largely  responsible  for  launching  a  well-known  Life  books 
program. 

With  Mr.  Thompson  on  the  Board  of  Editors  of  Smithsonian  are 
Ralph  T.  Backlund,  formerly  associate  and  managing  editor  of  Horizon 
magazine ;  R.  Hobart  Ellis,  who  has  served  as  editor  of  various  scientific 
publications,  including  Nucleonics,  Nuclear  Fusion,  and  Physics  Today; 
Edward  Parks,  formerly  editor  of  several  magazines  in  Australia  and 
associate  director  of  the  National  Geographic's  book  department;  and 
Mrs.  Grayce  P.  Northcross,  who  has  done  research  and  reporting  for 
Time,  Life,  and  the  United  States  Information  Agency's  America. 

The  magazine's  advertising,  circulation,  and  promotion  offices  are  in 
New  York  City.  Heading  the  New  York  office  is  advertising  director 
Thomas  H.  Black,  formerly  sales  executive  with  J.  Walter  Thompson, 
abc,  Life,  and  Time;  assisted  by  general  manager  Joseph  J.  Bonsig- 
nore,  previously  head  of  editorial  production  for  Life,  Fortune,  Time, 
and  Sports  Illustrated;  and  circulation-promotion  director  Anne  Keat- 
ing, formerly  advertising  and  promotion  director  of  Natural  History. 

Early  articles  to  attract  national  attention  concerned  the  Crown- 
of- Thorns  starfish  infestation  of  Pacific  coral  reefs,  the  history  of  our 
volunteer  armies,  and  a  historical  appraisal  of  women's  rights  move- 
ments. Smithsonian  scientists  and  staff  members  contributing  to 
Smithsonian  included  Dr.  John  Eisenberg  of  the  National  Zoological 
Park,  James  Weaver  of  the  National  Museum  of  History  and  Tech- 
nology's Division  of  Musical  Instruments,  and  photographer  Francis 
Greenwell  of  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History.  In  addition, 
Regent  Crawford  H.  Greenewalt  contributed  an  article,  with  his  own 
photographs,  on  Birds  of  Paradise. 

An  early  letter  to  the  editor  perhaps  best  sums  up  the  broad  appeal 
and  the  unique  character  of  Smithsonian.  The  writer,  a  high  school 
graduate  and  heavy-equipment  operator,  asked : 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  AND  INFORMATION  ACTIVITIES  HI 

I  would  like  to  see  occasional  articles  on  native  and  primitive  art  .  .  .  plus  at 
least  one  good  article  on  heraldry  .  .  .  and  definitions  of  the  items  involved  in 
this  form  of  art. 

Edward  Thompson  has  stated  that  Smithsonian  will  not  disappoint 
him  or  its  other  readers. 


Smithsonian  Institution  Archives 

The  Archive's  major  obligations  are  preservation  of  the  materials  in 
its  custody  and  announcement  of  the  availability  of  three  resources  to 
scholars.  At  present  physical  work  predominates;  records  are  separated 
into  discrete  units,  cleaned,  boxed,  and  shelved.  During  this  arrange- 
ment process  a  limited  amount  of  information  is  also  collected  about 
each  record  or  manuscript  unit,  and  in  Jaunary  1971  this  information 
will  be  issued  as  the  first  comprehensive  finding  aid  to  the  Archives' 
holdings.  Description  of  records  in  depth  has  begun  and  will  proceed 
according  to  the  research  importance  of  the  materials.  A  full  guide  to 
the  Smithsonian  Archives  will  appear  in  about  four  years. 

The  program  for  physical  arrangement  and  production  of  good 
quality-finding  aids  will  create  information  which  can  be  computerized 
simply  and  effectively.  When  information  of  sufficient  quality  about 
the  collections  has  been  assembled,  the  Archives  will  be  prepared  for 
computerized  finding  aids  to  complement  information  systems  within 
other  divisions  of  the  Smithsonian  and  national  systems  for  manu- 
script collections. 

In  March  1970  the  Archives  occupied  its  newly  remodeled  space  in 
the  Smithsonian  Institution  Building.  Reference  service  was  provided 
to  a  wide  range  of  users.  Drs.  Charles  G.  Abbot  and  Alexander  Wet- 
more  made  arrangements  for  transfer  of  their  personal  Secretarial 
papers  to  the  Smithsonian.  This  was  the  highlight  of  the  year  and 
undoubtedly  ranks  among  the  most  important  transactions  in  the 
history  of  the  Smithsonian  Archives. 


Smithsonian  Institution  Libraries 


The  Smithsonian  Institution  and  the  National  Agricultural  Library 
conducted  a  facsimile   transmission  experiment   to   augment   delivery 


112  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

service  between  the  two  libraries.  Permanent  transmission  services 
await  staff  augmentation.  The  Libraries  produced  an  exhibit,  to  be 
available  through  the  Traveling  Exhibition  Service  (sites)  commem- 
orating the  100th  anniversary  of  the  publication  of  Alfred  Wallace's 
The  Malay  Archipelago.  The  first  American  Library  Association  tu- 
torial program  on  basic  library  automation  was  conducted  by  the 
Smithsonian  Libraries,  with  the  District  of  Columbia  Library  Associa- 
tion as  a  cosponsor.  The  Institution  was  elected  to  its  third  consecutive 
two-year  term  on  the  Federal  Library  Committee. 

Reduced  buying  power  of  funds  for  the  purchase  of  library  materials 
heightened  the  importance  of  the  Libraries'  gift  and  exchange  pro- 
gram. A  new  review  process  was  organized  and  subject  experts  on  the 
Libraries'  staff  selected  over  5,000  items  for  retention  from  among  the 
many  items  received  this  year.  This  effort  was  capped  by  a  valuable 
gift  of  historical  items  in  botany  by  Mr.  Harry  Lubrecht  of  New  York 
City.  Processing  was  begun  of  the  rare  books  in  the  Dwight-Tucker 
ornithological  collection  and  the  task  of  recataloging  the  Department 
of  Anthropology  Library  reached  the  halfway  mark  in  1970. 

A  long-range  solution  to  space  problems  for  the  curation  of  the 
Libraries'  collections  was  reached  through  the  creation  of  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution  Library  Center  away  from  the  Mall  in  the  Institu- 
tion's Lamont  Street  building.  The  Center  will  hold  the  growing 
number  of  large  and  special  collections,  particularly  for  historical  re- 
search. Library  space  in  Mall  buildings  will  be  devoted  to  reference 
and  concentrated  research  collections.  The  large  collection  transferred 
to  the  Smithsonian  from  the  Patent  Office  last  year  was  moved  im- 
mediately to  the  Center. 


International  Exchange  Service 

Publications  weighing  more  than  700,000  pounds  were  received 
from  over  370  organizations  in  the  United  States  for  exchange  with 
libraries  in  other  countries.  Exchange  publications  weighing  approxi- 
mately 500,000  pounds  were  forwarded  by  ocean  freight  to  39  exchange 
bureaus  in  32  countries,  and  approximately  200,000  pounds  were 
mailed  to  addressees  in  countries  that  do  not  have  exchange  bureaus. 
More  than  120,000  pounds  were  received  in  exchange  from  the  foreign 
exchange  bureaus  for  addressees  in  the  United  States. 

Some  350,000  pounds  of  official  United  States  publications  were  ex- 
changed for  the  official  documents  of  other  countries.  Recipients  in  45 
countries  received  the  full  sets  of  official  publications,  and  partial  sets 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  AND  INFORMATION  ACTIVITIES  113 

were  sent  to  recipients  in  34  countries.  The  official  journals,  the  Con- 
gressional Record,  and  the  Federal  Register  were  sent  on  exchange  to 
65  countries.  United  States  patent  specifications  were  exchanged  with 
patent  libraries  in  24  countries. 

Medical  and  dental  publications  were  received  from  more  than  180 
libraries  in  the  United  States  for  exchange  with  medical  and  dental 
libraries  in  other  countries. 

During  the  year  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture  and 
the  Geological  Survey  discontinued  using  the  Service  for  the  mailing 
list  portions  of  their  exchange  programs. 


Information  Systems  Division 


The  Information  Systems  Division,  staffed  with  specialists  in  re- 
trieval and  indexing  techniques,  mathematical  computation,  and 
management  information  services,  continues  to  provide  Smithsonian 
museologists  and  management  with  technical  assistance  in  all  areas  of 
automation.  In  addition  to  the  continuing  research  and  development 
of  new  applications  and  the  maintenance  of  existing  systems,  several 
computer  systems  were  implemented  during  the  year  to  handle  the 
diverse  information  needs  of  the  Institution. 

A  generalized  software  package  was  developed  to  establish  a  mu- 
seum data  file  within  the  Smithsonian,  based  on  a  standard  means  of 
recording  and  updating  information.  Additional  calculation  capabili- 
ties have  been  offered  to  Smithsonian  scientists  with  the  development 
of  a  library  of  advanced  mathematical  software  packages.  The  Divi- 
sion also  sponsored  seminars  in  statistical  applications  to  enhance  the 
value  of  these  computer  programs.  A  system  was  designed  and  imple- 
mented to  combine  all  personnel  and  payroll  data  into  one  readily 
accessible  file.  Other  systems  began  operating  this  year  to  provide  rec- 
ord-management procedures  for  library  serials,  oceanographic  rock 
samples,  and  fine-arts  inventory,  and  another  to  report  accumulating 
cost  and  workload  data  for  labor  and  materials  at  all  management 
levels. 

As  a  service  to  the  museum  community  at  large,  the  Division  began 
publishing  a  technical  bulletin  dedicated  to  acquainting  the  reader 
with  automated  systems  specifically  designed  to  solve  the  collection 
problems  of  museums  and  herbaria.  In  addition,  many  members  of  the 


114  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

community  from  both  home  and  abroad  attended  demonstrations  of 
the  now  operating  Smithsonian  Institution  information  retrieval 
system  for  handling  biological  and  petrological  data  in  all  their 
complexities. 


Smithsonian  Institution  Press 


The  publication  programs  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Press  were 
reviewed  in  March  by  a  visiting  committee  of  four  prominent  pub- 
lishers. The  committee  concluded  that  the  Smithsonian  is  meeting  ade- 
quately its  mandate  for  diffusion  of  knowledge  to  scholars  through 
publication  of  research  reports  and  catalogs,  but  that  communication 
to  a  broader  audience  is  not  as  well  organized  or  as  effective.  The  com- 
mittee proposed  an  organic  program  of  publication  on  three  levels: 
(1)  leaflets,  available  at  the  exhibits  of  public  museums,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  exhibit  interpretation;  (2)  booklets  and  other  educational 
materials,  to  be  produced  and  distributed  by  cooperation  with  other 
publishers,  for  the  purpose  of  extension  to  schools  and  communities; 
and  (3)  adult  books,  related  to  Smithsonian  programs  and  interests, 
for  the  purpose  of  reviewing  and  integrating  significant  information  in 
science,  history,  and  art.  This  plan  was  reviewed  by  the  Press  staff, 
the  standing  Editorial  Policy  Committee,  the  Secretary,  and  the 
bureau  directors,  all  of  whom  gave  it  their  strong  endorsements  and 
approvals  for  implementation  commencing  in  fiscal  1971. 

Arrangements  with  Random  House,  Inc.  for  sales  and  distribution 
of  privately  funded  books  in  the  United  States  and  Canada  were  termi- 
nated at  the  end  of  the  year.  A  new  contract  for  these  services  was 
executed  with  George  Braziller,  Inc. 

Production  costs  of  1 1 1  publications  were  funded  by  federal  appro- 
priation in  the  amount  of  $374,497;  11  were  supported  by  Smith- 
sonian private  funds  in  the  amount  of  $89,996;  and  12  were  sub- 
sidized by  grants  of  gifts  in  the  amount  of  $43,157.  The  total  out- 
put of  134  titles  is  listed  in  Appendix  5.  The  Press  warehouse  and 
Random  House  shipped,  on  order  and  subscription,  a  total  of  256,000 
publications  during  the  year. 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  AND  INFORMATION  ACTIVITIES  115 

Science  Information  Exchange 


Beginning  its  second  decade,  the  Science  Information  Exchange 
(sie)  has  continued  to  expand  its  services  to  the  national  scientific 
community.  About  100,000  records  of  currently  active  research  are 
received  annually  and  from  this  automated  data  bank,  thousands  of 
inquiries  are  being  answered  to  assist  research  investigators  and  ad- 
ministrators in  the  planning  and  management  of  the  projects  and 
programs.  During  1970  there  has  been  a  significant  increase  in 
demands  for  complex  multi-disciplinary,  multi-agency  compilations 
that  describe  the  details  of  broad  programs  of  national  importance, 
such  as  water  resources,  marine  sciences,  environmental  pollution,  and 
outdoor  recreation.  These  compilations,  including  thousands  of  related 
projects,  are  being  furnished  as  computer  listings,  printed  catalogs,  and 
tables  of  data  or  matrices  showing  the  distribution  of  research  effort 
over  the  appropriate  subspecialties  of  complex  programs. 

Interest  in  the  international  exchange  of  information  of  this  kind 
appears  to  be  increasing,  although  most  announced  systems  still  seem 
to  be  in  planning  stages.  A  registry  of  Scientific  and  Technical  Services 
among  nine  Asiatic  nations,  however,  is  currently  operational  in 
Australia,  and  a  one-year  experimental  exchange  arrangement  has 
been  initiated  between  sie  and  the  International  Atomic  Energy  com- 
mission in  Vienna. 

The  Exchange  has  progressed  substantially  toward  a  systems- 
network  capability.  About  half  of  the  total  project  input  is  now  being 
received  on  compatible  machine-readable  tape  capable  of  two  way 
exchange.  Eight  keyboard  visual  screen  terminals  are  now  connected 
directly  to  the  automated  data  bank  and  could  be  connected  through 
leased  lines  whenever  remote  real  time  access  is  deemed  desirable  and 
economically  feasible.  Within  a  few  months,  the  full  text  of  all  sie 
records  will  be  available  in  the  computer  store. 


Reading  Is  Fundamental 


The  National  Reading  Is  Fundamental  program  (rif)  has  oper- 
ated since  1968  as  an  independent  unit  under  Smithsonian  sponsorship 
and  is  supported  by  the  Ford  Foundation.  Rif's  purpose  is  to  motivate 
disadvantaged  youngsters  and  adults  to  want  to  read,  by  making  avail- 
able a  wide  variety  of  interesting  and  relevant  inexpensive  paperbacks. 


116 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 


"Reading  Is  Fundamental"  in  Cleveland — Elementary  school  children  participate 
in  rif  book  distribution,  visited  by  their  Mayor,  the  Honorable  Carl  Stokes 
(member  of  rif  National  Advisory  Board),  far  right;  Joseph  D.  Burrucker, 
Director,  Cleveland-RiF,  standing  next  to  the  Mayor;  and  Jerrold  Sandler, 
Executive  Director,  National  rif  Program,  far  left.  Spring,  1970. 


The  program  stresses  self-selection  and  ownership  of  books  in  the  belief 
that  the  right  to  read  should  be  the  birthright  of  all  America's  chil- 
dren. Under  the  Ford  grant,  rif  provides  technical  assistance  and 
information  to  those  interested  in  beginning  a  local  project — school 
systems,  libraries,  and  community  agencies. 

During  1969—1970  eleven  model  projects  were  developed,  covering 
both  urban  and  rural  areas  throughout  the  country,  and  including 
various  ethnic  groups — American  Indians,  Blacks,  and  Mexican-Ameri- 
cans. All  funds  for  books,  as  well  as  the  selection  of  titles,  were  the 
responsibility  of  the  local  sponsoring  groups.  Areas  covered  included 
Cleveland;  Pittsburgh;  Appalachia,  Mississippi;  New  York  City;  East 
Los  Angeles;  St.  Louis;  Eastern  Shore,  Maryland;  Columbus,  Ohio; 
and  Washington,  D.  C.  In  addition  to  these  model  projects,  the  Read- 
ing Is  Fundamental  central  staff  acts  as  liaison  with  the  publishing 
industry,  government,  schools,  and  libraries  regarding  book  programs 
and  provides  general  information  to  all  who  seek  it. 

Two  major  publications  were  completed  during  the  year  for  wide 
distribution:    Action   for   Change,   a   pictorial   booklet   describing   the 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  AND  INFORMATION  ACTIVITIES  117 

national  program,  and  rif's  Guide  to  Book  Selection,  including  more 
than  1700  titles  and  1100  authors,  with  special  sections  dealing  with 
materials  of  relevance  to  the  ethnic  groups  served.  Future  plans  call 
for  the  development  of  guidelines  for  setting  up  a  rif  program  and 
development  of  a  new  film  for  distribution  via  television  and  com- 
munity organizations  showing  the  program  in  action. 

The  Ford  Foundation  will  continue  to  support  rif  as  a  Smithsonian 
activity  through  a  renewal  grant  of  $400,000  for  the  three-year  period, 
1970-1973.  Policy  guidance  for  rif  is  provided  by  a  National  Advisory 
Board  composed  of  more  than  thirty  distinguished  Americans  from 
many  walks  of  life.  The  founder  and  chairman  of  rif  is  Mrs.  Robert 
S.  McNamara;  Secretary  Ripley  serves  ex  officio  as  a  member  of  the 
rif  board. 


OFFICE    OF    ACADEMIC    PROGRAMS 


Q  ixty  academic  appointments  of  six  months  or  longer  and  seventy 
^  of  shorter  duration  were  conferred  upon  students  and  trainees  in 
the  Institution's  programs  of  higher  education  in  academic  year  1969— 
1970  (Appendix  6).  All  such  appointments  now  depend  upon  prior 
acceptance  by  members  of  the  professional  staff.  This  was  the  first  year 
that  the  recipients  of  stipend  awards  had  been  chosen  by  committees 
of  professional  staff  members,  thus  assuring  that  those  selected  would 
fit  in  well  with  our  efforts  in  research.  These  guarantees  have  in  turn 
increased  staff  members'  willingness  to  supervise  student  projects.  In  a 
recent  survey  of  more  than  300  staff  scientists  and  scholars  only  53 
indicated  that  they  would  not  be  available  to  supervise  students 
(mostly  because  of  administrative  duties  or  plans  to  spend  most  of 
their  time  in  the  field),  while  36  indicated  that  they  would  prefer  only 
students  who  would  assist  them  directly;  82  indicated  a  "desire  to  su- 
pervise one  student  working  on  doctoral  dissertation  research  and  78 
expressed  interest  in  having  more  than  one.  In  addition,  over  100 
indicated  a  willingness  to  assist  younger  graduate  students  who  had 
not  yet  completed  their  coursework  and  83  indicated  a  willingness  to 
offer  seminars  dealing  with  their  research.  This  represents  a  very  con- 
siderable capacity  to  conduct  higher-education  programs.  While  29 
PhDs  were  earned  within  the  Smithsonian  in  1969-1970,  the  total 
could  readily  be  several  times  that  amount.  The  Institution's  major 
objective  in  higher  education  is  to  employ  its  capacity  to  the  max- 
imum practical  extent. 

In  school  services  a  50  percent  increase  was  achieved  in  escorted  vis- 
its for  local  schoolchildren  this  year,  through  the  expanded  efforts  of 
our  groups  of  devoted  volunteer  docents  (see  Appendix  6) .  The  total  of 
68,000  pupils  is  encouraging,  but  it  is  far  more  important  to  report 
that  more  and  more  of  their  experiences  are  self-directed  explorations 
of  museum  exhibits  as  resources  for  individual  learning.  Rather  than 
attempt  to  reproduce  the  classroom  experience  of  listening  to  a  lecture, 
we  endeavor  to  help  children  learn  how  to  learn  on  their  own,  enlisting 
visual  curiosity  and  the  important  sense  of  touch  (8  of  the  16  tours 
offered  each  day  include  objects  to  be  passed  around).  Let  our  concern 
about  the  limitations  of  conventional  schooling  lead  us  to  significant 
experiments  in  the  development  of  learning  environments  in  the  con- 
genial and  fascinating  open  settings  of  museums.  In  January  we  drew 
together  a  group  of  educators  and  museum  staff  members  from  around 
the  country  to  help  identify  the  most  promising  contributions  of  mu- 

121 


122  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

seums  to  science  education.  Its  recommendations  are  being  transmitted 
to  the  National  Science  Foundation,  which  supported  the  conference. 
\\  ith  the  aid  of  grants  from  the  Charles  F.  Kettering  Foundation  and 
The  New  World  Foundation,  Professor  John  Appel  of  Michigan  State 
University  has  conducted  a  pilot  project  in  the  preparation  of  learning 
resource  materials  from  the  Smithsonian  collections  to  show  the  his- 
tory of  prejudice  in  America  through  the  portrayal  of  ethnic  and  racial 
stereotypes  in  cartooning  and  the  popular  arts.  The  Institution  also 
agreed  to  cooperate  with  the  Encyclopaedia  Britannica  Educational 
Corporation  in  preparing  sound  filmstrips,  an  experiment  aimed  at 
extending  the  museum  into  the  nation's  classrooms. 

Perhaps  the  greatest  need  in  education  is  to  introduce  the  compre- 
hensive insights  of  modern  science  and  scholarship  into  the  process  of 
education  at  all  levels.  The  Smithsonian  is  endeavoring  to  conduct 
cycles  of  activities,  each  to  last  for  a  year  or  so,  such  as  a  series  of  com- 
missioned essays  to  be  presented  in  a  major  international  symposium 
and  an  interdisciplinary  exhibit  to  illuminate  and  reappraise  an  area 
of  knowledge.  The  fourth  cycle  will  explore  cultural  factors  which  may 
account  for  more  rapid  social  change  in  the  modern  world.  The  pro- 
gram began  with  a  year-long  research  seminar  on  popular  culture  con- 
ducted for  faculty  members  and  staff  members  of  organizations  in  the 
Washington  area,  which  was  a  fascinating  exploration  of  the  subject 
matter  while  serving  as  a  welcome  opportunity  for  interchange  among 
scholars  in  the  metropolitan  area. 


ADMINISTRATIVE  MANAGEMENT 


rT~'HE  relationship  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution's  executive  man- 
agement  staff  with  its  bureau  directors  and  managers  of  other 
organization  units  may  be  described  as  one  of  partnership  directed 
toward  national  goals  in  the  fields  of  research,  education,  exhibition, 
culture,  and  public  enlightenment.  Day-to-day  activities  in  furthering 
these  objectives  result  in  this  partnership  interacting  in  numerous 
ways,  large  and  small,  with  every  branch  of  government;  schools  and 
universities,  museums  and  art  galleries;  citizens  of  all  ages;  professional 
societies  and  organizations;  scientists  and  scholars,  artists  and  authors 
the  world  over;  foreign  governments  and  institutions,  and  the  inter- 
national public.  The  program  support  groups  also  form  a  vital  segment 
of  this  very  diverse,  yet  closely  related,  internal  and  external  network. 
Significant  steps,  such  as  the  forming  of  an  internal  audits  activity  in 
the  Office  of  the  Under  Secretary,  have  been  taken  during  the  year  to 
strengthen  and  simplify  the  administrative  framework  within  which 
all  of  these  relationships  function  and  thrive. 

To  enhance  the  efforts  of  the  support  units,  some  growth  has  been 
realized  this  year  in  two  areas — the  Office  of  Personnel  and  Manage- 
ment Resources  benefitted  by  the  addition  of  several  positions  and  the 
Travel  Services  Office  added  one  employee.  Despite  these  modest 
increases,  the  support  group  as  a  whole  has  not  yet  realized  position 
and  funding  increases  commensurate  with  the  growth  of  the  Smith- 
sonian program  units.  These  handicaps  did  not  lessen  the  lively  inter- 
est, continuing  cooperation,  and  dedicated  efforts  of  these  groups.  A 
review  of  their  individual  and  collective  accomplishments  during  the 
year  reveals  that  a  noteworthy  volume  of  high-standard  work  has  been 
performed.  The  following  statement  highlights  some  of  their 
achievements. 


PROGRAM  SUPPORT  ACTIVITIES 

The  Office  of  Personnel  and  Management  Resources  has  continued 
to  advise  and  assist  all  Smithsonian  staff  in  encouraging  the  develop- 
ment of  an  atmosphere  of  individual  achievement  within  a  framework 
of  sound  management  of  human  resources.  During  this  year  an  embry- 
onic manpower  program  was  developed,  which  established  manpower 

125 


126  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

"ceilings"  for  the  organizations  within  the  Institution,  and  managers 
were  asked  to  develop  their  programs  within  these  ceilings.  In  this  pro- 
gram top  management  is  involved  increasingly  in  decisions  affecting 
human  resources  management.  Manpower  adjustments  and  key 
employee  selections  are  reviewed  by  the  appropriate  Assistant  Secre- 
tary and  recommendations  presented  to  the  Secretary  for  decision. 
This  procedure  has  the  effect  of  translating  top  management  interest 
throughout  the  Institution  and  contributes  immeasurably  to  high- 
quality  staffing  and  efficient  manpower  utilization. 

An  exciting  program  called  "Vision  '70"  was  launched  this  year  in 
an  effort  to  broaden  the  horizons  of  administrators,  managers,  and 
employees.  This  program  began  with  a  series  of  film  presentations 
encompassing  vital  challenges  of  life  in  the  70s.  One  series  of  four  films 
about  Black  America  drew  an  attendance  of  600.  Other  series  were  pre- 
sented on  environmental  pollution  and  on  drugs  in  American  life.  The 
goal  calls  for  a  monthly  series  on  interrelated  presentations,  lectures, 
discussions,  and  symposia. 

The  awards  program  through  which  excellence  can  be  rewarded  has 
been  simplified  and  authority  to  grant  awards  was  delegated  to  bureau 
directors,  eliminating  unnecessary  committees  and  additional  paper- 
work. The  career-development  and  job-enrichment  training  authority 
also  has  been  delegated  to  bureau  directors  giving  them  the  ability  to 
plan  their  staff's  training  consistent  with  program  requirements.  A 
pilot  program  started  in  one  major  bureau  in  which  the  authority  to 
classify  jobs  was  delegated  may  develop  into  a  prototype  leading  to 
increased  flexibility  for  managers. 

The  training  and  development  program  provided  for  the  attendance 
of  two  major  program  managers  at  the  Federal  Executive  Institute,  a 
voluntary  executive  management-development  film  program,  a  forty- 
hour  first-level  supervisory  development  program,  and  a  secretarial 
training  course  tailor-made  for  the  Smithsonian.  These  were  in  addi- 
tion to  continuing  skills  development  in  on-and-off  the  job  training 
provided  to  employees  from  the  trades  and  crafts  through  the  profes- 
sional ranks. 

The  varied  activities  of  the  Office  as  evidenced  by  the  following 
statistical  table  of  personnel  actions,  reflects  the  dynamics  of  organiza- 
tional life  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution : 


ADMINISTRATIVE  MANAGEMENT 


127 


Federal 

Private 

Total 

New  hires 

744 

499 

1243 

Employees  leaving 

604 

391 

995 

Grade  promotions 

542 

145 

687 

Other  actions  (reassignments, 

job  changes,  etc.) 

621 

269 

890 

Meritorious  pay  increases 

178 

24 

202 

Regular  pay  increases 

784 

184 

968 

Total  actions 

3473 

1512 

4985 

A  special  survey  showed  that  this  year  the  office  received  4524 
visitors,  responded  to  52,392  telephone  calls,  and  replied  to  3240  let- 
ters. This  total  of  over  60,000  responses  to  individuals  seeking  informa- 
tion is  in  addition  to  some  5000  internal  requests  from  managers, 
supervisors,  and  employees. 

Under  the  personal  leadership  of  the  Secretary,  the  Smithsonian's 
Office  of  Equal  Employment  Opportunity  has  continued  a  realistic 
program  designed  to  assure  genuine  equality  of  opportunity  in  all 
official  actions  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 

During  the  year  approximately  110  consultations  were  conducted 
with  individual  supervisory  staff  members  on  matters  relating  to  their 
selections  of  candidates  for  promotion  under  the  merit  promotion  pro- 
gram. A  number  of  informal  complaints  were  reviewed,  factual 
information  developed,  and  necessary  adjustments  made  to  the  satis- 
faction of  the  complainants.  Upon  request,  special  counseling  services 
are  provided  regularly  to  employees  aspiring  to  positions  of  greater 
responsibility.  This  service  provides  staff  members  with  information 
about  educational  opportunities  available  in  the  metropolitan  D.G. 
area  and  the  methods  for  acquiring  specific  educational  and  experi- 
ence requirements  for  career  advancement. 

Two  special  training  sessions  were  conducted  for  employees  assigned 
recently  to  supervisory  positions.  The  discussions  stressed  the  necessity 
for  eliminating  personal  prejudices,  indifference  to  the  needs  of 
employees,  and  favoritism  in  supervisory  practices. 

In  cooperation  with  the  Office  of  Personnel  and  Management 
Resources  a  program  is  being  developed  to  offer  additional  career 
opportunities  for  employees  in  lower-level  positions. 

The  past  year  was  one  of  progressive  change  and  improvement  for 
the  Buildings  Management  Department.  With  the  assistance  of  a  pri- 
vate management  consulting  firm,  an  analysis  was  made  of  the  Depart- 
ment's program  and  functional  areas  and  plans  were  developed  to 
provide  a  more  manageable  and  effective  operation.  Service  units  were 
consolidated  into  three  major  groupings:  Building  Services  Division, 
Engineering  and  Construction  Division,  and  Protection  Divison.  The 


128  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

new  edp  (electronic  data  processing ) -oriented  system  was  imple- 
mented to  provide  regular,  detailed  financial  and  work-progress  data 
covering  virtually  all  services  performed  by  the  Department. 

The  largest  of  all  Smithsonian  units,  the  Department  is  responsible 
for  the  operation  and  maintenance  of  the  physical  plant,  which  com- 
prises nearly  3.5  million  square  feet  of  floor  space;  safeguarding  the 
priceless  national  collections,  and  guiding,  assisting,  and  protecting  the 
millions  of  people  who  visit  the  Smithsonian  each  year.  The  very  spirit 
of  these  responsibilities  results  in  the  Department  giving  daily  support 
to  the  Institution's  diversified  research,  cultural,  educational,  and 
public  enlightenment  programs. 

The  2560  special  events  and  ceremonies  which  occurred  during  the 
year,  required  major  participation  by  the  Department.  These  included 
the  Folklife  Festival  and  the  Tent  Theatre  productions  which  were  pre- 
sented on  the  Mall.  In  addition,  special  efforts  were  required  to  cope 
with  problems  associated  with  various  demonstrations  held  in  the 
vicinity  of  Smithsonian  Institution  buildings. 

Major  construction  and  renovation  projects,  which  will  total  an 
expenditure  of  $16.6  million  when  completed,  required  the  Depart- 
ment's continuing  attention.  This  included  design  work,  design-review 
planning  conferences,  contract  development  and  review,  as  well  as 
contract  supervision.  Major  projects  in  this  category  were:  the  Hirsh- 
horn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden,  renovation  of  the  original  Smith- 
sonian Institution  Building,  restoration  of  the  exterior  of  the  Arts  and 
Industries  Building,  and  remodeling  of  the  snack  bar  in  the  History 
and  Technology  Building.  Innumerable  smaller  projects  were  under- 
taken throughout  the  Smithsonian  properties,  including  renovation 
and  construction  of  office  spaces,  modifications  to  air-handling  equip- 
ment, installation  of  a  new  freight  elevator  in  the  Freer,  and  extensive 
design  work  for  other  proposed  projects. 

The  Administrative  Ssytems  Division  issued  in  April  the  Smithson- 
ian Staff  Handbook  510 — Requisitioning — Purchase  of  Supplies  and 
Services.  Work  started  on  another  handbook  in  this  series,  which  will 
furnish  policy  and  procedural  guidelines  covering  internal  services 
available  to  managers  and  supervisors  in  support  of  their  programs. 
Some  250  administrative  issuances  were  distributed  to  the  staff,  rang- 
ing from  matters  of  permanent  major  policy  and  procedural  guidelines 
to  special  interim  instructions  and  matter-of-fact  information  of  a  tem- 
porary nature.  Material  about  the  staffing  and  functions  of  the  organi- 
zations in  the  Smithsonian  was  provided  to  30  external  publications.  A 
program  was  developed,  in  cooperation  with  the  Information  Systems 
Division,  to  provide  computer  support  for  the  preparation  and  mainte- 


ADMINISTRATIVE  MANAGEMENT 


129 


bo 

a 

3 


C 

a 

"3 

o 

m 

c/5 


a 

o 
c"-i 


y>   «   -) 

N    ©    ■*> 

5 


?N 

&  c?5? 

o 

r^ 

O    *.  -S 

V 
C 

Hist 

Tech 
Bui 

3 

•— ! 

O 

?s 

CO 

*-  *^K 

I 

*>  ^  — 

CD 

v  C3  ^ 

to 

en 

*""' 

>^ 

3 

h^ 

I-H 

Cl« 

&  s-s 

o 

Cn 

^o,  s 

'-' 

CQ 

|H 

rt 

cj 

> 

. 

br 

ccj 

o 

3  £^ 


e  K 
a  tit 

e  -~ 

■sis 

•~  cq 
B 


Tf  C  CO  tO  (M  K 
fflCOt^ONCO 

c  i  to  co  *<J"  f^*-1 
to"  cT^^f  cc"cn 

•*  I-*.  CO  CJ  -rf  CC 


Cn  to  r—  i.O  cn  CO 

o  •—  cm  cn  — <  in 
Tf"  — "  — r  cm"  — T  o 

rHM-HCIC-Jrt 


C-IN-hiOOIt)" 

*N01CO<00 

co"m  m't^  en  to" 
-hn^ooco 
r^  r—  cm  co  Tf  .— i 


cn  cn  co  o  co  m 

CD  CO  CO  <M  t^  •+ 
CM  tO  in  — k^~  C 

r-Tm  (Oiocit» 

CM  CO  "  —  —i 


— i  en  o  Ti-  c  i  i.o 
en  cm  o^ce^io  <o 

co'  m"  r>^  m  co'  of 

Mno^Oin 

CM  CO  •— '  —  -h 


en  o  co  oi  co  co 
cm  co  co  i~~  c  i  co 
cn  co  to  •*  to  co 

co"  co"  lo"  co"  i>T  ■*" 
co  ■*  to  en  rf  CI 

CO  -"t"  «— '  — '  CM  ■— i 


corvi^intoc-i 
co  to  co  m  —>  io 

CO  y-i  lO  CO  Cl^'* 

co"  »T  co"  ■*■'  en  r-T 

i— •  CO  CO  CO  -*■  O 
CO  CO  — '  CI  CM  —* 


"O  "0  "O  "O  "O  "O 
CJ    CJ    CJ    CJ    <u    Cj 

1/3     m     crt     mi     m     m 

o  o  o  o  o  o 


co  tt-  c  i  co  O  cj 
Nw-cicai 

m-mmoco 

to"  o"  to"  co"  o"  in" 
ci  to  t^~  —  co  o 
io  m  o  in  ■<*•  in 


TUCOlMOK 

en  in  en  r^  to  to 
cj  to  m  to  co  cm 

Tf"cn  o"  to  m"co 


i —  en  en  co  i~^  en 

co  in  —  o  o  <o 
rt-  to  en  —  r^  en 

m 

m 

MflOliOtOiO 

en  ^^  ci  co  cc  r^ 

^h  CM  -*  tO  tO  tO 

CO 

CC 

to  O  CO  CO  •—  CO 

m  o  co  ci  ai  co 
en  coto  ci^ ^^ 
— "  o"  |C  o"  to"  to' 

—  ^  — ,  CJ  — i  CI 


o  m  m  co  co  to 

to  r^  co  m  ■*  en 

tj>  to  co  co  to  co 


*  O  lO  CO  N  f- 

■+  en  —  o-noi 
to  en  to  co  to  to 

i^  rt"  in  co  —  ci 

—  .— i  ci  co  co  co 


13  "O  "O  "O  "O  "O 

oj   cj  a;   cj  cj  oj 

t/3    c/j  c/l    c/i    t/i    c/; 

o  o  o  o  c  o 


OUUOOO      OOOOOO 


m 


-*■  en  en  o  co  o 
en  t-»  co  co  co  to 
—  "+  to  to  o  o 

m 
m 

en  cj  •*  jc-  m  co 

oooim«'+ 

r-rt^riCMCI 

m 

m 

W3    l-<     rN     C     H  rt     —  ^*- 

3  «-S  S  §<a  - 


-a 

0) 

c 

CJ 


1) 

CS 


•- 
CJ 

-a 

c 

'5 

6 
u 


(J 
C 

"    CJ 

C  J= 

o  ~ 


c.2 

ofl  J 

-r  ?  3 

oj  ~  o 

43  U  — 
»i    C    «'i 

*^  .',  c 

cj  a 

U   C 
J5    O   >- 

<UT3    s-,    3 
^J    CJ    O 

CCS    *J  t^_, 
CJ    O 

u    CJ    ■*-> 

yw  c 

C    CJ    3 

—•      «H      O 

c  »  H 

._«    «    cc!  , 


O 

c 

cS 

u 

O 


u^  g 

c  cj  x  o 

O    O    1)    o 

"  3  ^  s 

.SoMS 

(h  a)  «■< 

xl^jS  bo 

u  i""   ri 
S.3   0   c 

«  cr^-  o 

>-  3  en 
.ti'S  a'o 

-o  c  o  on 

■3     CJ     Q.'— ' 

X    <U    cj  Sh 

c  x  <« 

O    cj   22   CJ 

O  Cm 

^    CJ    0    03 
G.C-.3   cj 

•  cj      2  tj 
•  2  ~  «  c  ^^* 

CS    O    CJ    c    O  ^ 
>  s-i    C  *^    G 

2  £-£!  «—  cd 
G-ti   c  "O'e 
4>   s-  .3         C 


CO 


cj    "2    03^    O 

iH      M      CO      tJ<      10      t-~' 


130  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

nance  of  data  required  for  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Directory.  The 
Forms  Management  Unit  processed,  through  in-house  reproduction, 
604  requests  from  112  organizations  for  a  variety  of  forms  and  form 
letters  to  support  management,  research,  education,  exhibition,  and 
public  service  activities.  In  addition,  149  orders  were  placed  with  the 
Government  Printing  Office  and  other  external  sources. 

The  Photographic  Services  Division  continued  its  active  participa- 
tion in  programs  concerned  with  research,  documentation  and  con- 
servation of  collections,  exhibitions,  education,  training,  publications, 
and  public  service;  and  provided  essential  technical  assistance  and 
guidance  as  well  as  training  for  staff  members  in  other  Smithsonian 
organizations.  Outstanding  special  exhibits,  benefiting  from  profes- 
sional photographic  talent,  where  the  "Laser  10,"  "Neutra,"  "Com- 
puter," and  "Frederick  Douglass"  shows. 

The  5870  work  requests  received  by  the  Division  provided  23,734 
negatives,  13,734  transparencies,  33,699  microfilm  frames,  and  103,- 
094  prints. 

The  Travel  Services  Office  continues  to  experience  growth  in  some 
major  services,  i.e.,  air  and  rail  reservations  booked  were  up  6  percent; 
travel  itineraries  issued  16  percent,  and  transportation  requests  pre- 
pared 10  percent,  and  the  dollar  value  of  all  transportation  purchased 
was  some  $53,000  higher  than  last  year.  Formerly  cumbersome  proce- 
dures involved  in  obtaining  travel  with  excess  foreign  currencies  for 
affiliates  of  the  American  Institute  of  Indian  Studies  have  been  stream- 
lined. Travel  management  advice,  program  planning  assistance,  and  a 
wide  variety  of  travel  services  and  technical  guidance  were  provided  to 
support  major  national  and  international  symposia,  meetings,  expedi- 
tions, and  special  programs. 

Purchases  by  the  Supply  Division  this  year  have  exceeded  12,000 
units,  an  estimated  increase  of  1000  over  the  previous  year.  Under 
the  government  property  distribution  and  utilization  programs,  items 
from  airplanes  to  missiles — including  a  seagoing  vessel  from  the  Coast 
Guard — with  an  original  acquisition  value  exceeding  $8,000,000,  have 
been  obtained  for  exhibition  and  research  purposes. 

CONSTRUCTION  PROGRESS 

National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology 

Calder  Stabile.  A  contract  to  install  a  filtration  system  for  the  pool 
was  let  24  February  1970  to  the  John  J.  Kirlin  Co.  Completion  of  this 
work  is  expected  by  24  August  1970. 


ADMINISTRATIVE  MANAGEMENT  131 

Snack  Bar.  This  facility  was  completely  remodeled  by  the  Joseph 
McCann  Company.  Construction  commenced  on  4  February  1970  and 
was  completed  on  1  June  1970. 

Joseph  H.  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden 

Contract  was  awarded  to  the  Piracci  Construction  Company  and 
actual  work  was  started  on  23  March  1970.  The  projected  completion 
date  of  this  project  is  September  1972. 

National  Zoological  Park 

Hospital-Research  Building.  The  Lomack  Corporation  contractors 
completed  their  work  in  December.  The  building,  now  partially  occu- 
pied, will  be  completely  used  when  required  furnishings  are  delivered 
and  installed. 

Multiclimate  House.  Severe  modifications  in  the  final  design 
resulted  in  the  indefinite  deferment  of  this  project. 

Heating  Study.  Final  design  was  accepted  and  bids  will  be  let  and 
construction  started  early  in  fiscal  year  1971. 

Pollution  Abatement  Study.  Recommended  modifications  of  the 
sewerage  system  were  accomplished  and  some  erosion  control  measures 
were  implemented  at  the  same  time. 

Restoration  and  Renovation  of  Buildings 

Renovation  of  Smithsonian  Institution  Building.  The  Grunley- 
Walsh  Construction  Company  continued  work  throughout  the  year. 
The  project  was  accepted  as  being  substantially  completed  on  29  June 
1970. 

Freight  Elevator  in  Freer  Gallery.  Contracts  were  let  for  this  project 
on  3  March  1970.  It  is  expected  that  the  project  will  be  completed  by 
the  fall  of  1970. 

Renwick  Gallery.  A  contract  for  furthering  restoration  work  was 
awarded  to  Associated  Builders,  Inc.,  on  15  June  1970.  It  is  antici- 
pated that  this  work  will  be  completed  about  15  October  1970. 

Arts  and  Industries  Building.  A  contract  was  awarded  on  4  August 
1969  to  Mr.  William  Watts  for  the  cleaning  and  restoration  of  the 
exterior  of  the  building.  Work  was  completed  during  November  1969. 

Feasibility  Studies 

National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology.  A  feasibility  study 
was  made  to  result  in  the  preparation  of  a  design  for  facilities  necessary 
for  the  celebration  of  the  Bicentennial  of  the  American  Revolution. 


132  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

Woodrow  Wilson  International  Center  for  Scholars.  The  Urban 
Design  and  Development  Corporation  completed  a  study  for  the 
Center  to  be  located  on  a  proposed  Pennsylvania  Avenue-Market 
Square  complex.  The  conclusions  were  that  the  location  was  not  feas- 
ible and  that,  if  the  entire  complex  could  not  be  constructed  under  a 
central  agency,  the  Center  should  be  located  elsewhere. 

Parking.  A  draft  of  the  study  made  by  Wilbur  Smith  and  Associates 
for  Mall  garages  and  Zoo  parking  is  being  reviewed. 

Storage.  The  study  completed  by  the  George  M.  Ewing  Company  for 
redevelopment  of  the  Smithsonian's  Silver  Hill  facility  is  being 
reviewed. 


NATIONAL  GALLERY  OF  ART 


National  Gallery  of  Art 
J.  Carter  Brown,  Director 


rT"'HE  national  gallerv  of  art,  although  technically  established 
-*■  as  a  bureau  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  is  an  autonomous  and 
separately  administered  organization.  It  is  governed  by  its  own 
Board  of  Trustees,  the  statutory  members  of  which  are,  ex  officio,  the 
Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States  (Chairman),  the  Secretary  of  State, 
the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  and  the  Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian 
Institution.  There  are  also  five  General  Trustees,  from  whom,  in  fiscal 
year  1970,  Paul  Mellon  was  reelected  President  of  the  Gallery,  and 
John  Hay  Whitney,  Vice  President.  The  other  General  Trustees  con- 
tinuing to  serve  were  Dr.  Franklin  D.  Murphy,  Lessing  J.  Rosenwald, 
and  Stoddard  M.  Stevens. 

During  the  fiscal  year  1970  the  Gallery  had  1,935,533  visitors,  an 
increase  of  more  than  50  percent  over  the  previous  year.  Its  collections 
were  augmented  by  an  unusually  large  number  of  important  accessions. 
Most  notable  among  these  is  the  Ailsa  Mellon  Bruce  bequest,  a  collec- 
tion which  includes  Bazille  and  Camille  and  The  Artist's  Garden  at 
Vetheuil,  both  by  Monet;  and,  among  twenty  two  Renoirs,  Le  Pont 
Neuf  and  Madame  Monet  and  her  Son  in  their  Garden  at  Argenteuil. 
Also  in  the  collection  is  Riverbank  by  Cezanne,  nine  paintings  by  Bon- 
nard,  five  by  Pissarro,  ten  by  Vuillard,  and  the  Condesa  de  Chinchon 
by  Goya. 

The  major  single  acquisition  was  The  Artist's  Father  by  Cezanne,  a 
gift  of  Mr.  Paul  Mellon.  Other  important  acquisitions  include  two 
Cubist  paintings,  Football  Players  by  Albert  Gleizes  and  Rush  Hour, 
New  York  by  Max  Weber;  The  City  from  Greenwich  Village  by  John 
Sloan;  and  drawings  by  Andrew  Wyeth  and  van  Dyck.  Portrait  of 
Mme.  Caillebotte,  by  Renoir,  was  bequeathed  by  Angelika  Wertheim 
Frink.  The  Gallery  also  received  two  American  naive  paintings  from 
Colonel  and  Mrs.  Edgar  William  Garbisch.  Loans  were  made  to  61 
institutions  in  this  country  and  abroad. 

Especially  notable  among  the  years's  exhibitions  at  the  Gallery  were 
"German  Expressionist  Watercolors,"  "Old  Master  Drawings  from 
Chatsworth,"    "Joseph   Wright  of  Derby,"    "The   Artist  and   Space," 

135 


136  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

"Masterpieces  of  African  Sculpture"  (attended  by  118,801  persons  in 
five  weeks),  and  "The  Reality  of  Appearance:  The  Trompe  l'Oeil  Tra- 
dition in  American  Painting." 

In  February,  the  Gallery  announced  a  multimedia  education  pro- 
gram for  junior  and  senior  high  schools  throughout  the  nation,  which 
will  use  a  new  means  of  reaching  students.  The  program  is  based  on  a 
low-priced  periodical  called  "Art  and  Man,"  published  by  Scholastic 
Magazines.  This  is  packaged  with  filmstrips,  slides,  posters,  color 
reproductions,  and  teaching  guides.  These  are  drawn  from  the  resources 
not  only  of  the  National  Gallery,  but  of  other  museums  and  private 
collections  throughout  the  world. 

The  Gallery's  extension  services  have  also  developed  a  comprehensive 
audio-visual  program  for  use  in  classrooms.  Slide  lectures  covering  the 
history  of  art  from  the  Byzantine  period  to  the  20th  century,  traveling 
exhibits  of  framed  reproductions,  and  16-mm  motion  pictures  dealing 
with  art,  humanities,  history,  social  studies,  and  literature  are  loaned 
to  schools  at  no  cost.  Last  year  extension  services  materials  were  used 
in  over  3,000  communities  in  the  nation  and  reached  more  than 
3,100,000  people. 

Total  attendance  at  talks  given  by  the  Gallery's  educational  staff  and 
for  the  programs  presented  in  the  auditorium,  exclusive  of  "Civilisa- 
tion" films,  was  89,951  for  2610  separate  tours  and  events.  This  repre- 
sents an  increase  in  attendance  of  2993  over  last  year,  when  2518  pro- 
grams were  scheduled.  Some  of  the  events  regularly  presented  at  the 
Gallery  are  its  Tours  of  the  Week,  Paintings  of  the  Week,  and  the  Sun- 
day Auditorium  Lectures  and  Films. 

Late  last  October  the  American  premiere  of  the  thirteen-part  series 
"Civilisation,"  narrated  by  Britian's  distinguished  art  historian 
Kenneth  Clark,  was  presented  at  the  Gallery.  Audience  response  to  this 
extraordinary  series  was  immediate  and  enthusiastic.  Through  gener- 
ous public  cooperation,  funds  were  raised  to  purchase  prints  of  the 
entire  series,  making  it  possible  for  the  series  to  be  shown  on  a  continual 
basis.  Attendance  in  the  Gallery  at  the  films  was  over  247,000.  In 
addition,  the  Gallery  loaned  its  print,  by  request,  to  the  White  House, 
the  Department  of  State,  and  the  Central  Intelligence  Agency. 

That  same  month  saw  the  broadcast  over  the  National  Educational 
Television  (net)  network  of  "In  Search  of  Rembrandt,"  which  was 
made  possible  by  a  grant  to  the  National  Gallery  by  Mrs.  Cordelia 
Scaife  May.  The  hour-long  program,  produced  by  the  Gallery,  was 
narrated  by  James  Mason.  Net  cameras  recorded  more  than  600 
Rembrandt  paintings  and  drawings  from  some  100  museums  through- 
out the  world,  some  of  which  are  part  of  the  Gallery's  collection.  The 


NATIONAL  GALLERY  OF  ART  137 

film  is  now  available  through  the  Gallery  to  schools,  libraries,  and  other 
educational  institutions. 

There  were  thirty-two  guest  lecturers  who  spoke  at  the  Gallery  dur- 
ing the  last  fiscal  year.  They  included  the  A.  W.  Mellon  Lecturer  in  the 
Fine  Arts,  Sir  Nikolaus  Pevsner,  who  gave  eight  talks  on  the  subject  of 
"Some  Aspects  of  Nineteenth-Century  Architecture." 

Through  the  new  self-service  sales  facility  the  Gallery's  publications 
fund  made  available  fourteen  new  publications,  as  well  as  eight  cata- 
logs of  those  exhibitions  shown  at  the  Gallery.  During  the  year  over 
370,000  customers  were  served. 

Under  the  supervision  of  Richard  Bales,  forty  concerts  were  given 
on  Sundays  in  the  East  Garden  Court,  twelve  of  them  by  the  National 
Gallery  Orchestra.  Attendance  continued  high  throughout  the  season, 
usually  at  capacity  for  the  orchestral  programs.  All  concerts  were 
broadcast  in  their  entirety  by  station  vvgms,  am-fm. 

Scientific  research  on  the  causes  of  deterioration  of  museum  objects, 
sponsored  in  large  part  by  the  National  Gallery,  continues  at  Carnegie- 
Mellon  University's  Mellon  Institute,  Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania.  The 
fading  of  pigments  and  dyes  has  received  major  consideration,  as  well 
as  the  processes  of  oxidation  and  ways  in  which  they  may  be  inhibited. 
This  research  project  is  exploring  the  application  of  durable  modern 
materials  to  problems  in  conservation  and  is  concentrated  principally 
on  polymer  emulsions,  ultraviolet  absorbers,  and  solvents  for  the 
removal  of  synthetic  polymers. 

I.  M.  Pei  &  Partners  moved  ahead  on  the  design  of  the  East  Building 
and  connecting  link  addition  to  the  Gallery.  Plans  call  for  over  half  a 
million  gross  square  feet  of  space  devoted  to  exhibition  galleries  and 
related  supporting  facilities,  such  as  a  Center  for  Advanced  Study  in 
the  Visual  Arts,  a  library,  print  and  drawing  facilities,  photo  archives, 
and  offices  for  the  Gallery's  administrative  and  curatorial  staff. 


JOHN  F.  KENNEDY  CENTER  FOR 
THE  PERFORMING  ARTS 


John  F.  Kennedy  Center  for 
the  Performing  Arts 

William  McC.  Blair,  Jr.,  General  Director 


T)RESIDENT     NIXON     BECAME     THE     FOURTH     AMERICAN     PRESIDENT     to 

■■-  give  tangible  support  to  the  John  F.  Kennedy  Center  for  the  Per- 
forming Arts  when  on  17  October  1969  he  signed  a  bill  authorizing 
additional  federal  funds  for  the  Center.  The  authorization  increased 
the  Center's  matching  federal  grant  from  $15.5  million  to  $23  million 
and  the  United  States  Treasury  loan  from  $15.4  million  to  $20.4  mil- 
lion. Without  these  additional  funds,  which  were  subsequently  appro- 
priated, construction  of  the  Center  could  not  have  been  completed  on 
schedule  (P.L.  91-90). 

The  Center  was  initiated  by  President  Eisenhower  on  2  September 
1958  as  the  National  Cultural  Center  (P.L.  85-874).  It  received  the 
strong  support  of  President  Kennedy  who  signed  legislation  extending 
the  fund-raising  deadline  on  19  August  1963  (P.L.  88-100).  The  Center 
was  named  as  the  sole  official  memorial  in  the  nation's  capital  to 
President  Kennedy  on  23  January  1964  when  President  Johnson  signed 
the  John  F.  Kennedy  Center  Act  (P.L.  88-206).  This  legislation  also 
provided  the  first  federal  funds  for  the  project. 

The  Kennedy  Center  is  administered  separately  by  a  45-member 
Board  of  Trustees  appointed  by  the  President  to  ten-year  terms,  together 
with  members  ex-officio  from  pertinent  public  agencies  and  from  the 
United  States  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives.  Members  of  the 
Board  at  the  end  of  fiscal  1970  are  as  follows: 

Richard  Adler  Representative  Peter  H.  B. 
Floyd  D.  Akers  Frelinghuysen 

Robert  O.  Anderson  Senator  J.  William  Fulbright 

Ralph  E.  Becker  Mrs.  George  A.  Garrett 

K.  LeMoyne  Billings  Leonard  H.  Goldenson 

Edgar  M.  Bronfman  Mrs.  Rebekah  Harkness 

Mrs.  George  R.  Brown  George  B.  Hartzog,  Jr. 

Robert  W.  Dowling  Senator  Edward  M.  Kennedy 

Ralph  W.  Ellison  Thomas  H.  Kuchel 

Abe  Fortas  Mrs.  Albert  D.  Lasker 

141 


142 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 


Erich  Leinsdorf 

Sol  Myron  Linowitz 

Mrs.  Michael  J.  Mansfield 

Harry  C.  McPherson,  Jr. 

George  Meany 

Robert  I.  Millonzi 

L.  Quincy  Mumford 

Senator  Charles  Percy 

Elliot  Richardson 

John  Richardson,  Jr. 

S.  Dillon  Ripley  II 

Richard  Rodgers 

Arthur  M.  Schlesinger,  Jr. 


Mrs.  Jouett  Shouse 
Mrs.  Stephen  E.  Smith 
Roger  L.  Stevens 
William  H.  Thomas 
Representative  Frank  H. 

Thompson,  Jr. 
Jack  J.  Valenti 
William  Walton 
Walter  E.  Washington 
Lew  R.  Wasserman 
Edwin  L.  Weisl,  Sr. 
Representative  James  C.  Wright,  Jr. 
Senator  Ralph  W.  Yarborough 


On  27  March  1970  President  Nixon  appointed  a  57-member  Advi- 
sory Committee  on  the  Arts  for  the  Center  under  the  chairmanship  of 
Mrs.  J.  Willard  Marriott  of  Washington,  D.C.  On  26  May  the  Presi- 
dent appointed  an  additional  49  members  to  the  Advisory  Committee, 
which  is  provided  for  in  the  John  F.  Kennedy  Center  Act. 

Members  of  the  Advisory  Committee  were  sworn  into  office  by 
Robert  H.  Finch,  Secretary  of  Health,  Education,  and  Welfare  and  a 
Trustee  of  the  Center,  on  8  June  1970  preceding  their  first  business 
meeting.  This  committee,  which  represents  48  states  and  serves  at  the 
pleasure  of  the  President,  will  make  recommendations  to  the  Board 


^  II  I.  HII  I   II 


John  F.  Kennedy  Center  for  the  Performing  Arts  nearing  completion. 


JOHN  F.  KENNEDY  CENTER  FOR  THE  PERFORMING  ARTS  143 

of  Trustees  regarding  programs  presented  by  the  Center  and  also  will 
assist  the  Board  in  its  fund-raising  program. 

Construction  of  the  Kennedy  Center  stands  75  percent  complete  at 
the  end  of  fiscal  year  1970,  compared  with  50  percent  a  year  ago.  An 
average  of  600  men  are  working  daily  on  the  structure  to  assure  that 
the  official  opening  can  take  place  during  the  second  week  of  Septem- 
ber 1971.  Early  in  March  1970,  Ambassador  Egidio  Ortona  of  Italy 
witnessed  the  placing  of  the  final  piece  of  Carrara  marble  in  the 
Center's  exterior  wall  which  closed  in  the  building.  The  Center's  entire 
requirement  for  marble,  about  3500  tons,  is  an  official  gift  of  the 
people  of  Italy. 

Progress  payments  for  construction  in  place  and  materials  furnished 
reached  $50.1  million  of  which  $41.8  million  were  federal  funds  in- 
cluding $20.4  million  of  repayable  bonds.  Six  additional  subcontracts 
totaling  $1.6  million  were  awarded  during  the  year  bringing  to  thirty- 
eight  the  number  of  separate  competitive  awards  made  since  construc- 
tion began  in  1965.  The  awards  total  nearly  $36  million. 

The  subcontracts  awarded  during  the  year  are  as  follows: 

Auditorium  seating:  American  Seating  Company  of  Palisades  Park,  New  Jersey; 

$434,885. 
Ceramic  tile  and  terrazzo:  Peter  Bratti  Associates,  Inc.  of  New  York,  New  York; 

$395,300. 
Plumbing  enclosures  and  partitions:   Global  Steel  Products  Corporation  of  Deer 

Park,  Long  Island,  New  York;  $57,000. 
Painting  and  finishing  and  wall  coating:    Clifton  D.  Mayhew,  Inc.  of  Arlington, 

Virginia;  $516,000. 
Wood  flooring:  Couglin-Berk,  Inc.  of  New  York,  New  York;  $162,380. 
Drapery,  curtain,  and  heavy-duty  track:   Washington  Shade  and  Awning  Co.  of 

Washington,  D.C.;  $11,980. 

The  Secretary  of  State  of  Canada,  the  Honorable  Gerard  Pelletier, 
announced  his  government's  gift  to  the  Kennedy  Center  on  16  April 
1970  during  a  brief  ceremony  at  the  Center's  construction  site.  The 
gift,  the  ninth  from  a  foreign  nation,  is  a  woolen  stage  curtain  for  the 
Eisenhower  Theater  designed  by  Madame  Mariette  Rosseau-Vermette, 
designer  of  the  curtain  for  the  Opera  of  the  National  Arts  Centre 
in  Ottawa.  In  addition  to  the  nine  nations  which  have  already  pre- 
sented gifts  to  the  Kennedy  Center,  there  are  more  than  twenty  coun- 
tries that  have  offered  gifts,  and  discussions  with  them  are  continuing. 

Looking  forward  to  one  kind  of  education  program  that  will  be 
presented  by  the  Kennedy  Center  after  its  opening,  the  Center  pre- 
sented both  the  second  American  College  Theater  Festival  and  the 
National  College  Jazz  Festival  in  the  spring  of  1970.  The  theater 
festival,  presented  with  the  Smithsonian  and  sponsored  by  American 


144 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 


Presentation  of  a  color  sketch  of  the  black-and-red  woolen  stage  curtain  for  the 
Kennedy  Center's  Eisenhower  Theater,  a  gift  of  the  people  of  Canada.  Left  to 
right,  Susan  Eisenhower,  granddaughter  of  Mrs.  Dwight  D.  Eisenhower; 
Madame  Mariette  Rousseau-Vermette,  designer  of  the  stage  curtain;  Roger  L. 
Stevens,  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Kennedy  Center;  the  Honor- 
able Gerard  Pelletier,  Secretary  of  State  of  Canada;  Mrs.  Edward  M.  Kennedy, 
representing  the  Kennedy  family. 


Airlines,  brought  ten  of  the  nation's  best  college  theater  companies  to 
perform  at  Ford's  Theatre  and  the  new  George  Washington  Univer- 
sity Center  Theater  between  27  April  and  12  May.  The  jazz  festival 
presented  finalists  from  six  regional  college  jazz  festivals  at  the  Kran- 
nert  Center  for  the  Performing  Arts  at  the  University  of  Illinois  in 
Champaign-Urbana  on  16  and  17  May. 

John  LaMontaine,  the  American  composer,  was  commissioned  to 
write  a  work  for  orchestra  and  organ  for  the  opening  season  of  the 
Center  and  first  performance  on  the  organ  in  the  Concert  Hall,  it  was 
announced  on  28  January  1970.  The  work  was  commissioned  by  Mrs. 
Jouett  Shouse,  a  Trustee  of  the  Center  and  the  donor  of  the  Concert 
Hall's  Aeolian  Skinner  organ.  The  theme  for  Mr.  LaMontaine's  com- 
position will  be  taken  from  the  books  of  Henry  Thoreau,  Winter, 
Spring,  Summer,  and  Autumn. 

On  18  June  1970  the  Center  sponsored  "An  Evening  with  Edward 
Villella"  at  Lisner  Auditorium  which  presented  Edward  Villella, 
Patricia  McBride,  Violette  Verdy,  and  ten  other  dancers  from  the 
New  York  City  Ballet.  About  150  tickets  were  made  available  to 
students  at  one  dollar  through  the  sale  of  benefit  tickets. 


JOHN  F.  KENNEDY  CENTER  FOR  THE  PERFORMING  ARTS  145 

With  the  substantial  progress  of  interior  construction  work  during 
fiscal  year  1970,  tours  of  the  building  were  arranged  on  a  limited 
basis.  In  September  1969  all  major  contributors  to  the  Center  in  the 
Washington  area  were  invited  to  see  the  building.  Subsequently  dur- 
ing the  year  many  foreign  ambassadors  to  the  United  States,  the  cul- 
tural attaches  of  all  foreign  embassies,  members  of  the  press,  the  D.G. 
Arts  Council,  representatives  of  the  National  Endowment  on  the  Arts 
and  the  United  States  Information  Agency,  and  other  groups  with  a 
special  interest  in  the  building  were  invited  for  a  tour. 

The  Friends  of  the  Kennedy  Center,  established  as  an  auxiliary 
organization  by  the  Trustees  in  1966,  have  about  3000  members  in 
48  states  and  29  regional  and  state  chairmen.  The  Friends  are  seeking 
to  expand  membership  both  in  the  Washington  area  and  across  the 
country  and  welcome  all  new  members. 

On  2  June  the  National  Council  of  the  Friends  met  to  elect  the 
following  officers: 

Mrs.  Polk  Guest,  chairman 

Mrs.  Norris  Dodson,  Jr.,  vice  chairman 

Mrs.  Eugene  Carusi,  secretary 

Mr.  Henry  Strong,  treasurer 

During  July  and  August  1969,  the  Friends  sponsored  a  city-wide 
arts  project  under  the  title,  "Music,  Music,  Music"  for  which  1000 
children  produced  works  of  art  in  conjunction  with  music  experiences. 
All  participants  were  invited  to  the  construction  site  on  9  August 
for  a  picnic  and  to  view  an  exhibit  of  their  works  using  the  River 
Terrace  covered  parkway  to  form  a  giant  exhibition  center. 

On  18  December  1969  the  Friends  produced  a  unique  evening  en- 
titled "The  Kennedy  Center  is  for  everyone."  The  occasion  was  the 
premiere  of  the  film  "Hello,  Dolly!,"  sponsored  by  the  Kennedy  Cen- 
ter, and  included  a  box  supper  at  the  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History.  Tickets  sold  at  prices  from  $1  (limited  to  students  contacted 
through  city  programs)  to  $50,  and  by  selling  a  large  number  of 
tickets  at  the  higher  prices  the  Friends  were  able  to  make  available 
over  350  tickets  to  young  people. 

The  Friends  continued  to  sponsor  a  weekly  radio  program  on  the 
performing  arts  on  station  wgms,  manned  the  Information  Center  at 
the  construction  site,  and  maintained  a  Speakers  Bureau  whose  mem- 
bers gave  talks  both  in  Washington  and  throughout  the  country.  The 
Fourth  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Friends,  held  12  and  13  May,  featured 
Senator  Claiborne  Pell  of  Rhode  Island  as  key  speaker. 


APPENDIXES 


Appendix  1 


SMITHSONIAN  FOREIGN   CURRENCY  PROGRAM 
GRANTS  AWARDED  IN  FISCAL  YEAR   1970 

Archeology  and  Related  Disciplines 

Office  of  Anthropology,  Smithsonian  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
Washington,  D.C.  Survey  of  disappearing  traditional  crafts,  industries,  and 
Technologies  in  Ceylon. 

University  of  Hawaii,  Honolulu,  Hawaii.  Ceylon  archeological  survey. 

University  of  Washington,  Seattle,  Washington.  A  study  of  the  relations 
between  kinship  structure  and  economic  organizations  among  the  Veddas  of 
Ceylon. 

American  Institute  of  Indian  Studies,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania.  Sup- 
port for  American  Institute  of  Indian  Studies  research  fellowships. 

University  of  Missouri,  Columbia,  Missouri.  To  complete  investigations 
of  ancient  glass  manufacturing  sites. 

American  Schools  of  Oriental  Research.,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts. 
Archeological  activity  of  the  American  Schools  of  Oriental  Research. 

Carnegie  Museum,  Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania.  Excavations  of  a  Philistine 
city  at  Ashdod. 

Jerusalem  School  of  Archeology  of  the  Hebrew  Union  College,  Cin- 
cinnati, Ohio.  Excavations  of  an  archeologocial  site  at  Gezer,  Israel. 

Office  of  Anthropology,  Smithsonian  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
Washington,  D.C.  Archeological  investigations  of  southern  Palestinian  cul- 
ture at  Tel  Jemmah. 

University  of  Arizona,  Tucson,  Arizona.  A  program  for  research  and  train- 
ing in  prehistoric  archeology  in  Israel :   Excavations  at  the  site  of  Tabun. 

American  Schools  of  Oriental  Research,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts. 
Expeditions  to  Tel  El  Hesi  and  Khirget  Shema. 

University  of  Missouri,  Columbia,  Missouri.  Excavations  at  Tel  Anafa 
(Shamli),  Israel. 

University  of  Illinois,  Urbana,  Illinois.  The  Maqam  tradition  in  theory 
and  practice. 

Office  of  Anthropology,  Smithsonian  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
Washington,  D.C.  Survey  of  disappearing  traditional  crafts,  industries,  and 
technologies  in  Pakistan. 

Dumbarton  Oaks  Center  for  Byzantine  Studies,  Washington,  D.C.  A 
corpus  of  ancient  mosaics  of  Tunisia. 

American  Research  Center  in  Egypt,  Inc.,  Princeton,  New  Jersey.  Sup- 
port for  the  activities  of  the  American  Research  Center  in  Egypt   (arce). 

149 


150  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

University  of  Pennsylvania,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania.  The  Akhnaten 

temple  project. 
Brooklyn    College   of   the   City   University   of   New    York,   Brooklyn, 

New  York.  Excavations  at  Starcevo,  Yugoslavia. 
University    of    California  at    Los    Angeles,    Los    Angeles,    California. 

Excavations   of    a    Neolithic    stratified    settlement    at    Anzibegovo    in    Eastern 

Macedonia,  Yugoslavia. 
Denison  University,  Granville,  Ohio.  Archeological  excavations  at  Sirmium. 
University  of  Texas  at  Austin,  Texas.  Archeological  excavations  at  Stobi. 
Douglass  College,  Rutgers  University,  New  Brunswick,  New  Jersey. 

Excavations  at  Salona. 
University    of    California  at    Los    Angeles,    Los    Angeles,    California. 

The  Early  Bronze  Age  cemetery  at  Mokrin.    (Publication  costs  only.) 
University  of   Minnesota,  Minneapolis,   Minnesota.   Excavations  of  Dio- 

cletians  palace,  Split,  Yugoslavia. 
Indiana  University,  Bloomington,   Indiana.   Excavations  at  Nin,  Dalmatia, 

Yugoslavia. 
Dumbarton    Oaks    Center    for    Byzantine    Studies,    Washington,    D.C. 

Medieval  Bargala. 
University  of  Pittsburgh,  Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania.  Early  food-produc- 
ing cultures  in  Yugoslavia. 
University    of    California  at    Los    Angeles,    Los    Angeles,    California. 

Excavations  at  Senta  (Velebit). 
University   of    California  at    Los    Angeles,    Los    Angeles,    California. 

Archeological  investigations  at  the  Iron  Age  sites  in  Batina  and  Dalj. 

Systematic  and  Environmental  Biology 
(Including  Paleobiology) 

Smithsonian  National  Zoo,  Washington,  D.C.  Studies  on  the  behavior  and 

ecology  of  the  Ceylonese  elephant. 
Smithsonian  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Washington,  D.C.  A  revision 

of  Trimen's  Handbook  to  the  Flora  of  Ceylon. 
Department  of  Entomology,  Smithsonian  Museum  of  Natural  History, 

Washington,  D.C.  Biosystematic  studies  of  the  insects  of  Ceylon. 
Smithsonian    Institution,    Washington,    D.C.    Administration    of    Smith- 
sonian sponsored  projects  in  Ceylon. 
Smithsonian    National   Zoo,   Washington,   D.C.   The   comparative   ecology 

and  behavior  of  Ceylonese  Cercopithecidae. 
Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  D.C.  Binational  symposium  to  assess 

impact    of    Smithsonian-supported    research    on    Ceylonese    national    science 

objectives. 
University    of    Michigan,    Ann    Arbor,   Michigan.    Cytological    studies    of 

Indian  mollusks. 
Smithsonian    Ecology    Program,    Washington,    D.C.    Conference    for    the 

International  Union  for  the  Conservation  of  Nature    (iucn). 
Smithsonian    Ecology    Program,    Washington,    D.C.    Conference    for    the 

International  Council  for  Bird  Preservation  (icbp). 


APPENDIX  1.  SMITHSONIAN  FOREIGN  CURRENCY  PROGRAM         151 

Smithsonian   Ecology  Program,   Washington,  D.C.   Ecological   research   in 

the  Gir  Forest. 
Yale  University,  New  Haven,  Connecticut.  Habitat  relationships,  numbers, 

and  distribution  of  wild  ungulates  in  the  Gir  Forest,  India. 
Department  of  Vertebrate  Zoology,  Smithsonian  Museum  of  Natural 

History,  Washington,  D.C.  Migratory  bird  survey. 
Department    of    Botany,    Smithsonian    Museum    of    Natural    History, 

Washington,  D.C.  A  flora  of  the  Hassan  District,  Mysore  State,  India. 
Smithsonian  Oceanography  Program,  Washington,  D.C.  Biota  of  the  Red 

Sea  and  Eastern  Mediterranean. 
Smithsonian  Ecology  Program,  Washington,  D.C.  Bird  Banding  and  Avi- 

faunal  Survey. 
University  of  the  State  of  New  York,  Stony  Brook,  Long  Island,  New 

York.  A  Study  of  the  Eilat  Coral  Reef. 
University  of  Missouri,  Columbia,  Missouri.  Ecology  and  behavior  of  ga- 
zelles in  Israel. 
Department  of  Vertebrate  Zoology,  Smithsonian   Museum  of  Natural 

History,   Washington,   D.C.   A   geographical   and   ecological   study   of   the 

mammals  of  Morocco. 
Smithsonian  Institution  and  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  Washing- 
ton,  D.C.    International   Biological    Program    (ibp)    research,   planning,   and 

training  in  the  "excess"  currency  countries. 
Foreign  Science  Information  Program,  Washington,  D.C.  Scientific  trans- 
lation services. 
Smithsonian  Oceanogrraphy  Program,  Washington,  D.C.  Support  for  the 

Mediterranean  Marine  Sorting  Center. 
Department  of  Invertebrate  Zoology,  Smithsonian  Museum  of  Natural 

History,   Washington,  D.C.   Studies  on  the   systematics  and   physiological 

ecology  of  Tunisian  sponge  communities. 
University  of  Colorado,  Boulder,  Colorado.  Paleontological  investigations 

in  Tunisia. 
Smithsonian    Oceanographic    Program,    Washington,    D.C.    International 

Conference  on  Meiofauna.  (Unanticipated  extra  costs.) 
Department  of  Vertebrate  Zoology,  Smithsonian  Museum  of  Natural 

History,   Washington,  D.C.   A   serological  and   ectoparasite   survey  of  the 

migratory  birds  of  East  Africa. 
Smithsonian    Oceanography   Program,   Washington,   D.C.    Preparation   of 

plans  and  projects  for  refitting  the  research  vessel  Phykos. 
Department  of  Invertebrate  Zoology,  Smithsonian  Museum  of  Natural 

History,  Washington,   D.C.    International    Conference   on    the   Biology   of 

Sipunculids. 


Astrophysics  and  Earth  Sciences 

Smithsonian    Astrophysical    Observatory,    Cambridge,    Massachusetts. 

Continuation  of  a  study  of  cosmic  gamma  rays. 
Smithsonian    Astrophysical    Observatory,    Cambridge,    Massachusetts. 

Multicolor  photoelectric  observations  of  flare  stars  at  the  Uttar  Pradesh  State 

Observatory  and  analysis  of  flare-star  observations. 


152  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

Smithsonian    Astrophysical    Observatory,    Cambridge,    Massachusetts. 

A  study  of  the  collective  behavior  of  self-gravitating  systems. 
Smithsonian    Astrophysical    Observatory,    Cambridge,    Massachusetts. 

The  construction  of  stellar  models  of  evolving  stars. 
Smithsonian    Astrophysical    Observatory,    Cambridge,    Massachusetts. 

An  astronomical  observing  program  in  Israel. 
Foreign    Science    Information    Program,    National    Science    Foundation, 

Washington,  D.C.    (on   behalf  of  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory). 

Translation  of  the  Polish  Copernican  studies  of  L.  A.  Birkenmajer. 


Museum  Programs 

Department  of  Anthropology,  Smithsonian  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory, Washington,  D.C.  Exhibit  of  Bhutanese  Art. 

Director  General  of  Museums,  Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington, 
D.C.  Support  for  Science  Museum  Conference  at  Bangalore. 

Boston  Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  Boston,  Massachusetts.  Exhibition  of 
Egyptian  royal  sculpture. 


Appendix  2 


MEMBERS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  COUNCIL 

30  JUNE   1970 

Mr.  H.  Harvard  Arnason.  Art  Historian.  New  York  City. 

Dr.  Herman  R.  Branson.  President,  Central  State  University,  Wilberforce, 
Ohio. 

Professor  Fred  R.  Eggan.  Department  of  Anthropology,  University  of  Chi- 
cago, Chicago,  Illinois. 

Professor  Donald  S.  Farner.  Chairman,  Department  of  Zoology,  University 
of  Washington,  Seattle. 

Professor  Anthony  N.  B.  Garvan.  Chairman,  Department  of  American  Civil- 
ization, University  of  Pennsylvania,  Philadelphia. 

Dr.  Murray  Gell-Mann.  Robert  Andrews  Millikan  Professor  of  Theoretical 
Physics,  California  Institute  of  Technology,  Pasadena. 

Dr.  Philip  Handler.  President,  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  Washington, 
DC. 

Professor  G.  Evelyn  Hutchinson.  Sterling  Professor  of  Zoology,  Yale  Uni- 
versity, New  Haven,  Connecticut. 

Professor  Jan  LaRue.  Department  of  Music,  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and 
Sciences,  New  York  University,  New  York  City. 

Mr.  Clifford  L.  Lord.  President,  Hofstra  University,  Hempstead,  Long  Island, 
New  York. 

Professor  Charles  D.  Michener.  Watkins  Distinguished  Professor  of  Ento- 
mology and  of  Systematics  and  Ecology,  University  of  Kansas,  Lawrence. 

Dr.  Peter  M.  Millman.  National  Research  Council  of  Canada,  Ottawa,  On- 
tario. Meteoritic  Specialist. 

Mr.  Elting  E.  Morison.  Professor  of  History  and  Master,  Timothy  Dwight 
College,  Yale  University,  New  Haven,  Connecticut. 

Professor  Norman  Holmes  Pearson.  Professor  of  English  and  American 
Studies,  Yale  University,  New  Haven,  Connecticut. 

Mr.  Gordon  N.  Ray.  President,  John  Simon  Guggenheim  Memorial  Founda- 
tion, New  York  City. 

Mr.  Andre  Schiffrin.  Managing  Director,   Pantheon  Books,  New  York  City. 

Professor  Cyril  Stanley  Smith.  Institute  Professor,  Massachusetts  Institute 
of  Technology,  Cambridge. 

Professor  John  D.  Spikes.  Professor  of  Biology,  College  of  Letters  and 
Science,  University  of  Utah,  Salt  Lake  City. 

Professor  Stephen  E.  Toulmin.  Department  of  Philosophy,  Michigan  State 
University,  East  Lansing. 

153 


154  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

Dr.  Rainer  Zangerl.  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Roosevelt  Road  and 
Lakeshore  Drive,  Chicago,  Illinois. 

Professor  Warren  H.  Wagner,  Jr.  Department  of  Botany  and  Matthaei  Bo- 
tanical Gardens,  The  University  of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor. 


Appendix  3 


SMITHSONIAN  ASSOCIATES  MEMBERSHIP 

1969-1970 

Our  deepest  gratitude  is  extended  to  our  members  for  their  interest  and 
generous  support  of  the  Smithsonian  Associates  this  year,  and  especially  to  those 
listed  below,  who  have  contributed  amounts  in  excess  of  the  membership  dues 


Founder  Members 

($1000  and  up) 


The  Honorable  and  Mrs.  David 

K.  E.  Bruce 
Mrs.  Morris  Cafritz 
The  Honorable  Douglas  Dillon 
Mr.  Charles  E.  Eckles 
The  Honorable  and  Mrs.  John 

Clifford  Folger 


Mr.  Cornelius  Van  S.  Roosevelt 
Mr.  Thomas  J.  Watson,  Jr. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  P.  A.  B.  Widener 
Mr.  Christian  A.  Zabriskie 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Sidney  S.  Zlotnick 


Sustaining  Members 

($500  and  up) 


Mrs.  Theodore  Babbitt 

Mr.  Joel  Barlow 

Mr.  William  R.  Biggs 

Mr.  George  A.  Binney 

Mrs.  L.  Roosevelt  Bramwell 

Mr.  A.  Marvin  Braverman 

Mr.  John  Nicholas  Brown 

Mr.  Bertram  F.  Brummer 

Mr.  Leon  Campbell,  Jr. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Leonard  Carmichael 

Clarke  and  Rapuano  Foundation 

(Mr.  Gilmore  D.  Clarke) 
Mrs.   Frances  A.  Davila 
Mr.  Newell  W.  Ellison 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Richard  S.  Friedman 
Mr.  Richard  E.  Fuller 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Hy  Garfinkel 


Mr.  George  A.  Garret 

Mr.  Crawford  H.  Greenewalt 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Gilbert  C.  Greenway 

Mr.  William  H.  Greer,  Jr. 

Mr.  Melville  B.  Grosvenor 

Mr.  Gilbert  Hahn 

Mr.  Laurence  Harrison 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Joseph  H.  Hirshhorn 

Mr.  Philip  Johnson 

Miss  Brenda  Kuhn 

Mr.  Harold  F.  Linder 

Colonel  and  Mrs.  Leon  Mandel 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  J.  Willard  Marriott 

Mr.  William  McC.  Martin,  Jr. 

Lieutenant  Commander  and  Mrs. 

P.  J.  Maveety 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Paul  Mellon 

155 


156 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 


Miss  Katherine  A.  A.  Murphy 
Neuberger  Foundation  Inc. 

(Roy  R.  and  Marie  S.  Neuberger) 
Duke  of  Northumberland 
Mrs.  K.  D.  Owen 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Melvin  M.  Payne 
Miss  Lucy  M.  Pollio 
Mrs.  Merriweather  Post 
Mr.  Peter  Powers 
Miss  Elsie  Howland  Quinby 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  S.  Dillon  Ripley 
Mr  .and  Mrs.  Seymour  J.  Rubin 
Mr.  H.  C.  Seherr-Thoss 


Mrs.  Jouett  Shouse 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Carl  Swan  Shultz 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  H.  Smith 

Mr.  Robert  T.  Smith 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Bertrand  L.  Taylor  III 

Mrs.  Clark  W.  Thompson 

Mrs.  Carll  Tucker 

Mr.  Alexander  O.  Vietor 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  W.  Warner 

Dr.  Alexander  Wetmore 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  W.  Bradley  Willard 

Mrs.  Rose  Saul  Zalles 


Contributing  Members 

($100  and  up) 


Mrs.  Howard  Ahmanson 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  W.  Auchincloss 

Mrs.  Robert  Low  Bacon 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  C.  H.  Bonbright 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  F.  Boyd 

Mr.  Maxwell  Brace 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Montgomery  S.  Bradley 

Mr.  J.  Bruce  Bredin 

The  Honorable  William  A.  M.  Burden 

Mrs.  Jackson  Burke 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  W.  H.  Calfee 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  G.  Howland  Chase 

Mrs.  Priscilla  Meek  Christy 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  David  Sanders  Clark 

Mr.  Thomas  G.  Corcoran 

General  Jacob  L.  Devers 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Ewen  C.  Dingwall 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Bryan  M.  Eagle 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Charles  Eames 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  B.  Eichholz 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Waldron  Faulkner 

The  Honorable  and  Mrs.  Edward 

Foley 
The  Honorable  and  Mrs. 

Peter  Frelinghuysen 
Mr.  W.  E.  Gathright 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Joseph  T.  Geuting,  Jr. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  T.  K.  Glennan 
Mrs.  Katharine  Graham 


Dr.  Sheila  H.  Gray 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Homer  Gudelsky 

Miss  Elisabeth  Houghton 

Mrs.  Edward  F.  Hutton 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Anthony  A.  Lapham 

Mrs.  Newbold  Legendre 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Jack  L.  Leon 

Mrs.  Demarest  Lloyd 

Mrs.  J.  Noel  Macey 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  George  C.  McGhee 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Carl  J.  Mulert,  Jr. 

Mr.  Gerson  Nordlinger,  Jr. 

Mr.  Gyo  Obata 

Mrs.  Carolyn  C.  Onufrak 

The  Honorable  and  Mrs.  Jefferson 

Patterson 
Mr.  Charles  Emory  Phillips 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Ernest  G.  Rafey 
Mr.  James  H.  Ripley 
Mrs.  John  Farr  Simmons 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  T.  Dale  Stewart 
Mrs.  Edward  C.  Sweeney 
Martha  Frick  Symington,  Inc. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  J.  A.  Toro 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  A.  Buel  Trowbridge 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  S.  Weedon 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  J.  Burke  Wilkinson 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Mark  Winkler 


APPENDIX  3.  SMITHSONIAN  ASSOCIATES  MEMBERSHIP 


157 


Supporting  Members 


($50  and  up) 


The  Reverend  and  Mrs.  F.  Everett 

Abbott 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Stanley  N.  Allan 
Mrs.  Carol  P.  Banks 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Emanuel  Boasberg  III 
The  Honorable  Frances  P.  Bolton 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Paul  C.  Bruning 
Mrs.  Linda  C.  Burgess 
Mr.  John  H.  Burns 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Horace  W.  Busby,  Jr. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Frank  Caplan 
Miss  Joan  Collett 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  B.  C.  Connelly 
Mrs.  Chester  Dale 
Captain  and  Mrs.  Robert  F.  Doss 
Mrs.  Albert  H.  Ely 
Commander  and  Mrs.  William  B. 

Fisher 
Mrs.  Julius  Fleischmann 
Mr.  John  W.  Galston 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Melvin  Gelman 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Arthur  Goldsmith 
Mrs.  Nancy  K.  Gullett 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  W.  Averell  Harriman 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Louis  Hausman 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Randolph  A.  Hearst 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  K.  R.  Henery  Logan 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  H.  Hughes 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  D.  Hurd 
Mrs.  George  C.  Keiser 
Mr.  J.  A.  King 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Thomas  Liggett 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Charles  U.  Lowe 


Mrs.  Charles  Hamilton  Maddox 

Miss  Katherine  Magraw 

Mrs.  Isabel  C.  Mahaffie 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Gershom  R.  Makepeace 

Major  and  Mrs.  George  S.  Mansfield 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Francis  Mayle,  Jr. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  H.  McLaren 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Edgar  H.  McPeak 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Mylon  Merriam 

Mrs.  E.  P.  Moore 

Mrs.  W.  Gillespie  Moore 

Miss  Lee  Muth 

The  Reverend  and  Mrs.  Philip  R. 

Newell 
Mr.  Estrada  Raul  Oyuela 
Miss  Ruth  Uppercu  Paul 
Mrs.  Duncan  Phillips 
Mr.  Donald  H.  Price 
Mrs.  Albert  J.  Redway 
Dr.  Michael  J.  Reilly 
Mr.  R.  D.  Remley 
Mrs.  John  Barry  Ryan 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Herbert  Salzman 
Miss  E.  R.  Saul 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Saul  Schwartzbach 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Richard  R.  Sigmon 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Douglas  R.  Smith 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Murray  Socolof 
Mrs.  Sally  Sweetland 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  E.  Russell  True,  Jr. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  B.  Watson 
Mrs.  Orme  Wilson 
Mrs.  Leslie  H.  Wyman 


Appendix  4 


STAFF  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 

30  JUNE  1970 

Secretary's  Office  and  Related  Activities 


The  Secretary 

Executive  Assistant 
Under  Secretary 
Special  Assistant 
Administrative  Officer 
Director  General  of  Museums 
and  Director,  United  States 
National  Museum 
Assistant  Secretary  (Science) 
Assistant  Secretary  (History  and  Art) 
Assistant  Secretary  (Public  Service) 
Treasurer 

Assistant  Treasurer 
Director,  Office  of  Programming 

and  Budget 
Chief  Accountant 
Contracting  Officer,  Contracts 
Office 
Director,  Office  of  Academic  Programs 
General  Counsel 
Assistant  General  Counsel 
Director,  Office  of  Personnel  and 

Management  Resources 
Special  Projects,  Office  of  the  Secretary 
Special  Assistant  to  the  Secretary 
Director,  Office  of  Development 
Equal  Employment  Opportunity 

Officer 
Editor,  Joseph  Henry  Papers 
Chief,  Administrative  Systems  Division 
Director,  Buildings  Management 
Department 


S.  Dillon  Ripley 
John  H.  Dobkin 
James  Bradley1 
Robert  Engle 
Dorothy  Rosenberg 


Frank  A.  Taylor 
Sidney  R.  Galler 
Charles  Blitzer 
William  W.  Warner 
T.  Ames  Wheeler 
Betty  J.  Morgan 

John  F.  Jameson 
Allen  S.  Goff 

Elbridge  O.  Hurlbut 
Philip  C.  Ritterbush 
Peter  G.  Powers 
Alan  Ullberg2 

Leonard  B.   Pouliot 

Richard  H.  Howland 
Lynford  E.  Kautz3 

Joseph  A.  Kennedy 
Nathan  Reingold 
Ann  S.  Campbell 

Andrew  F.  Michaels 


Effective  21  May  1970. 

2  Effective  18  January  1970. 

3  Effective  2   September    1969. 

158 


APPENDIX  4.  STAFF  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 


159 


Chief,  Supply  Division 
Chief,  Photographic  Services  Division 
Chief,  Travel  Services  Office 
Honorary  Research  Associates 


Honorary  Fellow 


Fred  G.  Barwick 

O.  H.  Greeson 

Betty  V.  Strickler 

Charles  G.  Abbot,  Secretary 

Emeritus 
Leonard  Carmichael,  Secretary 

Emeritus 
Paul  H.  Oehser 
Alexander  Wetmore,  Secretary 

Emeritus 
John  A.  Graf 


Science 


Assistant  Secretary 
Special  Assistants 


Sidney  R.  Galler 
Helen  H.  Hayes 
Harold  J.  Michaelson 


National  Museum  of  Natural  History 


Director 

Assistant  Director 
Assistant  to  Director  (adp) 
Special  Assistant,  Tropical  Biology 

Botanist 
Administrative  Officers 


Special  Assistant  to  the  Director 

Anthropology 

Chairman 

Senior  Physical  Anthropologist 

Senior  Archeologist 

Senior  Ethnologist 

Archivist 
Latin  American  Anthropology 

Supervisor  and  Associate  Curator 

Curator 

Associate  Curator 
Old  World  Anthropology 

Supervisor  and  Curator 

Curator 


Richard  S.  Cowan 
Paul  K.  Knierim 
James  F.  Mello4 
F.  Raymond  Fosberg 
Marie-Helene  Sachet 
Mabel  A.  Byrd 
John  J.  Prenzel5 
John  C.  Townsend6 
Joseph  C.  Britton7 

Clifford  Evans8 
T.  Dale  Stewart 
Waldo  R.  Wedel 
John  C.  Ewers 
Margaret  C.  Blaker 

Robert  M.  Laughlin 
Clifford  Evans 
William  H.  Crocker 

Gordon  D.  Gibson 
Saul  H.  Riesenberg 


4  Appointed  11  January  1970. 

5  Transferred  to  Department  of  Defense  September  1969. 

6  Appointed  28  June  1970. 

7  Resigned  26  June  1970. 

8  Effective  25  January  1970. 


160 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 


Associate  Curators 


North  American  Anthropology 

Supervisor  and  Curator 

Curator 

Associate  Curator 
Physical  Anthropology 

Supervisor  and  Curator 

Assistant  Curator 

Associate  Curator 
Honorary 


Botany 

Chairman 

Senior  Botanist 
Phanerogams 

Supervisor  and  Associate  Curator 

Curators 


Eugene  I.  Knez 
Gus  W.  Van  Beek 
William  B.  Trousdale 

Richard  B.  Woodbury9 
William  C.  Sturtevant 
Paul  H.  Voorhis 

J.  Lawrence  Angel 
Donald  J.  Ortner10 
Lucile  E.  St.  Hoyme 
Hans-George  Bandi  (Archeology) 
W.  Montague  Cobb  (Physical 

Anthropology) 
Henry  B.  Collins  (Archeology) 
Wilson  Duff  (Ethnology) 
Roger  I.  Eddy  (Ethnology) 
Marcus  S.  Goldstein  (Physical 

Anthropology) 
Sister  Inez  Hilger  (Ethnology) 
C.  G.  Holland  (Archeology) 
Neil  M.  Judd  (Archeology) 
Richard  T.  Koritzer  (Physical 

Anthropology) 
Ralph  K.  Lewis  (Archeology) 
Olga  Linares  de  Sapir  (Archeology) 
Betty  J.  Meggers  (Archeology) 
Philleo  Nash  (Ethnology) 
Victor  A.  Nunez  Regueiro 

(Archeology) 
Mary  Slusser  (Archeology) 
Wilhelm  G.  Solheim  (Archeology) 
Matthew  W.  Stirling  (Archeology) 
Douglas  Taylor  (Ethnology) 
William  J.  Tobin  (Physical 

Anthropology) 
Theodore  A.  Wertime  (Archeology) 
William  S.  Willis,  Jr.   (Ethnology) 
Edwin  F.  Wilmsen  (Archeology) 

Edward  S.  Ayensu11 
Lyman  B.  Smith 

Dan  H.  Nicolson 
John  J.  Wurdack 
Velva  E.  Rudd 


9  Resigned  31  July  1969. 
"Appointed  21  September  1969. 
"Effective  2  April  1970. 


APPENDIX  4.  STAFF  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 


161 


Associate  Curator 
Assistant  Curator 

Ferns 

Supervisor  and  Associate  Curator 

Curator 
Grasses 

Supervisor  and  Associate  Curator 
Cryptogams 

Supervisor  and  Associate  Curator 

Curator 
Plant  Anatomy 

Supervisor  and  Associate  Curator 

Associate  Curator 
Fungi12 

Research  Associates 


Honorary 


Wallace  R.  Ernst 
Stanwyn  G.  Shetler 
Dieter  C.  Wasshausen 

David  B.  Lellinger 
Conrad  V.  Morton 

Thomas  R.  Soderstrom 

Harold  E.  Robinson 
Mason  E.  Hale,  Jr. 

Richard  H.  Eyde 
Edward  S.  Ayensu 

Chester  R.  Benjamin 

John  A.  Stevenson 

Francis  A.  Uecker 

John  L.  Cunningham 

Paul  Lewis  Lentz 

Marie  L.  Farr 

Kent  H.  McKnight 

L.  R.  Batra 

Andrew  W.  Archer  (Flowering 

Plants) 
Paul  S.  Conger  (Diatomaceae) 
Jose  Cuatrecasas  (Flora  of  Tropical 

South  America) 
James  A.  Duke  (Flora  of  Panama) 
Emily  W.  Emmart  (Plants  of 

Mexico) 
F.  Raymond  Fosberg  (Tropical 

Biology) 
Howard  S.  Gentry  (Economic  Plants 

of  Northwestern  Mexico) 
William  H.  Hathaway   (Flora  of 

Central  America) 
Frederick  J.  Hermann  (North 

American  Flora) 
Elbert  L.  Little,  Jr.   (Dendrology) 
Alicia  Lourteig  (Neotropical 

Botany) 
Floyd  A.  McClure  (Bamboos)13 
Kittle  F.  Parker  (Compositae) 
Julian  C.  Patino  (Flora  of 

Colombia) 
Clyde  F.  Reed  (Ferns) 
James  L.  Reveal  (Ferns) 


12  National  fungus  collections  are  curated  by  Department  of  Agriculture  staff. 

13  Died  15  April  1970. 


162 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 


Honorary — Continued 


Entomology 

Chairman 

Senior  Entomologist 
Neuropteroids 

Supervisor  and  Curator 
Lepidoptera  and  Diptera 

Supervisor  and  Associate  Curator 

Associate  Curator 

Assistant  Curator 
Coleoptera 

Supervisor  and  Associate  Curator 

Curator 
Hemiptera  and  Hymenoptera 

Supervisor  and  Assistant  Curator 

Associate  Curator 
Myriapoda  and  Arachnida 

Supervisor  and  Curator 
Honorary 


Invertebrate  Zoology 
Chairman 
Senior  Zoologists 


Crustacea 

Supervisor  and  Curator 
Curators 

Associate  Curator 


Marie  L.  Solt  (Melastomataceae) 
William  L.  Stern  (Plant  Anatomy) 
Edward  E.  Terrell  (Phanerogams) 
Egbert  H.  Walker  (Myrsinaceae, 
East  Asian  Flora) 

Karl  V.  Krombein 
J.  F.  Gates  Clarke 

Oliver  S.  Flint,  Jr. 

Donald  R.  Davis 

W.  Donald  Duckworth 

William  D.  Field 

Paul  J.  Spangler 
Oscar  L.  Cartwright14 

Gerald  I.  Stage15 
Richard  C.  Froeschner 

Ralph  E.  CrabilL  Jr. 
William  H.  Anderson  (Coleoptera) 
Doris  H.  Blake  (Coleoptera) 
Franklin  S.  Blanton  (Diptera) 
Frank  L.  Campbell  (Insect 

Physiology ) 
Oscar  L.  Cartwright  (Coleoptera) 
K.  C.  Emerson  (Mallophaga) 
Frank  M.  Hull  (Diptera) 
William  L.  Jellison  (Siphonaptera, 

Anoplura) 
Harold  F.  Loomis  (Myriapoda) 
Carl  F.  W.  Muesebeck 

(Hymenoptera) 
Thomas  E.  Snyder  (Isoptera) 
Robert  Traub  (Siphonaptera) 

Raymond  B.  Manning 
Fenner  A.  Chase,  Jr. 
Horton  H.  Hobbs,  Jr. 
Harald  A.   Rehder 

Thomas  E.  Bowman 
J.  Laurens  Barnard 
Louis  S.  Kornicker 
Roger  F.  Cressey 


14  Retired  30  April  1970. 

15  Appointment  terminated  30  March  1970.  Replaced  by  Richard  C.  Froesch- 
ner 1  July  1970. 


APPENDIX  4.  STAFF  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 


163 


Echinoderms 

Supervisor  and  Curator 

Associate  Curator 
Worms 

Supervisor  and  Associate  Curator 

Curators 

Associate  Curator 
Mollusks 

Supervisor  and  Associate  Curator 

Curator 

Associate  Curator 
Honorary 


Mineral  Sciences 

Chairman 

Curator 
Meteorites 

Supervisor  and  Associate  Curator 

Chemist 

Curator 

Geochemist 

Chemist 
Mineralogy 

Supervisor  and  Associate  Curator 
Petrology 

Supervisor  and  Associate  Curator 
Honorary 


David  L.  Pavvson 
Klaus  Ruetzler 

W.  Duane  Hope 
Meredith  L.  Jones 
Marian  H.  Pettibone 
Mary  E.  Rice 

Clyde  F.  E.  Roper 
Joseph  Rosewater 
Joseph  P.  E.  Morrison 
Frederick  M.  Bayer  (Lower 

Invertebrates) 
Willard  W.  Becklund 

( Helminthology ) 
S.  Stillman  Berry   (Mollusks) 
J.  Bruce  Bredin  (Biology) 
Isabel  C.  Canet  (Crustacea) 
Maybelle  H.  Chitwood  (Worms) 
Ailsa  M.  Clark  (Marine 

Invertebrates) 
Elisabeth  Deichmann  (Echinoderms) 
Mary  Gardiner  (Echinoderms) 
Roman  Kenk  (Worms) 
Anthony  J.  Provenzano,  Jr. 

(Crustacea) 
Waldo  L.  Schmitt  (Marine 

Invertebrates) 
Frank  R.  Schwengel  (Mollusks) 
I.  G.  Sohn  (Crustacea) 
Donald  F.  Squires  (Echinoderms) 
Gilbert  L.  Voss   (Mollusks) 
Mrs.  Mildred  S.  Wilson  (Copepod 

Crustacea) 

Brian  H.  Mason 
George  S.  Switzer 

Roy  S.  Clarke,  Jr. 
Joseph  A.  Nelson 
Kurt  Fredriksson 
Robert  F.  Fudali 
Eugene  Jarosewich 

Paul  E.  Desautels 

William  G.  Melson 

Howard  J.  Axon  (Meteorites) 

Edward  P.  Henderson  (Meteorites) 


164 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR   1970 


Honorary — Continued 


Paleobiology 
Chairman 
Senior  Paleobiologists 

Invertebrate  Paleontology 
Supervisor  and  Curator 
Curators 


Associate  Curator 
Staff  Specialist  (Electron-microscopy) 
Vertebrate  Paleontology 

Supervisor  and  Curator 

Curator 
Paleobotany 

Supervisor  and  Associate  Curator 

Associate  Curators 

Sedimentology 

Supervisor  and  Curator 
Associate  Curator 
Honorary 

Invertebrate  Paleontology 


John  B.  Jago  (Mineralogy) 
Peter  Leavens  (Mineralogy) 
Rosser  Reeves  (Mineralogy) 
Thomas  E.  Simkin  (Petrology) 
Geoffrey  Thompson  (Petrology) 
Harry  Winston  (Mineralogy) 

Porter  M.  Kier 
G.  Arthur  Cooper 
C.  Lewis  Gazin 

Martin  A.  Buzas 
Richard  S.  Boardman 
Alan  H.  Cheetham 
Erie  G.  Kauffman 
Richard  Cifelli 
Richard  M.  Benson 
Thomas  R.  Waller 
Kenneth  M.  Towe 

Clayton  E.  Ray 
Nicholas  Hotton  III 

Walter  H.  Adey16 
Leo  J.  Hickey 
Francis  M.  Hueber 

Daniel  J.  Stanley 
Jack  W.  Pierce 

Arthur  J.  Boucot 
Anthony  C.  Coates 
C.  Wythe  Cooke 
J.  Thomas  Dutro 
Robert  M.  Finks 
Mackenzie  Gordon,  Jr. 
Richard  E.  Grant 
John  W.  Huddle 
Ralph  W.  Imlay 
Harry  S.  Ladd 
N.  Gary  Lane 
Kenneth  E.  Lohman 
Sergius  H.  Mamay 
William  A.  Oliver,  Jr. 
Axel  A.  Olsson 
John  Pojeta,  Jr. 
Norman  F.  Sohl 
Margaret  Ruth  Todd 
Wendell  P.  Woodring 


16  Effective  1  October  1969. 


APPENDIX  4.  STAFF  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 


165 


Honorary — Continued 
Vertebrate  Paleontology 

Sedimentology 

Vertebrate  Zoology 

Chairman 
Fishes 

Supervisor  and  Curator 

Curators 


Associate  Curator 
Reptiles  and  Amphibians 

Supervisor  and  Curator 

Associate  Curator 
Birds 

Supervisor  and  Curator 

Associate  Curator 
Mammals 

Supervisor  and  Curator 

Curator 

Associate  Curator 
Honorary 


Ellis  L.  Yochelson 
Douglas  Emlong 
Frank  C.  Whitmore,  Jr. 
Gilbert  Kelling 
Frederic  R.  Siegel 

George  W.  Watson 

Robert  H.  Gibbs,  Jr.17 
Ernest  A.  Lachner 
Victor  G.  Springer 
Stanley  H.  Weitzman 
William  R.  Taylor 

James  A.  Peters 
George  R.  Zug 

Richard  L.  Zusi 
Paul  Slud 

Charles  O.  Handley 
Henry  W.  Setzer 
Richard  W.  Thorington18 
John  W.  Aldrich  (Birds) 
Richard  C.  Banks  (Birds) 
William  Belton  (Birds) 
James  E.  Bohlke  (Fishes) 
Leonard  Carmichael  (Psychology, 

Animal  Behavior) 
Daniel  M.  Cohen  (Fishes) 
Bruce  B.  Collette  (Fishes) 
John  F.  Eisenberg  (Mammals) 
Herbert  Friedmann  (Birds) 
Crawford  H.  Greenewalt  (Birds) 
Arthur  M.  Greenhall  (Mammals) 
Philip  S.  Humphrey  (Birds) 
David  H.  Johnson  (Mammals) 
Clyde  J.  Jones  (Mammals) 
Gwilm  S.  Jones  (Mammals) 
E.  V.  Komarek  (Mammals) 
Roxie  C.  Laybourne  (Birds) 
Richard  H.  Manville  (Mammals) 
J.  A.  J.  Meester  (Mammals) 
Edgardo  Mondolfi  (Mammals) 
Russell  E.  Mumford  (Mammals) 
Dioscoro  S.  Rabor  (Birds) 
S.  Dillon  Ripley  (Birds) 
Leonard  P.  Schultz  (Fishes) 


17  Effective  1  July  1969. 

18  Effective  2  November  1969. 


166 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR   1970 


Honorary — Continued 


Frank  J.  Schwartz  (Fishes) 
Alexander  Wetmore  (Birds) 
David  B.  Wingate  (Birds) 


National  Air  and  Space  Museum 


Acting  Director 

Acting  Assistant  Director 
(Aeronautics) 
Curator  (Aircraft  Propulsion) 
Assistant  Director  (Astronautics) 
Assistant  Director  (Information) 
Advisory  Board 


Honorary 


Frank  A.  Taylor19 

Louis  S.  Casey 

Robert  B.  Meyer 

Frederick  C.  Durant  III 

Ernest  W.  Robischon 

S.  Dillon  Ripley,  Chairman 

(ex  officio) 
Major  General  Nils  O.  Ohman, 

USAF 

Vice  Admiral  Thomas  F.  Connolly, 

USN 

Brigadier  General  James  L.  Collins, 

USA 

Brigadier  General  H.  S.  Hill,  usmc 
Rear  Admiral  Roderick  Y.  Edwards, 

USCG 

Julian  Scheer,   nasa 
General  Gustav  Lundquist,  faa 
(Three  civilian  vacancies) 
Olive  Ann  Beech 
William  E.  Hall 
Elwood  R.  Quesada 


Astrophysical  Observatory 


Director 

Assistant  Director  (Science) 
Assistant  Director  (Management) 
Scientific  Staff 


19  Effective  10  September  1969. 

20  Appointed  12  January  1970. 


Fred  L.  Whipple 
Charles  A.  Lundquist 
Robert  V.  Bartnik20 
Arthur  C.  Allison 
Eugene  H.  Avrett 
Eric  Becklin 
Prabhu  Bhatnagar 
Nathaniel  P.  Carleton 
Frederic  Chaffee 
Jerome  R.  Cherniack 
Giuseppe  Colombo 
Matthias  F.  Comerford 
Allan  F.  Cook 


APPENDIX  4.  STAFF  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 


167 


Scientific  Staff — Continued 


Alex  Dalgarno 
Robert  J.  Davis 
James  C.  DeFelice 
William  A.  Deutschman 
John  S.  Dickey,  Jr. 
Dale  F.  Dickinson 
Giovanni  G.  Fazio 
Edward  L.  Fireman 
M.  Raymond  Flannery 
Giuseppe  Forti 
Fred  A.  Franklin 
Edward  M.  Gaposchkin 
Owen  Gingerich 
Antanas  Girnius 
Mario  D.  Grossi 
Henry  F.  Helmken 
Paul  W.  Hodge 
Luigi  G.  Jacchia 
Wolfgang  Kalkofen 
Yoshihide  Kozai 
David  Latham 
Myron  Lecar 
Carlton  G.  Lehr 
Martin  Levine 
Hiram  Levy  II 
A.  Edward  Lilley 
Richard  E.  McCrosky 
Brian  G.  Marsden 
Ursula  B.  Marvin 
Naresh  C.  Mathur 
George  H.  Megrue 
Donald  H.  Menzel 
Lawrence  W.  Mertz 
Henri  E.  Mitler 
Paul  A.  Mohr 
Carl  S.  Nilsson 
Yasushi  Nozawa 
Robert  W.  Noyes 
Costas  Papaliolios 
Cecilia  H.  Payne-Gaposhkin 
Michael  R.  Pearlman 
Douglas  T.  Pitman 
Annette  Posen 
Harrison  E.  Radford 
George  Rieke 
George  B.  Rybicki 
Winfield  W.  Salisbury 
Rudolph  E.  Schild 
Mario  R.  Schaffner 
Ladislav  Sehnal 


168 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 


Scientific  Staff — Continued 


Consultants 


Fellows 

Executive  Director,  Central  Bureau  for 

Satellite  Geodesy 
Director,  Central  Bureau  for 

Astronomical  Telegrams 


Zdenek  Sekanina 
Chen- Yuan  Shao 
I.  Shapiro 
Jack  W.  Slowey 
Richard  B.  Southworth 
Gert  Spannagel 
Stephen  E.  Strom 
Wesley  A.  Traub 
Robert  Vessot 
Richard  B.  Wattson 
George  Weiffenbach 
Trevor  C.  Weekes 
Charles  A.  Whitney 
John  A.  Wood 
Frances  W.  Wright 
John  Danziger 
Salah  E.  Hamid 
Kurt  Lambeck 
Nirumpama  Raghaven 
Stanley  Ross 
Robert  Stein 
Karen  Strom 
George  Veis 
Natarajan  Visvanathan 
David  R.  Hearn 
Noam  Sack 

Jan  Rolff 

Brian  G.  Marsden 


Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute 


Director 

Deputy  Director 

Assistant  Director,  Marine  Biology 

Administrative  Officer 

Biologists 


Honorary 


Martin  H.  Moynihan 
Edward  H.  Kohn 
Ira  Rubinoff 
Adela  Gomez 
Robert  L.  Dressier 
Peter  W.  Glynn 
Egbert  Leigh 
A.  Stanley  Rand 
Michael  H.  Robinson 
Roberta  W.  Rubinoff 
Neal  G.  Smith 
Charles  F.  Bennett,  Jr. 
John  F.  Eisenberg 
Carmen  Glynn 
Carlos  Lehmann 
Robert  H.  MacArthur 


APPENDIX  4.  STAFF  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  169 

Honorary — Continued  Giles  W.  Mead 

Ernst  Mayr 
Barbara  Robinson 
Patricio  Sanchez 
W.  John  Smith 
C.  C.  Soper 
Paulo  Vanzolini 
Martin  Young 


Radiation  Biology  Laboratory 

Director  William  H.  Klein 

Assistant  Director  Walter  A.  Shropshire,  Jr. 

Biochemists  David  L.  Correll 

Maurice  M.  Margulies 
Robert  L.  Weintraub 
Homer  T.  Hopkins 
Biologist  Elisabeth  Gantt 

Geneticist  Andrew  W.  Snope 

Anthropologist  Robert  Stuckenrath 

Geochemist  James  Mielke 

Physicist  Bernard  Goldberg 

Plant  Physiologists  John  Edwards 

Victor  B.  Elstad 
Rebecca  Gettens 
Leonard  Price 


National  Zoological  Park 


Director  T.  H.  Reed 

Assistant  Director  John  Perry 

Office  of  the  Director 

Pathologist  Robert  M.  Sauer 

Engineer  Frank  A.  Maloney 

Architect  Norman  Melun 
Acting  Head,  Information  and 

Education  Sybil  E.  Hamlet 

Administrative  Officer  Joseph  J.  McGarry 

Special  Assistant  to  the  Director  Warren  J.  IlifT 

Personnel  Management  Specialist  Robert  H.  Artis 

Department  of  Living  Vertebrates 

Manager,  Bird  Division  Kerry  A.  Muller 

Manager,  Reptile  Division  Jaren  G.  Horsley 

Scientific  Research  Department 

Resident  Scientist  John  F.  Eisenberg 

Zoologist  Larry  R.  Collins 

Veterinarian,  Animal  Health 

Department  Clinton  W.  Gray 


170 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 


Chief,  Operations  and  Maintenance 

Department 
Associates  in  Ecology 


Research  Associates 


Collaborators 


James  H.  McAllister 
Helmut  K.  Buechner 
S.  Dillon  Ripley 
Lee  M.  Talbot 
Jean  Delacour 
Suzanne  Ripley 
Richard  Fiennes 
F.  M.  Garner 
Leonard  Goss 
J.  Lear  Grimmer 
Carlton  Herman 
Werner  P.  Heuschle 
Paul  Leyhausen 
Charles  R.  Schroeder 
Constance  P.  Warner 


Office  of  Environmental  Sciences21 


Director 
Ecology  Program 

Director 

Senior  Scientist 

Resident  Ecologist 
Oceanography  and  Limnology  Program 

Director 

Director,  Mediterranean  Marine 
Sorting  Center 

Director,  Smithsonian  Oceanographic 
Sorting  Center 

Oceanographer 
Chesapeake  Bay  Center  for  Environmental 

Director 


I.  Eugene  Wallen22 

Dale  W.  Jenkins23 
Helmut  K.  Buechner 
Lee  M.  Talbot 

William  I.  Aron24 

Robert  P.  Higgins 

H.  Adair  Fehlmann 
Dail  W.  Brown 
Studies 
Frank  S.  L.  Williamson 


Center  for  the  Study  of  Man 


Acting  Director 
Program  Coordinator 


Sol  Tax 

Sam  Stanley 


Center  for  Short-Lived  Phenomena 


Director 


Robert  Citron 


21  Established  28  October  1969. 
"Appointed  28  October  1969. 

23  Appointed  8  March  1970. 

24  Appointed  22  March  1970. 


APPENDIX  4.  STAFF  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 


171 


Operations  Manager 
Assistant  Operations  Specialist 
Event  Research  Specialist 

Biology/ Ecology 
Environmental  Information  Specialist 


David  R.  Squires25 
Richard  P.  DiBenedetto 

Sarah  P.  Meselson 
Wendy  Quinones 


History  and  Art 


Assistant  Secretary 
Director,  Special  Projects 


Charles  Blitzer 
Ervin  S.  Duggan 


National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology 


Director 

Assistant  Director 

Assistant  Director  for  Administration 

Special  Assistant  to  the  Director 

Administrative  Officer 

Senior  Scientific  Scholar 

Research  Assistants 


Applied  Arts 

Chairman 
Graphic  Arts  and  Photography 

Supervisor  and  Curator 

Assistant  Curators 

Numismatics 

Supervisor  and  Curator 

Curator 
Postal  History 

Supervisor  and  Curator 

Associate  Curator 
Textiles 

Supervisor  and  Curator 

Associate  Curator 
Honorary 

Cultural  History 

Chairman 
Costume  and  Furnishings 

Supervisor  and  Associate  Curator 

Assistant  Curator 


Daniel  J.  Boorstin 
Silvio  A.  Bedini 
Robert  G.  Tillotson26 
Ladd  E.  Hamilton27 
Virginia  Beets 
Robert  P.  Multhauf 
Peter  C.  Marzio 
Robert  H.  McNulty 
James  W.  Seymore 

Carl  H.  Scheele 

Eugene  Ostroff 
Elizabeth  M.  Harris 
David  E.  Haberstich 

Vladimir  Clain-Stefanelti 
Elvira  Clain-Stefanelli 

Carl  H.  Scheele 
Reidar  Norby 

Grace  R.  Cooper 

Rita  J.  Adrosko 

Emery  May  Norweb  (Numismatics) 

R.  Henry  Norweb   (Numismatics) 

C.  Malcolm  Watkins 

Rodris  C.  Roth 
Claudia  B.  Kidwell 


25  Effective  1  December  1969. 

26  Effective  10  December  1969. 
"Effective  5  April  1970. 


172 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 


Ethnic  and  Western  Cultural  History 

Supervisor  and  Curator 

Curator 
Musical  Instruments 

Supervisor  and  Associate  Curator 

Associate  Curator 
Preindustrial  History 

Supervisor  and  Curator 

Associate  Curator 
Honorary 


Industries 

Chairman 

Senior  Historian 
Agriculture  and  Mining 

Supervisor  and  Curator 

Associate  Curator 
Ceramics  and  Glass 

Supervisor  and  Curator 

Curator 
Manufacturing 

Supervisor  and  Curator 
Transportation 

Supervisor  and  Curator 

Curator 
Honorary 

National  and  Military  History 

Chairman 
Historic  Archeology 

Supervisor  and  Curator 
Military  History 

Supervisor  and  Curator 

Associate  Curator 
Naval  History 

Supervisor  and  Curator 

Curator 
Political  History 

Supervisor  and  Associate  Curator 

Curator 

Associate  Curator 
Honorary 

Science  and  Technology 

Chairman 
Electricity  and  Nuclear  Energy 

Supervisor  and  Curator 

Associate  Curator 


Richard  E.  Ahlborn 
C.  Malcolm  Watkins 

John  T.  Fesperman 
Cynthia  A.  Hoover 

C.  Malcolm  Watkins 

Anne  C.  Golovin 

Mrs.  Arthur  M.  Greenwood 

Ivor  Noel  Hume 

Anne  W.  Murray  (Curator 

Emeritus,  Costume) 
Joan  Pearson  Watkins 
Edward  B.  Jelks 

John  H.  White,  Jr. 
Howard  I.  Chapelle 

John  T.  Schlebecker 
John  N.  Hoffman 

Paul  V.  Gardner 

J.  Jefferson  Miller  II 

Philip  W.  Bishop 

John  H.  White,  Jr. 
Melvin  H.  Jackson 
Hans  Syz  (Ceramics) 

Edgar  M.  Howell 

Mendel  L.  Peterson 

Edgar  M.  Howell 
Craddock  R.  Goins,  Jr. 

Philip  K.  Lundeberg 
Harold  D.  Langley 

Keith  E.  Melder 

Margaret  B.  Klapthor 

Herbert  R.  Collins 

William  Rea  Furlong  (Flag  History) 

Bernard  S.  Finn 

Bernard  S.  Finn 
Uta  C.  Merzbach 


APPENDIX  4.  STAFF  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 


173 


Mechanical  and  Civil  Engineering 
Supervisor  and  Curator 
Curators 

Medical  Sciences 

Supervisor  and  Curator 

Associate  Curator 
Physical  Sciences 

Supervisor  and  Associate  Curator 

Curator 

Associate  Curator 
Honorary 


Robert  M.  Vogel 
Edwin  A.  Battison 
Otto  Mayr 

Sami  K.  Hamarneh 
Audrey  B.  Davis 

Deborah  J.  Warner28 

Walter  F.  Cannon 

Jon  B.  Eklund 

Anthony  R.  Michaelis  (Scientific 

Instruments) 
Derek  J.  De  Solla  Price  (Scientific 

Instruments) 


Archives  of  American  Art29 


Director 

Deputy  Director 

Curator 

Area  Directors 


William  E.  Woolfenden 

Garnett  McCoy 

Arthur  Breton 

Butler  Coleman  (New  York) 

Robert  Brown  (Northeast) 


Freer  Gallery  of  Art 


Director 

Assistant  Director 
Curator,  Chinese  Art 
Assistant  Curator,  Chinese  Art 
Head  Conservator,  Technical 

Laboratory 
Research  Consultant,  Technical 

Laboratory 
Research  Assistant,  Far  Eastern 

Ceramics 
Research  Assistant,  Herzfeld  Archives 
Honorary  Associates 


John  A.  Pope 
Harold  P.  Stern 

Thomas  Lawton 
Hin-cheung  Lovell 

W.  Thomas  Chase 

Rutherford  J.  Gettens 

Josephine  H.  Knapp 
Joseph  M.  Upton 
Richard  Edwards 
Calvin  French 


National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts 


Director 
Assistant  Director 


Joshua  C.  Taylor30 
Robert  Tyler  Davis31 


28  Effective  23  June  1970. 

29  Brought  into  Smithsonian  1  May  1970. 

30  Appointed  5  January  1970. 

31  Appointed  5  January  1970. 


174 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 


Administrative  Officer 

Registrar 

Editor,  Publication 

Curator,  Exhibition  and  Design 

Associate  Curator,  18th-  and  19th- 
century  Painting  and  Sculpture 

Curator,  Contemporary  Painting  and 
Sculpture 

Acting  Curator,  Prints  and  Drawings 

Chief,  International  Art  Program 

Coordinator  of  Special  Projects, 
Renwick  Gallery 

Chief,  Museum  Programs 

Photographer  (ncfa-npg) 

Conservator  (ncfa-npg) 

Librarian  (ncfa-npg) 

National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts 
Commission 


Honorary  Members 


Harry  W.  Zichterman 
Elisabeth  Strassmann 
Georgia  M.  Rhoades 
Harry  Lowe 

William  H.  Truettner 

Adelyn  D.  Breeskin 
Janet  L.  Flint 
Lois  A.  Bingham 

Donald  R.  McClelland 
Susan  C.  Sollins 
Lowell  Kenyon 
Charles  H.  Olin 
William  B.  Walker 

Charles  H.  Sawyer,  Chairman 

Walker  Hancock,  Vice  Chairman 

S.  Dillon  Ripley,  Secretary 

Leonard  Baskin 

William  A.  M.  Burden 

H.  Page  Cross 

David  E.  Finley 

Martin  Friedman 

Lloyd  Goodrich 

Walker  Hancock 

Bartlett  H.  Hayes,  Jr. 

August  Heckscher 

Thomas  C.  Howe 

Mrs.  J.  Lee  Johnson  III 

Samuel  C.  Johnson 

Wilmarth  S.  Lewis 

Henry  P.  Mcllhenny 

Ogden  M.  Pleissner 

Edgar  P.  Richardson 

Charles  H.  Sawyer 

Mrs.  Otto  L.  Spaeth 

Alexander  Wetmore 

Leonard  Carmichael 

Gilmore  D.  Clarke 

Paul  Mellon 

Stow  Wengenroth 

Andrew  Wyeth 


National  Portrait  Gallery 


Director 

Assistant  to  the  Director 


Marvin  S.  Sadik 
Douglas  E.  Evelyn32 


32 


Appointed  14  December  1969. 


APPENDIX  4.  STAFF  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 


175 


Historian 
Curator 

Assistant  Curator 
Keeper  of  the  Catalogue 
Museum  Specialist  (Art) 
Senior  Research  Assistant  (Art) 
Research  Assistant  (History) 
Research  Assistant  (History) 

Librarian  (npg-ncfa) 

Conservator  (npg-ncfa) 

Registrar 

npg  Commission 


Ex  officio 


Beverly  J.  Cox 
Robert  G.  Stewart 
Monroe  Fabian 
Wilford  P.  Cole 
Genevieve  Stephenson 
Mona  Dearborn 
Dorothy  Brewer 
Ann  M.  Schofield 
William  B.  Walker 
Charles  H.  Olin 
Jon  D.  Freshour 

John  Nicholas  Brown,  Chairman 
Whitfield  J.  Bell,  Jr. 
Catherine  Drinker  Bowen 
Lewis  Deschler 
David  E.  Finley 
Wilmarth  S.  Lewis 
Edgar  P.  Richardson 
Andrew  Oliver 
Jules  D.  Prown 

Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States 
Secretary,  Smithsonian  Institution 
Director,  National  Gallery  of  Art 


Joseph  H.  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden 


Director 

Administrative  Officer 
Associate  Curator 
Historian 
Associate  Registrars 


Abram  Lerner 
Joseph  Sefekar33 
Cynthia  Jaffee  McCabe 
Frances  R.  Shapiro 
James  J.  Elias 
Frank  B.  Gettings 


Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  of  Decorative  Arts  and  Design 


Director 

Administrator 

Curator  of  Textiles 

Curator  of  Drawings  and  Prints 

Associate  Curator  of  Decorative  Arts 

Librarian 

Registrar 


33  Appointed  14  June  1970. 

34  Effective  1  October  1969. 


Lisa  Suter  Taylor34 
Christian  Rohlfing 
Alice  Baldwin  Beer 
Elaine  Evans  Dee 
Janet  Thorpe 
Edith  Adams 
Mary  F.  Black  welder 


176 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 


National  Armed  Forces  Museum  Advisory  Board 


Director 

Assistant  Director 

Administrative  Officer 

Tecumseh  Project 

Collections 

Historian 

Registrar 

Advisory  Board 


Ex  officio 


John  H.  Magruder  III 

James  S.  Hutchins 

Miriam  H.  Uretz 

Robert  M.  Calland 

John  M.  Elliott 

James  J.  Stokesberry 

Lorene  B.  Mayo 

John  Nicholas  Brown,  Chairman 

The  Honorable  Earl  Warren 

Secretary  of  Army 

Secretary  of  Navy 

Secretary  of  Air  Force 

Robert  C.  Baker 

James  H.  Cassell,  Jr.35 

David  Lloyd  Kreeger36 

William  H.  Perkins,  Jr.37 

Secretary  of  Defense 

Secretary,  Smithsonian  Institution 


Woodrow  Wilson  International  Center  for  Scholars 


Director 
Deputy  Director 


Benjamin  H.  Read38 
Albert  Meisel 


Office  of  American  Studies 


Director 

Specialist  in  American  Studies 


Wilcomb  E.  Washburn 
Harold  K.  Skramstad 


Joseph  Henry  Papers 


Editor 

Assistant  Editor 
Staff  Historian 


35  Term  expired  9  April  1970. 

36  Term  expired  9  April  1970. 

37  Term  expired  9  April  1970. 

38  Appointed  30  March  1969. 


Nathan  Reingold 
Stuart  Pierson 
James  M.  Hobbins 


APPENDIX  4.  STAFF  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 


177 


Special  Museum  Programs 


Director  General  of  Museums 
Office  of  Director  General 
Assistant  to  Director  General 
Program  Manager 
Office  of  Exhibits  Program 
Chief 

Assistant  Chief 
Special  Projects 
Exhibits  Labels  Editor 
Administrative  Officer 
Chief,  Natural  History  Laboratory 
Assistant  Chief 
Chief  of  Design 
Senior  Museologist 
Production  Supervisor 
Chief,  History  and  Technology 
Laboratory 
Chief  of  Design 
Production  Supervisor 
Conservation-Analytical  Laboratory 
Chief 

Research  Chemist 
Office  of  the  Registrar 

Assistant  Registrar 
Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling 
Exhibition  Service 
Chief 

Administrative  Assistant 
Program  Assistant 
Registrar 
Exhibits  Coordinators 


Frank  A.  Taylor 

Peter  C.  Welsh 
Lloyd  E.  Herman 

John  E.  Anglim 
James  A.  Mahoney 
Eugene  F.  Behlen 
Constance  Minkin 
James  H.  Jones 
James  A.  Mahoney 
Harry  Hart 
William  F.  Haase 
A.  Gilbert  Wright 
Frank  Nelms 

Benjamin  W.  Lawless 
Richard  S.  Virgo 
William  W.  Clark,  Jr. 

Robert  M.  Organ 
Jacqueline  S.  Olin 
Helena  M.  Weiss 
William  P.  Haynes 


Dorothy  Van  Arsdale 
Eileen  Rose 
Frances  P.  Smyth 
Terence  Forbes 
Anne  R.  Gossett 
Jane  Kinzler 


Public  Service  and  Information  Activities 


Assistant  Secretary 
Deputy  Assistant  Secretary 


William  W.  Warner 
Robert  W.  Mason 


Smithsonian  Associates 


Program  Director 
Business  Manager 
Special  Events  Assistant 
Subscription  Assistant 


Susan  Hamilton39 
Marlin  C.  Johnson40 
Carolyn  Amundson 
Carolyn  A.  Hecker 


39  Effective  1  July  1969. 

40  Appointed  1  June  1969. 


178 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 


Office  of  Public  Affairs 


Director 

Special  Assistant  to  the  Director 
Administrative  Officer 
News 

Audio- Visual  Services 
Radio  Production 
Motion  Picture  Unit 
Publications 

Manager,  Community  Directory 
of  Interests 


Frederic  M.  Philips 
William  C.  Grayson 
Jewell  S.  Dulaney 
George  J.  Berklacy 
Albert  J.  Robinson 
Vacant 
John  O'Toole 
William  C.  Craig 

Alicia  R.  Fisher 


Office  of  International  Activities 


Director 

Assistant  Director 
Foreign  Currency  Program 

Director 

Deputy  Director 

Program  Officer 

Grants  Technical  Assistants 

Administrative  Assistant 


David  Challinor 
Michael  R.  Huxley41 

Kennedy  B.  Schmertz 
Kenneth  D.  Whitehead 
Richard  C.  Conroy 
Betty  J.  Wingfield 
Judy  E.  Rodgers 
Paula  E.  Ullmann 


Division  of  Performing  Arts 


Director 

Deputy  Director 

Director,  Festival  of  American 

Folklife 
Budget  and  Development  Officer 
Operations  Officer 
Planning  Officer 
Indian  Programs 

Acting  Director,  Touring  Performances 
Manager,  Puppet  Theatre 


James  R.  Morris 
Richard  P.  Lusher 

Ralph  C.  Rinzler 
John  A.  McQuiggan 
Ruri  Kesa  Sakai 
Marian  A.  Hope 
Clydia  D.  Nahwooksy 
Mary  E.  Carrington 
Mel  Mackler 


Smithsonian  Museum  Shops 


Acting  Director 
Administrative  Officer 
Design  Chief 
Book  Shops  Manager 


John  E.  Skuce42 
Martha  L.  Wilson 
J.  Michael  Carigan 
Florence  R.  Lloyd 


"Appointed  3  May  1970. 
42  Effective  16  April  1970. 


APPENDIX  4.  STAFF  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 


179 


Belmont  Conference  Center 


Director 


Joanne  S.  Baker43 


Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum 


Director 

Assistant  Director 

Research  and  Design  Coordinator 

Exhibit  Specialist 

Artist  in  Residence 


John  R.  Kinard 
Zora  B.  Martin 
Larry  Erskine  Thomas 
James  E.  Mayo 
Georgia  Mills  Jessup 


Smithsonian  (magazine) 


Editor 

Members,  Board  of  Editors 


Associate  Editor 
Advertising  Director 
Circulation-Promotion  Director 
General  Manager 


Edward  K.  Thompson 
Ralph  Backlund 
R.  Hobart  Ellis 
Edwards  Park 
Grayce  P.  Northcross 
Thomas  H.  Black 
Anne  Keating 
Joseph  Bonsignore 


Smithsonian  Institution  Archives 


Archivist 

Assistant  Archivist 
Historian 


Richard  H.  Lytle44 
Donald  Danuloff45 
James  Steed46 


Smithsonian  Institution  Libraries 


Director  of  Libraries 
Assistant  Director  of  Libraries 
Special  Assistant  to  the  Director  of 

Libraries  for  Biological  Science 

Programs 
Library  of  Congress  Liaison  Librarian 
Public  Service  Advisor 
Administrative  Librarian 


43  Effective  1  January  1970. 

44  Appointed  5  January  1970. 

45  Appointed  22  June  1970. 

46  Appointed  2  March  1970. 


Russell  Shank 
Mary  A.  Huffer 


Jean  C.  Smith 
Ruth  E.  Blanchard 
Frank  A.  Pietropaoli 
Thomas  L.  Wilding 


180 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 


Acquisitions  Division 
Chief 

Assistant  Chief 
Serials  Librarian 

Catalog  Division 
Chief 
Catalogers 


Reference  and  Circulation  Division 
Assistant  Chief 
Reference  Librarians 

Branch  Librarians 
Freer  Gallery  of  Art 
National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts  and 

National  Portrait  Gallery 
National  Museum  of  History  and 

Technology 
Smithsonian  Astrophysical 

Observatory 

Smithsonian  Tropical  Research 

Institute 
Department  of  Anthropology 
Department  of  Botany 

Branch  Library  Reference  Staff 
Reference  Librarians 


Technical  Information  Specialist 


L.  Frances  Jones 
Mildred  D.  Raitt 
Edna  S.  Suber 


Vija  L.  Karklins 
Bertha  S.  Sohn 
Angeline  D.  Ashford 
Ruth  E.  Carlson47 
Charles  H.  King 
Martha  L.  Lang48 
Cynthia  P.  Rupp 
Margaret  A.  Sealor 

Jack  F.  Marquardt 
Sue  Y.  Chen 
A.  James  Spohn 

Priscilla  P.  Smith 

William  B.  Walker 

Jack  S.  Goodwin 

Elizabeth  H.  Weeks49 
Joyce  M.  Rey 

Alcira  Mejia 
Mary  L.  Horgan 
Ruth  F.  Schallert 

Charles  G.  Berger  (nmht) 
Aleita  A.  Hogenson   (ncfa-npg) 


Shirley  S.  Harren   (ncfa-npg) 


50 


International  Exchange  Service 


Director 
Assistant  Director 


Jeremiah  A.  Collins 
John  E.  Estes51 


47  Retired  31  October  1969. 

48  Transferred  30  May  1970. 

49  Resigned  7  November  1969. 

50  Transferred  4  April  1970. 

51  Appointed  20  April  1969. 


APPENDIX  4.  STAFF  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 


181 


Information  Systems  Division 


Director 

Acting  Director 

Manager,  Management  Systems 

Section 
Manager,  Computer  Operations 
Manager,  Information  Storage 

and  Retrieval  Section 
Manager,  Library  Systems  and 

Programs  Maintenance  Section 
Manager,  Scientific  Applications 

Section 
Senior  Programming  Analysts 


Nicholas  J.  Suszynski02 
Stanley  A.  Kovy53 

Stanley  A.  Kovy 
Roy  G.  Perry 

Reginald  A.  Creighton 

James  J.  Crockett 

Dante  Piacesi 
George  Davis 
William  Lawson 
Edwin  A.  Robinson 
Raymond  D.  Shreve 


Smithsonian  Institution  Press 


Director 

Managing  Editor 
Managing  Designer 
Promotion  Manager 
Business  Manager 
Editors 


Designers 

Series  Production  Manager 


Anders  Richter 
Roger  Pineau 
Stephen  Kraft 
Maureen  R.  Jacoby 
Eileen  M.  McCarthy 
Mary  Frances  Bell 
Ernest  E.  Biebighauser 
Louise  J.  Heskett 
Joan  B.  Horn 
Mary  M.  Ingraham 
John  S.  Lea 
Nancy  L.  Powars 
Albert  L.  Ruffin,  Jr. 
Jane  W.  Sieverts 
Crimilda  Pontes 
Elizabeth  Sur 
Charles  L.  Shaffer 


Science  Information  Exchange 


Director 
Deputy  Director 
Associate  Directors 
Life  Sciences 
Physical  Sciences 


52  Resigned  20  December  1969. 

53  Appointed  20  December  1969. 


Monroe  E.  Freeman 
David  F.  Hersey 

Willis  R.  Foster 
Frank  J.  Kreysa 


182 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 


Data  Processing 

Special  Assistant 

Executive  Officer 

Administrative  Officer 

Life  Sciences  Division 
Chief 

Deputy  Chief 

Chief,  Medical  Sciences  Branch 
Chief,  Biological  Sciences  Branch 
Chief,  Agricultural  Sciences  Branch 
Chief,  Behavioral  Sciences  Branch 
Chief,  Social  Sciences  and 

Community  Programs  Branch 

Physical  Sciences  Division 
Chief 

Chief,  Chemistry  Branch 
Chief,  Earth  Sciences  Branch 
Chief,  Electronics  Branch 
Chief,  Engineering  Branch 
Chief,  Materials  Branch 
Chief,  Physics  and  Mathematics 

Branch 
Data  Processing  Division 
Chief 

Deputy  Chief 
Chief,  Registry  Branch 
Chief,  Data  Edit  Branch 
Chief,  Report  Services  Branch 
Chief,  Systems  and  Programming 

Branch 
Chief,  Computer  Operations  Branch 


Martin  Snyderman 
Richard  C.  Reeser 
V.  P.  Verfuerth 
Evelyn  M.  Roll 

Willis  R.  Foster 
Charlotte  M.  Damron 
Faith  F.  Stephan 
James  R.  Wheatley,  Jr. 
William  T.  Carlson 
Rhoda  Stolper 

Barbara  F.  Lundquist 

Frank  J.  Kreysa 
Samuel  Liebman 
Joseph  P.  Riva,  Jr. 
John  J.  Park 
Inder  Jit  Bhambri 
William  H.  Payne 

Robert  Summers 

Martin  Snyderman 
Bernard  L.  Hunt 
Angelo  Piccillo 
Mary  Rumreich 
Olympia  Merritt 

Robert  A.  Kline 
Paul  Gallucci 


Reading  Is  Fundamental 


Executive  Director 
Assistant  Director 


Jerrold  Sandler 
Barbara  B.  Atkinson 


National  Gallery  of  Art 


President 
Vice  President 
Director 

Assistants  to  the  Director 


Administrator 

Assistants  to  the  Administrator 


Paul  Mellon 
John  Hay  Whitney 
J.  Carter  Brown 
Richard  Bales  (Music) 
Katherine  Warwick  (Public 

Information) 
E.  James  Adams 
Charles  B.  Walstrom  (Personnel 

and  Administration) 


APPENDIX  4.  STAFF  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 


183 


Assistants  to  the  Administrator — 
Continued 
Treasurer 
Secretary 

Acting  Chief  Curator 
Deputy  Administrator 
Deputy  Administrator,  Extension 

Services  and  Publications 
Curator  of  Painting 
Curator  in  charge  of  Education 
Curator  of  Sculpture 
Curator,  Index  of  American  Design 

and  Decorative  Arts  (Exhibitions 

and  Loans  Officer) 
Editor 

Personnel  Officer 
Assistant  Treasurer 


Sterling  P.  Eagleton  (Scientific 
and  Technical  Information) 
Lloyd  D.  Hayes 
Kennedy  C.  Watkins 
William  P.  Campbell 
Joseph  G.  English 

W.  Howard  Adams 
H.  Lester  Cooke 
Margaret  Bouton 
C.  Douglas  Lewis,  Jr. 


Grose  Evans 
Theodore  S.  Amussen 
Jeremiah  J.  Barrett 
James  W.  Woodard 


John  F.  Kennedy  Center  for  the  Performing  Arts 


Chairman 

Vice  Chairman 

Vice  Chairman 

General  Counsel 

Secretary 

Treasurer 

General  Director 

Deputy  General  Director  and  Assistant 

Secretary 
Music  Adviser 
Artistic  Administrator 
Assistant  Treasurers 


Executive  Director  for  Engineering 

Project  Manager 

Honorary 

Treasurer  Emeritus 


Roger  L.  Stevens 
Robert  O.  Anderson 
Sol  M.  Linowitz 
Ralph  E.  Becker 
K.  LeMoyne  Billings 
Robert  G.  Baker 
William  McC.  Blair,  Jr. 

Philip  J.  Mullin 
Julius  Rudel 
George  London 
John  L.  Bryant 
Kenneth  Birgfeld 
Paul  J.  Bisset 
L.  Parker  Harrell,  Jr. 
William  A.  Schmidt 
Robert  L.  Prichard 

Daniel  W.  Bell 


Appendix  5 


PUBLICATIONS 

OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  PRESS 

IN  FISCAL  YEAR  1970 

Books 

American  Printmaking:  The  First  150  Years.  Preface  by  A.  Hyatt  Mayor,  fore- 
word by  Donald  H.  Karshan,  introduction  by  J.  William  Middendorf  II,  text 
by  Wendy  J.  Shadwell.   180  pages,  115  plates.   1  August  1969.  Cloth,  $12.50. 

Archipenko.  Edited  by  Donald  H.  Karshan,  preface  by  S.  Dillon  Ripley,  fore- 
word by  David  W.  Scott,  with  essays  by  Guillaume  Appollinaire  and  Guy 
Habasque.   116  pages,  178  illustrations.   1  May  1970.  Cloth,  $10.00. 

Devereux,  George.  Mohave  Ethno psychiatry:  The  Psychic  Disturbances  of  an 
Indian  Tribe,  xvi  -f-  597  pages.  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology  Bulletin  175, 
originally  published  1961.  Revised  edition,  17  November  1969.  Cloth,  $16.50. 

Ewers,  John  C.  The  Horse  in  Blackfoot  Indian  Culture,  xv  +  374  pages,  33  fig- 
ures, 17  plates,  7  tables.  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology  Bulletin  159,  orig- 
inally published  1955,  reissued  17  November  1969.  Cloth,  $12.50. 

Isleta  Paintings.  With  introduction  and  commentary  by  Elsie  Clews  Parsons; 
edited,  and  with  a  new  foreword,  by  Esther  S.  Goldfrank;  and  with  annotated 
glossary  of  Isleta  terms  by  George  L.  Trager.  xxii  -f-  170  pages,  140  paintings 
plus  frontispiece.  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology  Bulletin  181,  originally  pub- 
lished 1962.  Revised  edition  10  June  1970.  Cloth,  $13.95. 

Lewis,  Emanuel  Raymond.  Seacoast  Fortifications  of  the  United  States:  An 
Introductory  History,  xiv  +  145  pages,  66  figures.  30  June  1970.  Cloth, 
$8.95. 

Pursell,  Carroll  W.,  Jr.  Early  Stationary  Steam  Engines  in  America:  A  Study  in 
the  Migration  of  a  Technology,  viii  -\-  152  pages,  19  illustrations.  17  Novem- 
ber 1969.  Cloth,  $6.75. 

Scheele,  Carl  H.  A  Short  History  of  the  Mail  Service.  250  pages,  14  figures,  13 
tables.  15  March  1970.  Cloth,  $6.95. 

Spencer,  Robert  F.  The  North  Alaskan  Eskimo:  A  Study  in  Ecology  and  So- 
ciety, viii  -\-  490  pages,  2  figures,  9  plates,  4  maps.  Bureau  of  American  Eth- 
nology Bulletin  171,  originally  published  1959.  Reissued  17  November  1969. 
Cloth,  $15.00. 

Takhtajan,  Armen.  Flowering  Plants:  Origin  and  Dispersal.  Translated  by  C. 
Jeffrey,  x  +  310  pages,  32  figures,  13  plates.  10  November  1969.  Cloth,  $6.95. 

184 


APPENDIX  5.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION      185 

Booklets 

Dubos,  Rene.  A  Theology  of  the  Earth.  19  pages.  30  December  1969. 

Hoover,  Cynthia  A.  Harpischords  and  Clavichords.  43  pages,  36  figures.  31  De- 
cember 1969. 

Maclnnis,  Joseph  B.,  M.D.,  and  Jon  M.  Lindbergh.  Underwater  Man:  His 
Evolution  and  Explorations,  iii  -f-  20  pages,  8  figures.  Publication  4763.  8  De- 
cember 1969.  $.75. 

Purdy,  Virginia  O,  and  Daniel  J.  Reed.  Presidential  Portraits.  Edited  by  J. 
Benjamin  Townsend.  iv  +  76  pages,  39  illustrations.  Publication  4748.  Orig- 
inally published  1968.  Revised  edition,  20  October   1969.  $1.25. 

Shortridge,  John  D.  Italian  Harpischord-Building  in  the  16th  and  17 th  Centuries. 
15  pages,  12  figures.  Contributions  from  the  Museum  of  History  and  Tech- 
nology, United  States  National  Museum  Bulletin  225  (Paper  15),  originally 
published  1963.  Reprinted  with  changes,  11  June   1970. 

Smithsonian  Institution  Explorer's  Booklet.  Numbers  1-6.  Illustrated.  26  August 
1969. 

Serial  Publications 

United  States  National  Museum  Bulletins 

277.  L.  P.  Kelsey.  A  Revision  of  the  Scenopinidae  (Diptera)  of  the  World. 
v  +  336  pages,  208  figures.  31  December  1969. 

282.  William  Ralph  Taylor.  A  Revision  of  the  Catfish  Genus  Noturus  Rafin- 
esque  with  an  Analysis  of  Higher  Groups  in  the  Ictaluridae.  vi  -\-  315 
pages,  5  figures,  21  plates,  14  maps,  28  tables.  31  December  1969. 

291.  Clyde  F.  E.  Roper.  Systematics  and  Zoogeography  of  the  Worldwide 
Bathypelagic  Squid  Bathyteuthis  (Cephalopoda:  Oegopsida).  v-j-210 
pages,  74  figures,  12  plates,  20  tables.   1  August  1969. 

293.  Maureen  E.  Downey.  Catalog  of  Recent  Ophiuroid  Type  Specimens  in 
Major  Collections  in  the  United  States,  vi  +  239  pages.  6  November  1969. 

295.  Rosalie  F.  Maddocks.  Revision  of  Recent  Bairdiidae  (Ostracoda) .  iv  + 
126  pages,  63  figures,   1   plate,  2  tables.   18  August  1969. 

296.  Jack  T.  Tomlinson.  The  Burrowing  Barnacles  (Cirripedia:  Order  Acro- 
thoracica) .  v  -f-  162  pages,  45  figures,  3  tables.  25  November  1969. 

297.  James  A.  Peters  and  Roberto  Donoso-Barros.  Catalogue  of  the  Neotrop- 
ical Squamata:  Part  II.  Lizards  and  Amphaisbaenians.  viii  -}-  293  pages, 
104  figures.  24  February  1970. 

Contributions  from  the 
Museum  of  History  and  Technology 

bulletin  250 
(Whole  volume) 

Papers  59-64  on  History,  vii  4-  203  pages,  illustrated.  31  December  1969. 


186  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Anthropology 

volume  2 

5.  William  K.  Jones.  "Notes  on  the  History  and  Material  Culture  of  the  Ton- 
kavva  Indians.-'  Pages  65-81,   19  figures,  3  maps,  31  December  1969. 

6.  Jack  Frederick  Kilpatrick  and  Anna  Gritts  Kilpatrick.  "Notebook  of  a 
Cherokee  Shaman."  Pages  83-125.  6  May  1970. 

VOLUME  9 

(Whole  volume) 

Aubrey  W.  Williams,  Jr.  "Navajo  Political  Process."  ix  +  71  pages,  1  figure,  10 
plates,  6  maps,  6  tables.  25  June  1970. 

VOLUME    11 
(Whole  volume) 

James  A.  Ford.  "A  Comparison  of  Formative  Cultures  in  the  Americas:  Diffu- 
sion or  the  Psychic  Unity  of  Man."  xviii  +211  pages,  32  figures,  22  charts, 
13  tables.  10  December  1969. 

(Seriation  by  volume/number  is  replaced  hereon  by  number  only.) 

12.  C.  G.  Holland.  "An  Archeological  Survey  of  Southwest  Virginia."  xvi  + 
194  pages,  43  figures,  28  plates,  9  tables.  27  May  1970. 

13.  Leland  C.  Wyman.  "Sandpaintings  of  the  Navaho  Shootingway  and  The 
Walcott  Collection."  xii  4-  102  pages,  44  plates,  colored  frontispiece,  5 
tables.  11  June  1970. 

Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Botany 

1.  Dan  Henry  Nicolson.  "A  Revision  of  the  Genus  Aglaonema  (Araceae)."  69 
pages,  23  figures,  1   table.  14  August  1969. 

2.  Harold  Robinson.  "A  Monograph  on  Foliar  Anatomy  of  the  Genera  Con- 
nellia,  Cotteiidorfia,  and  Navia  (Bromeliaceae)."  41  pages,  277  figures.  10 
October  1969. 

3.  Wm.  Randolph  Taylor  and  Charles  F.  Rhyne.  "Marine  Algae  of  Dominica." 
16  pages,  2  figures.  5  March  1970. 

Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Paleobiology 

1.  G.  Arthur  Cooper  and  Richard  E.  Grant.  "New  Permian  Brachiopods  from 
West  Texas."  20  pages,  5  plates.  14  July  1969. 

2.  G.  Lewis  Gazin.  "A  New  Occurrence  of  Paleocene  Mammals  in  the  Evanston 
Formation,  Southwestern  Wyoming."  17  pages,  1  figure,  3  plates.  31  Decem- 
ber 1969. 

4.  Richard  Cifelli  and  Roberta  K.  Smith.  "Distribution  of  Planktonic  Forami- 
nifera  in  the  Vicinity  of  the  North  Atlantic  Current."  52  pages,  22  figures, 
6  plates,  8  tables.  13  April  1970. 


APPENDIX  5.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION      187 

Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Zoology 

4.  W.  Donald  Duckworth.  "Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian  Biological  Survey 
of  Dominica:  West  Indian  Stenomidae  (Lepidoptera:  Gelechioidea) ."  21 
pages,  30  figures.   13  August  1969. 

7.  Rosalie  F.  Maddocks.  "Recent  Ostracodes  of  the  Family  Pontocyprididae 
Chiefly  from  the  Indian  Ocean."  56  pages,  35  figures,  5  tables.  17  Septem- 
ber 1969. 

8.  Louis  S.  Kornicker.  "Morphology,  Ontogeny,  and  Intraspecific  Variation  of 
Sphiacopia,  a  New  Genus  of  Myodocopid  Ostracod  (Sarsiellidae) ."  50 
pages,  26  figures,  6  plates,   7  tables.   22  August   1969. 

9.  Robert  E.  Ricklefs.  "An  Analysis  of  Nesting  Mortality  in  Birds."  48  pages, 
11  figures,  26  tables.  12  December  1969. 

10.  Charles  W.  Myers  and  A.  Stanley  Rand.  "Checklist  of  Amphibians  and 
Reptiles  of  Barro  Colorado  Island,  Panama,  with  Comments  on  Faunal 
Change  and  Sampling."   11  pages,  2  figures,   1    table.   13  August   1969. 

1 1 .  Dale  J.  Osborn  and  Karl  V.  Krombein.  "Habitats,  Flora,  Mammals,  and 
Wasps  of  Gebel   'Uweinat,   Libyan  Desert."    18  pages,   13   figures,    1    table. 

27  August  1969. 

12.  R.  E.  Crabill,  Jr.  "Tracheotaxy  as  a  Generic  Criterion  in  Himantariidae, 
with  Proposal  of  Two  New  Bothriogastrine  Genera  (Chilopoda:  Geophilo- 
morpha)."  9  pages,  23  figures.    13  August   1969. 

13.  Clyde  F.  E.  Roper,  Richard  E.  Young,  and  Gilbert  L.  Voss.  "An  Illustrated 
Key  to  the  Families  of  the  Order  Teuthoidea  (Cephalopoda)."  32  pages, 
2  figures,  16  plates,  1   table.   18  August   1969. 

14.  Robert  P.  Higgins.  "Indian  Ocean  Kinorhyncha:  1,  Condyloderes  and 
Sphenoderes,  New  Cyclorhagid  Genera."  13  pages,  23  figures,  3  tables.  13 
August  1969. 

15.  Richard  E.  Young  and  Clyde  F.  E.  Roper.  "A  Monograph  of  the  Cepha- 
lopoda of  the  North  Atlantic:  The  Family  Joubiniteuthidae."  10  pages,  6 
figures,  1  table.   13  August  1969. 

16.  Alan  Stone.  "Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian  Biological  Survey  of  Dominica: 
The  Mosquitoes  of  Dominica  (Diptera:   Culicidae)."  8  pages,  9  July  1969. 

17.  Leonard  P.  Schultz.  "The  Taxonomic  Status  of  the  Controversial  Genera 
and  Species  of  Parrotfishes  with  a  Descriptive  List  (Family  Scaridae)."  49 
pages,  2  figures,  8  plates,  13  tables.  10  December  1969. 

18.  Ronald  W.  Hodges.  "Nearctic  Walshiidae  Notes  and  New  Taxa  (Lepidop- 
tera:  Gelechioidea)."  30  pages,  46  figures,  6  August  1969. 

19.  Karl  V.  Krombein.  "Life  History  Notes  on  Some  Egyptian  Solitary  Wasps 
and  Bees  and  Their  Associates  (Hymenoptera:  Aculeata)."  18  pages,  26 
figures.  13  August  1969. 

20.  Gayle  A.  Heron  and  David  M.  Damkaer.  "Five  Species  of  Deep-Water 
Cyclopoid  Copepods  from  the  Plankton  of  the  Gulf  of  Alaska."   24  pages, 

28  figures,  1  table.  23  September  1969. 

21.  Oscar  L.  Cartwright  and  Robert  E.  Woodruff.  "Ten  Rhyparus  from  the 
Western  Hemisphere  (Coleoptera:  Scarabaeidae:  Aphodiinae) ."  20  pages, 
15  figures.  6  November  1969. 

22.  Karl  V.  Krombein.  "A  Revision  of  the  Melanesian  Wasps  of  the  Genus 
Cerceris  Latreille  (Hymenoptera:  Sphecidae)."  36  pages,  23  figures.  19 
December  1969. 


188  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR   1970 

23.  Thomas  Borgmeier.  "Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian  Biological  Survey  of  Do- 
minica: The  Phoridae  of  Dominica  (Diptera)."  69  pages,  152  figures.  18 
November  1969. 

24.  Charles  E.  King  and  Louis  S.  Kornicker.  "Ostracoda  in  Texas  Bays  and 
Lagoons:  An  Ecologic  Study."  92  pages,  15  figures,  21  plates,  19  tables. 
25  March  1970. 

25.  Harold  Robinson.  "A  Monographic  Study  of  the  Mexican  Species  of  En- 
linia  (Diptera:  Dolichopodidae) ."  62  pages,  221  figures.  6  November  1969. 

26.  Helmut  K.  Buechner  and  Jimmie  H.  Buechner,  editors.  "The  Avifauna  of 
Northern  Latin  America:  A  Symposium  Held  at  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
13-15  April  1966."  119  pages,  4  figures.  3  April  1970. 

27.  J.  F.  Eisenberg  and  Edwin  Gould.  "The  Tenrecs:  A  Study  in  Mammalian 
Behavior  and  Evolution."  137  pages,  77  figures,  13  tables.  9  March  1970. 

28.  M.  Moynihan.  "Some  Behavior  Patterns  of  Platyrrhine  Monkeys  II.  Sagui- 
nus  geoffroyi  and  Some  Other  Tamarins."  77  pages,  25  figures,  1  table. 
15  April  1970. 

29.  F.  D.  Por.  "Deep-Sea  Cerviniidae  (Copepoda:  Harpacticoida)  from  the 
Western  Indian  Ocean,  Collected  with  R/V  Anton  Brunn  in  1964."  60 
pages,  182  figures,   1  table.  6  November  1969. 

30.  Carl  F.  W.  Muesebeck.  "The  Nearctic  Species  of  Orgilus  Haliday  (Hymen- 
optera:  Braconidae)."  104  pages,  57  figures.  20  February  1970. 

31.  Robert  H.  Gibbs,  Jr.  "Taxonomy,  Sexual  Dimorphism,  Vertical  Distribu- 
tion, and  Evolutionary  Zoogeography  of  the  Bathypelagic  Fish  Genus  Sto- 
mias  (Stomiatidae)."  25  pages,  6  figures,  15  tables.  2  December  1969. 

32.  Louis  S.  Kornicker.  "Ostracoda  (Myodocopina)  from  the  Peru-Chile 
Trench  and  the  Antarctic  Ocean."  42  pages,  25  figures,  1  table.  11  Feb- 
ruary 1970. 

33.  Frank  N.  Young.  "A  Checklist  of  the  American  Bidessini  (Coleoptera: 
Dytiscidae-Hydroporinae) ."    5    pages.    25    November    1969. 

34.  J.  Laurens  Barnard.  "Sublittoral  Gammaridea  (Amphipoda)  of  the  Ha- 
waiian Islands."  286  pages,   180  figures,  6  tables.    15  April   1970. 

35.  Robert  E.  Martin.  "Cranial  and  Bacular  Variation  in  the  Populations  of 
Spiny  Rats  of  the  Genus  Proechimys  (Rodentia:  Echimyidae)  from  South 
America."   19  pages,   12  figures,  4  tables.  30  January  1970. 

36.  Raymond  B.  Manning.  "A  Review  of  the  Genus  Harpiosquilla  (Crustacea, 
Stomatopoda),  with  Descriptions  of  Three  New  Species."  41  pages,  43 
figures,    1    table.    31    December    1969. 

37.  Thomas  W.  Donnelly.  "The  Odonata  of  Dominica  British  West  Indies." 
20  pages,  27  figures.  11  February  1970. 

39.  Louis  S.  Kornicker.  "Myodocopid  Ostracoda  (Cypridinacea)  from  the 
Philippine    Islands."   32   pages,    18  figures,   5    tables.    11    February    1970. 

40.  Thomas  Phelan.  "A  Field  Guide  to  the  Cidaroid  Echinoids  of  the  North- 
western Atlantic  Ocean,  Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  the  Caribbean  Sea."  67  pages, 
7  figures,  22  plates.   10  March   1970. 

41.  Marian  H.  Pettibone.  "Revision  of  the  Aphroditoid  Polychaetes  of  the 
Family  Eulepthidae  Chamberlin  (=  Eulepidinae  Darboux;  =  Pareulepidae 
Hartman)."   44  pages,   31    figures.    6   November    1969. 


APPENDIX  5.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION      189 

42.  Helmut  E.  Zibrowius.  "Review  of  Some  Little  Known  Genera  of  Serpulidae 
(Annelida:    Polychaeta)."  22  pages,  7  figures.  31   December   1969. 

44.  J.  Laurens  Barnard.  "Benthic  Ecology  of  Bahia  de  San  Quintin,  Baja 
California."  60  pages,   18  figures,   12  tables.   10  March  1970. 

46.  Karl  V.  Krombein.  "Behavioral  and  Life-History  Notes  on  Three  Floridian 
Solitary  Wasps  (Hymenoptera:  Sphecidae)."  26  pages,  78  figures,  3  tables. 
25   May    1970. 

47.  Horton  H.  Hobbs,  Jr.,  and  H.  H.  Hobbs  III.  "New  Entocytherid  Ostracods 
with  a  Key  to  the  Genera  of  the  Subfamily  Entocytherinae."  19  pages,  9 
figures.  26  May  1970. 

48.  W.  Donald  Duckworth.  "Neotropical  Microlepidoptera  XVIII:  Revision 
of  the  Genus  Peleopoda  (Lepidoptera:  Oecophoridae) .  30  pages,  55  figures, 
3    plates,    8    maps.    19   June    1970. 


Smithsonian  Studies  in  History  and  Technology 

1.  Melvin  H.  Jackson.  "Privateers  in  Charleston,  1793-1796:  An  Account  of 
a  French  Palatinate  in  South  Carolina."  x+159  pages,  24  figures.  31  De- 
cember  1969. 

2.  W.  E.  Knowles  Middleton.  "Catalog  of  Meteorological  Instruments  in  the 
Museum  of  History  and  Technology."  v+128  pages,  124  figures.  4  Au- 
gust   1969. 

3.  Betty  Lawson  Walters.  "The  King  of  Desks:  Wooton's  Patent  Secretary." 
iv+32  pages,  28  figures,  frontispiece.  31   December   1969. 

Atoll  Research  Bulletins 

128.  A.  D.  Forbes-Watson.  Notes  on  Birds  Observed  in  the  Comoros  on  Behalf 
of  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  23  pages.   15  August   1969. 

129.  John  D.  Milliman.  Four  Southwestern  Caribbean  Atolls:  Courtown  Cays, 
Albuquerque  Cays,  Roncador  Bank  and  Serrana  Bank.  22  pages,  10  figures, 
13  plates,  4  tables.  Appendix:  Reef  Productivity  Measurement,  by  John  D. 
Milliman  and  Conrad  V.  W.  Mahnken.  4  pages,  7  figures,  2  tables.  15 
August   1969. 

130.  C.  D.  Adams.  A  Botanical  Description  of  Big  Pelican  Cay,  A  Little  Known 
Island  off  the  South  Coast  of  Jamaica.  10  pages,  1  figure,  4  plates.  15 
August   1969. 

131.  D.  R.  Stoddart.  Post-Hurricane  Changes  on  the  British  Honduras  Reefs 
and  Cays:  Re-survey  of  1965.  25  pages,  15  figures.  15  August  1969. 

132.  F.  R.  Fosberg.  Plants  of  Satawal  Island,  Caroline  Islands.  13  pages.  15 
August    1969. 

133.  F.  R.  Fosberg  and  Michael  Evans.  A  Collection  of  Plants  From  Fais, 
Caroline  Islands.   15  pages.    15   August    1969. 

134.  M.  D.  Gwynne  and  D.  Wood.  Plants  Collected  on  Islands  in  the  Western 
Indian  Ocean  During  a  Cruise  of  the  M.F.R.V.  "Manihine,"  Sept.— Oct. 
1967.  15  pages.   15  August   1969. 

135.  Island  News  and  Comment.    17   pages. 


190  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

Manuals 

Campden-Main,    Simon   M.   A   Field   Guide   to   the  Snakes   of  South    Vietnam. 

v -(-  114  pages,  77  figures.  27  January   1970. 
Van  Peenen,  P.  F.  D.  Preliminary  Identification  Manual  for  Mammals  of  South 

Vietnam,  vi -)- 310  pages,   181  figures.   1   December   1969. 
Wildlife  Southeast  Asia.  Study  card  set.  27  February   1970. 

Catalogs 

The  Art  of  Henry  O.  Tanner.  60  pages,  27  illustrations.  6  August  1969. 
Beer,  Alice  Baldwin.  Trade  Goods:  A  Study  of  Indian  Chintz  in  the  Collection 

of  the  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  of  Decorative  Arts  and  Design,  Smithsonian 

Institution.  135  pages,  4  color  plates,  30  black  and  white  plates.  26  June  1970. 
D.    C.   Art   Association   2nd   Annual   Art   Exhibition.    60    pages,    illustrated.    13 

April   1970.  Exhibit  announcement.    10  April   1970. 
Explorations.  With  statements  by  Gyorgy  Kepes,  Joshua  C.  Taylor,  and  Howard 

W.  Johnson.  4  booklets.  3  April  1970. 
The  Frederick  Douglass  Years:  A  Cultural  History  Exhibit.  12  pages,  illustrated. 

10  April  1970.  Pamphlet,  8  pages,  January  1970.  Folder,  February   1970. 
G.  Melies.  12  pages,  illustrated.  November  1969.  Foldout:  Melies  Film  Festival: 

Films  of  Fantasy  and  Illusion  From  the  1890's.  December  1969. 
Indian  Images:  Photographs  of  North  American  Indians  1 847— 1928.   Introduc- 
tion and  catalog  by  Joanna  Cohan  Scherer.   3 1   pages,  illustrated.   30  June 

1970.  Paper. 
Laser  10.  Exhibit  folder.  January   1970.  Hologram.  January  1970. 
Leonard  Baskin.  Essay  by  Alan  Fern,  annotated  by  Leonard   Baskin,   foreword 

by  Joshua  C.  Taylor.  76  pages,  62  illustrations.   12  June  1970. 
The  Rat:  Man's  Invited  Affliction.  8  pages.    17  November   1969. 
Werner    Drewes    Woodcuts.    Introduction    by    David    W.    Scott,    statement    by 

Werner  Drewes,  text  by  Jacob  Kainen,  catalogue  by  Caril  Dreyfuss.  32  pages, 

36  illustrations.   20  August    1969.   $.50. 

Leaflets 

The  American  Folklife  Company.  Foldout.  November   1969. 

American  Studies  Program.  Foldout.  February  1970. 

The   Anacostia  Neighborhood   Museum,  Smithsonian   Institution   Presents   The 

Columbians.    20  pages,  illustrated.    7   November    1969. 
The  Black  Experience.  Announcement.  November   1969. 
Color  Me  Mankind.   Announcement.  August   1969. 
Electricity  and  Matter.  4  pages.  8  July   1969. 

Electricity  and  Physiology,  Chemistry,  Magnetism,  Heat.  Folder.  October  1969. 
Explorer-I  and  Jupiter-C.   4  pages,  illustrated.   December    1969. 
A  Guide  to  the  Arts  &  Industries  Building,  Smithsonian  Institution.  Guide  map. 

13  June  1970. 


APPENDIX  5.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION      191 

History  of  Science  and  Technology  at  the  Smithsonian  histitution.  Foldout.   24 

December   1969. 
Learning  Opportunities  for  Schools.  Foldout.  21   November   1969. 
National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology.  Foldout.   Revised   10  September 

1969. 
National  Portrait   Gallery  Sculpture   Court.   Folder.    May    1970. 
Organs  in  Early  America.  Folder.   October   1969. 
Smithsonian  Film  Theatre.  Schedules.  December  1969-January  1970.  November 

1969.  February-March    1970.   January    1970.    April-May-June    1970.   March 

1970. 
The   Smithsonian   Institution   Invites    Volunteers   in   Education.   4   pages.    April 

1970. 
The  Smithsonian  Institution  Offers  Academic  Research  Opportunities.  Foldout. 

22   September    1969. 
Smithsonian  Institution,   Washington,  D.   C.  Guide  map.  Revised   16  December 

1969.  Revised   11   June    1970. 
The  Speakers  Bureau.   12  pages.    10  April  1970. 
The  Theory  of  Electricity.  Foldout.  November   1969. 
Wiley  Post's  "Winnie  Mae":  Lockheed  Model  5-C  "Vega"   (Modified).  Folder. 

December   1 969. 
Wind   Instruments.    Folder.    November    1969. 

Woodrow  Wilson  International  Center  For  Scholars.  Foldout.  March  1970. 
Women,    Cameras,   and   Images   II:    Betty   Hahn    and    Gayle   Smalley.    Exhibit 

announcement.  July   1969. 
Women,   Cameras,   and   Images   III:   Berenice   Abbott.    Exhibit   announcement. 

July  1969. 
Women,   Cameras,   and   Images   IV:   Barbara   Morgan.    Exhibit   announcement. 

October    1969. 


Official  Publications 

Annual    Report    of    the    American    Historical    Association    for    the    Year    1968. 

Volume  1:    "Proceedings."  xvii+172  pages.  8  December  1969. 
Annual    Report    of    the    American    Historical    Association    for    the    Year    1 961. 

Volume    II:    "Writings   on   American    History,    1959."    Edited    by   James    R. 

Masterson.    xv-|-737    pages.    2    October    1969. 
Increase   and  Diffusion :    A    Brief   Introduction    to    the    Smithsonian    Institution, 

Washington,  DC.  Foreword  by  Frederic  M.  Philips.  87  pages.  30  April  1970. 
Smithsonian  Institution  Directory.  151  pages.  Publication  4638.  January  1970. 
Smithsonian     Institution     Opportunities    for     Research     and    Advanced     Study, 

1970-1971.   xvi  +  230  pages,  8   illustrations.    22   September    1969. 
Smithsonian   Year  1969:  Annual  Report  of  the  Smithsonian   Institution  for  the 

Year   Ended   30  June    1969.    viii  +  705    pages,    illustrated.    Publication    4765. 

20  May  1970. 
Woodrow    Wilson    International    Center    for    Scholars,    1970-197 1 .    20    pages, 

illustrated.    15   November    1969. 


Appendix  6 


ACADEMIC  APPOINTMENTS 

1969-1970 


Postdoctoral  Visiting  Research  Associates 

Program   in  American  History 

Walter  L.  Creese.  The  American  imagery  resulting  from  political  action  and 
how  it  influenced  the  formulation  of  the  visual  and  esthetic  environment  over 
the  last  two  hundred  years,  "History  of  the  Effect  of  American  Government 
on  the  American  Arts  from  Washington's  Time,"  with  Dr.  Wilcomb  E.  Wash- 
burn, American  Studies  Program,  from  1  July   1969  to  30  June  1970. 

E.  Raymond  Lewis.  A  history  of  American  seacoast  fortification,  with  John  H. 
Magruder  III,  National  Armed  Forces  Museum  Advisory  Board,  from  1 
October    1969   to    1    October   1970. 

John  J.  McCusker.  Philadelphia  shipping,  1722—1776;  a  statistical  study,  with 
Dr.  Melvin  H.  Jackson,  National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology,  from  1 
September  1969  to  31   August   1970. 

Linda  M.  McKee.  A  biographical  study  of  Commodore  Isaac  Hull,  with  Howard 
I.  Chapelle,  National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology,  from  1  September 
1969   to   1   September    1970. 

Spencer  C.   Tucker.   A  history   of   American  muzzle-loading   naval   ordnance, 

with  Dr.  Melvin  H.  Jackson,  National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology, 

from  23  July  1969  to  23  July  1970. 
Dana  F.  White.  A  systems  study  of  the  development  of  the  city  of  Washington, 

D.C.,    with    Dr.    Wilcomb    E.    Washburn,    American    Studies    Program,    from 

1  July  1969  to  1  July  1970. 

Program  in  Anthropology 

R.  H.  Ives  Goddard  III.  Linguistics,  ethnography,  and  ethnohistory  of  the 
Algonquin  Indians,  with  Dr.  William  C.  Sturtevant,  National  Museum  of 
Natural  History,  from  1  August  1969  to  1  August  1970. 

Irving  I.  Zaretsky.  A  social  history  of  spiritualism  in  the  San  Francisco 
Bay  Region,  with  Dr.  William  C.  Sturtevant,  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History,   from    1    September    1969   to    1    September    1970. 

Program  in  Environmental  Sciences 

Penelope  Williamson.  Behavioral  studies  of  foraging  in  starling  flocks,  with 
Dr.  George  Watson,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  from  15  September 
1969    to    15    September    1970. 

192 


APPENDIX  6.  ACADEMIC  APPOINTMENTS  193 

Program  in  Evolutionary  and  Behavioral  Biology,   Tropical  Zones 

Zbigniew  M.  Gliwicz.  Freshwater  phytoplankton  productivity;  differential 
availability  of  different  kinds  of  algae  to  various  consuming  organisms,  with 
Dr.  Martin  H.  Moynihan,  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute,  from  16 
October    1969    to    16   October    1970. 

Henry  A.  Hespenheide  III.  Ecology  of  tropical  insectivorous  birds  and  their 
prey,  with  Dr.  Martin  Moynihan,  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute, 
from   1   July   1969  to   1   July    1970. 

Bruce  A.  Miller.  Ecology  and  systematics  of  Pacific  and  Western  Atlantic 
Terebridae,  with  Dr.  Peter  Glynn,  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute, 
from   12   May   1970  to   11    March   1971. 

Eugene  S.  Morton.  Communication  in  birds,  with  Dr.  Neal  Smith,  Smith- 
sonian Tropical  Research  Institute,  from   1  January   1970  to   1  January  1971. 

John  Conrao  Ogoen.  Ecology  of  inshore  fishes,  with  Dr.  Ira  Rubinoff,  Smith- 
sonian Tropical  Research  Institute,  from  1  September  1969  to  1  November 
1970. 

Uzi  Ritte.  Ecological  and  genetic  adaptations  of  populations  of  the  spiny  rat, 
Proechimys  semispinosus,  to  different  climatic  regimes,  and  Dr.  Martin  H. 
Moynihan,  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute,  from  1  September  1969 
to   1   September   1970. 

Eric  S.  Todd.  Ecophysiology  of  some  air-breathing  gobiid  and  gobiesocid  fishes, 
with  Dr.  Martin  H.  Moynihan,  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute, 
from  1  September  1969  to  1   September  1970. 

Program   in  Evolutionary  and  Systematic  Biology 

William  C.  Banta.  Evolution  of  bryozoa  as  illustrated  by  the  structure  and 
development  of  the  body  wall,  with  Dr.  Alan  Cheetham,  National  Museum  of 
Natural  History,  from  1   September  1969  to   1   September  1970. 

Daniel  B.  Blake.  Evolutionary  and  morphological  relationships  of  paleozoic 
bryozoa,  with  Dr.  Richard  Boardman,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
from    1    September    1969    to    1    September    1970. 

J.  Stanley  Cobb.  Brain  morphology  and  behavior  of  deep-sea  fishes,  with  Dr. 
Robert  Gibbs  and  Dr.  Stanley  Weitzman,  National  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory, from  1   October   1969  to   1   October    1970. 

Arthur  L.  Dahl.  Ecological  investigations  of  marine  algae  with  computerized 
analysis  of  their  habitats,  with  Dr.  Mason  Hale,  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  from  15  September  1969  to  14  September  1970. 

Desmond  J.  G.  Griffin.  Evolutionary  relationsbips  of  decapod  Crustacea,  with 
Dr.  Raymond  Manning,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  from  19 
January    1970  to    19  October   1970. 

Stuart  Landry,  Jr.  Evolution  and  relationships  of  rabbits  and  rodents,  with 
Dr.  Charles  O.  Handley,  Jr.,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  from 
1    September    1969  to   1   September   1970. 

James  E.  Morrow.  Systematics  of  Alaskan  White  fishes  and  Charrs,  with  Dr. 
Robert  Gibbs,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  from  18  September 
1969   to  31    May    1970. 

Shih-Chieh  Shen.  Systematic  and  morphologic  studies  of  fishes,  with  Dr. 
Robert  Gibbs,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  from  3  November  1969 
to   31    October    1970. 


194  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

Program   in  History  of  Science  and   Technology 

Stanley  Guralnick.  Science  education  in  nineteenth-century  American  col- 
leges, with  Dr.  Nathan  Reingold,  Joseph  Henry  Papers,  from  1  August  1969 
to   1   August   1970. 

David  J.  Jeremy.  The  textile  industry  in  England  and  the  United  States;  a 
case  study  in  transmission  of  a  technology,  with  Dr.  Philip  Bishop,  National 
Museum  of  History  and  Technology,  from  18  August  1969  to  18  August  1970. 

Carroll  Pursell,  Jr.  Mobilization  of  American  science  and  technology  for 
World  War  I,  with  Dr.  Nathan  Reingold,  Joseph  Henry  Papers,  from  15  De- 
cember 1969  to   15  June   1970. 

Peter  Stechl.  Biological  and  standardization  of  drugs,  1928-1940,  with  Dr. 
Sami  Hamarneh,  National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology,  from  23  June 
1969  to  23  June  1970. 

Program  in  Physical  Sciences 

Tomas  Feininger.  Petrology  of  some  Colombian  and  Ecuadorian  Andean  meta- 
morphic  rocks,  with  Dr.  George  Switzer,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
from   1   September  1969  to  31   August  1970. 

Ter-Chien  Huang.  Origin  and  nature  of  deep-sea  sediments  and  sediment 
transport  processes,  with  Dr.  Daniel  J.  Stanley,  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  from   1   January   1970  to   1   January    1971. 

Anil  Lyall.  Studies  of  outer  continental  margin  sediments  near  the  Wilming- 
ton Canyon,  with  Dr.  Daniel  J.  Stanley,  National  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory, from   1    November  1969  to   1  July   1970. 

Forese  C.  Wezel.  Sediments  on  the  continental  rise  in  the  vicinity  of  the 
Wilmington  Submarine  Canyon,  eastern  United  States,  with  Dr.  Daniel  J. 
Stanley,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  from  1  November  1969  to  31 
October  1970. 


Predoctoral  Visiting  Research  Associates 


Program  in  American  History 

Faye  Joanne  Baker.  A  study  of  tombstones  as  a  reflection  of  American  culture, 
with  Dr.  Wilcomb  E.  Washburn,  American  Studies  Program,  from  1  Septem- 
ber 1969  to  1  September  1970,  leading  to  the  award  of  PhD  from  the  George 
Washington  University. 

David  K.  Sullivan.  Studies  in  the  documentation  of  American  political  history 
in  the  United  States,  with  Dr.  Wilcomb  E.  Washburn,  American  Studies 
Program,  from  1  September  1969  to  1  June  1970,  leading  to  the  award  of 
PhD  from  Georgetown  University. 

Joanna  S.  Zangrando.  The  Memorial  Bridge;  monumental  bridge  design  and 
the  City  Beautiful  movement,  with  Robert  M.  Vogel,  National  Museum  of 
History  and  Technology,  from  1  September  1969  to  1  March  1970,  leading 
to  the  award  of  PhD  from  the  George  Washington   University. 

Program  in  Anthropology 

Richard  Lunt.  Folkloric  study  of  traditional  American  boatbuilding  techniques, 


APPENDIX  6.  ACADEMIC  APPOINTMENTS  195 

with  Howard  I.  Chapelle,  National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology,  and 
Ralph  Rinzler,  Division  of  Performing  Arts,  from  1  September  1969  to  1 
September   1970,  leading  to  the  award  of  the  PhD  from  Indiana  University. 

Program   in   Environmental  Sciences 

Dorothy  J.  Morton.  Developmental  physiology  of  grass  seedlings  with  special 
reference  to  effects  of  light  on  corn,  with  Dr.  Robert  Weintraub,  Radiation 
Biology  Laboratory,  from  1  July  1969  to  31  December  1969,  leading  to  the 
award  of  PhD  from  the  George  Washington  University. 

Program  in  Evolutionary  and  Behavioral  Biology,  Tropical  Zones 

Mark  H.  Bernstein.  The  significance  of  "quirks"  in  captive  primates,  with 
Dr.  Martin  H.  Moynihan,  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute,  from 
1   September   1969  to   1    September   1970. 

Robin  B.  Foster.  Fruiting  sequences  in  the  tropical  rainforest  (schedules  of  food 
availability),  with  Dr.  A.  Stanley  Rand,  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Insti- 
tute, from  1  September  1969  to  1  September  1970. 

Chaim  N.  Kropach.  Ecology  and  population  structure  of  the  eastern  Pacific  sea 
snake,  with  Dr.  Ira  Rubinoff,  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute,  from 
1  August  1969  to  1  August  1970. 

Thomas  M.  Zaret.  Seasonal  variation  in  a  tropical  freshwater  predator-prey 
relationship  (Thyrionopsis:  Ceriodaphnia),  with  Dr.  Martin  H.  Moynihan, 
Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute,  from  1  July  1969  to  1  July  1970. 

Program  in  Evolutionary  and  Systematic  Biology 

Jean  T.  DeBell.  Electron  microscopy  of  body  wall  structure  of  certain  marine 
worms,  with  Dr.  W.  D.  Hope,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  from 
9  October  1969  to  9  October  1970,  leading  to  the  award  of  PhD  from  the 
George  Washington  University. 

T.  Gary  Gautier.  Morphological,  stratigraphic  and  paleoecological  relationship 
of  the  bryozoa  of  the  West  Texas  Permian,  with  Dr.  Richard  S.  Boardman, 
from  1  August  1969  to  31  July  1970,  leading  to  the  award  of  PhD  from  the 
University  of  Kansas. 

Richard  H.  Goodyear.  Systematic  studies  of  deep-sea  fishes  (Malacosteidae), 
with  Dr.  Robert  H.  Gibbs,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  from  25 
August  1969  to  25  August  1970,  leading  to  the  award  of  PhD  from  the 
George  Washington  University. 

Walter  S.  Gray,  Jr.  Systematic  and  morphologic  studies  of  Antarctic  amphipod 
Crustacea,  with  Dr.  J.  L.  Barnard,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  from 
15  February  1970  to  15  February  1971,  leading  to  the  award  of  PhD  from 
the  George  Washington  University. 

Lyndon  Hawkins.  Systematic  and  morphologic  studies  of  the  American  brac- 
onid  wasps,  with  Dr.  Richard  Froeschner,  National  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory, from  1  November  1969  to  30  April  1970,  leading  to  the  award  of  PhD 
from  the  University  of  Idaho. 

Robert  W.  Hinds.  Evolutionary  and  morphological  studies  of  fossil  bryozoa  of 
the  Gulf  Coast,  with  Dr.  Richard  S.  Boardman,  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  from  1  July  1969  to  1  September  1970,  leading  to  the  award  of  PhD 
from  Columbia  University. 


196  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

Catherine  J.  Kerby.  Ecology,  histology,  embryology,  and  systematics  of  marine 
worms,  with  Dr.  Meredith  Jones,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  from 
1  August  1969  to  1  August  1970,  leading  to  the  award  of  PhD  from  the 
George  Washington  University. 

Jackson  E.  Lewis.  Evolutionary  and  morphologic  studies  of  fossil  and  Recent 
decapod  Crustacea,  with  Fenner  A.  Chace,  Jr.,  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  from  1  July  1969  to  1  July  1970,  leading  to  the  award  of  PhD  from 
Tulane  University. 

Gerald  R.  Noonan.  Systematics  and  zoogeographical  relationships  of  coleop- 
teran  beetles,  with  Dr.  Paul  J.  Spangler,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
from  1  October  1969  to  30  September  1970,  leading  to  the  award  of  PhD 
from  the  University  of  California,  Riverside. 

John  S.  Peel.  Comparative  studies  of  British  and  American  fossil  gastropods, 
with  Dr.  Ellis  Yochelson,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  from  8  Oc- 
tober 1969  to  8  October  1970,  leading  to  the  award  of  PhD  from  University 
of  Leicester,  England. 

Program  in  History  of  Art  and  Music 

Robert  Rorex.  Lady  Wun-Chi,  a  historical  study,  with  Dr.  Thomas  Lawton, 
Freer  Gallery  of  Art,  from  1  September  1969  to  1  September  1970,  leading  to 
the  award  of  PhD  from  Princeton  University. 

Program  in  Museum  Studies 

Miriam  Davidson  Plotnicov.  Studies  in  the  display  and  restoration  of  museum 
collections,  with  John  Anglim,  Office  of  Exhibits  Programs,  from  1  September 
1969  to  31  May  1970. 

Jon  Seger.  Research  and  production  of  visual  displays  and  film  strip  recording 
packages,  with  Nathanial  Dixon,  Office  of  Academic  Programs,  from  22  Sep- 
tember 1969  to  21  September  1970. 

Donna  Stone.  Research  in  ethnomusicology  techniques  of  collection  mainte- 
nance of  musical  instruments,  with  John  Fesperman,  National  Museum  of 
History  and  Technology,  from  1  September  1969  to  1  June  1970. 

Kitti  Thonglongya.  Taxonomic  revision  of  the  bats  of  Thailand,  with  Dr. 
George  Watson,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  from  8  September  1969 
to  7  September  1970. 

Robert  Works.  Studies  in  museum  administration  and  the  history  of  American 
art,  with  Marvin  Sadik,  National  Portrait  Gallery,  from  1  January  1970  to 
31  August  1970. 

Program  in  Physical  Sciences 

Leslie  Ray  Brady.  Studies  of  atomic  nuclear  processes  associated  with  produc- 
tion of  sunshine  and  starlight,  with  Dr.  Henri  Mitler,  Smithsonian  Astrophysi- 
cal  Observatory,  from  1  July  1969  to  1  July  1970,  leading  to  the  award  of 
PhD  from  Brandeis  University. 

Duane  Carbon.  Theoretical  calculations  of  how  stars  produce  light,  with  Owen 
J.  Gingerich,  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory,  from  1  July  1969  to 
30  June  1970,  leading  to  the  award  of  PhD  from  Harvard  University. 

Chung-Chieh  Cheng.  Theoretical  studies  of  the  flux  and  energy  spectrum  of 
gamma  radiation  from  the  sun,  with  Dr.  G.  G.  Fazio,  Smithsonian  Astrophys- 


APPENDIX  6.  ACADEMIC  APPOINTMENTS  197 

ical  Observatory,  from  1  June  1968  to  31  August  1969,  leading  to  the  award 
of  PhD  from  Harvard  University. 

Eric  G.  Chipman.  Studies  of  outer  layers  of  the  sun,  with  Dr.  E.  H.  Avrett, 
Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory,  from  1  July  1969  to  30  June  1970, 
leading  to  the  award  of  PhD  from  Harvard  University. 

J.  Stephen  Duerr.  Studies  of  the  physical  effects  of  outer  space  on  meteorites, 
with  Dr.  Charles  A.  Lundquist,  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory,  from 
1  July  1969  to   1  July   1970,  leading  to  the  award  of  PhD  from   the  Massa 
chusetts  Institute  of  Technology. 

Jonathan  E.  Grindlay.  Theoretical  studies  of  cosmic  ray  origin,  with  Dr.  G.  G. 
Fazio,  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory,  from  1  July  1969  to  1  July 
1970,  leading  to  the  award  of  PhD  from  Harvard  University. 

Robert  L.  Kurucz.  Theoretical  studies  of  particularly  hot  stars,  with  Dr. 
Wolfgang  Kalkofen,  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory,  from  1  July  1969 
to  30  June  1970,  leading  to  the  award  of  PhD  from  Harvard  University. 

Elia  M.  Leibowitz.  Studies  of  dynamics  and  evolution  of  planetary  nebulae, 
with  Dr.  Charles  A.  Lundquist,  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory,  from 
1  July  1969  to  30  June  1970,  leading  to  the  award  of  PhD  from  Harvard 
University. 

Timothy  L.  Stephens.  Studies  of  effects  of  light  radiation  on  hydrogen  gas, 
with  Professor  A.  Dalgarno,  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory,  from 
1  September  1969  to  30  June  1970,  leading  to  the  award  of  PhD  from  Har- 
vard University. 

Joseph  Veverka.  Photopolarimetry  of  satellites  and  minor  planets,  with  Dr. 
Fred  Whipple,  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory,  from  1  July  1969  to 
1  February  1970,  leading  to  the  award  of  PhD  from  Harvard  University. 


Summer  1969  Undergraduate  Research 
Participation  Appointments 

Names  marked  with  an  asterisk  indicate  students  whose  research  was  supported 
through  grants  from  the  National  Science  Foundation's  Undergraduate  Research 
Participation  Program  (grants  GY4240:  Social  Sciences,  and  GY  4549:  Biolog- 
ical Sciences). 

Program  in  American  History 

Barbara  Blanchard  Bowie,  Skidmore  College.  Interpretation  through  com- 
puter applications  of  nineteenth-century  political  symbols,  with  Harold  Skram- 
stad,  American  Studies. 

Elizabeth  Rea  Dulcan,  New  Mexico  Highlands  University.  The  original  prints 
of  Theodor  de  Bry  and  copies  by  Bernard  Picart,  with  Karil  Dreyfuss,  National 
Museum  of  History  and  Technology. 

Edward  S.  Haynes,  Duke  University.  Development  of  naval  uniforms,  with 
Craddock  R.  Goins,  Jr.,  National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology. 

Cherry  Deborah  Maurer,  Wells  College.  Urban  design  and  transportation 
systems,  with  Dr.  Wilcomb  E.  Washburn,  American  Studies. 

Peter  N.  Munsing,  University  of  Michigan.  A  study  of  Revolutionary  War 
military  leaders,  with  Robert  Stewart,  National  Portrait  Gallery. 


198  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

Thomas  Raysor,  Jr.,  University  of  Virginia.  Research  in  authentication  of 
military  uniforms  in  the  national  collections,  with  Craddock  R.  Goins,  Jr., 
National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology. 

Bryant  Young,  Yale  University.  Urban  design  and  transportation  systems,  with 
Dr.  Wilcomb  E.  Washburn,  American  Studies. 

Program  in  Anthropology 

*James  Bare,  Johns  Hopkins  University.  Data  Processing  in  linguistics;  the 
tonal  system  of  the  Amoy  dialect  of  China,  with  Dr.  Paul  Voorhis,  National 
Museum  of  Natural  History. 

*Christine  Diane  Cooper,  Wellesley  College.  Analysis  of  an  archeological 
collection  from  Central  Kansas,  with  Dr.  Waldo  R.  Wedel,  National  Museum 
of  Natural  History. 

*Mary  Frances  Guptill,  University  of  Arizona.  Research  in  dream  texts  from 
Zinacantan,  Mexico,  contributing  to  the  first  Tzotzil  dictionary,  with  Dr. 
Robert  M.  Laughlin,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

*Laura  May  Kaplan,  Rice  University.  Sex  prediction  determined  by  compari- 
son of  bone  length  and  joint  size  in  long  bones,  with  Dr.  Lucile  E.  St.  Hoyme, 
National  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

*Thomas  Whitney  Kavanagh,  University  of  New  Mexico.  Classification  of 
Plains  Indian  legging  traits,  with  Dr.  William  C.  Sturtevant,  National  Museum 
of  Natural  History. 

Karen  Ann  Larson,  Raymond  College.  Research  in  Micronesian  ethnohistory, 
with  Dr.  Saul  H.  Riesenberg,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

*Peter  Warren  Ochs,  Yale  University.  Analysis  of  the  various  areas  of  native 
geographical  and  navigational  knowledge  from  the  Island  of  Puluwat,  with 
Dr.  Saul  H.  Riesenberg,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

*Catherine  Sease,  Bryn  Mawr  College.  Sindhi  textiles,  costume,  and  costume 
accessories  of  West  Pakistan,  with  Dr.  Eugene  I.  Knez,  National  Museum  of 
Natural  History. 

*Samuel  Martin  Seiffer,  City  College  of  New  York.  A  survey  of  the  anthro- 
pological profession  and  social  dissent,  with  Dr.  Sam  Stanley,  National 
Museum  of  Natural  History. 

*Judith  Ann  Shulimson,  University  of  Wisconsin  Early  collectors  of  African 
materials:  a  biographical  survey,  with  Dr.  Gordon  D.  Gibson,  National  Mu- 
seum of  Natural  History. 

*John  Anderson  Van  Ness,  New  College.  Linguistic  notes  of  John  Harring- 
ton, linguist  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  with  Margaret  Blaker,  National 
Museum  of  Natural  History. 

Program  in  Environmental  Sciences 

*Harvey  J.  Alexander,  University  of  Miami.  Development  of  avian  capture 
techniques,  with  Dr.  Francis  S.  L.  Williamson,  Chesapeake  Bay  Center  for 
Environmental  Studies. 

*Rosemarie  C.  Alisio,  St.  Joseph  College.  Sexual  patterns  of  Solenodon  para- 
doxus and  Dinomys  branickii,  with  Larry  R.  Collins,  National  Zoological  Park. 

*Peggy  Jean  Arps,  Cornell  University.  Problems  in  germination  of  Arabidop- 
sis  thaliana,  with  Dr.  William  H.  Klein,  Radiation  Biology  Laboratory. 

*Robert  A.  Askins,  University  of  Michigan.  Comparative  ecology  of  the 
Hooded  Warbler  (Wilsonian  citrina)  and  Kentucky  Warbler  (Oporarnis  for- 


APPENDIX  6.  ACADEMIC  APPOINTMENTS  199 

mosus),  with  Dr.  Francis  S.  L.  Williamson,  Chesapeake  Bay  Center  for  En- 
vironmental Studies. 

*Nelson  Jay  Bassin,  Oberlin  College.  Distribution  of  ice-rafted  rocks  in  the 
South  Pacific  determined  from  sea-floor  photographs,  with  Dr.  Thomas  E. 
Simkin,  Oceanographic  Sorting  Center. 

*Suzanne  Marie  Bogdanski,  Trinity  College.  Histochemical  applications  in 
diagnosis  of  tumors  of  lower  animals,  with  Dr.  John  C.  Harshbarger,  National 
Museum  of  Natural  History. 

*Douglas  H.  Boucher,  Yale  College.  Measuring  human  impact  on  ecological 
systems,  with  Dr.   Richard  S.  Cowan,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

*David  A.  Couzin,  University  of  Aberdeen.  The  effects  of  shading  on  plant 
growth,  with  Dr.  William  H.  Klein,  Radiation  Biology  Laboratory. 

*Betty  Jean  Gray,  Mt.  Holyoke  College.  Population  density  study  of  foraging 
behavior  in  the  cardinal,  with  Dr.  Francis  S.  L.  Williamson,  Chesapeake  Bay 
Center  for  Environmental  Studies. 

*James  S.  Harper  III,  University  of  Pennsylvania.  Survey  of  enteric  pathogens 
in  collection  animals  at  the  National  Zoological  Park,  with  Dr.  Robert  M. 
Sauer,  National  Zoological  Park. 

*Howard  M.  Laten,  Baldwin- Wallace  College.  Study  of  the  intestinal  flora  of 
the  Boidae,  with  Dr.  Clinton  W.  Gray,  National  Zoological  Park. 

*Mark  A.  Mostow,  Harvard  College.  Survey  of  small  mammals  at  the  Bay 
Center  and  their  relationships  to  vegetation  types,  with  Dr.  Helmut  K. 
Buechner,  Chesapeake  Bay  Center  for  Environmental  Studies. 

*John  M.  Peach,  St.  Lawrence  University.  Concepts  of  marine  ecology  as  ap- 
plied in  oceanographic  engineering,  with  Dr.  Francis  S.  L.  Williamson,  Chesa- 
peake Bay  Center  for  Environmental  Studies. 

*Steven  E.  Reynolds,  University  of  California  at  Davis.  Research  in  the  prac- 
tice of  veterinary  medicine  in  the  exotic  animals,  with  Dr.  Clinton  W.  Gray, 
National  Zoological  Park. 

*Joel  F.  Zipp,  University  of  Wisconsin.  Determination  of  paleoenvironments  of 
the  Outer  Banks,  North  Carolina,  with  Dr.  Jack  W.  Pierce,  National  Museum 
of  Natural  History. 

Program  in  Evolutionary  and  Behavioral  Biology,  Tropical  Zones 

*William  F.  Graney,  University  of  Delaware.  Analysis  of  the  criteria  for  web 

location  of  the  spider,  Arogiope  argentata,  with   Dr.   Michael   H.    Robinson, 

Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute. 
*Robert  Klein,  Cornell  University.  Habit  discrimination  of  Agglychnis,  with 

Dr.  A.  Stanley  Rand,  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute. 
Deborah  Lee,  Wells  College.  Physiology  of  tropical  marine  fishes,  with  Dr.  Ira 

Rubinoff,  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute. 
*Wayne  L.  Smith,  University  of  California  at  Santa  Barbara.  Comparison  of 

germinated  species  pairs  of  invertebrates   found  in   the  Atlantic   and   Pacific 

Oceans  of  the  Isthmus  of  Panama,  with  Roberta  W.   Rubinoff,  Smithsonian 

Tropical  Research  Institute. 

Program  in  Evolutionary  and  Systematic  Biology 

*Mary  R.  Ditman,  George  Washington  University.  Study  of  micromorphologi- 
cal  character  of  Hymenoxys  and  related  genera,  with  Dr.  Kittie  F.  Parker, 
National  Museum  of  Natural  History. 


200  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR   1970 

*Paul  E.  Drez,  Old  Dominion  College.  Field  study  of  Pleistocene  paleoecology 
in  southeastern  Virginia,  with  Dr.  Clayton  E.  Ray,  National  Museum  of  Nat- 
ural History. 

*Susan  Hershev,  Charles  County  Community  College.  Feeding  behavior  and 
morphology  of  larval  and  adult  sipunculid  worms,  with  Dr.  Mary  E.  Rice, 
National  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

*Katherine  H.  Lewis,  University  of  Miami.  Viability  of  ostracods  eggs  follow- 
ing consumption  and  defecation  by  fish,  with  Dr.  Louis  S.  Kornicker,  National 
Museum  of  Natural  History. 

*Susan  Platkin,  University  of  Maryland.  Compilation  of  data  for  the  moth 
genus  Urodus  and  completion  of  a  catalogue  for  one  species  of  the  genus,  with 
Dr.  W.  Donald  Duckworth,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

*Clara  P.  Sperapani,  University  of  Maryland.  Primitive  and  advanced  charac- 
ters of  the  leaves  of  the  Fagaceae,  with  Dr.  Leo  J.  Hickey,  National  Museum 
of  Natural  History. 

*Mary  Ann  Turner,  Indiana  University.  Morphologic  characters  of  specific 
importance  in  the  South  African  Dicynodontis,  with  Dr.  Nicholas  Hotton  III, 
National  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

*Edward  J.  Wall,  Muhlenberg  College.  Study  of  Pleistocene  bivalve  mollusk 
fauna  of  a  Mississippi  mudlump  island,  with  Dr.  Thomas  R.  Waller,  National 
Museum  of  Natural  History. 

*Steven  J.  Zehren,  University  of  Wisconsin.  A  comparative  study  of  the 
osteology  and  anatomy  of  teleost  fishes,  with  Dr.  Stanley  H.  Weitzman,  Na- 
tional Museum  of  Natural  History. 

Program  in  History  of  Art  and  Music 

Ronald  Brucato,  Pratt  Institute.  Magic  realism  in  painting:    1930-1950,  with 

Robert  T.  Davis,  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts. 
Roger  W.  Evans,  Stetson  University.  Eighteenth-century  keyboard  instruments, 

with  John  T.  Fesperman,  National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology. 
James  E.  Furman,  Claremont  College.  The  art  of  Maurice  Prendergast,  with 

Robert  T.  Davis,  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts. 
Janice  H.  Hertenstein,  Michigan  State  University.  History  and  techniques  of 

printmaking  in  America,  with  Donald  R.  McClelland,  National  Collection  of 

Fine  Arts. 

Program  in  History  of  Science  and  Technology 

*Bernard  C.  Dale,  Kenyon  College.  Historical  and  social  interrelationships  of 
the  mints  of  Asia  Minor,  with  Vladimir  Clain-Stefanelli,  National  Museum 
of  History  and  Technology. 

*Ming  M.  Ivory,  Tufts  University.  Problems  of  access  and  interpretation  for 
the  Joseph  Henry  Papers,  with  Dr.  Nathan  Reingold,  Joseph  Henry  Papers. 

*Robert  O.  Lapidus,  Ohio  University.  The  Sputnik  and  its  repercussions:  an 
historical  analysis,  with  Frederick  C.  Durant  III,  National  Air  and  Space 
Museum. 

*Howard  Jay  Millard,  Michigan  State  University.  An  historical  survey  of  pho- 
tographic processes  and  techniques,  with  Eugene  Ostroff,  National  Museum  of 
History  and  Technology. 


APPENDIX  6.  ACADEMIC  APPOINTMENTS  201 

*David  Alan  Rosenberg,  The  American  University.  The  sloop  of  war  Sara- 
toga: verification  of  data  in  the  national  collection,  with  Philip  K.  Lundeberg, 
National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology. 

*John  F.  K.  Tvner,  Trinity  College.  Development  of  the  P.  K.  Tomajan  Col- 
lection catalogue,  with  Dr.  Elizabeth  Harris,  National  Museum  of  History 
and  Technology. 

*William  A.  Watson,  George  Washington  University.  Development  of  electron 
injection  techniques  in  the  McMillan  synchrotron,  with  Dr.  Philip  W.  Bishop, 
National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology. 

Program  in  Museum  Studies 

Laurel  L.  Arnold,  Mount  Holyoke  College.  Research  in  conservation  tech- 
niques, with  Charles  H.  Olin,  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts  and  National 
Portrait  Gallery. 

James  P.  Batchelor,  Williams  College.  Research  in  conservation  techniques, 
with  Charles  H.  Olin,  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts  and  National  Portrait 
Gallery. 

Susan  B.  Kelly,  Mount  Holyoke  College.  History  and  techniques  of  print- 
making  in  America,  with  Robert  G.  Stewart,  National  Portrait  Gallery. 

Program  In  Physical  Sciences 

Thomas  L.  Marzetta,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  Research  in 
electron  microprobe  laboratory  instrumentation  refinement  activities,  with  Dr. 
William  G.  Melson,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History. 


Summer  1969  Graduate  Research 
Participation  Appointments 

Program  in  American  History 

George  L.  Mitchell,  University  of  Chicago.  The  image  of  the  city  in  Ameri- 
can silent  film,  with  Dr.  Wilcomb  E.  Washburn,  American  Studies  Program. 

Program  in  Anthropology 

Raymond  P.  DeMallie,  University  of  Chicago.  Studies  in  American  Indian 
linguistics — Siouan  groups,  with  Dr.  Paul  Voorhis  and  Margaret  C.  Blaker, 
National  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

Jane  I.  Lumpkin,  University  of  Alabama.  Identification  of  artifacts  from  Thai- 
land and  Pakistan,  with  Dr.  Eugene  I.  Knez,  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History. 

Jill  Ellen  Marshall,  American  University.  Study  of  culture  and  population 
in  Africa,  with  Dr.  Gordon  D.  Gibson,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

Program  in  Evolutionary  and  Behavioral  Biology,  Tropical  Zones 

Yael  Devora  Dubin,  University  of  Florida.  Ecology  and  behavior  of  spiders, 
with  Dr.  Martin  H.  Moynihan,  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute. 


202  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR   1970 

Program  in  Evolutionary  and  Systematic  Biology 

Sana  Isa  Atallah,  University  of  Connecticut.  Mammals  of  the  eastern  Medi- 
terranean region :  their  ecology,  systematics,  and  zoogeographical  relationships, 
with  Dr.  Henry  W.  Setzer,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

Program  in  Physical  Sciences 

Douglas  Nelson,  University  of  South  Carolina.  Clay  mineralogy  of  Atlantic 
project,  with  Dr.  Jack  W.  Pierce,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History. 


Visiting  Scholars 

Alfred  R.  Henderson.  A  biographical  study  of  Dr.  Charles  Land  and  his  role 
in  the  development  of  dentistry  and  medicine,  with  Dr.  Robert  P.  Multhauf, 
National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology,  from  15  June  1969  to  15  June 
1970. 

Dale  W.  Richey.  Conservation  problems  of  Chinese  minor  bronzes  of  the  Chou 
and  Han  periods,  with  W.  Thomas  Chase,  Freer  Gallery  of  Art,  from  1  Sep- 
tember 1969  to  1   September  1970. 

William  Wing.  A  comprehensive  study  of  drug  use,  with  Philip  C.  Ritterbush, 
Office  of  Academic  Programs,  from  16  February  1970  to  15  May  1971. 


Appendix  7 


PUBLIC  AFFAIRS 


News  Releases  Issued 

Texas  Folklorist  Helps  Plan  Take-Over  of  D.C.  2-7-69 
CBS  Labs  Give  Smithsonian  Original  Field-Sequential  Color  Equipment    2-7-69 

FBI  Building  Site  Fertile  Spot  for  Smithsonian  Archeologist  3—7—69 
Henry  O.  Tanner  Exhibition  To  Open  at  National  Collection 

of  Fine  Arts  8-7-69 

Henry  O.  Tanner  Biography  8—7—69 

Smithsonian  and  Yugoslavs  Sign  Research  Agreement  10—7—69 

National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts  Will  Present  Four  Summer  Lectures  15-7-69 

Smithsonian  Exhibit  Chronicles  Powell's  Colorado  River  Trek  15—7-69 

Works  of  Three  Women  Featured  in  Photo  Shows  Opening  17  July  15—7—69 

Zoo  Police  Get  Pay  Raise  17-7-69 

Smithsonian  To  Exhibit  Works  of  Richard  Neutra  18-7-69 
Smithsonian  To  Stage  Satirical  Musical  Of  Thee  I  Sing 

in  Theatre-On-The-Mall  23-7-69 

Smithsonian  To  Exhibit  Work  of  Ten  Afro-American  Artists  29-7-69 
Works  of  Pacesetting  Italian  Architects  Going  on  Display 

at  Smithsonian  30-7-69 
Dr.  Wunder  Taking  Leave  of  Absence  from  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum 

of  Design  31-7-69 
Dr.  Robert  P.  Higgins  New  Director  of  Mediterranean  Marine 

Sorting  Center  31-7-69 

Tent  Show  Cancellation  5-8-69 

The  Concerned  Photographer  Exhibition  To  End  Three-Month  Run  8-8—69 

Smithsonian  To  Present  Exhibit  of  Top  British  Craft  Designs  12-8-69 

Smithsonian  Children's  Theater  Will  Present  18th-Century  Fable  14-8-69 
United  States  To  Show  Four  Team  Exhibits  at  Youth  Art  Biennial 

in  Paris  14-8-69 

Smithsonian  To  Display  Student  Design  Exhibit  Color  Me  Mankind  15-8-69 

Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  To  Trace  History  of  the  Chair  15-8-69 

Time  Magazine  Cover  Show  Is  Extended  at  Smithsonian  20-8-69 

Carolina  Pottery  Shop  Salvaged  by  Smithsonian  22—8—69 

Smithsonian  Appoints  Development  Director  26—8—69 
R.A.F.  To  Present  a  Hawker  Hurricane  to  Smithsonian 

Air  and  space  Museum  26-8-69 

"Pharmacy  in  Prints"  Shows  Artist's  View  of  Medicine  27-8-69 

Professor  Joshua  C.  Taylor  To  Head  Smithsonian  Museum  3-9-69 

Museums  at  Smithsonian  Institution  Holding  57  Art  Exhibitions  4-9-69 

203 


204  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

Smithsonian  Shops  Will  Display  Rugs  Woven  by  Near  East  Nomads        5-9-69 

Smithsonian  To  Exhibit  Scientific  Illustrations  9—9—69 
National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts  To  Show  Modern  Paintings 

by  Jannis  Spyropoulos  9—9—69 
National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts  To  Show  Film  on  United  States 

Artist  Moses  Soyer  10-9-69 
Johnson  Wax  Survey  of  "Objects:   USA"  at  National  Collection 

of  Fine  Arts  10-9-69 

Alyce  Simon's  "Atomic"  Art  To  Be  Shown  at  Smithsonian  11-9-69 

Smithsonian  Design  Museum  Moving   to  Carnegie  Mansion  12-9-69 

Smithsonian  Names  Director  for  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  12-9-69 

Elaborate  Detailing  Marks  Gracious  Carnegie  Mansion  12—9—69 

Smithsonian  To  Exhibit  Two-Pound  Lunar  Rock  15-9-69 
Cooper-Hewitt  To  Exhibit  Original  Drawings  of  Brighton  Pavilion          16—9—69 

Smithsonian  First  Public  Showing  of  Two-Pound  Lunar  Rock  16—9-69 
Whistler  Landscapes  and  Seascapes  To  Be  Exhibited  at  Freer  Gallery  18-9-69 
Talk  on  Japanese  Porcelain  To  Open  Annual  Freer  Gallery 

Lecture  Series  18-9-69 

Volcanoes  Explained  in  Smithsonian  Exhibit  26—9—69 

Varied  Uses  of  Plastic  on  Display  in  New  Smithsonian  Exhibition  26—9-69 
Restored  Pre-Revolutionary  Organ  Shown  in  Musical  Instruments  Hall  30—9—69 

Smithsonian  To  Exhibit   1 1-Foot  Long  Indian  Tiger  30-9-69 

Smithsonian  Encounter  Focuses  on  the  Potomac  River  Problems  3—10—69 

Smithsonian  Exhibition  To  Honor  Noted  Experimental  Printmaker  8—10—69 

Air  and  Space  Art  Showing  at  Arts  and  Industries  Building  8-10-69 

"Energy  Conversion"  Show  Traces  Development  of  Power  Sources  8—10—69 
Barbara  Morgan  Featured  in  4th  Women,  Cameras,  and  Images  Exhibit  8—10—69 

Smithsonian  Scientist  Finds  Fossil  Forgery  9—10-69 

Craftsmanship  and  Genius  Merged  in  Saint-Gaudens'  Art  17-10-69 
National  Portrait  Gallery  To  Show  60  Reliefs  by 

Augustus  Saint-Gaudens  17-10-69 

Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  Marks  Rembrandt  Anniversary  17—10—69 

Smithsonian  Scientists  To  Study  Tooth  Decay  Origins  20-10-69 

African  Concert  Will  Benefit  Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum  24-10-69 

One  Room  New  England  School  Reconstructed  in  Smithsonian  27—10-69 

Smithsonian  Shop  To  Display  Welded  Animal  Sculptures  28—10—69 

Smithsonian  Christmas  Shop  Will  Show  Yule  Traditions  30—10—69 

Smithsonian  Panel  To  Discuss  Problems  of  Chesapeake  Bay  30—10—69 

Netherlands  Concert  Group  To  Perform  at  Smithsonian  31—10—69 

Smithsonian  Museum  Shop  To  Show  Pakistani  Crafts  31  —  10—69 

Smithsonian  Will  Exhibit  Yugoslav  Tapestries,  Prints  4-11-69 

Freer  Will  Present  Lecture  on  Chinese  Domestic  Arts  4-11-69 

Smithsonian  To  Sage  Festival  of  Works  of  Georges  Melies  5-1 1-69 

A  Long-Range  Listing  of  Performing  Arts  Division  Schedule  12-11—69 
Smithsonian  To  Present  Major  Photo  Exhibit 

"Camera  and  Human  Facade"  14-11-69 

Smithsonian  Exhibit  To  Examine  Transit  Problems  and  Promise  17—11-69 

Progressive  Jazz  Concert  To  Be  Given  by  Lee  Morgan  Quintet  19-11-69 

Smithsonian  Staging  Festival  of  Georges  Melies'  Films  21-11—69 

Two  World  Music  Premieres  Scheduled  24-11-69 

Smithsonian  Will  Present  Milton  Avery  Retrospective  25-1 1-69 


APPENDIX  7.  PUBLIC  AFFAIRS  205 

Smithsonian  To  Present  Informal  Concert  3  December  26—1 1—69 

Moratorium  Day  Attendance  All-Time  High  at  Museum  26-11-69 

Woodrow  Wilson  Center  Now  Taking  Fellowship  Applications  28—11—69 

Smithsonian  Photo  Exhibition  To  Feature  Own  Collection  28-11—69 

Smithsonian  Panel  To  Examine  DDT  Effects  1-12-69 

Smithsonian  Sponsoring  "Sing  Out"  for  Children  4—12—69 

Smithsonian  Concert  Postponed  'Till  5  January  4—12—69 

Smithsonian  Shop  Shows  Works  of  Twenty  D.C.  Artists  8-12-69 

Registration  Open  for  Courses  at  Smithsonian  10—12—69 

Key  Editorial-Business  Posts  Filled  for  Smithsonian  Magazine  12-12-69 

Smithsonian  To  Give  Play  by  Former  Drug  Addicts  12-12-69 

"Story  of  Jazz"  Concert  Presented  by  Benny  Powell  Septet  12-12-69 

Smithsonian  Sets  Photo  Show  of  Dead  Sea  Scrolls  19-12-69 

Smithsonian  Exhibition  Traces  "Romans  in  Ancient  Romania"  22-12-69 

Freer  Schedules  Lecture  on  Near  Eastern  Archive  30-12-69 

Smithsonian  Will  Exhibit  115  Early  American  Prints  31-12-69 

Smithsonian  Puppet  Theatre  To  Give  "Hansel  and  Gretel"  5-1-70 
Mrs.  Nixon  Presents  Inaugural  Ball  Gown  to  Smithsonian 

First  Ladies  Collection  7-1-70 

Smithsonian  To  Sponsor  Program  of  West  Indies  Dance,  Music  9-1-70 

First  Decade  of  Laser  Technology  Reviewed  in  Major  Exhibition  14-1-70 

Smithsonian  Plans  Seminar  by  Former  Drug  Addicts  15-1-70 

Panel  To  Focus  on  Solid  Waste  Disposal  Problems  16-1-70 

Teaching  Exhibitions  Opened  by  National  Portrait  Gallery  16-1-70 
Indians  and  Arkansas  Share  Spotlight  for  Annual  American 

Folklife  Festival  19-1-70 

Exhibition  of  Yugoslav  Tapestries,  Prints  Extended  19-1-70 

Smithsonian  Museums  Holding  Forty  Art  Exhibitions  27-1-70 

Shop  Exhibition  Will  Honor  Craftsmen  of  Montana  27-1-70 

Smithsonian  Institution  To  Show  Apollo  Space  Program  Art  30-1-70 

Meeting  of  the  Board  of  Regents  (28  January  1970)  30-1-70 

Freer  Will  Present  Lecture  on  Egyptian  Decorative  Arts  5-2-70 

Photographic  Exhibitions  Opening  in  February  9-2-70 
Exhibition  Honors  Famous  British  Naturalist  Alfred  Russel  Wallace          9-2-70 

Barbara  Holmquest  To  Lecture  on  Early  19th-century  Pianos  10-2-70 

Smithsonian  Lindbergh  Plane  Returns  to  Japan  12-2-70 

"Encounter"  Panel  To  Discuss  Vanishing  Wilderness  Life  12-2-70 

Biography— S.  Dillon  Ripley  13-2-70 

Play  on  Rehabilitation  of  Drug  Addicts  Repeated  13-2-70 
Drawing  Society's  New  York  Regional  Show  at  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  13-2-70 
Smithsonian  To  Show  Prints  of  German  Pre-Expressionist 

Lovis  Corinth  13-2-70 

Smithsonian  To  Exhibit  Washington  Memorabilia  16-2-70 

Two  Doubleheader  Jazz  Concerts  Are  Scheduled  at  Smithsonian  20-2-70 
Student  Designers'  Concepts  for  Leisure  Going  on  Display 

at  Smithsonian  20-2-70 

Dr.  Armand  Hammer — Biography  24-2-70 

Flag  That  Flew  To  Moon  Displayed  at  Smithsonian  24-2-70 

Photographs  by  Steven  Wilson  Will  Be  Shown  at  Smithsonian  24-2-70 
Freer  Gallery  Will  Present  Lecture  of  Early  United  States  Trade 

with  Orient  27-2-70 


206  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

i 

Weaver  Harpsichord  Concert  Will  Be  Repeated  27-2-70 
Study  Shows  Shift  from  Hunting  to  Farming  Hurt  Health 

of  Ancient  Men  2-3-70 

Smithsonian  Going  West  To  Help  Californians  Find  Their  Culture  2-3-70 
Smithsonian  To  Exhibit  Hammer  Collection  of  Modern  French 

and  Old  Masters  Paintings  4-3-70 

Panel  To  Look  at  Government's  Role  in  Environmental  Policy  4-3-70 

30  Millionth  Visitor  to  Museum  of  History  and  Technology  5-3-70 

"Artistic  Forms  Have  Acquired  Explosive  Dimensions,"  Says  Kepes  5—3-70 

Benefit  Postponement  6-3-70 
Scandinavian  Countries,  Smithsonian  Cooperate  on  Major  Postal  Exhibit  9-3-70 
Objects  from  Football  to  Peace  Button  Depict  Society  for 

Smithsonian  Capsule  10-3-70 

Russell  Family  of  Galax,  Virginia,  To  Present  Dulcimer  Concert  1 1-3-70 
Floridian  Is  30  Millionth  Visitor  to  Museum  of  History 

and  Technology  1 1-3-70 
23  Artists  Represented  in  "Explorations"  at  National  Collection 

of  Fine  Arts  13-3-70 

Puppet  Theatre  To  Present  "Peter  and  the  Wolf"  16-3-70 
Art  and  Technology  Join  in  "Explorations,"  an  Exhibit  by 

Smithsonian  and  MIT  16-3-70 

Art  Blakey  Quintet  To  Present  Jazz  Concert  at  Smithsonian  17—3—70 

48  Key  Smithsonian  Works  of  Art  To  Be  Reproduced,  Circulated  24-3-70 
Advanced  Indian  Civilizations  in  the  Americas  are  Traced  to 

Members  of  Round-Headed  Race  24-3-70 
Playboy  Fashion  Director  To  Stage  Men's  Fashion  Show 

at  Smithsonian  27-3-70 
Smithsonian  To  Show  Elliot  Erwitt  "Photographs  and 

Anti-Photographs"  27-3-70 

Smithsonian  Shops  To  Exhibit  Hand-Carved  "Oom  Pah  Pah  Circus"  30-3-70 

Smithsonian  Museum  To  Exhibit  Tapestries  from  Czechoslovakia  31—3-70 
Scholar  To  Lecture  at  Freer  Gallery  on  Old  Sites,  Festivities  of  Kyoto      1—4—70 

Anacostia  Museum  Presents  D.C.  Art  Association  Show  1-4-70 

Smithsonian  To  Present  Dutch  Trio  on  1 3  April  2—4-70 
Friends,  Ex-Associates  Giving  Painting  of  Truman  to  National 

Portrait  Gallery  6-4-70 
First  Major  Exhibition  of  Indian  Chintz  at  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum 

in  New  York  9-4-70 

Wilson  Center  Sets  Deadline  for  Fellowship  Application  10-4-70 

"Encounter"  Panel  To  Look  at  Pollution  Costs  14-4-70 
Smithsonian  To  Give  Film,  Discussion  Programs  as 

Follow-up  to  "Earth  Day"  14-4-70 

Ray  Haynes  Quintet  Will  Present  Smithsonian  Jazz  Concert  25  April  16—4—70 

National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts  Schedules  Children's  Fete  on  2  May  17-4-70 

Four  Troupes  To  Perform  at  Museum  1 7-4-70 

New  Smithsonian  Exhibit  Traces  Political  Role  of  Women  in  U.S.  20-4—70 

Archives  of  American  Art  Comes  to  Smithsonian  23-4—70 

Archives  Makes  Art  Research  Easy — Documents  All  on  Microfilm  23-4-70 

Museum  Education  Day  4-5-70 
Smithsonian  Associates  Program  To  Boomerang  on  Monument  Grounds    4-5-70 

Hot  Cycle  Research  Aircraft  Joins  Smithsonian  Institution  5-5-70 


APPENDIX  7.  PUBLIC  AFFAIRS  207 

Smithsonian  Museum  Schedules  Sky  Spectacle  on  9  May  5-5-70 

Smithsonian  Museum  Schedules  National  Glassware  Exhibition  6—5—70 
The  Nevins  and  Parkman  Prizes  of  the  Society  of  American  Historians       7-5-70 

Air  Force  Art  Show  at  Smithsonian  7—5—70 

Exhibit  Shows  Influences  of  Spanish  on  American  Culture  8—5—70 
Lloyd  McNeil,  Capitol  Ballet  Company  to  Premiere 

"Washington  Suite"  13-5-70 

Mall  Sky  Spectacle  Is  Planned  by  Smithsonian  on  Saturday,  16  May  13-5-70 
Composition  Premiered  at  Smithsonian  Is  Given  First  Foreign 

Performance  18-5-70 
Smithsonian  Honors  Mrs.  Eugene  Meyer  for  Devoted  Service  to 

Freer  Gallery  19-5-70 

Multimedia  Soft  Rock  Musical  To  Be  Presented  19-5-70 
National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts  Continues  Public  Tours  This  Summer     19-5-70 

Recommendations  Made  To  Save  Hawaiian  Endangered  Species  22-5-70 

African  Costume  Paintings  Shown  22—5—70 

Smithsonian  Exhibit  Honors  Gutenberg  25—5—70 

Smithsonian  Regents'  Spring  Meeting  26—5—70 

Teaching  Exhibition  Scheduled  by  National  Portrait  Gallery  27-5-70 

Smithsonian  Museum  To  Unveil  Portrait  of  Robert  F.  Kennedy  27-5-70 

Winslow  Homer  Exhibition  Focuses  on  Artist's  Popular  Early  Works  27-5-70 

Naval  Research  Lab  Gives  First  Radar  Equipment  to  Smithsonian  1-6-70 

Special  Exhibition  Traces  Manhattan's  Historic  Trip  1—6-70 
Artist  Leonard  Baskin  Being  Accorded  Mid-Career  Exhibition 

at  Smithsonian  3-6—70 

Puppet  Theatre  Opens  Summer  Variety  Show  3-6-70 

High  School  Students  Needed  as  Smithsonian  Tour  Guides  8-6-70 

Early  Bird  Twin  To  Be  Presented  to  Smithsonian  10-6-70 


Newsfeatures  Issued 

Wheels  of  Progress  Haven't  Caught  102-Year-Old  Pennsylvania 

Factory  26-11-69 

American  Artist  Rediscovered  in  Washington  Exhibition  15-12-69 

Amateurs  Can  Help  Scientist  Search  for  Dinosaur  Fossils  1-1-70 

A  Change  of  Clothes  for  Each  First  Lady  Is  Curator's  Goal  14-1-70 

Where  Have  All  the  Wild  Flowers  Gone?  9-2-70 

Flowering  Death  Strikes  Japanese  Bamboo  Plants  2-3-70 

Ecologist  Warns  of  Effects  of  Environmental  Ruin  on  Young  17—3—70 
Topping  100th  Birthday  Celebration  Will  Challenge  Bicentennial 

Planners  20-4-70 

Man  Probably  Villain  in  Ice  Age  Mammal  Extinction  15-6-70 


"Radio  Smithsonian"  Programs 

1.  The  Infestation  of  Starfish  in  the  Pacific.  Paul  Morris,  Violinist.   Tibetan 

Art. 

2.  "Jumbo  Mumbo" — Conservation  and  Ecology  in  Ceylon.  Color  Me  Man- 

kind. 


208  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 

3.  The  Festival  of  American  Folklife. 

4.  Music — Concerto  for  Two  Organs  in  F.  Theme  and   Variations. 

5.  Frederic  Tanner's  Role  in  Art.   Hurricane  Fighter  Plane.   Ladies'   Bathing 

Garments. 

6.  Archeology  in  South  America.  National  Portrait  Gallery. 

7.  Atomic  Art.  The  British  Crafts  Show. 

8.  The  Concerned  Photographer.  The  Sacred  Grove.  The  Doll  House. 

9.  Meteorites  and  Moon  Rocks.  Stitchery. 

10.  Encounter.  The  Deep  Discoverers. 

1 1 .  Smithsonian   School  Aids.   The   Bahar   River  Tiger.   Grasses   as  Food   and 

Medicine. 

12.  Music  at  the  Smithsonian.  The  Exhibits  Story.   In  the  Architect's  World. 

13.  A  Christmas  Program. 

14.  A  Concert  Program. 

15.  The  Art  of  Whistler.  The  Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum. 

16.  The  Frozen  Wing.  Primate  Biology  and  Evolution. 

17.  Public  Broadcasting.  Civilization. 

18.  On  the  Trail  of  the  Dinosaur.  Syntagma  Musicum. 

19.  The  Continental  Motion.  Mineralogy. 

20.  A  Gift  to  the  Nation.  Objects:   USA.  A  House  of  Foam. 

21.  An  Oral  History  of  Aviation.  NASA  Space  Art. 

22.  Frankincense  and  Myrrh.  Pieces  de  Clavecin  en  Concerts. 

23.  The  First  Ladies'  Gowns.  Music  of  the  Political  Campaigns. 

24.  Perceptions  II. 

25.  Freeze-Drying.  Flora  North  America. 

26.  Ensembles  Musical  de  Buenos  Aires. 

27.  China  and  the  Porcelain  Trade.  Reading  Is  Fun-damental. 

28.  The  National  Zoological  Park. 

29.  Laser  10. 

30.  Smithsonian.  The  Collection  of  Meteorites. 

31.  Orchestra  Sinfonia  di  Como.  The  Hammer  Collection. 

32.  The  Chesapeake  Bay   Center  for   Environmental   Studies.   The   Flowering 

Death. 

33.  The  Art  of  Barbara  Holmquest.  Privateers:   Opportunists  or  Pirates? 

34.  The  Machine  Left  Behind.  Archeology  Beneath  the  Sea. 

35.  Music  at  the  Smithsonian. 

36.  The  Concept  of  Honor.  American  Seacoast  Fortifications. 

37.  Paleolithic-Era  Burial  Remains:  The  First  Clues.  The  Kalihar  Bushmen. 

38.  The  Smithsonian  Puppet  Theater. 

39.  Women's  Liberation — From  Suffrage  to  Careers.  Tektite  II :   An  Undersea 

Experiment. 

40.  The  History  and  Folk  Music  of  Peggy  Seeger  and  Ewan  McColl. 

41.  Pollution  in  Perspective.  Butterfly  Collecting. 

42.  Greek  Archeology.  Foraminifera :    Indicator  Organisms. 

43.  Russian  Porcelain.  Pleasure  of  Minerals  as  Objects  d'art. 


APPENDIX  7.  PUBLIC  AFFAIRS  209 

Public  Inquiries 

Dial-a-Museum  calls  27,000 

Dial-a-Satellite  calls  150,000 

Calls  for  information  27,500 

Letter  requests  for  information  9,150 


Appendix  8 


SMITHSONIAN  EXHIBITS 


Special  Exhibits 


History  and  Technology  Building 


American  Holidays — Appomatox 
American  Holidays — ■ 

Washington/Lincoln 
American  Holidays — Winter 
Archeological  Finds 
Atomic  Art 
Bethlehem  Steel 
Captain  Buck's  Paintings 
Color  Me  Mankind 
Demand  for  Water 
Energy  Conversion 
Gurnsey-Jersey  Stamps 
Historic  Site  Archeology 
Laser  10 

Melies  Film  Festival 
Model  T  Ford 


Napoleonic  Coins  and  Medals 
People  Figures 
Pharmacy  in  Prints 
Photography — Elliot   Erwitt 
Photography — Hosee  /Johnson 
Roots  of  California  Culture 
Scandinavian  Stamps 
Ship  Models 

Ten  Modern  Italian  Architects 
The  Camera  and  the  Human  Facade 
The  Works  of  Richard  Neutra 
Weather  (Philately) 
Westward  to  Promontory 
Women,  Cameras,  and  Images, 

Parts  II-IV 
Women  and  Politics 


Natural  History  Building 


A  Heritage  in  Peril — Alaska's 

Vanishing  Totems 
African  Art 
Armand  Hammer 
Daco  Roman  Traces  in  Romania 


Dead  Sea  Scrolls,  Parts  I  and  II 
Library  Show  (Malay  Archipelago) 
The  Indomitable  Major 
The  World  Beneath  the  Sea 
Volcanos  and  Volcanism 


210 


APPENDIX  8.  SMITHSONIAN  EXHIBITS  211 

Arts  and  Industries  Building 

British  Designer  Craftsmen  New  Concepts  in  Leisure 
Contemporary  Black  American  Artists         Plastic  as  Plastic 

Contemporary  Tapestries  and  Polish  Folk  Art 

Graphics — Yugoslavia  Scientific  Illustrators 

Johannes  Gutenberg  Toledo  Glass 

Lovis  Corinth  Urban  Transit 
Moon  Rock 

National  Air  and  Space  Museum 

Apollo  Art  USAF  Show 

Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum 

Rats — Man's  Invited  Affliction  The  Douglass  Years 

Permanent  Exhibitions 
History  and  Technology  Building 

Agriculture  Graphic  Arts 

Armed  Forces  Chronology — Navy  Hall  of  Photography 

Autos  and  Coaches  Iron  and  Steel 

Everyday  Life  in  the  American  Past  Philately 

Flag  Hall  Political  History 

Natural  History  Building 

Fossil  Fishes  Prehistoric  Peoples  of  North  America 

Ice  Age  Mammals  Whale  (Life  in  the  Sea) 

Physical  Geology 


Appendix   9 

FINANCIAL  STATEMENT 

30  JUNE  1970 

SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 

Summary  of  Grants  and  Contracts 
Year  Ended  30  June  1970 


Total 

Grants 

Contracts 

Department  of  Health, 

$     325,832 

$      311,119 

$        14,713 

Education,  and  Welfare 

Department  of  Defense 

1,085,685 

46,343 

1,039,342 

National  Aeronautics  and 

6,560,854 

3,780,531 

2,780,323 

Space  Administration 

National  Science  Foundation 

2,246,241 

283,884 

1,962,357 

Other 

606,554 

107,742 

498,812 

Total  grants  and  contracts 

$10,825,166 

$  4,529,619 

$  6,295,547 

Summary  of  Endowment  and  Similar  Funds  Investments 
Book  Values  at  30  June  1970 


Total 

Freer  Fund 

Other 

Short-term   bonds 

$  1,909,345 

$  1,121,352 

$     787,993 

Medium-term  bonds 

1,494,486 

877,426 

617,060 

Long-term  bonds 

9,349,386 

5,228,216 

4,121,170 

Preferred   stocks 

281,484 

205,796 

75,688 

Common  stocks 

17,178,444 

5,749,008 

11,429,436 

Total 

$30,213,145 

$13,181,798 

$17,031,347 

212 


APPENDIX  9.     FINANCIAL  STATEMENT  213 


PEAT,  MARWICK,  MITCHELL  &  CO. 

CERTIFIED  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANTS 
1025   CONNECTICUT  AVENUE,  NW 
WASHINGTON,  D.C.  20036 

The  Board  of  Regents 
Smithsonian  Institution: 

We  have  examined  the  balance  sheet  of  private  funds  of  Smith- 
sonian Institution  as  of  30  June  1970  and  the  related  statement  of 
changes  in  fund  balances  for  the  year  then  ended.  Our  examination 
was  made  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing  standards, 
and  accordingly  included  such  tests  of  the  accounting  records  and 
such  other  auditing  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the 
circumstances. 

In  our  opinion,  the  accompanying  statement  of  changes  in  fund 
balances  presents  fairly  the  operations  of  the  unrestricted  private 
funds  of  Smithsonian  Institution  for  the  year  ended  30  June  1970, 
in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles;  and 
with  respect  to  all  other  funds,  subject  to  the  matters  referred  to  in 
note  1,  the  accompanying  balance  sheet  of  private  funds  and  the 
related  statement  of  changes  in  fund  balances  present  fairly  the 
assets  and  fund  balances  of  Smithsonian  Institution  at  30  June  1970 
and  changes  in  fund  balances  resulting  from  cash  transactions  of  the 
private  funds  for  the  year  then  ended,  all  on  a  basis  consistent  with 
that  of  the  preceding  year. 

Peat,  Marwick,  Mitchell  Sc  Co. 

22  October  1970 


214  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 
BALANCE  SHEET  OF  PRIVATE  FUNDS  30  JUNE  1970 

Assets 

Current  funds: 
Cash: 

In  U.  S.  Treasury  $       49,599 

In  banks  and  on  hand  168,225 

Total  cash 
Receivables: 
Accounts 

Advances — travel  and  other 
Reimbursements — grants  and   contracts 

Inventories  at  net  realizable  value 
Investments — stocks  and  bonds  at  cost  (market 

value  $2,900,264) 
Prepaid  expense 

Deferred  magazine  subscription  expenses    (note  2) 
Equipment — museum  shops  (less  accumulated 

depreciation  of  $49,932) 

Total  current  funds 

Endowment  and  similar  funds: 
Cash 

Note  receivable 
Investments — stocks  and  bonds  at  cost  (market  value 

$29,456,568) 
Loan  to  U.S.  Treasury  in  perpetuity 
Real  estate  (at  cost  or  appraised  value  at  date  of  gift)    (note  3) 

Total  endowment  and  similar  funds 

See  accompanying  notes  to  financial  statements. 


217,824 

$  349,484 

146,269 

1,536,516 

2,032,269 

544,413 

3,409,426 

39,541 

267,300 

64,115 

$  6,574,888 

77,533 

96,934 

30,213,145 

1,000,000 

:)  (note  3) 

1,760,448 

$33,148,060 

APPENDIX  9.     FINANCIAL  STATEMENT 


215 


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 
BALANCE  SHEET  OF  PRIVATE  FUNDS  30  JUNE  1970 

Liabilities  and  Fund  Balances 


Current  funds: 

Accounts  payable 

$     968,933 

Accrued  liabilities 

63,986 

Deferred  magazine  subscription  income 

1,030,115 

Unrestricted  fund  balance 

1,869,941 

Restricted  fund  balances: 

Gifts 

$  1,566,028 

Grants 

108,330 

Contracts 

177,814 

1,852,172 

Unexpended  income: 

Freer 

434,873 

Other 

354,868 

789,741 

Total  current  funds 

$  6,574,888 

Endowment  and  similar  funds: 
Mortgage  note  payable   (note  3) 
Fund  balances: 

Endowment  funds — income  restricted: 
Freer 
Other 

Current  funds  reserved  as  an  endowment- 
income  unrestricted 

Commitment   (note  4) 

Total  endowment  and  similar  funds 


13,188,994 
13,214,651 


310,697 

26,403,645 
6,433,718 

$33,148,060 


SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION 
PRIVATE  FUNDS 

Statement  of  Changes  in  Fund  Balances 
Year  Ended  30  June  1970 


Current 

funds 

Total  current 

Unrestricted 

funds 

funds 

Balance    at    beginning   of    year 

$  6,024,712 

$  2,851,411 

Adjustment — accrued  interest 

26,670 

26,670 

Adjustment    balance    at    beginning   of   year 

6,051,382 

2,878,081 

Additions: 

flranf^    anH    rontrarts     net    of   refunds 

9,517,884 

Investment   income 

1,322,315 

323,206 

Gifts   and   bequests 

2,307,097 

17,550 

Gross  profit  on  sales 

744,950 

744,950 

Rental 

1,583,657 

1,583,657 

Dues  and   fees 

531,184 

531,184 

Reimbursement  from  grantors  or  contractors 

384,629 

109,989 

Other 

451,960 

283,372 

Net  gains  (loss)   on  sales  and 

exchanges  of  investments 

(41,899) 

(41,899) 

Total  additions 

16,801,777 

3,552,009 

Deductions    (additions)  : 

Expenditures: 

Salaries  and  benefits: 

Administrative 

4,093,708 

4,093,708 

Rpcpq  t~/™h 

6,225,853 
429,526 

Pnrrhasps   for   roll  pr  Hon 

1      VI  X  v    1  1  <  1  ,  ~  V     .  1         1  *   '  L         \.  \  '  1  I  \    v.    1  1  »  '  1 1 

Travel    and    transportation 

610,162 

158,358 

Equipment  and   facilities 

922,188 

80,370 

Supplies   and  materials 

1,375,145 

225,910 

Rents  and  utilities 

964,606 

366,224 

Communication 

247,680 

77,227 

Contractual  services 

2,162,920 

1,211,299 

Computer   rental 

1,027,765 

176,023 

Promotion   and   advertising 

133,717 

133,717 

Depreciation 

31,296 

22,825 

Administrative  expenditures  applicable 

to  other  funds 

(2,056,728) 
42,724 

Reduction  of  inventory  to  net  realizable  value 

42,724 

Total  deductions 

18,267,263 

4,531,657 

Transfers  in    (out)  : 

Income  added  to  principal 
Transfers  for  designated  purposes 
Transfers  to  endowment  funds 

(52,989) 

(7,439) 
(21,053) 

(21,053) 

Transfer  in  support  of  activities 

Total  transfers  to    (from) 

(74,042) 

(28,492) 

Balance  at  end  of  year 

$  4,511,854 

$  1,869,941 

See  accompanying  notes  to  financial  statements. 


217 


Current  funds — Continued 


Restricted 

funds 

Endowment  and  similar 

funds 

Gifts, 

grants,  and 

contracts 

Unexpended 
income 

Total 

endowment  and 

similar  funds 

Endounnent 
funds 

$20,075,884 

Current  funds 

reserved,  as 
an  endowment 

$  2,379,937 

$     793,364 

$26,489,937 

$  6,414,053 

2,379,937 

9,517,884 

793,364 

26,489,937 

20,075,884 

6,414,053 

999,109 

2,289,547 

6,384,289 

6,384,289 

274,640 

74,541 

94,057 

113,577 

(224,482) 
6,273,384 

113,577 

(130,570) 
6,253,719 

(93,912) 

12,156,612 

1,093,156 

19,665 

5,791,461 

434,392 

175,801 

253,725 

412,521 

39,283 

821,478 

20,340 

1,085,831 

63,404 

595,159 

3,223 

156,133 

14,320 

887,779 

63,842 

812,744 

38,998 

8,444 

1,981,771  74,957 


12,720,678  1,014,928 


(52,989)  52,989  52,989 

36,301  (28,862)  

21,053  21,053 


36,301  (81,851)  74,042  74,042 


$  1,852,172  $      789,741  $32,837,363  $26,403,645  $  6,433,716 


218  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1970 


NOTES  TO  FINANCIAL  STATEMENT 

30  June  1970 

1.  Basis  of  Accounting. — The  accounts  for  unrestricted  funds  are  maintained 
on  the  accrual  basis  of  accounting.  Accounts  for  other  funds  are  maintained  on 
the  basis  of  cash  receipts  and  disbursements,  except  that  reimbursements  for 
work  performed  pursuant  to  a  grant  or  contract  are  accrued  and  certain  real 
estate  is  carried  at  cost  or  appraised  value  as  explained  below. 

Except  for  certain  real  estate  acquired  by  gift  or  purchased  from  proceeds  of 
gifts  which  are  valued  at  cost  or  appraised  value  at  date  of  gift,  land,  buildings, 
furniture,  equipment,  works  of  art,  living  and  other  specimens,  and  certain  other 
similar  property,  are  not  included  in  the  accounts  of  the  Institution;  the  amounts 
of  investments  in  such  properties  are  not  readily  determinable.  Current  expendi- 
tures for  such  properties  are  included  among  expenses.  The  accompanying  state- 
ments do  not  include  the  National  Gallery  of  Art,  the  John  F.  Kennedy  Center 
for  the  Performing  Arts,  nor  other  departments,  bureaus,  and  operations  ad- 
ministered by  the  Institution  under  Federal  appropriations. 

2.  Deferred  Magazine  Subscription  Expenses. — This  amount  represents  pro- 
motional and  other  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with  the  introduction  of 
the  Smithsonian  magazine.  Amortization  is  over  a  period  of  twelve  months  which 
commenced  in  March  1970,  the  month  of  the  first  issue. 

3.  Mortgage  Notes  Payable. — The  mortgage  notes  payable  are  secured  by  first 
deeds  of  trust  on  property  acquired  in  connection  with  the  Chesapeake  Bay 
Center.  Funds  for  the  curtailment  of  these  notes  will  be  transferred  from  Re- 
stricted Funds — Gifts,  designated  for  the  development  of  the  Chesapeake  Bay 
Center.  The  details  of  the  mortgage  notes  payable  are  as  follows: 

a.  A  $266,000  note  on  property  acquired  for  $376,000.  The  note  is  payable 
in  twenty  consecutive  semi-annual  installments  of  $13,300,  plus  interest  at  the 
prevailing  prime  rate  on  the  due  date  of  payment  but  not  less  than  8  percent. 

b.  A  $44,697  note  on  property  acquired  for  $118,533.  The  note  is  payable 
in  monthly  installments  of  $451.02,  including  interest  at  the  rate  of  6  percent, 
with  the  final  payment  due  on  1  November  1989. 

4.  Commitment. — Pursuant  to  an  agreement,  dated  9  October  1967,  between 
the  Institution  and  The  Cooper  Union  for  the  Advancement  of  Science  and  Art, 
the  Institution  acquired,  on  1  July  1968,  all  funds  belonging  to  The  Cooper 
Union  for  use  exclusively  for  museum  purposes,  and  certain  articles  of  tangible 
personal  property  as  defined  in  the  agreement. 

The  agreement  provides,  among  other  covenants,  that  the  Institution  will 
maintain  a  museum  in  New  York  City  and  has  pledges  in  excess  of  $800,000  for 
the  support  of  such  a  museum.  Pledges  in  the  amount  of  $500,000  have  been 
collected  to  date. 


-&U    S.    GOVERNMENT   PRINTING    OFFICE:    1970   O 401-511 


U    I 


'I  : 
I?/. 


YEAR 


Smithsonian  Year 

1971 


ANNUAL  REPORT  OF 

THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 

FOR  THE  YEAR  ENDED  30  JUNE  1971 


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  PRESS 

City  of  Washington 
1971 


SMITHSONIAN  PUBLICATION  4767 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 

Washington.  D.C..  20402  -  Price  $1.25  (paper  cover) 

Stock  Number:  4700-0179 


The  Smithsonian  Institution 


The  Smithsonian  Institution  was  created  by  act  of  Congress  in 
1846  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  will  of  James  Smithson 
of  England,  who  in  1826  bequeathed  his  property  to  the  United 
States  of  America  "to  found  at  Washington,  under  the  name  of 
the  Smithsonian  Institution,  an  establishment  for  the  increase 
and  diffusion  of  knowledge  among  men."  In  receiving  the  property 
and  accepting  the  trust,  Congress  determined  that  the  federal 
government  was  without  authority  to  administer  the  trust  directly, 
and  therefore,  constituted  an  "establishment,"  whose  statutory 
members  are  "the  President,  the  Vice  President,  the  Chief  Justice, 
and  the  heads  of  the  executive  departments." 


The  Establishment 

Richard  M.  Nixon,  President  of  the  United  States 

Spiro  T.  Acnew,  Vice  President  of  the  United  States 

Warren  E.  Burger,  Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States 

William  P.  Rogers,  Secretary  of  State 

John  B.  Connally,  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  * 

Melvin  R.  Laird,  Secretary  of  Defense 

John  N.  Mitchell,  Attorney  General 

Winton  M.  Blount,  Postmaster  General 

Rogers  C.  B.  Morton,  Secretary  of  Interior  f 

Clifford  M.  Hardin,  Secretary  of  Agriculture 

Maurice  H.  Stans,  Secretary  of  Commerce 

James  D.  Hodgson,  Secretary  of  Labor 

Elliot  L.  Richardson,  Secretary  of  Health,  Education,  and  Welfare 

George  W.  Romney,  Secretary  of  Housing  and  Urban  Development 

John  A.  Volpe,  Secretary  of  Transportation 


*  Replaced  David  M.  Kennedy  on  11  February  1971. 
f  Replaced  Walter  J.  Hickel  on  29  January  1971. 


Board  of  Regents  and  Secretary 

30  June  1971 


Presiding  Officer  ex  officio 
Regents  of  the  Institution 


Executive  Committee  (Permanent 
Committee) 


The  Secretary 
Under  Secretary 
Assistant  Secretaries 


the 


of 


Treasurer 

A  listing  of  the  professional  staff 

and  its  offices  appears  in  Append 


Richard  M.   Nixon,   President   of  the 

United  States,  Chancellor 
Warren   E.   Burger,   Chief  Justice  of 

the  United  States,  Chancellor 
Spiro    T.    Agnew,    Vice    President    of 

the  United  States 
Clinton  P.  Anderson,  Member  of  the 

Senate 
J.  William  Fulbright,  Member  of  the 

Senate 
Hugh  Scott,  Member  of  the  Senate 
Frank  T.  Bow,  Member  of  the  House 

of  Representatives 
John     J.     Rooney,     Member    of 

House  of  Representatives 
George    H.    Mahon,    Member    of    the 

House   of   Representatives 
John     Nicholas     Brown,     citizen 

Rhode  Island 
William    A.    M.    Burden,    citizen    of 

New   York 
Crawford  H.  Greenewalt,  citizen  of 

Delaware 
Caryl    P.    Haskins,    citizen    of   Wash- 
ington, D.C. 
Thomas    J.    Watson,    Jr.,    citizen    of 

Connecticut 
James  E.  Webb,  citizen  of  Washington, 

D.C. 
Warren  E.  Burger,  Chancellor  (Board 

of  Regents) 
Clinton  P.  Anderson 
Caryl     P.     Haskins      (Chairman     ad 

interim) 
James  E.  Webb 
S.  Dillon  Ripley 
James  Bradley 
David     Challinor,     Acting     Assistant 

Secretary    (Science)  * 
Charles    Blitzer,    Assistant    Secretary 

(History  and  Art) 
William    W.    Warner,    Assistant    Sec- 
retary  (Public  Service) 
T.  Ames  Wheeler 
of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  its  bureaus, 
ix  4. 


*  Replaced  Sidney  R.  Galler  on  11  January  1971. 


Contents 


Page 


The  Smithsonian  Institution iii 

Board  of  Regents  and  Secretary iv 

Statement  by  the  Secretary 1 

Financial  Report H 

Science 33 

National  Museum  of  Natural  History 34 

National  Air  and  Space  Museum 43 

Smithsonian    Astrophysical    Observatory      45 

Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute 50 

Radiation  Biology  Laboratory 54 

National   Zoological    Park 56 

Office  of  Environmental  Sciences 58 

Center  for  the  Study  of  Man 63 

Science  Information  Exchange 64 

History  and  Art 65 

The  National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology 66 

Archives  of  American  Art 74 

Freer  Gallery  of  Art 75 

National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts 76 

National   Portrait  Gallery 78 

Joseph  H.  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden 80 

Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  of  Decorative  Arts  and  Design 81 

National  Armed  Forces  Museum  Advisory  Board 83 

Woodrow  Wilson  International  Center  for  Scholars 84 

Joseph   Henry   Papers 84 

Office  of  American  Studies 85 

Office  of  Academic  Studies 85 

Smithsonian  Institution  Archives 86 

Office  of  Seminars 87 

Special  Museum  Programs 89 

Office  of  Museum  Programs 90 

Office  of  Exhibits  Programs 91 

Conservation-Analytical  Laboratory 92 

Office  of  the  Registrar 93 

Smithsonian    Institution    Libraries 93 

International  Exchange  Service 94 

Public  Service  Activities 96 

Smithsonian    Associates 97 

Office  of  Public  Affairs 99 

Office  of  International  Activities 100 

Division  of  Performing  Arts* 100 

Smithsonian  Museum  Shops 101 

Belmont  Conference  Center 102 

Anacostia   Neighborhood   Museum 103 

v 


Page 

Smithsonian    (magazine) 104 

Smithsonian   Institution   Press 104 

Reading  Is  Fundamental 105 

Division  of  Elementary  and  Secondary  Education 107 

Administrative  Management 108 

National  Gallery  of  Art 118 

John  F.  Kennedy  Center  for  the  Performing  Arts 121 

Appendixes 127 

1.  Smithsonian  Foreign  Currency  Program 129 

2.  Members  of  the  Smithsonian  Council 132 

3.  Smithsonian   Associates   Membership 134 

4.  Staff  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution 137 

5.  Publications  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Press 166 

6.  Publications  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Staff 173 

7.  Academic  Appointments 229 

8.  Public  Affairs 237 

9.  Smithsonian   Exhibits 246 


VI 


Statement  by  the  Secretary 

S.  Dillon  Ripley 


This  annual  report  of  the  Institution  covers  a  twelve-month 
period  from  1  July  1970  to  1  July  1971.  This  year  seems 
to  have  been  the  time  for  a  distinct  pause  in  American  affairs, 
economically,  politically,  and  to  some  extent  in  the  realm  of  ideas 
as  well,  for  in  such  times  moods  are  contagious.  This  has  been  the 
year  of  the  decrescendo,  the  de-escalation,  the  lowering  of  rhetoric. 

The  pause,  while  unfamiliar  to  some,  has  not  been  unwelcome. 
It  has  been  a  sober  experience,  and  sober  times  are  always  useful 
in  these  days  of  mental  assault  by  the  mixed  media  among  which 
we  live  and  the  false  euphoria  engendered  by  our  innate  huck- 
sterism.  But  if  the  pause  has  succeeded  in  being  somewhat  anti- 
inflationary,  it  is  too  bad  that  it  has  not  been  more  productive  of 
contemplation. 

The  basic  problems  of  the  present  stage  of  American  cultural 
and  economic  history  remain:  anomie  in  the  young,  the  pandemic 
use  of  drugs,  alienation  among  the  poor  and  the  ethnic  minorities 
that  remain  disadvantaged,  and  the  curious  loss  of  interest  in  hand 
labor,  skills  and  crafts — those  talents  that  once  helped  set  American 
energy  and  creativeness  in  a  class  by  itself. 

Annually  the  Institution  attempts  to  remind  Americans  of  this 
traditional  approach  towards  life  and  personal  fulfillment  in  our 
Folk  Festival.  The  1970  Folk  Festival,  our  fourth  on  the  Mall,  was 
even  more  successful  than  its  predecessors. 

A  main  feature  was  provided  by  the  State  of  Arkansas,  a  national 
center  for  crafts  and  folk  music  traditions.  One  hundred  and 
seventy  five  Arkansans  led  by  State  officials,  participated  in  the  five 
day  festival,  demonstrating  everything  from  the  carving  of  dul- 
cimers to  the  making  of  sorghum,  corncob  jelly,  barrels,  saddles, 
fiddles,  split  oak  cotton  baskets,  knives,  quilts,  and  wood  carvings. 
They  also  demonstrated  wine-making  and  milking,  churning, 
cheese-making,  and  baking.  A  huge  turn-out  of  Washington  citizens 
and  tourists  watched  with  fascination  and  awe  as  all  sorts  of  things 
were  made  by  hand. 

Among  the  foods  sold  at  the  festival  were  barbecued  buffalo 
meat,  Indian  fried  bread,  Arkansas  barbecued  chicken,  and  black- 
berry cobbler,  Ozark  style. 

1 


<>  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

In  addition  we  played  host  to  our  first  big  assemblage  of  Amer- 
ican Indians  organized  by  Mrs.  Clydia  Nahwooksy  and  George 
Kishketon,  Cherokee  and  Kickapoo,  respectively.  Tribes  represented 
included  Comanches,  Kiowas,  Ponca,  Ponca-Sioux,  Kickapoo,  Osage, 
Cheyenne,  Kiowa-Choctaw  and  Arapaho.  Crafts,  music,  and  dance 
were  all  demonstrated. 

As  one  tourist  wrote,  "I  wish  Washington  was  like  this  all  year 
round.  You  have  brought  life  to  the  center  of  the  Mall.  It's  a 
living  greensward,  not  a  dead  one." 

During  the  period  16-31  July  1970,  the  Institution  had  its  first 
general  Congressional  hearings  since  1855.  The  purpose  of  the 
hearings,  called  by  our  committee  in  the  House,  the  Subcommittee 
on  Library  and  Memorials,  was,  in  the  words  of  the  Honorable 
Frank  Thompson  of  New  Jersey,  our  Chairman,  "a  comprehensive 
look  at  the  Smithsonian,  which,  established  by  Act  of  Congress  in 
1846,  is  essentially  a  federal  responsibility,"  even  though  "rela- 
tively independent  compared  to  other  federal  organizations.  .  .  . 
We  hope  to  obtain  a  better  understanding  of  how  the  Smithsonian 
operates,  of  its  structure,  of  how  it  develops  and  carries  out  its 
policies,  of  how  its  activity  benefits  the  public  and,  of  course,  we 
want  to  find  out  what  its  goals  are  for  the  future." 

"Only  when  we  have  this  knowledge  can  the  subcommittee  and 
the  Congress  pass  confidently  on  legislation  requested  by  the 
Smithsonian." 

In  my  own  statement  I  responded  in  kind,  "We  feel  we  have 
far  too  few  opportunities  ...  to  be  in  close  touch  with  your 
committee  .  .  .  and  it  is  a  very  hopeful  and  helpful  sign  of  the 
continuing  interest  of  the  Congress  of  the  United  States"  in  our 
affairs.  For  indeed  we  welcome  scrutiny  as  I  had  stated  in  our 
annual  report  of  1969,  and  we  feel  that  we  thrive  on  self-examina- 
tion. 

The  two  volumes  of  the  hearings,*  running  to  over  1,000  pages, 
were  comprehensive  indeed  and  no  doubt  will  prove  a  valuable 
source  book  for  the  future.  No  stone  seemed  to  be  left  unturned  in 
our  accounting  of  the  multifarious  activities  of  the  Institution, 
although  for  those  of  us  who  constantly  live  the  affairs  of  the 
Smithsonian,  the  time  at  hand  seemed  all  too  short  in  which  to 
set  the  stage  as  it  were,   to  provide   the  setting,   both  historical 


*  General  Hearings  before  the  Subcommittee  on  Library  and  Memorials  of 
the  Committee  on  House  Administration.  House  of  Representatives,  Ninety-first 
Congress,  Second  Session  (Smithsonian  Institution)  ,  U.S.  Government  Printing 
Office,  Washington,  1970. 


STATEMENT  BY  THE  SECRETARY  3 

and  contemporary,  tor  what  it  is  that  we  do,  why  we  do  it,  and 
how  it  came  about  in  the  first  place. 

The  demonstrated  interest  of  Mr.  Thompson,  well  known  in  the 
country  for  his  sponsorship  of  cultural  and  arts  legislation,  of 
Mr.  Brademas,  whose  concern  for  education  is  equally  well  known, 
and  of  the  other  members  of  the  subcommittee,  Mr.  Schwengel, 
Mr.  Bingham,  Mr.  Harvey,  and  Mr.  Crane,  in  our  hearings,  was  a 
most  welcome  one,  and  we  are  indeed  grateful  for  this  oppor- 
tunity to  be  responsive  to  the  Congress. 

One  of  the  particular  recommendations  of  the  Committee  as  a 
result  of  the  hearings  was  that  the  Smithsonian  should  restudy 
the  cross-Mall  design  for  the  sculpture  garden  of  the  Hirshhorn 
Museum.  As  a  result  a  new  solution  was  found;  the  plans  were 
revised  and  are  currently  under  way,  thus  not  traversing  the  open 
space  of  the  Mall's  center  panel.  Finally  the  committee  gave  circu- 
lation to  its  far-reaching  conclusion  that,  "the  Smithsonian's  value 
to  the  people  of  the  United  States  is  impossible  to  estimate.  It  can 
be  safely  stated  that  its  role  is  basic  and  should  be  continued.  Its 
work  and  research  in  science,  education,  history,  the  arts,  and,  of 
course,  in  its  many  museums  far  overshadow  whatever  criticisms 
of  the  Smithsonian  have  been  made." 

In  all  of  the  work  of  assembling  material  for  the  hearings,  I 
should  like  to  pay  particular  tribute  to  the  Smithsonian  staff,  from 
my  own  assistants  to  the  heads  of  bureaus  and  departments  and  to 
our  Archivist,  fiscal  officers  and  secretarial  aides,  many  of  whom 
worked  overtime  and  under  great  pressure  performing  research 
and  providing  data  for  presentation.  The  energy  and  initiative 
displayed  were  a  testament  to  the  fact  that  there  exists  a  great 
loyalty  and  a  sense  of  common  enterprise  among  those  who  work 
for  this  much-cherished  Institution.  We  are  all  very  proud  of 
the  Smithsonian,  and  our  pride  is  shown  in  the  dedication  and 
sense  of  fulfillment  which  is  demonstrated  in  our  work  at  such 
times. 

During  all  this  period  of  the  summer  of  1970,  our  budget  unit 
had  been  preparing  materials  for  submission  to  the  President's 
Office  of  Management  and  Budget,  for  the  fiscal  year  1972  budget. 
Both  at  our  hearings  and  also  in  the  subsequent  autumn  discussions 
with  the  Budget  authorities  of  the  President,  the  Institution  was 
honored  to  have  a  new  champion  for  our  air  and  space  concerns 
in  the  person  of  Senator  Barry  Goldwater,  one  of  the  premier  aero- 
nauts in  government,  who  took  revived  interest  on  our  behalf  for 
the  long  postponed  National  Air  and  Space  Museum.  This  project, 


4  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

passed  by  the  Congress  in  1966,  with  a  site  on  the  Mall  and  build- 
ing plans  approved,  had  been  deferred  for  construction  until  such 
time  as  a  significant  decline  in  the  American  involvement  in  Viet- 
nam had  occurred.  Meanwhile  inflation  had  taken  its  toll  of  the 
original  plans  for  the  museum,  which  we  estimated  would  cost 
nearly  twice  as  much  to  build  by  1976,  as  we  had  assumed  in  1966. 
Consequently,  the  Board  of  Regents  approved  a  scaling  down  of 
the  original  plans  to  produce  a  building  more  in  keeping  with  the 
original  estimated  costs. 

New  scaled-down  plans  with  their  redesign  will  take  nearly  a 
year  to  achieve,  and  in  order  to  accomplish  this,  an  allowance  in 
our  budget  of  $1.9  million  would  be  required.  With  the  help  of 
Senator  Goldwater,  as  well  as  the  authoritative  and  enthusiastic 
support  of  the  Regents,  this  item  was  approved  and  incorporated 
in  our  budget  for  1972.  If  the  schedule  presently  outlined  can  be 
achieved  without  let  or  hindrance  from  acts  of  God,  strikes,  fires 
or  flood,  we  are  in  a  fair  way  to  have  a  National  Air  and  Space 
Museum  within  five  years,  namely  by  1976. 

The  new  Museum  should  incorporate  many  new  devices  and' 
points  of  view  on  account  of  the  very  delay  in  its  construction. 
There  is  a  beneficial  aspect  in  such  delays.  The  triumphs  of  the 
astronauts  on  the  Moon  for  example,  give  our  designers  scope  for 
newly  thought-out  exhibits.  The  whole  understanding  of  space 
which  has  evolved  in  the  last  five  years  since  1966  gives  us  new 
opportunities.  A  "Spacearium"  should  be  incorporated  in  the  new 
museum,  an  evolved  planetarium  concept  orienting  the  participant 
to  life  in  space.  New  advances  in  chemistry  and  geology  have  cre- 
ated new  cosmogonies.  New  theories  of  the  origin  of  the  solar 
system  and  the  galaxies  of  outer  space  can  be  demonstrated  and 
exhibited  in  a  manner  which  we  would  have  been  hard  put  to 
incorporate  in  an  existing  designed  series  of  exhibits.  So  there  is 
new  scope  for  enthusiasm,  and  the  new  techniques  will  benefit  the 
history  of  man's  conquest  of  the  air,  as  well  as  the  story  of  the 
unfolding  of  the  universe. 

A  most  welcome  addition  to  our  staff  this  year  has  come  in  the 
person  of  Michael  Collins,  one  of  the  Apollo  11  astronauts,  who 
has  taken  up  the  post  of  Director  of  the  National  Air  and  Space 
Museum  with  captivating  enthusiasm. 

This  has  also  been  the  year  in  which  we  have  completed  the 
budgeting,  under  contract  authority,  for  the  construction  of  the 
Joseph  H.  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden.  The  final 
sum  needed  to  complete  this  contemporary  structure  designed  by 


STATEMENT  BY  THE  SECRETARY  5 

Gordon  Bunshaft  of  the  firm  of  Skidmore,  Owings  and  Merrill  is 
$3,697,000  and  this  has  been  voted  by  the  Congress  in  the  1972 
budget. 

The  Museum  and  Garden,  situated  between  Seventh  and  Ninth 
Streets  and  Independence  Avenue  and  Adams  Drive,  will  play 
neighbor  to  the  Arts  and  Industries  Building  erected  in  1878.  The 
four  buildings  taken  in  a  row,  the  Freer  Gallery,  the  Smithsonian 
"Castle,"  the  Arts  and  Industries  Building,  and  the  Hirshhorn, 
provide  a  fascinating  exercise  in  American  architectural  tradition 
and  style  over  one  hundred  and  twenty  years. 

All  the  buildings  are  or  will  be  small,  and  each  in  its  way  sym- 
bolizes a  period,  and  each  has  its  own  color  values.  Contrasted  to 
the  monolithic  procession  of  buildings  which  ring  the  Mall,  I 
sometimes  think  of  these  varied  creations  as  colorful  figures  on  a 
Bayeux  tapestry,  or  in  a  Mayan  pictograph. 

The  Hirshhorn  will  certainly  add  a  vivid  new  dimension  to 
touristing  in  Washington,  with  its  extraordinary  collections  span- 
ning the  rise  of  contemporary  art  and  its  roots,  the  past  one 
hundred  years  of  sculpture  and  painting,  particularly  in  America, 
as  well  as  examples  of  many  of  the  source  materials  from  far-away 
places  and  eras  like  the  Kingdom  of  Benin,  the  prehistoric  cul- 
tures of  the  Middle  East  and  central  Asia,  and  examples  of  so- 
called  "primitive"  art. 

The  new  design  for  the  sculpture  garden,  drawn  into  the  tree 
panel  on  the  south  side  of  the  Mall  is  a  positive  improvement  for 
the  viewer,  for  shade  is  of  the  essence  in  tourist  Washington  dur- 
ing the  long  summer  months.  We  are  grateful  to  the  Congressional 
hearings  for  spurring  us  into  a  reconsideration  of  that  design. 

Construction  contracts  on  a  tight  budget  are  always  fearful  and 
risky  things  to  tamper  with.  Inflationary  cost-increases  in  construc- 
tion threatened  at  one  point  to  endanger  the  whole  project,  and 
we  are  additionally  grateful  to  Mr.  Hirshhorn  for  his  generosity 
in  adding  a  million  dollars  to  our  construction  budget.  With  luck 
our  schedule  now  assumes  an  opening  of  the  Museum  and  Sculpture 
Garden  in  mid- 1973.  Meanwhile  President  Nixon  has  named  the 
eight  public  Trustees  of  the  Gallery,  together  with  two  ex-officio 
Trustees. 

During  autumn  of  1970,  the  fourth  Smithsonian  symposium 
"Cultural  Styles  and  Social  Identities:  Interpretations  of  Protest 
and  Change"  met  to  air  issues  of  great  concern  to  all  of  us.  The 
colloquium,  which  was  held  through  the  generous  interest  and 
support  of  the  Charles  F.  Kettering  Foundation  and   the   Rocke- 


5  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

feller  Brothers  Fund,  demonstrated  our  own  interest  in  cultural 
change  as  reflected  in  the  work  of  anthropologists  and  historians 
alike.  We  are  most  grateful  to  these  foundations,  and  with  the 
stimulus  of  the  Kettering  staff  we  hope  to  explore  further  aspects 
of  the  Smithsonian  in  the  fields  of  education  and  public  service 
that  could  help  us  grasp  the  "open  university"  concept. 

If  our  setting  as  a  museum  seems  to  imply  to  many  that  we  are 
merely  guardians  of  old  dead  "things,"  then  we  should  remind 
others  as  well  as  ourselves  that  we  are  keeping  these  objects  for  a 
purpose:  to  accompany  the  inevitable  stream  of  change  with  the 
constant  reminder  of  the  thread  of  continuity.  Past  is  prologue 
and  young  people  today,  who  grow  older  each  moment,  will  recall 
this  in  time. 

If  the  new  media  are  making  us  once  again  remember  our  pre- 
literate  gifts  of  ear  and  hand  and  nose  and  the  nonreading  eye, 
as  I  believe  they  are,  then  surely  museums  are  the  most  valuable 
ally  that  formal  education  could  find,  ready-made,  ready  to  hand. 
But  if  the  juggernaut  of  education  is  capable  of  critical  self- 
examination  leading  to  change,  can  the  museum  be  said  to  be  so 
as  well?  Museums  sometimes  tend  to  be  somnolent,  backward- 
looking  as  the  very  materials  they  keep.  Unless  museums  can  be 
critical  of  their  own  role,  they  will  be  found  wanting  when  the 
forces  of  education  call  for  their  support. 

The  symposium  called  forth  its  own  protest  from  groups  who 
felt  unrepresented,  Chicanos  and  women.  This  was  welcome,  and 
a  great  compliment  to  the  Institution.  Perhaps  we  really  are  a 
"sacred  cow"  as  we  were  termed.  I  would  like  to  think  so,  for  if 
we  can  bend  our  attention  to  changes  in  the  eddys  and  currents 
running  through  our  culture  then  so  much  the  better. 

The  Institution  needs  to  strengthen  its  competence  in  certain 
behavioral  and  social  fields  in  order  to  develop  better  interactive, 
teaching  exhibits  that  are  more  useful  and  more  germane  to  present 
styles  of  learning.  The  two  great  areas  for  this  effort  seem  to  me 
to  lie  in  the  fields  of  understanding  our  environment  and  of  under- 
standing our  history  and,  perhaps,  where  both  may  lead  us. 

The  American  experience  is  brief  but  incalculably  rich.  Nothing 
so  far  has  occurred  that  leads  us  to  believe  we  cannot  profit  from 
past  achievements  as  well  as  errors,  and  in  so  doing  secure  our 
future. 

During  the  winter  season  an  active  program  of  new  exhibits  and 
openings  delighted  our  Associates  and  the  general  public  alike. 
Notable  among  these  were   the   Rube  Goldberg  exhibit  initiated 


STATEMENT  BY  THE  SECRETARY  7 

by  Professor  Boorstin,  Director  of  the  National  Museum  of  History 
and  Technology.  We  were  fortunate  to  have  Mr.  Goldberg  at  the 
opening  and  to  celebrate  his  many  fruitful  years  as  cartoonist, 
artist,  sculptor,  and  philosopher  of  the  American  scene. 

Dr.  Sadik  organized  two  especially  interesting  exhibits  at  the 
National  Portrait  Gallery  in  what  is  fast  becoming  a  remarkable 
tradition  of  style  and  scholarship.  The  first,  organized  by  Andrew 
Oliver,  displayed  the  portraits  of  John  Quincy  Adams  (to  whom 
the  Smithsonian  owes  so  much  for  his  interest  during  his  latter 
years  as  Congressman) .  The  second,  the  research  on  which  was 
performed  by  Robert  Stewart,  exhibited  the  obscure  18th-century 
American  portraitist,  Henry  Benbridge.  Both  were  artistic  triumphs. 

The  arrival  at  the  National  Portrait  Gallery  of  Professor  Lillian 
Miller  from  the  University  of  Wisconsin  will  add  a  highly  signifi- 
cant element  to  the  Gallery's  continual  evolution  as  a  center  for 
historical  scholarship. 

Similarly  the  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts  created  a  rich 
and  illustrative  series  of  exhibits  of  American  artists  ranging  from 
Jasper  Cropsey  to  the  virtually  unknown  (in  this  country)  Lyman 
Sayen,  and  Romaine  Brooks.  These  exhibits,  under  the  director- 
ship of  Professor  Taylor,  were  notable  for  the  exemplary  taste  in 
display  of  Harry  Lowe. 

This  has  been  the  first  full  year  in  operation  of  the  Archives  of 
American  Art,  and  auguries  for  research  and  scholarship  in  Amer- 
ican art  history  in  Washington  are  just  beginning  to  be  appreciated. 
I  feel  sure  that  the  Washington  in  years  to  come  will  be  as  well 
known  as  a  metropolis  of  art  and  studies  in  art,  as  it  is  thought  of 
today  as  the  center  for  U.S.  Government  administration.  That 
this  will  be  so  is  assured  by  plans  announced  or  in  process  of  our 
two  Smithsonian  affiliates,  the  National  Gallery  of  Art,  and  the 
John  F.  Kennedy  Center  for  the  Performing  Arts.  During  the  year, 
the  National  Gallery  has  broken  ground  for  its  formidably  beauti- 
ful addition  designed  by  I.M.  Pei.  In  years  to  come  this  building 
and  its  space  should  set  the  capstone  on  the  National  Gallery's 
ambitions  to  be  a  world  center  for  exhibition  and  study  of  centuries 
of  art.  The  Kennedy  Center,  now  virtually  completed,  will  launch 
its  performances  shortly  in  halls  that  already  have  been  shown  to 
be  acoustically  as  fine  as  any  in  the  nation. 

This  year  budgeting  for  the  Institution  at  last  reached  an  area 
of  appropriate  recognition.  The  demonstrated  needs  in  science,  in 
the  administration  of  buildings,  and  in  the  initiation  or  completion 
of  construction  were  largely  met  by  an  understanding  and  generous 


3  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Congress.  We  welcome  this  recognition  of  needs  long  overdue  and 
are  most  grateful  to  our  appropriations  committees  as  well  as  to 
our  Congressional  Regents   for   their  inestimable  support. 

In  areas  to  do  with  the  arts,  with  the  coming  of  the  Nation's 
Bicentennial,  and  with  the  environmental  sciences,  the  Institution 
has  still  to  achieve  the  recognition  that  its  tasks  are  vital  to  progress 
in  American  culture  and  civilization.  That  this  day  will  come  I 
feel  sure,  and  already  we  can  look  back  at  the  years  in  which  we 
have  been  stressing  the  needs  of  museums  in  general  and  the  part 
which  the  Institution  could  perform  nationally  to  aid  museums 
as  by  no  means  wasted. 

Museums  are  slowly  but  surely  being  recognized  for  their  poten- 
tial, and  it  is  our  hope  that  our  own  small  nascent  program  of 
help  to  museums  and  kindred  institutions  under  the  National 
Museum  Act  will  help  to  speed  this  progress. 

To  this  end  we  are  not  only  planning  to  launch  expanded  pro- 
grams of  museum-technician  training  and  aid  in  exhibits,  but  also 
conferences,  seminars,  and  other  discussions  on  kindred  subjects 
such  as  the  future  of  systematic  collections,  data  centers  for  descrip- 
tive sciences,  and  the  linking  of  science  museum  exhibits  to  a  teach- 
ing curricula. 

This  past  year  marked  the  fifteenth  of  our  collaboration  with 
Harvard  University  in  astrophysics.  In  recognition  of  this  fact 
President  Pusey  proposed  that  we  hold  a  joint  ad  hoc  discussion 
of  past  results  and  future  hopes  for  this  collaboration.  The  Smith- 
sonian was  delighted  to  do  so,  and  a  joint  report  to  President  Pusey 
and  myself,  organized  by  Dean  Dunlop  of  Harvard  and  Under 
Secretary  Bradley,  has  provided  a  foundation  for  new  discussions 
of  future  cooperation. 

In  these  fifteen  years,  the  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory 
has  become  an  integrated  arm  of  teaching  at  Harvard,  while  the 
Harvard  faculty  have  joined  with  us  in  an  exciting  series  of 
research  efforts  at  our  tracking  stations  around  the  globe  as  well 
as  new  installations  in  Nebraska,  and  latterly,  in  Arizona  at  Mount 
Hopkins  in  conjunction  with  the  University  of  Arizona. 

Grateful  thanks  are  indeed  due  for  the  prescience  of  my  prede- 
cessor, Secretary  Leonard  Carmichael,  and  Professor  Donald  Men- 
zel,  then  the  Director  of  the  Harvard  College  Obseratory,  in  initiat- 
ing this  collaboration  which  has  resulted  in  the  training  of  76 
graduate  students,  and  the  setting  up  of  4  joint  laboratory  facilities 
shared  by  the  two  institutions. 

The  year  1970  marks  the  completion  of  the  fifth  year  of  public 


STATEMENT  BY  THE  SECRETARY  9 

service  inaugurated  by  the  Associates'  programs.  The  membership 
in  the  greater  Washington  area  totals  some  8,300  members  that 
include  family  units  and  totals  approximately  17,000  persons.  The 
variety  of  activities  available  to  these  members  and  family  members 
is  astounding,  and  the  participation  by  young  and  old  continues 
to  be  increasingly  rewarding  to  those  of  us  who  believe  that  this  is 
one  of  the  things  that  the  Smithsonian  must  carry  on  and  encour- 
age— participation  by  Washingtonians  in  day-to-day  Institution 
activities.  The  participation  response  as  always  continues  to  be 
heartwarming  to  ourselves. 

The  patience  of  our  volunteers  and  members  when,  on  occasion, 
classes  are  held  in  too-crowded  quarters  or  when  the  unbelievable 
Washington  traffic  congestion  on  the  Mall  makes  accessibility  to, 
our  halls  almost  impossible,  is  a  source  of  continuing  gratitude. 

This  summer  again  we  will  be  resuming  our  open-Museums 
policy  with  funds  newly  granted  us  by  the  Congress.  Keeping  the 
buildings  open  after  business  hours  has  been  one  of  the  most 
popular  moves  that  has  been  made  on  the  Mall.  Many  Washing- 
tonians pass  their  whole  lives  without  having  time  to  visit  the 
Smithsonian. 

Traffic  problems  have  become  increasingly  depressing.  We  con- 
tinue to  hope,  along  with  the  National  Park  Service,  whose  effi- 
ciency and  organization  deserve  unbounded  admiraton,  that  our 
joint  concern  and  ambition  in  securing  off-Mall  or  underground 
parking  may  somehow  be  achieved.  Otherwise  the  dead  hand  of 
constant  traffic  jams  may  eventually  strangle  all  movement  on  the 
Mall,  and  produce  that  mortuary  effect  that  I  sometimes  think  is 
the  ultimate  dream  of  the  surburban  developers  and  the  final 
quietus  of  the  city  planners. 

If  it  can  be  said  that  in  this  year  the  Smithsonian  has  done  any- 
thing useful  for  the  people  of  this  country,  then  I  think  it  is  simply 
that  we  exist.  In  times  of  turmoil,  even  though  lessened,  in  times 
of  peculiar  uncertainty  of  what  role  if  any  America  can  play  in 
world  affairs,  it  is  rewarding  to  look  back  on  the  kinds  of  service 
to  people  which  this  Institution  affords — an  open  sort  of  education, 
a  reaffirmation  of  what  we  have  accomplished  in  the  past  two  cen- 
turies, a  series  of  examples  and  precepts,  not  didactic,  not  shrill  or 
hortatory,  but  simply  there,  showing  something  positive. 

No  matter  how  bitterly  we  may  regret  the  past  for  lost  oppor- 
tunities or  missed  directions,  our  country  shows  an  extraordinary 
ability   to  solve   pragmatic   problems  which   should  encourage   us 


JO  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

greatly  in  these  days  of  awareness  of  environmental  damage  all 
around. 

In  addition,  in  spite  of  all  the  evidence  of  human  frailty  on 
every  hand,  Americans  continue  to  show  an  essential  friendliness, 
tolerance,  and  concern  for  their  fellow  men.  We  sense  it  in  our 
day-to-day  comings  and  goings  on  the  Mall,  and  it  is  this  which 
continues  to  give  us  all  a  sense  of  pride  and  accomplishment  in 
our  work  in  the  Institution. 


Financial  Report 


The  total  operating  support  for  the  Institution  is  composed 
of  federally  appropriated  funds  (including  special  foreign  currency 
monies) ,  research  grant  and  contract  awards,  and  private  funds 
in  the  form  of  gifts  and  endowment  fund  income  for  both  re- 
stricted and  unrestricted  purposes.  With  the  exception  of  private 
unrestricted  funds,  the  uses  of  these  monies  are  limited  to  the 
specific  purposes  designated  by  the  appropriation,  grant,  or  gift, 
with  the  funds  recorded  separately  in  over  1,500  individual  ac- 
counts. 

Total  funds  for  operations  and  for  construction  in  fiscal  years 
1968-1971  are  shown  below    (in  thousands)  : 

FT  1968     FT  1969     FT  1970     FT  1971 

OPERATING  FUNDS 

Federal  appropriations 

Salaries  and  expenses $26,784     529,150     $32,679     $36,895 

Special  foreign  currency  program 2,316  2,316         2,316         2,500 

Subtotal 29,100       31,466       34,995       39,395 

Research  grants  and  contracts  1 1 ,  584        1 1  ,  624        1 0 ,  825         9,312 

Nonfederal  funds: 

Gifts  (excluding  gifts  to  endowments) 

Restricted  purpose 442         1,806         2,290         1,905 

Unrestricted  purpose 27  181  17  356 

Income  from  endowment  and  current 
funds  investment 

Restricted  purpose 870  924  999         1,115 

Unrestricted  purpose 368  441  281  330 

Miscellaneous 190  476  503  406 

Total  Operating  Support $42,581     $46,918     $49,910     $52,819 

CONSTRUCTION  FUNDS  (Federal) 

National  Zoological  Park $       400     $       300  $       600     $       200 

National  Air  and  Space  Museum —  — 

Joseph  H.  Hirshhorn  Museum 803         2,000  3,500         5,200 

Restoration  and  renovation  of  buildings..  1  ,  125              400  525          1 ,725 

Total $  2,328     $  2,700     $  4,625     $  7,125 

Federal  Appropriated  Funds 

Operations  (Salaries  and  Expenses)  . — As  shown  above,  Congress 
has   provided   increases   in   appropriations   to   the   Smithsonian   in 

441-283  O  -  71   -  2 


12 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 


recent  years.  The  substantial  inflation  in  this  period,  however, 
absorbed  a  large  part  of  these  increases.  Throughout  this  period, 
also,  there  existed  the  need  to  provide  for  the  natural  growth  of 
museum  and  scientific  research  collections,  to  meet  established 
commitments  toward  improvement  of  the  Institution's  museums, 
and  to  participate  more  fully  in  growing  research  fields  such  as 
ecology  and  oceanography.  Together  these  forces  placed  a  severe 
strain  upon  operating  budgets  and  accentuated  existing  shortages 
of  support  for  our  research  scientists  and  museum  directors.  For- 
tunately, this  situation  has  now  been  recognized  and  the  increase 
in  our  appropriation  for  operations  (salaries  and  expenses)  for 
FY  1972  will  make  a  good  start  toward  alleviating  these  shortages 
in  many  areas. 

The  division  of  the  Institution's  federal  appropriations    (exclud- 
ing special  foreign  currency  program)    for  operating  purposes  in 
recent  years  among  its  broad  areas  of  service  has  been  as  follows 
(in  thousands)  : 

FT  1968     FY  1969     FT  1970     FT  1971 

Science $9,566  $10,467  $11,761  $13,495 

History  and  Art 4,045  4,287  5,081  5,878 

Public  Service 973  1,159  1,445  1,442 

Museum  Programs 3,128  3,260  3,592  3,744 

Administration 2,155  2,526  2,733  3,051 

Building  Maintenance 6,917  7,451  8,067  9,285 

Total $26,784     $29,150     $32,679     $36,895 

Additional  detail  for  FY  1971  is  shown  in  Table  1  on  page  22. 

Special  Foreign  Currency  Program. — These  funds,  representing 
a  portion  of  the  U.S.  Government's  holdings  of  blocked  currencies 
in  nine  foreign  nations,  have  been  awarded  to  the  Smithsonian 
annually  since  1964  to  administer  a  program  of  grants  to  more 
than  fifty  museums  and  universities  in  the  United  States  for  the 
purpose  of  carrying  on  research  in  the  related  foreign  currency 
countries.  The  uses  of  these  currencies  during  FY  1971  were  as 
follows    (in  thousands)  : 

Systematic 

and  En-  Astrophysics                        Grant 

vironmental  and  Earth  Museum      Admini- 

Archeology       Biology  Sciences  Programs     stration         Tola? 

Ceylon $     18.0  $431.7  $-               $-             $-  $449.7 

India 492.4  287.9  11.5               8.7            1.7  802.2 

Israel 521.1  281.4  1.2  803.7 

Morocco 3.9  41.6  2.9  48.4 


STATEMENT  BY  THE  SECRETARY  13 

Pakistan 47.1  42.4  89.5 

Poland 39.8  3.0  1.1                              43.9 

Tunisia 61.7  15.2  76.9 

Egypt 266.6  43.5  23.7                                                333.8 

Yugoslavia 315.8  73.4  -                   3.1                            392.3 

Total $1766.4       $1217.1         $38.2  $12.9         $5.8       $3040.4* 

*  Includes  unobligated  balance  from  previous  fiscal  year. 

These  grants  are  audited  by  the  Smithsonian  internal  auditing 
staff  aided  by  foreign  independent  accountants  in  some  cases,  and 
also  more  recently  with  the  assistance  in  foreign  countries  of  the 
audit  staff  of  the  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 

Construction. — An  additional  $5,200,000  was  appropriated  in  the 
fiscal  year  1971  budget  for  the  construction  of  the  Joseph  H. 
Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden.  This  made  a  total  of 
$11,303,000  appropriated  for  this  project  since  the  initial  planning 
appropriation  was  received  in  fiscal  year  1968.  This  left  a  final 
appropriation  of  $3,697,000,  the  balance  of  the  $15,000,000  author- 
ized by  Congress  for  the  project,  to  be  obtained  in  the  fiscal  year 
1972  appropriation.  Construction  is  scheduled  to  be  completed  in 
the  fall  of  1972. 

Of  the  $1,725,000  of  appropriations  for  restoration  and  renova- 
tion of  buildings  appropriated  to  the  Institution  in  fiscal  year  1971, 
$774,000  was  for  the  repair  of  fire  damage  suffered  in  the  third 
floor  of  the  National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology  in 
September  1970.  An  additional  $500,000  was  for  the  necessary 
redecking  of  space  in  the  Arts  and  Industries  Building  to  provide 
additional  office  areas. 

Research  Grants,  and  Contracts 

Total  grants  and  contracts  carried  on  by  the  Institution  in  each 
of  the  past  years,  by  awarding  agency,  were  as  follows  (in  thou- 
sands) : 

FT  1968     FT  1969     FT  1970     FT  1971 

Department  of  Health  Education  and  $     -  $       272  $       326  $       297 
Welfare 

Department  of  Defense 1,334  1,667  1,086  843 

National  Air  and  Space  Agency 7,294  7,265  6,561  4,930 

National  Science  Foundation 2,355  2,099  2,246  2,028 

Other 601  321  606  1,214 

Total $11,584     $11,624     $10,825     $9,312 


14  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

As  indicated  in  last  year's  annual  report,  cutbacks  by  nasa,  espe- 
cially for  the  satellite  tracking  program  at  our  Smithsonian  Astro- 
physical  Observatory,  caused  a  further  reduction  in  grants  and 
contracts  awarded  to  the  Institution  in  fiscal  year  1971.  Adjust- 
ments in  expenditures  and  personnel  at  the  Observatory  have  been 
carried  out  as  a  result. 

Table  I,  shows  the  usage  of  grant  and  contract  monies  by  various 
bureaus  of  the  Institution.  Over  95  percent  goes  for  scientific 
research — notably  to  our  Astrophysical  Observatory,  to  anthropol- 
ogists and  other  scientists  in  the  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History  and  for  studies  in  the  environmental  sciences.  Grants  from 
the  National  Science  Foundation  were  largely  for  the  funding  of 
the  Science  Information  Exchange  which  has  been  operated  by  the 
Smithsonian  since  1953.  For  the  fiscal  year  1972,  funding  responsi- 
bility has  also  been  transferred  to  the  Institution,  to  become  a 
part  of  its  federal  appropriation  request  with  a  corresponding  re- 
duction in  future  nsf  funding. 

Private  Funds 

In  addition  to  federal  appropriations  and  awards  of  research 
grants  and  contracts  the  Institution  benefits  from  private  funds 
received  in  the  form  of  gifts  and  as  income  from  its  endowment 
and  other  investment  funds.  Not  including  contributions  to  endow- 
ment funds  (discussed  below),  a  total  of  $2,261,000  of  gifts  was 
received  during  fiscal  year  1971,  about  the  same  level  as  in  the 
previous  year.  Income  from  investments  amounted  to  $1,444,000. 
An  additional  $406,000  was  obtained  from  memberships,  special 
fund-raising  drives,  and  fees. 

Following  traditional  practice,  private  fund  accounts  of  the  Insti- 
tution are  audited  annually  in  their  entirety  by  independent  public 
accountants.  Their  report  for  fiscal  year  1971,  including  compara- 
tive balance  sheets  and  a  statement  of  changes  in  balances  in  all 
the  various  funds,  appears  on  pages  25-31.  (Grant  and  contract 
monies  received  from  federal  agencies  are  audited  annually  by  the 
Defense  Contracts  Audit  Agency;  audits  of  federally  appropriated 
funds  are  conducted  by  the  Institution's  internal  audit  staff  and 
from  time  to  time  by  the  General  Accounting  Office.) 

Unrestricted  Private  Funds. — Private  funds  are  vital  to  the  main- 
tenance of  the  Institution,  permitting  it  flexibility  of  operations, 
nonpolitical  objectivity,  and  greater  attraction  for  valuable  na- 
tional collections  to  benefit  its  millions  of  visitors.  Unfortunately, 


STATEMENT  BY  THE  SECRETARY  15 

its  total  sources  of  private  funds  in  fiscal  year  1971  provided  only 
8  percent  of  overall  operating  revenues,  with  federal  appropriations 
accounting  for  a  growing  portion  of  total  support. 

It  is  important  to  note,  furthermore,  that  these  private  funds 
are  dedicated  largely  to  restricted  purposes.  This  was  the  case  for 
77  percent  of  our  fiscal  year  1971  investment  income  and,  in  recent 
years,  nearly  all  of  the  gift  monies.  In  fiscal  year  1971,  however, 
the  latter  included  $365,500  for  unrestricted  operating  purposes; 
this  was  of  immense  value  in  aiding  the  Institution  to  approach  a 
balance  in  its  current  unrestricted  private  funds  operating  budget 
despite  the  continued  rise  in  costs  of  salaries,  services,  and  sup- 
plies. The  gap  between  income  and  expenditure  was  reduced  to 
$138,690,  a  notable  improvement  over  previous  years.  Nevertheless, 
the  loss  of  these  unrestricted  private  funds  during  the  year  was 
disappointing.  The  balance  of  these  funds  was  $1,719,657  at  30 
June  1971.  This  is  below  the  desired  level  of  working  capital  for 
the  Institution;  it  must  be  rebuilt  in  future  years  by  surpluses  to 
be  obtained  by  careful  control  of  expenditures  and  by  enlargement 
of  our  sources  of  income. 

An  examination  of  the  present  application  of  our  private  unre- 
stricted funds  is  useful  in  understanding  how  this  desired  result 
may  be  achieved.  Table  1  sets  forth  total  Smithsonian  income  and 
disbursements — federal,  nonfederal,  and  grant  and  contract  monies 
— by  bureaus,  offices,  and  activities.  In  this  table  the  revenues  and 
expenses  of  our  computer  centers  (which  are  run  on  a  break-even 
basis)  and  of  our  revenue-producing  "activities"  have  been  netted 
out;  only  the  net  excess  of  disbursements  is  included  in  order  to 
clarify  their  effect.  From  this  table  it  may  be  seen  that  unrestricted 
funds  are  used  in  part  to  support  new  programs  (Anacostia 
Museum,  Chesapeake  Bay  Center) ,  provide  additional  resources 
for  certain  established  programs  and  supporting  services  (libraries, 
academic  programs,  Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  performing  arts), 
and  to  finance  our  revenue-producing  "activities"  until  they  can 
become  fully  self-supporting.  Additionally,  private  unrestricted 
funds  pay  for  administrative  costs  associated  with  these  nonfederal 
expenditures,  including  the  large  amount  of  grants  and  contracts 
and  the  "activities"  themselves — all  of  which  are  charged  for  a 
share  of  these  administrative  expenses  in  an  effort  to  recover  such 
expenses  as  fully  as  possible. 

Results  of  the  revenue-producing  activities  themselves  in  fiscal 
year  1971  were  as  follows  (in  thousands)  : 


16  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Per- 

Museum  Maga-      Asso-    forming 

Total        Shops     Press*       zine        dates        Arts      Other** 

Sales  and  Revenues $4,654     SI, 020     $   148  52,412     $  597     $   142     $  335 

Less  Cost  of  Sales 2,188  686         134     1,134         193     -  41 

Gross  Income 2,466  334  14  1,278  404  142  294 

Gifts 52     -     -  6  46     -    - 

Total  Income 2,518  334  14  1,284  450  142  294 

Expenses 2,763  327  150  1,393  410  200  283 

Income  (loss)  before  (245)  7       (136)      (109)         40         (58)  11 

charge  for  adminis- 
trative costs 

Less  Administrative  289     87        _23         100  31  20  28 

Costs 

Net  Income  (loss) $   (534)   $      (80)  $(159)  $   (209)      $  9     $  (78)    $  (17) 

*  The  privately  funded  activities  of  the  Press  as  opposed  to  the  federally  sup- 
ported publication  of  research  papers. 

**  Includes  Traveling  Exhibitions,  Belmont  Conference  Center,  photo  sales,  and 
the  "Commons"  restaurant. 

The  Smithsonian  magazine  continued  to  gain  acceptance  and 
show  excellent  progress  during  this  first  full  year  of  operation.  Its 
loss,  due  in  part  to  nonrecurring  costs,  was  greatly  reduced,  and 
circulation  at  the  fiscal  year-end  exceeded  250,000.  Break-even 
results  are  expected  in  fiscal  year  1972. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  continued  loss  ($80,000)  in  our  Museum 
Shops,  although  caused  in  large  part  by  liquidation  of  large  unsal- 
able inventories  acquired  in  previous  years,  was  most  disappointing. 
The  need  for  great  business  attention  to  the  Shops  and  other  sim- 
ilar activities  has  become  abundantly  clear.  Effective  in  July  1971, 
Mr.  Harry  R.  Albers  has  been  given  this  responsibility  by  his  ap- 
pointment as  Business  Manager,  Office  of  the  Treasurer. 

Another  major  factor  causing  the  imbalance  in  private  unre- 
stricted fund  accounts  was  the  substantial  underrecovery  of  private 
fund  administrative  expenses.  An  intensive  study  of  this  problem 
has  been  completed  and  with  the  adoption  of  certain  policy  changes 
the  loss  from  this  source  should  be  reduced.  If  this  can  be  accom- 
plished and  if  expected  improvements  in  financial  results  of  the 
magazine  and  shops  are  also  achieved,  the  Institution  should  make 
a  start  in  fiscal  year  1972  toward  the  desired  rebuilding  of  its 
current  operating  funds. 

From    a    different    angle,    our    year-old    Development    Office    is 


STATEMENT  BY  THE  SECRETARY  17 

actively  at  work  in  conjunction  with  the  newly  organized  National 
Associations  program  at  building  an  active  national  group  of 
Smithsonian  friends  who  will  assist  in  the  raising  of  additional 
sorely  needed  unrestricted  private  funds.  At  the  same  time  the 
Office  is  soliciting  contributions  for  a  number  of  specific  funding 
requirements  of  the  Institution  and  is  launching  a  program  to  make 
clear  the  need  for  future  individual  gifts  and  bequests.  Additional 
unrestricted  funds  thus  obtained  could  be  constructively  used  to 
restore  needed  working  capital,  to  provide  equipment  to  outfit 
properly  the  Institution's  photographic  services  division  and 
Museum  Shops  (enabling  the  Institution  to  help  itself  by  increas- 
ing revenues  in  these  areas) ,  to  develop  more  rapidly  its  public 
education  programs  in  new  fields  of  audiovisual  techniques,  and 
to  finance  a  great  variety  of  research  projects  or  collection  acquisi- 
tions now  stifled  for  lack  of  funds — to  name  but  a  few  pressing 
requirements. 

Restricted  Private  Funds. — As  indicated  earlier,  a  total  of 
$1,905,000  of  gifts  for  restricted  operating  purposes  was  received 
during  fiscal  year  1971.  Major  donations  included  $276,000  for 
the  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  of  Decorative  Arts  and  Design  in  New 
York  City,  representing  principally  the  payment  of  previous  out- 
standing commitments  toward  reestablishment  of  this  Museum. 
The  Carnegie  Corporation  has  agreed,  subject  to  court  review  and 
certain  terms  and  conditions,  to  donate  the  Carnegie  Mansion  as 
a  site  for  this  Museum.  Strong  measures  are  now  needed  to  obtain 
the  very  substantial  funds  for  rehabilitating  the  building  for 
museum  use  and  to  provide  future  operating  funds. 

Continued  progress  was  made  in  acquiring  additional  land  at 
the  Chesapeake  Bay  Center  for  Environmental  Sciences  and  a  new 
$25,000  gift  was  received  for  that  purpose  during  the  year.  To 
exercise  a  favorable  option  to  acquire  one  of  the  properties,  it  was 
necessary,  however,  to  obtain  a  bank  loan  of  $175,000  which  it  is 
hoped  can  be  repaid  within  the  near  future  from  additional  dona- 
tions. Other  acquisitions  and  proposals  for  additional  grants  are 
in  process. 

In  another  field,  gifts  totaling  $243,000  were  contributed  to- 
ward the  important  underwater  research  efforts  centered  at  the 
Institution's  new  oceanographic  center  in  Fort  Pierce,  Florida,  at 
which  will  be  based  the  Johnson-Sea-Link  submarine  and  the 
/.  Seward  Johnson  oceangoing  submarine  tender,  contributed  to 
the  Institution  by  Mr.  Edwin  A.  Link  and  Mr.  J.  Seward  Johnson. 
These  were  in  addition  to  the  substantial  income  for  this  purpose 


18  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

received  from  a  large  special  endowment  fund.  In  part  these  funds 
financed  the  purchase  of  172  acres  of  land  at  this  center  in  June 
1971,  but  it  is  expected  that  an  interested  foundation  will  repur- 
chase this  land  within  the  near  future  while  continuing  to  dedicate 
it  to  the  same  purposes.  A  final  three-year  grant  of  $259,000  to  the 
Smithsonian-associated  program  of  "Reading  is  FUNdamental" 
assured  successful  continuation  of  this  valuable  venture.  Numerous 
other  contributions  for  important  research,  educational  and 
museum  projects  included  those  for  Anacostia  Museum,  the  Fourth 
International  Symposium,  and  the  acquisition  of  additional  col- 
lection items.  A  listing  of  individual  donors  is  shown  on  pages  19-21. 

In  addition  to  gifts,  endowment  funds  established  for  specific 
purposes  provided  $1,114,000.  of  investment  income  and  miscellane- 
ous sources  added  another  $195,000  of  restricted  purpose  income  in 
fiscal  year  1971.  Of  the  investment  income  $674,000  was  for  opera- 
tion of  the  Freer  Gallery,  $116,000  was  dedicated  to  the  Marine 
Center  oceanography  program  referred  to  above,  and  the  remain- 
ing $324,000  was  provided  for  a  great  variety  of  purposes  designated 
by  the  donors. 

Utilization  of  these  gifts  and  restricted  purpose  investment  in- 
come may  not,  of  course,  occur  in  the  same  year  as  the  one  in 
which  they  are  received,  with  the  result  that  year-end  balances  show 
considerable  variations  from  year  to  year.  In  fiscal  year  1971  land 
acquisition  at  the  Chesapeake  Bay  Center  required  expenditure 
of  $288,000  of  money  received  for  this  purpose  in  previous  years 
and  unusually  large  collection  purchases  by  the  Freer  Gallery  drew 
down  its  previously  accrued  investment  income  balance  by  $180,000. 
These  two  items  largely  account  for  the  decline  in  total  restricted 
fund  balances  from  $2,241,000  as  of  30  June  1970  to  $1,762,000  on 
30  June  1971. 

Endowment  Funds. — The  value  of  the  Institution's  endowment 
funds  increased  during  the  year,  reflecting  both  additional  gifts 
of  $1,677,000  and  also  general  increases  in  values  of  securities  to 
reach  a  total  market  value  on  30  June  1971  of  $45,905,000 
($42,632,000  of  stocks  and  bonds,  $1,000,000  permanent  loan  to 
U.S.  Treasury,  $2,176,000  real  estate,  and  a  $97,000  note  receiv- 
able) .  In  addition,  current  fund  investments  on  that  date  had  a 
market  value  of  $2,727,000.  The  endowment  fund  gifts  included  a 
$1,310,000  addition  to  the  Oceanography  Research  Fund  and  a 
$79,000  bequest  for  unrestricted  uses. 

Most  of  the  Institution's  endowment  funds  are  handled  in 
three  separate  investment  accounts  consisting  of  the  Freer  Fund 


STATEMENT  BY  THE  SECRETARY  19 

($18,805,000  market  valuation  of  30  June  1971),  dedicated  to  pro- 
viding operating  income  for  the  Freer  Gallery  of  Art;  Endow- 
ment Fund  No.  3  ($12,331,000),  dedicated  entirely  to  oceano- 
graphic  research;  and  the  Consolidated  Fund  ($11,470,000),  in 
which  all  other  restricted  and  unrestricted  endowment  funds 
have  for  many  years  been  pooled  for  investment  purposes.  These 
funds,  as  well  as  current  account  investment  funds,  are  summarized 
in  Table  2.  A  listing  of  the  individual  investments  held  in  the 
various  endowment  funds  may  be  obtained  upon  request  to  the 
Treasurer  of  the  Institution. 

Increasing  attention  has  been  given  to  the  monitoring  of  these 
funds  in  the  past  two  years  with  the  result  that  the  Board  of 
Regents  appointed  in  September  1970  a  new  Investment  Policy 
Committee  consisting  of  the  Secretary  (ex-officio) ,  three  Regents 
(Mr.  William  A.  M.  Burden,  Chairman;  Dr.  Crawford  H.  Greene- 
wait;  and  Mr.  James  E.  Webb)  and  four  experienced  investment 
executives  (Messrs.  Harold  F.  Linder,  Donald  Moriarty,  Charles 
H.  Mott,  and  William  R.  Salomon) .  After  reviewing  the  invest- 
ment problems  of  the  Institution,  the  Board  of  Regents,  on  the 
recommendation  of  this  Committee,  has  adopted  a  number  of 
changes  affecting  our  endowment  funds.  Effective  1  July  1971, 
three  new  investment  management  firms  have  been  given  the  re- 
sponsibility for  investing  different  portions  of  the  funds.  Discretion 
has  been  granted  to  the  managers  to  carry  out  this  responsibility, 
subject  to  general  policy  guidance  and  prompt  reporting  require- 
ments imposed  by  the  Board. 

A  listing  of  individual  funds  included  in  our  Consolidated  Invest- 
ment Fund  and  their  related  investment  income  in  fiscal  year  1971 
is  set  forth  in  Table  3. 

Donors  to  the  Smithsonian 

The  Smithsonian  Institution  gratefully  acknowledges  gifts  and 
bequests  received  during  fiscal  year  1971  from  the  following: 

$100,000  or  more:  Atlantic  Foundation 

Battelie-Memorial  Institute 
Ford  Foundation  ,,      -,        _     ,         „ 

Mrs.  Mary  Graham  Bruce 
T.  Seward  lohnson  „  .    „         ,     . 

J  J  Carnegie  Foundation 

Mrs.  Marjorie  Merriweather  Post  ¥        ,   „   „  _        ,  ,. 

J  Joseph  P.  Crane  Foundation 

er/i  nnn  William  H.  Crocker 

$10,000  or  more:  . 

William  L.  Elkins 

Mrs.  Hugo  Astor  Daniel  and  Florence  Guggenheim 

Mrs.  W.  Vincent  Astor  Foundation 


20 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 


$10,000  or  more — Continued 

Susan  Morse  Hilles  Agency 
Interdisciplinary  Communications 

Association 
International  Business  Machines 

Corporation 
Iran  Foundation 

Junior  League  of  Washington,  D.  C. 
J.  D.  R.  3rd  Fund,  Inc. 
J.  M.  Kaplan  Fund,  Inc. 
Charles  F.  Kettering  Foundation 
Hoffman  La  Roche  Foundation 
Miami  Beach  Tourist  Authority 
Ambrose  Monell  Foundation 
National  Foundation  for  the  Arts 

and  Humanities 
National  Geographic  Society 
State  of  New  York 
Edward  J.  Noble  Foundation 
Prospect  Hill  Foundation 
Rockefeller  Brothers  Fund 
Rockefeller  Foundation 
Laurence  S.  Rockefeller 
Clara  Louise  Safford  Estate 
San  Diego  Zoo 

The  Scaife  Family  of  Pittsburgh 
Hattie  M.  Strong  Foundation 
Bertrand  L.  Taylor 
Wenner-Gren  Foundation 
Xerox  Corporation 

$1,000  or  more: 

Amalgamated  Meat  Cutters  and 

Butchers  Workmen  of  North 

America 
American  Conservation  Association, 

Inc. 
American  Council  of  Learned 

Societies 
American  Federation  of  Information 

Processing  Society 
American  Philosophical  Society 
Anonymous 
W.  Andrew  Archer 
Avco  Corporation 
Bakery  and  Confectionery  Union 
Barra  Foundation 
Henry  W.  Bass 
Beal  Foundation 
Clay  Bedford 


Louis  D.  Beaumont  Foundation 

David  P.  Becker 

Bernard  P.  Bishop  Museum 

Jacob  Blaustein 

Elizabeth  Booker 

Brunschwig  &  Fils,  Inc. 

Morris  and  Gwendolyn  Cafritz 

Foundation 
Charron  Foundation 
Cleveland  Foundation 
Continental  Oil  Company 
Cook  Industries,  Inc. 
Pamela  C.  Copeland 
Cornell  University 
Dairy  Industry  Committee  of 

Metro  Washington 
Elsie  DeWolfe  Foundation 
Dillon  Fund 

Government  of  District  of  Columbia 
Alfred  U.  Elser,  Jr. 
Faunalabs,  Inc. 
Joseph  Fenykovi 
Harvey  Firestone 
Friendship  Fund 
General  Electric  Company 
General  Telephone  and  Electronic 

Corp. 
George  Washington  University 
Gordon  D.  Gibson 
Bruce  Gilchrist 
Glass  Bottle  Blowers  Association  of 

the  United  States  and  Canada 
William  P.  Graham 
Crawford  H.  Greenewalt 
Norris  Harkness 
Harvard  University  Press 
Hill  and  Knowlton,  Inc. 
Charles  Horsky 
International  Association  of  Bridge, 

Structural,  and  Ornamental  Iron 

Workers  of  America 
International  Telephone  and 

Telegraph  Co. 
John  B. Jago 

Johns  Hopkins  University 
Marguerite  Kellogg 
Ellsworth  P.  Kelly 
Mannheimer  Kunstverein 
Phyllis  Lambert 
Jack  L.  Leon 
Charles  A;  Lindbergh 


STATEMENT  BY  THE  SECRETARY 


21 


$1,000  or  more — Continued 

Link  Foundation 

Howard  Lipman 

Sally  P.  Livingstone 

Lockheed  Aircraft  Corp. 

Marcus  Ward  Lyon,  Jr.  Estate 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  S.  McNamara 

Merck  &  Co.,  Inc. 

City  of  Monroe,  Louisiana 

Museum  d'Art  et  d'Historie,  Geneve 

National  Audubon  Society 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Hugo  V.  Neuhaus 

New  York  Foundation 

New  York  Times  Foundation 

Dan  H.  Nicholson 

Northern  Trust  Company 

Occidental  Petroleum  Corporation 

The  Poynter  Fund 

H.  Vnon  Petrikovits 

Preservation  Society  of  Newport 

County 
Mrs.  Augustus  Riggs  iv 
Ralph  Rinzler 
Mrs.  Clifford  Robertson 
Rubin  Foundation,  Inc. 
Sidney  Printing  and  Publishing  Co. 
Symonds  Foundation 
E.  W.  Thaw  and  Co. 
John  B.  Trevor,  Jr. 
Marcie  Brady  Tucker  Foundation 
W.  M.  Underwood  Co. 

UNESCO 

Union  Trust  Co. 
United  States  Steel  Corp. 
Mrs.  H.  G.  Van  Roijen 


Dorothy  Wallenstein 

Ellen  Bayard  Weedon  Foundation 

Howard  Weingrow 

William  Woodward,  Jr. 

Zoological  Board  of  Victoria,  Australia 

or  more: 

Madame  Leon  Barzin 

Harry  H.  Bassett 

William  Beinecke 

Bell  and  Howell  Foundation 

Carroll  Cartwright 

Caterpillar  Tractor  Co. 

Lois  Clark 

Alice  De  Leman 

Michael  Desfayes 

Early  Birds 

Electronic  Corporation  of  America 

Clifford  Evans,  Jr. 

Peter  A.  Frank  and  Co. 

Grossman  Publications 

Mason  E.  Hale,  Jr. 

Samuel  J.  Holladay 

Institution  of  International  Education 

Johnson  City  Foundation 

Abraham  Melamed 

Elinor  Merrell 

Dorothy  S.  Payer 

Phillips  Petroleum  Company 

Revlon  Foundation 

Scovill  Manufacturing  Company 

E.  R.  Squibb  and  Sons 

Strahein  and  Somann 

The  Upjohn  Company 

William  C.  Whitney  Foundation 

Marie  and  Joseph  Wilson 


We  also  gratefully  acknowledge  other  contributions  in  the 
amount  of  $34,289.86  received  from  484  persons  during  fiscal  year 
1971. 


Table    1 . — Source  and  applications  of  funds  (in  thousands) 

Year  ended  30  June  1971 

Non-Federal  Funds 

Federal  Grants  and 

Funds  Funds  Total      Unrestricted  Restricted     Contracts 

Fund  Balances- 1  July  1970..  $           -  $  4,512      $   1,870      $  2,356       $     286 

FUNDS    PROVIDED 

Federal  Appropriations $36,895 

Investment  Income $   1,444     $       330     $   1,114     $     - 

Grants  and  Contracts 9,317  9,317 

Gifts 2,261  356         1,905 

Other 406             211              195     

Total  Provided 836,895  $13,428     $       897     $3,214     $9,317 

Total  Funds  Available $36,895  $17,940     $2,767     $5,570     $9,603 

funds  applied 

Science: 

Environmental  Science $       724  $   1,317     $         42     $       762     $       513 

Nat'l  Museum  of  Nat.  Hist 4,339  849                                236             613 

National  Zoological  Park 3,163  60                                  34             613 

Science  Info.  Exchange 1  ,675  1  ,675 

S.A.0 2,107  3,745                                  58         3,687 

Other  Science 3,162  900                                115             785 

Total 13,495  8,546               42          1,205         7,299 

History  and  Art: 

Nat'l  Portrait  Gallery 784  1                                     1 

Nat'l  Collec.  of  Fine  Arts 1,040  123                                121                  2 

Freer  Gallery 57  927                                927 

Nat'l  Museum  of  Hist,  and  2,243  103               40               62                  1 

Tech. 

Other  History  and  Art 1,754  974                98              876 

Total 5,878  2,128              138         1,987                 3 

Public  Service: 

Revenue  Producing  Activities 

Smithsonian  Press 691  136  136* 

Performing  Arts 215  245               58*             44             143 

Other 103  103* 

Anacostia  Museum 151  97                39                58 

Other 385             389      -             290     99 

Total 1,442  970             336             392             242 

Museum  Programs: 

Libraries 744  60                53                  7 

Exhibits 2,409  14                                  14 

Other  Programs 591  15                  8                         7 

Total 3,744  89               61                21                  7 

Buildings  Management  Dept 9,285  0                  0                  0                  0 

Administration: 

Direct 3,051  2,434         2,434 

Overhead  Applied _  (1,964)  203         1,761 

Net  Administration 3,051  2,434              470              203          1,761 

Total  Funds  Applied $36,895  $14,167     $1,047     $3,308     $9,312 

Fund  Balances-30  June  1971   $  0  $  3,773     $   1,720     $   1,762     $       291 

*  Net  loss  before  administrative  charges;  "Other"  excludes  $52,000  gifts  reported 
in  gift  income  above. 


STATEMENT  BY  THE  SECRETARY  23 


Table  2. — Summary  of  investments  in  stocks  and  bonds 
of  private  funds,  30  June  1971 


Funds  Book  Value        Market  Value 


INVESTMENT  ACCOUNTS  FOR  ENDOWMENT  FUNDS 
Freer  Fund: 

Cash $         13,746  $         13,746 

Bonds 6,742,844  5,711,771 

Convertible  bonds 491 ,500  443,500 

Convertible  preferred  stock 210,566  192,506 

Common  stocks 5,869,837  12,443,830 

Total $13,328,493  818,805,353 

Consolidated  Funds: 

Cash 149,913  149,913 

Bonds 4,188,588  3,607,052 

Convertible  bonds 471,842  376,900 

Convertible  preferred  stock 252,799  147,492 

Common  stocks 5,917,075  7,188,655 

Total $10,980,217  $11,470,012 

Endowment  Fund  #3: 

Cash 1 ,375  1 ,375 

Bonds 777,625  798,875 

Common  stocks 6,352,570  11,530,750 

Total $  7,131,570  $12,331,000 

Miscellaneous: 

Cash 

Bonds 10,065  9,500 

Common  stocks 3,322  16,608 

Total 13,387  26,108 

Total  Endowment  and  Similar  Funds  investments ....  $31 ,453,667  $42,632,473 

CURRENT  FUNDS 

Special  Endowment  Fund: 

Cash $               304  $               304 

Bonds 558,728  457,962 

Convertible  bonds 243,050  205,950 

Convertible  preferred  stock 106,584  101 ,400 

Common  stocks 769,051  792,747 

Total 1,677,717  1,558,363 

General  Fund: 

Cash 70,000  70,000 

Short-term  notes 929,001  924,989 

Total 999,001  994,989 

Miscellaneous: 

Common  stocks 182,345  173,675 

Total  Current  Fund  investments $  2,859,063  $  2,727,027 


Table  3. — Consolidated  investment  fund 


Funds  Participating  in  Pool 


Investment 

{Book  Value) 
1971 


Income 
1971 


Unexpended 

Income 
30  Jun  71 


Total  Restricted  Funds 


Total  Consolidated  Fund. 


$   180 

,649 

23 

,649 

3 

,188 

69 

,309 

160 

,442 

63 

,452 

49 

,702 

1 

,732 

58 

,715 

275 

,364 

55 

,958 

66 

,828 

21 

,721 

48 

,800 

1 

,502 

158 

,645 

3 

,439 

591 

270 

,121 

74 

,607 

18 

,836 

176 

,211 

15 

,407 

11 

,389 

2 

,737 

104 

,260 

33 

,172 

14 

,383 

9 

,580 

634 

151 

,131 

943 

7 

,710 

33 

,992 

35 

013 

41 

099 

1 

670 

12 

850 

12 

850 

480 

,156 

18 

436 

30 

823 

209 

097 

43 

259 

301 

552 

104 

055 

2,196 

963 

31 

075 

10 

355 

17, 

330 

7, 

848 

193, 

095 

797, 

383 

100, 

112 

1, 

646 

$  6,815, 

466 

$10,980, 

217 

8,876 

214 

129 

3,413 

6,928 

3,051 

2,446 

85 

2,738 

11,990 

2,333 

3,760 

1,070 

2,402 

50 

5,828 

131 

22 

,936 

,671 

927 

,604 


9, 

3, 


UNRESTRICTED  FUNDS $  4,164,751     $175,204 

RESTRICTED  FUNDS: 

Abbott,  William  L 

Archives  of  American  Art 

Armstrong,  Edwin  James 

Arthur,  James 

Bacon,  Virginia  Purdy 

Baird,  Spencer  Fullerton 

Barney,  Alice  Pike 

Barstow,  Frederic  D 

Batchelor,  Emma  E 

Becker,  George  F 

Brown,  Roland  W 

Canfield,  Frederick  A 

Casey,  Thomas  Lincoln 

Chamberlain,  Frances  Lea 

Cooper,  G.  Arthur,  Curator's  Fund 

Cooper-Hewitt  Museum 

Division  of  Mammals  Curator  Fund 

Division  of  Reptiles  Curator  Fund 

Drake,  Carl  J 

Dykes,  Charles 

Eickemeyer,  Florence  Brevoort 

Guggenheim,  David  and  Florence 

Hanson,  Martin  Gustav  and 

Caroline  Runice 

Hillyer,  Virgil 

Hitchcock,  Albert  S 

Hrdlicka,  Ales  and  Marie 

Hughes,  Bruce 

Johnson,  E.  R.  Fenimore 

Kellogg,  Remington,  Memorial 

Lindsey,  Jessie  H 

Loeb,  Morris 

Long,  Annette  E.  and  Edith  C 

Lyons,  Marcus  Ward 

Maxwell,  Mary  E 

Myer,  Catherine  Walden 

Nelson,  Edward  William 

Noyes,  Frank  B 

Pell,  Cornelius  Livingston 

Petrocelli,  Joseph  Memorial 

Ramsey,  Admiral  and  Mrs.  DeWitt  Clinton. 

Rathbun,  Richard  Memorial 

Reid,  Addison  T 

Roebling  Collection 

Roebling  Solar  Research 

Rollins,  Miriam  and  William 

Smithsonian  Agency  Account 

Sprague,  Joseph  White 

Springer,  Frank 

Stevenson,  John  A 

Strong,  Julia  D 

T.  F.  H.  Publications,  Inc 

Walcott,  Charles  D 

Walcott,  Charles  D.  and  Mary  Vaux 

Walcott  Botanical  Publications 

Zerbee,  Francis  Brinckle 


758 

561 

136 

4,249 

1,635 

561 

87 

24 

7,518 

48 

70 

1,674 

1,723 

1,896 

87 

636 

635 

18,962 

911 

1,517 

10,243 

1,959 

13,147 

2,277 

79,103 

1,528 

415 

857 

275 

8,226 

39,228 

4,757 

81 


2,621 
186 

3,838 

12,904 

126 

300 

1,515 

2,555 

32,646 

2,798 

2,385 
8,091 

40,597 

924 

47 

24,368 

9,051 
4,888 

10,274 

5,891 

1,056 

3,219 

19,359 

3,067 

75 

171 

1,393 

968 

28,846 

3,490 

427 

940 

8,527 

6,638 

54,052 

9,987 

460 


10,221 

17,860 

349 

1,624 

4,369 

3,251 

1,436 


466     $280,388     $347,790 
217     $455,592     $347,790 


STATEMENT  BY  THE  SECRETARY  25 


PEAT,  MARWICK,  MITCHELL  &  CO. 

CERTIFIED  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANTS 

1025  CONNECTICUT  AVENUE,  N.  W. 

WASHINGTON,  D.  C.  20036 


The  Board  of  Regents 
Smithsonian  Institution: 

We  have  examined  the  balance  sheet  of  private  funds  of  Smith- 
sonian Institution  as  of  30  June  1971  and  the  related  statement 
of  changes  in  fund  balances  for  the  year  then  ended.  Such  state- 
ments do  not  include  the  account  of  the  National  Gallery  of  Art, 
the  John  F.  Kennedy  Center  for  the  Performing  Arts,  or  other 
departments,  bureaus  and  operations  administered  by  the  Institu- 
tion under  federal  appropriations.  Our  examination  was  made  in 
accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing  standards,  and  accord- 
ingly included  such  tests  of  the  accounting  records  and  such  other 
auditing  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the  circum- 
stances. 

In  our  opinion,  except  for  the  method  of  accounting  for  fixed 
assets  and  related  depreciation  described  in  note  1,  the  accompany- 
ing balance  sheet  and  statement  of  changes  in  fund  balance  of 
private  funds  present  fairly  the  financial  position  of  Smithsonian 
Institution  at  30  June  1971,  and  the  results  of  its  operations  for 
the  year  then  ended,  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  ac- 
counting principles  which,  except  for  the  adoption  of  the  accrual 
basis  of  accounting  for  all  funds  described  in  note  2  in  which  we 
concur,  were  applied  on  a  basis  consistent  with  that  of  the  pre- 
ceding year. 

Peat,  Marwick,  Mitchell  &  Co. 

27  August  1971 


26 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 
BALANCE  SHEET  OF  PRIVATE  FUNDS  30  JUNE  1971 

(With  comparative  figures  for  1970)   (note  2) 


Assets 

1971  1970 

CURRENT    FUNDS: 

Cash: 

In  U.S.  Treasury $       413,857     $         49,599 

In  banks  and  on  hand  (including  579,273  in  sav- 
ings; $17,214  in  1970) 235,270  168,225 

Total  cash 649,127  217,824 

Receivables: 

Accounts 774,772 

Advances — travel  and  other 194,835 

Reimbursements — grants  and  contracts 1 ,  369 ,  306 

2,338,863 

inventories  at  net  realizable  value 522,908 

Investments — stocks  and  bonds  at  cost  (market  value 

$2,656,723;  $2,900,264  in  1970) 2,788,759 

Prepaid  expense 1 16,988 

Deferred  magazine  subscription  expenses  (note  3)....  404,472 
Equipment      (less     accumulated      depreciation     of 

$71 ,636;  $49,932  in  1970)  (note  4) 521,325 

Total  current  funds $  7,342,442 

ENDOWMENT    AND    SIMILAR    FUNDS: 

Cash 165,033  77,533 

Note  receivable 96,663  96,934 

Investments — stocks  and  bonds  at  cost  (market  value 

$42,467,439;  $29,456,568  in  1970) 31,288,633  30,213,145 

Loan  to  U.S.  Treasury  in  perpetuity 1 ,000,000  1 ,000,000 

Real  estate  (at  cost  or  appraised  value  at  date  of 

gift)  (note  5) 2,176,219  1,760,448 

Total  endowment  and  similar  funds $34 , 726 , 548     $33,148,060 

See  accompanying  notes  to  financial  statements. 


352,814 

146,269 

1,835,671 

2,334,754 

544,413 

3,409,426 

39,541 

267,300 

64,115 
$  6,877,373 


STATEMENT  BY  THE  SECRETARY  27 


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 
BALANCE  SHEET  OF  PRIVATE  FUNDS  30  JUNE  1971 

(With  comparative  figures  for  1 970)    (note  2) 

Liabilities  and  Fund  Balances 

1971  1970 

CURRENT    FUNDS: 

Notes  payable  (note  4) $       654,613     $ 

Accounts  payable 814,581  1 ,381 ,000 

Accrued  liabilities 570,068  63,986 

Unrestricted  fund  balance 1 ,719,657  1  ,858,347 

Deferred  income: 

Magazines  subscriptions 1 ,400,926  1  ,030,115 

Other 130,249  16,627 

1,531,175  1,046,742 
Restricted  fund  balances: 

Gifts 1  ,  109,718  1 ,493,041 

Grants  and  contracts 290,741  286,144 

1,400,459  1,779,185 
Unexpended  income: 

Freer 210,562  389,906 

Other 441,327  358,198 

651 ,889  748,104 

Total  current  funds $  7,342,442     $  6,877,373 

ENDOWMENT    AND    SIMILAR    FUNDS: 

Mortgage  note  payable  (note  5) 293,641  310,697 

Fund  balances: 

Endowment  funds — income  restricted: 

Freer 13,328,493       13,188,994 

Other 14,166,763       13,099,645 

Current  funds  reserved  as  an  endowment — income 

unrestricted 5,055,073         5,098,973 

Real  estate  acquisition  fund 1 ,882,578  1 ,449,751 

Total  fund  balance 34,432,907       32,837,363 

Commitments  (note  6) 

Total  endowment  and  similar  funds $34,726,548     $33,148,060 


441-283   O  -  71 


SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION 
PRIVATE  FUNDS 

Statement  of  Changes  in  Fund  Balances 
Year  ended  30  June  1971 

Current  Funds 


Unrestricted  funds 
Total  General        Activities 

Balance  at  30  June    1970 $4,511,854     1,869,941 

Adjustments  from  cash  to 

accrual  basis (126,218)        (11.594)  - 

Adjusted  balance  at  30   June 

1970 4,385,636     1,858,347  - 

Additions: 

Grants  and  contracts  net 

of  refunds 9,316,961  - 

Investment  income 1,448,758  334,452             - 

Gifts  and  bequests 2,261,285  304,292           52,218 

Gross  profit  on  sales 2,465,922  -             2,465,922 

Rental                    1,166,723  1,166,723 

Other... 251,629  56,926 

Net  gain  (loss)  on  sale  or 

exchange  of  invest- 

ments.     (4,541)  (4,541)           - 

Total  additions 16,906,737  1,857,852     2,518,140 

Deductions  (additions) : 
Expenditures: 

Salary  and  benefits: 

Administrative 3,972,791     2,678,092      1,294,699 

Research 5,720,632 

Purchases  for  collection..         599,043 
Travel  and  transporta- 

tation 644.201  65,751  58,272 

Equipment  and  facili-  

ties  1,319,378         116,450  23,979 

Supplies  and  material...         800,841  161,974  171,309 

Rent  and  utilities 567,656         263,907  18,915 

Communications 147,641  69,150  17,116 

Contractual  service 2,377,568         318,773         493,967 

Computer  rental 653,121  - 

Promotion  and  adver- 

tising  662,026  -  662,026 

Depreciation 22,404  22,404 

Administrative  expendi- 
tures applicable  to 

other  funds -  (2,254,104)       289,700 

Total  deductions  car- 

ried  forward 17,487,302     1,419,993     3,052,387 

Adjusted  balance  at  30  June  „,„,.„ 

1970  brought  forward $4,385,636     1,858,347  - 

Total  additions, 

brought  forward 16,906,737     1,857,852     2,518,140 

Total  deductions,  „     ,  „„  „„„ 

brought  forward 17,487,302     1,419,993     3,052,387 

Transfers  in  (out): 

Income  added  to  principal..  (63 ,322 )  - 

Transfer  to  unexpended 

income 257,320 

Transfer  to  endowment 

funds (227,064)        (21,053) 

Transfer  to  restricted 

funds — gifts - 

Transfer  for  designated 

purposes _  (13,037) 

(Transfer  to  grants)  com- 
puter services  to  com- 

mercial  users -  (8,212) 

Transfer  in  support  of  ac-  .,.  ... 

tivities -  (534,247)       534,247 

Total  transfers (33,066)      (576,549)       534,247 

Net  income  (loss)  af- 
ter transfers (613,631 )      (138,690)  - 

Balance  at  30  June  1971 $3,772,005     1,719,657  - 

See  accompanying  notes  to  financial  statements. 


Restricted  funds 

Gifts 
1,566,028 

(72,987) 

Grants  and 
contract 

286,144 

Unexpended 
Freer 

434,873 
(44,967) 

389,906 

income 
Other 

354,868 
3,330 

1,493,041 

286,144 

358,198 

9,316,961 
34  200  -  673,625         406,481 

1,895,589  -  1,705  7,481 


127,042 


67,259 


2,056, 

831 

9,316 

961 

742 

589 

414 

364 

712 

667 

4,537 

637 

386 

771 

83 

557 

317 

518 

- 

249 

891 

31 

634 

152 

537 

323 

,104 

31 

223 

13 

314 

349 

249 

808 

459 

12 

865 

8 

37c 

125 

,358 

264 

,351 

74 

237 

3 

,61i 

15 

832 

269 

002 

— 

- 

11 

872 

49 

,445 

— 

5! 

759 

,459 

639 

,968 

126 

,529 

38 

,875 

1 

182 

651 

939 

- 

— 

116,364     1,761,099  40,417 


2,562,038 

9,305,004 

1,493,041 

286,144 

2,056,831 

9,316,961 

2,562,038 

9,305,004 

921 

933 

389 

906 

742 

,589 

921 

933 

(206,011) 
300,945 
26,950  (15,572) 

8,212 


(7,360) 


121,884 

(383,323) 
1,109,718    290,741    210,562 


4,597   (179,344) 


(105,28! 

83 

,12< 

441 

32" 

SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION 
PRIVATE  FUNDS 

Statement  of  Changes  in  Fund  Balances 
Year  ended  30  June  1971 

Endowment  and  Similar  Funds 


Balance  at  30  June    1970 

Adjustments  from  cash  to  accrual  basis 

Adjusted  balance  at  30  June    1970 

Additions: 

Grants  and  contracts  net  of  refunds 

Investment  income 

Gifts  and  bequests 

Gross  profit  on  sales 

Rental 

Other 

Net  gain  (loss)  on  sale  or  exchange  of  invest 

ments 

Total  additions 

Deductions  (additions) : 
Expenditures: 

Salary  and  benefits: 

Administrative 

Research 

Purchases  for  collection „ 

Travel  and  transportation 

Equipment  and  facilities 

Supplies  and  material 

Rent  and  utilities 

Communications 

Contractual  service 

Computer  rental 

Promotion  and  advertising 

Depreciation 

Administrative  expenditures  applicable  to 

other  funds 

Total  deductions  carried  forward 

Adjusted  balance  at  30  June    1970,  brought 

I    forward $32  ,837 

Total  additions,  brought  forward 

Total  deductions,  brought  forward 

Transfers  in  (out): 

Income  added  to  principal 

Transfer  to  unexpended  income 

Transfer  to  endowment  funds... 

Transfer  to  restricted  funds — gifts 

Transfer  for  designated  purposes 

(Transfer  to  grants)  computer  services  to 

commercial  users 

Transfer  in  support  of  activities 

Total  transfers 

Net  income  (loss)  after  transfers 

balance  at  30  June  1971 

>ee  accompanying  notes  to  financial  statements 


Endowment 

Current  funds 

reserved  as 
an  endowment 

Real  estate 
acquisition 

Total 

Freer 

Other 

fund 

$32,837,363 

13 

,188,994 

13,099,645 

5,098,973 

1,449,751 

32,837,363 

13 

,188,994 

13,099,645 

5,098,973 

1,449,751 

1,676,848 

- 

1,345,256 

79,776 

251,816 

(114,370) 

139,499 

(130,193) 
1,215,063 

(123,676) 
(43,900) 

1,562,478 

139,499 

251,816 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

$32,837,363 

13 

188 
139 

994 
499 

13 
1 

,099,645 
,215,063 

5 

,098,973 
(43,900) 

1,449,751 

1,562,478 

251,816 

63,322 

(257,320) 
227,064 

- 

63,322 

(257,320) 

46,053 

- 

181,011 

33,066 

(147,945) 

181,011 

1,595,544            139,499 

1,067,118            (43,900) 
14,166,763       5,055,073 

432,827 

$34,432,907     13,328,493 

1,882,578 

SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

30 

SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION 
PRIVATE  FUNDS 

Notes  to  Financial  Statements 
30  June  1971 


1.  Accounting  for  Fixed  Assets.— The  Institution  records  additions  to  fixed 
assets  as  follows:  museum  shops  and  computer  equipment  purchased  with  now 
appropriated  funds  are  capitalized  in  the  current  fund;  land  and  buildings 
acquired  by  gift  are  recorded  in  the  endowment  and  similar  fund  at  the 
appraised  value  at  date  of  gift  except  for  gifts  of  certain  islands  in  the  Chesa- 
peake Bay  and  the  Carnegie  Mansion  which  have  been  recorded  at  nominal 
values;  land  buildings,  furniture,  equipment,  works  of  art,  living  and  other 
specimens,  and  certain  other  similar  property  purchased  from  federal  appropria- 
tions, nonappropriated  funds,  except  as  indicated  above  or  proceeds  of  gifts 
are  not  included  in  the  accounts  of  the  Institution;  depreciation  is  recorded 
only   for  the  computer  and   business-type  activities. 

2.  Basis  of  Accounting.- On  1  July  1970  the  Institution  changed  its  method 
of  accounting  for  restricted  funds  and  endowment  and  similar  funds  from  the 
cash  receipts  and  disbursements  to  the  accrual  basis.  The  comparative  balance 
sheet  has  been  restated  to  reflect  this  change— with  this  change,  all  private 
funds  of  the  Institution  are  accounted  for  on   the  accrual  basis. 

3.  Deferred  Magazine  Subscripion  Expenses.— This  amount  represents  pro- 
motional expenses  incurred  in  connection  with  the  Smithsonian  magazine.  These 
expenses  are   to  be   amortized  over  a   period   of   twelve  months. 

4.  Notes  Payable.— The  notes  payable  of  30  June  1971  are  summarized  as 
follows: 

6%  unsecured  note  payable  to  a  bank  due  25  June  1972  $175,000 

Installment  note  payable  secured  by  computer  equipment  due 

30  June  1976  in  monthly  payments  of  $7,993.64  479'614 

$654,614 


5.  Mortgage  Notes  Payable— The  mortgage  notes  payable  are  secured  by  first 
deeds  of  trust  on  property  acquired  in  connection  with  the  Chesapeake  Bay 
Center.  Funds  for  the  curtailment  of  these  notes  will  be  transferred  from 
Restricted  Funds— Gifts,  designated  for  the  development  of  the  Chesapeake 
Bay  Center.  The  details  of  the  mortgage  notes  payable  are  as  follows: 

a.  A  $252,700  note  on  property  acquired  for  $376,000.  The  note  is  payable  in 
nineteen  consecutive  semi-annual  installments  of  $13,300,  plus  interest  at 
the  prevailing  prime  rate  on  the  due  date  of  payment  but  not  less  than  8%. 

b.  A  $40,941  note  on  property  acquired  for  $118,533.  The  note  is  payable  in 
monthly  installments  of  $451.02,  including  interest  at  the  rate  of  6%,  with 
the  final  payment  due  on  1  November  1989. 

6.  Commitments.— Pursuant  to  an  agreement,  dated  9  October  1967,  between 
the  Institution  and  the  Cooper  Union  for  the  Advancement  of  Science  and  Art, 


STATEMENT  BY  THE  SECRETARY  01 

the  Institution  acquired,  on  1  July  1968,  all  funds  belonging  to  the  Cooper 
Union  for  use  exclusively  for  museum  purposes,  and  certain  articles  of  tangible 
personal  property  as  defined  in  the  agreement. 

The  agreement  provided,  among  other  covenants,  that  the  Institution  would 
maintain  a  museum  in  New  York  City  and  has  pledges  in  excess  of  $800,000 
for  the  support  of  such  a  museum.  Pledges  in  the  amount  of  $660,000  have  been 
collected  to  date. 


SCIENCE 


f~pHE  inauguration  of  the  Environmental  Science  Program  this  year 
■*■  was  a  major  step  in  coordinating  the  relatively  disparate  activities 
of  the  Institution's  scientific  bureaus.  The  funding  of  this  program 
as  a  line  item  in  our  budget  has  given  clear  recognition  to  the  special 
capabilities  of  the  Smithsonian  to  conduct  multidisciplinary  research 
on  two  major  ecosystems. 

Under  the  direction  of  the  Assistant  Secretary  (Science)  a  coordi- 
nated research  plan  has  begun  on  a  shallow  water  marine  and  a 
decidious  forest  ecosystem.  Comparative  studies  of  temperate  and 
tropical  aspects  of  these  two  ecosystems  will  be  primarily  done  at  the 
Smithsonian's  research  facilities  on  the  Chesapeake  Bay  and  in 
Panama.  Emphasis  will  be  on  determining  primary  and  secondary 
productivity  of  the  ecosystems  and  developing  techniques  for  moni- 
toring their  normally  occurring  changes. 

This  coordinated  study  will  allow  the  Smithsonian  to  use  the 
computer  programming  talents  of  the  Smithsonian  Astrophysical 
Observatory,  the  long  experience  of  the  Radiation  Biology  Labora- 
tory in  measuring  solar  radiation,  the  great  taxonomic  ability  of  the 
National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  and  the  knowledge  of  animal 
behavior  gained  from  the  research  of  scientists  at  the  Zoo.  By  bring- 
ing all  of  these  hitherto  independent  research  operations  into  focus 
under  a  common  program,  the  Institution  can  finally  take  full 
advantage  of  its  many  scientific  resources  to  help  understand  the 
complex  nature  of  our  environment. 

The  reports  of  the  separate  bureaus  which  follow  give  good 
evidence  of  the  vigor  of  science  at  the  Smithsonian.  Important  ques- 
tions of  policy,  however,  continue  to  arise.  Space  on  the  Mall  for  our 
collections  is  about  exhausted  and  an  off-Mall  study  and  storage 
center  seems  inevitable.  Scientific  collections  are  only  valuable  if 
they  can  be  used;  thus  it  is  essential  to  furnish  laboratory  space 
adjacent  to  the  collections.  Which  collections  can  be  moved  and 
where  they  should  be  located  are  questions  now  being  considered. 

The  exhibitions  of  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum,  now 
under  the  directorship  of  astronaut  Michael  Collins,  continues  to 
occupy  a  World  War  I  metal  shed  and  various  halls  in  the  Arts  and 

33 


34  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Industries  Building.  The  thousands  of  visitors  certainly  deserve 
better  and  we  hope  that  construction  of  the  long-delayed,  new 
museum  to  house  all  these  exhibitions  under  one  roof  will  be  fin- 
ished in  time  for  the  Bicentennial  in  1976. 

Midway  through  the  fiscal  year  the  Assistant  Secretary  (Science) 
Sidney  R.  Galler  left  the  Smithsonian  to  become  the  Deputy  Assist- 
ant Secretary  for  Environmental  Affairs  in  the  Department  of 
Commerce.  His  five  years  service  with  the  Institution  was  marked 
by  a  rapid  rise  in  new  science  programs  and  he  will  be  sorely  missed. 
Dr.  David  Challinor,  formerly  Director  of  the  Office  of  International 
Activities,  has  been  serving  as  Acting  Assistant  Secretary  (Science). 


National  Museum  of  Natural  History 

As  in  all  research /education  centers  over  the  country,  the  year 
was  one  of  retrenchment,  deferred  needs,  and  constantly  revised 
priorities.  Rather  than  lose  any  of  its  excellent  staff,  this  Museum 
chose  to  keep  the  people  even  though  that  decision  meant  drastically 
reduced  funding  for  items  other  than  salaries.  By  a  combination  of 
constant  attention  to  fiscal  details,  priority  reevaluations,  and  not  a 
few  sacrifices,  this  was  a  highly  rewarding  year.  Examples  of  the 
achievements  and  developments  that  support  this  point  of  view  are 
presented  in  the  following  pages. 

RESEARCH 

Although  there  were  fewer  trips  for  field  and  museum  research 
and  less  participation  in  scientific  meetings  by  the  staff,  there  was  a 
continuing  flow  of  high  quality  research  products.  With  a  small 
portion  of  the  funds  available  to  the  Institution  for  environmental 
sciences,  research  programs  were  initiated  in  soil  biology,  on  coral 
reef  ecology,  and  on  the  Panamanian  biota  of  the  shallow  inshore 
waters.  These  complement  and  augment  the  more  than  a  century  of 
natural  history  research  that  continues  to  supply  the  fundamental 
data  upon  which  other  ecological  projects  have  to  be  founded. 

The  impact  of  environmental  conditions  on  early  man  influenced 
both  his  cultural  and  physical  evolution.  For  example,  data  from 
large  numbers  of  prehistoric  eastern  Mediterranean  human  skeletons 
show  increasing  longevity  and  improved  health  effects  with  the 
development  of  farming  and  stable  village  life,  in  contrast  to  the 
earlier  mesolithic  hunting  and  gathering  life-support   techniques. 


SCIENCE 


35 


Postdoctoral  Research  Associate  Arnfried  Antonius  surveys  a  coral  reef  at  a 
depth  of  20  meters  off  Northeast  Key,  Glover's  Reef,  British  Honduras,  in  a 
survey  to  select  reefs  suitable  for  a  long  term  ecological  study. 


A  natural  consequence  of  longer  life  and  better  health  was  the 
beginning  of  the  population  increase  so  alarming  in  some  parts  of 
the  modern  world. 

Dating  of  skeletal  remains  is  critical  to  these  studies  and  a  method 
based  on  the  rate  of  decay  of  protein  in  bone  has  been  further  per- 
fected in  the  physical  anthropology  laboratories.  From  simulated 
aging  experiments  under  carefully  controlled  conditions,  it  appears 
that  amino-acid  residues  in  teeth  may  serve  as  a  useful  index  of 
archeological  or  geological  age.  Also,  residues  of  certain  amino-acids 
in  bone  appear  from  other  studies  to  decrease  with  advancing  age  of 
the  individual. 

Such  data  are  also  important  to  archeological  investigations  of  the 
cultural  developments  of  ancient  man,  whether  in  our  own  Midwest, 
the  deserts  of  Afghanistan,  or  an  ancient  town  in  Israel.  The  latter 
is  the  site  of  a  multiyear  excavation  and  study  which  began  during 
the  fiscal  year  at  Tell  Jemmeh  in  the  western  Negev.  The  site  in- 
cludes 15  meters  of  cultural  debris,  representing  occupation  from  the 
second  century  b.c.  back  to  the  beginning  of  the  Late  Bronze  Age 
in  mid- 15th  century  b.c.  The  excavations  of  this  prehistoric  site,  at 
the  crossing  of  two  great  trade  routes,  are  utilizing  techniques  that 


36 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 


1  J 


-     3**£ 


f*-,. 


Workers,  most  of  whom  are  volunteers  from  the  United  States,  searching  for 
artifacts  on  the  Tell  Jemmeh  project,  directed  by  Dr.  Gus  W*.  Van  Beek.  From 
materials  found  thus  far,  the  site  is  presumed  to  be  an  ancient  palace. 


will  help  reconstruct  the  features  of  the  total  economy  and  the 
relationships  of  the  people  to  their  surroundings. 

Characterization  of  plants  and  animals,  their  distribution  geo- 
graphically and  stratigraphically,  and  their  relationships  with  each 
other  and  the  total  environment  continue  to  be  major  components 
of  the  Museum's  research  programs.  Numerous  contributions  to  our 
understandings  of  neotropical  plants  were  completed,  including  the 
second  volume  of  Flora  Neotropica  and  several  manuscripts  for  the 
Flora  Ilastrada  Catarinense  (Brazil).  Planning  for  the  Flora  North 
America  Program  was  also  greatly  advanced,  which  will  lead  to  the 
initiation  of  the  implementation  stage  in  January  1972.  Independ- 
ently and  in  cooperation  with  the  taxonomists,  the  staff-anatomists 
carried  out  studies  of  internal  structure  and  its  evolutionary  signifi- 
cance in  several  monocotyledonous  families  and  in  the  Ginseng 
family. 

The  earliest  occurring,  and  the  first  described,  fossil  plants  of  the 
Lower  Devonian  from  the  Canadian  Arctic  were  described  by  one 
paleobotanist  who  then  turned  his  attention  to  plants  of  the  same 
time  period  in  Australia,  eastern  Canada,   and   the  southeastern 


SCIENCE  37 

United  States.  A  colleague,  working  at  a  much  more  recent  time- 
level,  conducted  some  very  promising  investigations  of  leaf  archi- 
tecture with  important  phylogenetic  implications  among  both  fossil 
and  Recent  taxa. 

Extensive  regional  studies  on  the  composition,  relationships,  and 
distribution  of  marine  invertebrate  faunas,  including  West  Indian 
shrimps,  Australian  amphipods,  and  Indopacific  littorinid  snails, 
have  been  completed.  Continuing  faunal  studies  have  led  to  the 
investigation  of  complex  ecological  problems,  such  as  host-parasite 
relationships  between  fishes  and  copepod  crustaceans  and  competi- 
tion for  space  among  sponges. 

Studies  of  fossil  organisms  are  the  key  to  paleoecological  con- 
clusions but  constituents  of  the  sediments  are  important  for  these 
and  modern  ecological  studies  as  well.  For  example,  two  minerals 
(pyrophyllite  and  talc)  have  been  demonstrated,  by  a  study  by  our 
sedimentologists,  to  be  widely  distributed  over  the  continental  shelf 
along  the  southeastern  coast,  but  absent  among  the  riverborne  par- 
ticulates discharged  into  the  Atlantic.  It  is  concluded  that  these 
mineral  particles  are  introduced  into  the  system  as  wastes  from 
industrial  processes,  and  may  be  useful  in  detecting  and  monitoring 
pollution  in  coastal  waters. 

Although  uses  of  the  scanning  electron  microscope  (sem)  have 
been  diverse,  depending  partly  on  availability  of  funds  for  materials, 
it  has  had  its  greatest  impact  in  research  on  fossil  invertebrates.  For 
example,  underwater  investigations  of  a  family  of  translucent,  thin- 
shelled  scallops  demonstrated  that  they  have  a  shell  microstructure, 
as  revealed  by  the  sem,  quite  unlike  that  of  the  common  scallops. 
This,  with  other  data,  suggests  close  relationship  of  this  family  to  a 
group  thought  to  have  become  extinct  225  million  years  ago.  Studies 
of  deep-sea  drilling  cores  are  also  greatly  facilitated  by  the  use  of  the 

SEM. 

The  enormous  task  of  studying  and  classifying  insects  and  their 
allies  progressed  with  the  publication  of  an  outstanding  volume  con- 
cerned with  the  microlepidoptera  of  the  remote  tropical  Pacific 
island  of  Rapa;  a  study  of  the  behavior,  life  histories,  and  classifica- 
tion of  a  genus  of  small  moths;  a  paper  on  the  caddis  flies  of  the 
Amazon  Basin,  based  on  research  undertaken  in  cooperation  with 
fishery  officials  in  Brazil;  and  a  very  significant  paper  on  the  co- 
evolution  of  squashes/gourds  and  their  bee  associates,  which  are 
species-specific  and  entirely  dependent  on  the  plants  for  food  in  both 
larval  and  adult  stages. 

The  interrelationships  of  animals  are  sometimes  extremely  close 


38 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 


The  Scanning  Electron  Microscope,  recently  acquired  by  the  National  Museum 
of  Natural  History,  is  used  by  many  of  the  Museum  curators  for  the  examination 
and  illustration  of  tiny  specimens  too  small  or  too  delicate  to  be  seen  by  con- 
ventional microscopes.  The  instrument  has  the  capacity  to  provide  images  from 
20  to  20,000  magnifications  and  can  form  these  into  three  dimensional  stereo- 
graphic  pictures,  which  reveal  many  features  never  previously  observed. 


and  the  phenomenon  of  mimicry  is  one  of  the  most  interesting.  Field 
and  laboratory  studies  of  coral  reef  blenny  fishes  in  Israel  demon- 
strated that  several  kinds  of  mimicry  had  resulted  in  close  resem- 
blance of  three  species  that  are  not  phylogenetically  close.  In  another 
group,  a  computer  program  has  been  developed  to  simulate  the 
effects  of  predation  on  Batesian  mimetic  populations,  providing 
predictions  of  the  population  structure  of  succeeding  generations. 

The  more  than  300  species  of  fishes  of  the  Appalachian  Mountains 
were  treated  in  terms  of  their  ecological  preferences,  drainage  system 
occupied,  as  well  as  their  distinguishing  characteristics.  The  geo- 
logical history  of  the  river  drainage  system  was  also  reviewed  and 
correlated  with  the  early  dispersal  and  current  distribution  of  the 
species.  Such  studies  have  obvious  usefulness  to  environmentalists 
concerned  with  appraisals  of  fresh  waters  threatened  with  pollution 


SCIENCE  39 

and  the  setting  of  rational  standards  for  improvement  based  on 
ecological  information. 

In  addition  to  the  continuing  research  on  lunar  materials,  which 
has  involved  most  of  the  mineral  sciences  staff,  a  highly  significant 
monograph  on  the  Allende  (Mexico)  meteorite  was  completed  and 
distributed.  Parts  of  this,  the  largest  stony  meteorite  fall  on  record 
(February  1969),  have  been  shared  for  study  with  99  other  scientists 
in  79  organizations  around  the  world.  The  national  collections  now 
include  2100  fragments  of  this  meteorite  with  a  total  weight  in 
excess  of  400  kilograms.  Studies  of  petrology,  volcanology,  and 
mineralogy  have  progressed  and  a  long-awaited  new  program  in 
crystallography  has  been  initiated. 

COLLECTIONS 

The  usefulness  of  natural  history  materials  for  documenting  the 
composition  of  ecological  systems,  extant  and  in  the  past,  is  well 
recognized.  The  unique  capability  they  provide  to  sample  organisms 
gathered  in  pre-industrial,  pre-pollution  times  was  underscored  by 
an  experiment  concerned  with  mercury  as  a  pollutant.  Tuna  speci- 
mens collected  in  1878  were  found  to  contain  amounts  of  mercury 
considerably  in  excess  of  that  currently  permitted  by  law  to  be 
present  in  foods.  A  National  Science  Foundation  grant  was  obtained 
for  the  evaluation  of  the  feasibility  of  using  existing  oceanographic 
specimens  to  determine  pollutant  levels  in  the  oceans.  At  year's  end 
work  was  underway  to  answer  this  very  important  question. 

The  evolution  of  central,  departmental,  specimen-processing  units 
has  continued  and  this  year  some  of  the  largest,  outstanding  back- 
logs of  specimens— plants  and  insects— have  been  greatly  reduced.  For 
example,  nearly  135,000  specimens  of  insects  and  their  relatives  were 
accessioned  and  distributed  for  study  to  the  appropriate  specialists 
by  the  Entomological  Preparation  Laboratory. 

The  collections  of  the  National  Anthropological  Archives  are  of  a 
different  sort  but  as  they  become  better  organized  and  more  avail- 
able, an  increasing  number  of  visiting  scholars  are  using  them.  These 
manuscripts,  field  notes,  correspondence,  photographs,  and  draw- 
ings are  a  rich  source  of  research  data  formerly  unavailable.  Descrip- 
tive inventories  of  manuscripts  relating  to  specific  subjects,  or  the 
works  of  a  single  author,  are  now  available  to  respond  to  specific 
inquiries  of  researchers. 

One  of  the  most  important  improvements  with  respect  to  the 
collections  generally  is  the  continuing  application  of  data-processing 


40 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 


Dr.  Bruce  B.  Collette  (seated)  of  NOAA's  National  Marine  Fisheries  Service 
demonstrates  to  Mr.  Edgar  N.  Gramblin,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
the  removal  of  a  flesh  sample  from  a  30-year  old  skipjack  tuna  (Katsuiconus 
pelamis)  from  Peru  for  determination  of  levels  to  total  mercury  and  methyl 
mercury.  Specimens  of  tuna  examined  include  some  collected  almost  100  years 
ago. 


techniques  referred  to  in  earlier  annual  reports.  Significant  progress 
was  made  in  the  use  of  automated  methods  for  capture,  storage,  and 
manipulation  of  data  related  to  museum  specimens.  Modest  funding 
allowed  the  Museum  to  initiate  a  long-range  program  for  the  con- 


SCIENCE 


41 


Mr.  Frederick  J.  Collier,  Collection  Manager,  consulting  a  computer  listing  of 
specimen  data.  These  lists  are  used  by  Smithsonian  scientists  to  locate  quickly 
and  easily  specimens  in  the  Museum's  vast  collections.  The  lists  also  are  distrib- 
uted to  interested  scientists  and  serve  to  circulate  widely  information  on  the 
Museum's  collections. 


version  of  ledger-  and  label-preparation  from  hand  to  machine 
methods.  Procedures  begun  in  four  departments  also  include  com- 
puter accumulation  and  rearrangement  of  the  data  followed  by  pro- 
duction of  composite  catalogs  and  cross-listings  for  local  use  and  for 


42  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

publication.  Information  on  over  30,000  specimens  was  processed 
and  plans  for  the  future  call  for  substantial  broadening  of  the  scope 
of  the  program.  The  ultimate  aim  is  to  capture  data  on  virtually  all 
incoming  specimens  while  gradually  converting  collections-data  al- 
ready on  hand  in  response  to  internal  or  external  requests. 

A  most  promising  development  with  respect  to  management  of 
information  resources  was  the  endorsement  by  the  Conference  of 
Directors  of  Systematic  Collections  of  a  cooperative  intermuseum 
approach  to  the  problem.  The  conference  voted  at  its  May  meeting 
to  accept  and  implement  a  blueprint  for  such  cooperation,  which 
calls  for  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History  to  serve  as  the 
interim  clearinghouse  for  data  collected  in  the  program.  Fossil  and 
modern  mammal  specimens  and  botanical  type-specimens  will  be 
the  first  groups  to  be  treated  by  an  initial  informal  consortium  of 
six  or  seven  museums  and  herbaria.  Support  will  be  sought  to 
broaden  the  program  to  cover  more  groups  of  organisms  and  to 
include  many  more  institutions  curating  and  researching  systematic 
collections. 

EXHIBITS 

Although  the  results  are  just  beginning  to  show,  this  has  been  a 
period  of  considerable  change.  Planning  has  been  advanced  for 
several  halls  and  parts  of  a  hall  on  physical  geology  and  another  on 
ice-age  vertebrates  were  opened  to  the  public  during  the  year,  al- 
though construction  continues  in  both.  At  the  same  time,  much  has 
been  accomplished  on  the  maintenance  and  updating  of  many  of 
the  exhibits  already  on  view. 

A  new  approach  to  exhibits  planning  and  preparation  has  been 
initiated  this  year.  While  the  staff  scientists  must  always  be  the 
ultimate  source  for  evaluation  of  the  accuracy  of  the  science  to  be 
presented,  they  are  not  required  to  spend  literally  years  conceiving 
and  writing  exhibits.  A  small  team  of  scientifically  trained  con- 
ceptualizers/writers  (an  exhibits  planning  group)  works  with  the 
curators,  and  interacts  with  the  other  half  of  the  team,  the  exhibits 
designers  and  producers.  The  planning  group  is  also  the  focus  for 
exhibits  experimentation  with  techniques  and  subjects,  among  which 
one  of  the  more  interesting  is  the  use  of  live  insects  to  demonstrate 
biological  principles  in  an  Insect  Zoo,  manned  by  volunteers. 

Formal  preliminary  planning  has  also  begun  for  the  Museum's 
part  in  the  American  Bicentennial  Celebration  of  1976.  The  themes 
are  being  defined  and  refined  by  the  staff  in  cooperation  with  a 
contractual  consultant  in  preparation  for  detailed  development  in 
the  year  ahead. 


SCIENCE 


43 


National  Air  and  Space  Museum 


During  fiscal  year  1971,  the  Institution  appointed  Mr.  Michael 
Collins  Director  of  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum  and  Mr. 
Melvin  B.  Zisfein  Deputy  Director. 

Mr.  Collins  came  to  the  Institution  from  the  Department  of 
State  where  he  had  served  as  Assistant  Secretary  for  Public  Affairs 
and  before  that  as  an  Air  Force  Colonel  assigned  to  the  space  pro- 
gram where  he  participated  as  an  astronaut  in  the  Gemini  10  and 
Apollo  1 1  flights. 

Mr.  Zisfein  comes  from  a  career  in  air  and  space  research  having 
served  as  Associate  Director  of  the  Franklin  Institute  Research 
Laboratories,  General  Manager  of  the  Astromechanics  Research 
Division  of  the  Conroe  Corporation,  and  Chief  of  the  Dynamics 
Department  of  Bell  Aircraft  Corporation. 

An  important  addition  this  year  to  the  Museum's  collections 
which  are  maintained  by  the  Department  of  Astronautics  was  the 
complete  reference  file  of  the  late  Willy  Ley,  representing  forty 
years  of  historical  research  and  study.  Many  historical  photographs 
have  been  received  and  cataloged  along  with  the  acquisition  of  sound 
and  video  tape  collections. 

The  most  significant  artifact  received  and  placed  on  exhibit  this 
fiscal  year  was  the  Apollo  Lunar  Module  2.  Since  lunar  modules 
never  return  to  earth  from  their  space  voyages  (being  unable  to 
withstand  the  temperature  and  pressure  of  reentry  into  the  earth's 
atmosphere),  we  are  especially  fortunate  to  have  this  rare  flight 
artifact,  which,  though  never  flown,  is  identical  to  those  now  resting 
on  the  surface  of  the  moon. 

The  collection  of  space  art  was  increased  by  some  twelve  works 
of  art. 

The  Department  of  Astronautics  answered  hundreds  of  letters 
requesting  information  concerning  its  specimens.  Courses  on  the 
history  of  astronautics  and  the  national  space  program  were  taught 
by  the  staff  to  youngsters  of  Smithsonian  associates  members. 

The  consultation  activities  of  the  Aeronautics  Department  staff 
continue  at  a  high  level  providing  advice  and  coordination  to  numer- 
ous museums  and  interested  individuals,  both  here  and  abroad. 

The  professional  staff  also  assisted  the  Civil  Service  Commission 
in  establishing  standards  for  personnel  desiring  air  and  space 
museum  employment. 

To  revitalize  the  Flight  Materiel  Division  of  the  Aeronautics  De- 
partment, the  curatorial  function  pertaining  to  aviation  clothing, 

441-283   O  -  71   -  4 


44  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

medals,  insignia  and  personal  equipment  was  reorganized.  The 
preservation  of  related  artifacts  will  be  improved  by  the  acquisition 
of  special  storage  equipment  and  new  larger  storage  space.  With  the 
completion  of  these  steps,  the  thousands  of  artifacts  in  the  flight 
materiel  study  collection  will  be  available  for  the  first  time  for 
examination  and  study  by  researchers  and  scholars. 

The  first  priority  of  the  Information  and  Education  Department 
is  the  collection  of  documentation  and  the  determination  of  the  loca- 
tion of  other  specialized  documentation  holdings.  In  the  vicinity  of 
Washington,  D.  C.  there  exists  the  largest  holdings  of  air  and  space 
documentation  in  the  world.  To  supplement  the  nasm  Historical 
Research  Center's  extensive  holdings,  major  documentation  collec- 
tions in  the  field  of  air  and  space  technology  exist  in  many  other 
government  and  educational  agencies. 

During  the  past  year  the  collections  of  two  early  American  pilots, 
Blance  Stuart  Scott  and  Beckwith  Havens,  have  been  added  to  the 
holdings  of  the  Historical  Research  Center,  as  well  as  a  collection 
from  an  early  Norwegian  pilot,  Mr.  Sem-Jacobsen. 

Under  a  grant  initiated  in  1964  by  the  Daniel  and  Florence  Gug- 
genheim Foundation,  the  first  reports  of  a  survey  to  determine  the 
impact  on  aerospace  development  resulting  from  two  of  the  seven 
schools  of  aeronautical  engineering  established  by  the  Daniel  Gug- 
genheim Fund  for  the  Promotion  of  Aeronautics  were  completed 
and  submitted  to  the  foundation.  The  two  schools  were  Leland 
Stanford  University  and  the  California  Institute  of  Technology. 

An  already  established  oral  history  program  of  voice  tape  record- 
ing was  expanded  to  include  video  recording.  The  department  has 
now  on  hand  a  complete  spectrum  of  voice  recording  equipment  to 
meet  all  needs. 

The  following  figures  show  a  comparison  of  this  year's  activities 
with  last  year's: 

FY  1971  FY  1970 

Requests  answered   4987  4000 

Visitors    1440  1300 

Donations 85  62 

Photo  orders  processed   744  637 

New  library  titles  received  177  132 

Total  library  volumes  received  269  194 

Total  mail  received   11,885  10,000-f 

The  urgencies  of  preservation  have  demanded  that  the  major 
effort  of  the  Preservation  and  Restoration  Division  be  devoted  to 
the  maintenance  of  the  collections. 

Approximately  1800  specimens  from  the  existing  collections  (700 


SCIENCE  45 

astronautical  and  1100  aeronautical)  were  verified  by  identification 
and  category  number  against  the  accession  records  and  properly 
warehoused  and  inventoried  on  our  locator  system. 

Forty-five  (45)  shipments,  totaling  107,949  pounds  of  astronautical 
material  and  18  shipments  totaling  25,548  pounds  of  aeronautical 
material  were  received  to  be  added  to  the  collections. 

A  total  of  675  (465  astronautical  and  210  aeronautical)  new  speci- 
mens were  processed  through  identification,  cataloging,  inventory, 
and  warehousing. 

A  considerable  increase  in  astronautic  artifacts  restoration  has 
been  required  because  of  the  preparation  requirements  to  support 
the  world-wide  loan  program.  Restoration  was  continued  on  the 
Douglas  World  Cruiser,  the  Nieuport  Type  83,  and  on  the  Con- 
grieve  Rocket.  The  Fokker  D-VII  restoration  was  completed  and  put 
on  exhibit.  During  this  fiscal  year  the  department  also  exhibited 
the  Sirius,  "Polar  Star,"  and  the  FC-2,  as  well  as  preparing  for 
traveling  exhibitions  the  Gemini  6,  10,  11,  and  12;  the  Mercury 
7,  9,  and  12;  the  Apollo  8;  and  the  Goddard  (1940-341)  rocket. 

The  year  ended  with  the  augmented  National  Air  and  Space 
Museum  staff  developing  an  expanded  program  of  study,  publica- 
tion, exhibit  development,  public  service  and  new  facility  develop- 
ment for  the  coming  years. 


Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory 

This  year,  research  at  the  Observatory  (sao)  exemplified  the  com- 
plex relationship  between  science  and  technology— the  symbiosis 
between  the  two  illustrating  the  development  of  both. 

The  60-inch  reflector  atop  Mt.  Hopkins  in  Arizona  incorporates 
several  unusual  features  that  facilitate  its  use  for  study  of  the  energy 
distribution  in  the  light  from  planets  and  stars.  At  the  lowest 
spectral  resolution,  the  telescope  has  been  used  with  an  infrared 
photometer  to  measure  the  total  amount  of  energy  radiated  by  dust 
shells  surrounding  hot  stars.  These  measurements  are  being  inter- 
preted to  infer  the  amount  of  mass  contracting  in  the  youngest  stars 
and  to  reveal  the  amount  of  dust  condensing  above  or  ejected  from 
some  of  the  most  rapidly  rotating  stars.  Together  with  low-resolution 
spectrographs  observations  of  absorption  and  emission  lines  origi- 
nating in  the  outer  atmospheres  of  the  rapidly  rotating  stars,  these 
measurements  offer  new  insight  into  the  differential  rotation  of  the 
hot  stars. 

Observations  of  the   far-ultraviolet  energy  distribution  of  stars 


46  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

already  observed  by  Project  Celescope  are  being  reduced  to  permit 
a  detailed  comparison  with  data  predicted  by  the  stellar-atmospheres 
group  using  computer  synthesis. 

A  new  interferometer  at  Mt.  Hopkins  is  making  observations  of 
cool  pulsating  variable  stars;  the  resultant  data  will  enable  sao 
scientists  to  map  the  velocity  variations  throughout  the  stellar 
atmosphere.  An  other  interferometer  is  being  used  to  map  the 
atmospheres  of  Jupiter  and  Venus.  These  observations  have  already 
revealed  strong  variable  winds  in  the  atmosphere  of  Venus. 

The  easy  access  to  accurate  national  time  standards  through  the 
loran-c  system  has  allowed  sao  scientists  to  use  Harvard's  61-inch 
telescope  at  Agassiz  Station  to  make  time-of-arrival  measurements  of 
the  optical  pulses  from  the  Crab  Nebula  pulsar  to  a  typical  precision 
of  5  (Msec.  These  measurements  enable  them:  (1)  to  trace  the  evolu- 
tion of  a  rapidly  rotating  (30  revolutions  per  second),  highly  magnet- 
ized neutron  star,  which  this  pulsar  appears  to  be;  (2)  to  check  with 
precision  and  perhaps  improve  some  of  the  orbital  parameters  of 
our  solar  system,  particularly  the  orbit  of  the  earth;  and  (3)  to  test 
some  of  the  predictions  of  general  relativity  such  as  the  "gravita- 
tional red  shift,"  which  indicates  that  the  rate  of  a  clock  depends  on 
the  local  gravitational  potential. 

It  has  already  been  learned  that  the  dominant  slowdown  mecha- 
nism of  the  Crab  pulsar  is  through  electromagnetic  radiation  caused 
by  the  rotating  dipolar  magnetic  field.  The  systematic  deviations 
from  the  exact  predictions  are,  however,  still  unexplained.  One  of 
these  jumps  in  a  period  of  3  parts  in  109,  which  occurred  last  Sep- 
tember, could  be  interpreted  as  a  change  of  only  a  thousandth  of  an 
inch  in  the  typically  12-mile  diameter  of  a  neutron  star. 

A  new  interdisciplinary  study— astrochemistry— has  emerged 
through  the  alliance  of  radio  astronomy  and  laboratory  research. 
Recently  detected  distant  gas  clouds  by  a  joint  Smithsonian /Harvard 
observing  team  is  the  characteristic  radiation  of  methyl  alcohol.  The 
astronomical  discovery  of  this  organic  molecule  may  give  part  of  the 
eventual  answer  to  the  question  of  how  life  evolves  from  primordial 
matter. 

The  Microwave  Spectroscopy  Laboratory  supports  the  radio 
astronomy  program  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  by  measuring  the 
characteristic  wavelengths  of  selected  molecules,  thus  providing  the 
information  needed  for  tuning  radio  telescope  receivers  and  for 
analyzing  Doppler  shifts  in  the  astronomical  line  spectra.  Over  the 
first  year,  measurements  have  been  made  on  several  organic  and  in- 
organic molecules  that  have  current  importance  to  astronomy,  such 


SCIENCE  47 

as  formic  acid,  methyl  amine,  and  hydroxyl.  For  his  research  of  this 
type,  H.  E.  Radford  of  sao  has  been  given  the  University  of  New 
Hampshire  Distinguished  Alumni  Award. 

Radio  telescopes,  thousands  of  miles— even  continents— apart, 
can  be  used  in  conjunction.  They  are  synchronized  with  precise 
atomic  clocks  whose  errors  are  only  one  second  per  million  years. 
Some  of  the  most  astounding  recent  discoveries  in  astronomy  have 
been  made  possible  with  the  perfection  of  these  techniques  called 
very  long-baseline  interferometry  (vlbi).  In  April  1971,  the  Amer- 
ican Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences  honored  the  individuals  who 
pioneered  the  development  of  vlbi  astronomy,  by  presentation  of 
the  Rumford  Premium.  One  of  the  co-winners  of  the  Rumford 
Medal,  the  oldest  scientific  prize  in  the  United  States,  was  James 
Moran  of  the  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory. 

Another  common  means  of  communication— television— is  now 
being  used  for  astronomical  purposes  in  the  study  of  meteors. 
Meteors  can  be  observed  in  our  atmosphere  in  several  ways,  by  the 
human  eye,  by  camera,  or  by  radar.  The  radar  technique,  however, 
does  not  work  well  on  meteors  bright  enough  to  be  photographed. 

Thus  a  new  and  most  recent  technique  employed  is  television  of 
low  light  level.  Its  accuracy  is  comparable  to  that  of  radar,  and  it 
does  reach  meteors  faint  enough  to  be  observed  effectively  by  radar, 
thus  providing  a  calibration  of  the  radar  method.  Observations  of 
the  same  meteors  by  both  radar  and  television  can  relate  light  to 
ionization.  Reduction  of  the  radar  and  television  observations  and 
the  combination  of  them  by  means  of  computer  programs  are  well 
advanced.  The  results  should  give  the  relation  between  a  meteor's 
brightness  and  velocity  and  the  number  of  electrons  per  unit  of 
path  length  it  leaves  behind. 

Until  recently,  those  meteors  surviving  fiery  passage  through  the 
atmosphere  to  become  meteorites  have  been  the  only  extraterrestrial 
material  available  for  study.  But  the  most  spectacular  technological 
development  of  the  1960s,  the  Apollo  Program,  lias  now  made  lunar 
samples  available. 

Four  sao  scientists  have  devoted  essentially  full  time,  for  the  past 
year,  to  a  study  of  the  mineralogic  and  petrologic  characteristics  of 
small  rock  fragments  from  samples  of  the  lunar  soil.  A  tablespoon  of 
"coarse  fines"  (the  sieve  fraction  between  1  and  10  mm  in  diameter) 
contains  about  2000  particles,  each  with  its  own  story  to  tell.  The 
particles  are  examined  under  the  microscope,  and  the  microscopic 
crystals  are  analyzed  with  an  electron  microprobe. 

The  approach  has  been  very  rewarding  because  it  has  been  pos- 


48 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 


Two  SAO  scientists  examine  samples  of  lunar  soil  returned  by  Apollo  14 

astronauts. 


sible  to  observe  and  study  lunar  rock  types  not  represented  among 
the  larger  rock  specimens.  It  appears  now  that  the  near-surface 
regions  of  the  moon  (the  "crust,"  to  use  a  terrestrial  term)  are  com- 
posed of  three  principal  types  of  rock:  dark  basalt,  a  volcanic  rock 
that  filled  the  mare  basins  some  3.5  billion  years  ago;  a  lighter 
colored  rock,  termed  norite,  that  is  grossly  basaltic  in  composition, 
but  differs  from  the  mare  basalt  in  details  of  its  chemical  composi- 
tion; and  anorthosite,  a  light-colored  rock  of  peculiar  composition, 
in  that  it  consists  largely  of  a  single  mineral,  plagioclase  feldspar. 
The  two  latter  light-colored  rocks  are  believed  to  be  samples  of  the 
lunar  terra  regions  and  the  floors  of  the  mare  basins  (beneath  the 
dark  basalt  floods  that  fill  them  now). 

There  are  discrepancies  between  the  topographic  irregularities  of 
the  lunar  surface  and  the  local  value  of  lunar  gravity  (as  revealed  by 


SCIENCE  49 

tracking  of  lunar  satellites),  such  that  the  lunar  highlands,  although 
they  represent  a  local  excess  in  the  amount  of  lunar  material,  do  not 
exert  a  proportionately  higher  gravitational  attraction  than  the 
lowlands.  This  can  only  mean  that  the  lunar  surface  is  underlain 
by  rock  of  variable  mass  density.  In  particular,  a  lunar  model  that 
reconciles  the  lunar  gravity  field  with  its  topography  would  involve 
a  thickness  of  about  25  kilometers  of  anorthosite  (low  density) 
beneath  the  lunar  highlands;  a  similar  thickness  of  norite  (medi- 
um density)  beneath  most  of  the  mare  basins;  and  the  absence  of 
these  rocks,  in  favor  of  high-density  mare  basalt,  in  the  other  maria, 
those  that  display  "mascons." 

The  satellite  data  from  lasers  are  the  natural  technological  ad- 
vance beyond  optical  camera  data.  Whereas  the  camera  data  have 
an  accuracy  of  20  meters,  those  from  laser  tracking  currently  have 
an  accuracy  of  50  centimeters,  roughly  an  improvement  of  two 
orders  of  magnitude. 

The  sao  geodesy  and  geophysics  program  is  participating  in  the 
International  Satellite  Geodesy  Experiment  (isagex)  organized  by 
the  Centre  National  d'Etude  Spatials  (cnes),  France.  Fifteen  laser- 
tracking  systems  are  taking  part.  This  observing  program  provides 
the  basis  for  analysis  that  will  result  in  a  revised  sao  Standard  Earth. 

The  laser  data  will  open  a  new  chapter  in  the  study  of  the  solid 
earth.  They  may  help  answer  questions  that  have  intrigued  scientists 
for  centuries.  For  analyses  at  5  meters,  the  earth  can  be  assumed 
rigid.  At  20  centimeters,  it  is  very  active.  Crustal  motions  are  5 
centimeters  per  year  and  earthquake  displacements  can  be  meters 
and  are  of  unknown  scale.  The  solid-earth  tide  varies  with  geo- 
graphical region.  These  changes  of  mass  distribution  result  in  a 
complex  rotational  motion  of  the  earth.  This  rotation,  termed  polar 
motion,  will  be  measured  with  greater  accuracy  and  possible  pre- 
cursors of  earthquakes  can  then  be  determined.  For  the  first  time, 
these  can  be  measured. 

Meanwhile,  current  optical  data  have  been  used  to  relate  the  de- 
tailed mass  distribution  determined  in  1969  to  tectonic  activity  and 
to  measure  the  solid  earth  tide,  the  annual  variation  in  the  mass 
distribution,  and  the  motion  of  the  earth's  rotation  axis  with  re- 
spect to  the  solid  earth. 

A  new  combination  of  data  has  enabled  sao  scientists  to  complete 
the  construction  of  new  atmospheric  models,  now  published  as  sao 
Special  Report  No.  332  and  soon  to  be  incorporated  into  the  forth- 
coming edition  of  the  cospar  International  Reference  (cira).  These 
models  try  to  represent  all  the  observed  variations  of  density  and 


50  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

composition  at  heights  between  100  and  1500  km.  The  many  differ- 
ent types  of  variation  (the  1 1-year  solar  cycle,  day-to-day  solar  activity, 
geomagnetic  activity,  the  diurnal  and  semiannual  variations,  seasonal- 
latitudinal  variations,  the  pole-to-pole  migration  of  helium,  and  the 
escape  of  hydrogen)  are  all  represented  by  means  of  empirical  equa- 
tions. The  success  of  the  models  in  representing  the  observed 
densities  can  be  seen  from  the  fact  that  the  departures  from  the 
models  average  about  10  to  15  percent  even  in  the  height  region 
between  400  and  500  kilometers,  where  the  range  of  densities  reaches 
a  factor  of  200. 

Past  attempts  to  represent  the  semiannual  density  variation  in  the 
heterosphere  as  a  consequence  of  temperature  variation  have  run  into 
difficulties  in  two  height  regions:  below  200  kilometers  and  above 
1000  kilometers.  A  new  analysis  of  the  semi-annual  density  varia- 
tions at  different  height  levels  fails  to  show  a  dependence  of  the 
amplitude  with  the  sunspot  cycle.  All  difficulties  are  removed  if  it  is 
assumed  that  the  semiannual  density  variation  is  not  a  direct  con- 
sequence of  temperature  variations. 

These  are  some  highlights  of  science  and  technology  at  sao  in 
1971.  Meanwhile,  the  Observatory  is  planning  new  programs  and 
new  instrumentation  to  meet  the  challenges  of  astrophysics  through 
the  rest  of  the  1970s.  One  innovative  project,  conducted  jointly  with 
the  University  of  Arizona,  would  result  in  the  construction  of  a 
relatively  inexpensive  telescope  of  six  72-inch  mirrors  having  the 
light-collecting  capability  of  a  175-inch  conventional  instrument. 
Sao  also  expects  to  enter  the  field  of  millimeter  astronomy,  an 
exciting  new  venture. 


Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute 

Fiscal  Year  1971  was  a  year  of  rapid  growth  for  the  Tropical  Re- 
search Institute  (stri).  Salaries  and  expenses  grew  by  20  percent, 
permanent  staff  grew  by  21  percent,  visitor  days  grew  by  76  percent, 
staff  seminars  grew  by  22  percent,  and  major  new  assets  were 
acquired. 

NEW  ASSETS 

The  most  significant  development  at  stri  in  this  fiscal  year  has 
been  the  construction  of  a  new  laboratory  building  on  Naos  Island. 
The  building,  scheduled  for  completion  on  30  June,  has  4700  square 
feet  of  floor  space  and  is  being  constructed  at  a  cost  of  $110,000. 


SCIENCE 


51 


Included  are  six  general  laboratories,  a  chemistry  lab,  three  offices, 
and  a  conference  room.  The  new  building  will  be  occupied  by  both 
marine  and  terrestrial  biologists;  the  exchange  of  ideas  and  regular 
comparison  of  the  different  ecologies  is  something  stri  has  desired 
for  some  time.  Stri  will  continue  to  operate  its  facilities  at  Barro 
Colorado  Island,  Balboa,  Galeta  Point,  and  Cali,  Colombia. 

A  marine  launch  was  obtained  by  stri  from  the  Panama  Canal 
Government  on  intergovernmental  transfer  in  August.  Valued  at 
|29,000,  the  new  ship  can  sleep  eleven  and  range  400  miles.  A  re- 
search award  from  the  Research  Foundation  was  obtained  for 
operating  costs.  The  launch,  formerly  the  Governor's  yacht,  has  been 
converted  to  a  research  vessel  and  christened  R.  V.  Tethys.  Initial 
doubts  have  been  dispelled  as  to  the  Tethy's  utility  for  research;  over 
3000  miles  have  already  been  logged  in  both  oceans  and  as  knowl- 
edge of  her  availability  grows,  unscheduled  time  is  becoming  non- 
existent. Stri  now  has  13  other  boats,  ranging  from  a  launch  licensed 
for  45  passengers  to  a  cayuco  licensed  for  none  and  used  only  by  the 
courageous. 

Barro  Colorado  Island  has  been  a  national  preserve  for  biological 
research  since  1940.  Its  limits  have  recently  been  redefined  by  the 
Canal  Zone  Government  to  include  the  waters  out  to  the  channel 
markers  on  all  sides  of  the  island.  This  will  give  stri  game  wardens 
authority  to  eliminate  such  things  as  fishing  and  killing  of  crocodiles 
and  tapirs  in  waters  which  are  essential  to  the  ecology  of  the  Island. 
In  addition,  three  large  points  of  land  across  the  ship  channel  from 
Barro  Colorado  Island  have  been  leased  to  stri  by  the  Canal  Zone 
Government.  Large  portions  of  this  land  have  been  cleared  fairly 
recently    for    lumber    and    cultivation.    Grasslands    and    secondary 


R.  V.  Tethys  at  home  port  at  Rodman  Naval  Base,  Canal  Zone  (Pacific  side). 


52  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

growth  research,  and  investigations  comparing  the  biota  and  environ- 
ment to  Barro  Colorado  Island  are  planned  for  this  area. 

A  land  lease  to  an  extensive  bunker  system  on  Flamenco  Island 
in  Panama  Bay  was  obtained.  The  bunkers  will  require  extensive 
rehabilitation  but  are  expected  to  be  the  eventual  location  of  a 
Radiation  Biology  Laboratory  monitoring  site. 

RESEARCH 

Stri  can  fairly  be  considered  the  most  outstanding  research 
center  investigating  tropical  evolutionary  biology  in  the  world.  In 
fiscal  1971  two  new  programs  have  provided  the  stimulus  for  the 
development  of  an  equally  significant  emphasis  in  ecological  re- 
search. One  has  been  a  two-phase  contract  from  the  Environmental 
Protection  Agency  to  study  the  effects  of  oil  pollution  on  tropical 
shores,  including  Atlantic  and  Pacific  intertidal  reef  communities, 
mangrove  swamps,  and  sandy  beaches.  The  first  phase  has  provided 
a  base  analysis  of  temporal  and  spacial  variability  of  species  in  com- 
munity structures.  The  second  phase  (the  coming  year)  will  involve 
monitoring  the  same  variables  while  introducing  bulk  oil  into 
experimental  areas.  The  research  team,  which  works  mostly  at  the 
Galeta  Point  installation,  includes  three  biologists  and  two  tech- 
nicians. 

The  other  significant  new  program  has  been  the  stri  component 
of  the  Environmental  Sciences  Program.  The  program  is  measuring 
physical-meteorological  factors  and  correlating  them  with  cycling 
and  variation  of  the  biota.  The  terrestrial  portion  of  this  program 
has  included  the  initiation  of  rainfall,  wind,  humidity,  evaporation 
and  temperature  measurement  at  various  points  on  Barro  Colorado 
Island  and  the  evapotranspiration  and  nutrient  loss  from  a  stream 
basin.  Measurements  are  being  made  in  the  same  area  of  organic 
decomposition  and  population  of  soil  organisms.  Litter  fall  and  the 
times  of  flowering,  fruiting,  and  leaf  production  in  the  area  are 
being  extensively  studied.  Studies  of  insect  abundance  and  diversity 
and  the  biota  of  some  temporary,  unstable  ponds  and  a  bat  roost 
have  also  been  included  in  the  first  year's  study. 

In  the  marine  area,  tide  pool  analysis  of  species  abundance,  diver- 
sity, reproductive  periods,  and  recruitment  is  being  carried  on.  These 
data,  together  with  a  large  portion  of  the  data  already  gathered  for 
the  Environmental  Protection  Agency  contract,  will  be  correlated 
with  a  wide  range  of  physical  monitoring  beginning  in  fiscal  year 
1972. 


SCIENCE 


53 


Large  wier  constructed  on  Barro  Colorado  Island  by  Environmental  Science 
Program  employees.  Evapotranspiration,  nutrient  loss,  and  stream  bed  biota  are 
being  monitored. 


There  is  a  strong  possibility  that  a  major  program  on  the  tropical 
forest  biome  will  soon  be  launched  by  the  International  Biological 
Program  and  that  Barro  Colorado  Island  will  be  one  of  the  primary 
sites.  Research  projects  are  expected  to  be  carried  out  on  the  island 
by  numerous  visiting  scientists  as  well  as  stri  staff  members.  Several 
stri  research  projects  in  human  ecology  and  paleoecology  will  be 
correlated  with  the  International  Biological  Program. 

The  crown-of-thorns  starfish  (Acanthaster  planci),  which  has 
recently  been  so  destructive  to  western  Pacific  coral  reefs,  has  been 
the  subject  of  continued  study  by  Dr.  Peter  Glynn  since  his  discovery 
of  them  in  Central  America  in  April  1970.  Results  show  a  stable 
population  and  that  one  large  reef  area,  which  was  80-percent  con- 
sumed by  Acanthaster  had  in  large  part  been  recolonized  by  young 
corals  within  a  year.  Dr.  Glynn  notes,  however,  that  these  reefs  are 
free  from  human  over-collecting,  pollution,  and  coastal  destruction, 
as  well  as  from  violent  storms,  all  factors  which  have  been  cited  as 
contributing  to  the  devastation  of  western  Pacific  reefs. 

Significant  progress  has  been  made  in  comparative  studies  of  the 


54  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Old  World  Tropics.  Six  members  of  our  staff  traveled  to  Europe, 
Asia,  and  Africa  during  the  fiscal  year  in  an  effort  to  coordinate 
research  programs  with  different  institutions  to  encourage  local 
scientists  to  pursue  research  projects  in  their  areas.  Dr.  Moynihan 
made  an  extensive  visit  to  establish  contacts  with  various  admini- 
strative officials  and  biologists  at  several  educational  and  research 
institutions  in  the  Ivory  Coast,  Madagascar,  India,  and  New  Guinea. 
As  a  result,  stri  has  presented  a  substantial  proposal  for  research 
in  India  using  Public  Law  480  funding. 

The  use  of  the  Colombia  station  in  Cali  quadrupled  during  the 
past  year.  More  of  our  staff  have  visited  Colombia  with  a  view  toward 
establishing  new  programs.  Agreements  with  the  University  of  El 
Valle  and  the  Departmental  Museum  of  Natural  History  have  been 
initiated  and  considerable  cooperation  and  progress  has  been 
attained. 

PERSONNEL 

Deputy  Director  Edward  H.  Kohn  left  stri  in  May  to  become  a 
special  assistant  to  Mr.  Bradley.  During  Mr.  Kohn's  30  months  at 
stri,  the  bureau  work  force  grew  by  36  percent  and  the  number  of 
visitors  increased  by  39  percent.  Mr.  C.  Neal  McKinney  joined  the 
staff  in  February  as  administrative  officer.  Mr.  McKinney's  back- 
ground has  been  in  personnel  administration,  most  recently  with 
the  Environmental  Protection  Agency.  In  August,  Dr.  Judith  Lang 
joined  the  staff.  A  specialist  in  deep  water  (slope)  coral  communities, 
she  will  continue  to  work  primarily  in  Jamaica.  In  June,  Dr.  Hin- 
drik  Wolda  joined  the  staff.  A  specialist  in  population  ecology,  Dr. 
Wolda  was  a  faculty  member  at  the  University  of  Groningen. 

Radiation  Biology  Laboratory 

The  biosphere  is  an  extremely  complex  dynamic  structure  which 
requires  a  large  number  of  parameters  to  describe  even  partially  its 
characteristics  at  any  given  geographical  location  or  for  a  particular 
point  in  time.  Nevertheless,  organisms  regulate  their  growth  pat- 
terns to  a  large  extent  by  responding  to  changing  and  interacting 
physical  factors  in  the  environment.  Laboratory  experiments  in 
which  environmental  variables  are  precisely  controlled  have  in- 
dicated clearly  that  light  quality,  intensity,  and  duration  are  im- 
portant signals  or  stimuli.  In  its  new  facility  in  Rockville,  Maryland, 
the  Radiation  Biology  Laboratory  is  continuing  to  probe  these  and 


SCIENCE  55 

other  regulatory  responses  toward  a  better  understanding  of  the 
molecular,  biochemical,  and  biophysical  processes  occurring  in  living 
organisms  at  the  cellular  and  subcellular  levels. 

It  is  becoming  increasingly  more  evident  that  a  great  deal  more 
information  is  needed  about  daily  and  seasonal  changes  in  spectral 
quality  and  also  about  differences  in  duration  and  quality  of  sunlight 
that  occur  naturally  and  about  how  these  factors  are  instrumen- 
tal in  regulating  growth  and  development. 

From  one  latitude  to  another  the  light  of  the  sun  reaches  the  earth 
at  different  angles,  consequently  having  traveled  longer  or  shorter 
distances  through  the  atmosphere.  The  quality  of  incident  sunlight, 
because  of  these  variances,  and  certainly  the  lengths  of  days,  can  be 
expected  to  differ  significantly  from  one  geographical  location  to 
another.  In  cooperation  with  the  Environmental  Sciences  Program 
of  the  Smithsonian  a  solar  radiation  monitoring  station  was  estab- 
lished at  Barrow,  Alaska,  this  year.  Automatic  measurements  of  the 
irradiance  within  six  biologically  important  light  wavelength  bands 
are  made  at  three-minute  intervals  from  near  sunrise  to  near  sunset. 
Measuring  at  this  high  northerly  latitude,  with  its  relatively  long 
light  paths  and  comparing  with  values  obtained  at  other  latitudes 
will  permit  assessment  concerning  the  significance  of  this  environ- 
mental parameter  in  controlling  growth  and  distribution  of  bio- 
logical systems.  Such  data  also  contribute  to  estimates  of  perturba- 
tions in  daylight  caused  by  man's  intervention  in  the  environment. 
There  appear,  from  time  to  time,  applications  for  these  measure- 
ments of  sunlight  that  have  value  and  significance  in  other  than 
biological  fields.  It  is  interesting  to  note,  for  example,  that  data  were 
furnished  for  analysis  in  connection  with  possible  environmental 
effects  on  the  atmosphere  by  the  projected  supersonic  transport. 

Light,  in  order  to  be  effective  in  initiating  regulatory  responses, 
must  be  absorbed  by  cells  of  plants  and  animals.  This  year  in  the 
Radiation  Biology  Laboratory  the  pigment  structures  (phycobili- 
somes)  in  the  red  alga  Porphyridium  cruentum  have  been  isolated 
for  the  first  time  in  a  pure  state.  When  dissociated  and  analyzed 
they  are  composed  almost  entirely  of  the  pigments  phycoerythrin 
and  phycocyanin. 

Carotenoids  are  found  in  almost  every  organism.  The  degradation 
product  of  one  of  these  carotenoids,  for  example,  is  needed  for 
vision  in  man  and  other  vertebrates.  In  lower  organisms  light  is 
often  required  for  the  synthesis  of  these  pigments.  The  sequential 
biochemical  pathway  of  carotenoid  synthesis  as  regulated  by  light  is 
being  studied.  Several  new  mutants  of  Neurospora  crassa,  albinos, 


56  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

yellows,  and  one  pink,  have  been  found  that  synthesize  altered 
carotenoid  contents.  It  has  also  been  discovered  that  D,L,  para- 
fluorophenylalanine,  L-ethionine  and  D-ethionine  inhibit  the  syn- 
thesis of  carotenoids  in  light,  and  these  compounds  are  being 
utilized  to  map  the  pathway  of  synthesis. 

Chloroplasts  of  higher  plants  are  required  for  photosynthesis.  The 
use  of  the  antibiotics  chloramphenicol  and  the  cycloheximide  in 
following  the  synthesis  of  chloroplast  protein  suggests  that  the 
enzyme  ribulose-1,  5-diphosphate  carboxylase  occurs  in  part  in  the 
chloroplasts  and  in  part  in  the  cytoplasm.  In  contrast,  the  synthesis 
of  chloroplast  ribosomal  proteins  appears  to  occur  entirely  in  the 
cytoplasm.  It  has  further  been  found  that  the  inability  of  aged 
leaves  to  photosynthesize  is  related  to  the  loss  of  manganese.  In  addi- 
tion, the  process  of  electron  transport  leading  to  photosynthetic 
oxygen  evolution  has  been  found  to  consist  of  at  least  two  steps. 

In  addition  to  these  selected  new  research  findings,  it  can  be  re- 
ported that  laboratory  facilities  have  been  about  90  percent  com- 
pleted. The  major  portions  of  the  research  activities  of  the  Labora- 
tory have  been  reported  at  scientific  meetings,  both  national  and 
international  and  have  been  published  in  scientific  journals. 


National  Zoological  Park 

Zoos  are  challenged  to  become  net  producers  rather  than  net 
consumers  of  wildlife.  As  more  species  become  rare  or  endangered 
in  the  wild,  zoos  cannot  continue  to  replenish  losses  by  additional 
captures.  Acquisitions  of  some  species  are  now  restricted  to  zoos 
which  seem  competent  to  propagate  them. 

While  most  species  kept  in  zoos  have  reproduced,  at  least  oc- 
casionally, sustained  reproduction  of  most  has  not  yet  been  achieved. 
In  many  cases,  captive-born  adults  fail  to  mate  and  reproduce 
as  well  as  wild-caught  specimens.  Each  year,  however,  some  addi- 
tional progress  is  achieved. 

This  year  the  Division  of  Scientific  Research  reported  the  first 
captive  breeding  of  the  pacarana,  second-generation  captive  births 
of  the  long-tailed  tenrec,  and  third-generation  births  of  Sminthopsis 
macrura,  a  mouse-like  marsupial.  Significant  births  and  hatchings  in 
the  main  collection  included  a  pair  of  golden  marmosets,  a  species  in 
grave  danger  of  extinction;  two  kagus,  a  rare  bird  from  New 
Caledonia;  and  a  tree  kangaroo. 

The  most  significant  additions  to  the  collection  were  a  group  of 


SCIENCE  57 

bongos,  rare  antelopes  seldom  seen  in  zoos.  Three  were  trapped  by 
John  Seago  in  Kenya,  the  culmination  of  a  capture  and  conditioning 
effort  that  began  in  1968.  A  fourth  was  obtained  in  West  Africa.  The 
Government  of  India  presented  the  Zoo  with  a  female  lesser  panda, 
a  prospective  mate  for  our  single  male. 

The  scientific  program  yielded  a  number  of  staff  publications  re- 
porting earlier  research.  Resident  Scientist  John  F.  Eisenberg 
initiated  a  study  of  sloths  in  Panama,  using  radio  telemetry  to  track 
them  in  the  rain-forest  canopy.  The  new  method  indicates  density 
of  sloths  exceeding  estimates  made  by  earlier  methods. 

During  the  year,  the  National  Zoological  Park  began  to  emerge 
from  a  period  of  austerity.  While  there  had  been  no  reduction  in 
the  number  of  positions  authorized  by  the  Congress,  personnel  ceil- 
ings imposed  in  previous  years  required  that  a  number  of  positions 
be  left  vacant.  Recent  increases  in  professional  staff  were,  to  some 
extent,  made  at  the  expense  of  other  categories.  Since  standards  of 
animal  care  could  not  be  compromised,  the  pinch  was  left  chiefly  in 
maintenance  of  buildings  and  grounds.  At  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year, 
the  ceiling  had  been  increased  to  234  permanent  positions,  whereas 
the  total  authorized  was  249. 

For  the  fourth  consecutive  year,  there  was  no  appropriation  for 
capital  construction,  in  keeping  with  wartime  restrictions  on  federal 
building.  Approximately  $1.4  million  of  funds  previously  appro- 
priated were  frozen,  pending  Congressional  approval  of  revised 
construction  plans,  although  sums  were  appropriated  for  renova- 
tions and  repairs. 

In  anticipation  of  future  appropriations,  the  firm  of  Faulkner, 
Fryer  and  Vanderpool,  Architects,  and  Lester  Collins,  Landscape 
Architect,  were  retained  to  redesign  the  Zoo's  master  plan.  They  will 
be  guided  by  the  admonition  of  the  Commission  of  Fine  Arts  to 
emphasize  the  exhibition  of  animals  in  well-designed  landscape 
settings  and  minimize  the  visual  impact  of  buildings.  Preliminary 
site  plans  had  been  completed  at  the  end  of  the  year. 

Attendance  continued  to  increase,  exceeding  five  million  for  the 
year.  Since  the  zoo  is  open  without  charge,  with  multiple  entrances, 
visitor  counts  are  based  on  a  sampling  formula.  The  formula  was 
developed  some  time  ago,  and  there  is  reason  to  believe  it  now 
overestimates  attendance.  However,  the  increasing  congestion  of  the 
zoo,  and  especially  of  its  parking  lots  and  roads,  is  evidence  that 
crowds  are  larger  each  year. 

A  firm  of  consulting  engineers,  having  studied  the  traffic  and  park- 
ing problems,  submitted  a  report  with  two  principal  recommen- 


53  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

dations.  The  first  would  replace  the  present  scattered  parking  lots 
with  a  multi-level  garage,  providing  more  spaces.  The  second  was  an 
interim  plan  to  improve  traffic  flow,  making  only  minor  modifications 
in  present  roads  and  parking  lots.  Both  are  under  study,  as  is  the 
further  recommendation  that  a  fee  be  charged  for  parking  to  offset 
costs  of  construction  and  service. 

In  March,  a  new  Department  of  Zoological  Programs  was  estab- 
lished, combining  the  animal  exhibit  divisions  and  the  divisions  of 
Scientific  Research,  Animal  Health,  and  Pathology.  The  new  post 
of  Assistant  Director  for  Zoological  Programs  was  created.  Dr.  John 
Eisenberg  was  named  Acting  during  the  recruiting  period. 

Dr.  Sam  Weeks  joined  the  staff  as  curator  of  birds  and  Mr. 
Harold  Egoscue  as  curator  of  small  mammals  and  primates. 

The  Friends  of  the  National  Zoo  (fonz)  expanded  their  activi- 
ties in  education  and  public  service.  More  than  17,000  school  chil- 
dren were  conducted  on  planned  tours  by  trained  fonz  guides. 
Fonz  continues  to  man  information  posts  and  provide  volunteers 
for  after-hours  "preg-watches"  and  "tiger  sits."  The  area-wide  school 
art  show  received  many  entries.  The  trackless  trains  began  a  second 
year  of  successful  operation.  At  year's  end,  a  new  and  much  larger 
sales  building  for  gifts,  souvenirs,  and  balloons  was  completed  and 
ready  to  open. 

Office  of  Environmental  Sciences 

Studies  of  the  consequences  of  man's  major  alteration  of  his  en- 
vironment were  initiated  during  this  year,  such  as  the  study  of  the 
biology  of  the  intermediate  hosts  of  human  parasitic  diseases; 
schistosomiasis  in  relationship  to  the  development  of  the  Mekong 
River;  the  impact  on  their  respective  environments  of  the  Volta 
River  in  Ghana,  the  Nairobi  National  Park  in  Kenya,  the  Special 
City  of  Seoul,  Korea,  the  offshore  oil  exploration  in  Indonesia,  and 
the  Belem-Brazilia  highway  in  Brazil. 

PROGRAM  OFFICE  OF  ECOLOGY 

Remote  sensing  studies  of  vegetation  of  the  Rhode  River  water- 
shed were  carried  out  under  a  contract  with  nasa.  A  detailed  survey 
of  the  vegetation  of  the  watershed  served  as  "ground  truth"  for 
environmental  sensing  from  helicopters  and  aircraft  using  color  and 
infrared  film  and  image  scanning  in  infrared.  Identification  of 
deciduous  forest  species  by  changes  in  spring  and  fall  foliage  colors 


SCIENCE  kq 

was  correlated  with  air  photographs.  A  symposium  for  the  Agency 
for  International  Development  was  convened  to  evaluate  the  po- 
tential contribution  of  remote  sensing  in  resource  development  and 
in  environmental  planning  in  developing  countries. 

A  research  program  on  biological  control  of  nonagricultural  pests 
was  initiated,  with  an  8-month  study  of  sciomyzid  fly  larvae  which 
attack  and  kill  snails.  Studies  were  accomplished  in  Peru,  Ghana, 
Indonesia,  Australia,  and  the  Mekong  area  in  Thailand. 

Satellite  tracking  studies  of  migrating  elk  were  carried  out  on 
contact  with  nasa.  One  wild  elk  was  located  by  a  satellite  (Nimbus 
III)  for  one  month  and  an  additional  animal  was  tracked  by  satellite 
during  its  early  migration. 

An  environmental  program  was  developed,  including  recruitment 
and  assignment  of  research  ecologists,  environmentalists,  conserva- 
tionists, and  biologists  as  Peace  Corps  volunteers.  Participants  with 
Masters  or  Doctors  degrees  or  candidates  for  the  degrees  carry  out 
research  programs  in  the  host  countries  which  request  them.  To  date 
120  volunteers  have  applied;  fifteen  countries  have  requested  various 
types  of  research  specialists,  and  volunteers  have  been  sent  or  are 
preparing  for  their  assignments. 

PROGRAM  OFFICE  OF  OCEANOGRAPHY  AND  LIMNOLOGY 

Acquisition  of  the  acrylic  and  aluminum  research  submersible, 
Johnson-Sea-Link,  has  provided  a  new  Smithsonian  capability  for 
research  in  the  marine  environment.  Conceived,  engineered,  and 
constructed  in  part  by  Edwin  A.  Link,  and  donated  to  the  Smith- 
sonian, the  vehicle  incorporated  a  66-inch  diameter  acrylic  sphere, 
developed  by  the  Navy,  with  an  8-foot  cylindrical  aluminum  diver 
:ompartment,  similar  to  the  diver  lockout  system  of  Deep  Diver. 
Fhe  pilot  and  an  observer  in  the  forward  compartment  will  have  a 
:ull  opportunity  to  place  the  vehicle  into  close  proximity  with  the 
narine  situation  to  be  examined.  Three  divers  are  pressurized  for 
excursions  from  the  aluminum  chamber,  especially  to  collect  geo- 
ogical  and  biological  specimens  and  data. 

In  support  of  the  submersible,  the  Smithsonian,  in  cooperation 
vith  Mr.  Link,  and  the  Harbor  Branch  Foundation,  has  acquired 
md  is  developing  a  marine  facility  near  Fort  Pierce,  Florida.  Consist- 
ng  of  about  250  acres  of  land  on  the  Indian  River  Inland  Water- 
vay,  the  improvements  include  two  warehouse  buildings  for  main- 
enance  of  the  submarine  and  for  associated  underwater  activities. 
^  laboratory  building  is  under  construction  to  house  scientific  in- 


441-283   O  -  71   -  5 


60 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 


After  the  commissioning  on  29  January  1971,  submersible  pilot  John  Fike  and 
Florida  Lieutenant  Governor  Thomas  Adams,  within  the  acrylic  bubble,  prepare 
for  the  launching  of  Johnson-Sea-Link  from  Mr.  Edwin  A.  Link's  vessel,  Sea 
Diver. 


vestigations  especially  related  to  the  field  programs.  A  former  Coast 
Guard  Cutter,  now  called  R/V  Johnson,  has  been  acquired  and  is 
being  fully  rebuilt  at  the  facility  for  oceanographic  work  and  as  a 
submarine  tender. 

In  connection  with  the  commissioning  ceremonies  for  Johnson- 
Sea-Link,  which  were  held  on  29  January,  Mr.  Ripley  awarded  a 
newly  established  Smithsonian  Institution  medal  to  Mr.  Link  and  to 
Mr.  Seward  Johnson,  who  had  not  only  provided  substantial  support 
to  the  project  but  also  gave  an  endowment  for  its  operation. 

During  the  year,  the  Smithsonian  Oceanographic  Sorting  Center 
(sosc)  sent  219,708  specimens  of  algae,  invertebrates,  vertebrates, 
oceanic  rocks,  and  photographs  of  the  ocean  bottom  to  368  scientists 
for  studies  of  the  kinds,  distributions,  and  populations  of  organisms 
of  the  world  ocean.  At  the  request  of  national  and  international 
organizations,  sosc  sent  its  supervisors  to  the  Antarctic,  the  Pacific 
coast  of  Colombia,  Staten  Island,  the  Galapagos  Islands,  Panama, 
and  many  other  localities  to  make  collections  or  to  obtain  records  of 
collections  of  scientific  interest. 

The  Smithsonian  research  vessel  R/V  Phykos  spent  the  year  in 


SCIENCE 


61 


Yugoslavia  undergoing  conversion  into  a  modern  oceanographic 
vessel.  She  will  begin  operations  early  next  fiscal  year  as  the 
principal  biological  collections  vessel  for  the  Cooperative  Investiga- 
tions of  the  Mediterranean. 


THE  CHESAPEAKE  BAY  CENTER  FOR 
ENVIRONMENTAL  STUDIES 

A  plan  for  a  complete  ecosystem  study  of  the  Rhode  River  Water- 
shed was  developed  as  the  primary  research  program  of  the  Center, 
in  cooperation  with  the  Johns  Hopkins  University,  The  University 
of  Maryland,  and  the  U.  S.  Ceological  Survey.  The  plan  integrates 
the  Center's  scientific  research  program  with  data  on  land-use  history, 
ecosystem  structure  and  function,  and  socioeconomic  trends  and  at- 
titudes in  such  a  way  that  predictions  can  be  made  of  the  possible 
effects  of  proposed  changes  in  land  use  in  the  watershed,  as  they 
occur  with  increased  population  density  and  diversification  of 
human  activities.  The  information  gathered  will  be  used  in  manag- 
ing the  land  and  water  resources  of  the  estuary  and  its  watershed, 
and  should  be  applicable  as  a  methodology  for  the  study  of  other  por- 
tions of  the  Chesapeake  Bay.  The  study  is  expected  to  be  a  part  of  a 
major  study  of  the  total  bay  in  cooperation  with  many  other 
agencies. 

Substantial  data  has  been  gathered  to  aid  management  decisions 
regarding  planning  and  zoning  in  Anne  Arundel  County,  Maryland, 
and  in  the  management  of  the  Chesapeake  Bay  as  a  natural  resource. 
Scientific  information,  collected  by  the  Center,  was  instrumental 
in  planning  for  the  construction  of  tertiary  sewage-treatment  facili- 
ties for  a  housing  project  in  the  watershed,  and  for  the  planning  of 
erosion  control  during  construction  of  a  powerline  right-of-way. 
These  actions  represent  valuable  precedents  in  the  application  of 
research-produced  information  for  purposes  of  environmental  man- 
agement by  industry  and  public  agencies. 

The  facilities  of  the  Center  were  substantially  expanded  during 
the  year  with  the  addition  of  507  acres  of  land,  of  leases,  offices  and 
of  a  small  research  vessel. 

Educational  activities  were  accelerated  with  the  offering  of  a 
course  in  estuarine  ecology  by  the  Biology  Department  of  The 
Johns  Hopkins  University.  Two  postdoctoral  fellows  were  supported 
at  the  Center  by  the  Smithsonian  Research  Foundation.  Six  univer- 
sities in  the  Baltimore-Washington  area  utilized  the  Center  for  field 
work  and  the  Center  continued  to  provide  instruction  for  children  at 


52  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

the   Human   Resources   Development   Center  of   the   Community 
Action  Agency  in  Anne  Arundel  County. 

CENTER  FOR  SHORT-LIVED  PHENOMENA 

The  Center  for  Short-Lived  Phenomena  expanded  its  reporting 
network  which  now  includes  over  3000  scientists,  scientific  institu- 
tions, and  field  stations  located  in  148  countries  on  every  continent 
and  ocean  of  the  world. 

The  Center  continues  to  communicate  data  and  information  on 
significant  changes  in  biological  and  ecological  systems,  including 
rare  or  unusual  animal  migrations,  population  explosions,  and  major 
mortalities  of  flora  and  fauna,  as  well  as  volcanic  eruptions,  the  birth 
of  new  islands,  major  fireball  events  and  meteorite  falls,  and  en- 
vironmental pollution  events  such  as  major  oil  spills,  and  pesticide 
and  herbicide  contaminations. 

During  1970,  the  Center  reported  113  short-lived  events  that  oc- 
curred in  48  countries.  Scientific  teams  investigated  at  least  84  of  the 
events.  Forty-nine  earth  science  events  were  described,  as  well  as 
47  biological  and  15  astrophysical  events. 

Specimens  of  all  six  meteorites  were  recovered  promptly  and  sent 
to  laboratories  for  radioisotope  analysis.  Delay  between  the  time  of 
the  fall  of  the  objects  and  the  time  they  arrived  in  measuring  labo- 
ratories ranged  from  a  few  days  to  a  few  weeks.  In  addition,  fireball 
ablation  products  were  sampled  in  the  atmosphere  by  high  altitude 
air  collection  aircraft  shortly  after  two  major  fireball  events. 

The  Center  also  reported  other  unusual  geological  events,  includ- 
ing submarine  volcanic  activity  in  the  Tonga  Islands,  major  land- 
slides in  Hungary  and  Nigeria,  the  Pozzoulli  uplift  near  Naples  in 
Italy,  the  Wolenchiti  fracturing  in  Ethiopia,  major  floods  and  storm 
surges  in  Ecuador  and  Rumania,  the  drainage  of  a  glacial  lake  in 
Alaska,  a  major  typhoon  in  the  Philippines  and  a  series  of  major 
tidal  waves  in  East  Pakistan,  as  well  as  the  discovery  of  the  Guajaki 
tribe  of  Paraguay. 

A  science  teacher  event-notification  program  was  inaugurated  to 
provide  science  teachers  with  up-to-date  information  on  fast  breaking 
natural  events  that  would  be  of  interest  in  their  classrooms.  Hun- 
dreds of  science  teachers  use  the  Center's  daily  event  cards  as  teach- 
ing tools  to  show  the  dynamic  nature  of  the  earth.  The  Center  has 
also  been  involved  with  a  number  of  international  programs  con- 
cerned with  global  environmental  monitoring,  such  as  the  Inter- 
national Biological  Program,  unesco's  "Man  and  the  Biosphere" 


SCIENCE 


63 


program,   and   the   National   Academy  of  Sciences   Environmental 
Monitoring  Program. 


Center  for  the  Study  of  Man 

During  the  past  year  the  Center  for  the  Study  of  Man  has  con- 
tinued to  provide  leadership  for  anthropologists  and  other  scientists, 
who  are  seeking  to  bring  their  special  skills  and  knowledge  to  the 
solution  of  major  world  problems.  From  14-19  May  1971,  Inter- 
national Advisory  Board  members  of  the  Center  met  with  members 
of  two  "task  forces"  on  human  fertility  and  environmental  degrada- 
tion. Members  of  the  Task  Force  on  Human  Fertility,  representing 
24  institutions,  prepared  and  discussed  papers  defining  ways  in 
which  anthropologists  could  contribute  to  an  understanding  of  the 
population  problem.  The  result  of  their  efforts  is  a  forthcoming 
handbook  containing  guidelines  for  population  research,  including 
suggestions  for  analyzing  and  recycling  field  notes. 

The  Task  Force  on  the  Environment,  representing  15  institutions, 
mapped  out  a  procedure  for  concentrating  anthropological  research 
on  environmental  problems.  Present  knowledge  in  this  field  was 
summarized  and  plans  for  future  research  were  sketched.  A  con- 
ference will  take  place  in  October  to  further  consolidate  the  efforts 
of  this  task  force. 

At  the  urging  of  the  International  Advisory  Board  a  third  task 
force  on  education  will  be  assembled  during  the  coming  year.  This 
task  force  will  conduct  basic  research  on  the  problem  of  cultural 
transmission  from  generation  to  generation  in  the  context  of  rapid 
culture  change. 

The  Center's  American  Indian  Program  has  continued  to  serve 
Indians  and  the  American  public  by  distributing  scholarly  materials 
to  them.  A  research  program  on  Indian  economic  development  is 
now  also  underway.  All  volume  editors  for  the  18-volume  Handbook 
of  North  American  Indians  have  now  been  selected.  The  content 
for  each  volume  is  determined  and  contributors  are  now  in  the 
process  of  researching  and  writing. 

Results  of  the  Center's  Urgent  Anthropology  Program  continue 
to  be  received,  such  as  Frank  Lobo's  work  with  four  of  the  last 
surviving  Ahashamen  Indians  of  San  Juan  Capistrano  who  still 
possess  some  knowledge  of  the  Ahashamen  language.  Throughout 
the  past  year  a  total  of  15  grants  were  made  to  carry  out  urgent 
anthropological  research  in  12  different  countries. 


54  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

From  29  October  to  1  November  1970,  the  Center  brought 
together  a  working  group  of  20  anthropologists  and  film-makers. 
This  three-day  session  developed  guidelines  for  evaluating  proposals 
involving  anthropological  film-making;  it  examined  long  range  re- 
quirements for  educational  films  in  anthropology;  and  it  planned  the 
development  of  a  National  Anthropological  Film  Archive  for  re- 
search in  anthropological  film  records  and  for  the  development  of 
new  educational  films  in  anthropology. 

Science  Information  Exchange 

The  Exchange  completed  seven  years  under  the  contractual  au- 
thority of  the  National  Science  Foundation.  Beginning  in  FY  1972 
the  total  responsibility  for  support  and  operation  of  the  Exchange 
will  be  centered  under  the  authority  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 
During  the  year  the  Science  Information  Exchange  (sie)  was  in- 
corporated under  the  laws  of  the  District  of  Columbia. 

Demand  for  sie  services  increased  substantially,  especially  in 
catalog  and  thesaurus  development.  Several  new  output  products 
were  designed  to  make  sie  information  more  readily  available  to 
scientists  and  research  administrators.  A  complete  microfilm  record 
of  ongoing  biomedical  research  accompanied  by  a  printed  index  was 
introduced  to  be  printed  and  distributed  by  a  commercial  contractor. 
Pre-run  searches  on  timely  topics  were  announced  in  appropriate 
journals  and  newsletters,  with  very  good  results  and  expanded  de- 
mands for  this  new  information  product. 

Particularly  noteworthy  has  been  the  increasing  interest  in  the 
Exchange's  data  bank  by  overseas  organizations.  Negotiations  have 
been  initiated  for  sale  of  tape  records  in  several  foreign  countries. 
It  is  anticipated  that  the  international  information  exchange  will 
accelerate. 

All  records,  in  full  text,  are  now  in  computer  storage  and  can  be 
selected  and  printed  on  demand.  Information  input  and  output  is 
via  video  terminals  that  can  be  readily  adapted  to  on-line  remote 
interrogation  whenever  demand  develops. 

An  intensified  program  of  articles  about  sie  and  announcements 
by  mail  have  substantially  increased  awareness  and  usage  of  sie 
services  throughout  the  scientific  and  lay  communities. 


HISTORY   AND   ART 


A  s  shown  by  the  individual  reports  that  follow,  the  past  year  was 
one  of  satisfying  accomplishments  by  the  history  and  art  bureaus 
of  the  Institution.  Some  milestones,  such  as  the  completion  of  the 
first  volume  of  the  Joseph  Henry  Papers  and  the  preparation  of  the 
first  complete  guide  to  the  archives  of  the  Smithsonian,  were  reached 
during  the  year.  Additions  to  the  national  collections  of  historical, 
artistic,  and  archival  material  continued  at  an  impressive  rate. 
Exhibitions  both  major  and  minor  in  the  Museum  of  History  and 
Technology,  the  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts,  and  the  National 
Portrait  Gallery  were  well  received  by  critics  and  the  public  alike. 
The  educational  and  scholarly  activities  that  form  so  important  a 
part  of  the  responsibilities  of  our  museums  and  other  bureaus  re- 
ceived continuing  emphasis  and  led  to  a  number  of  distinguished 
publications. 

The  past  year  was  also  notable  in  terms  of  new  physical  facilities. 
Early  in  the  year  the  Cooper  Hewitt  Museum  accomplished  its  move 
from  the  Cooper  Union  to  the  Carnegie  and  Miller  Houses  with 
almost  miraculous  economy  and  efficiency.  Construction  continued 
on  the  Hirshhorn  Museum,  which  by  year's  end  had  emerged  above 
ground  level;  the  opening  of  the  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture 
Garden  is  planned  for  1973.  Basic  work  on  the  Renwick  Gallery  was 
completed  and  an  opening  is  planned  for  the  winter  of  1971,  follow- 
ing the  final  restoration  and  decoration  of  the  interior  and  the 
installation  of  exhibits. 

A  special  word  should  be  said  about  the  Smithsonian's  plans  for 
the  Bicentennial  of  the  American  Revolution,  which  involve  many 
parts  of  the  Institution  in  addition  to  its  history  and  art  bureaus. 
The  Bicentennial  offers  the  Smithsonian  a  unique  opportunity  and 
an  urgent  duty.  We  must  use  our  vast  resources,  and  enlist  the  re- 
sources of  others,  to  help  rediscover  and  illuminate  our  national 
achievements.  The  theme  of  the  Smithsonian's  Bicentennial  celebra- 
tion is  the  American  experience;  its  purpose  will  be,  in  President 
Nixon's  words,  "a  new  understanding  of  our  heritage." 

For  this  effort,  the  Smithsonian  Institution  is  providentially  well 
prepared.   It  is  a  remarkably  comprehensive  group  of  enterprises 

65 


66  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

surveying  every  aspect  of  man's  life  and  work— his  social,  political, 
and  military  institutions;  his  fine  arts,  his  applied  arts,  his  per- 
forming arts;  his  use  of  natural  resources;  and  his  adventures  of 
exploration  on  this  planet  and  into  outer  space.  The  Smithsonian 
Institution  has  a  long  and  rich  tradition  of  free  interchange  of  ideas 
with  the  world  of  learning.  It  has  been  a  center  for  the  study  of 
resources,  natural  and  human,  of  the  whole  continent.  The 
Smithsonian,  as  the  repository  for  myriad  objects  sacred  to  our 
history  and  illustrative  of  the  American  experience  since  the  be- 
ginning, is  preeminent  among  the  museums  of  the  world  and  second 
to  none  in  the  number  of  its  visitors.  All  of  this  gives  us  a  special 
responsibility  of  which  we  are  deeply  mindful. 

During  the  past  year,  preliminary  work  was  begun  on  a  number  of 
special  Bicentennial  activities.  These  included  special  exhibitions 
in  the  Museum  of  History  and  Technology,  the  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  the  Arts  and  Industries  Building,  and  the  National  Air  and 
Space  Museum.  Planning  continued  for  the  development  of  Bicen- 
tennial Park  on  the  banks  of  the  Potomac,  and  authorizing  legisla- 
tion to  this  end  was  submitted  by  the  Regents  on  the  advice  of  the 
National  Armed  Forces  Museum  Advisory  Board.  The  Institution's 
art  bureaus  are  collaborating  in  the  preparation  of  an  unprecedented 
Bicentennial  Survey  of  American  Art,  which  will  include  an  in- 
ventory of  American  paintings  before  1914,  a  catalog  of  revolutionary 
era  portraits,  and  a  bibliography  of  American  art.  With  continuing 
support  from  the  Congress  and  the  American  Revolution  Bicenten- 
nial Commission,  the  Smithsonian's  role  in  the  celebration  of  the 
200th  birthday  of  our  nation  will  receive  increasing  emphasis  in  the 
years  between  now  and  1976. 


The  National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology 

In  the  fiscal  year  1971  a  major  endeavor  of  the  professional  staff 
of  The  National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology  was  the 
development  of  plans  for  a  variety  of  ambitious  exhibitions  and 
special  projects  to  commemorate  the  forthcoming  American  Revolu- 
tion Bicentennial.  These  will  be  concerned  not  only  with  the  per- 
sonalities and  events  of  the  era  of  the  Revolutionary  War,  but  will 
provide  a  broader  understanding  of  American  achievement  over  the 
succeeding  two  centuries.  A  preliminary  step  to  planning  was  the 
successful  completion  of  an  inventory  of  the  national  collections  to 
identify  and  select  available  and  appropriate  materials  for  the  proj- 
ects in  progress. 


HISTORY  AND  ART 


67 


An  opportunity  to  undertake  a  major  revision  of  the  exhibition 
halls  in  the  central  segment  of  the  third  floor  made  possible  a 
reorganization  of  subject  content  under  the  conceptual  theme  of 
communication.  Existing  exhibits  are  being  modified  and  supple- 
mented, as  well  as  relocated,  and  a  major  portion  of  the  Museum's 
exhibit  effort  in  the  forthcoming  year  will  be  directed  to  the  com- 
pletion of  this  project. 

Two  major  events  which  highlighted  the  Museum's  activities 
during  the  year  were  special  exhibits  developed  in  the  Department 
of  Cultural  History.  Both  were  memorable  because  of  the  novelty 
of  their  subject  matter  and  their  reminiscent  appeal. 

"Do  It  The  Hard  Way:  Rube  Goldberg  and  Modern  Times," 
which  opened  in  November,  was  dedicated  to  the  famous  cartoonist 
whose  name  has  become  part  of  the  language.  The  exhibit  featured 
a  montage  of  Goldberg's  original  drawings  and  published  cartoons, 
his  sculpture,  realizations  of  some  of  the  fantastic  comic-page  in- 
ventions for  which  he  was  widely  known,  and  other  memorabilia 
illustrating  the  cartoonist's  many-faceted  social  commentaries  and 
observations  on  the  absurdities  of  human  nature.  A  film  supplemen- 


Rube  Goldberg's  elaborate  picture-taking  contraption  with  which  visitors  were 

photographed. 


68 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 


ting  the  tangible  elements  of  the  exhibit  captured  the  essence  of 
Goldberg's  personality  and  achievements.  Produced  by  Karen  Love- 
land  and  Benjamin  W.  Lawless  of  the  Office  of  Exhibits,  the  film  won 
a  cine  Golden  Eagle  Award  and  has  been  submitted  to  three  in- 
ternational film  festivals.  The  attractive  catalog  describing  the 
exhibit,  produced  by  Peter  G.  Marzio  and  Anne  C.  Golovin,  received 
a  Certificate  of  Award  from  the  Printing  Institute  of  America  in  the 
one  and  two  color  brochure  and  catalog  category.  Among  the  most 
popular  aspects  of  the  exhibit  were  a  Goldberg  signature-machine 
which  visitors  could  operate,  and  an  elaborate  picture-taking  con- 
traption by  which  visitors  were  photographed. 

"Music  Machines— American  Style,"  which  opened  in  April,  is  an 
ongoing  special  exhibit  depicting  the  development  of  mechanical 
and  electronic  devices  and  machines  by  means  of  which  popular 
music  was  recorded,  reproduced,  and  transmitted  in  America.  A 
theater  within  the  exhibition  presents  a  program  of  clips  of  famous 
musical  productions  of  the  1930's  and  of  the  period  1940-1960. 

The   past   year   also  witnessed   the   opening   of   two   permanent 


By  the  1890s  talking  machines  shown  in  "Music  Machines— American  Style" 
were  entertaining  thousands  of  Americans  at  home,  penny  arcades,  and  phono- 
graph parlors. 


HISTORY  AND  ART 


69 


exhibition  halls  and  the  creation  of  several  popular  special  exhibits, 
representing  a  wide  range  of  curatorial  interests.  The  first  segment 
of  the  new  Hall  of  Electricity  which  was  opened  in  December  focuses 
on  the  mystery  and  fascination  of  electrical  science  through  the  mid- 
nineteenth  century.  Featured  are  a  working  reproduction  of  an 
electric  motor  designed  by  Benjamin  Franklin,  and  a  number  of 
visitor-operated   displays.    Dominating    the   entrance    is    a    tableau 


The  entrance  to  the  Hall  of  Electricity  is  dominated  by  this  operating  recon- 
struction of  a  typical  18th-century  parlor  demonstration:  The  Electric  Kiss. 


70  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

demonstrating  the  "electric  kiss"— a  preoccupation  of  the  18th  cen- 
tury. The  first  in  a  series  of  changing  exhibits  entitled  "Contem- 
porary Counterparts  of  Early  American  Craftsmen"  was  added  to 
the  popular  Hall  of  Everyday  Life  in  the  American  Past.  A  major 
segment  added  to  the  Hall  of  Ceramics  and  Glass  was  a  unique 
collection  of  yellow-glazed  English  earthenware  of  the  1785-1835 
period  donated  by  Eleanor  and  Jack  Leon. 

Three  hundred  years  of  South  Carolina  paper  currencies  was  the 
subject  of  an  exhibit  in  the  Hall  of  Numismatics.  A  joint  venture 
was  undertaken  with  the  philatelic  services  of  five  Scandinavian 
countries  in  the  production  of  an  exhibit  on  the  "Stamps  and  Posts 
of  Scandinavia."  A  splendid  collection  of  ceramic  and  silver  tureens 
from  the  Campbell  Museum  collection  was  featured  in  a  special 
exhibit  which  opened  in  June. 

The  historical  significance  of  American  holidays  is  the  theme  of 
an  ongoing  series  of  colorful  popular  exhibits  at  the  Mall  entrance 
to  the  Museum.  These  have  included  among  others,  an  exhibit  about 
Fourth  of  July  celebrations,  which  featured  music,  slides,  and 
original  objects  relating  to  the  Declaration  of  Independence,  and  a 
dual  exhibit  commemorating  the  birthdays  of  George  Washington 
and  Abraham  Lincoln,  again  showing  many  original  objects  as- 
sociated with  these  patriots. 

An  innovation  is  a  series  of  departmental  exhibit  cases  changed 
monthly  by  the  curatorial  staff  in  which  recent  additions  to  the 
national  collections  are  displayed  and  acknowledged. 

Numerous  small  individual  exhibits  reflected  a  wide  range  of 
interest  in  various  parts  of  the  Museum,  ranging  from  the  photo- 
graphic work  of  Stephen  Whealton  and  of  Janine  Niepce  to  the 
national  concern  for  accurate  measurement  and  protection  of  the 
country's  water  supply.  Yet  others  ranged  from  the  100th  anniver- 
sary of  the  civil  engineer,  Benjamin  Wright,  to  "Poetry  of  the 
Body,"  a  series  of  anatomical  drawings  by  Paul  Peck. 

The  Division  of  Musical  Instruments  continued  to  supplement 
their  displays  of  instruments  with  a  program  of  three  concerts 
produced  in  cooperation  with  the  Smithsonian  Associates.  The 
Energy  Conversion  Exhibit  was  reassembled  into  a  colorful  traveling 
version,  representing  the  first  technical  traveling  exhibit  from  this 
Museum,  and  it  has  been  enthusiastically  received. 

The  presentation  of  the  Secretary's  Gold  Medal  to  Howard  I. 
Chapelle,  Senior  Historian  of  the  Department  of  Science  and  Tech- 
nology on  30  November  marked  the  retirement  of  one  of  America's 


HISTORY  AND  ART 


71 


Figure  of  Benjamin  Franklin,  circa  1780-1790  by  Ralph  Wood,  Jr.  This  fine 
figure  is  important  not  only  because  of  its  American  association,  but  also  because 
it  is  an  outstanding  example  of  18th-century  English  ceramic  art  and  technology. 


72 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 


Massachusetts  Bay  Colony  note  dated  3  February  1690,  acquired  for  the 

numismatics  collections. 


most  distinguished  marine  historians.  Mr.  Chapelle  will,  however, 
continue  to  work  in  the  Museum  as  Historian  Emeritus. 

John  T.  Schlebecker,  Jr.,  curator  of  the  Division  of  Agriculture 
and  Mining,  received  the  American  Library  Association's  Oberley 
prize  for  his  bibliography  on  the  history  of  agriculture.  He  also 
completed  a  catalog  of  agricultural  implements  in  the  Museum's 
collections. 


HISTORY  AND  ART 


73 


^  y^r? 


Jk^  y< 


Envelope  carried  by  the  famed  Pony  Express  in  June  1861.  The  cover  bears  a 
patriotic  emblem  of  a  type  popular  during  the  Civil  War  period,  a  two-dollar 
Wells  Fargo  stamp,  and  an  embossed  ten-cent  U.S.  stamp. 


Two  Smithsonian  Research  Foundation  grants  were  given,  for 
the  purpose  of  examining  baroque  organs  in  Mexico,  and  another 
to  study  family  records  of  a  19th  century  mid-western  German  im- 
migrant cabinetmaker. 

During  the  summer  of  1970  an  institute  for  college  teachers  on  the 
history  of  technology  was  conducted.  The  annual  meeting  of  the 
National  Society  for  Historical  Archeology,  locally  sponsored  by  the 
Department  of  Cultural  History,  was  held  in  Washington  with 
participation  by  several  members  of  the  Museum  staff. 

Staff  interest  and  involvement  in  the  Museum's  Bicentennial 
planning  greatly  influenced  the  maintenance  and  expansion  of  the 
national  collections,  to  which  540,939  objects  were  added  within  the 
past  year.  Significant  additions  relating  to  the  Revolutionary  War 
period  included  an  appliqued  quilt-top  made  of  rare  examples  of 
early  American  textile  printing,  typical  of  the  designs  of  John 
Hewson,  Philadelphia  textile  printer  and  patriot  of  the  American 
Revolution.  A  Dutch  loom,  dated  1730,  presently  being  restored, 
will  be  displayed  in  the  Hall  of  Textiles  to  demonstrate  the  pro- 
duction of  18th-century  fabrics.  Other  significant  acquisitions  in- 
clude a  Revolutionary  War  period  sweetmeat  dish  manufactured  by 
America's  premier  porcelain  manufacturer,  Bonnin  and  Morris  of 
Philadelphia,  and  a  figure  of  Benjamin  Franklin  modeled  between 


74  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

1780  and  1790  by  Ralph  Wood,  Jr.  An  important  collection  of  18th 
century  clothing  was  acquired  by  the  Division  of  Costume. 

An  important  acquisition  was  a  Massachusetts  Bay  Colony  note 
dated  3  February  1690.  This  note  is  of  extraordinary  importance 
since  it  typifies  an  American  venture  in  publicly-authorized  paper 
money  which  predates  the  issuance  of  paper  currencies  by  the  Bank 
of  England  in  1694  and  the  Bank  of  Scotland  in  1696  highlighting 
the  difference  between  a  publicly  authorized  issue  and  an  issue  by 
privately  owned  and  operated  banks.  America  was  to  become  the 
proving  ground  for  paper  economics. 

The  Division  of  Political  History  received  an  unusually  important 
donation  of  a  group  of  sixty-five  pieces  of  china  owned  by  President 
Millard  Fillmore.  An  interesting  group  of  documents,  photographs, 
and  campaign  memorabilia  was  the  gift  of  the  League  of  Women 
Voters. 

A  noteworthy  acquisition  by  the  Division  of  Postal  History  was  an 
envelope  carried  by  the  storied  Pony  Express  in  the  period  1860- 
1861,  as  well  as  an  airmail  stamp  of  Newfoundland,  issued  in  1919 
for  the  first  nonstop  transatlantic  flight. 

Archives  of  American  Art 

The  past  year,  the  first  spent  by  the  Archives  of  American  Art  as 
a  bureau  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  was  a  period  of  establishing 
residence,  organizing  a  Washington  office  staff,  and  working  out  new 
procedures  in  the  handling  of  both  administrative  and  archival 
details.  By  July  1971  it  had  become  an  integral  part  of  the  Smith- 
sonian's research  facilities  and  its  resources  were  being  intensively 
used  by  staff  and  fellows  of  the  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts, 
the  National  Portrait  Gallery,  and  the  National  Gallery  of  Art,  by 
faculty  and  graduate  students  at  local  universities,  and  by  scholars 
from  such  places  as  New  York,  Chicago,  San  Francisco,  New  Orleans, 
Seattle,  London,  and  Stockholm. 

The  year  was  also  marked  by  the  establishment  of  a  branch  office 
in  Boston,  an  addition  to  other  regional  offices  in  New  York  and 
Detroit  where  researchers  regularly  consult  Archives  resources 
duplicated  on  microfilm.  Branch  offices  are  also  the  chief  means  of 
acquiring  collections  of  artists'  and  dealers'  personal  and  business 
papers.  The  opening  of  the  Boston  office  thus  represents  an  im- 
portant new  source  of  archival  records  which,  after  being  organized 
and  filmed  at  the  Washington  center,  are  offered  to  scholars  on  a 
national  basis. 

Among  significant  collections  of  papers  received  by  the  Archives 


HISTORY  AND  ART  75 

during  the  year  are  those  of  John  Taylor  Arms,  Arthur  G.  Dove,  Guy 
Pene  Du  Bois,  G.  P.  A.  Healy,  J.  Alden  Weir,  and  of  two  major  New 
York  dealers,  the  Kootz  Gallery  and  the  Howard  Wise  Gallery. 

The  Archives  also  continued  its  oral  history  project,  a  large  por- 
tion of  it  under  a  grant  from  the  New  York  State  Council  on  the 
Arts.  Extended  tape  recorded  interviews,  later  transcribed,  were 
conducted  with  ten  art  administrators  and  ten  printmakers,  photog- 
raphers, and  craftsmen,  all  from  the  New  York  area.  Other  indi- 
viduals participating  in  this  project  were  Leo  Castelli,  Ralph  Colin, 
Huntington  Hartford,  August  Heckscher,  James  Thrall  Soby,  and 
E.  M.  M.  Warburg. 

Freer  Gallery  of  Art 

Research,  curatorial,  and  exhibition  activities  of  the  Freer  Gallery 
of  Art  continued  this  year  as  in  the  past.  We  were  all  saddened  by 
the  death  of  Mrs.  Agnes  E.  Meyer  who  was  both  a  good  friend  and 
patron  of  the  Gallery.  Mrs.  Meyer  was  born  in  New  York  City  in 
1887.  During  most  of  her  lifetime  she  had  a  keen  interest  in  Far 
Eastern  art  and  published  Chinese  Painting  as  Reflected  in  the 
Thought  and  Art  of  Li-Lung-Mien  in  1923.  Mrs.  Meyer  first  met  Mr. 
Freer  in  January,  1913,  and  from  that  moment  on  their  lives  were 
closely  allied  in  the  search  and  study  of  Far  Eastern  art.  Following 
Mr.  Freer's  death  in  1919,  Mrs.  Mever  continued  to  serve  as  an  ad- 
visor  and  was  mentioned  in  Mr.  Freer's  will  as  one  of  the  five  people 
who  were  permitted  to  make  gifts  of  objects  to  the  collection.  Mrs. 
Meyer  was  the  last  living  person  officially  associated  with  the  Gallery 
who  also  knew  Mr.  Freer.  During  her  lifetime  and  as  part  of  her 
bequest,  Mrs.  Meyer  greatly  enriched  the  collection  of  the  Freer 
Gallery  of  Art. 

In  the  course  of  the  year  a  committee  known  as  the  Visiting  Com- 
mittee of  the  Freer  Gallery  of  Art  was  established.  It  will  be  chaired 
by  The  Honorable  Hugh  Scott,  Senator  from  Pennsylvania,  and  the 
other  members  are  as  follows:  Laurence  Sickman,  Director,  William 
Rockhill  Nelson  Gallery  of  Art;  Mrs.  Jackson  Burke,  collector; 
Chang  Kwang-chih,  Professor,  Department  of  Anthropology,  Yale 
University;  Miss  Edith  Ehrman,  Manager,  Foreign  Area  Materials 
Center,  State  Education  Department,  University  of  the  State  of 
New  York;  Marvin  Eisenberg,  Professor,  History  of  Art,  University 
of  Michigan;  Mrs.  Katharine  Graham,  Publisher,  The  Washington 
Post;  John  Rosenfield,  Professor  of  Oriental  Art,  Harvard  Univer- 
sity. They  will  meet  regularly  and  serve  in  an  advisory  capacity. 


441-283      O  -  71  -  6 


76  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

A  major  achievement  was  the  publication  of  Museums  of  the 
World,  The  Freer  Gallery  of  Art,  Part  I;  China,  and  Part  II:  Japan, 
printed  in  Japanese  in  collaboration  with  Kodansha,  Tokyo.  The 
English  edition  of  Part  I  has  also  been  released  and  Part  II  will 
follow  in  the  coming  year. 


National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts 

The  Director  reported  to  a  Congressional  Committee  in  July  that 
the  mission  of  the  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts  (ncfa)  is  to 
preserve,  study,  and  make  known  the  art  of  the  nation.  To  preserve 
art,  however,  is  not  to  maintain  a  static  situation;  a  museum  is  too 
often  misunderstood  as  a  mausoleum,  the  antithesis  of  creative 
activity.  Although  the  physical  objects  must  indeed  be  protected 
with  care,  they  cease  to  be  of  value  (in  fact,  to  be  works  of  art)  if 
the  spirit  that  marked  their  creation  does  not  persist.  Creativity  is  an 
action  and  can  be  apprehended  only  by  an  active  mind,  a  mind  set 
free  to  explore,  discover,  savor,  and  judge.  It  is  this  creative  spirit, 
with  its  many  shades  and  directions  weaving  through  our  changing 
culture  over  the  past  three  hundred  years,  that  the  museum  in  its 
varied  activities  wishes  to  keep  alive,  to  make  accessible  to  the  gen- 
eral public,  the  children  and  youth  in  the  schools,  and  the  specialized 
scholar. 

The  creative  spirit  of  America  in  the  19th  century  can  be  seen 
in  new  accessions  such  as  those  of  Rembrandt  Peale,  Philip  Tilyard, 
and  William  Henry  Rinehart,  and  in  the  20th  century  in  such  recent 
acquisitions  as  Helen  Frankenthaler's  acrylic,  Blessing  of  the  Fleet, 
and  new  print  acquisitions  of  Werner  Drewes,  George  Rickey, 
Robert  Rauschenberg,  Carol  Summers,  and  others,  all  shown  in  new 
gallery  arrangements.  In  the  course  of  the  year,  583  works  were 
acquired. 

Two  creative  Americans  who  lived  abroad  at  a  time  when  they 
were  little  appreciated  at  home  were  restored  to  public  attention 
through  comprehensive  exhibitions:  "H.  Lyman  Sayen  (1875-1918)," 
and  "Romaine  Brooks  (1874-1970)."  The  first  director  of  the  ncfa, 
William  Henry  Holmes,  was  honored  by  an  exhibition  of  his  water- 
colors  in  the  new  print  and  drawing  gallery.  Among  other  exhibi- 
tions were  "Jasper  Cropsey,"  "John  Marin,"  "Small  Sculpture  and 
Drawings  of  Paul  Manship,"  "Prints  from  the  Venice  Bienale 
Workshop,"  arranged  by  the  International  Art  Program,  and  "West 
Coast  Print  Makers,"  an  exhibition  circulated  by  the  Smithsonian 
Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service. 


HISTORY  AND  ART 


77 


School  children  recreating  Alexander  Liberman's  sculpture,  Equipoise  (in  back- 
ground) during  an  "improvisational  tour"  in  the  National  Collection  of  Fine 
Arts. 


A  formal  program  for  research  scholars  was  begun  under  the 
leadership  of  a  coordinator  of  research,  and  seven  scholars  are  now 
studying,  lecturing,  and  publishing  at  ncfa  in  the  field  of  American 
art  history.  "Walking  Seminars,"  a  program  using  the  museum  to 
supplement  college  art  departments  in  the  Washington  area,  was 
begun  in  the  spring,  and  exhibitions  of  "High  School  Graphics  II" 
and  "Early  Work— Art  by  Students  in  D.C.  Grade  Schools"  were 


78  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

organized  and  exhibited  at  the  ncfa.  Any  notion  that  the  museum 
is  regarded  as  a  mausoleum  was  wiped  out  forever  on  8  May  when 
an  awesome  7,600  children  and  parents  actively  participated  in  the 
"fun-filled  day  of  art  experiences"  which  was  Children's  Day  at  the 
National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts. 

As  the  year  ended,  the  27  June  opening  of  the  major  summer 
exhibition,  "Hidden  Aspects  of  the  National  Collection  of  Fine 
Arts,"  attracted  2,300  visitors.  This  exhibition  of  more  than  200 
objects  was  intended  to  acquaint  the  public  with  the  surprising 
range  of  the  ncfa  collections.  It  included  Renaissance  jewelry, 
ancient  Chinese  glass,  European  paintings  of  the  17th  through  19th 
centuries,  and  the  American  folk  art  masterpiece  by  James  Hampton, 
"Throne  of  the  Third  Heaven  of  the  Nation's  Millennium  General 
Assembly." 

During  this  past  fiscal  year  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling 
Exhibition  Services  (sites)  has  been  re-designated  an  office  of  the 
National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts  and  has  moved  its  offices  from  the 
Mall  to  the  Studio  House  of  Alice  Pike  Barney  which  was  given  to 
the  Smithsonian  by  her  daughters. 

Sites  circulated  116  exhibitions  to  museums  and  educational  in- 
stitutions throughout  the  United  States  and  Canada.  Smithsonian 
units  are  contributing  more  than  ever  before  to  the  organization  of 
exhibitions  for  circulation  by  sites.  "Indian  Images,"  "The  Genteel 
Female,"  "Creative  Printmaking  in  Pakistan,"  "Energy  Conversion," 
"James  Weldon  Johnson,"  and  "Paintings  by  Edwin  Scott"  are  new 
sites  exhibitions  which  have  been  originated  by  Smithsonian  de- 
partments. These  exhibitions  have  had  their  initial  showings  at  the 
Smithsonian  before  beginning  their  tours.  "U.  S.  World  War  I 
Posters"  was  prepared  from  Smithsonian  collections  especially  for  a 
sites  tour.  The  addition  of  these  exhibitions  to  those  already  in 
circulation  brings  the  total  of  Smithsonian  exhibitions  in  sites' 
program  to  14. 

Sites  has  acquired  for  travel  28  new  exhibitions  and  has  returned 
23  exhibitions  to  their  lenders.  The  tours  of  the  returned  exhibitions 
have  ranged  from  18  months  to  6  years.  Thirty-five  of  sites'  exhibi- 
tions are  of  foreign  origin;  five  of  these  are  new  exhibitions. 


National  Portrait  Gallery 

During  the  past  year  the  Gallery  mounted  two  major  exhibitions, 
as  well  as  two  smaller  undertakings  designed  primarily  for  our 
secondary  school  audience,  and  acquired  fifty  portraits. 


HISTORY  AND  ART  79 

"The  Life  Portraits  of  John  Quincy  Adams"  was  the  exhibition 
held  at  the  Gallery  in  the  fall.  It  coincided  with  the  publication  of  a 
book  on  the  same  subject  by  Andrew  Oliver,  a  member  of  the  Na- 
tional Portrait  Gallery  Commission,  published  by  the  Belknap  Press 
of  Harvard  University.  On  the  afternoon  of  the  opening,  President 
and  Mrs.  Nixon  gave  a  party  at  the  White  House  for  about  40  mem- 
bers of  the  Adams  family  as  well  as  members  of  the  Gallery's  staff. 
A  five-minute  filmed  review  of  the  exhibition  was  shown  on  the 
nbc  nightly  news  by  John  Chancellor.  The  portraits  of  Henry  Ben- 
bridge,  a  comparatively  little  known  painter  of  the  period  of  the 
American  Revolution  whose  major  activity  was  in  Charleston,  South 
Carolina,  were  shown  in  the  Spring.  Both  exhibitions  were  ac- 
companied by  full  scale  publications;  the  former,  designed  by  Miss 
Crimilda  Pontes  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  was  chosen  as 
one  of  the  twenty-two  most  handsomely  produced  university  publica- 
tions of  the  year  by  the  Association  of  American  University  Presses. 

The  two  secondary  school  oriented  exhibitions  were  devoted  to 
the  pioneering  conservationist  John  Muir  and  the  composer  and 
civil  rights  leader  James  Weldon  Johnson.  Brochures  were  produced 
for  both  of  these  exhibitions. 

The  most  notable  acquisitions  of  the  year  were  two  presidential 


James  Monroe  by  John  Vanderlyn 
(NPG.  70.59). 


80  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

portraits.  The  first  of  these  is  Gilbert  Stuart's  painting  of  John 
Adams,  begun  during  Adams'  presidency  in  1798,  but  not  completed 
until  about  1815  or  later  by  the  artist's  daughter  Jane  Stuart.  The 
second  is  an  1816  portrait  of  James  Monroe  by  John  Vanderlyn. 
Both  were  acquired  from  direct  descendants  of  the  subjects. 

Several  portraits  were  transferred  from  The  National  Museum  of 
History  and  Technology.  Perhaps  the  most  important  of  these  is  a 
self-portrait  of  Eastman  Johnson,  one  of  the  greatest  American 
painters  of  the  19th  century.  A  Thomas  Hicks  portrait  of  Edwin 
Booth  as  Iago  was  loaned  by  the  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  of  Decora- 
tive Arts  and  Design. 

Joseph  H.  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden 

During  fiscal  year  1971,  thirty  percent  of  the  construction  of  the 
Joseph  H.  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden  was  completed 
and  preparations  continued  for  the  opening  in  1973.  A  change  in 
the  design  of  the  sculpture  garden  has  been  agreed  upon  which  will 
place  it  parallel  to  the  building  rather  than  traversing  the  Mall. 

The  director  and  his  staff  examined  several  thousand  paintings 
and  selected  about  600  for  possible  inclusion  in  the  opening  exhibi- 
tion, scheduled  for  May  1973.  Present  plans  call  for  approximately 
500  paintings  and  500  sculptures  to  be  included.  Initial  selection  of 
sculpture  will  begin  shortly.  These  preliminary  selections  will  be 
researched,  processed,  and  pertinent  background  data  compiled  on 
each  work  of  art. 

Preparation  was  begun  of  the  opening  exhibition  catalog,  with 
decisions  being  made  as  to  format,  size,  and  selection  of  photo- 
graphs. The  task  is  a  formidable  one  because  of  the  large  number 
of  works  of  art  to  be  included  in  the  opening  show. 

Approximately  70  percent  of  the  collection  has  been  inventoried 
and  photographed.  The  documentation  of  each  work  of  art  provides 
detailed  data  for  location,  identification,  and  condition.  Methods 
are  being  developed  to  permit  electronic  retrieval  of  photographs 
and  data. 

Although  the  present  interim  period  is  one  in  which  it  is  diffi- 
cult for  the  staff  to  provide  information  and  loans,  more  than  225 
requests  for  research  information  and  photographs  were  answered. 
Some  100  scholars,  artists,  and  officials  visited  the  museum  office  and 
warehouse  in  New  York.  Seventy-three  paintings  and  sculptures 
were  loaned  to  45  museums,  galleries,  and  institutions.  Approxi- 
mately   1,200   persons   attended    15   benefit   tours   for   educational, 


HISTORY  AND  ART 


81 


Head  of  a  Queen.  Bronze,  18V4  inches 
high.  Benin,  Nigeria. 

cultural,  and  philanthropic  organizations  at  the  Hirshhorn  Sculp- 
ture Garden  in  Connecticut. 


Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  of  Decorative 
Arts  and  Design 

Many  months  were  spent  preparing  for  Cooper-Hewitt's  move  to 
the  Carnegie  and  Miller  houses  on  upper  Fifth  Avenue.  The  study 
collections  were  installed  in  Miller  House  and  are  open  to  the  public 
by  appointment.  The  staff  is  engaged  in  planning  for  the  Museum's 
reopening  following  the  renovation  of  the  Carnegie  mansion.  A 
grant  of  $100,000  from  the  New  York  State  Council  on  the  Arts  has 
enabled  the  Museum  to  launch  studies  and  conferences  leading  to  a 
clear  definition  of  direction. 


82  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

In  order  to  continue  maximum  display  and  interest  in  the  col- 
lections, extended  loans  were  made  to  the  Metropolitan  Museum, 
National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts,  Brooklyn  Museum,  Philadelphia 
Museum,  Hudson  River  Museum,  University  of  Michigan,  and  the 
Fogg  Art  Museum  at  Harvard  University. 

Four  special  exhibitions  were  sent  to  the  following:  Wellesley 
College,  "Master  Drawings:  The  Kingdom  of  the  Two  Sicilies"; 
Ithaca  College,  "Drawn  from  Nature/Drawn  from  Life";  New  York 
Cultural  Center,  "Selections  from  the  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum"; 
American  Federation  of  Arts,  a  circulating  exhibition,  "Master 
Printmakers  from  the  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum." 

Objects  from  the  collection  were  also  included  in  major  exhibi- 
tions at  museums  in  this  country  and  abroad:  National  Gallery  of 
Art,  Metropolitan  Museum,  Morgan  Library,  High  Museum,  Mu- 
seum of  American  Folk  Art,  Finch  College,  Cranbrook  Academy, 
Victoria  &  Albert  Museum,  Brighton  Pavilion,  Montreal  Museum 
of  Fine  Arts,  and  the  Musee  des  Arts  Decoratifs  in  Paris. 

The  Museum  has  acquired  1,522  works  of  art  through  the  kind- 
ness of  its  friends.  The  most  outstanding  of  these  are  104  costume 
and  stage  designs,  gifts  of  the  designers,  which  include  Charles  Le 
Maire,  Ben  Edwards,  Miles  White,  Robert  O'Hearn,  and  Freddy 
Wittop;  59  prints  by  Luigi  Rossini;  49  Daumier  lithographs;  27 
embroidered  samplers  from  the  Coe  collection;  a  Persian  17th- 
century  fragment  of  textile;  a  1930s  silk  screen  panel  by  Ruth 
Reeves;  560  embroideries  and  laces  from  the  collection  of  Marian 
Hague;  an  English  mahogany  breakfront  of  the  mid- 18th  century;  a 
Louis  XVI  Secretaire  a  abattant;  a  19th-century  cabinet  by  L.  Sou- 
brier  &  Cie.;  a  combination  birdcage-fishbowl  of  the  early  19th 
century;  a  pair  of  Belter  armchairs;  14  pieces  of  Greek  ceramics 
ranging  from  14th  century  b.  c.  to  4th  century  b.  c. 

One  hundred  seventy-six  volumes  were  added  to  the  library.  The 
most  noteworthy  gifts  were  21  cartons  of  auction  catalogs  and 
decorative  arts  books  from  the  Queens  College  Library  and  38  books 
on  19th  century  world  fairs  from  the  Cooper  Union  Library.  The 
Museum  received  a  $92,000  grant  from  the  Samuel  H.  Kress  Founda- 
tion for  a  Textile  Conservation  Laboratory. 

The  American  Institute  of  Interior  Designers  has  elected  Mrs.  Lisa 
Taylor,  the  director,  to  honorary  membership.  Mrs.  Elaine  Dee, 
curator  of  Prints  and  Drawings,  and  Mrs.  Catharine  Frangiamore, 
assistant  curator  of  Decorative  Arts,  were  awarded  grants  to  partici- 
pate in  international  conferences  abroad. 

As  a  new  neighbor  in  Carnegie  Hill,  the  Museum  has  sponsored 


HISTORY  AND  ART  83 

a  series  of  tours,  lectures,  children's  classes,  festivals,  and  other 
events  as  a  means  of  winning  new  friends  and  cultivating  prospective 
supporters.  An  initial  membership  group  has  been  formed  involving 
neighborhood  families  who  use  the  garden  and  assist  in  various 
volunteer  capacities. 

The  Museum  has  provided  facilities  for  the  Guggenheim  Mu- 
seum's summer  program  for  inner-city  children  and  for  activities  of 
the  Museums  Collaborative  and  a  number  of  other  professional 
organizations. 

An  Outdoor  Sculpture  Symposium,  the  first  of  its  kind  in  New 
York,  is  underway  on  the  grounds.  Four  master  sculptors,  Phillip 
Pavia,  Minoru  Niizuma,  Karl  Prantl,  and  Paul  Jenkins  are  de- 
lighting sidewalk  superintendents  with  their  work. 

Visitors  have  increased  since  the  Cooper-Hewitt  moved  to  its  new 
location.  The  staff  looks  forward  to  the  formal  opening  of  the 
"national  museum  of  design"  and  hopes  that  the  Museum  will  be 
an  even  larger  force  in  the  future  than  it  has  been  in  the  past. 


National  Armed  Forces  Museum  Advisory  Board 

Legislation  in  the  form  of  S.  2153  was  introduced  into  the  92nd 
Congress  to  authorize  establishment  of  a  National  Historical 
Museum  Park,  to  be  known  as  Bicentennial  Park,  and  to  designate 
the  study  center  authorized  under  Section  2  (a)  of  Public  Law  87- 
186  as  the  Dwight  D.  Eisenhower  Institute  for  Historical  Research. 

The  Institute,  commemorating  our  thirty-fourth  president,  who 
contributed  so  much  to  the  shaping  of  a  free  world,  is  intended  to 
promote  study  of  the  interaction  of  military  thought  and  policy  with 
the  overall  American  historical  experience.  During  the  Bicentennial 
period,  special  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  study  of  the  American 
Revolution,  not  only  as  a  military  contest  but  as  a  profound  social 
upheaval  with  consequences  touching  every  aspect  of  human  life. 

Staff  members  and  visiting  scholars  would  participate  in  a  broad 
program  of  conferences  and  lectures  held  under  the  auspices  of  the 
Institute,  probing  the  revolutionary  experience,  not  just  as  a  matter 
of  battles  lost  or  won,  but  from  the  point  of  view  of  its  full  impact 
upon  the  new  and  the  old  worlds— militarily,  politically,  economi- 
cally, culturally,  and  scientifically. 

Bicentennial  Park  and  the  Eisenhower  Institute  together  will 
offer  a  rare  opportunity  to  develop  integrated  collections  and  pro- 
grams designed  to  contribute  to  a  broader  understanding  of  the 


84  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

American  past— an  understanding  vitally  necessary  in  order  to  ad- 
vance intelligently  and  confidently  into  the  future. 


Woodrow  Wilson  International  Center  for  Scholars 

The  Woodrow  Wilson  International  Center  for  Scholars,  created 
by  the  Congress  in  October  1968  to  be  a  living  memorial  "expressing 
the  ideals  and  concerns  of  Woodrow  Wilson  .  .  .  symbolizing  and 
strengthening  the  fruitful  relation  between  the  world  of  learning  and 
the  world  of  public  affairs"  opened  its  doors  on  19  October  1970, 
with  some  25  scholars  from  this  country  and  abroad. 

The  theme  of  the  Center's  fellowship  program  is  designed  to  ac- 
centuate those  aspects  of  Wilson's  ideals  and  concerns  for  which  he 
is  perhaps  best  remembered  a  half  century  after  his  presidency:  his 
search  for  international  peace  and  the  imaginative  new  govern- 
mental approaches  he  used  to  meet  pressing  issues  of  his  day.  In  the 
opening  period  the  Board  of  Trustees  is  particularly  encouraging 
substantial  studies  on  (1)  the  development  of  international  under- 
standing, law  and  cooperation  in  ocean  space;  (2)  man's  relations 
and  response  to  his  deteriorating  environment,  with  special  attention 
to  the  new  forms  of  international  cooperation  needed  to  address 
effectively  those  environmental  problems  that  transcend  boundaries; 
and  (3)  various  approaches  to  the  problems  of  international  peace- 
keeping and  post- Vietnam  United  States  foreign  policy. 

On  18  February  1971,  the  Center  was  officially  dedicated  by  Presi- 
dent Richard  M.  Nixon. 

Throughout  the  first  8  months  of  its  life,  the  Center  has  sponsored 
a  number  of  seminars,  symposia,  and  public  discussions  in  fulfill- 
ment of  its  Congressional  mandate  to  be  a  "bridge"  between  the 
world  of  learning  and  the  world  of  public  affairs. 


Joseph  Henry  Papers 

Volume  I  of  the  Joseph  Henry  Papers  was  completed,  and  the  text 
prepared  for  transmission  to  the  Smithsonian  Press,  during  this 
fiscal  year.  The  approximately  250  items  start  with  Henry's  baptismal 
record  and  end  with  his  resignations  from  offices  in  Albany,  New 
York,  in  preparation  for  his  departure  to  Princeton  in  1832.  In  addi- 
tion to  many  letters  of  great  biographic  importance,  the  volume  will 
contain   three  unpublished   lectures,   notes  of  scientific  work,   and 


HISTORY  AND  ART  85 

documents  of  both  the  Albany  Institute  and  the  Albany  Academy. 
Approximately  one  half  of  the  volume  will  consist  of  the  editor's 
commentary  and  annotations.  Perhaps  the  most  significant  theme 
in  the  volume  is  Henry's  view  of  science  and  its  relations  to  society. 
As  a  case  study  in  provincial  culture,  the  volume  has  much  fresh 
evidence  on  American  culture  and  society  as  it  is  by  no  means  limited 
to  the  detailing  of  Henry's  scientific  work. 


Office  of  American  Studies 

The  Office  of  American  Studies  conducts  a  formal  graduate  pro- 
gram in  material  culture  of  the  United  States  which  is  directed  to 
the  original  Smithsonian  purpose:  "the  increase  and  diffusion  of 
knowledge  among  men."  Graduate  students  from  George  Washing- 
ton University,  Georgetown  University,  American  University,  the 
University  of  Maryland,  Catholic  University,  and  the  University  of 
Texas  participated  in  the  program,  gaining  academic  credit  toward 
advanced  degrees  at  those  universities.  The  basic  seminar  in  "Ma- 
terial Aspects  of  American  Civilization"  this  year  examined  the 
material  culture  of  the  working  class.  Research  seminars  in  "Amer- 
ican Technology  and  Its  Cultural  Impact"  and  "The  Physical  City: 
An  Approach  to  American  Urban  History"  were  also  given,  all 
under  the  direction  of  Harold  Skramstad. 

During  the  spring  semester,  a  seminar  in  "Historical  Uses  of 
Vernacular  Architecture"  was  conducted  by  Gary  Carson,  Coordi- 
nator of  Research  of  the  St.  Mary's  City  Commission.  The  Office  of 
American  Studies  is  cooperating  with  the  St.  Mary's  City  Commis- 
sion in  a  long-range  project  to  study  St.  Mary's  City,  the  17-century 
capital  of  Maryland,  by  means  of  historical  archeology,  architectural 
history,  and  archival  research.  In  addition  to  participating  in  formal 
seminars,  individual  graduate  students  carried  on  reading  and  re- 
search projects  under  the  direction  of  members  of  the  staff  of  the 
Office  of  American  Studies  and  of  the  various  Smithsonian  museums. 


Office  of  Academic  Studies 

The  Office  of  Academic  Studies,  formerly  the  Division  of  Graduate 
Studies  of  the  Office  of  Academic  Programs,  is  directed  by  the  newly 
established  Board  of  Academic  Studies  in  the  conduct  of  the  Institu- 
tion's higher  education  programs.  The  programs  include  fellowship 


86  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

and  administrative  support  for  pre-  and  post-doctoral  Visiting  Re- 
search Associates  engaged  in  independent  research,  for  graduate  and 
undergraduate  students  in  directed  research  and  internship  assign- 
ments, for  short-term  visitors  studying  in  the  Smithsonian's  collec- 
tions, and  for  departmental  seminars. 

For  the  academic  year  1971-1972,  27  postdoctoral  and  18  pre- 
doctoral  fellowships  were  awarded.  For  several  years  the  Institution 
has  cooperated  with  universities  in  jointly  funding  fellowships  for 
graduate  students  pursuing  course  work  partly  at  their  home 
university  and  partly  at  the  Smithsonian.  This  year  two  such  fellow- 
ships have  been  awarded  in  American  Civilization  at  Georgetown 
University  and  one  at  the  University  of  Texas.  In  addition,  two 
doctoral  candidates  in  the  History  of  Science  and  Technology  are 
being  jointly  supported  with  the  University  of  Maryland  and  with 
Harvard  University,  marking  the  first  such  cooperative  venture  with 
Harvard. 

Support  for  graduate  interns,  previously  offered  only  during  the 
summer  months,  has  been  extended  to  a  year-round  program  of  one 
to  three  month  appointments  for  research  and  study  under  the 
supervision  of  a  member  of  the  professional  staff. 

Several  successful  seminars,  developed  and  conducted  within  de- 
partments and  divisions  of  the  Institution,  have  been  supported,  in 
part  or  in  full,  by  the  Office  of  Academic  Studies. 


Smithsonian  Institution  Archives 

In  spring  1971  the  Archives  completed  a  major  reorganization  of 
its  holdings,  culminating  in  completion  of  the  Preliminary  Guide  to 
the  Smithsonian  Archives,  now  in  press.  The  guide  presents  to  the 
scholarly  community  the  first  comprehensive  statement  of  the  hold- 
ings of  the  Archives. 

The  re-ordering  which  was  accomplished  in  preparation  for  the 
guide  clearly  designates  records  according  to  their  source;  and  a 
numbering  system,  also  used  in  the  guide,  permits  easier  location 
of  records  in  the  stacks.  In  addition  to  the  guide,  a  file  for  other 
finding  aids  was  set  up,  keyed  to  the  guide-stack  numbering  system. 

As  the  staff  completed  the  guide  for  publication,  plans  were  made 
for  finding  aids  of  much  greater  depth,  which  would  be  machine 
adaptable.  Problems  were  discussed  with  National  Archives  staff  in 
charge  of  spindex,  a  national  computer  system  for  manuscript  col- 
lections, and  with  the  Smithsonian  Information  Systems  Division. 


HISTORY  AND  ART  87 

Prototype  collection  descriptions  were  produced  and  two  collections 
were  described  under  the  new  processing  standards.  Although 
actual  machine  application  lies  in  the  future,  the  Smithsonian 
Archives  finding  aids  will  be  ready  for  the  computer  when  that  day 
arrives. 

Emphasis  during  this  year  was  on  internal  reorganization,  but 
several  accessions  were  made.  Most  important  were  early  records  of 
Smithsonian  book  exchanges,  records  of  the  director  of  the  Museum 
of  History  and  Technology,  additional  records  of  the  Exhibits 
Editor's  office,  and  fiscal  records  from  the  Treasurer's  office.  The 
program  for  microfilming  selected  archives  continued  with  a  much 
expanded  activity  projected  for  the  near  future. 


Office  of  Seminars 

The  Office  of  Seminars  cooperated  in  the  planning  and  manage- 
ment of  an  international  symposium  held  16-19  November  1970,  on 
"Cultural  Styles  and  Social  Identities:  Interpretations  of  Protest  and 
Change."  The  Charles  F.  Kettering  Foundation  and  the  Rockefeller 
Brothers  Fund  provided  financial  support.  The  symposium  reflected 
the  Institution's  long-standing  interests  in  the  processes  of  culture 
change  as  studied  both  by  historians  and  anthropologists.  It  also 
served  as  a  sequel  to  the  1969  symposium,  "Man  and  Beast:  Com- 
parative Social  Behavior,"  which  concentrated  on  the  biological 
bases  of  behavior  in  human  and  other  animal  societies.  The  1970 
symposium,  chaired  by  Professor  Michio  Nagai  of  Japan,  will  be 
published  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Press  under  the  title  The 
Cultural  Drama.  The  1969  symposium  volume  Man  and  Beast  was 
published  18  June  1971,  under  the  editorship  of  John  F.  Eisenberg 
and  Wilton  S.  Dillon.  Planning  began  in  1971  for  the  next  inter- 
national symposium  to  be  held  in  1973,  in  cooperation  with  the 
National  Academy  of  Sciences,  to  commemorate  the  500th  an- 
niversary of  the  birth  of  Copernicus  and  his  impact  on  scientific 
discovery,  including  space  exploration  in  the  twentieth  century.  The 
1973  symposium  will  be  the  fifth  in  the  Smithsonian's  international 
symposia  series. 

With  the  opening  of  the  Woodrow  Wilson  International  Center 
for  Scholars  in  1970,  the  Office  of  Seminars  served  as  a  link  between 
the  work  of  the  visiting  Fellows  and  scientists  and  other  scholars  in 
the  Smithsonian,  arranging  a  series  of  small  discussions  and  semi- 
nars on  topics  related  to  ecology  and  the  environmental  sciences. 


88 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 


Antonio  Zarco,  senior  elder  of  the  Choco  Indian  nation  of  Panama,  and  Michael 
Collins,  former  astronaut  and  new  director  of  the  National  Air  and  Space 
Museum,  at  a  meeting  sponsored  by  the  Office  of  Seminars. 


One  seminar,  involving  government,  foundation,  and  university 
participants,  speculated  on  the  environmental  implications  of  new 
highways  and  hydroelectric  dams  in  the  tropics  and  what  Americans 
might  learn  from  such  development  schemes.  Another  dealt  with 
innovations  in  university  curricula— both  in  the  United  States  and 
overseas— to  accommodate  increasing  faculty  and  student  interests 
in  problems  of  environmental  quality.  Such  activities  are  carried  out 
in  close  cooperation  with  the  Smithsonian's  Office  of  Environmental 
Sciences. 

Antonio  Zarco,  senior  elder  in  the  Choco  Indian  nation  of 
Panama,  and  former  teacher  of  jungle  survival  techniques  to  U.  S. 
air  and  space  personnel,  was  invited  by  the  Office  of  Seminars  to 
visit  the  Smithsonian  research  and  museum  facilities  in  June  1971, 
while  visiting  the  United  States  as  a  guest  of  the  Air  Force.  He  held 
discussions  with  Michael  Collins,  director  of  the  Air  and  Space 
Museum,  his  former  pupil  in  Panama,  and  with  scientists  at  the 
National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  to  which  he  contributed  the 
beginnings  of  a  collection  of  artifacts  of  Choco  culture. 


SPECIAL   MUSEUM   PROGRAMS 


r-piHE  Smithsonian  in  its  special  museum  programs  during  the  past 
■*■  year  has  extended  its  historic  mission  of  service  and  concern  for 
the  condition  and  objectives  of  museums  both  at  home  and  abroad. 
United  States  membership  in  the  International  Centre  for  the 
Preservation  and  Restoration  of  Cultural  Property  (Rome  Centre) 
has  been  authorized  by  the  Congress,  due  in  part  to  the  support  of 
the  Smithsonian  Institution.  Similarly,  the  Smithsonian  has  con- 
tinued to  support  the  principles  of  the  proposed  unesco  Cultural 
Property  Convention  designed  to  stem  the  rising  tide  of  illegal 
international  trade  in  objects  of  art,  antiquities,  and  cultural  ma- 
terials. 

An  activist  role  of  educator,  conservator,  and  communicator  is 
shared  increasingly  by  museums,  and  each  year  these  common  ob- 
jectives bring  the  museums  of  the  world  closer  together  as  custodians 
of  cultural  values  and  enhancers  of  the  quality  of  life.  To  this  end 
the  Smithsonian  has  continued  its  assistance  to  the  American  As- 
sociation of  Museums  and  the  U.  S.  National  Committee  of  the 
International  Council  of  Museums,  an  effort  which  has  resulted  in 
an  increased  appreciation  of  the  opportunities,  goals,  and  achieve- 
ments of  museums. 

Continuing  its  tradition  of  worldwide  exchange  of  ideas,  the 
Smithsonian  staff  has  collaborated  with  and  supported  museum  ad- 
ministrators, technicians,  and  cultural  specialists  from  Africa,  Asia, 
and  Europe  interested  in  establishing  or  expanding  their  national 
museum  programs.  Particularly  gratifying  has  been  the  assistance 
provided  museum  professionals  from  developing  countries  who 
have  come  to  the  Smithsonian  to  observe  and  study  techniques  and 
methods  in  conservation,  exhibition,  and  registrar  functions. 

Through  the  National  Museum  Act,  information  and  advice 
have  been  given  in  response  to  approximately  5000  requests  in  the 
last  year.  Some  of  these,  as  suggested  above,  have  been  of  an  inter- 
national character,  but  by  far  the  great  majority  have  come  from 
the  small  museums  of  the  United  States.  This  alone  indicates  the 
critical  need  of  the  museum  profession  for  concrete  data,  profes- 
sional advice,  and  opportunities  for  training. 

89 


90  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Office  of  Museum  Programs 

On  23  January  1971,  Mr.  Frank  A.  Taylor  retired  from  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution  after  forty-eight  years  of  service.  Engineer,  lawyer, 
curator,  museum  administrator,  and  recipient  of  the  Henry  Medal, 
Mr.  Taylor  will  continue  to  serve  the  Institution  as  a  Research 
Associate,  as  a  consultant  to  the  Secretary  for  special  projects,  and 
as  the  Smithsonian's  ambassador-at-large  to  the  museum  world. 

The  Office  of  Director  General  of  Museums,  with  Mr.  Taylor's 
retirement,  now  operates  as  the  Office  of  Museum  Programs.  On  25 
January  1971,  Mr.  Peter  C.  Welsh  was  appointed  director  of  this 
office  and  charged  with  the  supervision  of  the  Office  of  Exhibits 
Programs,  the  Office  of  the  Registrar,  the  Conservation-Analytical 
Laboratory,  and  the  execution  of  programs  under  the  National 
Museum  Act. 

In  December  of  1970  the  Congress  extended  the  National  Museum 
Act  and  authorized  funding  up  to  one  million  dollars  for  its  pur- 
poses which,  broadly  stated,  encompass  cooperative  studies  of  tech- 
nical problems,  training  of  museum  personnel,  and  development  of 
museum  techniques.  An  advisory  committee  of  museum  professionals 
will  recommend  to  the  Secretary  procedures  and  policies  for  carry- 
ing out  the  purposes  of  the  act. 

In  the  past  year  the  Smithsonian  has  supported  the  regional  mu- 
seum conferences  of  the  American  Association  of  Museums.  Pre- 
liminary study  for  the  American  Association  of  Museums  Docu- 
mentation Center  has  been  aided.  The  American  Association  for 
State  and  Local  History  has  received  assistance  for  the  preparation 
of  a  guide  to  instruct  its  membership  in  the  planning  and  prepara- 
tion of  exhibits  relative  to  the  Bicentennial  of  the  American 
Revolution.  Evaluating  and  testing  the  effectiveness  of  exhibits  and 
exhibit  techniques  have  been  furthered  through  a  cooperative  pro- 
gram with  the  Carnegie  Museum  and  the  University  of  Pittsburgh. 
Other  cooperative  ventures— one  with  the  New  York  State  Historical 
Association  and  the  Rome  Centre  and  another  with  the  International 
Institute  for  Conservation  of  Historic  and  Artistic  Works— will  aid 
and  promote  studies  in  conservation. 

The  Office  of  Museum  Programs  continues  to  receive  innumerable 
requests  from  museums  for  technical  assistance  and  advice.  Since 
the  inception  of  the  Museum  Act  in  1966  these  requests  have  in- 
creased by  more  than  300  percent.  Such  questions  as  how  to  raise 
money  for  a  museum  project,  how  to  plan  and  utilize  exhibit  space, 
how  to  begin  an  exhibition  program,  how  to  organize  a  museum 


SPECIAL  MUSEUM  PROGRAMS  91 

education  program,  how  to  find  and  train  museum  personnel,  and 
how  to  care  for  and  manage  collections  increase  as  the  influence  and 
role  of  museums  become  more  important  in  the  community.  The 
Office  of  Museum  Programs  continues  to  accumulate  and  refine  data 
relating  to  museums  and  their  activities.  The  Smithsonian  Visitor, 
published  in  May,  interviews  nearly  5000  visitors  to  the  National 
Museum  of  Natural  History  and  the  National  Museum  of  History 
and  Technology  and  gives  a  statistical  view  of  the  visitor's  experi- 
ences. 

Training  in  museum  exhibits  techniques,  conservation  practices, 
and  museum  administration  continues  under  the  National  Museum 
Act.  Last  year  over  1000  persons  received  training  in  the  Smith- 
sonian exhibition  laboratories.  Trainees  have  come  from  most  of  the 
Fifty  States  and  many  foreign  countries.  The  Office  of  Museum 
Programs  has  continued  its  interest  in  the  efficacy  of  museums  in 
education  and  has  participated  actively  in  assessing  the  contribu- 
tions museums  can  make  in  this  field. 


Office  of  Exhibits  Programs 

Despite  rising  costs  and  the  resulting  reductions  in  both  materials 
and  manpower,  the  Office  of  Exhibits  Programs  not  only  acquitted 
its  traditional,  diverse  responsibilities  but  continued  to  expand  the 
scope  and  intensity  of  those  responsibilities. 

The  56  special  and  temporary  exhibitions  that  opened  in  fiscal 
year  1971  included  the  spectacular  "Music  Machines- American 
Style"  and  "Do  It  the  Hard  Way:  Rube  Goldberg  and  Modern 
Times"  presentations  in  the  National  Museum  of  History  and 
Technology.  "Music  Machines"  is  a  multimedia  masterwork,  with 
synchronized  lights  and  sounds  guiding  the  visitor  through  the 
development  of  the  machines  that  have  revolutionized  music  in 
America.  A  special  film  on  Rube  Goldberg  was  one  of  the  seven 
that  the  Exhibits  Film  Unit  produced  in  conjunction  with  exhibi- 
tions. 

Segments  of  the  Electricity  Hall  in  the  History  and  Technology 
Building  and  the  Physical  Geology  Hall  in  the  National  Museum  of 
Natural  History  were  opened  to  the  public,  as  work  continued  on 
additional  areas  of  these  halls.  Work  was  also  continued  in  56  other 
halls  of  the  National  History  and  Technology,  Natural  History,  and 
the  National  Air  and  Space  museums.  At  the  same  time,  an  exhibi- 
tion on  the  Apollo  11,  recreating  the  drama  of  man's  landing  on  the 


441-283  O  -  71 


92  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

moon,  was  being  readied.  Also  underway  are  the  proposed  multi- 
faceted  analysis  of  drug  usage  and  its  impact  on  society;  the  pro- 
posed Hall  of  Living  Things,  a  major  ecologic  undertaking;  plan- 
ning and  designs  for  programs  in  conjunction  with  the  Bicentennial 
of  the  American  Revolution;  continued  assistance  to  the  Renwick 
Gallery  and  Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum;  extensive  upgrading 
and  maintenance  of  exhibitions  throughout  the  Smithsonian  com- 
plex; and  publications  ranging  from  a  Philately  and  Postal  History 
Hall  guide  to  leaflets  supplementing  exhibit  labels;  and  training  of 
museum  careerists  from  all  over  the  world. 


Conservation- Analytical  Laboratory 

Last  year's  conservation  effort  has  been  tripled  within  our  con- 
stricting walls.  Upon  request  we  have  advised  eight  bureaus,  other 
museums,  and  the  public  on  safe  environments  for  many  different 
kinds  of  objects,  and  methods  of  mounting  and  of  cleaning  them; 
cleaned,  repaired  and  chemically  stabilized  documents,  graphics  and 
objects— of  wood,  leather,  metal,  pottery,  hair— collected  or  ex- 
cavated, ranging  in  date  from  prehistoric  to  recent  and  in  culture 
from  Attic  to  modern  American.  Causes  of  damage  have  included 
corrosion,  unchecked  decay,  insects,  fire,  and  flood. 

A  visiting  research  associate  has  studied  and  analyzed  metal 
artifacts  for  credit  towards  a  diploma  in  conservation.  Members  of 
the  staff  attended  courses  in  infrared  spectrophotometry  and  chro- 
matography, are  researching  paper  treatment  for  credit  in  a  Master's 
degree,  took  active  part  in  seminars  on  paper  conservation  and  the 
study  of  silver  and  metals  generally,  and  lectured  regularly  on  con- 
servation to  fifty  interested  persons  and  irregularly  to  numerous 
special-interest  groups,  as  well  as  maintaining  active  relationships 
with  national  and  international  organizations  concerned  with  arti- 
fact conservation. 

Analytical  facilities  have  been  applied  to  about  130  submitted 
samples,  resulting  in  almost  4000  semiquantitative  estimations 
spectrographically  on  metals  and  minerals,  almost  200  quantitative 
estimations  on  pottery  by  neutron-activation,  and  350  by  X-ray 
fluorescence.  Micro-analysis,  X-ray  diffraction,  and  infrared  spec- 
trophotometry have  also  served  to  identify  corrosion  products,  sub- 
stances present  in  commercial  materials  proposed  for  long-term 
contact  with  artifacts,  and  painted  house-plasters  and  fragments 
from  religious  objects  that  have  also  been  studied  in  cross-section. 


SPECIAL  MUSEUM  PROGRAMS  93 

Office  of  the  Registrar 

The  work  of  the  Office  of  the  Registrar  this  year,  although  varied 
in  detail,  was  characterized  by  a  unity  of  function.  The  tasks  of 
keeping  records,  moving  mail,  shipping  freight,  and  fielding  a 
multitude  of  questions  from  an  inquisitive  public,  fit  nicely  together. 
As  an  example,  consider  the  single  instance  of  our  scientists  going 
to  Liberia  on  a  project  to  study  an  outbreak  of  monkey  pox  in 
humans,  this  office  was  typically  involved  in  the  following:  (1) 
obtaining  work  and  entry  permits  from  the  foreign  government  for 
the  individuals  and  equipment,  (2)  obtaining  passports  and  visas, 
(3)  preparing  requests  for  immunizations,  (4)  preparing  letters  of 
introduction,  (5)  recording  and  shipping  necessary  field  equipment 
to  Monrovia,  (6)  handling  shipping  and  customs  requirements  for 
the  return  of  the  field  equipment  plus  any  specimens  collected,  (7) 
recording  the  accession  of  specimens  acquired  for  the  national  col- 
lections, and  (8)  correlating  and  forwarding  to  the  professional  staff 
future  inquiries  concerning  the  project  that  may  be  addressed  to  the 
Smithsonian  Institution. 

Mail  service  was  extended  this  year  to  the  Barney  House  and  the 
Renwick  Gallery  and  shifted  to  accommodate  the  move  of  several 
Smithsonian  offices  from  the  Pension  Building  to  the  Liberty  Loan 
Building.  An  estimated  11,000  individual  freight  shipments  were 
handled  including  more  than  100  entries  accomplished  through  the 
U.S.  Customs.  Assistance  was  given  to  238  official  travelers.  Approxi- 
mately 84,500  public  inquiries  were  received;  418  involved  objects 
referred  for  professional  identification.  Documentation  was  made  of 
2,785  accession  memoranda  substantiating  the  ownership  of  many 
thousands  of  historically  and  scientifically  significant  objects. 


Smithsonian  Institution  Libraries 

The  Libraries'  cataloged  collections  grew  by  a  net  of  nearly 
16,000  volumes,  and  the  reference  staff  responded  to  nearly  44,000 
queries,  both  up  30  percent  over  the  previous  year.  Nearly  one-third 
of  the  Libraries'  recorded  circulation  was  of  books  and  journals 
borrowed  from  other  libraries.  Over  2700  requests  were  filled  by 
photocopying.  The  first  phase  of  the  serials  automation  project  was 
completed,  providing  computerized  control  and  analysis  of  fiscal 
transactions  for  purchased  serials. 

The   National   Museum   of   Natural   History   and   the   National 


94  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Museum  of  History  and  Technology  established  library  advisory 
committees,  and  the  Remington  Kellog  Library  of  Marine  Mam- 
malogy officially  became  a  part  of  the  Smithsonian's  library  system. 
Materials  from  several  other  branch  libraries  are  being  incorporated 
into  the  Kellog  collection.  The  Director  of  Libraries  served  as  a 
consultant  to  the  Indonesian  Institute  of  Sciences  for  the  develop- 
ment of  that  nation's  information  service  in  science  and  technology. 
Four  library  school  students  worked  on  academic  projects  in  the 
Libraries  under  the  supervision  of  the  Director's  Office.  One  pro- 
duced a  study  of  decision  processes  in  library  collection  development 
that  is  expected  to  influence  the  libraries'  organization  for  this 
function. 

The  Libraries  experimented  with  a  task  force  concept  of  library 
service  in  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History.  A  small  team  of 
librarians  and  technical  assistants  were  assigned  as  needed  to  per- 
form service  and  maintenance  tasks  in  departmental  libraries  on 
flexible  schedules.  Manpower  was  thus  matched  closely  to  urgent 
library  problems  as  they  arose.  This  technique  at  manpower  utili- 
zation will  be  extended  to  other  bureaus  of  the  Institution. 


International  Exchange  Service 

During  the  year  publications  were  received  from  approximately 
400  organizations  in  the  United  States  for  exchange  with  organiza- 
tions in  more  than  100  countries.  Approximately  one-half  of  these 
organizations  were  libraries  exchanging  medical  and  dental  publica- 
tions with  organizations  in  other  countries.  Packages  of  exchange 
publications  weighing  more  than  100,000  pounds  were  received 
from  the  foreign  exchange  bureaus  for  distribution  in  the  United 
States. 

The  daily  issues  of  the  Congressional  Record  and  the  Federal 
Register  were  sent  on  exchange  to  137  foreign  libraries  in  exchange 
for  their  parliamentary  journals. 

More  than  400,000  pounds  of  official  United  States  publications 
were  transmitted  on  exchange  for  the  official  documents  of  other 
countries.  The  agreements  with  four  recipients  of  partial  sets  were 
terminated  during  the  year,  and  one  recipient  of  a  full  set  of  official 
documents  was  changed  to  a  recipient  of  a  partial  set. 

Publications  were  forwarded  by  ocean  freight  to  38  exchange 
bureaus  in  other  countries  for  distribution  to  the  addressees.  Publi- 


SPECIAL  MUSEUM  PROGRAMS  95 

cations  were  mailed  to  the  addressees  in  countries  that  do  not  have 
exchange  bureaus. 

Many  requests  are  received  for  assistance  in  sending  publications  to 
libraries  in  other  countries.  The  Service  has  not  been  able  to  assist 
in  these  programs.  It  must  restrict  its  activity  to  the  exchange  pro- 
grams and  to  limit  the  amount  of  assistance  furnished  in  this  field. 


PUBLIC    SERVICE   ACTIVITIES 


In  march  of  the  year  under  review,  Smithsonian  magazine 
enjoyed  its  first  anniversary.  By  that  time  the  Institution's  first 
popular  monthly  publication  had  a  circulation  of  220,000,  a  figure 
which  magazines  closest  in  character  to  Smithsonian  normally  take 
several  years  to  reach.  All  subscribers  automatically  become  Na- 
tional Members  of  the  Smithsonian  Associates,  since  it  has  been  the 
Institution's  intention  from  the  beginning  to  create  through  the 
magazine  a  full  and  varied  membership  program  on  a  national 
scale.  Accordingly,  efforts  were  made  in  1971  to  develop  benefits 
beyond  the  magazine  which  might  create  closer  ties  between  the 
member-subscribers  and  the  Institution.  These  included  a  Recep- 
tion Center  in  the  Great  Hall  of  the  Smithsonian  Building  to  assist 
National  Members  in  planning  their  visit  to  the  Institution  and  the 
Washington  area  in  general,  discounts  on  Museum  Shops  articles 
or  Smithsonian  Institution  Press  publications,  and  the  opportunity 
to  subscribe  to  a  wide  variety  of  study  tours,  both  domestic  and 
international,  conducted  by  Smithsonian  staff  members. 

The  Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum  began  work  on  a  novel 
urban  studies  project  funded  by  generous  grants  from  the  Carnegie 
Corporation,  the  Department  of  Housing  and  Urban  Development, 
and  the  Cafritz  Foundation.  In  essence  the  project  is  aimed  initially 
at  having  the  residents  of  Anacostia  themselves  determine  the  social, 
economic,  and  educational  problems  which  most  affect  their  lives, 
through  surveys  conducted  in  situ  by  volunteers,  with  limited  staff 
assistance.  Once  these  problems  are  clearly  defined  and  articulated, 
the  Neighborhood  Museum  will  seek  to  present  them  through  a 
program  of  exhibits,  with  related  educational  materials,  for  school 
and  community  use.  This  experimental  project  is  being  closely 
watched  as  a  model  for  other  communities,  which  have  similar 
neighborhood  museums,  many  of  which  have  received  planning  as- 
sistance from  Anacostia. 

Towards  the  close  of  the  period  under  review  the  first  television 
documentary  under  the  series  known  as  "Smithsonian  Adventure," 
produced  in  collaboration  with  cbs,  was  broadcast  to  a  prime-time 
Sunday  night  national  audience.  It  concerned  the  excavations  con- 

96 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  ACTIVITIES  97 

ducted  by  Dr.  Iris  Love  on  the  island  of  Knidos  and  her  search  for 
Praxiteles'  renowned  statue  of  Aphrodite.  The  documentary  was 
favorably  reviewed  by  Life  magazine  and  produced  an  enormous 
volume  of  correspondence,  most  of  it  from  students  asking  the 
Institution  about  careers  in  archelogy  or  for  further  information  on 
the  Knidos  excavation.  Other  subjects  which  the  Institution  plans 
to  treat  in  this  series  include  Major  Powell's  exploration  of  the 
Colorado  River  and  human  evolution,  the  latter  featuring  Dr.  T. 
Dale  Stewart,  Curator  Emeritus  of  Physical  Anthropology  and 
former  Director  of  the  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

The  Division  of  Performing  Arts  held  its  fourth  annual  Festival 
of  American  Folklife,  with  a  special  "pavillion"  or  presentation 
from  the  state  of  Arkansas.  It  brought  a  record  crowd  of  over 
500,000  to  the  Mall  during  its  five  day  span,  leading  up  to  the  fourth 
of  July.  The  Festival  was  widely  praised  in  editorials  as  a  common 
and  peaceful  meeting  ground  for  both  Honor  America  Day  par- 
ticipants and  radical  youth  demonstrators.  At  the  end  of  the  period 
under  review,  the  Division  began  a  summer  long  folklife  festival  in 
the  United  States  pavillion  at  the  "Man  and  His  World"  exposition 
site  in  Montreal,  as  part  of  and  supported  by  the  Department  of 
Commerce's  "Visit  the  United  States"  program. 


Smithsonian  Associates 

"There  is  always  something  going  on  at  the  Smithsonian  which 
invites  participation"  observed  one  of  our  more  than  15,000  As- 
sociate members  in  a  letter  of  appreciation. 

As  of  January  1971,  the  Smithsonian  Associates  completed  its 
fifth  year  of  programs  and  activities  created  to  involve  people  of  all 
ages  in  active  participation  at  the  Smithsonian.  Throughout  the 
year,  some  20,000  persons  took  part  in  over  170  members'  events, 
including  lectures  on  such  diversified  subjects  as  whale  communica- 
tion, beasts  of  mythology,  and  man  and  machines;  musical,  dance, 
and  poetry  performances;  films;  special  events  such  as  the  Annual 
Kite  Carnival  and  the  first  National  Kite  Competition,  the  Boomer- 
ang Workshops,  Capital  Mall  history  tours,  and  Zoo  Night;  and 
finally,  the  annual  field  trips  in  the  museums  and  outdoors. 

In  addition,  some  6500  attended  six  special  receptions,  including 
two  Museum  Shop  openings,  openings  for  the  Rube  Goldberg, 
Music  Machines,  and  the  Campbell  collection  exhibits,  the  Renwick 
Gallery    Benefit   sponsored    by    the    Woman's    Committee    for    the 


98 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 


Third  place  prize  winner,  16-year-old  Associates  member  John  Umhow,  shows  off 
his  winning  kite  and  trophy  at  the  first  National  Kite  Competition  held  on  the 
Mall  10  April  1971.  (Photo  by  Douglas  Stewart.) 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  ACTIVITIES  99 

Scholarship  Fund;  and  Mondays  at  the  Museum— a  series  of  five 
lectures  on  great  collections.  Another  1500  took  day  tours  and  ex- 
tended study  trips  throughout  the  country. 

The  Associates  classes  and  craft  workshops  offered  more  than 
3300  people  the  opportunity  to  study  and  work  directly  with  Smith- 
sonian and  visiting  scholars  and  professional  craftsmen.  Of  these, 
over  a  thousand  were  young  people,  ages  four  to  twelve  (100  were 
scholarship  students).  A  total  of  89  classes  and  14  workshops  on 
subjects  ranging  from  animal  behavior,  anthropology,  osteology, 
and  the  history  of  democracy  to  fabric  construction  and  weaving 
were  offered. 

Through  these  programs  the  Associates'  provide  an  opportunity 
for  individual  and  human  discovery,  learning,  and  growth  within 
the  boundaries  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 


Office  of  Public  Affairs 

Divisions  of  the  Office  of  Public  Affairs  (opa)  used  film,  tape,  and 
print  to  communicate  the  story  of  the  Smithsonian  and  its  diverse 
activities  in  the  past  year.  Production  was  completed  on  a  half-hour 
color  motion  picture  about  the  Institution,  Around  the  Clock  at  the 
Smithsonian,  produced  under  a  grant  from  the  Corporation  for 
Public  Broadcasting  for  presentation  nationally  over  educational 
television.  The  first  of  a  series  of  documentaries  by  the  Columbia 
Broadcasting  System  under  the  title  "Smithsonian  Adventure"  was 
telecast  13  June  and  brought  a  flood  of  1400  favorable  letters  from 
viewers.  It  was  one  of  many  productions  filmed  in  recent  months  by 
various  producers  with  cooperation  from  opa  and  other  Smithsonian 
staff  members,  who  are  now  working  with  the  British  Broadcasting 
Corporation  on  two  major  series,  "The  Ascent  of  Man,"  and 
"America."  The  office  started  an  archival  film  record  of  construction 
on  the  Joseph  H.  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden.  Fifty 
more  stations  began  broadcasting  "Radio  Smithsonian"  in  the  past 
year.  The  series  is  now  heard  over  sixty  educational  radio  stations  in 
thirty-five  states,  the  District  of  Columbia  and  Canada,  and  over  the 
armed  forces  network  overseas.  The  opa  news  bureau  issued  more 
than  200  news  releases  and  forty-nine  public  service  radio  an- 
nouncements, aided  news  media  in  coverage  of  special  events,  and 
published  The  Smithsonian  Torch  and  the  monthly  Calendar  of 
Events.  A  total  of  36,500  callers  used  the  Dial-A-Museum  answering 
service,  and  109,500  used  the  Dial-A-Phenomenon  service.  The  opa 
publications  section  began  issuing  a  revised  series  of  information 


100  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

leaflets,   and   produced   for   the   first   time   orientation    leaflets    for 
visitors  in  French  and  Spanish  (see  Appendix  8). 


Office  of  International  Activities 

The  Office  continued  to  foster  new  dimensions  of  Smithsonian 
programs  abroad,  particularly  through  development  of  cooperative 
programs  in  environmental  research  and  conservation.  The  Office 
organized  an  Indian-American  Ecology  Symposium  in  New  Delhi  in 
conjunction  with  India's  University  Grants  Commission.  A  team 
of  distinguished  American  ecologists  headed  by  Secretary  Ripley  and 
the  Acting  Assistant  Secretary  for  Science  met  during  February  1971 
with  Indian  counterparts  to  consider  approaches  to  ecological  re- 
search and  training  which  would  also  serve  the  critical  needs  of 
governmental  planning. 

To  assist  in  development  of  such  joint  research  opportunities,  the 
Office  assigned  a  representative  for  South  Asia  to  New  Delhi  for  an 
initial  period  of  six  months.  One  of  his  assignments  of  special 
urgency  is  the  development  of  a  joint  Indo-American  program  of 
research  and  conservation. 

The  Office  Director  traveled  to  Ceylon  to  review  progress  of  the 
Smithsonian's  baseline  ecological  studies  embracing  elephant,  pri- 
mate, botanical,  and  entomological  research  there.  The  Director 
also  represented  the  Smithsonian  at  the  meetings  in  England  of  the 
Charles  Darwin  Foundation  of  which  he  is  the  American  Secretary 
(Administrative),  the  World  Wildlife  Fund  World  Congress,  and  the 
Aldabra  Committee  of  the  Royal  Society.  The  Office  represented 
the  Institution  at  the  International  Conference  on  the  Biology  of 
Whales.  Closing  its  sixth  year,  the  Foreign  Currency  Program  had 
awarded  nearly  $13  million  in  "excess"  foreign  currency  grants  to 
over  sixty  American  institutions  of  higher  learning. 

Program  accomplishments  over  the  six-year  period  include  more 
than  111  research  publications,  214  postdoctoral  research  oppor- 
tunities for  Americans,  220  field-training  opportunities  for  doctoral 
candidates,  and  research  collections  for  the  Smithsonian  and  many 
of  the  American  grantee  institutions. 


Division  of  Performing  Arts 

The  Division  of  Performing  Arts  continued  to  expand  its  activi- 
ties in  enlivening  the  Mall  and  in  creating  an  open  experience  in 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  ACTIVITIES  101 

the  arts  for  museum  visitors.  The  Fourth  Annual  Festival  of 
American  Folklife  featured  the  State  of  Arkansas  and  Indians  of 
the  Southern  Plains.  The  more  than  700,000  people  who  attended 
this  living  exhibition  of  folk  creativity  made  it  perhaps  the  most- 
attended  single  event  in  Washington.  "A  Festival  of  American 
Folklife"  was  directed  and  produced  in  Montreal  for  the  "Man 
and  His  World,"  exhibition  at  the  original  United  States  Pavilion. 
Continuing  from  1 1  June  through  6  September  the  presentation  was 
sponsored  by  the  United  States  Travel  Service,  U.  S.  Department  of 
Commerce,  in  cooperation  with  the  Discover  America  Travel  Or- 
ganizations. 

Among  the  programs  presented  with  the  Smithsonian  Associates 
were  the  famed  Kathakali  Dance  Company  from  Kerala,  India;  an 
evening  of  black  poetry  by  Joanna  Featherstone;  and  the  Percep- 
tions 3  series  in  contemporary  performing  arts:  The  Electric  Stere- 
opticon,  Yvonne  Rainer  and  the  Grand  Union,  The  Paul  Sanasardo 
Dance  Company,  and  the  New  Music  Choral  Ensemble  III.  The 
Division  co-sponsored  with  other  organizations  6  jazz  concerts,  5  folk 
music  concerts,  and  30  productions  of  the  American  College 
Theatre  Festival. 

The  Touring  Performance  Service  presented  four  productions: 
The  American  Folklife  Company;  The  Black  Experience;  The 
Concept;  The  Waywardly  Wandering  Wagonful  of  Banjo  and 
Jack;  and  Neighbors.  These  were  seen  at  the  Smithsonian  and  by 
audiences  from  Maine  to  Florida  and  as  far  west  as  Iowa.  The 
Service  worked  with  State  Arts  Councils  for  colleges,  universities, 
and  civic  organizations  with  minimal  budgets  wishing  to  acquire 
these  programs.  After  smoke  damage  delayed  the  scheduled  opening, 
the  Smithsonian  Resident  Puppet  Theater  reopened  on  24  March. 
The  Waywardly  Wandering  Wagonful  of  Banjo  and  Jack,  based  on 
Kentucky  folktales,  played  to  enthusiastic  audiences. 


Smithsonian  Museum  Shops 

The  Smithsonian  Museum  Shops  continued  its  program  of  offering 
museum  visitors  a  wide  variety  of  articles  carefully  selected  to  re- 
flect the  exhibits  of  each  museum,  where  possible  with  special  em- 
phasis on  articles  for  children.  Visitors  response  to  books  and 
publications  necessitated  a  further  expansion  of  the  book  sections 
of  the  shops  in  the  Arts  and  Industries  Building  and  the  National 
Museum   of   History   and   Technology.   New    publications   of   staff 


102  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

members  issued  during  the  year  were  featured  in  exhibits,  with  ap- 
propriate artifacts,  and  over  four  hundred  new  titles  were  added 
to  the  extensive  book  collections  available  in  the  shops. 

The  sales  exhibition  program  began  its  year  with  a  large  variety 
of  traditional  crafts  offered  in  the  shops  of  the  National  Museum  of 
History  and  Technology,  opening  the  first  day  of  the  Folklife 
Festival  and  continuing  during  the  summer.  Contemporary  crafts- 
men of  Georgia  were  featured  in  the  second  sales  exhibition 
honoring  the  crafts  and  craftsmen  of  the  United  States.  The  ex- 
hibition featuring  pottery,  weaving,  wood  carving,  and  jewelry  done 
by  thirty  Georgia  craftsmen  was  shown  in  the  Arts  and  Industries 
Museum  Shop  throughout  the  fall.  Botanical  prints  by  Henry 
Evans  and  jewelry  made  with  minerals  and  gems  by  Fridel  Blu- 
menthal  were  featured  in  the  Natural  History  Museum  Shop  sales 
exhibits. 

The  Museum  Shops  staff  gave  assistance,  advice,  and  guidance  to 
sixteen  museums  in  the  United  States  that  sought  help  in  establish- 
ing museum  shop  programs  during  1970-1971. 


Belmont  Conference  Center 

The  Belmont  Conference  Center  is  presently  in  its  fifth  year  of 
operation,  with  the  growing  prospect  of  more  conferences  each  year. 
During  fiscal  1971,  there  were  69  conferences  held  at  Belmont  in 
comparison  with  58  the  previous  year,  and  reservations  are  being 
made  up  to  18  months  in  advance.  The  Center  accepts  conferences 
from  all  types  of  groups,  the  majority  being  governmental  agencies, 
but  including  academic,  industrial,  international,  labor,  and  phi- 
lanthropic organizations  as  well.  It  has  welcomed  nearly  1500 
participants  during  this  year. 

Our  Smithsonian  guests  have  included  the  Smithsonian  Council, 
the  Interdisciplinary  Communications  Program,  the  Office  of  Aca- 
demic Programs,  a  pre-Symposium  '70  seminar,  and  a  meeting 
sponsored  by  the  Anthropology  Department.  The  Center  has  been 
host  to  groups  as  diversified  as  the  U.S.  Department  of  State  and  the 
Baltimore  Mutual  Investment  Company,  while  guests  have  in- 
cluded Dr.  Margaret  Mead  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History;  His  Excellency  Nobuhiko  Ushiba,  Ambassador  from  Japan; 
The  Right  Reverend  Monsignor  Bordelon  of  the  U.S.  Catholic 
Conference;  Dr.  Robert  Marston,  Director  of  the  National  Institutes 
of  Health;  Dr.  M.  C.  Shelesnyak,  Director  of  the  Interdisciplinary 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  ACTIVITIES  103 

Communications  Program;  Ambassador  Armin  Meyer,  American 
Ambassador  to  Japan;  Dr.  John  Clark,  Director  of  the  Goddard 
Space  Flight  Center;  Dean  L.  G.  Cowan  of  the  State  University  of 
New  York;  Sir  Solly  Zuckerman  of  the  British  Cabinet  Office;  James 
Kilpatrick,  columnist;  His  Highness  the  Maharaja  Gaekwar  of 
Baroda;  and  Nobel  Prize  winner  Dr.  Murray  Gell-Mann. 

Belmont  accommodates  twenty-four  resident  guests  with  facilities 
for  meetings  and  meals  for  thirty  people.  Yearly  improvements  to 
this  240  year-old  manor  house  and  surrounding  365  acres  make  it 
more  comfortable  and  enjoyable  each  year. 

Conference  operations  continue  to  be  directed  toward  the  needs 
of  small  groups  which  require  the  kind  of  attractive,  secluded,  and 
exclusive  setting  which  Belmont  provides,  together  with  the  ad- 
vantages of  easy  access  to  Washington's  National  and  to  Baltimore's 
Friendship  airports. 


Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum 

The  story  of  black  Americans,  both  slaves  and  free  men  who 
fought  in  the  War  for  Independence,  was  retold  in  the  Anacostia 
Neighborhood  Museum's  exhibit  "Black  Patriots  of  the  American 
Revolution.''  Over  3000  booklets  describing  the  exhibit  in  story  form 
for  children  were  distributed  to  school  tour  groups  and  in  response 
to  requests  from  teachers  and  parents. 

The  Museum  and  the  Lorton  Reformatory  cooperated  in  a 
presentation  of  visual  and  dramatic  arts  done  entirely  by  the  men 
from  Lorton  who  worked  along  with  the  exhibits  staff  in  mounting 
their  own  paintings  and  handicrafts.  Research  for  "Lorton  Re- 
formatory: Beyond  Time"  was  undertaken  during  several  staff  visits 
to  the  prison. 

The  Mobile  Division  offered  a  bussing  program  which  takes 
mini-editions  of  current  exhibits  to  inner-city  playgrounds  and 
churches  in  summer  and  schools  in  winter.  Another  project  provided 
teachers  with  a  portable  library  of  Afro-American  books  and  shoe- 
box  specimens  and  puzzle  maps  on  such  subjects  as  black  scientists 
and  places  to  visit  in  Washington  of  interest  to  black  Americans. 
The  Speakers  Bureau  offers  a  list  of  lecturers  on  various  subjects 
who  are  available  to  schools  and  community  groups. 

The  Center  for  Anacostia  Studies,  operating  under  a  grant  from 
the  Carnegie  Corporation,  conducted  an  opinion  survey  at  the  re- 
quest of  the  Museum's  Neighborhood  Advisory  Committee,  which 


104  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

disclosed  that  crime,  drugs,  housing,  unemployment,  and  education 
were  prime  concerns.  Interviews  with  old-time  residents  have  been 
completed  in  preparation  for  an  oral  history  of  Anacostia  and  an 
exhibit. 


Smithsonian 

Although  only  a  year  old  with  the  March  1971  issue,  Smithsonian 
progressed  toward  being  an  institution  within  the  Institution  via 
membership  in  the  Smithsonian  Associates. 

It  is  a  circulation  success  with  245,000  net  paid  subscribers  at  the 
end  of  the  fiscal  year.  Surveys  show  that  our  readership  enjoys  a  high 
educational  level.  A  survey  indicates  that  85  percent  of  subscribers 
are  college  educated,  that  their  median  income  is  above  $19,000  a 
year. 

Editorially,  Smithsonian  follows  the  lines  of  the  Secretary's 
original  concept— being  interested  in  what  interests  the  Smithsonian 
Institution.  This,  of  course,  starts  with  the  Institution  itself. 
Through  the  July  1971  issue  there  have  been  76  articles  related  to 
the  Institution.  They  have  been  from  one  to  eleven  pages  long.  The 
Institution  staff  also  checks  material  obtained  from  the  outside. 

Outside  the  Institution  Smithsonian  has  had  such  authors  as 
Isaac  Asimov  and  Theodore  H.  White;  photographers  such  as  Lee 
Boltin,  Fritz  Goro,  Gjon  Mili,  Carl  Mydans,  and  David  Plowden; 
cartoonist-illustrators  such  as  Richard  Erdoes  and  Robert  Osborn. 

Unfortunately,  a  subscription  fulfillment  concern  turned  in  a 
thoroughly  unacceptable  job.  Through  a  court  injunction,  the  mag- 
azine's address  tapes  have  been  transferred  to  another  company. 
That  growing  pain  has  been  satisfactorily  eased. 

There  will  be  by-products.  There  is  material  for  a  book  on  man's 
environment,  including  his  attempt  to  learn  more  about  ecology 
and  conservation.  The  infinite  opportunities  in  Smithsonian's 
assigned  fields  will  continue  to  be  pursued  vigorously. 


Smithsonian  Institution  Press 

Much  of  this  year's  effort  was  concentrated  on  launching  the 
three-level  organic  publication  program  recommended  by  the  Visit- 
ing Committee  as  described  in  Smithsonian  Year  1970.  Detailed  in- 
ventories were  taken  and  quality  evaluations  made  for  publications 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  ACTIVITIES  105 

of  level  one  (leaflets,  available  at  the  exhibits  of  public  museums, 
for  the  purpose  of  exhibit  interpretation)  and  level  two  (booklets 
and  other  educational  materials,  for  students  and  the  public  at 
large).  Uniform,  but  highly  attractive,  design  and  format  will  be 
used  for  these  publications,  and  they  will  be  made  available  through 
vending  devices  at  exhibit  locations.  Numerous  leaflets,  five  booklets 
and  four  recordings  are  in  preparation. 

An  agreement  reached  with  Museum  Shops  will  enable  certain 
publications  and  recordings,  heretofore  available  only  in  our  mu- 
seum stores,  to  receive  national,  indeed  international,  distribution. 

By  cooperative  arrangement  with  Smithsonian  magazine,  Press 
books  have  been  offered  to  all  subscribers  at  a  discount  of  20  percent, 
and  more  attractive  offerings  are  planned  for  the  coming  year. 

The  Life  Portraits  of  John  Qidncy  Adams,  a  catalog  designed  by 
Miss  Crimilda  Pontes,  was  chosen  as  one  of  the  twenty-two  outstand- 
ing design  and  production  publications  of  the  year  by  the  Associa- 
tion of  American  University  Presses.  The  exhibit  of  these  twenty-two 
books  will  be  sent  to  libraries,  educational  institutions,  cultural 
centers,  book  fairs,  and  special  graphic  art  events  in  Europe,  Asia, 
Africa,  and  Latin  America. 

Production  costs  of  98  publications  were  funded  in  whole  or  in 
part  by  Federal  appropriations  in  the  amount  of  $227,337.80;  13 
were  supported  wholely  or  partly  by  Smithsonian  Institution  Press 
private  funds  in  the  amount  of  $101,764.65;  and  5  were  subsidized 
variously  by  Smithsonian  or  other  private  funds  in  the  amount  of 
$20,321.30.  The  total  output  of  113  titles  is  listed  in  Appendix  5. 
The  Press  warehouse,  the  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office,  and 
George  Braziller,  Inc.  (the  Press's  sales  and  distribution  agent) 
shipped,  on  order  and  subscription,  a  total  of  204,935  publications 
during  the  year.  In  addition,  1237  records  were  distributed  by  the 
Press. 


Reading  Is  Fundamental 

The  National  Reading  Is  Fundamental  Program  (rif)  is  now 
operating  in  its  fourth  year  as  an  independent  unit  under  Smith- 
sonian sponsorship,  with  support  by  the  Ford  Foundation.  Rif's 
purpose  is  to  motivate  disadvantaged  youngsters  and  adults  to  want 
to  read,  by  making  available  a  wide  variety  of  interesting  and 
relevant,  inexpensive  paperbacks.  The  program  stresses  self-selection 
and  pride  of  ownership  in  the  belief  that  "the  right  to  read"  should 


106 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 


Pre-schoolers  at  a  "Reading  Is  Fundamental"  day-care  center  in  Washington, 
D.C.,  show  their  book  choices  to  Mrs.  Robert  S.  McNamara,  RIF's  Board  Chair- 
man. 


be  the  birthright  of  all  America's  children.  National  rif  provides 
technical  assistance  and  information  to  those  interested— school  sys- 
tems, libraries,  and  community  agencies— in  developing  a  local 
project. 

During  1970-1971,  the  number  of  local  projects  grew  from  eleven 
to  eighteen,  including  both  urban  and  rural  areas  and  various 
ethnic  groups— Blacks,  American  Indians,  and  Mexican-Americans. 
The  local  sponsoring  groups  throughout  the  country  were  respon- 
sible for  funding,  selection  of  book  titles,  and  distribution.  National 
rif  also  acts  as  liaison  with  the  publishing  industry,  federal  and 
local  governments,  schools,  and  libraries  about  book  programs  and 
provides  general  information  to  all  who  seek  it. 

New  publications  (see  Appendix  6)  are  made  available  upon 
request.  During  1971-1972,  plans  call  for  a  national  media  cam- 
paign with  the  endorsement  of  the  Advertising  Council,  a  greater 
emphasis  on  corporate  sponsorship  of  local  programs,  and  a  close 
working  relationship  with  usoe's  "Right  to  Read." 

The  current  Ford  Foundation  grant  of  $400,000  covers  adminis- 


PUBLIC  SERVICE  ACTIVITIES  107 

trative  support  for  National  rif  as  a  Smithsonian  activity  for  the 
three  year  period,  1970-1973.  Policy  guidance  for  rif  is  provided  by 
a  National  Advisory  Board  composed  of  more  than  thirty  distin- 
guished Americans  from  many  walks  of  life.  The  founder  and  chair- 
man of  rif  is  Mrs.  Robert  S.  McNamara;  Secretary  Ripley  serves 
ex  officio  as  a  member  of  the  rif  Board. 


Division  of  Elementary  and  Secondary  Education 

The  increase  of  escorted  visits  for  local  school  children  con- 
tinues apace.  The  figures  for  school  tours  during  the  academic  year 
1970-1971  reflect  a  substantial  increase  in  all  the  museums  of  the 
Smithsonian. 

Several  innovations  to  the  usual  lecture  tour  for  school  groups 
were  introduced  to  enhance  the  opportunity  for  children  to  learn  on 
their  own.  A  study  tour  of  early  man  in  the  National  Museum  of 
Natural  History  offered  students  a  chance  to  examine  firsthand  the 
permanent  exhibits,  slides,  fossils,  and  artifacts,  which  demonstrate 
the  principles  of  human  evolution.  A  series  of  seminars,  under  the 
direction  of  a  research  docent  and  guide  by  museum  specialists  in 
the  field  of  anthropology,  was  conducted  for  a  class  of  high  school 
students  from  a  girls  school  in  Maryland.  The  students  were  able  to 
follow  in  their  free  time  and  on  their  own  initiative  in-depth  studies 
of  subjects  not  generally  offered  to  high  school  students.  In  the 
Museum  of  History  and  Technology  a  two  hour  "touch-it"  tour  was 
specially  arranged  on  request  related  to  Colonial  life  studies.  Simi- 
larly, on  the  subject  of  the  Industrial  Revolution,  a  two-hour  visit 
was  arranged  to  encompass  several  halls. 

For  Museum  Education  Day  in  March  a  gathering  of  several 
hundred  volunteers,  teachers,  Smithsonian  staff  members,  students, 
and  representatives  of  several  museums  beyond  the  Washington  area 
met  to  discuss  questions  concerning  how  best  to  provide  effective 
education  in  a  museum  environment.  The  discussions  were  carried 
out  in  groups  of  40-50,  with  panels  of  "experts"  served  by  docent 
moderators. 


441-283      O  -  71  -  8 


ADMINISTRATIVE   MANAGEMENT 


Perhaps  there  is  no  more  important  area  of  human  activity  than  man- 
agement, since  its  task  is  that  of  getting  things  done  through  people. 
Our  modern  civilization  has  increasingly  become  one  of  cooperative 
endeavor.  Whether  in  business,  government,  the  church,  philanthropic 
institutions  or  other  forms  of  enterprise,  the  effectiveness  with  which 
people  work  together  toward  the  attainment  of  their  joint  goals  is  largely 
determined  by  the  ability  of  those  who  hold  managerial  positions.  It  is 
to  little  or  no  avail  to  have  advanced  scientific  knowledge,  engineering 
skills,  or  technical  abilities  unless  the  quality  of  management  in  organ- 
ized groups  permits  effective  coordination  of  these  human  resources.* 


This  principle  has  particular  application  in  the  Smithsonian  In- 
stitution in  the  essential  day-to-day  interaction  between  administra- 
tors of  our  bureaus  and  program  offices  and  the  managers  of  our 
support  activities.  The  management  direction  of  these  discrete,  yet 
interlocking  segments,  must  assure  the  accomplishment  of  goals 
that  can  be  attained  by  group,  rather  than  individual,  action. 

In  November  1970,  a  director  of  Support  Activities  was  appointed 
in  the  Office  of  the  Under  Secretary.  This  important  step  was  taken 
this  year  to  further  strengthen  the  efforts  of  the  support  group  and 
to  assure  the  recognition  of  an  administrative  framework  in  which 
they  are  joined  systematically  in  a  common  purpose.  The  Director, 
in  addition  to  other  related  assignments,  was  given  immediate  and 
continuing  responsibility  for  the  supervision  and  executive  direction 
of  the  following  organizations:  Administrative  Systems  Divsion, 
Buildings  Management  Department,  Contracts  Office,  Information 
Systems  Division,  Office  of  Equal  Employment  Opportunity,  Office 
of  Personnel  Administration,  Photographic  Services  Division,  Supply 
Division,  and  Travel  Services  Office.  Again  this  year,  despite 
judicious  allocation  of  always-limited  funds,  this  group,  as  an  entity, 
did  not  receive  increases  in  positions  or  funds  corresponding  with 
the  growth  of  the  program  elements  of  the  Smithsonian.  A  review  of 
their  total  accomplishments  reveals  that  this  group,  despite  these 


•Harold   Koontz  and   Cyril   O'Donnell,  "Preface,"  Principles  of  Management 
(New  York:  McGraw-Hill  Book  Company,  Inc.,  1959). 

108 


ADMINISTRATIVE  MANAGEMENT  109 

handicaps,  successfully  completed  a  remarkable  amount  of  excellent 
work. 


PROGRAM  SUPPORT  ACTIVITIES 

The  Administrative  Systems  Division  issued  in  January  the 
Smithsonian  Staff  Handbook— 540— Stock  Catalog.  This  publication 
lists  not  only  items  stocked  in  the  SI  Supply  Division  but  also  pro- 
vides policies  and  guidelines  for  ordering,  issuing,  stocking,  and 
controlling  expendable  property.  Work  continued  on  another  hand- 
book in  this  series,  which  will  furnish  policy  and  procedural  guide- 
lines covering  internal  supporting  services.  A  Time  and  Attendance 
Reporting  Handbook  is  being  compiled  to  furnish  timekeepers 
with  succinct  and  accurate  guidelines  for  recording  employee  at- 
tendance. Publication  early  in  fiscal  year  1972  is  anticipated. 

Over  310,000  copies  of  administrative  materials  concerning  some 
230  separate  subjects  were  distributed  to  the  staff.  These  covered 
policy  and  major  procedural  matters  as  well  as  special  interim  in- 
structions and  ephemeral  information.  Staffing  and  functional  state- 
ments about  the  Smithsonian  Institution  were  furnished  to  over  30 
external  publishers.  The  first  Smithsonian  Directory  developed  with 
computer  support  is  in  final  stages  of  preparation  and  will  be 
published  in  July  1971. 

With  the  appointment  of  a  new  director  of  the  Photographic 
Services  Division,  an  innovative  arrangement  was  made  that  pro- 
vided for  the  assignment  of  a  management  analyst  to  the  director 
for  a  temporary  period  of  3  to  4  months.  The  remarkable  success 
of  this  effort  was  most  encouraging  and  it  is  hoped  that,  staff  per- 
mitting, similar  assignments  can  be  made  when  other  key  positions 
are  filled. 

The  Forms  Management  unit  processed,  in-house,  452  requests 
from  over  70  discrete  organization  segments  for  a  variety  of  essential 
management  and  program-related  forms  and  form  letters.  In  addi- 
tion 156  orders  were  placed  with  the  Government  Printing  Office 
and  other  external  services. 

The  Buildings  Management  Department  is  responsible  for  the 
operation,  construction,  improvement,  maintenance,  and  protection 
of  the  physical  plant  and  facilities,  which  consist  of  nearly  3.5  mil- 
lion square  feet  of  floor  space.  This  includes  exhibition  halls,  as 
well  as  office,  laboratory,  and  research  facilities.  The  Department 
also  is  responsible  for  assuring  that  the  over  13  million  visitors  to  the 


HO  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Smithsonian  Institution  each  year,  have  safe  and  secure  visits  to 
the  buildings,  grounds,  and  exhibits. 

The  past  year  has  been  devoted  to  implementing  organization  and 
program  changes,  developed  after  considerable  study  and  analysis 
of  the  Department's  management  and  operations.  A  work  control 
branch  was  established,  staffed,  and  placed  in  operation  to  provide 
more  effective  utilization  of  resources  and  improved  service  to  the 
Smithsonian. 

Second  generation  programs  were  implemented  through  automatic 
data  processing  to  improve  control  over  manpower,  material,  and 
equipment  and  to  provide  timely  operational  information  to  the 
Director  and  other  levels  of  management  and  supervision  within 
the  Department. 

Over  2000  special  events  at  the  Smithsonian  Institution  required 
substantial  support  and  participation  by  Department  personnel. 
These  included  the  annual  Folklife  Festival  and  the  opening  of 
new  exhibits  such  as  the  Rube  Goldberg  Hall  and  the  Hall  of 
Music  Machines  in  the  History  and  Technology  Building. 

The  numerous  demonstrations  in  the  Mall  area  throughout  the 
year  placed  an  additional  burden  on  the  Department.  These  unusual 
happenings  resulted  in  expenditures  for  payroll  and  special  equip- 
ment in  addition  to  regularly  planned  and  programmed  outlays. 

The  Engineering  and  Construction  Division  and  the  Facilities 
Planning  Office  provided  major  design,  review,  and  engineering 
services  as  well  as  contract  supervision  for  major  projects  including 
alterations  to  the  Arts  and  Industries  Building  and  the  Renwick 
Gallery,  construction  of  the  Joseph  H.  Hirshorn  Museum  and 
Sculpture  Garden,  and  the  History  and  Technology  Building  fire- 
damage  restoration.  These  units  also  furnished  design  and  engineer- 
ing services  for  constructing  and  remodeling  over  500,000  square  feet 
of  building  space,  for  modifying  the  mechanical  plant,  and  for 
making  preliminary  studies  for  future  projects. 

As  a  result  of  a  redesign  of  existing  parking  lots,  the  Department 
is  providing  parking  spaces  for  112  more  employees  than  in  fiscal 
year  1970.  The  employee  parking  program  as  well  as  other  Depart- 
ment-wide programs  have  been  placed  in  the  newly  created  Office  of 
BMD  Programs. 

Based  on  recommendations  made  by  the  Director  of  the  Informa- 
tion Systems  Division,  the  Smithsonian  Institution  entered  into  an 
agreement  to  purchase  a  computer  system  similar  to  the  one  we 
have  been  renting.  As  a  result,  immediate  savings  will  be  realized 


ADMINISTRATIVE  MANAGEMENT  111 

each  month  and  the  hourly  rate  charged  to  Smithsonian  and  other 
users  of  computer  time  will  be  reduced. 

The  Division  is  developing  a  generalized  systems  package  that 
will  enable  members  of  the  professional  research  staff  to  enter  in- 
formation into  a  computer  as  a  standard  means  of  recording,  updat- 
ing, and  retrieving  data. 

The  National  Portrait  Gallery  has  implemented  a  system  that 
will  provide  biographically  oriented  indexes  to  artists  and  sitters 
contained  in  the  Catalogue  of  American  Portraits.  A  system  was 
developed  to  provide  indexes  to  the  National  Collection  of  Fine 
Arts'  Bicentennial  Inventory  of  American  Paintings. 

A  library  of  advanced  mathematical  software  packages  is  being 
expanded  to  make  the  latest  calculation  capabilities  available  to 
each  scientist.  The  Division  sponsors  seminars  in  statistical  applica- 
tions to  augment  the  value  of  these  computer  programs.  Other 
automated  systems  that  have  had  major  enhancements  are  the  ac- 
counting for  foreign  currency  funds  and  expansion  of  the  property 
management  system  from  a  physical  inventory  control  system  to  a 
financial-inventory  system.  Federal  and  private  accounting  systems 
were  revised  to  handle  an  accrual  method  of  reporting,  and  the 
regional  Smithsonian  Associates  mailing  system  went  to  an  auto- 
mated billing  process. 

As  a  service  to  the  museum  community  at  large,  the  Division 
published  two  editions  of  their  technical  bulletin  (Smithsonian  In- 
stitution Information  Systems  Innovations)  to  acquaint  the  reader 
with  automated  systems  specifically  designed  to  solve  the  collection/ 
research  problems  of  museums  and  herbaria.  In  addition,  many  mem- 
bers of  the  community  from  home  and  abroad  have  visited  and/or 
requested  information  pertaining  to  automated  systems  at  the 
Smithsonian. 

Under  the  leadership  of  the  Secretary,  the  Office  of  Equal  Em- 
ployment Opportunity  has  maintained  a  responsible  and  viable  plan 
for  providing  equality  of  opportunity  in  all  official  actions  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution. 

The  continuing  affirmative  policy  for  the  realization  of  equal 
opportunity  objectives  resulted  in  over  136  consultations  with  vari- 
ous supervisory  and  other  staff  members  regarding  the  Merit  Promo- 
tion Program  and  candidate  selection.  Additionally,  matters  of 
personal  concern  to  a  number  of  employees  were  reviewed,  factual 
information  developed,  and  necessary  adjustments  made  to  the 
satisfaction  of  those  involved.  In  two  instances,  formal  complaints 
were  filed  and  investigatory  steps  taken. 


112  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Upon  request,  special  advisory  services  were  provided  to  em- 
ployees aspiring  to  positions  of  greater  responsibility.  Respective 
interested  personnel  were  furnished  with  current  information  about 
educational  opportunities,  the  methods  for  adding  specific  educa- 
tional credits,  the  requirements  for  career  advancement,  along  with 
the  availability  of  extracurricular  schooling  in  the  metropolitan 
D.  C.  area. 

Four  special  training  Work  Shops  were  conducted  for  employees 
assigned  to  supervisory  positions.  These  discussions  concerned  all 
levels  of  supervision  relating  to  the  acceptance,  fulfillment,  and 
continuing  support  of  the  equal  employment  program  philosophy. 

The  Office  of  Personnel  Administration  continued  to  develop  its 
role  as  a  consultant  resource  to  the  managers  of  the  Smithsonian 
allowing  them  to  assume  more  fully  their  responsibilities  and  exer- 
cise their  authorities  in  personnel  management.  This  approach  to 
personnel  management  requires  close  cooperation  between  the 
personnel  staff  and  the  management  officials  of  the  various  opera- 
tional units.  An  example  of  such  cooperation  involved  the  first  signif- 
icant reduction-in-force  at  the  Smithsonian.  Although  a  total  of  25 
employees  were  affected,  the  Office  of  Personnel  Administration  was 
able  to  place  22  employees  in  other  organizations,  thus  continuing 
their  careers  with  the  Smithsonian. 

A  member  of  the  staff  in  conjunction  with  the  Civil  Service  Com- 
mission modified  the  qualifications  standards  for  museum  techni- 
cians. The  revisions  in  the  qualifications  standards  will  enable  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  to  draw  upon  a  larger  source  of  qualified 
applicants. 

The  orientation  of  new  employees  is  of  continuing  concern  to 
the  Smithsonian  Institution.  Orientation  is  not  viewed  merely  as  a 
meeting  of  new  employees  to  discuss  personnel  policies  and  organiza- 
tion, but  in  terms  of  a  system  which  includes  the  activities  involved 
before  the  employee  actually  reports  to  his  new  job,  his  initial  proc- 
essing, his  introduction  to  his  new  organization,  a  more  or  less 
formal  meeting  (in  the  traditional  orientation  sense),  and  continu- 
ing follow-up  during  his  first  few  months  on  the  job.  As  part  of 
this  system  a  New  Employee  Handbook  is  being  prepared  and  will  be 
given  to  each  new  employee  when  he  reports  for  duty.  It  is  expected 
that  copies  also  will  be  given  to  all  current  employees. 

A  pilot  program  of  supervisory  training  was  initiated  at  the  Na- 
tional Zoological  Park.  This  program,  which  was  developed  and 
conducted  by  the  Office  of  Personnel  Administration  consultants  at 
the  request  of  Zoo  management  officials,  was  different  from  super- 


ADMINISTRATIVE  MANAGEMENT  H3 

visory  training  programs  in  the  past  because  all  supervisors  at  the 
National  Zoological  Park  were  brought  into  the  intensive  training 
program  as  a  group.  The  program  included  orientation  to  super- 
visory responsibilities,  labor  management  relations,  human  behavior 
in  the  work  situation,  and  the  administration  of  a  personnel  program 
at  the  working  level. 

Since  the  issuance  of  the  new  Merit  Promotion  Policy  by  the  U.S. 
Civil  Service  Commission  in  1969,  the  Smithsonian's  total  merit 
promotion  program  has  been  reviewed  by  office  staff.  As  one  result 
of  this  review,  a  Secretarial  Skills  File  has  been  established.  This 
file  aids  organizations  in  recruiting  for  secretarial  help.  When  a 
vacancy  occurs  in  the  secretarial  field,  the  Office  draws  from  this  file 
the  best  qualified  candidates  for  the  position.  The  amount  of  time 
required  to  fill  secretarial  vacancies  has  been  reduced  considerably. 

The  Office  has  established  a  pool  of  clerical  resources  as  a  service 
to  Smithsonian  organizations.  These  services  are  used  when  regular 
office  help  is  not  available,  when  an  office's  extra  work  load  needs 
to  be  handled,  or  when  a  vacancy  is  being  filled.  The  pool  has  been 
an  effective  means  of  providing  essential  office  assistance  when  an 
expressed  need  arises. 

In  June,  the  Secretary  approved  the  reorganization  of  the  Pho- 
tographic Services  Division  recommended  by  the  new  director,  who 
had  joined  the  Smithsonian  Institution  in  the  spring.  The  new 
organization,  which  will  be  effective  1  July  1971,  makes  maximum 
use  of  all  resources,  reinforces  the  service-oriented  philosophy,  and 
utilizes  the  advantages  of  centralized  and  decentralized  operations. 
Wet  processes,  such  as  film  and  paper  processing  and  printing,  have 
been  centralized,  and  the  dry  process— the  photography  or  camera 
work— is  decentralized  and  accomplished  at  the  site  or  in  studios 
located  in  the  major  buildings.  Two  new  sections  have  been  estab- 
lished, one  to  centralize  and  manage  the  negative  files  and  the  other 
to  centralize,  manage,  and  expand  the  pay-order  function.  A  pro- 
duction control  officer  will  schedule  the  daily  work  of  the  four 
cohesive  working  sections. 

Following  a  careful  and  informed  study  made  by  an  ad  hoc  group 
of  cognizant  Smithsonian  staff  members,  modest  increases  were  made 
this  year  in  the  processing  fees  for  photographic  materials  sold  to 
the  public. 

The  Division  continued  its  active  participation  in  and  support  of 
the  Smithsonian's  exhibition  program.  Exhibits  worked  on  during 
the  year  included:    the  Rube  Goldberg  Hall,   Music  Machines- 


114  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

American  Style,  Gandhi  Exhibit,  Energy  Conversion,  and  Women 
in  Politics. 

Production  figures  are:  orders,  5,408;  negatives,  19,800;  color, 
10,412;  microfilm,  67,900;  and  prints,  96,500. 

The  Supply  Division  continued  to  process  a  large  volume  of 
procurements  and  to  take  full  advantage  of  the  redistribution  of 
excess  government  property.  Also,  in  keeping  with  the  principles  of 
consolidation  and  uniformity,  effective  in  February,  all  procure- 
ment for  the  National  Zoological  Park  was  taken  over  officially  by 
the  Division.  Prior  to  that,  the  Division's  responsibility  for  the 
Zoo's  procurement  was,  in  general,  confined  to  those  instances  when 
continuing  construction  funds  were  used. 

The  Division's  diverse  functions  include  procurement  of  supplies, 
materials,  contractural  services  and  equipment;  operation  and 
maintenance  of  an  active  personal  property  management  program; 
acquisition  of  excess  property  in  lieu  of  new  procurement  whenever 
possible;  and  ordering,  controlling,  and  issuing  laboratory,  office,  and 
shop  supplies.  The  successful  accomplishment  of  these  assignments 
on  a  day-to-day  basis  throughout  the  year  contributed  immeasurably 
to  the  attainment  of  the  Smithsonian's  objectives  in  research,  ex- 
hibition, education,  publication,  and  related  activities. 

The  Travel  Services  Office  continued  to  experience  growth  in 
virtually  all  of  its  major  activities,  i.e.,  air  and  rail  reservations 
booked  were  up  10  percent;  travel  itineraries  issued,  up  9  percent; 
transportation  requests  prepared,  up  .3  percent;  hotel  reservations 
made,  up  51  percent;  and  the  dollar  value  of  all  transportation 
purchased  was  some  $35,000  higher  than  last  year. 

Much  closer  liaison  had  to  be  maintained  with  the  airlines  to 
accomplish  increasingly  complex  travel  performed  under  foreign 
currencies.  Of  particular  interest  was  the  "International  Symposium 
of  the  Biology  of  the  Sipuncula"  held  in  Kotur,  Yugoslavia.  Program 
planning  assistance,  travel  management  advice,  and  a  wide  variety 
of  travel  services  and  technical  guidance  were  provided  to  support 
major  national  and  international  symposia,  meetings,  expeditions, 
and  special  programs. 

During  the  year  the  Office  of  Audits;  which  reports  directly  to  the 
Under  Secretary,  issued  three  audit  reports  on  audits  conducted  by 
its  staff  members.  Recommendations  made  in  these  reports  resulted 
in  improved  management  procedures  and  controls,  sometimes  point- 
ing to  potential  dollar  savings. 

In  addition,  the  Office  coordinated   the  development  of  an  in- 


ADMINISTRATIVE  MANAGEMENT 


115 


t- 

.2 

co  Tf  r-»  rj<  ©  m 

os  to  oo  os  in  os 

00 

53 

CM  o  co  to  oo  t-» 

— «  m  oo  o  os  os 

© 

CO    OS    ©    t"*»    in    n 

to  os  oo  in  co  -h 

CM 

00  rf  to  (O  Oi  eo 

to  ©  00  oo  CO  -^ 

■-H 

CO  — i  oo  00  oo  © 

—  co  ©  cm  oo  r^ 

© 

tc  q  n  t>  oo  it. 

m  i>-  oo  ©  oo  •"T 

00 

— <"  of 

CM  -*   f-« 

co" 

■fca 

\rts 
tra 
ies 

(MM  NO0  Ol  - 

■*  to  r-  Tt<  — i  — 

CD 
00 

~   £   •"■ 

cm  os  —  cm  r--  to 

CO  Tf    Tt<    CM  Tf    00 

© 

«   o  *> 

os  Tf  cm  m  os  -*f 

■*   ©,  to,  CM  Tf,  — i 

T}H, 

s^ 

00   t"»   O    — I    -"f    CO 

CM  CM  t>   00*  in"  fh" 

tH 

•3  T<    a 

■— 1     — 1      — 1     _ 1     ,— 1     — 1 

«-   rt   «   (MN 

© 

a 

ory  & 
no  logy 
Iding 

Q  O  t"»  CM  CO  Os 

to  —  o  r^  os  to 

©    ©    ©    ©    00    -*i 

o 

00 

©  m  oo  m  ©  cm 

CM 

—  O  co  oo  in  to 

00    CM  ©   Tf    _    00 

1—4 

to  t>.  ■<*>   00  I>  o 

o  00  -  «I>  o 

in 

~  -C  °2 

in  m  o  cm  -*1  m 

CM   CM   ©    CM   ©   1^- 

m 

•~    U    3 

00    00    CO   CO   CO    CM 

CM  CO   CO    00    ©    © 

o> 

S3  £=Q 

m* 

>-  &*f 

Tf   ■*    CM   CM  OS   Os 

to  to  m  t-»  co  r- 

m  m^  to  m  w 

m 

*u  &j  ~ 

r^  ©  —  ■*!©  © 

CM 

cm  oo  co  oo  to  r-» 

Os  —  ©  —  oo  — 

r)< 

•<*<  r-»  co  -h  cm  oo 

r-~  ©  cm  co  oo  © 

©* 

CM   CM   —    — i    — 

—    —    CM   —I    CM 

© 

bO 

k.    cs  ~ 

C  t^  (O  o  «  o 

->-i|Mn 

m 

M  'f    00   t>   O   ■* 

m  -h  cm  oo  -h  t^ 

tH 

in  co,  ©,  co,  co  — ; 

to  {-_  iO_  eo_  O  -; 

"*1 

^s 

oo"  m"  o*  oo*  r-"  o 

©*  m*  — *  in"  —T  cm 

r-* 

o  cm  r-  to  r-  tjh 

Tf  ©  oo  oo  cm  m 

CO 

«5 

CM  CM 

CO 

to  to  CM  -H   to  -H 

r^  ©  m  co  m  co 

in 

O  CM  ■*■  OS  CM  r- 

©  m  cm  oo  -*f  © 

m 

sS^ 

cm  ©  ©  m  co  ^ 

©  Tf  00  ©  oo   00 

r^ 

•w     ^   ^ 

CM  (O  Os  -h  OS   O 

in  o  in  t^  Ci  r* 

© 

<  S3  (^ 

cm  Tf  to  o  m  in 

co  oo  Tf  ©  m  —i 

m 

Tf   -cf    —   CM  CM   — 

hmniomw 

CO* 

-a  '~  .b 

m  co  to  in  i>  oc 

-  to  to  -«  to  * 

01 

CM 

mwMNio  c 

oo  co  ©  ©  r^  Tf 

CO 

-  "32 

CM  Tf<    CO  OS    tO   © 

CM  —  oo  ©  cm  m 

l^ 

>-  3  rs. 

oo  oo  j>-  oo  —  t-» 

00  CO  —  ©  ©  o 

in 

.5  = 

O   —    — i   —   ©  to 

to  OS  to  t>t^  o 

00 

CO    CO    >-    -"    — 

— <    CM   — i    CM 

Os, 

rH 

A  s  ** 

-  -   W  O  *  t> 

$>  oo,  to,  to,  in  t> 

—  ©  ©  m  ©  r~ 

m 

5  e  .B 

Os  m  oo  m  ©  r~ 

m 

Smi 

soni 

Buildt 

©  oo  t}<_  to,  OS  "* 

CM, 

o  — <*  oo*  o*  m"  — 

©"  ©"  oo*  r-*  m  © 

jj  CM  ■*  «  (M  cr 

co  rt<  Tf  cm  r-  i> 

00 
© 

5 

^ 

&S 

© 

•~i 

~~rf 

t-% 

t^ 

<o 

0\ 

> 

•  E 

-< 

i- 

X 

= 
I 

C~Z 
4. 

i 

a. 

X 

1 

z 
/ 

\ 

I 

L 
i. 

z 

r 
Z 

> 
I 

— 

1 
5 

1 

> 

B 
C 

1 

>- 

^» 

-Q 

zz 

.2 

T3 

4-1 

QJ 

(H 

to 

tu 

ft) 

U 

u 

CO 

_c 

W 

*s 

O 

CO 

o 

1-^ 

CO 

n 

"t3 

CO 

t- 

u 

3 

CO 

o 

n 

4-1 

u 

H 

u 

u 

s 

c 

u 

ftl 

J5 

u 

h 

< 

© 

© 

t^ 

t^ 

© 

© 

^^ 

— 

>- 

>-~ 

f-^ 

3 

3 

t— » 

<—> 

U 

o 

u 

(H 

u 

tu 

XI 

X5 

s 

S 

3 

3 

C 

C 

OJ 

OJ 

X 

J= 

u 

Ih 
U 

C 


c 


©      2 

2      .T3 
co     OJ 

3    o  X 

•7-3  -c 

013  —  3 

5  -  n 

-3  SP  8 
3    3 

o  r:  w 
•^  z*  « 
*j    ra    qj 

2  3  w 

w  o  3: 

1-     tu   ■— 

O    3   r? 

'—   —    — 

"S    <M.    3 


S  .2 

QJ  co 

^  *^ 

3 


to 

is 
.s* 

tu  "3 

co  tu 

C3  *■• 

O  3 

t-  n 

u  3; 

tu  - 

"a  g 

o    5 

s  ? 

-a  r 

aj  co 
co  OJ 
3   — 

tu    tu 


■5   cu 
tu  "3 


«    3 
u    3 

co  ~ 

"bO.S 
tu    V 


o   > 

g 

©, 
00" 

CM 


3   -3 

erf  w 

FH      co 


© 

© 


3-^-3 


-    3 


*[S   3.2 


J3    3 

S3     .SPS 

■c  3  c 


tu    3 


tu 


|  -  <  S  -s  < 

^  xj  .   a,  ™ 
?§x©  3  ^ 


co  3 

cu  Si 

1-.  *j 

S  3 

3  O 

•-•  u 

OJ  o 

■3 


> 

C 

a 


u 

© 

OJ 


CU  -S      —     ._i 


3 
O 

X 


>    cu 
O  ^ 

*J    cp 

OJ 

3 
•3 


116  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

tegrated  personal  property  system,  the  updating  of  authorizations 
to  Smithsonian  contracting  officers,  and  the  publication  of  a  list  of 
authorized  Smithsonian  contracting  officers. 

The  Office  also  reviewed  and  closed  out  84  foreign  currency 
grants,  which  were  awarded  in  the  total  amount  of  $2.3  million. 
The  close  out  of  these  84  grants  resulted  in  $516,000  of  unused 
funds  being  made  available  for  current  research  projects. 

CONSTRUCTION  PROGRESS 

National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology 

Fire  Damage.  A  contract  to  restore  that  part  of  the  third  floor 
which  was  damaged  by  the  fire  which  occurred  on  30  September 
1970,  was  awarded  to  the  Spradlin  Construction  Company. 

Calder  Stabile.  A  lighting  system  was  installed  by  the  Washington 
Electric  Company.  Final  work  on  this  project  was  completed  in 
February  1971. 

Sprinkler  System.  A  contract  to  install  additional  sprinkler  sys- 
tems in  the  building  was  awarded  to  the  High  Point  Sprinkler  Com- 
pany. Completion  of  this  work  is  anticipated  in  the  fall  of  1971. 

National  Museum  of  Natural  History 

Fumigation  Chamber.  Associated  Builders,  Inc.,  was  awarded  the 
contract  for  installation  of  this  facility  on  12  May  1971.  It  is  expected 
that  their  work  will  be  completed  in  July  1971. 

Arts  and  Industries  Building 

Mezzanine  Construction.  Designs  and  specifications  for  decking 
the  Northwest  Range  were  completed  in  June  1971.  Design  work  for 
the  Southwest  Range  was  also  commenced  during  the  same  month. 
It  is  expected  that  actual  construction  will  commence  during  the 
fall  of  1971. 

Joseph  H.  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden 

The  Piracci  Construction  Company  continued  their  work  on  the 
museum  building.  Recent  changes  in  the  location  and  design  of  the 
Sculpture  Garden  have  resulted  in  an  expected  delay  in  the  com- 
pletion of  the  overall  project. 

National  Zoological  Park 

Heating  Plant.  The  heating  plant  was  completely  renovated  and 
converted  from  coal  burning  to  gas  burning  furnaces. 


ADMINISTRATIVE  MANAGEMENT  117 

Restoration  and  Renovation  of  Buildings 

Smithsonian  Institution  Building.  The  firm  of  Paintrite,  Inc.,  was 
awarded  the  contract  to  paint  those  office  areas  not  renovated  under 
the  overall  renovation  project  which  was  completed  in  June  1970. 
This  work  was  completed  18  September  1970. 

Buildings  Management  Department  personnel  continued  to  work 
on  the  renovation  of  basement  space  in  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
Building.  It  is  anticipated  that  this  work  will  be  completed  during 
the  next  fiscal  year. 

Renwick  Gallery.  The  contract  for  furthering  the  restoration  work 
was  completed  by  Associated  Builders,  Inc.,  on  22  October  1970. 
Also  the  firm  of  Schewigert,  Inc.,  completed  the  installation  of  a 
new  air  conditioning  unit  on  15  June  1971. 

National  Zoological  Park.  Contract  work  was  completed  on  the 
waterproofing  of  Delicate  Hoofstock  Building,  Numbers  1  and  2. 

Feasibility  Studies 

Parking.  The  final  report  of  the  study  made  by  Wilbur  Smith  and 
Associates  for  Mall  garages  and  Zoo  parking  was  received  and  is 
now  being  considered. 

National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology.  Victor  Lundy  and 
Associates  completed  a  study  leading  to  the  preparation  of  a 
design  for  facilities  necessary  for  the  celebration  of  the  Bicentennial 
of  the  American  Revolution.  The  proposed  designs  were  rejected 
and  that  part  of  the  planning  for  the  celebration  was  abandoned. 


NATIONAL  GALLERY  OF  ART 

J.  Carter  Brown,  Director 


rr-iHE  national  gallery  of  art,  although  technically  established 
-*-  as  a  bureau  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  is  an  autonomous 
and  separately  administered  organization.  It  is  governed  by  its  own 
Board  of  Trustees,  the  statutory  members  of  which  are  the  Chief 
Justice  of  the  United  States,  chairman,  the  Secretary  of  State,  the 
Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  and  the  Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian 
Institution,  all  ex  officio;  and  five  general  trustees.  Paul  Mellon 
continued  as  president  of  the  Gallery  and  John  Hay  Whitney  as 
vice-president.  The  other  general  trustees  continuing  to  serve  were 
Dr.  Franklin  D.  Murphy,  Lessing  J.  Rosenwald,  and  Stoddard  M. 
Stevens.  During  the  fiscal  year  1971  the  Gallery  had  1,597,723 
visitors. 

A  number  of  important  acquisitions  were  made.  Among  them: 
Antony  Valabregue  by  Paul  Cezanne;  the  magnificent  series  of  four 
large  paintings  by  Thomas  Cole,  The  Voyage  of  Life;  a  bronze  of 
Louis  XIV  by  Francois  Girardon;  and  a  painting,  Mount  Katahdin, 
by  Marsden  Hartley.  Major  acquisitions  in  the  graphic  arts  have 
included  a  rare  landscape  drawing  by  Anthony  van  Dyck  and  a 
complete  set  of  the  Kleine-Welten  series  by  Wassily  Kandinsky.  A 
total  of  61  loans  were  made  to  institutions  in  this  country  and 
abroad.  Expert  opinio)  s  were  given  on  1341  objects. 

Some  of  the  more  notable  exhibitions  held  at  the  Gallery  were 
"Paintings  and  Sculpture  from  the  Nathan  Cummings  Collection," 
"Mary  Cassatt,"  "American  Paintings  from  the  Museum  of  Fine 
Arts,  Boston  and  The  Metropolitan  Museum,  New  York,"  "British 
Painting  and  Sculpture  1960-1970,"  "Ingres  in  Rome,"  "Paintings 
by  William  Hogarth  from  the  Collection  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Paul 
Mellon,"  and  Diirer  in  America:  His  Graphic  Work." 

The  Gallery's  new  multimedia  education  program  "Art  and 
Man,"  published  by  Scholastic  Magazines  Inc.  reached  5000  classes 
with  more  than  one  million  magazines;  72,000  reproductions,  12,000 
recordings,  and  12,000  filmstrips  were  also  distributed  as  part  of 
the  program. 

118 


NATIONAL  GALLERY  OF  ART  119 

The  Extension  Service  materials  were  viewed  by  a  total  audience 
of  more  than  3,238,705.  These  materials  include  films,  exhibitions, 
and  slide  lectures.  For  the  first  time,  the  Extension  Service  published 
a  catalog  of  its  61  offerings,  all  of  which  are  available  on  loan  to 
schools  and  communities  at  no  cost. 

Through  the  Extension  Service,  Kenneth  Clark's  film  series 
Civilisation  was  shown  to  a  national  audience  through  grants  from 
the  Xerox  Corporation  and  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Hu- 
manities. The  film  has  been  seen  by  400  colleges  and  universities 
with  enrollments  under  2000.  It  is  estimated  that  about  2.25  million 
people  have  seen  the  films.  For  his  work  on  Civilisation,  Lord  Clark 
was  awarded  the  National  Gallery's  Medal  for  Distinguished  Service 
to  Education  in  Art  on  18  November  1970. 

Total  attendance  at  talks  given  by  the  Gallery's  Education  De- 
partment and  for  the  programs  presented  in  the  auditorium  was 
83,403  for  2,530  separate  tours  and  events.  The  Gallery's  regularly 
scheduled  events  include  the  Sunday  auditorium  lectures  and  films, 
the  Tour  of  the  Week,  and  Painting  of  the  Week.  There  were  35 
guest  lecturers  who  spoke  at  the  Gallery  during  the  last  fiscal  year. 
They  included  the  distinguished  British  art  historian  and  educator 
T.S.R.  Boase,  the  20th  annual  A.W.  Mellon  Lecturer  in  the  Fine 
Arts,  who  gave  a  series  of  six  talks  entitled  "Vasari,  the  Man  and  the 
Book." 

Through  its  self-service  sales  facility,  the  Gallery  made  available 
eight  new  publications,  as  well  as  seven  catalogs  of  exhibitions 
shown  at  the  Gallery  and  published  three  posters  in  connection  with 
those  exhibitions.  During  the  year  over  375,744  customers  were 
served.  Under  the  supervision  of  Richard  Bales,  forty  concerts  were 
given  in  the  East  Garden  Court  at  the  new  hour  of  7  p.m.  Ten  of 
these  were  by  the  National  Gallery  Orchestra  which  played  a  special 
concert  of  American  music  in  honor  of  the  Thirtieth  Anniversary  of 
the  Gallery  on  14  March  1971.  Two  compositions  were  commis- 
sioned for  the  occasion.  All  the  concerts  were  broadcast  in  their 
entirety  by  radio  station  wgms,  am-fm. 

The  scientific  investigation  of  the  causes  of  deterioration  of 
museum  objects  and  methods  of  conservation  continued  in  its 
twentieth  year  at  the  Carnegie-Mellon  University,  Pittsburgh.  The 
Gallery's  long-term  research  program  completed  accelerated-aging 
evaluation  tests  in  the  past  year  on  a  number  of  polymers  that  hold 
considerable  promise  in  protective  coatings  and  adhesives.  Studies  of 
traditional  and  modern  artists'  pigments  by  Mossbauer  and  infrared 
spectroscopy,  neutron-activation  analysis,  isotope-ratio  mass  spectros- 


120  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

copy,  and  radioactive-decay  dating  methods  are  yielding  valuable 
new  methods  to  characterize  and  identify  artists'  pigments. 

After  two  and  a  half  years  of  intensive  planning,  the  National 
Gallery  has  completed  final  design  plans  for  the  addition  to  its 
present  building.  The  groundbreaking  ceremony  for  the  East 
Building  was  held  on  6  May,  when  architectural  plans,  renderings, 
and  models  were  presented  to  the  public.  Final  completion  of  the 
East  Budding  is  planned  for  1975. 


JOHN  F.  KENNEDY  CENTER  FOR 
THE  PERFORMING  ARTS 

William  McC.  Blair,  Jr.,  General  Director 


rjuR  country  will  witness  the  much  anticipated  debut  of  its 
^  national  center  for  the  performing  arts  on  8  September  when 
the  world  premiere  of  Leonard  Bernstein's  "Mass"  inaugurates  the 
Kennedy  Center  opera  house. 

The  opening  has  been  the  goal  of  the  past  year,  with  concentration 
on  completing  construction  and  on  the  exciting  program  for  the 
Center's  first  season.  The  staff  has  been  expanded,  additional  con- 
struction funds  raised;  there  have  been  new  gifts  from  nations 
abroad,  and  a  new  fund  established  to  provide  low-cost  tickets  to 
students  and  those  with  limited  incomes. 

The  inauguration  of  the  Kennedy  Center  will  bring  to  reality  a 
long  held  dream  of  many  Americans.  It  was  initiated  as  the  Na- 
tional Cultural  Center  in  1958  by  President  Eisenhower  and  ardently 
supported  by  President  Kennedy.  President  Johnson  signed  the 
1964  law  designating  the  Center  as  President  Kennedy's  official 
memorial  in  Washington,  and  the  Center  has  received  the  con- 
tinued interest  and  active  support  of  President  Nixon. 

The  Kennedy  Center  is  administered  separately  by  a  45-member 
Board  of  Trustees  appointed  by  the  President  to  ten-year  terms, 
together  with  members  ex-officio  from  pertinent  public  agencies  and 
from  the  United  States  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives.  Mem- 
bers of  the  Board  at  the  end  of  fiscal  1971  are  as  follows: 


Roger  L.  Stevens,  Chairman 
Richard  Adler 
Floyd  D.  Akers 
Robert  O.  Anderson 
Ralph  E.  Becker** 
K.  LeMoyne  Billings 
Edgar  M.  Bronfman 
Mrs.  Edward  Cox* 
Robert  W.  Dowling 
Ralph  W.  Ellison 
Mrs.  J.  Clifford  Folger* 


Abe  Fortas 

Rep.  Peter  H.  B.  Frelinghuysen 

Senator  J.  William  Fulbright 

Mrs.  George  A.  Garrett 

Leonard  H.  Goldenson 

H.  R.  Haldeman* 

Mrs.  Rebekah  Harkness 

George  B.  Hartzog,  Jr. 

Mrs.  Paul  H.  Hatch* 

Senator  Edward  M.  Kennedy 

Thomas  H.  Kuchel 


121 


122 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 


Mrs.  Michael  J.  Mansfield 
Sidney  P.  Marland,  Jr. 
Harry  C.  McPherson,  Jr. 
George  Meany 
Robert  I.  Millonzi 
L.  Quincy  Mumford 
Senator  Charles  Percy 
Elliot  Richardson 
John  Richardson,  Jr. 
S.  Dillon  Ripley,  II 
Rep.  Teno  Roncalio 
Arthur  M.  Schlesinger,  Jr. 


Mrs.  Jouett  Shouse** 

Mrs.  Stephen  E.  Smith 

Henry  Strong* 

William  H.  Thomas 

Rep.  Frank  H.  Thompson,  Jr. 

Senator  John  V.  Tunney 

Jack  J.  Valenti 

William  Walton 

Walter  E.  Washington 

Lew  R.  Wasserman 

Edwin  L.  Weisl,  Sr. 


•Appointed  by  President  Nixon  on  14  September. 
**Reappointed  by  President  Nixon  on  14  September. 

The  114-member  Advisory  Committee  on  the  Arts,  appointed  by 
the  President,  includes  10  new  members  appointed  by  President 
Nixon  on  7  May.  During  the  year  the  Committee  has  provided 
extensive  counsel  on  the  Center's  promotion,  programming  and  its 
educational  aims,  and  also  has  secured  donations  of  $1  million 
toward  the  completion  of  the  Eisenhower  Theater. 
The  Executive  Committee  of  this  group  is  as  follows: 


Mrs.  J.  Willard  Marriott,  Chairman 
Robert  S.  Carter,  Secretary 
Raymond  A.  Lamontagne,  Special 

Counsel 
Vernon  B.  StoufFer,  Chairman,  Finance 
Mrs.  David  E.  Bradshaw,  Vice 

Chairman,  Finance 
Mrs.  Jack  Wrather,  Chairman,  Public 

Relations 
Harry  L.  Jackson,  Vice  Chairman, 

Public  Relations 


Mrs.  Paul  A.  Clayton,  Chairman, 

Education  &  Program 
Mrs.  Benjamin  C.  Evans,  Vice 

Chairman,  Education  &  Program 
Mrs.  D.  Eldredge  Jackson,  Northeast 

Regional  Chairman 
Harvey  B.  Cohen,  Southern  Regional 

Chairman 
Mrs.  William  A.  McKenzie,  Western 

Regional  Chairman 
John  H.  Myers,  Midwest  Regional 

Chairman 


Construction  of  the  Kennedy  Center  stands  about  90  percent 
complete  at  the  end  of  fiscal  1971,  with  the  opening  of  the  opera 
house  and  concert  hall  scheduled  for  8  and  9  September,  respectively, 
and  the  opening  of  the  Eisenhower  Theater  tentatively  set  for 
October.  The  Film  Theater  is  scheduled  for  completion  in  1972. 

The  three  roof-terrace  restaurants— La  Grand  Scene,  a  gourmet 
dining  room;  the  Gallery,  a  cafe,  and  the  Promenade,  a  buffeteria— 
will  open  to  the  public  in  August.  They  are  managed  by  Canteen 
Corporation.  Two  of  the  three  levels  of  underground  parking  have 
been  in  use  since  January  of  this  year,  with  management  by  apcoa. 

New  staff  appointments  during  the  year  include  Norman  L.  Fagan, 


JOHN  F.  KENNEDY  CENTER  FOR  THE  PERFORMING  ARTS  123 

formerly  executive  director  of  the  West  Virginia  Arts  and  Humani- 
ties Council,  as  Director  of  Education  (4  January);  Michael  Sean 
O'Shea,  widely  experienced  press  representative  in  the  performing 
arts,  as  Director  of  Publicity  and  Promotion  (1  February),  and  J. 
Charles  Gilbert,  formerly  managing  director  of  the  Civic  Opera 
House  and  Civic  Theater  in  Chicago,  as  General  Manager  of  the 
Center's  theaters  (1  May.)  Julius  Rudel,  who  has  been  the  Center's 
Music  Advisor  since  1968,  was  named  Music  Director  in  January. 

The  appointment  of  Willis  Conover,  widely  known  broadcaster 
for  the  Voice  of  America,  as  Consultant  for  Jazz  Programs  was  an- 
nounced on  10  July.  The  appointment  of  a  10-member  Jazz  Ad- 
visory Panel  was  also  announced  on  that  date  with  the  following 
membership:  Julian  (Cannonball)  Adderley,  David  Baker,  Co-chair- 
man, Topper  Carew,  Willis  Conover,  Co-chairman,  Stanley  Dance, 
Ernest  Dyson,  Julian  Euell,  John  Lewis,  Tahir  Sur,  and  Clark  Terry. 

Katherine  Dunham,  dancer-choreographer-educator,  was  engaged 
as  the  Center's  Technical  Advisor  for  Inter-Cultural  Communica- 
tions in  June. 

The  National  Symphony  Orchestra,  under  the  leadership  of  its 
distinguished  new  director  Antal  Dorati,  will  give  its  regular  season 
of  concerts  in  the  Center,  it  was  announced  on  9  December.  The 
Orchestra,  under  Mr.  Dorati's  direction,  with  Isaac  Stern  as  soloist 
and  the  Paul  Hill  Chorale  and  the  Washington  Choral  Arts  Society, 
will  open  the  Concert  Hall  on  9  September. 

The  American  College  Theatre  Festival,  presented  for  the  third 
consecutive  year  by  the  Center  with  the  Smithsonian,  brought  ten  of 
the  nation's  best  college  theater  companies  to  perform  at  Ford's 
Theatre  and  the  George  Washington  University  Center  Theater 
between  21  March  and  4  April.  The  Festival  was  produced  by  the 
American  Educational  Theatre  Association  with  Frank  Cassidy  as 
Executive  Producer.  American  Airlines,  American  Express,  and 
American  Oil  were  sponsors. 

The  American  College  Jazz  Festival,  presented  for  the  second  year 
by  the  Center  in  cooperation  with  the  Krannert  Center  on  the 
Champaign-Urbana  campus  of  the  University  of  Illinois,  brought 
together  almost  300  of  the  nation's  top  student  jazz  musicians  to 
perform  on  14,  15,  and  16  May.  American  Airlines  and  American 
Express  were  sponsors  for  the  event. 

Natalia  Makarova,  who  defected  from  the  Soviet  Union  in  October 
and  joined  the  American  Ballet  Theatre  as  a  prima  ballerina  shortly 
thereafter,  visited  the  Kennedy  Center  on  19  May.  Ballet  Theatre, 


441-283      O 


124  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

the  official  Kennedy  Center  dance  company,  will  make  its  first  ap- 
pearance in  the  opera  house  on  1 1  September. 

The  Gala  Preview  of  the  Center  on  27  May  attracted  3500  people 
from  Washington,  from  almost  every  state  and  from  30  nations 
abroad  for  an  "early  bird"  look  at  the  Center  complemented  by 
dancing,  a  buffet  supper  and  fireworks  at  midnight.  The  evening 
announced  that  the  Center  was  nearly  ready  to  open,  honored  the 
ambassadors  of  the  countries  who  are  making  gifts  to  the  Center, 
and  raised  about  $240,000  to  initiate  the  Special  Ticket  Fund,  which 
will  provide  low-cost  tickets  to  Center  events  for  students,  the 
elderly,  and  others  with  limited  incomes. 

Almost  50  internationally  prominent  performing  artists  have  ac- 
cepted the  invitation  of  the  Trustees  to  become  Founding  Artists 
of  the  Kennedy  Center.  The  Founding  Artists,  comprising  the 
classical  and  popular  fields,  will  donate  a  concert  during  the 
Center's  premiere  season  to  benefit  the  Special  Ticket  Fund,  and 
will  have  their  names  etched  in  marble  within  the  Center. 

More  than  30  nations  are  making  contributions  to  the  Center  and 
during  the  year  four  of  these  were  announced. 

Ambassador  Walter  Loridan  of  Belgium  announced  on  9  March 
that  his  country  would  donate  mirrors  for  the  Center's  grand  foyer, 
concert  hall  and  opera  house  lobbies,  and  the  restaurant  area. 

Israel  will  furnish  and  decorate  the  concert  hall  lounge  with 
specially  commissioned  artworks  illustrating  the  continuous  bond 
between  Judaism  and  music  from  Biblical  times  to  the  present.  The 
gift  was  announced  by  Mrs.  Yitzhak  Rabin,  wife  of  the  Ambassador 
of  Israel,  on  29  April. 

The  presentation  of  the  gift  of  France— two  tapestries  by  Henri 
Matisse  and  two  sculptures  by  Henri  Laurens— was  made  by  Charge 
d'Affaires  Emmanuel  Margerie  during  a  brief  ceremony  in  the 
Center  on  24  May. 

Ambassador  Olavi  Munnki  of  Finland  presented  his  country's 
gift  of  Finnish  designed  chinaware,  including  complete  dinner 
service  for  the  Promenade  and  Gallery  restaurants,  during  a  brief 
ceremony  on  14  June. 

Several  of  the  gifts  from  other  nations  were  installed  during  the 
year  including  the  crystal  chandeliers  from  Norway,  Sweden,  Austria, 
and  Ireland.  The  red  and  gold  silk  stage  curtain  from  Japan  was 
taken  out  of  storage  in  preparation  for  installation  in  the  opera 
house  this  summer. 

The  Center  opened  its  doors  for  two  public  tours  in  October  and 
the  enthusiastic  visitors,  numbering  about  10,000,  were  treated  to  a 


JOHN  F.  KENNEDY  CENTER  FOR  THE  PERFORMING  ARTS  125 

concert  by  the  U.S.  Army  Band  and  the  U.S.  Navy  Band.  Princess 
Sophia  of  Spain,  escorted  by  Center  Trustee  Tricia  Nixon  Cox,  and 
Mrs.  Ferdinand  Marcos,  wife  of  the  President  of  the  Philippines, 
were  among  the  foreign  dignitaries  visiting  during  the  year.  Special 
tours  were  also  conducted  for  cabinet  wives,  Congressional  wives, 
Smithsonian  staff  members,  representatives  of  performing  arts  or- 
ganizations, and  other  groups  with  a  special  interest  in  the  Center. 

The  Friends  of  the  Kennedy  Center,  established  as  an  auxiliary 
organization  by  the  Trustees  in  1966,  have  increased  their  member- 
ship to  more  than  6000,  representing  48  states,  with  29  regional  and 
state  chairmen.  The  annual  meeting  of  the  Friends,  normally  held 
in  the  spring,  was  postponed  to  September  to  coincide  with  the 
Center's  opening. 

Officers  at  the  close  of  the  fiscal  year  are  as  follows:  Mrs.  Polk 
Guest,  Chairman,  Mrs.  Norris  Dodson,  Jr.,  Vice  Chairman,  Mrs. 
Eugene  C.  Carusi,  Secretary,  and  Mr.  Henry  Strong,  Treasurer. 

The  Friends  sponsored  a  three-day  Blues  Festival  at  Howard 
University  on  5,  6,  and  7  November,  helped  enable  Katherine  Dun- 
ham to  bring  a  young  dance  group  from  East  St.  Louis,  Illinois,  to 
perform  during  the  White  House  Conference  on  Children  in  Decem- 
ber, and  held  their  Founders  Day  Luncheon,  attended  by  750  people, 
on  16  January  in  the  Center,  the  first  such  event.  Ongoing  projects 
of  the  Friends  include  the  Information  Center  adjacent  to  the 
building,  the  Speakers  Bureau,  a  regular  newsletter,  and  a  weekly 
radio  program  on  station  wgms. 


APPENDIXES 


Appendix   i 


SMITHSONIAN  FOREIGN  CURRENCY  PROGRAM 
GRANTS  AWARDED  IN  FISCAL  YEAR  1971 

Archeology  and  Related  Disciplines 

American  Institute  of  Indian  Studies,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania.  Continued 
support  for  Poona  Center,  Benares  Center  for  South  Asian  Art  and  Arche- 
ology, and  American  Institute  of  Indian  Studies  research   fellowships. 

American  Research  Center  in  Egypt,  Princeton,  New  Jersey.  Continued  sup- 
port for  a  program  of  research  and  excavation  in  Egypt,  research  in  Arabic 
literature,  support  for  operation  of  Cairo  Center,  expedition  to  Fustat,  epi- 
graphic  and  architectural  survey  of  Luxor,  maintenance  of  a  stratified  Pharonic 
site  at  Mendes,  excavation  at  the  ancient  city  of  Memphis,  and  excavation 
of  the  ancient  city  of  Hierakonpolis. 

American  Schools  of  Oriental  Research,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts.  Arche- 
ological  activities  of  the  American  Schools  of  Oriental  Research. 

Brooklyn  Museum,  Brooklyn,  New  York.  Egyptological  projects  of  the  Brook- 
lyn Museum. 

Carnegie  Museum,  Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania.  Excavations  at  Tel  Ashdod,  Israel. 

Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  New  York.  Academic  research  and  field  work  in 
biological  anthropology  and   prehistoric  archeology. 

Denison  University,  Granville,  Ohio.  Excavation  of  the  Roman  imperial 
metropolis  at  Sirmium. 

Dumbarton  Oaks  Center  for  Byzantine  Studies,  Washington,  D.C.  Excavations 
leading  to  the  publication  of  a  corpus  of  ancient  mosaics  of  Tunisia. 

Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts.  Publication  of  the  ethnological 
contribution  of  Milenko  S.  Filipovic. 

Hebrew  Union  College,  Jerusalem  School  of  Archeology,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 
Excavation  of  an  archeological  site  at  Gezer,  Israel. 

Indiana  University,  Bloomington,  Indiana.  Excavations  at  Nin,  Dalmatia,  Yugo- 
slavia. 

Rutgers  University,  New  Brunswick,  New  Jersey.  Studies  in  ancient  Roman 
glass  excavated  at  Salona,  Yugoslavia. 

Rutgers  University,  Douglass  College,  New  Brunswick,  New  Jersey.  Arche- 
ological excavations  at  Salona,  Yugoslavia. 

Smithsonian  Institution,  Department  of  Anthropology,  Washington,  D.C. 
Ethnographic  research  on  selected  Tibetan  artifacts. 

Smithsonian  Institution,  Department  of  Anthropology,  Washington,  D.C. 
Study  of  disappearing  traditional  crafts,  industries,  and  technologies  in  Pakis- 
tan. 

129 


130  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

University  of  Arizona,  Tucson,  Arizona.  Excavations  at  the  site  of  Tabun, 
Israel. 

University  of  Kentucky,  Lexington,  Kentucky.  Metric  and  morphological 
traits  in  the  dentition  and  calvaria  of  neo-eneolithic  crania  from  Wislica, 
Poland. 

University  of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan.  Excavations  of  a  middle  paleo- 
lithic site  in  northern  Bosnia,  Yugoslavia. 

University  of  Minnesota,  Minneapolis,  Minnesota.  Excavations  of  the  Palace 
of  Diocletian  at  Split,  Yugoslavia. 

University  of  Missouri,  Columbia,  Missouri.  Investigations  of  ancient  glass- 
manufacturing  sites  in  Israel. 

University  of  New  Mexico,  Albequerque,  New  Mexico.  Studies  of  Majolica 
pottery  in  Morocco. 

University  of  Pennsylvania,  University  Museum,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 
The  Akhnaten  Temple  project. 

University  of  Pennsylvania,  University  Museum,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 
The  Dra  Abu  el-Naga  project. 

University  of  Pittsburgh,  Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania.  Study  of  early  food-pro- 
ducing cultures  in  Yugoslavia. 

University  of  Texas,  Austin,  Texas.  Archeological  investigations  at  Stobi. 

Systematic  and  Environmental  Biology 
(Including  Paleobiology) 

American  University  of  Beirut,  New  York,  New  York.  Zoogeography  and  com- 
munity structure  of  Sand  Beach  Meiofauna  in  the  Mediterranean  Sea. 

Duke  University,  Durham,  North  Carolina.  Studies  of  ramalina  lichens  in 
Morocco. 

National  Academy  of  Sciences,  Washington,  D.C.  Research,  planning,  and 
training  for  International  Biological  Program  personnel  in  the  "excess"  cur- 
rency countries. 

Philadelphia  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 
Study  of  specimens  of  marine  ostracods  in  Tunisia. 

Princeton  University,  Princeton,  New  Jersey.  Structure  and  function  of 
tropical  avian  communities. 

Princeton  University,  Princeton,  New  Jersey.  Studies  in  comparison  of  tropical 
forest  structures. 

Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  D.C.  Department  of  Botany.  A  flora 
of  the  Hassan  District,  Mysore  State,  India. 

Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  D.C.  Department  of  Invertebrate 
Zoology.  Studies  on  the  systematics  and  physiological  ecology  of  Tunisian 
sponge  communities. 

Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  D.C.  Department  of  Vertebrate  Zool- 
ogy. Geographical  and  ecological  study  of  the  mammals  of  Morocco. 

Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  D.C.  Department  of  Vertebrate  Zool- 
ogy. Serological  and  ectoparasite  survey  of  migratory  birds  in  northeast  Africa. 

Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  D.C.  Division  of  Birds.  Preparation  of 
a  manuscript  for  a  handbook  of  Indian   birds. 

Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  D.C.  Division  of  Birds.  Migratory  bird 
survey  in  India. 


APPENDIX  1.  SMITHSONIAN  FOREIGN  CURRENCY  PROGRAM  131 

Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  D.C.  Office  of  Ecology.  Symposium  on 
recent  advances  in  tropical  biology. 

Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  D.C.  Office  of  Oceanography  and 
Limnology.  Study  in  Israel  of  biological  interchanges  between  the  eastern 
Mediterranean  and  the  Red  Sea  through  the  Suez  Canal. 

Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  D.C.  Office  of  Oceanocraphy  and 
Limnology.  Survey  of  the  marine  fauna  and  flora  of  Morocco. 

Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  D.C.  Office  of  Oceanography  and 
Limnology.  Support  for  the  Mediterranean  Marine  Sorting  Center  in  Tunisia. 

Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  D.C.  Office  of  Oceanography  and 
Limnology.  Refitting  of  the  research  vessel  Phykos. 

Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  D.C.  Support  for  the  first  Indian-Ameri- 
can ecology  symposium  in  New  Delhi. 

Texas  A  &  M  University,  College  Station,  Texas.  Study  of  the  ecology  and 
behavior  of  gazelles  in  Israel. 

University  of  California,  Berkeley,  California.  Biosystematic  research  on 
bees  of  the  genus  Ceratina    (Hymenoptera:   Apoidea)  . 

University  of  California,  Berkeley,  California.  Biosystematic  studies  of  Mo- 
roccan flora. 

University  of  Colorado,  Boulder,  Colorado.  Studies  of  the  cytotaxonomy  of 
the  Yugoslavian  flora. 

University  of  Hawaii,  Honolulu,  Hawaii.  Studies  and  collection  of  lizards  on 
Yugoslavia's  Adriatic  Islands. 

University  of  the  State  of  New  York,  Stony  Brook,  New  York.  Study  of  the 
ecology  of  an  Eilat  coral  reef  in  Israel. 

University  of  Washington,  Seattle,  Washington.  Research  on  the  biology  and 
control  of  the  wild  boar  of  West  Pakistan. 

Yale  University,  New  Haven,  Connecticut.  Habitat  relationships  and  distri- 
bution of  wild  ungulates  in  the  Gir  Forest,  India. 

Astrophysics  and  Earth  Sciences 

Smithsonian  Institution,  Astrophysical  Observatory,  Cambridge,  Massachu- 
setts. Theories  of  planetary  motion. 

Smithsonian  Institution,  Astrophysical  Observatory,  Cambridge,  Massachu- 
setts. Multicolor  photoelectric  observations  of  flare  stars  at  the  Uttar  Pradesh 
State  Observatory,  Naini  Tal,  India. 

Smithsonian  Institution,  Astrophysical  Observatory,  Cambridge,  Massachu- 
setts. Observation  of  Uttar  Pradesh  State  Observatory  at  Naini  Tal,  India. 

Smithsonian  Institution,  Astrophysical  Observatory,  Cambridge,  Massachu- 
setts. Study  of  the  collective  behavior  of  self-gravitating  systems. 

Smithsonian  Institution,  Astrophysical  Observatory,  Cambridge,  Massachu- 
setts. An  astronomical  observing  program  in  Israel. 

Museum  Programs 

Smithsonian  Institution,  Division  of  Mechanical  and  Civil  Engineering,  Wash- 
ington, D.C.  Research  on  early  machine  tools,  early  materials  handling  equip- 
ment, and  interchangeable  manufacture  in  Poland. 

Smithsonian  Institution,  Woodrow  Wilson  International  Center  for  Schol- 
ars, Washington,  D.C.  Research  in  international  ocean  studies. 


Appendix  2 


MEMBERS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  COUNCIL  30  JUNE  1971 


Dr.  Roger  Abrahams.   Professor  of  English   and   Anthropology,   Afro-American 

Research  Institute,  University  of  Texas,  Austin. 
Mr.  H.  Harvard  Arnason.  Vice  President  for  Art  Administration,  Solomon  R. 

Guggenheim  Foundation,  New  York  City. 
Dr.  Herman  R.  Branson.  President,  Lincoln   University,  Pennsylvania. 
Professor  Fred  R.  Egcan.  Department  of  Anthropology,  University  of  Chicago, 

Illinois. 
Professor  Donald  S.  Farner.  Chairman,  Department  of  Zoology,  University  of 

Washington,  Seattle. 
Professor  Anthony  N.  B.  Garvan.  Chairman,  Department  of  American  Civiliza- 
tion, University  of  Pennsylvania,  Philadelphia. 
Dr.    Murray   Gell-Mann.    Robert   Andrews   Millikan    Professor   of   Theoretical 

Physics,  California  Institute  of  Technology,  Pasadena. 
Dr.  Philip  Handler.  President,  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  Washington,  D.C. 
Professor  G.  Evelyn  Hutchinson.  Sterling  Professor  of  Zoology,  Yale  University, 

New  Haven,  Connecticut. 
Professor   Jan    LaRue.   Department   of   Music,   Graduate   School   of   Arts    and 

Sciences,  New  York  University,  New  York  City. 
Mr.  Clifford  L.  Lord.  President,  Hofstra  University,  Hempstead,  Long  Island, 

New  York. 
Professor  Charles  D.  Michener.  Watkins  Distinguished  Professor  of  Entomology 

and  of  Systematics  and  Ecology,  University  of  Kansas,  Lawrence. 
Dr.  Peter  M.  Millman.  National  Research  Council  of  Canada,  Ottawa,  Ontario. 

Meteoritic  Specialist. 
Mr.  Elting  E.  Morison.  Professor  of  History  and  Master,  Timothy  Dwight  Col- 
lege, Yale  University,  New  Haven,  Connecticut. 
Mr.  Robert  Motherwell.  Distinguished  Professor,  Hunter  College,  New  York 

City. 
Professor  Norman  Holmes  Pearson.  Professor  of  English  and  American  Studies, 

Yale  University,  New  Haven,  Connecticut. 
Mr.  Gordon  N.  Ray.  President,  John  Simon  Guggenheim  Memorial  Foundation, 

New  York  City. 
Mr.  Philip  C.  Ritterbush.  Chairman,  Organization  Response,  Washington,  D.C. 
Mr.  Andre  Schiffrin.  Managing  Director,  Pantheon  Books,  New  York  City. 
Professor  Cyril  Stanley  Smith.  Institute  Professor,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 

Technology,  Cambridge. 
Dr.  John  D.  Spikes.  College  of  Science,  University  of  Utah,  Salt  Lake  City. 
Professor   Stephen    E.    Toulmin.    Department   of    Philosophy,    Michigan    State 

University,  East  Lansing. 

132 


APPENDIX  2.  MEMBERS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  COUNCIL  133 

Dr.  William  von  Arx.  Senior  Scientist,  Woods  Hole  Oceanographic  Institution, 
Woods  Hole,  Massachusetts. 

Professor  Warren  H.  Wagner,  Jr.  Department  of  Botany  and  Matthaei  Botani- 
cal Gardens,  The  University  of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor. 

Dr.  Rainer  Zangerl.  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Roosevelt  Road  and 
Lakeshore  Drive,  Chicago,  Illinois. 


Appendix  3 


SMITHSONIAN  ASSOCIATES  MEMBERSHIP  1970-1971 


Our  deepest  gratitute  is  extended  to  our  members  for  their  interest  and  gen- 
erous support  of  the  Smithsonian  Associates  this  year,  and  especially  to  those 
listed  below,  who  have  contributed  amounts  in  excess  of  the  membership  dues. 


Founder  Members 


($1000  and  up) 


Mr.  Irwin  Belk 

The  Honorable  and  Mrs.  David 

K.  E.  Bruce 
Mrs.  Morris  Cafritz 
The  Honorable  Douglas  Dillon 
Mr.  Charles  E.  Eckles 


The  Honorable  and  Mrs.  John 

Clifford  Folger 
Mr.  Cornelius  Van  S.  Roosevelt 
Mr.  Thomas  J.  Watson,  Jr. 
Mr.  P.  A.  B.  Widener 
Mr.  Christian  A.  Zabriskie  (Deceased) 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Sidney  S.  Zlotnick 


Sustaining  Members 
($500  and  up) 


Mrs.  Anna  Bing  Arnold 

Mrs.  Theodore  Babbitt 

Mr.  Joel  Barlow 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Richard  J.  H.  Barnes 

Mr.  William  R.  Biggs 

Mr.  George  A.  Binney 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Joseph  D.  Blatt 

Mr.  Hardy  Jefferson  Bowen 

Mrs.  L.  Roosevelt  Bramwell 

Mr.  A.  Marvin  Braverman 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  Nicholas  Brown 

Mr.  Bertram  F.  Brummer 

Mr.  Leon  Campbell,  Jr. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Leonard  Carmichael 

Dr.  Rita  Chow 

Clarke  and  Rapuano  Foundation 

(Mr.  Gilmore  D.  Clarke) 
Mrs.  Frances  A.  Davila 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Henry  F.  DuPont 


Mr.  Newell  W.  Ellison 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Alfred  U.  Elser,  Jr. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Richard  S.  Friedman 

Mr.  Richard  E.  Fuller 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Hy  Garfinkel 

Mr.  George  A.  Garret 

Mr.  Crawford  H.  Greenewalt 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Gilbert  C.  Greenway 

Mr.  William  H.  Greer,  Jr. 

Mr.  Melville  B.  Grosvenor 

Mr.  Gilbert  Hahn 

Mr.  Laurence  Harrison 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Joseph  H.  Hirshhorn 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Christian  C.  Hohenlohe 

Mr.  Philip  Johnson 

Miss  Brenda  Kuhn 

Mr.  Harold  F.  Linder 

Colonel  and  Mrs.  Leon  Mandel 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  J.  Willard  Marriott 


134 


APPENDIX  3.  SMITHSONIAN  ASSOCIATES  MEMBERSHIP 


135 


Mr.  William  McC.  Martin,  Jr. 
Lieutenant  Commander  and  Mrs. 

P.  J.  Maveety 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Paul  Mellon 
Miss  Katherine  A.  A.  Murphy 
Neuberger  Foundation  Inc. 

(Roy  R.  and  Marie  S.  Neuberger) 
Duke  of  Northumberland 
Mr.  Douglas  W.  Orr  (Deceased) 
Mrs.  K.  D.  Owen 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Melvin  M.  Payne 
Miss  Lucy  M.  Pollio 
Mrs.  Merriweather  Post 
Mr.  Peter  Powers 
Miss  Elsie  Howland  Quinby 


Dr.  and  Mrs.  S.  Dillon  Ripley 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Seymour  J.  Rubin 

Mr.  H.  C.  Seherr-Thoss 

Mrs.  Jouett  Shouse 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Carl  Swan  Shultz 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  H.  Smith 

Mr.  Robert  T.  Smith 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  B°rtrand  L.  Taylor  III 

Mrs.  Clark  W.  Thompson 

Mrs.  Carll  Tucker 

Mr.  Alexander  O.  Vietor 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  W.  Warner 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Alexander  Wetmore 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  W.  Bradley  Willard 

Mrs.  Rose  Saul  Zalles 


Contributing  Members 
($100  and  up) 


Mrs.  Howard  Ahmanson 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  C.  H.  Bonbright 

Mr.  Maxwell  Brace 

Mr.  J.  Bruce  Bredin 

The  Honorable  William  A.  M.  Burden 

Mrs.  Jackson  Burke 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  G.  Howland  Chase 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Leon  Chatelain,  Jr. 

Miss  Joan  Collett 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  William  H.  Crocker 

General  Jacob  L.  Devers 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Ewen  C.  Dingwall 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Bryan  M.  Eagle 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Charles  Eames 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  B.  Eichholz 

The  Honorable  and  Mrs.  Edward 

Foley 
Mr.  T.  Jack  Gary,  Jr. 
Mr.  W.  E.  Gathright 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  T.  K.  Glennan 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Charles  C.  Glover  III 
Colonel  and  Mrs.  Julius  Goldstein 
Mrs.  Katharine  Graham 
Dr.  Sheila  H.  Gray 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Homer  Gudelsky 
Mr.  Arthur  A.  Houghton,  Jr. 
Miss  Elisabeth  Houghton 
Mrs.  Edward  F.  Hutton 
Mr.  David  Lloyd  Kreeger 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Anthony  A.  Lapham 


Mrs.  Mortimer  C.  Lebowitz 

Mrs.  Newbold  Legendre 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Saul  M.  Linowitz 

Mrs.  Demarest  Lloyd 

Mrs.  J.  Noel  Macey 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Leonard  H.  Marks 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  George  C.  McGhee 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  H.  McLaren 

Mrs.  William  Moreden 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Carl  J.  Mulert,  Jr. 

Mr.  Gerson  Nordlinger,  Jr. 

Mr.  Gyo  Obata 

The  Honorable  and  Mrs.  Jefferson 

Patterson 
Mr.  Charles  Emory  Phillips 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Ernest  G.  Rafey 
Mr.  James  H.  Ripley 
Mr.  William  H.  Scully 
Mrs.  John  Farr  Simmons 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  T.  Dale  Stewart 
Mrs.  Edward  C.  Sweeney 
Mrs.  Mary  Davidson  Swift 
Martha  Frick  Symington,  Inc. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  David  G.  Townsend 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  A.  Buel  Trowbridge 
Mr.  George  C.  Webster 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  S.  Weedon 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  J.  H.  Wilkinson,  Jr. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Mark  Winkler 


136 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 


Supporting  Members 

($50  and  up) 


The  Reverend  and  Mrs.  F.  Everett 

Abbott 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Stanley  N.  Allan 
Mrs.  Carol  P.  Banks 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Montgomery  Blair 
Mr.  Herbert  Block 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Emanuel  Boasberg  III 
The  Honorable  Frances  P.  Bolton 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Philip  Bonsai 
Mrs.  Albert  J.  Bowley 
Mrs.  Linda  C.  Burgess 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Horace  W.  Busby,  Jr. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Frank  Caplan 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  G.  Chandler 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  David  Sanders  Clark 
Mrs.  Chester  Dale 
Captain  and  Mrs.  Robert  F.  Doss 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Lionel  Epstein 
Mrs.  Julius  Fleischmann 
The  Honorable  Peter  Freylinghuysen 
Mr.  John  W.  Galston 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Melvin  Gelman 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Ernest  W.  Grove 
Mr.  Tom  Hart 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Louis  Hausman 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Randolph  A.  Hearst 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  W.  Hechinger 
Mrs.  Rex  D.  Hopper,  Sr. 
Mr.  H.  T.  Howard,  Jr. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  H.  Hughes 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  D.  Hurd 
Mrs.  George  C.  Reiser 
Mr.  J.  A.  King 
Miss  N.  P.  Kuhn 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Thomas  Liggett 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Charles  U.  Lowe 
Miss  Katharine  Magraw 
Mrs.  Isabel  C.  Mahaffie 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Gershom  R.  Makepeace 


Major  and  Mrs.  George  S.  Mansfield 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Sheldon  I.  Matzkin 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Francis  Mayle,  Jr. 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Edgar  H.  McPeak 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Mylon  Merriam 

Colonel  and  Mrs.  Kenneth  L.  Moll 

Mrs.  E.  P.  Moore 

Miss  Lee  Muth 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  V.  M.  Newbold 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  J.  Lloyd  Niles 

Nutrition  Today 

Mrs.  Carolyn  C.  Onufrak 

Mr.  Estrada  Raul  Oyuela 

Miss  Ruth  Uppercu  Paul 

Mrs.  Duncan  Phillips 

Mr.  Donald  H.  Price 

Mrs.  Albert  J.  Redway 

Dr.  Michael  J.  Reilly 

Mr.  R.  D.  Remley 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  Richardson,  Jr. 

Mrs.  John  Barry  Ryan 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Herbert  Salzman 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Frank  M.  Sanger,  Jr. 

Mr.  Michael  F.  Sawyer 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  George  L.  Sigalos 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Richard  R.  Sigmon 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Murray  Socolof 

Mrs.  Beck  Stein 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Richard  L.  Sugarman 

Mrs.  Sally  Sweetland 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  E.  Russell  True,  Jr. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  D.  Walker 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  B.  Watson 

Mrs.  Norma  Christine  Wertz 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Anthony  Wilson 

Mrs.  Mark  Winkler 

Mrs.  Leslie  H.  Wyman 

Mrs.  Maury  Young 


Appendix  4 

STAFF  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 

30  JUNE  1970 

Secretary's  Office  and  Related  Activities 

The  Secretary S.  Dillon  Ripley 

Executive  Assistant  Christian  C.  Hohenlohe  1 

Under  Secretary  James  Bradley 

Administrative  Officer   Dorothy  Rosenberg 

Director  of  Support  Activities  Richard  L.  Ault 

Assistant  to  Under  Secretary Edward  H.  Kohn 

Director,  Office  of  Audits  Chris  S.  Peratino 

Director  General  of  Museums,  and 
Director,  United  States  National 

Museum  Frank  A.  Taylor  2 

Assistant  Secretary  (Science),  Acting....  David  Challinor3 

Assistant  Secretary  (History  and  Art)...  Charles  Blitzer 

Assistant  Secretary  (Public  Service) William  W.  Warner 

Treasurer     T.  Ames  Wheeler 

Assistant  Treasurer Betty  J.  Morgan 

Director,  Office  of  Programming 

and  Budget  John  F.  Jameson 

Chief  Accountant    Allen  S.  Goff 

General  Counsel   Peter  G.  Powers 

Assistant  General  Counsels Alan  D.  Ullberg 

George  S.  Robinson 
L.  Wardlaw  Hamilton 
Mrs.  Suzanne  D.  Murphy 
Mrs.  M.  Malaro 
Special  Projects,  Office  of  the  Secretary 

Special  Assistant  to  the  Secretary Richard  H.  Howland 

Special  Assistant  to  the  Secretary Woodruff  M.  Price4 

Director,  Office  of  Development   Lynford  E.  Kautz 

Editor,  Joseph  Henry  Papers Nathan  Reingold 

Director,  Office  of  Equal  Employment 

Opportunity    Joseph  A.  Kennedy 


1  Replaced  John  H.  Dobkin  on  1  June  1971. 

2  Retired  23  January  1971 . 

3  Replaced  Sidney  R.  Galler  on  11  January  1971. 

4  Appointed  1  February  1971. 


137 


138 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 


Support  Activities 

Chief,  Administrative  Systems 

Division    Ann  S.  Campbell 

Director,  Buildings  Management 

Department     Andrew  F.  Michaels 

Contracting  Officer,  Contracts  Office.  .       Elbridge,  O.  Hurlbut 

Chief,  Duplicating  Section   Joseph  E.  Freeman 

Director,  Information  Systems 

Division    Stanley  A.  Kovy 

Director,  Office  of  Personnel 

Administration     Vincent  J.  Doyle  5 

Director,  Photographic  Services 

Division    Arthur  L.  Gaush  6 

Chief,  Supply  Division Fred  G.  Barwick 

Chief,  Travel  Services  Office Mrs.  Betty  V.  Strickler 

Honorary  Research  Associates Charles  G.  Abbot,  Secretary  Emeritus 

Leonard  Carmichael,  Secretary 

Emeritus 
Paul  H.  Oehser 
Alexander  Wetmore,  Secretary 
Emeritus 
Honorary  Fellow  John  A.  Graf 

Science 

Assistant   Secretary    David  Challinor 

Special  Assistants Helen  L.  Hayes 

Michael  R.  Huxley 
Harold  J.  Michaelson 
Paula  E.  Ullmann 

National  Museum  of  Natural  History 


Director   Richard  S.  Cowan 

Assistant  Director   Paul  K.  Knierim 

Assistant  to  Director   (ADP)    James  F.  Mello 

Assistant  to  Director   (Exhibits)    Ronald  S.  Goor  7 

Administrative   Officers    Mabel  A.  Byrd 

John  C.  Townsend 
Anthropology 

Chairman     Clifford  Evans 

Senior  Physical  Anthropologist  T.  Dale  Stewart  8 

Senior  Archeologist Waldo  R.  Wedel 

Senior  Ethnologist    John  C.  Ewers 

Archivist    Margaret  C.  Blaker 

5  Replaced  Leonard  Pouliot  13  December  1970. 

6  Replaced  Otis  H.  Greeson  (Retired)  28  February  1971. 

7  Appointed  23  August  1970. 

8  Retired  28  May  1971. 


APPENDIX  4.  STAFF  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 


139 


Latin  American  Anthropology 

Associate  Curator   Robert  M.  Laughlin 

Curator Clifford  Evans 

Associate  Curator    William  H.  Crocker 

Old  World  Anthropology 

Curator Gordon  D.  Gibson 

Curator Saul  H.  Riesenberg 

Curator Gus  W.  Van  Beek 

Associate  Curators Eugene  I.  Knez 

William  B.  Trousdale 
North  American  Anthropology 

Associate  Curator    William  W.  Fitzhugh  9 

Curator William  C.  Sturtevant 

Associate  Curator   Paul  H.  Voorhis  10 

Physical  Anthropology 

Curator J.  Lawrence  Angel 

Associate  Curator   Donald  J.  Ortner 

Associate  Curator   Lucile  E.  St.  Hoyme 

Museum   Specialist    Douglas  H.  Ubelaker 

Research  Associates,  Collaborators, 

and  Affiliated  Scientists  Hans-Georg  Bandi  (Archeology) 

W.  Montague  Cobb  (Physical 

Anthropology) 
T.  Aidan  Cockburn  (Physical 

Anthropology) 
Henry  B.  Collins  (Archeology) 
Wilson  Duff  (Ethnology) 
Roger  I.  Eddy  (Ethnology) 
Don  D.  Fowler  (Archeology) 
Marcus  S.  Goldstein  (Physical 

Anthropology) 
Sister  Inez  Hilger  (Ethnology) 
C.  G.  Holland  (Archeology) 
Neil  M.  Judd  (Archeology) 
Richard  T.  Koritzer  (Physical 

Anthropology) 
Ralph  K.  Lewis  (Archeology) 
Olga  Linares  de  Sapir  (Archeology) 
Betty  J.  Meggers  (Archeology) 
George  S.  Metcalf  (Archeology) 
Philleo  Nash  (Ethnology) 
Walter  G.  Putschar  (Physical 

Anthropology) 
Victor  A.  Nunez  Regueiro 

(Archeology) 
Mary  Slusser  (Archeology) 
Wilhelm  G.  Solheim  (Archeology) 

9  Appointed  31  August  1970. 

10  Resigned  10  September  1970. 


441-283     O  -  71  -  10 


140 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 


Research  Associates,  Collaborators,  T.  Dale  Stewart  (Physical 

and  Affiliated  Scientists— Continued  Anthropology) 

Matthew  W.  Stirling  (Archeology) 
Robert  Stuckenrath  (Archeology) 
Douglas  Taylor  (Ethnology) 
William  J.  Tobin  (Physical 

Anthropology)  n 
Theodore  A.  Wertime  (Archeology) 
Edwin  F.  Wilmsen  (Archeology) 
Botany 

Chairman    Edward  S.  Ayensu 

Senior  Botanist    Lyman  B.  Smith 

Senior  Botanist    Conrad  V.  Morton  12 

Phanerogams 

Curators   John  J.  Wurdack 

Velva  Rudd 

Wallace  R.  Ernst 

F.  Raymond  Fosberg 13 

Associate  Curators Dan  H.  Nicolson 

Marie-Helene  Sachet 14 
Stanwyn  G.  Shetler 

Assistant  Curator Dieter  C.  Wasshausen 

Ferns 

Associate  Curator David  B.  Lellinger 

Grasses 

Associate  Curator Thomas  R.  Soderstrom 

Cryptogams 

Curator Harold  E.  Robinson 

Curator Mason  E.  Hale,  Jr. 

Associate  Curator Arthur  L.  Dahl 15 

Plant  Anatomy 

Curator Richard  H.  Eyde 

Curator Edward  S.  Ayensu 

Research  Associates,  Collaborators 

and  Affiliated  Scientists  16  W.  Andrew  Archer  (Flowering 

Plants) 
Chester  R.  Benjamin  (Fungi) 
John  A.  Churchill  (Flowering 

Plants) 
Paul  S.  Conger  (Diatomaceae) 
Jose  Cuatrecasas  (Flora  of  Tropical 

South  America) 
James  A.  Duke  (Flora  of  Panama) 
Emily  W.  Emmart  (Plants  of  Mexico) 


11  Died  3  March  1971. 

12  Effective  9  August  1970. 

13  Reassigned  1  July  1970. 

14  Reassigned  1  July  1970. 

15  Appointed  14  September  1970. 

16  National  fungus  collections  are  curated  by  Department  of  Agriculture  staff. 


APPENDIX  4.  STAFF  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 


141 


Research  Associates,  Collaborators, 

and  Affiliated  Scientists— Continued         Marie  L.  Farr  (Fungi) 

Howard  S.  Gentry  (Economic  Plants 

of  Northwestern  Mexico) 
Charles  R.  Gunn  (Fungi) 
William  H.  Hathaway  (Flora  of 

Central  America) 
Frederick  J.  Hermann  (North 

American  Flora) 
Robert  M.  King  (Compositae) 
Paul  L.  Lentz  (Fungi) 
Elbert  L.  Little  (Dendrology) 
Alicia  Lourteig  (Neotropical  Botany) 
Kittie  F.  Parker  (Compositae) 
Julian  C.  Patiiio  (Flora  of  Colombia) 
Clyde  F.  Reed  (Ferns) 
James  L.  Reveal  (Ferns) 
Marie  L.  Solt  (Melastomataceae) 
William  L.  Stern  (Plant  Anatomy) 
John  A.  Stevenson  (Fungi) 
Edward  E.  Terrell  (Phanerogams) 
Francis  A.Uecker  (Fungi) 
Egbert  H.  Walker  (Myrsinaceae, 

East  Asian  Flora) 

Entomology 

Chairman    Paul  D.  Hurd,  Jr.17 

Senior  Entomologists   Karl  V.  Krombein 

J.  F.  Gates  Clarke 
Neuropteroids 

Curator Oliver  S.  Flint,  Jr. 

Lepidoptera  and  Diptera 

Associate  Curators Donald  R.  Davis 

W.  Donald  Duckworth 

Assistant   Curator    William  D.  Field 

Coleoptera 

Associate  Curator   Paul  J.  Spangler 

Assistant   Curator    Terry  L.  Erwin  18 

Hemiptera  and  Hymenoptera 

Associate  Curator   Richard  C.  Froeschner 

Myriapoda  and  Arachnida 

Curator Ralph  E.  Crabill,  Jr. 

Research  Associates,  Collaborators, 

and  Affiliated  Scientists  Charles  P.  Alexander  (Diptera) 

William  H.  Anderson  (Coleoptera) 
Doris  H.  Blake  (Coleoptera) 
Franklin  S.  Blanton  (Diptera) 
Frank  L.  Campbell  (Insect 
Physiology) 


17  Appointed  31  August  1970. 

18  Appointed  1  July  1970. 


142 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 


Research  Associates,  Collaborators, 

and  Affiliated  Scientists— Continued 

Oscar  L.  Cartwright  (Coleoptera) 
K.  C.  Emerson  (Mallophaga) 
John  G.  Franclemont  (Lepidoptera) 
Frank  M.  Hull  (Diptera) 
William  L.  Jellison  (Siphonaptera, 

Anoplura) 
Harold  F.  Loomis  (Myriapoda) 
Carl  F.  W.  Muesebeck 
(Hymenoptera) 

Thomas  E.  Snyder  (Isoptera) 19 
Robert  Traub  (Siphonaptera) 
Invertebrate  Zoology 

Chairman   Raymond  B.  Manning 

Senior  Zoologists   Fenner  A.  Chace,  Jr. 

Horton  H.  Hobbs,  Jr. 
Harald  A.  Rehder 
Crustacea 

Curators   Thomas  E.  Bowman 

J.  Laurens  Barnard 
Louis  S.  Kornicker 

Associate  Curator   Roger  F.  Cressey 

Echinoderms 

Curator David  L.  Pawson 

Associate  Curator   Klaus  Ruetzler 

Worms 

Curators   Meredith  L.  Jones 

Marian  H.  Pettibone 
Mary  E.  Rice 

Associate  Curator   W.  Duane  Hope 

Mollusks 

Curator Joseph  Rosewater 

Associate  Curators Joseph  P.  E.  Morrison 

Clyde  F.  E.  Roper 

Visiting  Curator    Frederick  M.  Bayer 

Research  Associates,  Collaborators, 

and  Affiliated  Scientists Willard  W.  Becklund 

(Helminthology)  20 
S.  Stillman  Berry  (Mollusks) 
J.  Bruce  Bredin  (Biology) 
Isabel  C.  Canet  (Crustacea) 
May  belle  H.  Chitwood  (Worms) 
Ailsa  M.  Clark  (Marine 

Invertebrates) 
Elisabeth  Deichmann  (Echinoderms) 
Mary  Gardiner  (Echinoderms) 


is  Died  31  July  1970. 
20  Died  18  October  1970. 


APPENDIX  4.  STAFF  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 


143 


Research  Associates,  Collaborators, 

and  Affiliated  Scientists— Continued 

Roman  Kenk  (Worms) 
Anthony  J.  Provenzano,  Jr. 

(Crustacea) 
Waldo  L.  Schmitt  (Marine 

Invertebrates) 
Frank  R.  Schwengel  (Mollusks) 
I.  G.  Sohn  (Crustacea) 
Donald  F.  Squires  (Echinoderms) 
Gilbert  L.  Voss  (Mollusks) 
Mildred  S.  Wilson  (Copepod 
Crustacea) 
Mineral  Sciences 

Chairman   Brian  H.  Mason 

Curator George  S.  Switzer 

Meteorites 

Curator Kurt  Fredericksson 

Associate  Curator   Roy  S.  Clarke,  Jr. 

Geochemist    Robert  F.  Fudali 

Chemists    Eugene  Jarosewich 

Joseph  A.  Nelen 
Mineralogy 

Associate  Curator   Paul  E.  Desautels 

Crystallographer    Joel  E.  Arem  21 

Petrology 

Associate  Curator   William  G.  Melson 

Research  Associates,  Collaborators, 

and  Affiliated  Scientists  Howard  J.  Axon  (Meteorites) 

Vago  F.  Buchwald  (Meteorites) 
Tomas  Feininger  (Petrology) 
Edward  P.  Henderson  (Meteorites) 
John  B.  Jago  (Mineralogy) 
Peter  Leavens  (Mineralogy) 
Rosser  Reeves  (Mineralogy) 
Thomas  E.  Simkin  (Petrology) 
Geoffrey  Thompson  (Petrology) 
Harry  Winston  (Mineralogy) 
Paleobiology 

Chairman   Porter  M.  Kier 

Senior  Paleobiologists G.  Arthur  Cooper 

C.  Lewis  Gazin  22 

Collections  Manager Frederick  J.  Collier 

Invertebrate  Paleontology 

Curators  Martin  A.  Buzas 

Richard  S.  Boardman 
Alan  H.  Cheetham 
Erie  G.  KaufFman 


21  Appointed  1  July  1970. 
"Retired  31  July  1970. 


144 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 


Invertebrate  Paleontology— Continued 

Curators— Continued  Richard  Cifelli 

Richard  M.  Benson 

Associate  Curator   Thomas  R.  Waller 

Geologist    Kenneth  M.  Towe 

Vertebrate  Paleontology 

Curators   Clayton  E.  Ray 

Nicholas  Hotton  III 

Associate  Curator   Robert  J.  Emry  23 

Paleobotany 

Associate  Curators Walter  H.  Adey 

Leo  J.  Hickey 
Francis  M.  Hueber 
Sedimentology 

Geological   Oceanographer    Daniel  J.  Stanley 

Curator Jack  W.  Pierce 

Research  Associates,  Collaborators, 
and  Affiliated  Scientists 

Invertebrate  Paleontology  Arthur  J.  Boucot 

Anthony  C.  Coates 
C.  Wythe  Cooke 
J.  Thomas  Dutro 
Robert  M.  Finks 
Mackenzie  Gordon,  Jr. 
Richard  E.  Grant 
John  W.  Huddle 
Ralph  W.  Imlay 
Harry  S.  Ladd 
N.  Gary  Lane 
Kenneth  E.  Lohman 
Sergius  H.  Mamay 
James  F.  Mello 
William  A.  Oliver,  Jr. 
Axel  A.  Olsson 
John  Pojeta,  Jr. 
Norman  F.  Sohl 
Margaret  Ruth  Todd 
Wendell  P.  Woodring 
Ellis  L.  Yochelson 

Paleobotany    Patricia  J.  Adey 

David  Child 

Sedimentology    Gilbert  Kelling 

Frederic  R.  Siegel 

Vertebrate  Paleontology    Douglas  Emlong 

Charles  A.  Reppening 
Frank  C.  Whitmore,  Jr. 
Vertebrate  Zoology 

Chairman   George  E.  Watson 


"Appointed  16  February  1971. 


APPENDIX  4.  STAFF  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 


145 


Fishes 

Curators   Robert  H.  Gibbs,  Jr. 

Ernest  A.  Lachner 
Victor  G.  Springer 
Stanley  H.  Weitzman 

Associate  Curator   William  R.  Taylor 

Reptiles  and  Amphibians 

Curator James  A.  Peters 

Assistant  Curator George  R.  Zug 

Birds 

Curator Richard  L.  Zusi 

Associate  Curator   Paul  Slud 

Mammals 

Curator Charles  O.  Handley 

Curator Henry  W.  Setzer 

Associate  Curator   Richard  W.  Thorington,  Jr. 

Research  Associates,  Collaborators, 

and  Affiliated  Scientists  Jonn  W.  Aldrich  (Birds) 

Richard  C.  Banks  (Birds) 
William  Belton  (Birds) 
James  E.  Bohlke  (Fishes) 
Robert  L.  Brownell,  Jr.  (Mammals) 
Leonard  Carmichael  (Psychology, 

Animal  Behavior) 
Daniel  M.  Cohen  (Fishes) 
Bruce  B.  Collette  (Fishes) 
George  J.  Divocky  (Birds) 
John  F.  Eisenberg  (Mammals) 
Robert  K.  Eenders  (Mammals) 
Herbert  Friedmann  (Birds) 
Crawford  H.  Greenewalt  (Birds) 
Arthur  M.  Greenhall  (Mammals) 
Brian  A.  Harrington  (Birds) 
Philip  S.  Humphrey  (Birds) 
David  H.  Johnson  (Mammals) 
Clyde  J.  Jones  (Mammals) 
Gwilym  S.  Jones  (Mammals) 
E.  V.  Komarek  (Mammals) 
Roxie  C.  Laybourne  (Birds) 
Richard  H.  Manville  (Mammals) 
J.  A.  J.  Meester  (Mammals) 
Edgardo  Mondolfi  (Mammals) 
Russell  E.  Mumford  (Mammals) 
John  R.  Napier  (Mammals) 
Storrs  L.  Olson  (Birds) 
Dioscoro  S.  Rabor  (Birds) 
S.  Dillon  Ripley  (Birds) 
Leonard  P.  Schultz  (Fishes) 
Frank  J.  Schwartz  (Fishes) 
Alexander  Wetmore  (Birds) 
David  B.  Wingate  (Birds) 


146  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

National  Air  and  Space  Museum 

Director   Michael  Collins  2i 

Deputy  Director    Melvin  B.  Zisfein 

Administrative  Officer   Jonn  Whitelaw 

Acting  Assistant  Director  (Aeronautics).        Louis  S.  Casey 

Curator  (Aircraft  Propulsion)   Robert  B.  Meyer 

Assistant  Director  (Astronautics) Frederick  C.  Durant  III 

Assistant  Director  (Information) Ernest  W.  Robischon 

Advisory   Board    S.  Dillon  Ripley,  Chairman 

(ex  officio) 
Major  General  Nils  O.  Ohman,  usaf 
Vice  Admiral  Thomas  F.  Connolly, 

USN 

Brigadier  General  James  L.  Collins, 

USA 

Brigadier  General  H.  S.  Hill,  usmc 
Rear  Admiral  Roderick  Y.  Edwards, 

user, 
Vacancy,  nasa 
General  Gustav  Lundquist,  faa 

Honorary     Olive  A.  Beech 

William  E.  Hall 
Elwood  R.  Quesada 


Astrophysical  Observatory 


Director   Fred  L.  Whipple 

Assistant  Director  (Management)   Robert  V.  Bartnik 

Assistant  Director  (Science) Charles  A.  Lundquist 

Scientific  Staff    Kaare  Aksnes 

Arthur  C.  Allison 
Eugene  H.  Avrett 
Prabhu  Bhatnagar 
Nathaniel  P.  Carleton 
Frederic  Chaffee 
Jerome  R.  Cherniack 
Giuseppe  Colombo 
Allan  F.  Cook 
Alex  Dalgarno 
Robert  J.  Davis 
James  C.  DeFelice 
William  A.  Deutschman 
Dale  F.  Dickinson 
Giovanni  G.  Fazio 
Darrell  Fernald 
Edward  L.  Fireman 
Giuseppe  Forti 


24 


Appointed  12  April  1971. 


APPENDIX  4.  STAFF  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  147 

Scientific  Staff— Continued  Fred  A.  Franklin 

Edward  M.  Gaposchkin 

Owen  Gingerich 

Antanas  Girnius 

Mario  D.  Grossi 

Katherine  Haramundanis 

Gerald  Hawkins 

Henry  F.  Helmken 

Paul  W.  Hodge 

Luigi  G.  Jacchia 

Wolfgang  Kalkofen 

Douglas  Kleinmann 

Yoshihide  Kozai 

David  Latham 

Myron  Lecar 

Carlton  G.  Lehr 

Martin  Levine 

A.  Edward  Lilley 

Marvin  Litvak 

Richard  E.  McCrosky 

Brian  G.  Marsden 

Ursula  B.  Marvin 

George  H.  Megrue 

Donald  H.  Menzel 

Lawrence  W.  Mertz 

Henri  E.  Mitler 

Paul  A.  Mohr 
James  Moran 

Carl  S.  Nilsson 

Yasushi  Nozawa 

Robert  W.  Noyes 
Costas  Papaliolios 

Cecelia  H.  Payne-Gaposhkin 
Michael  R.  Pearlman 
Douglas  T.  Pitman 
Annette  Posen 
Harrison  E.  Radford 
John  Reid 
George  B.  Rybicki 
Winfield  W.  Salisbury 
Rudolph  E.  Schild 
Zdenek  Sekanina 
Chen-Yuan  Shao 
I.  Shapiro 
Jack  W.  Slowey 
Richard  B.  Southworth 
Gert  Spannagel 
Frank  Steinbrunn 
Shephen  E.  Strom 
Wesley  A.  Traub 
Robert  Vessot 


148  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Scientific  Staff— Continued  Richard  B.  Wattson 

George  Weiffenbach 
Trevor  C.  Weekes 
Charles  A.  Whitney 
John  A.  Wood 

Consultants  Robert  N.  Anthony 

John  Danziger 
Stanley  Ross 
Robert  Stein 
Pol  Swings 
George  Veis 
Natarajan  Visvanathan 

Fellows  Hiram  Levy  II 

G.  Jeffrey  Taylor 
Director,  Central  Bureau  for  Satellite 

Geodesy    George  Veis 

Director,  Central  Bureau  for 

Astronomical  Telegrams   Brian  G.  Marsden 

Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute 

Director   Martin  H.  Moynihan 

Special  Assistant  to  Director Adela  Gomez 

Assistant  Director  (Science) Ira  Rubinoff 

Administrative  Officer   C.  Neal  McKinney 

Biologists     Robert  L.  Dressier 

Peter  W.  Glynn 
Judith  Lang 
Egbert  Leigh 
A.  Stanley  Rand 
Michael  H.  Robinson 
Roberta  W.  Rubinoff 
Neal  G.  Smith 
Henk  Wolda 

Honorary Charles  F.  Bennett,  Jr. 

John  F.  Eisenberg 
Carmen  Glynn 
Carlos  Lehman  n 
Robert  H.  MacArthur 
Giles  W.  Mead 
Ernst  Mayr 
Barbara  Robinson 
Patricio  Sanchez 
W.  John  Smith 
C.  C.  Soper 
Paulo  Vanzolini 
Martin  Young 


APPENDIX  4.  STAFF  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  149 

Radiation  Biology  Laboratory 

Director   William  H.  Klein 

Assistant  Director   Walter  A.  Shropshire,  Jr. 

Biochemists   David  L.  Correll 

Maurice  M.  Margulies 
Robert  L.  Weintraub 
Homer  T.  Hopkins 

Biologist     Elisabeth  Gantt 

Geneticist     Andrew  W.  Snope 

Anthropologist   Robert  Stuckenrath 

Geochemist    James  Mielke 

Physicist     Bernard  Goldberg 

Plant  Physiologists   John  Edwards 

Victor  B.  Elstad 
Rebecca  Gettens 
Leonard  Price 


National  Zoological  Park 

Director   Theodore  H.  Reed 

Assistant  Director   John  Perry 

Special  Assistant  to  the  Director Warren  J.  Iliff 

Administrative  Officer   Joseph  J.  McGarry 

Captain,  Police  Division   Anthony  J.  Kadlubowski 

Head,  Planning  and  Design  Office Norman  C.  Melun 

Head,  Information  and  Education  Office       Sybil  E.  Hamlet 

Curator,  Division  of  Birds Sam  E.  Weeks 

Curator,  Division  of  Small  Mammals 

and  Primates   Harold  J.  Egoscue 

Curator,  Division  of  Reptiles Jaren  G.  Horsley 

Resident  Scientist,  Division  of 

Scientific  Research    John  F.  Eisenberg 

Veterinarian,  Division  of  Animal 

Health    Clinton  W.  Gray 

Pathologist,  Division  of  Pathology Robert  M.  Sauer 

Chief,  Operations  and  Maintenance 

Department     James  H.  McAllister 

Head,  Automotive  Division   Jesse  Batts 

Head,  Grounds  Division   John  Monday 

Head,  Maintenance  Division   Robert  Ogilvie 

Head,  Mechanical  Division Theodore  Runyan 

Head,  Labor  Division Carl  F.  Jackson 

Associates  in  Ecology  S.  Dillon  Ripley 

Lee  M.  Talbot 

Research   Associates    Jean  Delacour 

Gerald  G.  Montgomery 
George  McKay 
Devra  G.  Kleiman 
Bernard  C.  Zook 


150  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Collaborators    F.  M.  Garner 

Leonard  J.  Goss 
Carlton  M.  Herman 
Peul  Leyhausen 
Charles  R.  Schroeder 


Office  of  Environmental  Sciences 

Director   I.  Eugene  Wallen 

Ecology  Program 

Director    Dale  W.  Jenkins 

Senior  Scientist    Helmut  K.  Buechner 

Resident  Ecologist Lee  M.  Talbot  25 

Visiting  Ecologist    Clifford  O.  Berg  26 

Oceanography  and  Limnology  Program 

Director   Robert  P.  Higgins 

Director,  Mediterranean  Marine 

Sorting  Center  William  P.  Davis 

Director,  Smithsonian  Oceanographic 

Sorting  Center  H.  Adair  Fehlmann 

Oceanographer Dail  W.  Brown 

Chesapeake  Bay  Center  for  Environ- 
mental Studies,  Director  Francis  S.  L.  Williamson 

Center  for  Short-Lived  Phenomena 

Director   Robert  Citron 


Center  for  the  Study  of  Man 

Acting  Director   Sol  Tax 

Program  Coordinator Sam  Stanley 


Science  Information  Exchange 

Director   Monroe  E.  Freeman 

Deputy  Director    David  F.  Hersey 

Associate  Directors 

Life  Sciences  Willis  R.  Foster 

Physical  Sciences   Frank  J.  Kreysa 

Data  Processing   Martin  Snyderman 

Special  Assistant    . Richard  C.  Reeser 

Executive  Officer  V.  P.  Verfuerth 

Administrative  Officer   Evelyn  M.  Roll 

Life  Sciences  Division 

Chief     Willis  R.  Foster 

Deputy  Chief   Charlotte  M.  Damron 

25  On  leave  to  Council  for  Environmental  Quality  during  FY  1971. 

26  Served  1  October  1970  to  31  May  1971. 


APPENDIX  4.  STAFF  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 


151 


Life  Sciences  Division— Continued 

Chief,  Medical  Sciences  Branch Faith  F.  Stephan 

Chief,  Biological  Sciences  Branch James  R.  Wheatley,  Jr. 

Chief,  Agricultural  Sciences  Branch..  William  T.  Carlson 

Chief,  Behavioral  Sciences  Branch.  . .  .  Rhoda  Stolper 
Chief,  Social  Sciences  and  Community 

Programs  Branch Barbara  F.  Lundquist 

Physical  Sciences  Division 

Chief    Frank  J.  Kreysa 

Chief,  Chemistry  Branch Samuel  Liebman 

Chief,  Earth  Sciences  Branch Joseph  P.  Riva,  Jr. 

Chief,  Electronics  Branch  John  J.  Park 

Chief,  Engineering  Branch  Inder  Jit  Bhambri 

Chief,  Materials  Branch   William  H.  Payne 

Chief,  Physics  and  Mathematics 

Branch   Robert  Summers 

Data  Processing  Division 

Chief     Martin  Snyderman 

Deputy  Chief Bernard  L.  Hunt 

Chief,  Registry  Branch   Angelo  Piccillo 

Chief,  Data  Edit  Branch Mary  Rumreich 

Chief,  Report  Services  Branch Olympia  Merritt 

Chief,  Systems  and  Programming 

Branch   Robert  A.  Kline 

Chief,  Computer  Operations  Branch.  .  Paul  Gallucci 

History  and  Art 


Assistant  Secretary Charles  Blitzer 

Deputy  Richard  Grove 

The  National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology 

Director   Daniel  J.  Boorstin 

Assistant  Director   Silvio  A.  Bedini 

Assistant  Director  for  Administration.  .  .  Robert  G.  Tillotson 

Special  Assistant  to  the  Director Ladd  E.  Hamilton 

Administrative  Officer   Virginia  Beets 

Senior  Scientific  Scholar   Robert  P.  Multhauf 

Special  Assistant  (Bicentennial 

Planning    John  J.  Slocum 

Principal  Investigator  (Computer 

History)    Henry  S.  Tropp  27 

Historians    Peter  C.  Marzio 

Harold  K.  Skramstad,  Jr.28 
Applied  Arts 

Chairman   Carl  H.  Scheele 

27  Appointed  21  April  1971. 

28  Appointed  21  February  1971. 


152 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 


Graphic  Arts  and  Photography 

Curator Eugene  Ostroff 

Associate  Curator   Elizabeth  M.  Harris 

Assistant  Curator    David  E.  Haberstich 

Numismatics 

Curator Vladimir  Clain-Stefanelli 

Curator Elvira  Clain-Stefanelli 

Postal  History 

Curator Carl  H.  Scheele 

Associate  Curator   Reidar  Norby 

Textiles 

Curator Grace  R.  Cooper 

Curator Rita  J.  Adrosko 

Honorary   Emery  May  Norweb  (Numismatics) 

R.  Henry  Norweb  (Numismatics) 

Cultural  History 

Chairman   C.  Malcom  Watkins 

Costume  and  Furnishings 

Associate  Curator   Rodris  C.  Roth 

Assistant  Curator    Claudia  B.  Kidwell 

Ethnic  and  Western  Cultural  History 

Curator Richard  E.  Ahlborn 

Curator C.  Malcolm  Watkins 

Musical  Instruments 

Associate  Curator   John  T.  Fesperman 

Associate  Curator   Cynthia  A.  Hoover 

Preindustrial  History 

Curator C.  Malcolm  Watkins 

Associate  Curator   Anne  C.  Golovin 

Honorary     Mrs.  Arthur  M.  Greenwood 

David  W.  Hinshaw 

Edward  B.  Jelks 

Anne  W.  Murray  (Curator 

Emeritus,  Costume) 
Ivor  Noel  Hume 
Joan  Pearson  Watkins 

Industries 

Chairman   John  H.  White,  Jr. 

Agriculture  and  Mining 

Curator J°hn  T.  Schlebecker 

Associate  Curator   John  N.  Hoffman 

Ceramics  and  Glass 

Curator Paul  V.  Gardner 

Curator J-  Jefferson  Miller  II 

Manufacturing 

Curator Hans  Syz  (Ceramics) 

Transportation  Philip  W.  Bishop 

Curator John  H.  White,  Jr. 

Curator Melvin  H.  Jackson 


APPENDIX  4.  STAFF  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  153 

Honorary     Peter  B.  Bell 

Howard  I.  Chapelle  (Historian 
Emeritus) 
National  and  Military  History 

Chairman   Edgar  M.  Howell 

Historic  Archeology 

Curator  Mendel  L.  Peterson 

Military  History 

Curator  Edgar  M.  Howell 

Associate  Curator   Craddock  R.  Goins,  Jr. 

Naval  History 

Curator  Philip  K.  Lundeberg 

Curator  Harold  D.  Langley 

Political  History 

Curator  Margaret  B.  Klapthor 

Associate  Curator   Herbert  R.  Collins 

Honorary     William  Rea  Furlong  (Flag  History) 

Science  and  Technology 

Chairman   Bernard  S.  Finn 

Electricity  and  Nuclear  Energy 

Curator Bernard  S.  Finn 

Curator  (Mathematics) Uta  C.  Merzbach 

Mechanical  and  Civil  Engineering 

Curator  Robert  M.  Vogel 

Curator  Edwin  A.  Battison 

Curator  Otto  Mayr 

Medical  Sciences 

Curator Sami  Hamarneh 

Associate  Curator   Audrey  B.  Davis 

Physical  Sciences 

Associate  Curator   Deborah  J.  Warner 

Curator Walter  F.  Cannon 

Associate  Curator   Jon  B.  Eklund 

Honorary     Anthony  R.  Michaelis  (Scientific 

Instruments) 
Derek  J.  De  Solla  Price 
(Scientific  Instruments) 


Archives  of  American  Art 

Director   William  E.  Woolfenden 

Deputy  Director-Archivist Garnett  McCoy 

Administrative  Assistant   Lea  Feinstein 

Curator  of  Manuscripts Arthur  J.  Breton 

Assistant  Curator  of  Manuscripts Elsie  F.  Freivogel 

Area  Directors   Butler  Coleman  (New  York) 

Robert  Brown  (Northeast) 
Field   Researchers   F.  Ivor  D.  Avellino  (New  York) 

Sylvia  Loomis  (Southwest) 


154  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Trustees  Russell  Lynes,  President 

Howard  W.  Lipham,  Vice  President 
Harold  O.  Love,  Vice  President 
Mrs.  Otto  L.  Spaeth,  Vice  President 
Stanford  C.  Stoddard, 
Secretary-Treasurer 
Harry  Baldwin 
Irving  F.  Burton 
Edmond  duPont 
Joseph  H.  Hirshhorn 
James  Humphry  III 
Miss  Milka  Iconomoff 
Eric  Larrabee 
Robert  L.  McNeil,  Jr. 
Abraham  Melamed 
Mrs.  E.  Bliss  Parkinson 
Henry  Pearlman 
Mrs.  Dana  M.  Raymond 
Mrs.  William  L.  Richards 
E.  P.  Richardson 
Chapin  Riley 
Girard  L.  Spencer 
Edward  M.  M.  Warburg 
James  Wineman 
Willis  F.  Woods 
S.  Dillon  Ripley,  ex  officio 
Charles  Blitzer,  ex  officio 
Lawrence  A.  Fleischman,  Honorary 
Mrs.  Edsel  B.  Ford,  Honorary 

Advisory  Committee James  Humphry  III,  Chairman 

Milton  O.  Brown 
Lloyd  Goodrich 
Eugene  C.  Goossen 
Harry  D.  M.  Grier 
James  J.  Heslin 
John  Howat 
Bernard  Karpel 
Edgar  Kaufmann,  Jr. 
John  A.  Kouwenhoven 
Karl  Kup 
Eric  Larrabee 
Abram  Lerner 
A.  Hyatt  Mayor 
J.  T.  Rankin 
Daniel  J.  Reed 
Charles  van  Ravenswaay 
Marvin  S.  Sadik 
Joshua  C.  Taylor 
William  B.  Walker 
Richard  P.  Wunder 


APPENDIX  4.  STAFF  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 


155 


Freer  Gallery  of  Art 


Director   John  A.  Pope 

Assistant  Director   Harold  P.  Stern 

Curator,  Chinese  Art   Thomas  Lawton 

Assistant  Curator,  Chinese  Art  Hin-cheung  Lovell 

Assistant  Curator,  Near  Eastern  Art.  .  .  .  Esin  Atil 
Head  Conservator,  Technical 

Laboratory    W.  Thomas  Chase 

Research  Consultant,  Technical 

Laboratory    Rutherford  J.  Gettens 

Research  Assistant,  Far  Eastern 

Ceramics    Josephine  H.  Knapp 

Research  Assistant,  Herzfeld  Archives.  .  .  Joseph  M.  Upton 

Honorary  Associates  Richard  Edwards 

Calvin  French 


National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts 

Director   Joshua  C.  Taylor 

Assistant  Director   Robert  Tyler  Davis 

Administrative  Officer   George  W.  Riggs 

Curator,  Contemporary  Painting  and 

Sculpture   Adelyn  D.  Breeskin 

Associate  Curator,  18th-  and  19th- 
century  Painting  and  Sculpture.  . . .       William  H.  Truettner 

Curator,  Prints  and  Drawings  Janet  A.  Flint 

Curator,  Exhibition  and  Design   Harry  Lowe 

Administrator,  Renwick  Gallery  Lloyd  E.  Herman 

Curator  of  Education Darrel  L.  Sewell 

Coordinator  of  Research  Lois  M.  Fink 

Coordinator,   Bicentennial   Inventory 

of  American  Paintings Abigail  Booth 

Acting  Chief,  Smithsonian  Institution 

Traveling  Exhibition  Service Eileen  Rose 

Chief,  International  Art  Program   Lois  A.  Bingham 

Head,  Conservation  Laboratory, 

ncfa/npg   Charles  H.  Olin 

Registrar    Elisabeth  Strassmann 

Editor,  Office  of  Publication Georgia  M.  Rhoades 

Head  Librarian,  ncfa/npg   William  B.  Walker 

Public  Affairs  Officer  Benjamin  Ruhe 

Supervisory   Photographer,   ncfa/npg...        Lowell  A.  Kenyon 
National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts 

Commission     Thomas  C.  Howe,  Chairman 

H.  Page  Cross,  Vice  Chairman 
S.  Dillon  Ripley,  Secretary 
Leonard  Bask  in 
William  A.  M.  Burden 
David  E.  Finlev 


441-283     O  -  71  -  11 


156 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 


National  Collection  of  Fine 

Arts  Commission— Continued 


Honorary   Members 


Martin  Friedman 
Lloyd  Goodrich 
Walker  Hancock 
Bartlett  H.  Hayes,  Jr. 
August  Heckscher 
Wilmarth  S.  Lewis 
Henry  P.  Mcllhenny 
Robert  Motherwell 
Ogden  M.  Pleissner 
Charles  H.  Sawyer 
Mrs.  Otto  L.  Spaeth 
George  B.  Tatum 
Otto  Wittmann 
Alexander  Wetmore 
Leonard  Carmichael 
Gilmore  D.  Clarke 
Paul  Mellon 
Stow  Wengenroth 
Andrew  Wyeth 


National  Portrait  Galley 


Director   Marvin  S.  Sadik 

Assistant  to  the  Director Douglas  E.  Evelyn 

Historian   Beverly  J.  Cox 

Curator    Robert  G.  Stewart 

Assistant  Curator Monroe  Fabian 

Keeper  of  the  Catalogue Wilford  P.  Cole 

Senior  Research  Assistant  Mona  Dearborn 

Curator  of  Education  James  R.  Vivian  III  29 

Assistant  Curator  of  Education  Robert  N.  Works  30 

Chief,  Exhibits  Department  James  J.  Shelton  31 

Assistant  Chief,  Exhibits  Department.  .  .       J.  Michael  Carrigan  32 

Librarian   (npg-ncfa)    William  B.  Walker 

Conservator  (npg-ncfa)    Charles  H.  Olin 

Registrar    Jon  D.  Freshour 

npg   Commission    John  Nicholas  Brown,  Chairman 

Whitfield  J.  Bell,  Jr. 
Catherine  Drinker  Bowen 
Lewis  Deschler 
David  E.  Finley 
Wilmarth  S.  Lewis 
Edgar  P.  Richardson 


29  Appointed  17  August  1970. 

30  Appointed  17  August  1970. 

31  Appointed  19  January  1970. 

32  Appointed  3  January  1971. 


APPENDIX  4.  STAFF  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 


157 


npg  Commission— Continued 


Ex  officio 


Andrew  Oliver 

Jules  D.  Prown 

Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States 

Secretary,  Smithsonian  Institution 

Director,  National  Gallery  of  Art 


Joseph  H.  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden 

Director   Abram  Lerner 

Administrative  Officer   Joseph  Sefekar 

Associate  Curator   Cynthia  Jaffee  McCabe 

Assistant   Curator    Inez  Garson 

Historian   Frances  R.  Weitzenhoffer 

Acting  Registrar   Sandra  L.  Pearson 

Associate  Registrars    James  J.  Elias 

Frank  B.  Gettings 


Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  of  Decorative  Arts  and  Design 

Director   Lisa  Suter  Taylor 

Administrator     Christian  Rohlfing 

Curator  of  Textiles Alice  Baldwin  Beer 

Curator  of  Drawings  and  Prints Elaine  Evans  Dee 

Associate  Curator  of  Decorative  Arts.  . .  .  Janet  Thorpe 

Librarian     Edith  Adams 

Registrar    Mary  F.  Blackwelder 


National  Armed  Forces  Museum  Advisory  Board 


Director    John  H.  Magruder  III 

Assistant  Director   James  S.  Hutchins 

Administrative  Officer   Miriam  H.  Uretz 

Collections     John  M.  Elliott 

Historian   James  J.  Stokesberry 

Registrar    Lorene  B.  Mayo 

Advisory  Board   The  Honorable  John  Nicholas 

Brown,  Chairman 
The  Honorable  Earl  Warren 
Secretary  of  Army 
Secretary  of  Navy 
Secretary  of  Air  Force 
Leiutenant  General  Milton  G.  Baker, 

Retired 
Robert  C.  Baker 
The  Honorable  Alexander  P. 

Butterfield 
William  H.  Perkins,  Jr. 


158  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Advisory  Board— Continued 

Ex  officio   Secretary  of  Defense 

Secretary,  Smithsonian  Institution 

Woodrow  Wilson  International  Center  for  Scholars 

Director   Benjamin  H.  Read 

Deputy   Director   Albert  Meisel 

Joseph  Henry  Papers 

Editor     Nathan  Reingold 

Assistant  Editor Arthur  P.  Molella 

Staff  Historian   James  M.  Hobbins 

Office  of  American  Studies 

Director   Wilcomb  E.  Washburn 

Specialist  in  American  Studies Harold  K.  Skramstad 

Office  of  Academic  Studies 

Executive  Officer   Edward  S.  Davidson 

Program  Officer  Gretchen  Gayle 

Smithsonian  Institution  Archives 

Archivist    Richard  H.  Lytle 

Assistant  Archivist    Donald  Danuloff 

Assistant  Archivist    James  Steed 

Office  of  Seminars 

Director    Wilton  S.  Dillon 

Administrative  Assistant   Dorothy  Richardson 

Conference  Specialist   Stephany  Knight 

Assistant     Frances  Miller 

Special  Museum  Programs 

Director  General  of  Museums Frank  A.  Taylor  33 

33  Retired  23  January  1971. 


APPENDIX  4.  STAFF  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  159 

Office  of  Museum  Programs 

Director   Peter  C.  Welsh 

Assistant  to  the  Director Katherine  Goldman 

Research   Assistant    Jean  H.  Eisenberg 

Research  Associate   Frank  A.  Taylor 


Office  of  Exhibits  Programs 

Director   John  E.  Anglim 

Deputy  Director   James  A.  Mahoney 

Deputy  Director   Benjamin  W.  Lawless 

Chief  of  Design   Richard  S.  Virgo 

Assistant  Chief  of  Design   William  F.  Haase 

Chief  of  Production   Harry  T.  Hart 

Assistant  Chief  of  Production   Eugene  F.  Behlen 

Exhibits  Labels  Editor Constance  Minkin 


Conservation-Analytical  Laboratory 

Chief    Robert  M.  Organ 

Research  Chemist   Jacqueline  S.  Olin 


Office  of  the  Registrar 

Registrar    Helena  M.  Weiss 

Assistant  Registrar   William  P.  Haynes 


Smithsonian  Institution  Libraries 

Director  of  Libraries   Russell  Shank 

Special  Assistant  to  the  Director  of 

Libraries  for  Science  Programs  ....  Jean  C.  Smith 

Bibliographer  in  the  History  of 

Science    Jack  S.  Goodwin 

Library  of  Congress  Liaison  Librarian  Ruth  E.  Blanchard 

Assistant  to  the  Director Dan  O.  Clemmer,  Jr.34 

Assistant  Director  of  Libraries   Mary  A.  Huffer 

Assistant  to  the  Assistant  Director  .  . .  Peter  A.  Geiger33 

Administrative  Librarian    Thomas  L.  Wilding 

Administrative  Assistant   Mary  C.  Quinn 


34  Appointed  12  July  1970. 

33  Appointed  8  September  1970. 


160 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 


Acquisitions  Division 

Chief     L.  Frances  Jones 

Assistant  Chief Mildred  D.  Raitt 

Serials  Librarian   Edna  S.  Suber 

Gift  and  Exchange  Librarian Mary  Clare  Cahill  36 

Special  Assistant  assigned  to 

Acquisitions    Mary  L.  Horgan 

Catalog  Division 

Chief     Vija  L.  Karklins 

Assistant  Chief Bertha  S.  Sohn 

Catalogers    Angeline  D.  Ashford 

Charles  H.  King 
Helen  S.  Nordberg  37 
Cynthia  P.  Rupp  38 
Margaret  A.  Sealor 
Carol  L.  Wohlford  39 
General  Reference  Service  Division 

Chief    Jack  F.  Marquardt 

Assistant  Chief A.  James  Spohn 

Reference  Librarian  Sue  Y.  Chen  40 

Branch  Librarians 

Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  of  Decorative 

Arts  and  Design Edith  E.  Adams 

Department  of  Botany Ruth  F.  Schallert 

Freer  Gallery  of  Art Priscilla  P.  Smith 

Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture 

Garden     Anna  M.  Brooke 41 

National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts  and 

National  Portrait  Gallery  William  B.  Walker 

National  Museum  of  History  and 

Technology   Frank  A.  Pietropaoli 

Smithsonian  Astrophysical 

Observatory     Jovce  M«  ReY 

Smithsonian  Tropical  Research 

Institute     Alcira  Mejia 

Woodrow  Wilson  International 

Center  for  Scholars Mary  Anglemeyer 

Branch  Library  Reference  Staff 
National  Museum  of  History  and 

Technology   Charles  G.  Berger 

National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts  and 

National  Portrait  Gallery  Aleita  A.  Hogenson  42 


36  Appointed  23  August  1970. 

37  Appointed  12  July  1970. 

38  Resigned  6  March  1971. 

39  Appointed  18  April  1971. 
^Resigned  29  May  1971. 

41  Appointed  26  April  1971 . 

42  Retired  29  May  1971. 


APPENDIX  4.  STAFF  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  161 

International  Exchange  Service 

Director   Jeremiah  A.  Collins 

Assistant  Director   John  E.  Estes 

Public  Service  and  Information  Activities 

Assistant  Secretary    William  W.  Warner 

Deputy  Assistant  Secretary  Robert  W.  Mason 

Special  Assistant    Julian  T.  Euell 

Smithsonian  Associates 

Program  Director   Susan  Hamilton 

Business  Manager   Marlin  C  Johnson 

Special  Events  Assistant Carolyn  Amundson 

Subscription  Assistant   Carolyn  A.  Hecker 

Office  of  Public  Affairs 

Director   Frederic  M.  Phillips 

Special  Assistant  to  the  Director Jewell  S.  Dulaney 

News     Mary  M.  Krug 

Radio  Smithsonian   Cynthia  Helms 

Motion  Picture  Unit John  O'Toole 

Publications    William  O.  Craig 

Manager,  Community  Directory 

of  Interests   Alicia  R.  Fisher 

Office  of  International  Activities 

Director   David  Challinor  43 

Acting  Director   Kennedy  B.  Schmertz  M 

Assistant  Director   Michael  Huxley  45 

Foreign  Currency  Program 

Director   Kennedy  B.  Schmertz 

Deputy   Director    Kenneth  D.  Whitehead 

Program  Officer  Richard  T.  Conroy 

Grants  Technical  Assistants Betty  J.  Wingfield 

Harriette  Hughes46 

Administrative  Assistant  Paula  Ullman  47 

43  Transferred  11  January  1971. 

44  Appointed  11  January  1971. 

45  Transferred  11  January  1971. 

46  Appointed  16  February  1971. 

47  Transferred  11  January  1971. 


162  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Division  of  Performing  Arts 

Director   James  R.  Morris 

Deputy  Director Richard  P.  Lusher 

Director,  Festival  of  American  Folklife.  .  Ralph  C.  Rinzler 
Administrator,  Festival  of  American 

Folklife     Carol  Fraser 

Operations  Officer Ruri  Kesa  Sakai 

Planning  Officer Marian  A.  Hope 

Indian  Programs  Clydia  D.  Nahwooksy 

Acting  Director,  Touring  Performances.  Mary  E.  Carrington 

Manager,  Box  Office Harry  Bagdasian 

House  Manager,  Puppet  Theatre Sue  Hockenberry 


Smithsonian  Museum  Shops 

Acting  Director   Jonn  E.  Skuce 

Administrative  Officer Martha  L.  Wilson 

Sales   Manager   Lillian  R.  Cutler 

Book  Shops  Manager  Florence  R.  Lloyd 


Belmont  Conference  Center 

Director   Joanne  S.  Baker 


Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum 

Director   Jonn  R-  Kinard 

Assistant  Director   Zora  B.  Martin 

Research  and  Design  Coordinator Larry  Erskine  Thomas 

Exhibit  Specialist    James  E.  Mayo 

Program  Analyst,  Center  for  Anacostia 

Studies    Jonn  F.  Bradshaw 

Assistant  to  the  Director  for  Special 

Projects    Balcha  Fellows 


Smithsonian  (magazine) 

Editor Edward  K.  Thompson 

Members,  Board  of  Editors Ralph  Backlund 

Grayce  P.  Northcross 
James  K.  Page,  Jr.48 
Edwards  Park 
General    Manager    Joseph  Bonsignore 

48  Effective  26  October  1970. 


APPENDIX  4.  STAFF  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  163 

Advertising   Director Thomas  H.  Black 

Circulation-Promotion   Director    Anne  Keating 

Smithsonian  Institution  Press 

Director    Gordon  Hubel  49 

Managing  Editor Roger  Pineau 

Managing  Designer Stephen  Kraft 

Promotion  Manager  Maureen  R.  Jacoby 

Business  Manager   Eileen  M.  McCarthy 

Series  Production  Manager Charles  L.  Shaffer 

Editors   Mary  Frances  Bell 

Ernest  E.  Biebighauser 

Louise  J.  Heskett 

Joan  B.  Horn 

Mary  M.  Ingraham 

John  S.  Lea 

Nancy  L.  Powars 

Albert  L.  Ruffin,  Jr. 

Jane  W.  Sieverts 

Writer-Editor   Hope  G.  Pantell  50 

Designers    Crimilda  Pontes 

Elizabeth  Sur 


Reading  Is  Fundamental 

Executive  Director   Jerrold  Sandler 

Assistant  Director   Barbara  B.  Atkinson 


Division  of  Elementary  and  Secondary  Education 

Acting  Director   J°nn  W.  Bingham  51 

Staff  Associates David  Estabrook  (Technology) 

Jane  Farmer  (Art  History) 
Robert  Harding  (History) 
Samuel  Rizzetta  (Biology) 
Coordinator,  Volunteer  Programs Joan  C.  Madden 


National  Gallery  of  Art 

Board  of  Trustees The  Chief  Justice  of  the  United 

States,  Warren  G.  Burger, 
Chairman 


49  Appointed  1  November  1970. 

50  Effective  16  April  1971. 

51  Effective  15  February  1971. 


164  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Board  of  Trustees— Continued  The  Secretary  of  State,  William  P. 

Rogers 
The  Secretary  of  the  Treasury, 

John  M.  Connally 
The  Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian 
Institution,  S.  Dillon  Ripley, 
ex  officio 

General  Trustees Paul  Mellon 

John  Hay  Whitney 
Dr.  Franklin  D.  Murphy 
Lessing  J.  Rosenwald 
Stoddard  M.  Stevens 

President    Paul  Mellon 

Vice  President    Jonn  Hay  Whitney 

Director   J.  Carter  Brown 

Secretary  and  General  Counsel E.  James  Adams 

Assistant  Director   Charles  Parkhurst 

Treasurer    Lloyd  D.  Hayes 

Administrator     Joseph  G.  English 

Senior  Curator  and  Curator  of 

American  Painting   William  P.  Campbell 

Planning  Consultant    David  W.  Scott 

Construction  Manager   Robert  C.  Engle 

Assistant  to  the  Administrator, 

Personnel  and  Administration Charles  B.  Walstrom 

Assistant  to  the  Administrator, 

Extension  Services W.  Howard  Adams 

Assistant  to  the  Director,  Music Richard  Bales 

Assistant   Treasurer    James  W.  Woodard 

Assistant  to  the  Administrator, 

Scientific  and  Technical   Sterling  P.  Eagleton 

Curator  of  Exhibitions  and  Loans Grose  Evans 

Curator  of  Paintings   H.  Lester  Cooke 

Editor     Theodore  S.  Amussen 

Curator  of  Education Margaret  Bouton 

Research  Curator    Konrad  Oberhuber 


John  F.  Kennedy  Center  for  the  Performing  Arts 

Chairman    Roger  L.  Stevens 

Vice  Chairmen  Robert  O.  Anderson 

Harry  C.  McPherson,  Jr. 

Charles  H.  Percy 

General  Counsel    Ralph  E.  Becker 

Secretary    K.  LeMoyne  Billings 

Treasurer     Robert  G.  Baker 

General  Director  William  McC.  Blair,  Jr. 

Deputy  General  Director  and 

Assistant  Secretary-Treasurer Philip  J.  Mullin 

Music  Director Julius  Rudel 


APPENDIX  4.  STAFF  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  165 

Artistic  Administrator   George  London 

General  Manager  of  Theaters  J.  Charles  Gilbert 

Director  of  Development Robert  M.  Long 

Director  of  Education   Norman  L.  Fagan 

Director  of  Publicity  and  Promotion Michael  Sean  O'Shea 

Assistant  Treasurers  John  L.  Bryant 

Kenneth  Birgfeld 

Paul  J.  Bisset 

L.  Parker  Harrell,  Jr. 

Executive  Director  for  Engineering William  A.  Schmidt 

Project  Manager   Walter  E.  Huber 

Honorary  Chairmen  Mrs.  Richard  M.  Nixon 

Mrs.  Lyndon  B.  Johnson 
Mrs.  Aristotle  Onassis 
Mrs.  Dwight  D.  Eisenhower 
Treasurer  Emeritus    Daniel  W.  Bell 


Appendix  5 


PUBLICATIONS 

OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  PRESS 

IN  FISCAL  YEAR  1971 

Research  in  Art,  History,  and  Science 
Non-Series  Publications 

Eisenberg,  J.  F.,  and  Wilton  S.  Dillon,  editors.  Man  and  Beast:  Comparative 
Social  Behavior.  401  pages,  29  figures,  3  tables.  18  June  1971.  Cloth,  $11.50. 

Green,  Constance  McLaughlin,  and  Milton  Lomask.  Vanguard:  A  History.  Fore- 
word by  Charles  A.  Lindbergh,  xviii  -f  309  pages,  46  illustrations,  3  tables. 
27  April  1971.  Cloth,  $12.50. 

Scheele,  Carl  H.  A  Short  History  of  the  Mail  Service.  250  pages,  14  figures,  13 
tables.  Originally  published  15  March  1970,  reissued  January  1971.  Cloth,  $6.95. 

Stewart,  T.  D.,  editor.  Personal  Identification  in  Mass  Disasters.  158  pages,  40 
figures,  59  tables.  16  October  1970.  Cloth. 

Stites,  Raymond  S.  The  Sublimations  of  Leonardo  da  Vinci,  x  -+-  422  pages, 
311  illustrations.  1  December  1970.  Cloth,  $14.95. 

Swanton,  John  R.  The  Indian  Tribes  of  North  America,  vi  -\-  726  pages,  5  maps. 
Bureau  of  American  Ethnology  Bulletin  145,  originally  published  1952,  reis- 
sued 15  April  1969,  reprinted  January  1971.  Cloth,  $16.50. 

Smithsonian  Annals  of  Flight 

4.  C.  Fayette  Taylor.  "Aircraft  Propulsion:  A  Review  of  the  Evolution  of  Air- 
craft Piston  Engines."  viii  -f  135  pages,  72  figures.  29  January  1971. 

6.  Robert  B.  Meyer,  Jr.,  editor.  "Langley's  Aero  Engine  of  1903."  xi  -f  193 
pages,  44  figures.  30  March  1971. 

Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Astrophysics 

12.  Bertil-Anders  Lindblad.  "Two  Computerized  Stream  Searches  Among  Me- 
teor Orbits:  1.  Among  865  Precise  Photographic  Orbits;  2.  Among  2401 
Photographic  Orbits."  24  pages,  4  figures,  14  tables.  23  June  1971. 

13.  Cecilia  H.  Payne-Gaposchkin.  "The  Variable  Stars  of  the  Large  Magellanic 
Cloud."  41  pages,  13  tables.  3  June  1971. 

166 


APPENDIX  5.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  PRESS  167 

Smithsonian  Contributions  to  the  Earth  Sciences 

1.  George  Switzer  and  William  G.  Melson.  "Partially  Melted  Kyanite  Eclogite 
from  the  Roberts  Victor  Mine,  South  Africa."  9  pages,  5  figures,  6  tables. 

15  April  1969.  [Not  reported  in  1970.] 

2.  Paul  A.  Mohr.  "Catalog  of  Chemical  Analyses  of  Rocks  from  the  Inter- 
section of  the  African,  Gulf  of  Aden,  and  Red  Sea  Rift  Systems."  271  pages. 

16  December  1970. 

3.  Brian  Mason  and  A.  L.  Graham.  "Minor  and  Trace  Elements  in  Meteoritic 
Minerals."  17  pages,  1  figure,  17  tables.  17  September  1970. 

4.  William  G.  Melson,  Eugene  Jarosewich,  and  Charles  A.  Lundquist.  "Vol- 
canic Eruption  at  Metis  Shoal,  Tonga,  1967-1968:  Description  and  Petrology." 
18  pages,  13  figures,  3  tables.  16  October  1970. 

5.  Roy  S.  Clarke,  Jr.,  Eugene  Jarosewich,  Brian  Mason,  Joseph  Nelen,  Manuel 
Gomez,  and  Jack  R.  Hyde.  "The  Allende,  Mexico,  Meteorite  Shower."  53 
pages,  36  figures,  6  tables.  17  February  1971. 

6.  Daniel  J.  Stanley  and  Noel  P.  James.  "Distribution  of  Echinarachnius  parma 
(Lamarck)  and  Associated  Fauna  on  Sable  Island  Bank,  Southeast  Canada." 
24  pages,  8  figures,  6  plates,  1  table.  27  April  1971. 

Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Paleobiology 

3.  J.  Thomas  Dutro,  Jr.,  editor.  "Paleozoic  Perspectives:  A  Paleontological 
Tribute  to  G.  Arthur  Cooper."  390  pages,  illustrated.  22  February  1971. 

5.  Arthur  D.  Watt.  "Catalog  of  the  Illustrated  Paleozoic  Plant  Specimens  in 
the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History."  53  pages.  17  September  1970. 

Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Zoology 

38.     Roger  F.  Cressey.     "Copepods  Parasitic  on  Sharks  from  the  West  Coast  of 

Florida."  30  pages,  110  figures,  1  table.  30  December  1970. 
43.     Norman  Marston.     "Revision  of  New  World  Species  of  Anthrax  (Diptera: 

Bombyliidae),   Other   than    the   Anthrax   albofasciatus   Group."    148   pages, 

135  figures,  6  plates,  27  maps.  6  July  1970. 
45.     Charles  P.  Alexander.     "Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian  Biological  Survey  of 

Dominica:  The  Crane  Flies  (Diptera:   Tipulidae)."  59  pages,  68  figures.  17 

September  1970. 
49.     W.    D.    Williams.     "A    Revision    of    North    American    Epigean    Species    of 

Asellus  (Crustacea:  Isopoda)."  80  pages,  57  figures,  5  tables,  31  December  1970. 

51.  Dennis  M.  Devaney.  "Studies  on  Ophiocomid  Brittlestars.  I.  A  New  Genus 
(Clarkcoma)  of  Ophiocominae  with  a  Reevaluation  of  the  Genus  Ophio- 
coma."  41  pages,  50  figures,  5  tables.  2  December  1970. 

52.  Marian  H.  Pettibone.  "Revision  of  the  Genus  Enthalenessa  Darboux 
(Polychaeta:  Sigalionidae)."  30  pages,  16  figures.  16  July  1970. 

53.  Marian  H.  Pettibone.  "Revision  of  Some  Species  Referred  to  Leanira  Kin- 
berg.  (Polychaeta:  Sigalionidae)."  25  pages,  12  figures.  6  August  1970. 


168  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

54.  Arthur  G.  Humes  and  Ju-Shey  Ho.  "Cyclopoid  Copepods  of  the  Genus 
Pseudanthessius  Associated  with  Crinoids  in  Madagascar."  20  pages,  90 
figures,  1  table.  16  July  1970. 

55.  Ellsworth  H.  Wheeler,  Jr.  "Atlantic  Deep-Sea  Calinoid  Copepoda."  31 
pages,  109  figures,  4  tables.  18  August  1970. 

56.  J.  F.  Gates  Clarke.  "The  Lepidoptera  of  Rapa  Island."  282  pages,  175 
figures,  29  plates.  11  June  1971. 

57.  Doris  H.  Blake.  "A  Review  of  the  Beetles  of  the  Genus  Metachroma 
Chevrolat  (Coleoptera:  Chrysomelidae)."  Ill  pages,  175  figures.  31  Decem- 
ber 1970. 

59.  Ernest  A.  Lachner,  C.  Richard  Robins,  and  Walter  R.  Courtenay,  Jr. 
"Exotic  Fishes  and  Other  Aquatic  Organisms  Introduced  into  North  Amer- 
ica." 29  pages,  4  figures,  1  table.  30  September  1970. 

60.  Oliver  S.  Flint,  Jr.  "Studies  of  Neotropical  Caddisflies,  X:  Leucotrichia 
and  Related  Genera  from  North  and  Central  America  (Trichoptera: 
Hydroptilidae).  "  64  pages,  249  figures.  21  October  1970. 

61.  J.  Laurens  Barnard.  "Gammaridean  Amphipoda  from  a  Deep-Sea  Transect 
off  Oregon."  86  pages,  48  figures,  1  table.  4  January  1971. 

62.  William  L.  Peters.  "A  Revision  of  the  Leptophlebiidae  of  the  West  Indies 
(Ephemeroptera)."  48  pages,  212  figures,   1   table.  10  March   1971. 

64.  Maureen  E.  Downey.  "Zorocallida,  New  Order,  and  Doraster  constellatus, 
New  Genus  and  Species,  with  Notes  on  the  Zoroasteridae  (Echinodermata: 
Asteroidea)."  18  pages,  11  figures,  2  tables.  30  July  1970. 

65.  Michael  H.  Robinson  and  Jose  Olazarri.  "Units  of  Behavior  and  Complex 
Sequences  in  the  Predatory  Behavior  of  Argiope  argentata  (Fabricius): 
(Araneae:  Araneidae)."  36  pages,  15  figures,  3  tables.  21  May  1971. 

66.  Peter  W.  Glynn.  "On  the  Ecology  of  the  Caribbean  Chitons  Acanthopleura 
granulata  Gmelin  and  Chiton  tuberculatus  Linne:  Density,  Mortality,  Feed- 
ing, Reproduction,  and  Growth."  21  pages,  10  figures,  9  tables.  16  October 
1970. 

67.  Maurice  T.  James.  "A  Partial  Revision  of  the  Oriental  Isotnyia  of  the 
Viridaurea  Group  (Diptera:  Calliphoridae).  14  pages,  1  figure.  17  September 
1970. 

68.  D.  L.  Deonier.  "A  Systematic  and  Ecological  Study  of  Nearctic  Hydrelli/i 
(Diptera:  Ephydridae)."  147  pages,  142  figures,  2  tables.  11  May  1971. 

69.  James  A.  Peters.  "Biostatistical  Programs  in  BASIC  Language  for  Time- 
Shared  Computers:  Coordinated  with  the  Book  'Quantitative  Zoology.'  " 
46  pages.  10  March  1971. 

70.  T.  J.  Spilman.  "Bredin-Archbold-Sniithsonian  Biological  Survey  of  Do- 
minica: Bostrichidae,  Inopeplidae,  Lagriidae,  Lyctidae,  Lymexylonidae, 
Melandryidae,  Monommidae,  Rhipiceridae,  and  Rhipiphoridae  (Coleoptera). 
10  pages,  7  figures,  1   table.  4  January  1971. 

71.  Raymond  B.  Manning.  "Keys  to  the  Species  of  Oratosquilla  (Crustacea: 
Stomatopoda),  with  Descriptions  of  Two  New  Species."  16  pages,  4  figures. 
14  January  1971. 

72.  Victor  G.  Springer.  "Revision  of  the  Fish  Genus  Ecsenius  (Blenniidae. 
Blenniinae,  Salariini)."  74  pages,  36  figures,  18  tables.  30  March  1971. 

73.  William  F.  Smith-Vaniz  and  Victor  G.  Springer.  "Synopsis  of  the  Tribe 
Salariini,  with  Description  of  Five  New  Genera  and  Three  New  Species 
(Pisces:  Blenniidae)."  72  Pages,  51  figures,  6  tables.  30  March  1971. 


APPENDIX  5.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  PRESS  169 

74.  James  F.  Greene.  "A  Revision  of  the  Nearctic  Species  of  the  Genus  Psam- 
motettix  (Homoptera:  Cicadellidae)."  40  pages,  23  figures.  25  May  1971. 

75.  James  A.  Blake.  "Revision  of  the  Genus  Polydora  from  the  East  Coast 
of  North  America  (Polychaeta:  Spionidae)."  32  pages,  16  figures,  1  table. 
5  February  1971. 

77.  Klaus  Riitzler.  "Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian  Biological  Survey  of  Do- 
minica: Burrowing  Sponges,  Genus  Siphonodictyon  Bergquist,  from  the 
Caribbean."  37  pages,  11  figures,  9  plates,  2  tables.  24  February  1971. 

78.  Neil  C.  Hulings  and  John  S.  Gray,  editors.  "A  Manual  for  the  Study  of 
Meiofauna."  83  pages,  13  figures,  1   table.  28  April  1971. 

79.  Isabel  Perez  Farfante.  "Western  Atlantic  Shrimps  of  the  Genus  Meta- 
penaeopsis  (Crustacea,  Decapoda,  Penaeidae),  with  Descriptions  of  Three 
New  Species."  37  pages,  22  figures,  1  table.  10  March  1971. 

80.  Roman  Kenk.  "Freshwater  Triclads  (Turbellaria)  of  North  America,  IV: 
The  Polypharyngeal  Species  of  Phagocata.  17  pages,  9  figures.  30  December 
1970. 

82.  A.  J.  Bruce.  "Pontoniinid  Shrimps  from  the  Ninth  Cruise  of  R/V  Anton 
Bruun,  IIOE,  1964:  I.  Palaemonella  Dana  and  Periclimenes  Costa."  13  pages, 
1  figure,  1  table.  7  April  1971. 

83.  George  R.  Zug.  "The  Distribution  and  Patterns  of  the  Major  Arteries  of 
the  Iguanids  and  Comments  on  the  Intergeneric  Relationships  of  Iguanids 
(Reptilia:  Lacertilia)."  23  pages,  15  figures,  3  tables.  7  April  1971. 

86.  Robert  D.  Gordon.  "A  Revision  of  the  Genus  Zenoria  Mulsant  (Coleop- 
tera:  Coccinellidae)."  22  pages,  85  figures.  20  January  1971. 

88.  Eve  C.  Southward.  "Pogonophora  of  the  Northwest  Atlantic:  Nova  Scotia 
to  Florida."  29  pages,  12  figures,  3  tables.  10  May  1971. 

89.  Raymond  B.  Manning  and  Fenner  A.  Chace,  Jr.  "Shrimps  of  the  Family 
Processidae  from  the  Northwestern  Atlantic  Ocean  (Crustacea:  Decapoda: 
Caridea)."  41  pages,  20  figures.  21  May  1971. 

94.     William  H.  Anderson  and  Donald  M.  Anderson.      "Type  Specimens  in  the 

Hans  Eggers  Collection  of  Scolytid  Beetles  (Coleoptera)."  38  pages.  11   May 

1971. 
96.     Thomas   E.    Bowman.     "The    Distribution    of   Calanoid    Copepods   off    the 

Southeastern  United  States  Between  Cape  Hatteras  and  Southern  Florida." 

58  pages,  51  figures.  21  May  1971. 

Smithsonian  Studies  in  History  and  Technology 

4.  J.  Jefferson  Miller  II  and  Lyle  M.  Stone.  "Eighteenth-Century  Ceramics 
From  Fort  Michilimackinac."  ix  -j-  130  pages,  56  figures,  9  tables.  31  De- 
cember 1970. 

5.  Howard  I.  Chapelle  and  Leon  D.  Polland.  "The  Constellation  Question." 
152  pages,  53  figures.  30  October  1970. 

6.  George  E.  Hargest.  "History  of  Letter  Post  Communication  Between  the 
United  States  and  Europe,  1845-1875."  ix  -f  234  pages,  126  figures,  34 
tables.  10  February  1971. 

8.     John  T.  Fesperman.     "A  Snetzler  Chamber  Organ   of   1761."  56  pages,  20 

figures.  15  December  1970. 
10.     Robert    M.    Vogel.     "Roebling's    Delaware    &    Hudson    Canal    Aqueducts." 
45  pages,  57  figures.  26  April  1971. 


170  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

United  States  National  Museum  Bulletins 

288.     Doris  M.  Cochran  and  Coleman  J.  Coin.     "Frogs  of  Colombia."  xii  -j-  655 
pages,  55  figures,  68  plates.  6  July  1970. 


Public  Education 

Anacostia   Neighborhood   Museum.     Children's    Pamphlet.   8   pages,   illustrated. 

9  October  1970. 
The  Belford  99:  A  Private  Railroad  Car.     Foldout.  10  August  1970. 
Belmont:    The  Smithsonian  Institution's   Conference   Center.     8   pages,   6   illus- 
trations. Revised  11  January  1971. 
Bicentennial  Inventory   of  American  Paintings  Executed  before  1914.     Foldout. 

11  May  1971. 
Bicentennial    Park,    Smithsonian    Institution.     16    pages,    illustrated.    29    March 

1971. 
Black  Patriots  of  the  American  Rez>olution.     Pamphlet.  16  pages.  2  July  1970. 
Blue  Whale.     Folder.  Reprinted  25  March   1971. 

Breeskin,  Adelyn  D.     H.  Lyman  Say  en.    Foreword  by  Joshua  C.  Taylor.  Cata- 
log. 83  pages,  51  illustrations.  September  1970. 
Breeskin,   Adelyn    Dohme.     Mary    Cassatt:   A    Catalogue   Raisonne    of   the    Oils, 

Pastels,   Watercolors,  and  Drawings.   Catalog.   322  pages,  925   illustrations,    15 

color  plates.  10  November  1970.  Cloth,  $29.95. 
Breeskin,  Adelyn  D.     Romaine  Brooks,  "Thief  of  Souls."  Catalog.  143  pages,  83 

illustrations.  19  March  1971. 
The    Center   for   Anacostia    Studies.     Pamphlet,    6    pages,    illustrated.    30    April 

1971. 
Curtis,  L.  Perry,  Jr.     Apes  and  Angels:   The  Irishman   in   Victorian   Caricature. 

xi  -f  126  pages,  46  figures.  31  March  1971.  Cloth,  $6.95. 
D.  C.  Art  Association  Exhibition  '71.     Foreword   by  John   R.   Kinard.  Catalog. 

64  pages,  36  illustrations.  30  April  1971. 
Do  It  the  Hard  Way:  Rube  Goldberg  and  Modern   Times.     Foreword  by  Peter 

C.  Marzio;  essays  by  Daniel  J.  Boorstin,  Anne  C.  Golovin,  and  Rube  Goldberg. 

Catalog.  32  pages,  25  illustrations.  24  November  1970. 
The  Fitness  of  Man's  Environment.     Smithsonian   Annual   II.   Introduction  by 

Jennie  Lee;  foreword  by  Hubert  H.  Humphrey;  premise  by  S.  Dillon  Ripley. 

250   pages.   Originally   published   June   1968,   reprinted   January    1971.   Cloth, 

$6.50. 
The  Frederick   Douglass    Years:   A    Cultural  History   Exhibition.     46    pages,   40 

illustrations.  14  September  1970. 
"A  Glimmer  of  Their  Own  Beauty":  Black  Sounds  of  the   Twenties.  32  pages, 

43  illustrations.  June  1971. 
The  Grumman  G-22,  "Gulf hawk  II."  Folder.  8  April  1971. 
The  Hall  of  American  Maritime  Enterprise:  A  Proposal  for  a  New  Exhibit  Hall 

for  the  National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology,  Smithsonian  Institution, 

in  Washington,  D.C.     Catalog.  11  pages,  illustrated.  21  May  1971. 
The  Hand  of  Man  on  America.     Foreword   by   David   Haberstich;   photographs 

by   David   Plowden;   acknowledgments  by   Dorothy   T.   Van   Arsdale.  Catalog. 

85  pages,  76  illustrations.   10  November  1970. 


APPENDIX  5.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  PRESS  171 

History   of   Science  and    Technology    at   the   Smithsonian   Institution.     Foldout. 

17  December  1970. 
James  Weldon  Johnson  (1871-1938).     14  pages,  16  illustrations.  May  1971. 
Jasper  F.  Cropsey,  1823-1900.     Foreword  by  Joshua  C.  Taylor;  essay  by  William 

S.  Talbott.  Catalog.  114  pages,  65  black  and  white  illustrations,  2  color  plates. 

23  October  1970.  Leaflet.  14  July  1970. 
John  Muir,  1838-19U.     16  pages,  16  illustrations.  26  March  1971. 
The  Life  Portraits  of  John  Qiiincy  Adams.     Introduction  by  Marvin  Sadik.  Cata- 
log. 112  pages,  47  illustrations.  September  1970.  Folder  30  October  1970. 
Moments:  A    Photographic  Exhibit.     Foreword   by  John    R.   Kinard.    16   pages, 

illustrated.  21   November   1970. 
Music  Machines:  American  Style.     Foldout.  5  April  1971. 
Napier,  John.     The  Roots  of  Mankind,  xi   -|-   240  pages,  30  figures,  20  plates, 

13  tables.  16  October  1970.  Cloth,  $6.95. 
Open  House  for  Teachers.     Announcement.  23  October  1970. 
Opportunities  in   Oceanography.     32  pages,  44   illustrations.  Revised   24   March 

1971.  Paper  $1.25. 
The  Pan-American  Goodwill  Flight  of  1926-1927.     Foldout.  7  April  1971. 
Plans  for  Making  an  Early  American  Loom.     Folder.  9   November   1970. 
Preparation    of   Illustrations   for   Smithsonian    Contributiojis   to   Botany,   Paleo- 
biology, Earth  Sciences,  Zoology.     5  pages,  illustrated.  28  September  1970. 
Scheele,  Carl  H.     Neither  Snozu,  Nor  Rain  .  .  .  :  The  Story  of  the  United  States 

Mails.  99  pages,  85  illustrations.  9  September  1970. 
Sharrer,  George  Terry.     George   Washington   Carver.  Foldout.   19  October  1970. 
Smithsonian  Institution.     Foldout.   In   English    19  January   1971.   In   French    18 

June  1971.  In  Spanish  18  June  1971. 
Smithsonian    Institution    Seminar    Series    in    Paleopathology,    1971.     Folder.    10 

November  1970. 
Stewart,  Robert  G.     Henry   Benbridge  (1743-1812):  American   Portrait   Painter. 

Catalog.  93  pages,  121   figures.  26  March   1971.  Foldout   1   April   1971.   Poster 

8  April  1971. 
Tiger  Talk.     Booklet.     10  pages.  6  October  1970. 
.  .  .  Toward  Freedom.     Catalog.     28  pages,  illustrated.  15  January  1971.  Foldout 

8  January  1971. 
Wessel,    Thomas    R.     The   Honey    Bee.    Smithsonian    Information    Leaflet    482 

(1967).  15  pages,  5  figures.  Revised  17  June  1971. 
Woodrow    Wilson    International    Center    for    Scholars,    1970-1971.     Booklet.    20 

pages,  illustrated.  6  August  1971. 
Woodroiv    Wilson    International    Center   For   Scholars.     Foldout.    30    November 

1970. 
The  Wright  Brothers.     Folder.  8  pages,  illustrated.  8  April  1971. 


Institutional  Publications 

Annual  Report  of  the  American  Historical  Association  for  the  Year  1969.     Vol- 
ume 1:  "Proceedings."  xviii  +  188  pages.  28  December  1970. 


441-283      O  -  71  -  12 


172  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Donors  to  the  National  Collections  and  Staff  Publications,  National  Museum  of 
History  and  Technology,  1  May  1969  through  30  April  1970.  26  pages.  25 
May  1971. 

Smithsonian  Year  1970:  Annual  Report  of  the  Smithsonian  Institutio?i  for  the 
Year  Ended  30  June  1970.  vi  4.  218  pages,  illustrated.  Publication  4766.  29 
January  1971. 

Smithsonian  Institution  Opportunities  for  Research  and  Advanced  Study,  1971— 
1972.  xvi  -j-  234  pages,  8  illustrations.  22  September  1970.  Separates  in  Anthro- 
pology, The  Humanities,  and  Physical  Sciences  issued  1  December  1970. 

Atoll  Research  Bulletins 

(Bound  in  one  volume) 

137.  Robert  L.  Folk  and  Augustus  S.  Cotera.  "Carbonate  Sand  Cays  of  Alacran 
Reef,  Yucatan,  Mexico:  Sediments."  16  pages,  10  figures.  16  February  1971. 

138.  Garrett  C.  Clough  and  George  Fulk.  "The  Vertebrate  Fauna  and  the 
Vegetation  of  East  Plana  Cay,  Bahama  Islands."  17  pages,  7  plates.  16 
February  1971. 

139.  W.  G.  D'Arcy.  "The  Island  of  Anegada  and  Its  Flora."  21  pages,  6  plates. 
16  February  1971. 

140.  Alan  J.  Kohn.  "Inshore  Marine  Habitats  of  Some  Continental  Islands  in 
the  Eastern  Indian  Ocean."  29  pages,  26  figures,  1  table.  16  February  1971. 

141.  C.  S.  Gopinadha  Pillai.  "The  Distribution  of  Shallow-water  Stony  Corals 
at  Minicoy  Atoll  in  the  Indian  Ocean  with  a  Check-list  of  Species."  12 
pages,  2  figures,  1   table.  16  February  1971. 

142.  S.  B.  Domm.  "The  Uninhabited  Cays  of  the  Capricorn  Group,  Great 
Barrief  Reef,  Australia,"  27  pages,  10  figures,  24  plates.  16  February  1971. 

143.  S.  B.  Domm.  "The  Safe  Use  of  Open  Boats  in  the  Coral  Reef  Environ- 
ment." 10  pages.  16  February  1971. 

144.  Roger  B.  Clapp  and  Fred  C.  Sibley.  "The  Vascular  Flora  and  Terrestrial 
Vertebrates  of  Vostok  Island,  South-Central  Pacific."  10  pages,  4  figures, 
2  tables.  16  February  1971. 

145.  Roger  B.  Clapp  and  Fred  C.  Sibley.  "Notes  on  the  Vascular  Flora  and 
Terrestrial  Vertebrates  of  Caroline  Atoll  Southern  Line  Islands."  18  pages, 
5  figures,   I   table.   16  February  1971. 

146.  A.  Binion  Amerson,  Jr.,  and  K.  C.  Emerson.  "Records  of  Mallophaga 
from  Pacific  Birds."  30  pages.  16  February  1971. 

147.  D.  R.  Stoddart.  "Rainfall  on  Indian  Ocean  Coral  Islands."  21  pages,  11 
figures,  3  tables.  16  February  1971. 

148.  "Island  News  and  Comment."     38  pages. 


Appendix  6 


PUBLICATIONS 

OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  STAFF 

IN  FISCAL  YEAR  1971 

National  Museum  of  Natural  History 
Department  of  Anthropology 

Angel,  J.  Lawrence.  Lerna:  A  Preclassical  Site  in  lite  Argolid,  volume  2:  The 
People.  American  School  of  Classical  Studies  at  Athens,  Princeton,  New  Jersey, 
and  Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  1971. 

Evans,  Clifford,  and  Betty  J.  Meggars.  "Archaeology:  South  America."  In 
Handbook  of  Latin  American  Studies,  number  31,  pages  68-94.  Gainesville: 
University  of  Florida  Press,  1970. 

Gibson,  Bethune.  "Methods  of  Removing  White  and  Black  Deposits  from  An- 
cient Pottery."  Studies  in  Conservation,  volume  16,  number  1,  pages  18-23. 

Knez,  Eugene  I.,  and  A.  Gilbert  Wright.  "The  Museum  as  a  Communication 
System:  An  Assessment  of  Cameron's  Viewpoint,"  Curator,  volume  13,  number 
3,  pages  204-212.  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York. 

Meggers,  Betty  J.  Amazonia:  Man  and  Culture  in  a  Counterfeit  Paradise,  Chi- 
cago: Aldine-Atherton  Press,  1971. 

,  Translator.     The  Civilizational  Process  by  Darcy  Ribeiro.  xviii  -\-  201 

pages,  3  figures.  New  York:   Harper  Torchbooks,  Harper  and  Row,  1971. 

Meggers,  Betty  J.,  and  Clifford  Evans.  Como  Interpretar  a  Linguagem  da 
Cerctmica.  Translated  by  Alroino  B.  Eble  from  the  revised  text  of  Potsherd 
Language  [Multilith].  iv  -\-  111  pages,  28  figures.  Washington,  D.C.,  1970. 

Ortner,  D.  J.,  and  D.  W.  Von  Endt.  "Microscopic  and  Electron  Microprobe 
Characterization  of  the  Sclerotic  Lamellae  in  Human  Osteons.'*  Israel  Journal 
of  Medical  Science,  volume  7,  pages  480-482. 

Phebus,  George  E.,  Jr.  "Archeology:  Western  Hemisphere."  Americana  Annual 
(1971),  pages  99-100.  New  York. 

Stewart,  T.  D.  "The  Evolution  of  Man  in  Asia  as  Seen  in  the  Lower  Jaw." 
Proceedings  of  the  JTIIth  International  Congress  of  Anthropological  and  Eth- 
nological Sciences,  Tokyo  and  Kyoto,  1968,  volume  1,  pages  263-266,  1970. 

.  "Skin,  Hair  and  Eyes  [of  Middle  American  Indians],  A:  Introduc- 
tion." In  Handbook  of  Middle  American  Indians,  volume  9  edited  by  T.  D. 
Stewart,  pages  164-166.  Austin:    University  of  Texas  Press,   1970. 

"Skin,  Hair  and   Eyes  [of  Middle  American  Indians],  D:   Color  of 


Eyes  and  Skin."  In  Handbook  of  Middle  American  Indians,  volume  9  edited 
by  T.  D.  Stewart,  pages  184-191.  Austin:  University  of  Texas  Press,  1970. 

173 


174  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 
.     "Physical  Plasticity  and  Adaptation  [of  Middle  American  Indians]." 


In  Handbook  of  Middle  American  Indians,  volume  9  edited  by  T.  D.  Stewart, 
pages  192-202.  Austin:  University  of  Texas  Press,  1970. 
.     "Foreword."    In   Personal   Identification    in   Mass   Disasters,   edited 


by  T.  D.  Stewart,  pages  1-4.  Washington,  D.C.:  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  Smithsonian  Institution,  1970. 
.     "Identification  of  the  Scars  of  Parturition  in  the  Skeletal  Remains 


of  Females."  In  Personal  Identification  in  Mass  Disasters,  edited  by  T.  D. 
Stewart,  pages  127-135.  Washington,  D.C.:  National  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory, Smithsonian   Institution,    1970. 

'Selected    Bibliography    on    Personal    Identification."    In    Personal 


Identification  in  Mass  Disasters,  edited  by  T.  D.  Stewart,  pages  137-155.  Wash- 
ington, D.C.:  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Smithsonian  Institution, 
1970. 

"Report  on   the  Skeletal  Remains  from  the  St.  Jones  Adena  Site 


near  Lebanon,  Delaware."  Bulletin  Series  Delaware  State  Museum,  volume  2 
(1970),  46  pages. 

Sturtevant,  William  C.  "Agriculture  on  Artificial  Islands  in  Burma  and  Else- 
where." Proceedings  of  the  8th  International  Congress  of  Anthropological  and 
Ethnological  Sciences,  Tokyo  and  Kyoto,  1968,  volume  3,  pages  11-13,  1970. 

,    compiler.     "Early    Indian    Tribes,    Culture    Areas,    and    Linguistic 

Stocks."  Two  maps  on  pages  130-132  of  National  Atlas,  U.  S.  Geological  Sur- 
vey, Washington,  D.C.,  1971. 

.     Contributing  consultant  with  G.  Berreman  and  32  others.  Anthro- 


pology  Today.  Del  Mar,  California:  CRM  Books,   1971. 
Van  Beek,  Gus  W.,  and  A.  Jamme.     "The   Authenticity  of   the   Bethel  Stamp 

Seal."  Bulletin  of  the  American  Schools  of  Oriental  Research  199  (1970),  pages 

59-65. 
Von  Endt,  D.  W.,  and  J.  W.  Wheeler,  Jr.     "1-  Pentadecene  Production  in  Tri- 

bolium  Confusum."  Science,  volume  172  (1971),  pages  60-61. 
Wedel,  Waldo  R.     "Coronado's  Route  to  Quivira  1541."  Plains  Anthropologist, 

volume  15,  number  49  (1970),  pages  161-168. 
.     "Some  Observations  on   Two   House  Sites   in   the  Central   Plains: 

An   Experiment   in   Archaeology."   Nebraska  History,   volume   51,   number   2 

(1970),  pages  225-252. 
.     "Some   Environmental   and   Historical   Factors   of   the   Great   Bend 


Aspect."  In  Pleistocene  and  Recent  Environments  of  the  Great  Plains,  W. 
Dort,  Jr.,  and  J.  K.  Jones,  Jr.,  editors,  pages  131-140.  Lawrence,  Kansas:  Uni- 
versity of  Kansas  Press,  1970. 


Department  of  Botany 

Ayensu,  Edward  S.     "Analysis  of  the  Complex  Vascularity  in  Stems  of  Dioscorea 

composita."  Journal  of  the  Arnold  Arboretum,  volume  51,  number  2  (1970), 

pages  228-240. 
.     "Comparative  Anatomy  of  Dioscorea  rotundata  and  Dioscorea  cay- 

enensis."  In  New  Research  in  Plant  Anatomy,  edited  by  N.  K.  B.  Robson  et  al., 

pages  127-136.  Academic  Press,  1970. 
.     "Anatomy  and  Morphology  of  Tropical  Plants."  Advanced  Seminar 


APPENDIX  6.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  STAFF  175 

for  Tropical  Botany,  University  of  Miami,  Florida.  National  Science  Founda- 
tion-sponsored program,  June-July  1970. 
.     "Vascular    Architecture    of    Flowering    Plants    Especially    Mono- 


cotyledons." University  of  Maryland,  December  1970. 
.     "Comments  on  Old  and  New  World  Dioscoreas."  First  International 


Symposium  on  Dioscoreas.  Associacion  de  fabricantes  de  esteroides  A.C.  Mexico, 

October  1970. 
Cowan,  R.  S.     "Leguminosae/Caesalpinioideae."  In   Wiggins  and  Porter's  Flora 

of  the  Galapagos  Islands,  pages  600-608.  Stanford  University  Press,  May  1971. 
Cuatrecasas,  J.     "Una  nueva  Mirtacea  frutal  de  las  Costa  del  Pacifico."  Mutisia, 

volume  32  (1970),  pages  6-8. 
.     "Reinstatement    of    the    genus   Llerasia    (Compositae)."    Biotropica, 

volume  2,  number  1  (1970),  pages  39^5. 
.     "Brunelliaceae."  Monograph  number  2  of  Flora  Neotropica,  pages 


1-189.  1970. 

.     "Miscellaneous    Notes    on    Neotropical    Flora."   Phytologia,   volume 

20,  number  8  (1971),  pages  465-481. 

Ernst,  Wallace  R.,  and  Michael  F.  Baad.  "Two  New  Species  of  Lamourouxia 
(Scrophulariaceae)  in  Mexico."  Madrono,  volume  20  (1970),  pages  342-346. 

Eyde,  R.  H.  "Anatomy."  In  J.  Cuatrecasas  "Brunelliaceae."  Monograph  Num- 
ber 2  of  Flora  Neotropica,  pages  32-43.  1970. 

.     "Evolutionary     Morphology:     Distinguishing     Ancestral     Structure 

from  Derived  Structure  in  Flowering  Plants."  Taxon,  volume  20,  number  1 
(1971),  pages  63-73. 

Eyde,  R.  H.,  and  C.  C.  Tseng.  "What  is  the  Primitive  Floral  Structure  of 
Araliaceae?"  Journal  of  the  Arnold  Arboretum,  volume  52,  number  2  (1971), 
pages  205-239. 

Fosberg,  F.  R.  "Desert  Wilderness,"  The  Living  Wilderness,  volume  34,  number 
109  (1970),  pages  17-24. 

.     "The  Tropical  Agriculture  Panacea."  BioScience,  volume  20  (1970), 

page  793. 

.  "Preliminary  Survey  of  Aldabra  Vegetation."  Philosophical  Trans- 
actions of  the  Royal  Society,  London  B,  volume  260  (1971),  pages  215-225. 

.     "The  Problem  of  Isolation  in  the  Lowland  Tropical  Rain  Forest." 


Tropical  Ecology,  volume  11  (1970),  pages  162-168. 
Fosberg,  F.  R.,  and  T.  Blunt.     "Vernon  Black  Gum  Swamp."  Rhodora,  volume 

72  (1970),  pages  280-282. 
Fosberg,  F.  R.,  M.  S.  Doty,  and  D.  Mueller-Dombois.     "Initial  Site  Studies  for 

the  International  Biological  Program  in  the  Tropical  and  Far  Western  Pacific." 

Micronesica,  volume  5  (1970),  pages  283-293. 
Fosberg,  F.  R.,  and  M.  -H.  Sachet.     "Island  News  and  Comment."  Atoll  Research 

Bulletin,  number  148  (1971),  pages  1-38. 
Fosberg,  F.  R.,  D.  R.  Stoddart,  J.  D.  Taylor  and  G.  E.  Farrow.     "Geomorphology 

of  Aldabra  Atoll."  Philosophical  Transactions  of  the  Royal  Society,  London  B, 

volume  260  (1971),  pages  31-65. 
Hale,    Mason    E.     "Single-lobe    Growth-rate    Patterns    in    the    Lichen    Parmelia 

caperata."  Bryologist,  volume  73,  number  1   (1970),  pages  72-81. 
.     "Two   Species   of  Parmelia    New    to   North    America."   Bryologist, 

volume  74,  number  1,  pages  44-46. 
King,    R.    M.,   and    H.    Robinson.     "Studies    in    the   Eupatorieae    (Compositae), 


176  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

XVIII:   New  Combinations  in   Fleischmannia."  Phytologia,  volume   19  (1970), 
pages  201-207. 

"Studies  in  the  Eupatorieae  (Compositae),  XIX:  New  Combinations 


in  Ageratina."  Phytologia,  volume  19  (1970),  pages  208-229. 

"Studies    in    the   Eupatorieae    (Compositae),    XII:    A    New   Genus, 


Shinnersia."  Phytologia,  volume  19  (1970),  pages  297-298. 

'Studies  in  the  Eupatorieae  (Compositae),  XIII:  The  Genus  Cono- 


clinium."  Phytologia,  volume  19  (1970),  pages  299-300. 
.     "Studies  in  the  Eupatorieae  (Compositae),  XIV:   Another  Example 


of  Dimorphic  Pollen?"  Phytologia,  volume  19  (1970),  pages  301-302. 
.     "Studies  in  the  Eupatorieae  (Compositae),  XX:  New  Combinations 

in  Spaniopappus."  Phytologia,  volume  19  (1970),  pages  303-304. 
.     "Studies   in    the   Eupatorieae   (Compositae),   XXI:    A   New   Genus, 

Neomirandea."  Phytologia,  volume  19  (1970),  pages  305-310. 
.     "Studies  in  the  Eupatorieae  (Compositae),  XXXII:  A  New  Genus, 


Neocuatrecasia."  Phytologia,  volume,  20  (1970),  pages  332-333. 
.     "Eupatorium,  A  Composite  Genus  of  Arcto-Tertiary  Distribution. 


Taxon,  volume  19  (1970),  pages  769-774. 
.     "Studies   in    the   Eupatorieae   (Compositae),   XXXIII:    The   Genus 

Gyptis."  Phytologia,  volume  21  (1971),  pages  22-25. 
.     "Studies  in  the  Eupatorieae  (Compositae),  XXXIV:  A  New  Genus, 

Barrosoa."  Phytologia,  volume  21    (1971),  pages  26-27. 

"Studies  in  the  Eupatorieae  (Compositae),  XXXV:  A  New  Genus, 


Lourteigia."  Phytologia,  volume  21  (1971),  pages  28-30. 
.     "Studies    in    the    Eupatorieae    (Compositae),    XV:    Jaliscoa,    Mac- 

vaughiella,  Oaxacania,  and  Planaltoa."  Rhodora,  volume  72  number  789  (1970), 

pages  100-105. 
.     "The  New  Synantherology."   Taxon,  volume  19,  number  1   (1970), 

pages  6-1 1 . 
.     "Studies    in    the    Eupatorieae    (Compositae),    XXII:    The    Genus 

Piptothrix."  Phytologia,  volume  19  (1970),  pages  425-426. 

"Studies  in  the  Eupatorieae  (Compositae),  XXIII:   New  Combina- 


tions in  Jaliscoa."  Phytologia,  volume  19  (1970),  pages  427-428. 

"Studies  in   the  Eupatorieae  (Compositae),  XXIV:   A  New  Genus, 


Stomatanthes."  Phytologia,  volume  19  (1970),  pages  429^430. 
.     "Studies   in   the   Eupatorieae   (Compositae),  XXV:    A   New   Genus, 


Eupatoriadelphns."  Phytologia,  volume  19  (1970),  pages  431^32. 

-.     "Studies   in   the  Eupatorieae  (Compositae),  XXVI:   A  New  Genus, 


Austroeupatorium."  Phytologia,  volume   19  (1970),  pages  433^34. 

.     "Studies  in   the  Eupatorieae  (Compositae),  XXVIII:   A  Monogram 

of  the  Genus,  Trichocoronis."  Phytologia,  volume  19  (1970),  pages  497-500. 

'Studies   in    the   Eupatorieae    (Compositae),    XXVIII:    The    Genus 


.Praxelis."  Phytologia,  volume  20  (1970),  pages  193-195. 

"Studies    in    the    Eupatorieae    (Compositae),    XXIX:    The    Genus 


Chromolaena."  Phytologia,  volume  20   (1970),   pages    196-209. 

.     "Studies    in    the    Eupatorieae    (Compositae),    XXX:    The    Genus 

Ayapana."  Phytologia,  volume  20  (1970),  pages  210-212. 

'Studies  in   the  Eupatorieae  (Compositae),  XXXI:   A  New  Genus, 


Polyanthina."   Phytologia,   volume   20    (1970),    pages   213-214. 
Lellinger,  David   B.     "Fern"  in   Encyclopedia   Americana   (1970),  pages  113-120. 


APPENDIX  6.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  STAFF  177 

Lellinger,  David  B.,  and  C.  V.  Morton.  "Niphidium  longifloium,  a  necessary 
new  combination.'*  American  Fern  Journal,  volume  61,  number  1  (1971). 
pages  37-39. 

.     "The  Many  Species  of  Polypodium   crassifolium."  American    Fern 

Society  Session,  AIBS  Meetings,  Bloomington,  Indiana,  August  1970. 

.     "Methods    in    Quantitative    Taxonomy."    Department    of    Biology, 


University  of  Antioquia,  Medellin,  Colombia,  April  1971. 
Morton,   Conrad   V.     "The  Fern   Collections    in   Some   European   Herbaria,   V." 

American  Fern  Journal,  volume  59,  number  4  (1970),  pages  137-149. 
.     "A  Further  Note  on  the  Type  of  Plalycerium  alcicorne."  American 

Fern  Journal,  volume  60,  number  1  (1970),  pages  7-12. 
.     "A   New  Form  of  Microlepia  speluncae."  American  Fern  Journal, 


volume  60,  number  1  (1970),  pages  28-29. 

"Le  nom  exact  d'un   Pteris  du   Portugal  et  des  lies  Atlantiques." 


Bulletin  de  la  Societe  Botanique  de  France,  volume  116  (1970),  pages  247-248. 
.     "The  Fern  Collections  in  Some  European  Herbaria,  VI."  American 


Fern  Journal,  volume  60  (1970),  pages  49-61. 
.     "A   Reply    to   A.   V.   Hall   on    the   Names   of   Subsidiary   Croups. 


Taxon,  volume  19,  number  3  (1970),  page  485. 

"A  Peculiar  Species  of  Grammitis."  American  Fern  Journal,  volume 


60  number  2  (1970),  pages  65-67. 

"Proposal    for    the    Conservation    of    the    Ceneric    Name    Drynaria 


(Bory)  J.  Smith  (Filicineae)."   Taxon,  volume  19,  number  4   (1970),  page  647. 
'The  Lectotype  of  Polypodium    leptophyllum   L."  American   Fern 


Journal,  volume  60,  number  3  (1970),  pages  101-103. 
.     "Taxonomic  Notes  on  Ferns,  IV."  American  Fern  Journal,  volume 


60,  number  3  (1970),  pages  103-106. 

-.     "Pyrrosia   princeps,   a    Fern    New   to   Cultivation."   American   Fern 


Journal,  volume  60,  number  3  (1970),  pages   118-119. 

-.     "Some   Types   and   Range   Extensions   in    Hybanthus   (Violaceae)." 


Phytologia,  volume  21,  number  1   (1971),  pages  56-62. 
.     "The    Genus    Columnea    (Gesneriaceae)    in    Panama."    Phytologia, 


volume  21,  number  3  (1971),  pages  165-195. 
.     "The    Proper    Disposition    of    Meniscium    macrophyllum    Kunze." 


American  Fern  Journal,  volume  61,  number  1,  (1971),  pages  17-20. 
.     "Ferns  and  Allies."  In  Wiggins  and  Porter,  Flora  of  the  Galapagos 


Islands,  pages  61-176.  Stanford,  California:   Stanford  University  Press,  1971. 

Parker,  K.  F.      "Two  New  Taxa  in  Texas  Hymenoxys  (Compositae)."  Phytologia, 
volume  20  (1970),  page  192. 

.     "Hymenoxys   of    Texas."    In    D.    S.    Correll    and    M.    C.    Johnston, 

Manual  of   the    Vascular  Plants   of    Texas,   pages    1676-1680.    Renner,   Texas: 
Texas  Research  Foundation,  1970. 

Reed,  C.  F.,  and  H.  Robinson.     "Bryophytes  of  Monteverde,  Costa  Rica."  Phy- 
tologia, volume  21   (1971),  pages  6-21. 

Robinson,    H.     "Notes    on    the    Genus   Noivellia."    The    Bryologist,   volume    73, 
number   1    (1970),  pages   150-152. 

."A   Revision  of  the   Moss  Genus,   Trichostomopsis."  Phytologia,  vol- 
ume 20  (1970),  pages  184-191. 

"Notes  on    the    Moss   Genera,    Camptochaete,   Physcomitrium,   and 


Ptychomnion,  in  Chile."  Phytologia,  volume  20  (1970),  pages  329-331. 


178  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 


.     "South    American    Species    of    Stomatanthes   (Eupatorieae,    Compo- 

sitae)."  Phytologia,  volume  20   (1970),  pages  334-338. 

'The   Subfamilies   of   the    Family    Dolichopodidae    in    North    and 


South  America  (Diptera)."  Papeis  Avulsos  de  Zoologia,  volume  23,  number  6 
(1970),  pages  53-62. 

"Family  Dolichopodidae."  A  Catalogue  of  the  Diptera  of  the  Amer- 


icas South  of  the  United  States.  Fascicle  40,  pages   1-92.  Sao   Paulo,   Brazil: 
Museu  de  Zoologia,  Universidad  de  Sao  Paulo,  1970. 

"A  Revision  of  the  Moss  Genus,  Hymenostyliella,  with  Description 


of  Sporophyte."  Phytologia,  volume  21   (1971),  pages  1-3. 

"A    New   Species   of    Cyclodictyon    from   Costa    Rica."   Phytologia, 


volume  21  (1971),  pages  4-5. 

Robinson,  H.,  and  P.  H.  Arnaud,  Jr.  "The  Genus  Enlinia  Alsrich  in  America 
North  of  Mexico  (Diptera:  Dolichopodidae)."  Occasional  Papers  of  the  Cali- 
fornia Academy  of  Sciences,  number  83  (1970),  pages  1-9. 

Robinson,  H.,  and  G.  C.  Steyskal.  "Dolichopodidae  from  the  Patuxent  Wildlife 
Refuge,  Maryland,  with  the  Descriptions  of  Three  New  Species  of  Neurigona 
(Diptera.)"  Proceedings  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  Washington,  volume 
72,  number  4  (1970),  pages  448-453. 

Rudd,  Velva  E.  "Proposal  for  the  Conservation  of  the  Generic  Name  3899. 
Flemingia  Roxburgh  ex  W.  T.  Aiton  (1812)."  Taxon,  volume  19  (1970),  pages 
282-285. 

.  "Revival  of  Nissolia  microptera  (Leguminosae)."  Phytologia,  vol- 
ume 20  (1970),  page  324. 

.     "Etaballia  dubia  (Leguminosae),  A  New  Combination."  Phytologia, 

volume  20  (1970),  pages  426-428. 

.     "Studies   in   the   Sophoreae   (Leguminosae)   I."   Phytologia,   volume 

21  (1971),  page  327. 

.     "Leguminosae:    Minosoideae;   Faboideae."  In   Wiggins  and   Porter, 


Flora  of  the  Galapagos  Islands,  pages  608-658.  Stanford,  California:   Stanford 

University  Press,  1971. 
Shetler,  Stanwyn  G.     "The  Herbarium:  Past,  Present,  and  Future.*  Volume  82, 

pages  687-758  of  D.   M.  Cohen  and  R.  F.  Cressey,  editors,  "Natural  History 

Collections:    Past,   Present,  Future,"  in   Proceedings  of  the  Biological  Society 

of  Washington. 
.     "The  Suitland  Bog."  Atlantic  Naturalist,  volume  25  (1970),  pages 

65-68. 
.     "Flora  North  America  as  an  Information  System."  BioScience,  vol- 


ume 21  (1971),  pages  524,  529-532. 

"Informal   Report  on  Progress  of  Flora  North  America  Program." 


Joint  session  of  American  Society  of  Plant  Taxonomists  and  Systematics  Sec- 
tion of  the  Botanical  Society  of  America,  21st  Annual  AIBS  Meeting  of  Bio- 
logical Societies,  Indiana  University,  Bloomington,  25  August  1970. 
.     "Flora  North  America — Plants,  Man  and  Machine."  Paper  in  sym- 


posium "The  Usefulness  of  Systematics  in  Science,"  sponsored  by  the  Society 
for  Systematic   Zoology,   1st   National    Biological   Congress,   Detroit,   Michigan, 
8  November  1970. 
.     "Plants,   Man   and   Computers."   Seminar.   Science  Center,   Eastern 


Mennonite  College,  Harrisonburg,  Virginia,  8  March  1971. 
.     "Flora  of  Alaska."  Public  lecture  sponsored  by  Audubon  Naturalist 


Society  of  the  Central  Atlantic  States,  Smithsonian  Institution,  15  March  1971. 


APPENDIX  6.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  STAFF  179 
.     "Informal   Report  on  Flora  North   America   Program"  to  "Round- 


Table  on  Information  Storage  and  Retrieval  in  Plant  Systematics,"  sponsored 
by    the   Phytogeography   and   Systematics   Section    of   the   Canadian    Botanical 
Association,   joint   meeting   of   the   Canadian    Botanical    Association    and    the 
AIBS,  University  of  Alberta,  Edmonton,  21  June  1971. 
.     "Cytological    Studies    on    Campanula    rotundifolia    in    the    Rocky 


Mountains."  Paper  presented  to  joint  session  of  American  Society  of  Plant 
Taxonomists  and  Systematics  Section  of  the  Botanical  Society  of  America, 
joint  meeting  of  the  Canadian  Botanical  Association  and  the  AIBS,  University 
of  Alberta,  Edmonton,  22  June  1971. 

Shetler,  Stanwyn  G.,  J.  H.  Beaman,  M.  E.  Hale,  L.  E.  Morse,  J.  J.  Crockett,  and 
R.  A.  Creighton.  "Pilot  Data  Processing  Systems  for  Floristic  Information." 
In  J.  L.  Cutbill,  editor,  Data  Processing  in  Biology  and  Geology,  pages  275- 
310.  New  York  and  London:  Academic  Press,  1971. 

Smith,  Lyman  B.  "Notes  on  Bromeliaceae,  XXX."  Phytologia,  volume  19, 
number  4  (1970),  pages  281-290. 

.     "Notes  on   Bromeliaceae,  XXXI."  Phytologia,  volume  20,  number 

3  (1970),  pages  121-183. 

.     "Boraginaceas."  Flora  Ilustrada   Catarinense,  part   1,   fascicle  bora 


(1970),  pages  1-85. 
.     "Notes  on  Bromeliaceae,  XXXII."  Phytologia,  volume  21,  number 


2  (1971),  pages  73-96. 
Handro,  Oswaldo,  and  Lyman  B.  Smith.     "A  New  Combination  in  Hypocyrta, 

Gesneriaceae."  Phytologia,  volume  20,  number  6  (1970),  page  390. 
Rauh,   Wener,    and    Lyman    B.   Smith.     "Tillandsia    esseriana."   Journal    of    the 

Bromeliad  Society,  volume  21,  number  1  (1971),  pages  3-6. 
McWilliams,  Edward  L.,  and  Lyman  B.  Smith.     "A  New  Species  of  Vriesea  from 

Southeastern  Brazil."  Bromeliad  Society  Bulletin,  volume  20,  number  3  (1970), 

pages  53-56. 
Smith,    C.    Earle,   Jr.,   and    Lyman    B.   Smith.     "Eleocarpaceas."   Flora    Ilustrada 

Catarinense,  part  1,  fascicle  eleo  (1970),  pages   1-33.  [Also  in  Florida  da  Ilha 

de  Santa  Catarina,  fascicle  eleo  (1970),  pages  1-25.] 
Soderstrom,  T.  R.     "Grass."  Encyclopedia  Americana  (1970),  pages  192-199. 
Gould,  F.  W.,  and  T.  R.  Soderstrom.     "Gramineae."  In  A.  Love,  "IOPB  Chromo- 
some Number  Reports."  Taxon,  volume  19,  number  1   (1970),  pages  104-105. 
.     "Chromosome  Numbers  of  Some  Mexican  and  Colombian  Grasses." 

Canadian  Journal  of  Botany,  volume  48,  number  9   (1970),  pages   1633-1639. 
Wasshausen,  Dieter  C.     "A  Synopsis  of  the  Genus  Seussenguthia  (Acanthaceae)." 

Rhodora,  volume  72,  number  789  (1970),  pages  119-125. 
.     "Acanthaceae."  In  Donovan  S.  Correll  and   Marshall  C.  Johnston, 

Manual  of   the    Vascular  Plants   of   Texas,   pages    1456-1475.    Renner,   Texas: 

Texas  Research   Foundation,   1970. 

"Acanthaceae."    In    Wiggins    and    Porter,    Flora    of   the    Galapagos 


Islands,  pages  259-268.  Stanford,  California:   Stanford   University   Press,    1971. 
Wurdack,  J.  J.     "Triolena  pustulata — Correct  Name  for  Bertolonia  pubesce?is." 

The  American  Horticultural  Magazine,  volume  49,  number  2    (1970)  .  page  81. 
.     "Certamen   Melastomataceis  XV."  Phytologia,  volume  20,  number 

6  (1970),  pages  369-389. 
.     "Erroneous    Data    in    Glaziou    Collections    of    Melastomataceae." 


Taxon,  volume  19,  number  6  (1970),  pages  911-913. 


180  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 
.     "Certamen   Melastomataceis   XVI.  Phytologia,  volume  21,   number 


2  (1971),  pages  115-130. 

Department  of  Entomology 

Amerson,  A.  B.,  and  K.  C.  Emerson.  "Records  of  Mallophaga  from  Pacific 
Birds."  Atoll  Research  Bulletin,  number  146,  30  pages. 

Blake,  Doris  H.  "Notes  on  Some  Chrysomelid  Beetles  in  the  United  States  and 
Argentina  (Coleoptera:  Chrysomelidae)."  Proceedings  of  the  Entomological 
Society  of  Washington,  volume  72  (September  1970),  pages  320-324. 

.     "A    Review   of    the    Beetles   of    the   Genus   Metachroma    Chevrolat 

(Coleoptera:  Chrysomelidae)."  Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Zoology,  number 
57  (31  December  1970),  pages  1-111. 

Brown,  F.  Martin,  and  William  D.  Field.  "Papilio  hyllus  Cramer,  1776,  vs. 
Polycommatus  thoe  Guerin-Meneville,  1831,  and  the  '50-year  rule'  (Lepidop- 
tera:  Lycaenidae)."  Journal  New  York  Entomological  Society,  volume  78, 
number  3  (1970),  pages  175-184. 

Cartwright,  Oscar  L.  "The  Male  of  Megasoma  vogti  Cartwright  (Coleoptera: 
Scarabaeidae:  Dynastinae)."  Proceedings  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  Wash- 
ington, volume  72,  number  2  (1970),  pages  224-226. 

.  "A  New  Name  for  Onthophagus  monticolus  Howden  and  Cart- 
wright (Coleoptera:  Scarabaeidae)."  Proceedings  of  the  Entomological  Society 
of  Washington,  volume  72,  number  1  (1970),  page  54. 

.     "Two    New    Synonyms    of    Ataenius    picinus    Harold    (Coleoptera: 

Scarabaeidae:  Aphodiinae)."  Proceedings  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  Wash- 
ington, volume  72,  number  2  (1970),  page  226. 

.     "A    Review   of    the    Aphodiine    Beetles   of   the   Galapagos    Islands 

(Coleoptera:  Scarabaeidae)."  Proceedings  of  the  Biological  Society  of  Wash- 
ington, volume  83,  number  4  (1970),  pages  51-58. 

Clarke,  J.  F.  Gates.  Catalogue  of  the  Type  Specimens  of  Microlepidoptera  in 
the  British  Museum  (Natural  History)  described  by  Edward  Meyrick,  volume 
8,  261  pages,  60  plates.  London:  British  Museum  (Natural  History),  1970. 

.     "The  Lepidoptera  of  Rapa  Island."  Smithsonian  Contributions  to 

Zoology,  number  56  (11  June  1971),  282  pages,  175  figures,  29  plates. 

Crabill,  Ralph  E.  "A  New  Ballophilus  from  the  Philippines."  Proceedings  of  the 
Biological  Society  of  Washington,  volume  73,  number  1,  pages  27-28. 

Dobrotworsky,  N.  V.  Contributions  to  the  Mosquito  Fauna  of  Southeast 
Asia,  X:  The  Genus  Culisela  Felt  in  Southeast  Asia.  Contributions  to  the 
American  Entomological  Institute,  volume  7,  number  3  (May  1971),  pages 
38-61. 

Emerson,  K.  C,  and  Roger  D.  Price.  "A  New  Species  of  Plegadiphilus  (Mallo- 
phaga: Menoponidae)  from  the  Cayenne  Ibis."  The  Florida  Entomologist,  vol- 
ume 52,  pages  161-163. 

.     "A  New  Species  and  Records  of  Mallophaga  (Trichodectidae)  from 

Nigerian  Mammals."  Proceedings  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  Washington, 
volume  71,  pages  335-339. 

Erwin,  Terry  L.  "Unique  Structures  in  Members  of  Tachys  sensu  lat.  (Coleop- 
tera: Carabidae)."  Pan-Pacific  Entomologist,  volume  46,  pages  231-232,  2 
figures. 


APPENDIX  6.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  STAFF  181 
.     "The  Nearctic  Species  of   the   Genus  Leistus   Frolich   (Coleoptera: 


Carabidae)."  Pan-Pacific  Entomologist,  volume  46,  pages   111-119,  8  figures. 
.     "A  Description  of  the  Larva  of  Thyce  harfordi  Casey  (Scarabaeidae: 


Melolonthini).*'  Psyche,  volume  77,  number  1,  pages  50-53,  7  figures. 
.     "The  Role  of  the  Bombardier  Beetle  in  the  Riparian  Ecosystem." 


Lecture.  Given  to  the  combined  Swedish  and  Danish  Entomological  Societies 
on  21  November  1970. 

.     Seminar  on  Ground  Beetles.  Given  to  the  Entomology  and  Zoology' 

Departments  at  Lund  University,  Spring  1971. 

Flint,  Oliver  S.,  Jr.  "Life  History  Studies  on  Chilean  CaddisHies  (Trichoptera)." 
The  American  Philosophical  Society   Yearbook   1970,  pages  312-313.   1971. 

.     "Studies  of  Neotropical  Caddis  Flies,  X:   Leucotrichia  and  Related 

Genera  from  North  and  Central  America  (Trichoptera:  Hydroptilidae)." 
Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Zoology,  number  60  (21  October  1970),  64  pages, 
249  figures. 

.     "Studies  of  Neotropical  Caddis  Flies,  XI:  The  Genus  Rhyacopsyche 

in  Central  America  (Hydroptilidae)."  Proceedings  of  the  Biological  Society 
of  Washington,  volume  83,  number  46  (1971),  pages  515-526. 

Froeschner,  Richard  C.  "Teleonemia  harleyi,  a  New  Species  of  Lantana-feeding 
Lace  Bug  from  Trinidad,  W.I.  (Hemiptera.  Tingidae)."  Proceedings  of  the 
Entomological  Society  of  Washington,  volume  72,  pages  470-472. 

Froeschner,  Richard  C,  and  Richard  M.  Baranowski.  "First  United  States  Rec- 
ords for  a  West  Indian  Burrower  Bug,  Amnestus  trimaculatus  Froeschner 
(Hemiptera:    Cydnidae)."    The   Florida   Entomologist,   volume   53,    page    15. 

Huang,  Yiau-Min.  "A  Note  on  Aedes  aurotaeniatus  Edwards.  Proceedings  of 
the  Entomological  Society  of  Washington,  volume  72,  number  3  (September 
1970),  pages  281-288. 

.     "A  Redescription  of  Aedes  (Stegomyia)  scutellaris  melayensis  Colless 

and  the  Differentiation  of  the  Larva  from  that  of  Aedes  (S).  albopictus  (Skuse) 
(Diptera:  Culicidae)."  Proceedings  of  the  E?ito?nological  Society  of  Washington, 
volume  73,  number  1  (March  1971),  pages  1-8. 

Hurd,  Paul  D.,  Jr.  "A  Classification  of  the  Squash  and  Gourd  Bees  Peponapis 
and  Xenoglossa  (Hymenoptera:  Apoidea)."  University  of  California  Publica- 
tions in  Entomology,  volume  62  (September  1970),  pages  1-39,  11  figures,  3 
maps,  4  tables. 

.  "Systematics  of  Bees  and  Their  Value  in  Determining  Plant  Ori- 
gins." Lecture.  University  of  Alberta,  Edmonton,  Canada,  24  September  1970. 

.     "Exploitation  of  Squashes,  Gourds,  and  Pumpkins  in  the  American 

Tropics  by  Bees  of  the  Genera  Peponapis  and  Xenoglossa."  Invited  Speaker, 
Symposium  on  "Insect  Speciation  in  Tropical  Environments,"  Entomological 
Society  of  America  national  meeting,  Miami,  Florida,   1   December  1970. 

"Squash  and  Gourd  Bees  and  the  Origin  of  the  Cultivated  Curcur- 


bita."  Lecture.  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland,  3  March  1971. 

.     "The  Birds  and  the  Bees."  Radio  Smitlisonian,  21   March  1971. 

.  "Squash  Bees  and  Pumpkins."  Invited  speaker,  American  Entomo- 
logical Society,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania,  27   May   1971. 

.     "A  New  Narrowly  Polylectic,  Autumnal   Species  of  Dialictus  from 

the  Flowers  of  Jepsonia  heterandra,  An  Endemic  California  Saxifrage.  Pan- 
Pacific  Entomologist,  volume  46,  number  3  (October  1970),  pages  209-212. 

Hurd,  Paul  D.,  Jr.,  E.  Gorton  Linsley,  and  T.  W.  Whitaker.  "Squash  and  Gourd 
Bees   (Peponapis,  Xenoglossa)   and   the   Origin   of   the   Cultivated    Cucurbita." 


182  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Evolution,  volume  25,  number  2  (March  1971),  pages  218-234,  5  figures,  3 
tables. 

Kim,  K.  C,  and  K.  C.  Emerson.  "Anoplura  from  Mozambique  with  Descrip- 
tions of  New  Species  and  Nymphal  Stages.  Revue  de  Zoologie  et  de  Botanique 
Africaines,  volume  81   (1970),  pages  383-416. 

Klein,  J.  M.  "A  New  Species  of  Culex  (Neoculex)  from  Cambodia.  (Diptera: 
Culicidae)."  Proceedings  of  the  Entomological.  Society  of  Washington,  volume 
72,  number  4  (December  1970),  pages  504-506. 

Knight,  Kenneth  L.,  and  Jean  Laffoon.  "A  Mosquito  Taxonomic  Glossary,  III: 
Adult  Thorax."  Mosquito  Systernatics  Newsletter,  volume  2,  number  3  (Au- 
gust  1970),  pages  132-148. 

.     "A  Mosquito  Taxonomic  Glossary,  IV:  Adult  Thoracic  Appendages. 

Mosquito  Systernatics  Newsletter,  volume  2,  number  4  (November  1970),  pages 

165-178. 

.     "A   Mosquito   Taxonomic   Glossary,   V:    Abdomen    (Except    Female 

Genitalia).  Mosquito  Systernatics  Newsletter,  volume  3,  number  1  (March 
1971),  pages  8-24. 

Krombein,  Karl  V.  "Another  Note  on  the  Nesting  Habits  of  Megachile  texana 
Cresson  (Hymenoptera:  Megachilidae)."  Proceedings  of  the  Entomological  So- 
ciety of  Washington,  volume  72  (1970),  page  415. 

.     Smithsonian  Explorations  in  Africa."  Address  of  retiring  President, 

Entomological  Society  of  Washington,  7  January  1971. 

.     "Bugs,  Animals  and  Things  in  Africa."  Address  at  Cosmos  Club, 


19  April  1971. 

Krombein,  Karl  V.,  and  Dorothy  B.  Krombein.  "From  Nymph  to  Noise  to 
Nymph  Again;  The  Cicadas  All  Take  Their  Time."  Smithsonian,  volume  2, 
number  2  (May  1971),  pages  56-63,  8  colored  plates. 

Lane,  John.  "The  Collection  at  USNM/SEAMP."  Mosquito  Systernatics  News- 
letter, volume  2,  number  3  (August  1970),  pages  83-86. 

Mattingly,  Peter  F.  "Contributions  to  the  Mosquito  Fauna  of  Southeast  Asia, 
VI:  The  Genus  Heizmannia  Ludlow  in  Southeast  Asia."  Contributions  to  the 
American  Entomological  Institute,  volume  5,  number  7  (August  1970),  pages 
1-104. 

Muesebeck,  C.  F.  W.  "A  New  Mealybug  Parasite  from  Japan."  Proceedings 
of  the  Entomological  Society  of  Washington,  volume  72  (1970),  pages  318-319. 

Peyton,  E.  L.,  and  J.  M.  Klein.  "Five  New  Species  of  Uranataenia  from  South- 
east Asia  (Diptera-Culicidae)."  Proceedings  of  the  Entomological  Society  of 
Washington,  volume  72,  number  2  (June   1970),  pages  243-251. 

Peyton,  E.  F.,  and  Rampa  Rattanarithikul.  "Five  Additional  New  Species  of 
Uranotaenia  from  Southeast  Asia."  Proceedings  of  the  Entomological  Society 
of  Washington,  volume  72,  number  3  (September  1970),  pages  403-413. 

Reinert,  John  F.  "Contributions  to  the  Mosquito  Fauna  of  Southeast  Asia,  V: 
Genus  Aedes,  Subgenus  Diceromyia  Theobald  in  Southeast  Asia."  Contribu- 
tions to  the  American  Entomological  Institute,  volume  5.  number  4  (6  April 
1970),  pages  1-43. 

.     "The  Zoogeography  of  Aedes  (Diceromyia)  Theobald."  Journal  of 

the  Entomological  Society  of  South  Africa,  volume  33,  number  1  (1970),  pages 
129-141. 

.     "Current    Study    of    Genus    Culex    in    Southeast    Asia."    Mosquito 


Systernatics  Newsletter,  volume  2,  number  2  (May  1970),  pages  48-52. 


APPENDIX  6.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  STAFF  183 


.  "Culex  Neoculex  Nematoides  (Dyar  and  Shannon  1925):  An  Errone- 
ous Record  from  the  Philippines  (Diptera:  Culicidae)."  Mosquito  Systematics 
Newsletter,  volume  3,  number  1  (March  1971),  pages  1-3. 

Sirivanakarn,  S.  "Contributions  to  the  Mosquito  Fauna  of  Southeast  Asia,  IX: 
The  Genus  Orthopodomyia  Theobald  in  Southeast  Asia.  Contributions  to  the 
American  Entomological  Institute,  volume  7,  number  3  (May  1971),  pages  1-37. 

Spangler,  Paul  J.  "Collecting  Waterbeetles  in  South  America."  Lecture  Wash- 
ington Entomological  Society,  5  February  1970. 

.     "Aquatic  Insects  and  Their  Relationships  to  Their  Environment." 

Lecture.  Smithsonian  Associates,  Washington,  D.C.,  2  November  1970. 

Traub,  R.,  A.  Beg  Mirza,  M.  Nadchatham,  and  E.  B.  Mann.  "Survey  of  Bulolo 
for  Fleas  and  Trombiculid  Mites."  Papua  and  New  Guinea  Medical  Journal, 
volume  13,  number  2  (1970),  pages  62-64. 

Tyson,  W.  H.  "Notes  on  African  Aedes,  Subgenus  Mucidus."  Journal  of  the 
Entomological  Society  of  South  Africa,  volume  33,  number  1  (1970),  pages 
81-88. 

.     "Contributions  to  the  Mosquito  Fauna  of  Southeast  Asia,  VII:  The 

Aedeomyia  of  Southeast  Asia;  and  VIII:  The  Aedes  (Mucidus)  of  Southeast 
Asia."  Contributions  to  the  American  Entomological  Institute,  volume  6, 
number  2  (August  1970),  pages  1-80. 

Zavortink,  Thomas  J.  "Contributions  to  the  Mosquito  Fauna  of  Southeast 
Asia,  IX:  The  Genus  Orthopodomyia  Theobald  in  Southeast  Asia."  Contri- 
butions to  the  American  Entomological  Institute,  volume  7,  number  3  (May 
1971),  pages  1-37. 

Department  of  Invertebrate  Zoology 

Barnard,  J.  Laurens.  "Gammaridean  Amphipods  from  a  Deep-Sea  Transect  off 
Oregon."  Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Zoology,  number  61  (4  January  1971), 
86  pages,  48  figures,  1  table. 

.     "The   Identity   of   Dexamonica   and   Prinassus   with   a   Revision    of 

Dexaminidae  (Amphipoda)."  Crustaceana  19:   161-180,  figs.  1-7,  1970.  7  figures. 

Barnard,  J.  Laurens,  and  Gray  W.  Scott.  "South  African  Ampelisca  excavata 
K.  H.  Barnard  (Amphipoda,  Gammaridea):  A  Redescription  with  Notes  on 
the  Domicile."  Crustaceana,  number  19  (1970),  pages  67-83,  5  figures. 

Bourdon,  Roland,  and  Thomas  E.  Bowman.  "Western  Atlantic  Species  of  the 
Parasitic  Genus  Leidya  (Epicaridea:  Bopyridae)."  Proceedings  of  the  Biological 
Society  of  Washington,  volume  83,  number  36  (September  1970),  pages  409- 
424. 

Bowman,  Thomas  E.  The  Distribution  of  Calanoid  Copepods  off  the  South- 
eastern United  States  Between  Cape  Hatteras  and  Southern  Florida.  Smith- 
sonian Contributions  to  Zoology,  number  96  (21  May  1971),  58  pages,  51  figures. 

.     "Excirolana   kumari,   A    New    Tubicolous    Isopod    from    Malaysia." 

Crustaceana,  volume  20,  part  1  (1971). 

Chace,  Fenner  A.,  Jr.  "A  New  Shrimp  of  the  Genus  Lysmata  (Decapoda,  Hip- 
polytidae)  from  the  Western  Atlantic."  Crustaceana,  volume  19,  number  1. 
pages  59-66. 

Chace,  Fenner  A.,  Jr.,  and  J.  Forest.  "Henri  Coutiere:  Son  oeuvre  carcinologique 
avec  un  index  pour  son  memoire  de  1899  sur  Les  Alpheidae."  Bulletin  du 
Museum  National  d'Histoire  Naturelle  (Paris),  series  2,  volume  41,  number 
6,  pages  1459-1486. 


184  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Chace,  Fenner  A.,  Jr.,  and  Samuel  L.  H.  Fuller.  "A  New  Shrimp  of  the  Genus 
Gnathophyllum  (Decapoda,  Caridea)  from  Puerto  Rico."  Proceedings  of  the 
Biological  Society  of  Washington,  volume  83,  number  44  (February  1971), 
pages  493-504. 

Child,  C.  Allan.  "Pycnogonida  of  the  Smithsonian-Bredin  Pacific  Expedition, 
1957.  Proceedings  of  the  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  volume  83,  number 
27  (September  1970),  pages  287-308. 

Cressey,  Roger  F.  "Copepods  Parasitic  on  Sharks  from  the  West  Coast  of  Flor- 
ida." Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Zoology,  number  38  (30  December  1970), 
30  pages,  110  figures,  1  table. 

Cressey,  Roger  F.,  and  Bruce  B.  Collette.  "Copepods  and  Needlefishes:  A  Study 
in  Host-Parasite  Relationships."  Fishery  Bulletin,  volume  86,  number  3  (1970), 
pages  347-i32. 

Cressey,  Roger  F.,  and  Ernest  A.  Lachner.  "The  Parasitic  Copepod  Diet  and 
Life  History  of  Diskfishes  (Echeneidae)."  Copeia,  number  2  (June  1970),  pages 
310-318. 

Downey,  Maureen  E.  "Marsipaster  acicula,  New  Species  (Asteroidea:  Echino- 
dermata)  from  the  Caribbean  and  Gulf  of  Mexico."  Proceedings  of  the  Bio- 
logical Society  of  Washington,  volume  83,  number  28  (September  1970),  pages 
309-312. 

.     "Zorocallida,    New   Order,   and    Doraster   constellatus,   New   Genus 

and  Species,  with  Notes  on  the  Zoroasteridae  (Echinodermata:  Asteroidea)." 
Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Zoology,  number  64  (30  July  1970),  18  pages, 
11  figures,  2  tables. 

Forstner,  Helmut,  and  Klaus  Riietzler.  "Measurements  of  the  Micro-climate  in 
Littoral  Marine  Habitats."  Oceanographic  Marine  Biology  Annual  Review, 
volume  8  (1970),  pages  225-249. 

Hobbs,  Horton  H.,  Jr.  "New  Crayfishes  of  the  Genus  Cambarus  from  Tennessee 
and  Georgia  (Decapoda,  Astacidea)."  Proceedings  of  the  Biological  Society  of 
Washington,  volume  84,  number  23  (September  1970),  pages  241-260. 

.     "A    New    Crayfish    of    the    Genus    Procambarus    from    Mississippi 

(Decapoda:  Astacidea)."  Proceedings  of  the  Biological  Society  of  Washington, 
volume  83,  number  40  (February  1971),  pages  459-468. 

"The    Cave    Crayfishes    of    North    America."    Lecture.    Baltimore 


Grotto  of  the  National  Speleological  Society.  December  1970. 

Holthuis,  L.  B.,  and  Raymond  B.  Manning.  "The  Porcellanidae,  Hippidae,  and 
Albuneidae  (Crustacea,  Decapoda),  The  R/V  Pillsbury  Deep-Sea  Biological 
Expedition  to  the  Gulf  of  Guinea,  1964-65."  Studies  in  Tropical  Oceanography, 
Miami,  volume  4,  part  2  (1970),  pages  241-255. 

Flope,  W.  Duane.  "6-10.  Nematoda."  In  N.  C.  Hidings  and  J.  S.  Gray,  editors, 
"A  Manual  for  the  Study  of  Meiofauna,"  Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Zool- 
ogy, number  78  (27  April  1971),  pages  41-42. 

Hope,  W.  Duane,  and  D.  G.  Murphy.  "A  Redescription  of  Enoplus  groen- 
landicus  Ditlevsen,  1926  (Nematoda:  Enoplidae)."  Proceedings  of  the  Biological 
Society  of  Washington,  volume  83,  pages  227-240. 

.  "Procedures  for  the  Preparation  of  Nematodes  and  Other  Soft- 
bodied  Organisms  for  Scanning  Electron  Microscopy."  Paper  presented  to 
Washington  Area  Scanning  Electron  Microscopists.  March  1971. 

Jones,  Meredith  L.  "The  Presence  of  Certain  Dehydrogenases  among  Poly- 
chaetous  Annelids  as  Shown  by  Disc  Electrophoresis."  Comparative  Biochem- 
istry and  Physiology,  volume  36,  pages  605-611,  1970. 


APPENDIX  6.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  STAFF  185 

"The   Panamic   Biota — A   Point  of  Departure   Prior  to  a  Sea-level 


Canal."   Lecture.   Biological   Society  of  Washington   Symposium    Introduction. 

March  1971. 
Kenk,  Roman.      •Freshwater  Triclads  (Turbellaria)  of  North  America,  III:  Sphal- 

loplana  weingartneri,  New  Species,  from  a  Cave  in  Indiana."  Proceedings  of  the 

Biological  Society  of  Washington,  volume  83,  pages  313-320. 
.     "Freshwater    Triclads    (Turbellaria)    of    North    America,    IV:    The 

Polypharyngeal  Species  of  Phagocata."  Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Zoology, 

number  80  (30  December  1970),  17  pages,  9  figures. 
Manning,  Raymond  B.     "A  New  Genus  and  Species  of  Stomatopod  Crustacean 

from     Madagascar."     Bulletin     du     Museum     National    d'Histoire    Naturelle. 

(Paris),  series  2,  volume  42,  number  1  (1970),  pages  206-209. 
.     "Mithrax  (Mithraculus)  commensalis,  A   New  West    Indian   Spider 

Crab    (Decapoda,    Majidae)    Commensal    with    a    Sea    Anemone."    Crustaceana, 

volume  19,  part  2  (1970),  pages  157-161. 
•.     "Two   New  Stomatopod    Crustaceans    from   Australia,"   Records   of 

the  Australian  Museum,  volume  28,  number  4   (1970),  pages  77-85. 
.     "Keys  to  the  Species  of  Oratosquilla  (Crustacea:  Stomatopoda),  with 

Descriptions   of   Two    New    Species."    Smithsonian    Contributions    to    Zoology, 

number  71   (14  January  1971),  16  pages,  4  figures. 
.     "The   Stomatopod    Crustacea.    The    R/V    Pillsbury    Deep-Sea    Bio- 
logical   Expedition    to    the    Gulf    of    Guinea,    1964-65."    Studies    in    Tropical 

Oceanography,  Miami,  volume  4,  part  2  (1970),  pages  255-275. 
Manning,  Raymond  B.,  and  Fenner  A.  Chace,  Jr.     "Shrimps  of  the  Family  Pro- 

cessidae     from     the     Northwestern     Atlantic     Ocean     (Crustacea:     Decapoda: 

Caridea)."  Smithsonian   Contributions  to  Zoology,  number  89,  (21   May   1971), 

41  pages,  20  figures. 
Manning,   Raymond   B.,   and   A.    Michel.     "A    New   Autrosquilla   (Stomatopoda) 

from  the  Marquesas  Islands."  Crustaceana,  volume  20,  part  3,  pages  237-240, 

1  figure. 
Morrison,  Joseph   P.  E.     "Figures  for  East   Florida  Donax."  Seafari,  volume   12 

(September  1970),  number  8,  page  5. 
.     "Atheamia.  New  Name  for  a  Genus  of  Pleurocerid  Snails."  Nau- 
tilus, volume  84,  part  3  (January  1971),  pages  110-111. 

"Names  for  the  Subfamily  Hydrobiinae."  American   Malacological 


Union  Annual  Report  for  1970  (February  1971),  pages  7-8. 

.     "Western   Atlantic  Donax."  Proceedings   of  the  Biological   Society 

of  Washington,  volume  83,  number  48  (February  1971),  pages  545-568. 

'Comments    on     Gastrochaena."    Seafari,    volume     13,    number    2 


(March  1971),  page  /. 
.     "Numbers    for    the    Subfamily    Hydrobiinae."    Paper    presented    at 

American  Malacological  Union   Meeting,  Key  West,  Florida.  July   1970. 
.     "Beachcombing  and  Collecting."  SI   Associates  Beachcombing  trip. 

Sanibel,  Florida,  11  and   13  November  1970. 
.     "Conservation    of    Molluscan    Species."    Lecture    to    the    National 

Capital  Shell  Club.  Februarv   1971. 
Pawson,  David   L.     "Echinoderm   Studies  in   Southern   Chile."  Antarctic   Journal 

(September-October  1970). 
.     "The    Marine    Fauna    of    New    Zealand:    Sea    Cucumbers    (Echino- 

dermata:    Holothuroidea)."    New    Zealand    Oceanographic    Institute    Memoir, 

number  52  (1970).  pages  1-69. 


186  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 
.     "Coral  Reefs  and  the  Crown-of-Thorns  Starfish."  Lecture.  Bermuda 


Biological  Station.  28  July  1970. 

"Can    the    Phylum   Echinodermata   he   Defined?"   Lecture.    Zoology 


Department,  University  of  South  Florida,  Tampa.  3  December  1970. 
.     "Evolution   and   Relationships   of   Echinoderms."   Lecture.   Zoology 


Department,  University  of  South  Florida,  Tampa.  4  December  1970. 

Perez,  Isabel  Farfante.  "Western  Atlantic  Shrimps  of  the  Genus  Metapenaeopsis 
(Crustacea,  Decapoda,  Penaeidae),  with  Descriptions  of  Three  New  Species." 
Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Zoology,  number  79  (10  March  1971),  37  pages, 
22  figures,  1  table. 

Pequegnat,  Willis  E.,  and  Fenner  A.  Chace,  Jr.,  editors.  "Contributions  on  the 
Biology  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico."  Texas  AirM  Uiiiversity  Oceanographic  Studies, 
volume  1,  xvi  -j-  270  pages. 

Pettibone,  Marian  H.  "Two  New  Genera  of  Sigalionidae  (Polychaeta).'*  Pro- 
ceedings of  the  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  volume  83,  number  34  (Sep- 
tember 1970),  pages  365-386. 

.  "Revision  of  the  Genus  Euthalenessa  Darboux  (Polychaeta:  Siga- 
lionidae)." Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Zoology,  number  52  (16  July  1970), 
30  pages,  16  figures. 

"Revision  of  Some  Species  Referred  to  Leanira  Kinberg  (Polychaeta: 


Sigalionidae)."  Smithsonian   Contributions   to  Zoology,   number  53   (6  August 
1970),  25  pages,  12  figures. 

Rehder,  Harald  A.  "A  Molluscan  Faunule  from  200  Meters  off  Valparaiso,  Chile, 
with  Descriptions  of  Four  New  Species."  Proceedings  of  the  Biological  Society 
of  Washington,  volume  83,  number  51   (9  February  1971),  pages  585-596. 

.     "Comment  on  the  Request  for  Validation  of  Murex  lotorium  Lin- 

naceus,  1758  (Gastropoda)  in  its  Accustomed  Sense  Z.N.  (S).  1886."  Bulletin  of 
Zoological  Nomenclature,  volume  27,  part  2  (10  August  1970),  page  67. 

"Malacological    Expedition    to    the    Tropical    South    Pacific."    Na- 


tional Geographic  Society  Research  Report  (1965  projects),  pages  213-218. 

Rice,  Mary  E.  "Observations  on  the  Development  of  Six  Species  of  Caribbean 
Sipuncula  with  a  Review  of  Development  in  the  Phylum."  Paper  presented  at 
the  International  Symposium  on  the  Biology  of  the  Sipuncula.  June  1970. 

.     "Survey  of  the  Sipuncula  of  the  Coral  and  Beachrock  Communities 

of  the  Caribbean  Sea."  Paper  presented  at  the  International  Symposium  on 
the  Biology  of  the  Sipuncula.  June  1970. 

Rice,  Mary  E.,  and  A.  C.  Stephen.  "The  Type  Specimens  of  Sipuncula  and 
Echiura  Described  by  J.  E.  Gray  and  W.  Baird  in  the  Collections  of  the  British 
Museum  (N.H.)."  Bulletin  of  the  British  Museum,  (Zoology)  volume  20,  num- 
ber 2  (1970). 

Roper,  Clyde  F.  E.,  and  R.  H.  Gibbs.  "Ocean  Acre:  Preliminary  Report  on 
Vertical  Distribution  of  Fishes  and  Cephalopods."  In  G.  B.  Farqubar,  editor, 
Proceedings  of  an  International  Symposium  on  Biological  Sound  Scattering 
in  the  Ocean,  pages  129-135.  Washington,  D.C.:   Naval  Oceanographic  Office. 

Roper,  Clyde  F.  E.,  R.  H.  Gibbs  and  W.  Aron.  "Ocean  Acre:  An  Interim  Re- 
port." 32  pages,  27  figures.  Washington,  D.C.:  Office  of  Environmental  Sciences, 
Smithsonian  Institution. 

Rosewater,  Joseph.  "The  Family  Littorinidae  in  the  Indo-Pacific,  Part  I:  The 
Subfamily  Littorininae."  Indo-Pacific  Mollusca,  volume  2,  number  11  (1970), 
pages  417-506,  64  plates. 


APPENDIX  6.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  STAFF  187 

.     "A   Malacological   Collecting  Expedition,   Molluccas   Islands."   Lec- 


ture. Public  Schools,  Midland,  Texas,  February  1971. 

Riitzler,  Klaus.  "Spatial  Competition  Among  Porifera:  Solution  by  Epizoism." 
Oecologia  (Berlin),  volume  5  (1970),  pages  85-95. 

.  "Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian  Biological  Survey  of  Dominica:  Bur- 
rowing Sponges,  Genus  Siphonodictyon  Bergquist,  from  the  Caribbean." 
Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Zoology,  number  77  (24  February  1971),  37  pages, 
11  figures,  9  plates,  2  tables. 

"The   Mangrove   Community,   Aspects   of  Its   Structure,   Faunistics 


and  Ecology."  Pages  515-536  in  Memoir  of  the  International  Symposium  on 
Coastal  Lagunes  (Origin,  Dynamics,  and  Productivity).  Mexico,  D.F.:  Universi- 
dad  Nacional  Autonoma  de  Mexico,  1970. 

Mineral  Sciences 

Arem,  J.  E.     "Preserving  Mineral   Localities."  Mineralogical  Record,  volume   1 

(1970),  page  39. 
.     "Treasurehouse  of  the  Nation."  Rock  and  Gem,  volume   1   (1971), 

pages  30-37. 
Arem,  J.  E.,  and  J.  Ito.     "Chevkinite  and  Perrierite:   Synthesis,  Crystal  Growth 

and  Polymorphism."  American  Mineralogist,  volume  56  (1971),  pages  307-319. 
Clarke,  R.  S.,  Jr.     "The  Allende,  Mexico  Meteorite  Shower."  Lecture.  The  Geo- 
logy Club,  Lafayette  College,  Pennsylvania,  5  May  1971. 
Clarke,  Roy  S.,  Jr.,  R.  J.  Gettens,  and  W.  T.  Chase.     "Two  Early  Chinese  Bronze 

Weapons  with  Meteoritic  Iron  Blades."  Freer  Galley  of  Art  Occasional  Paper, 

volume  4,  number  1  (1971). 
Clarke,  Roy  S.,  Jr.,  E.  Jarosewich,  B.  Mason,  J.  Nelen,  M.  Gomez,  and  J.  R.  Hyde. 

"The  Allende,  Mexico,  Meteorite  Shower."  Smithsonian  Contributiotrs  to  the 

Earth  Sciences,  number  5  (17  February  1971),  53  pages,  36  figures. 
Clarke,  Roy  S.,  Jr.,  E.  Jarosewich,  and  J.  Nelen.     "The  Lost  City,   Oklahoma, 

Meteorite:  An  Introduction  to  its  Laboratory  Investigation  and  Comparisons 

with  Pribram  and  Ucera."  Journal  of  Geophysical  Research,  volume  76,  num- 
ber 17  (1971),  pages  4135-4143. 
Desautels,    P.    E.     "A    Top    Collection    for    Experts    and    Amateurs    to    Envy." 

Smithsonian,  volume  1,  number  4  (July  1970),  pages  44-51. 
.     "For  a  Little  Bit  of  Data  You  Need  a  Big  Machine."  Smithsonian, 

volume  1,  number  12  (March  1971),  pages  46-49. 
Fredriksson,    Kurt.     "Impact    of    Microprobe   Analysis   on    the    Characterization 

of  Lunar  Samples."  Lecture.  Society  for  Applied  Spectroscopy,  New  Orleans, 

October  1970. 
.     "Impact-ignimbrites."  Lecture.  Meeting  on  Impact  and  Volcanism, 

Houston,  October  1970. 
.     "Sialic   Components    in    Mare    Procellarum    Soil."    Lecture.    Second 

Lunar  Science  Conference,  Houston,  January  1971. 
.     "Terrestrial    and     Lunar    Impact-ignimbrites."    Lecture.     Museum 

d'Histoire  Naturelle,  Paris,  May  1971. 
Fredriksson,  K.,  A.  M.  Reid,  M.  N.  Bass,  H.  Funita,  and  J.  F.  Kerridge.  "Olivine 

and  Pyroxene  in  the  Orgueil  Meteorite."  Geochimica  et  Cosmochimica  Data, 

volume  34  (1970),  pages  1253-1254. 
Jarosewich,   E.     "Chemical   Analysis   of   the    Murchison    Meteorite."   Meteoritics, 

volume  1  (1971),  pages  49-51. 


441-283   O  -  71  -  13 


188  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Jarosewich,  E.,  and  E.  Olsen.  "The  Chemical  Composition  of  the  Silicate  In- 
clusions in  the  Weekeroo  Station  Iron  Meteorite."  Earth  and  Planetary  Science 
Letters,  volume  8  (1970),  pages  261-266. 

Jarosewich,  E.,  and  G.  R.  Levi-Donati.  "The  Valdinizza  Meteorite,  Mineralogy, 
Chemistry  and  Microstructure."  Meteoritics,  volume  1  (1971),  pages  1-14. 

Mason,  B.  Principles  of  Geochemistry  (Japanese  translation).  402  pages.  Tokyo: 
Iwanami  Station,  1970. 

.  Principles  of  Geochemistry  (Russian  translation).  311  pages.  Mos- 
cow: Nedra,  1971. 

.     "Meteorites."  In  I.  G.  Gass,  editor,  Understanding  the  Earth,  pages 


114-121.  Sussex,  England:  Artemis  Press,  1971. 

Mason,  B.,  K.  Fredriksson,  E.  P.  Henderson,  E.  Jarosewich,  W.  G.  Melson,  K.  M. 
Towe,  and  J.  S.  White,  Jr.  "Mineralogy  and  Petrology  of  Lunar  Samples." 
Proceedings  of  the  Apollo  11  Lunar  Science  Conference  1970,  pages  655-660. 

Mason,  B.,  and  A.  L.  Graham.  "Minor  and  Trace  Elements  in  Meteoritic  Min- 
erals." Smithsonian  Contributions  to  the  Earth  Sciences,  number  3  (17  Sep- 
tember 1970),  17  pages,  1  figure,  17  tables. 

Mason,  B.,  and  W.  G.  Melson.  The  Lunar  Rocks.  179  pages.  New  York:  John 
Wiley  &  Sons,  1970. 

.     "Comparison  of  Lunar  Rocks  and  Basalts  and  Stony  Meteorites." 

Proceedings  of  the  Apollo  11  Lunar  Science  Conference  1970,  pages  661-671. 

Melson,  W.  G.  "Volcanic  Rocks  Recovered  on  Leg  6."  Initial  Reports  of  the 
Deep  Sea  Drilling  Project  (1971),  pages  1119-1120. 

Melson,  William  G.,  Eugene  Jarosewich,  and  Charles  A.  Lundquist.  "Volcanic 
Eruption  at  Metis  Shoal,  Tonga,  1967-1968:  Description  and  Petrology." 
Smithsonian  Contributions  to  the  Earth  Sciences,  number  4  (16  October  1970), 
18  pages,  13  figures,  3  tables. 

Melson,  W.  G.,  and  G.  Thompson.  "Petrology  of  a  Transform  Fault  Zone  and 
Adjacent  Ridge  Segments."  Transactions  of  the  Royal  Society  of  London,  A., 
volume  268,  pages  423^441. 

Nelen,  J.,  M.  Christophe-Michel-Levy,  and  R.  Caye.  "A  New  Mineral  in  the 
Vigarano  Meteorite."  Meteoritics,  volume  4  (1970),  page  211. 

Switzer,  G.  "Origin  and  Composition  of  Rock  Fulgurite  Glass."  Lecture.  Meet- 
ing of  the  International  Mineralogical  Society,  Kyoto,  Japan,  September  1970. 

White,  J.  S.,  Jr.  "New  Data  for  Plattnerite."  Mineralogical  Record,  volume  1 
(1970),  pages  75-80. 

White,  J.  S.,  Jr.,  P.  B.  Leavens,  and  M.  H.  Hey.  "Eakerite— A  New  Tin  Silicate." 
Mineralogical  Record,  volume  1  (1970),  pages  92-96. 

White,  J.  S.,  Jr.,  and  E.  Jarosewich.  "Second  Occurrence  of  Benstonite."  Min- 
eralogical Record,  volume  1  (1970),  pages  141-142. 

Department  of  Paleobiology 

Adey,  Walter  H.     "The  Effects  of  Light  and  Temperature  on  Growth  Rates  in 

Boreal  Subarctic  Crustose  Corallines."  Journal  of  Phycology,  volume  6  (1970), 

pages  269-276. 
.     "The  Crustose  Corallines  of  the  Northwestern  North  Atlantic,  Incl. 

Lithothamnium    Lemoineae   n.   sp."   Journal   of  Phycology,   volume   6    (1970), 

pages  225-229. 


APPENDIX  6.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  STAFF  189 

.     "A    Revision    of    the    Foslie    Crustose    Coralline    Herbarium."    Det 


Konglige  Norske  Videnskabis  Selskad  Skrifter  (1970),  46  pages. 

"Some  Relationships  Between  Crustose  Corallines  and  Their  Sub- 


strate." Scientia  Islandica,  volume  2  (1970),  pages  21-25. 
.     "Investigations    on    the    Crustose    Corallines    of    the    Northeastern 


North    Atlantic."    National    Geographic    Society    Research    Report    for    1965 
(1970),  pages  1-9. 

"Ecology   of   Crustose    Corallines."    Lecture.    University    of    Miami, 


Florida,  October  1970;  and  British  Museum,  London,  December  1970. 

Adey,  Walter  H.,  and  D.  L.  McKibbin.  "Studies  on  the  Maerl  Species  Phy- 
matolithon  calcareum  and  Lithothamnium  coralloides."  Botanica  Marina,  vol- 
ume 13  (1970),  pages  100-106. 

Adey,  Walter  H.,  and  C.  P.  Sperapani.  "The  Biology  of  Kvaleya  epilaeve,  A 
New  Parasitic  Genus  and  Species  of  Corallinaceae."  Phycologia,  volume  10 
(1970),  pages  29-42. 

Benson,  Richard  H.  "Architectural  Solutions  to  Structural  Stress  in  Rigid 
Micro-organisms,  through  SEM  Examination."  Cambridge  Proceedings,  Stereo- 
scan  SEM  Colloquium,  Third  Annual  (1970),  pages  71-78. 

.     "Deep-Sea    Ostracodes    and    Tethys."    Colloquium    of    the    Paleo- 

ecology  of  Ostracodes,  July   1970. 

'Deep-Sea    Ostracodes    and    Tethys."    Lecture.    Paleontological    So- 


ciety of  Washington,  Washington,  D.C.,  September  1970. 
.     "Continental   Drift   and    the  Tethys  Ocean."   Lecture.    Washington 


Geological  Society.  Washington,  D.  C,  October  1970. 
.     "In  Search  of  Lost  Oceans."  Lecture.  Smithsonian  Associates,  Wash- 


ington, D.C.,  April  1971. 

"Problems,    Paradigms    and    Paradoxes    in    Paleontology."    Lecture. 


Geology  Department   Honors  Banquet,  Lawrence,  Kansas,  April   1971. 
.     "In   Search   of   Lost   Oceans."   Geology   Department,   University   of 


Kansas,  Lawrence,  Kansas,  April  1971. 

.  "On  the  Study  of  an  Ostracode  Genus."  Lecture.  Geology  Depart- 
ment, University  of  Kansas,  Lawrence,  Kansas,  April  1971. 

Benson,  Richard  H.,  and  P.  C.  Sylvester-Bradley.  "Terminology  for  Surface 
Features  in  the  Ornate  Ostracodes."  Lethaia,  volume  4,  number  3  (1971),  38 
pages,  50  figures. 

Buzas,  Martin  A.  "On  the  Quantification  of  Biofacies."  Proceedings  of  the 
North  American  Paleontological  Convention,  Chicago,  1969,  (1970),  pages 
101-116. 

.     "Spatial  Homogeneity:  Statistical  Analyses  of  Unispecies  and  Multi- 
species  Populations  of  Foraminifera."  Ecology,  volume  51    (1970),   pages   874- 
879. 

Cheetham,  Alan  H.  "Measurement  and  Evaluation  of  Morphologic  Variation 
in  Cheilostome  Bryozoa."  Lecture.  Western  Maryland  College,  November  1970. 

.     "Evolutionary    History    of    Cheilostome    Bryozoa."    Three    lectures 

with  laboratory  demonstrations  at  George  Washington   University,  November 
1970. 

.     "The    Use    of    Principal    Components    Analysis    in    Morphometric 

Evolutionary    Trends    in    Cheilostome    Bryozoa."    Two    lectures    to    graduate 
seminar  in  paleontology,  George  Washington   University,  March  1971. 

Cheetham,  Alan  H.,  R.  S.  Boardman,  and  P.  L.  Cook.  "Intracolony  Variation 
and    the   Genus   Concept    in    Bryozoa."    Proceedings   of    the    North    American 


190  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Paleontological  Convention,  Chicago,  1969,  Part  C  (1970),  pages  294-320,  12 
text-figures. 

Cooper,  G.  Arthur.  "Generic  Characters  of  Brachiopods."  Proceedings  of  the 
North  American  Paleontological  Convention,  Chicago,  1969,  Part  C  (1970), 
pages  194-263,  5  plates. 

.     "Brachiopoda:  Japanithyris  is  Campages."  Journal  of  Paleontology, 

volume  44,  number  5  (1970),  pages  898-904,  plate  129. 

Dutro,  J.  Thomas,  editor.  "Paleozoic  Perspectives:  A  Paleontological  Tribute 
to  G.  Arthur  Cooper."  Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Paleobiology,  number  3 
(22  February  1971),  390  pages,  illustrated. 

Emery,  Robert  J.  "A  North  American  Oligocene  Pangolin  and  Other  Additions 
to  the  Pholidota."  Bulletin  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  vol- 
ume 142,  article  6  (1970),  pages  455-510,  figures  1-32. 

Hickey,  Leo  J.  "Plant  History."  Two  lectures.  Botany  Department,  University 
of  Maryland,  fall  1970,  spring  1971. 

.  "Paleobotany."  Lecture.  Phi  Sigma  chapter,  University  of  Mary- 
land, December  1970. 

.     "New  Evidence  on  Early  Angiosperm  Evolution."  Seminar.  Botany 


Department,  Smithsonian  Institution,  May  1971. 

Hotton,  Nicholas  III.  " Mauchchunkia  bassa,  gen.  et  sp.  nov.,  An  Anthrocosaur 
(Amphibia,  Labyrinthodontia)  from  the  Upper  Mississippian."  Kirtlandia,  vol- 
ume 12  (1970),  pages  1-38. 

.  "Dinosaurs  and  Other  Fossil  Reptiles."  Lecture.  Smithsonian  Asso- 
ciates, January  1971. 

.     "Vertebrate  Problems  Associated  with  Continental  Drift."  Lecture. 


Paleontological  Society  of  Washington,  March  1971. 
.     "Vertebrate  Problems  Associated  with  Continental  Drift."  Lecture. 


Geology  Department,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  April  1971. 

"Origins  of  Vertebrate  Classes."  Proceedings  of  the  North  Ameri- 


can Paleontological  Convention,  Chicago,  1969,  Part  H  (1971),  pages  1 146— 
1152. 

Hueber,  Francis  M.  "Rebuchia,  A  New  Name  for  Bucheria  Dorf."  Taxon,  vol- 
ume 19,  number  5  (1970),  page  822. 

Kier,  Porter  M.  "Functional  Morphology  of  Living  and  Fossil  Echinoids."  Lec- 
ture. University  of  Pennsylvania,  spring  1971. 

Pierce,  J.  W.  "Clay  Mineralogy  of  Cores  from  the  Continental  Shelf  Margin  of 
North  Carolina."  Southeastern  Geology,  volume  12,  (1970),  pages  33-51. 

.     "Coastal  Changes  in   North  Carolina."  Lecture.  Symposium,  Duke 

University,  Marine  Laboratory,  December  1970. 

Pierce,  J.  W.,  and  D.  J.  Colquhoun.  "Configuration  of  the  Holocene  Primary 
Barrier  Chain,  Outer  Banks,  North  Carolina."  Southeastern  Geology,  volume 
11   (1970),  pages  231-236. 

.     "Holocene  Evolution  of  a   Portion  of  the  North   Carolina  Coast." 

Geological  Society  of  America  Bulletin,  volume  81   (1970),  pages  3697-3714. 

Pierce,  J.  W.,  and  T.  C.  Huang.  "The  Carbonate  Minerals  of  Deep-Sea  Bio- 
clastic  Turbidites,  Southern  Blake  Basin."  Journal  of  Sedimentary  Petrology, 
volume  41  (1970),  pages  251-260. 

Pierce,  J.  W.,  and  D.  D.  Nelson.  "Suspended  Sediment  in  Waters  off  the  South- 
eastern United  States."  Paper.  Annual  Meeting,  Southeastern  Section,  Geo- 
logical Society  of  America,  Blacksburg,  Virginia,  May  1971. 


APPENDIX  6.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  STAFF  19] 

.     "Clay  Minerals  and  Sedimentology  in  the  Pamlico  Sound  Region, 


North    Carolina."    Paper.    Annual    Meeting,    Southeastern    Section,    Geological 

Society  of  America,  Blacksburg,  Virginia,  May   1971. 
Pierce,  J.  W.,  and  D.  J.  Stanley.     "Readings  in  Suspended  Sediment  Technology." 

In    The   Neiu    Concepts   of   Continental   Margin    Sedimentation,   Supplement, 

American  Geological  Institute,  DSJP  1-7,  1970. 
Ray,  Clayton   E.     "Polar  Bear  and   Mammoth   on   the  Pribilof  Islands."  Arctic, 

1971. 
Stanley,    D.    J.     "The    New    Concepts    of    Continental    Margin    Sedimentation." 

Paper.  American  Geological  Institute,  Houston,  Texas. 
Stanley,  Daniel  J.,  and  Noel  P.  James.     "Distribution  of  Echinarachnius  parma 

(Lamarck)   and  Associated   Fauna   on   Sable  Island   Bank,  Southeast   Canada." 

Smithsonian   Contributions  to  the  Earth  Sciences,  number  6  (27   April   1971), 

24  pages,  8  figures,  6  plates,  1  table. 
Waller,  Thomas  R.     "The  Glass  Scallop  Propeamussium,  A  Living  Relict  of  the 

Past."  Annual  Report  of  the  American   Malacological   Union  for  1970  (1971), 

pages  5-7. 

Department  of  Vertebrate  Zoology 

Amadou,  Dean,  Eugene  Eisenmann,  George  E.  Watson,  III,  and  Alexander  Wet- 
more.  "Plautus  or  Plotus  Gunnerus,  1761,  Plautus  Klein,  1760,  Plotus  Lin- 
naeus, Plautus  Brunnich,  1772  (Aves):  Proposed  Rejection  or  Suppression 
under  the  Plenary  Powers."  Bulletin  of  Zoological  Nomenclature,  volume  27, 
part  2  (1970),  pages  110-112. 

Bailey,  Reeve  M.,  John  E.  Fitch,  Earl  S.  Herald,  Ernest  A.  Lachner,  C.  C.  Lind- 
sey,  C.  Richard  Robins,  and  W.  B.  Scott.  "A  List  of  Common  and  Scientific 
Names  of  Fishes  from  the  United  States  and  Canada."  American  Fisheries 
Society,  Special  Publication  Number  6  (1970),  third  edition,   149  pages. 

Banks,  Richard  C.  "The  Fox  Sparrow  on  the  West  Slope  of  the  Oregon  Cas- 
cades." The  Condor,  volume  72,  number  3  (July   1970),  pages  369-370. 

.     "Birds  Imported  into  the  United  States  in  1968."  U.S.  Department 

of  the  Interior,  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service,  Bureau  of  Sport  Fisheries  and 
Wildlife,  Special  Scientific  Report— Wildlife,  number  136  (September  1970), 
ii  _j_  64  pages. 

.     "Re-evaluation    of    Two    Supposed    Hybrid    Birds."    The    Wilson 


Bulletin,  volume  82,  number  3  (September  1970),  pages  331-332. 
.     "On  Ecotypic  Variation   in  Birds."  Evolution,  volume  24,  number 


4  (29  December  1970),  pages  829-831. 

Cressey,  Roger  F.,  and  Ernest  A.  Lachner.  "The  Parasitic  Copepod  Diet  and 
Life  History  of  Diskfishes  (Echeneidae)."  Copeia,  number  2  (1970),  pages  310- 
318. 

Gibbs,  Robert  H.,  Jr.,  and  Jon  C.  Staiger.  "Eastern  Tropical  Atlantic  Flying- 
Fishes  of  the  Genus  Cypselurus."  Studies  in  Tropical  Biology,  number  4, 
part  2  (1970),  pages  432-466. 

Gibbs,  Robert  H.,  Jr.,  and  Clyde  F.  E.  Roper.  "Ocean  Acre:  Preliminary  Report 
on  Vertical  Distribution  of  Fishes  and  Cephalopods."  Proceedings  of  an  Inter- 
national Symposium  on  Biological  Sound  Scattering  in  the  Ocean  (1971),  Report 
number  005,  pages  120-135.  Maury  Center  for  Ocean  Science,  Department 
of  Navy. 


192  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Goodyear,  Richard  H.,  and  Robert  H.  Gibbs,  Jr.  "Ergebnisse  der  Forschungs- 
reisen  des  FFS  'Walther  Herwig'  nach  Siidamerica,  X:  Systematics  and  Zooge- 
ography of  Stomiatoid  Fishes  of  the  Astronesthes  cyaneus  Species  Group 
(Family  Astronesthidae),  with  Descriptions  of  Three  New  Species."  Arch. 
Fischereiwiss  (1969),  volume  20,  number  2/3  (1970),  pages  107-131. 

Handley,  Charles  O.,  Jr.,  and  J.  R.  Choate.  "The  Correct  Name  for  the  Least 
Short-tailed  Shrew  (Cryptotis  parva)  of  Guatemala  (Mammalia:  Insectivora)." 
Proceedings  of  the  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  volume  83  (1970),  pages 
195-201. 

.  "Appalachian  Mammalian  Geography."  Lecture  delivered  at  Sym- 
posium on  the  Distributional  History  of  the  Biota  of  the  Southern  Appalach- 
ians, Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  Blacksburg,  Virginia,  June   1970. 

.     "Natural  History  of  the  Kalahari  Bushmen."  Lecture  delivered  at 


the  University  of  Virginia,  July  1970. 

.     "Zoogeography    of   Appalachian    Mammals."    Lecture   delivered    at 

the  University  of  Virginia,  August  1970. 

"Mammalogy  in   Panama."  Lecture  delivered  before  Biological  So- 


ciety of  Washington  Symposium  on   Biota  of  Panama,  March   1971. 

Heyer,  W.  Ronald,  and  James  A.  Peters.  "The  Frog  Genus  Leptodactylus  in 
Ecuador."  Proceedings  of  the  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  volume  84, 
number  19  (30  June  1971),  pages  163-170. 

Hubbard,  John  P.,  and  Richard  C.  Banks.  "The  Types  of  Taxa  of  Harold  H. 
Bailey."  Proceedings  of  the  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  volume  83,  num- 
ber 30  (25  September  1970),  pages  321-332. 

Jones,  Clyde.  "Mammals  Imported  into  the  United  States  in  1968."  U.S.  De- 
partment of  the  Interior,  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service,  Bureau  of  Sport  Fisheries 
and  Wildlife,  Special  Scientific  Report — Wildlife,  number  137  (1970),  30  pages. 

.  "Notes  on  Hairy  Frogs  (Trichobatrachns  robustus  Boulenger)  Col- 
lected in  Rio  Muni,  West  Africa."  Herpetologica,  volume  27  (1971),  pages  51-54. 

.     "The   Bats   of   Rio   Muni,   West   Africa."  Journal   of  Mammalogy, 


volume  52  (1971),  pages  121-140. 

Jones,  Clyde,  and  J.  Sabater  Pi.  "Comparative  Ecology  of  Gorilla  gorilla  (Savage 
and  Wyman)  and  Pan  troglodytes  (Blumenbach)  in  Rio  Muni,  West  Africa." 
Bibliotheca  Primatologica,  volume  13  (1971),  iv  -j-  96  pages. 

Jones,  Clyde,  and  Henry  W.  Setzer.  "Comments  on  Myosciurus  pumilio."  jour- 
nal of  Mammalogy,  volume  51   (1970),  pages  813-814. 

.  "The  Designation  of  a  Holotype  of  the  West  African  Pygmy  Squir- 
rel, Myosciurus  pumilio  (Leconte,  1857)  (Mammalia:  Rodentia)."  Proceedings 
of  the  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  volume  84,  number  8  (30  June  1971), 
pages  59-64. 

Jones,  J.,  Jr.,  and  Clyde  Jones.  "Dates  of  Publication  of  Numbers  in  the  North 
American  Fauna  Series."  Journal  of  Mammalogy,  volume  51   (1970),  page  845. 

Lachner,  Ernest  A.,  C.  Richard  Robins,  and  Walter  R.  Courtenay,  Jr.  "Exotic 
Fishes  and  Other  Aquatic  Organisms  Introduced  into  North  America."  Smith- 
sonian Contributions  to  Zoology,  number  59  (30  September  1970),  29  pages, 
4  figures,  1  table. 

Morse,  Larry,  James  A.  Peters,  and  Paul  Hamel.  "A  General  Data  Format  for 
Summarizing  Taxonomic  Information."  BioSciences,  volume  21  (1971),  pages 
174-180  and  186. 

Peters,  James  A.  "Generic  Position  of  the  South  American  Snake  Tropidodipsas 
perijanensis."  Copeia  (1970),  pages  394-395. 


APPENDIX  6.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  STAFF  193 

.     "Crash  Course  in  Computer  Programming  in  the  Language  basic." 


Lecture  delivered   at   the  Smithsonian    Institution,   Washington,   D.C.,   3   July 
1970. 
.     "Do  Snakes   Have  Souls?"  Interview  given  on  Radio  Smithsonian, 


Washington,  D.C.,  27  December  1970. 

"Biostatistical  Programs  in  basic  Language  for  Time-Shared  Com- 


puters: Coordinated  with  the  Book  'Quantitative  Zoology.'  "  Smithsonian  Con- 
tributions to  '/.oology,  number  69  (10  March  1971),  46  pages. 
.     "Further    Comment    on    Rana    maculata."    Bulletin    of    Zoological 


Nomenclature,  volume  27  (1971),  page  133. 

Peters,  James  A.,  and  B.  Orejas-Miranda.  "Notes  on  the  Hemipenis  of  Several 
Taxa  in  the  Family  Leptotyphlopidae."  Herpetologica,  volume  26  (1970), 
pages  320-324. 

Pine,  Ronald  H.,  and  Dilford  C.  Carter.  "Distributional  Notes  on  the  Thick- 
spined  Rat  (Hoplomxs  gymnurus)  with  the  First  Records  from  Honduras." 
Journal  of  Mammalogy,  volume  51,  number  4  (1970),  page  804. 

Pine,  Ronald  H.,  Iain  R.  Bishop,  and  Ruth  L.  Jackson.  "Preliminary  List  of 
Mammals  of  the  Xavantina/Cachimbo  Expedition  (Central  Brazil)."  Trajisac- 
tions  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Tropical  Medicine  and  Hygiene,  volume  64,  num- 
ber 5  (1970),  pages  668-670. 

Schlitter,  Duane  A.,  and  Kitti  Thonglongya.  "Rattus  turkestanicus  (Satunin, 
1903),  The  Valid  Name  for  Rattus  rattoides  Hodgson,  1845  (Mammalia: 
Rodentia)."  Proceedings  of  the  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  volume  84, 
number  20  (30  June  1971),  pages  171-174. 

Setzer,  Henry  W.,  and  Gary  L.  Ranck.  "A  New  Gerbil  (Genus  Gerbillus)  from 
the  Chad."  Proceedings  of  the  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  volume  84, 
number  7  (30  June  1971),  pages  55-58. 

Smith-Vaniz,  William  F.,  and  Victor  G.  Springer.  "Synopsis  of  the  Tribe 
Salariini,  with  Description  of  Five  New  Genera  and  Three  New  Species  (Pisces: 
Blenniidae)."  Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Zoology,  number  73  (30  March 
1971),  72  pages,  51  figures,  6  tables. 

Springer,  Victor  G.  "The  Blennies."  Tropical  Fish  Hobbyist,  volume  19  (Octo- 
ber 1970),  pages  54-66. 

.     "The  Western  South  Atlantic  Clinid  Fish  Ribeiroclinus  eigenmanni, 

with  Discussion  of  the  Intraralationships  and  Zoogeography  of  the  Clinidae." 
Copeia,  number  3  (1970),  pages  430-436. 

.     "Revision    of    the    Fish    Genus    Ecsenius    (Blenniidae,    Blenniinae, 


Salariini)."  Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Zoology,  number  72  (30  March  1971), 
74  pages,  36  figures,  18  tables. 

"Mimetic  Relationships  Involving  Blenniid  Fishes."  Lecture  given 


at  Smithsonian  Institution,  Department  of  Invertebrate  Zoology,  February 
1971;  Department  of  Zoology,  Hebrew  University,  Jerusalem,  Israel,  March 
1971;  Chesapeake  Biological  Laboratory,  April  1971;  and  annual  meeting  of 
American  Society  of  Ichthyologists  and  Herpetologists,  Los  Angeles,  California, 
June  1971. 

Stephens,  John  S.,  Jr.,  and  Victor  G.  Springer.  "Neoclinus  nudus,  New  Scaleless 
Clinid  Fish  from  Taiwan,  with  a  Key  to  Neoclinus."  Proceedings  of  the  Bio- 
logical Society  of  Washington,  volume  84,  number  9  (1971),  pages  65-72. 

Taylor,  William  R.,  Robert  E.  Jenkins,  and  Ernest  A.  Lachner.  "Rediscovery 
and  Description  of  the  Ictalurid  Catfish,  Noturus  flavipinnis."  Proceedings  of 


194  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

the   Biological   Society   of    Washington,   volume   83,   number  41    (1971),    pages 
469-476. 

Thorington,  Richard  W.,  Jr.,  and  C.  P.  Groves.  "An  Annotated  Classification 
of  the  Cercopithecoidea."  In  Old  World  Monkeys,  pages  629-647.  New  York 
and  London:  Academic  Press,  Inc.,  1970. 

.  "Feeding  Behavior  of  Nonhuman  Primates  in  the  Wild."  In  Feed- 
ing and  Nutrition  of  Nonhuman  Primates,  pages  15-27.  New  York:  Academic 
Press,  Inc.,  1970. 

"The  Interpretation  of  Data  in  Systematics."  In  Old  World  Mon- 


keys, pages  3-15.  New  York  and  London:  Academic  Press,  Inc.,  1970. 

"The   Taxonomy   of   Primates    Used   in   Viral    Research."   Lecture 


given  at  Southwest  Foundation  for  Research  and  Education,  Virus  Workshop, 
San  Antonio,  Texas,  April  1971. 

Watson,  George  E.  "A  Presumed  Wild  Hybrid  Baldpate  x  Eurasian  Wigeon." 
Auk,  volume  87,  number  2  (1970),  pages  353-357. 

.  "A  Shearwater  Mortality  on  the  Atlantic  Coast."  Atlantic  Natur- 
alist, volume  25,  number  2  (1970),  pages  75-80. 

.     "Molting    Greater    Shearwaters    (Pujtinus    gravis)    off    Tierra    del 


Fuego."  Auk,  volume  88,  number  2  (1971),  pages  440-442. 
.     "Penguin"    in    Encyclopedia    Britannica    (1971),    volume    17,    page 


552. 

.     "A    Serological    and    Ectoparasite    Survey    of    Migratory    Birds    in 

Northeast  Africa:  Final  Report."  Report  for  the  Army  Research  Office.  642 
pages,  illustrated.   10  March   1971. 

Watson,  George  E.,  Robert  E.  Shope,  and  Makram  N.  Kaiser.  "An  Ectoparasite 
and  Virus  Survey  of  Migrating  Birds  in  the  Eastern  Mediterranean."  Reports  of 
the  V  Symposium  of  the  Study  of  the  Role  of  Migrating  Birds  in  Distribution 
of  Arboviruses.  Nauka,  Novosibirska,   1971. 

Weitzman.  Stanley  H.,  and  H.  Nijssen.  "Four  New  Species  and  One  New  Sub- 
species of  the  Catfish  Genus  Corydoras  from  Ecuador,  Colombia,  and  Brazil 
(Pisces,  Siluriformes,  Callichthyidae)."  Beaufortia,  volume  18  (1970),  pages 
119-132. 

Weitzman,  Stanley  H.,  and  Jamie  E.  Thomerson.  "A  New  Species  of  Glandulo- 
caudine  Characid  Fish,  Hysteronotus  myersi,  from  Peru."  Proceedings  of  the 
California  Academy  of  Sciences,  volume  38  (1970),  pages  139-156. 

Wetmore,  Alexander.  "Familie  Palmschatzer  (Familie  Dulidae)."  In  Grzimeks 
Tierleben  (1970),  Band  IX,  neuntes  Kapitel,  page  210. 

.     "Archaeopteryx."   In   Encyclopaedia   Britannica   (1971),   pages   284- 


285. 


"Diatryma."  In  Encyclopaedia  Britannica  (1971),  page  369. 
"Hesperornis."  In  Encyclopaedia  Britannica   (1971),  pages  461-462. 
"Ichthyornis."    In    Encyclopaedia    Britannica    (1971),    pages    1054- 


1055. 


.     "Phororhacos."  In  Encyclopaedia  Britannica  (1971),  page  1911. 

Zug,  George  R.,  and  Ronald  I.  Crombie.  "Modifications  of  the  Taylor  Enzyme 
Method  of  Clearing  and  Staining  for  Amphibians  and  Reptiles."  Herpe to- 
logical  Review,  volume  2  (1970),  pages  49-50. 

.     "Intergradation    of    the    Two    Rhineura    (Reptile)    Populations    in 

Central  Florida  and  Comments  on  Its  Scale  Reduction."  Journal  of  Herpetol- 
ogy,  volume  4  (1970),  pages  123-129. 


APPENDIX  6.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  STAFF  195 
.     "The    Distribution    and    Patterns    of    the    Major    Arteries    of    the 


Iguanids  and  Comments  on  the  Intergeneric  Relationships  of  Iguanids  (Rep- 
tilia:  Lacertilia)."  Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Zoology,  number  83  (7  April 
1971),  23  pages,  15  figures,  3  tables. 

"The    Musculoskeletal    System:    An    Evolutionary    Perspective."    In 


Chordate  Structure  and  Function,  pages  200-241.  New  York:   Macmillan  Co., 

1971. 
Zusi,    Richard    L.     "Functional    Anatomy    in    Systematics."    Taxon,    volume    20, 

number  1  (1970),  pages  75-84. 
Zusi,   Richard    L.,  and  J.   T.   Marshall.     "A   Comparison    of  Asiatic   and   North 

American  Sapsuckers."  The  Natural  History  Bulletin  of  the  Siam  Society,  vol- 
ume 23,  number  3  (1970),  pages  393-407. 
Zusi,   Richard    L.,   and   Joseph   R.  Jehl,   Jr.     "The   Systematic   Relationships   of 

Aechmorhynchus,    Prosobonia,   and    Phegornis    (Charadriiformes;    Charadrii)." 

Auk,  volume  87,  number  4  (1970),  pages  760-780. 


National  Air  and  Space  Museum 

Meyer,   Robert  B.,  Jr.,   editor.     "Langley's   Aero   Engine   of   1903."  Smithsonian 
Annals  of  Flight,  number  6  (30  March  1971),  xi  _|_  193  pages,  44  figures. 


Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory 

Allison,    A.    C.     "The    Numerical    Solution    of    Coupled    Differential    Equations 

Arising  from   the  Schrodinger  Equation."  Journal  of  Computational  Physics, 

volume  6  (1970),  pages  378-391. 
Allison,  A.   C,   and    A.   Dalgarno.     "Band    Oscillator   Strengths   and    Transition 

Probabilities  for  the  Lyman  and  Werner  Systems  of  H,,  HD  and  D2."  Atomic 

Data,  volume  1  (1970),  pages  289-304. 
.     "Isotope  Effects  in  the  Lyman  and  Werner  Systems  of  Molecular 

Hydrogen."  Molecular  Physics,  volume  19,  number  4  (1970),  pages  567-572. 
Apparao,  K.  M.  V.     "The  Electromagnetic  Spectrum  of  the  Crab  Nebula."  Pages 

247-249    in    L.    Gratton,    editor,    Non-Solar   X-    and    Gamma-Ray    Astronomy, 

Proceedings    of    the    International    Astronomical    Union    Symposium    No.    37. 

Dordrecht,  Holland:   D.  Reidel  Publishing  Company,  1970. 
Austin,  P.  M.,  and  M.  R.  Schaffner.     "Computations  and  Experiments  Relevant 

to  Digital  Processing  of  Weather  Radar  Echoes."  Presented  at  the  14th  Radar 

Meteorology  Conference,  Tucson,  Arizona,  1970. 
Avrett,   E.    H.     "Solution    of    Non-LTE    Transfer    Problems."    Presented    at    the 

Interdisciplinary  Symposium  of  the  Applications  of  Transport  Theory,  Oxford, 

September  1970. 
.     "The  Solar  H  and  K  Lines."  Publications  of  the  Astronomical  So- 
ciety of  the  Pacific,  volume  82  (1970),  pages  169-248. 
Ball,  J.  A.,  C.  Cesarsky,  A.  K.  Dupree,  L.  Goldberg,  and  A.  E.  Lilley.  "Detection 

and  Identification  of  Recombination  Lines  from  an  H  I  Region."  Astrophysical 

Journal,  volume    162   (1970),  pages   L25-29. 
Ball,  J.  A.,  D.  F.  Dickinson,  C.  A.  Gottlieb,  and   H.  E.  Radford.     "The  3.8-cm 


196  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Spectrum   of   OH:    Laboratory    Measurement   and    Low-Noise   Search    in   W3 
(OH)."  Astronomical  Journal,  volume  75,  number  7  (1970),  pages  762-763. 

Ball,  J.  A.,  C.  A.  Gottlieb,  A.  E.  Lilley,  and  H.  E.  Radford.  "Detection  of  Methyl 
Alcohol  in  Sagittarius."  Astrophysical  Journal,  volume  162  (1970),  pages  L203- 
210. 

Ball,  J.  A.,  C.  A.  Gottlieb,  M.  L.  Meeks,  and  H.  E.  Radford.  "Search  for  the 
2II1/2,  J  =  5/2  Excited  State  of  OH  in  W3."  Astrophysical  Journal,  volume 
163  (1971),  pages  L33-34. 

Ball,  J.  A.,  C.  A.  Gottlieb,  and  H.  E.  Radford,  "Search  for  Extraterrestrial  H„180 
Emission."  Astrophysical  Journal,  volume  163  (1971),  pages  429-430. 

Barker,  J.  I.,  and  M.  D.  Grossi.  "Results  of  the  OV4-1  Dual  Satellite  Experi- 
ment on  Guided  Ionospheric  Propagation."  Radio  Science,  volume  5,  number 
6  (1970),  pages  983-996. 

Barnes,  J.  A.,  R.  Chi,  L.  S.  Cutler,  D.  J.  Healey,  D.  B.  Leeson,  T.  E.  McGunigal, 
J.  A.  Mullen,  Jr.,  W.  L.  Smith,  R.  L.  Sydnor,  R.  F.  C.  Vessot,  and  G.  M.  R. 
Winkler.  "Characterization  of  Frequency  Stability."  Institute  of  Electrical 
and  Electronic  Engineers  Transactions  on  Instrumentation  and  Measurement, 
volume  IM-20,  number  2  (1971),  pages   105-120. 

Becker,  K.  H.,  E.  FI.  Fink,  and  A.  C.  Allison.  "Intensity  Calibrations  of  a  Spec- 
troscopic Detecting  System  in  the  1100-1820  A  Region."  Journal  of  the  Optical 
Society  of  America,  volume  61,  number  4  (1971),  pages  495-498. 

Bottcher,  C,  and  M.  R.  Flannery.  "Impact-Parameter  Treatment  of  Hydrogen- 
Hydrogen  Excitation  Collisions."  Journal  of  Physics  B:  Atomic  and  Molecular 
Physics,  volume  3  (1970),  pages  1600-1609. 

Bottcher,  C,  R.  A.  McCray,  M.  Jura,  and  A.  Dalgarno.  "Time-Dependent  Model 
of  the  Interstellar  Medium."  Astrophysical  Letters,  volume  6  (1970),  pages 
237-241. 

Carleton,  N.  P.,  W.  A.  Traub,  and  R.  B.  Wattson.  "Venus  CO,  Line  Profiles: 
Observations  Compared  with  Predictions  for  a  Variety  of  Cloud  Distributions." 
Presented  at  the  Third  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Division  of  Planetary  Sciences 
of  the  American  Astronomical  Society,  Tallahassee,  Florida,  February  1971. 

Chaffee,  F.  "Abundances  in  Open  Clusters:  F  Dwarfs  in  the  Coma  Cluster." 
Presented  at  the  Astronomical  Society  of  the  Pacific,  Hawaii,  June  1971. 

Chaffee,  F.,  D.  F.  Carbon,  and  S.  E.  Strom.  "Abundances  in  Open  Clusters: 
Model-Atmosphere  Abundance  Analysis  of  Stars  in  the  Pleiades  and  Hyades 
Clusters."  Astrophysical  Journal,  volume  166  (1971),  pages  593-603. 

Charlson,  R.  J.,  P.  W.  Hodge,  P.  B.  Lucke,  E.  J.  Mannery,  and  T.  P.  Snow.  "At- 
mospheric Extinction  in  Four  Wavelength  Regions  from  Sites  in  the  Northern 
and  Southern  Hemispheres."  Project  ASTRA,  Publication  No.  2  (1970). 

Charman,  W.  N.,  R.  W.  P.  Drever,  J.  H.  Fruin,  J.  V.  Jelley,  J.  L.  Elliot,  G.  G. 
Fazio,  D.  R.  Hearn,  H.  F.  Helmken,  G.  H.  Rieke,  and  T.  C.  Weekes.  "Upper- 
Air  Fluorescence  as  a  Tool  in  X-Ray  Astronomy  and  Searches  for  X-Rays 
from  NP  0532  and  Other  Pulsars."  Pages  41-49  in  L.  Gratton,  editor,  Non- 
Solar  X-  and  Gamma-Ray  Astronomy,  Proceedings  of  the  International  Astro- 
nomical Union  Symposium  No.  37.  Dordrecht,  Holland:  D.  Reidel  Publishing 
Company,  1970. 
Cherniak,  J.,  and  E.  M.  Gaposchkin.  "Computer  Derivation  of  Short-Period 
Lunar  Perturbations."  Pages  36-39  in  B.  Morando,  editor,  Dynamics  of  Satel- 
lites. New  York:  Springer-Verlag,  1970. 
Cook,  A.  F.,  and  F.  A.  Franklin.  "An  Explanation  of  the  Light  Curve  of 
Iapetus."  Icarus,  volume  13  (1970),  pages  282-291. 


APPENDIX  6.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  STAFF  197 

Crawford,  O.  H.,  and  A.  Dalgarno.  "The  Scattering  of  Thermal  Electrons  by 
Carbon  Monoxide."  Journal  of  Physics  B:  Atomic  and  Molecular  Physics, 
volume  4  (1971),  pages  494-502. 

Dalgarno,  A.  "Metastable  Species  in  the  Ionosphere."  Annates  de  Geophysique, 
volume  26,  number  2  (1970),  pages  601-607. 

Dalgarno,  A.,  C.  Bottcher,  and  G.  A.  Victor.  "Pseudo-Potential  Calculation  of 
Atomic  Interactions."  Chemistry  and  Physics  Letters,  volume  7  (1970),  pages 
265-267. 

Dalgarno,  A.,  and  T.  C.  Degges.  "CO^  Dayglow  on  Mars  and  Venus."  Pages 
337-345  in  C.  Sagan  et  al.,  editors,  Planetary  Asmospheres.  Dordrecht,  Hol- 
land: D.  Reidel  Publishing  Company,  1971. 

Dalgarno,  A.,  G.  Herzberg,  and  T.  L.  Stephens.  "A  New  Continuous  Emission 
Spectrum  of  the  Hydrogen  Molecule."  Astrophysical  Journal,  volume  162 
(1970),  pages  L49-53. 

Dalgarno,  A.,  and  M.  B.  McElroy.  "Mars:  Is  Nitrogen  Present?"  Science,  vol- 
ume 170  (1970),  pages  167-168. 

D'Amico,  J.,  J.  DeFelice,  and  E.  L.  Fireman.  "The  Cosmic-Ray  and  Solar-Flare 
Bombardment  of  the  Moon."  Proceedings  of  the  Apollo  11  Lunar  Science 
Conference,  volume  2  (1970),  pages  1029-1036. 

Danziger,  I.  J.,  and  M.  A.  Jura.  "The  Halo  B  Star  HD  137569."  Astrophysical 
Journal,  volume  161  (1970),  pages  997-1002. 

Davis,  R.  J.  "Astronomical  Spectroscopy."  Pages  107-108  in  McGraw-Hill  Year- 
book of  Science  and  Technology.  New  York:  McGraw-Hill  Publishing  Com- 
pany, 1970. 

.  "Ultraviolet  Photometry  of  Stars  Obtained  with  the  Celescope  Ex- 
periment in  the  Orbiting  Astronomical  Observatory."  Pages  109-119  in  L. 
Houziaux  and  H.  E.  Butler,  editors,  Ultraviolet  Stellar  Spectra  and  Related 
Ground-Based  Observations.  New  York:  Springer-Verlag,  1970. 

Davis,  R.  J.,  W.  A.  Deutschman,  K.  Haramundanis,  Y.  Nozawa,  and  K.  O'Neill. 
"Video  Data  Processing  for  the  Celescope  Experiment."  Astronomical  Use  of 
Television-Type  Image  Sensors,  NASA  SP-256    (1970)  ,  pages  137-144. 

Deutschman,  W.  A.  Automatic  Computer  Reduction  of  Astronomical  Television 
Images.  Presented  at  International  Astronomical  Union  Colloquium  No.  11, 
Edinburgh,  August  1970. 

Dickey,  J.  S.,  Jr.  "Nickel-Iron  in  Lunar  Anorthosites."  Earth  and  Planetaty 
Science  Letters,  volume  8  (1970),  pages  387-392. 

Dickinson,  D.  "Galactic  Radio  Astronomy."  Smithsonian,  volume  1,  number 
8  (1970),  pages  56-63. 

Dickinson,  D.,  and  C.  A.  Gottlieb.  "Comments  on  the  Excitation  and  Abundance 
of  Interstellar  SiO,  Based  on  a  Search  at  87  GHz."  Astrophysical  Letters,  vol- 
ume 7  (1971),  pages  205-207. 

Drake,  G.  W.  F.,  and  A.  Dalgarno.  "A  1/Z  Expansion  Study  of  the  2s2p  1P 
and  3P  Autoionizing  Resonances  of  the  Helium  Isoelectronic  Sequence."  Pro- 
ceedings of  the  Royal  Society  of  London  A,  volume  320  (1971),  page  549. 
Evenson,  K.  M.,  J.  S.  Wells,  and  H.  E.  Radford.  "Infrared  Resonance  of  OH 
with  the  HoO  Laser:  A  Galactic  Maser  Pump?"  Physical  Review  Letters,  vol- 
ume 25  (1970),  number  4,  pages  199-202. 
Fazio,  G.  G.  Recent  Progress  in  Cosmic  Gamma  Radiation.  Presented  at  Ameri- 
can Physical  Society  Meeting,  Washington,  D.C.,  April  1971. 


198  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 
.     "X-Ray  and  Gamma-Ray  Astronomy."  Pages  72-100  in  Proceedings 


of  the  6th  Interamerican  Seminar  on  Cosmic  Rays,  volume  1  (1970). 

Fazio,  G.  G.,  D.  R.  Hearn,  and  H.  F.  Helmken.  "A  Search  for  Periodic  Gamma- 
Ray  Emission  in  the  10n-  to  1013-eV  Energy  Region  from  Pulsars."  Acta  Physica 
Academicae  Scientiarium  Hungaricae  (1970),  volume  29,  supplement  1,  pages 
111-114. 

Fazio,  G.  G.,  D.  R.  Hearn,  H.  F.  Helmken,  G.  H.  Rieke,  and  T.  C.  Weekes.  "A 
Search  for  High-Energy  y-Rays  from  Pulsars."  Pages  192-195  in  L.  Gratton, 
editor,  Non-Solar  X-  and  Gamma-Ray  Astronomy ,  Proceedings  of  the  Inter- 
national Astronomical  Union  Symposium  No.  37.  Dordrecht,  Holland:  D.  Reidel 
Publishing  Company,  1970. 

Fazio,  G.  G.,  H.  F.  Helmken,  G.  H.  Rieke,  and  T.  C.  Weekes.  "A  Lower  Limit 
to  the  Magnetic  Field  in  the  Crab  Nebula  from  Cosmic  y-Ray  Experiments  at 
10I1eV."  Pages  250-256  in  L.  Gratton,  editor,  Non-Solar  X-  and  Gamma-Ray 
Astronomy,  Proceedings  of  the  International  Astro?iomical  Union  Symposium 
No.  37.  Dordrecht,  Holland:    D.   Reidel   Publishing  Company,   1970. 

.     "Recent  Results  on  the  Search  for  1011  eV  Gamma  Rays  from  the 

Crab  Nebula."  Pages  56-58  in  R.  D.  Davies  and  F.  G.  Smith,  editors,  The 
Crab  Nebula,  Proceedings  of  the  International  Astronomical  Union  Symposium 
No.  46.  Dordrecht,  Holland:  D.  Reidel  Publishing  Company,  1971. 

"Upper  Limits  to  the  Emission  of  1011-eV  Gamma  Rays  from  Dis- 


crete Sources."  Acta  Physica  Academicae  Scientiarium  Hungaricae  (1970),  vol- 
ume 29,  supplement  1,  pages  115-121. 

Fazio,  G.  G.,  J.  V.  Jelley,  and  W.  N.  Charman.  "Generation  of  Cerenkov  Light 
Flashes  by  Cosmic  Radiation  within  the  Eyes  of  the  Apollo  Astronauts."  Na- 
ture, volume  228  (1970),  pages  260-264. 

Fireman,  E.  L.,  J.  DeFelice,  and  E.  Norton.  "Ages  of  the  Allende  Meteorite." 
Geochimica  et  Cosmochimica  Acta,  volume  34  (1970),  pages  873-881. 

Fireman,  E.  L.,  and  G.  Spannagel.  "The  Radial  Gradient  of  Cosmic  Rays  from 
the  Lost  City  Meteorite."  Journal  of  Geophysical  Research,  volume  76,  num- 
ber 17  (1971),  pages  4127-1134. 

Flannery,  M.  R.  "Classical  Theory  of  Excitation,  De-Excitation  and  Ionization 
of  Atoms  by  Charged  Particles."  Journal  of  Physics  B:  Atomic  and  Molecular 
Physics,  volume  3  (1970),  pages  1610-1619. 

.     "The   Excitation   of   Atomic   Hydrogen    from   the    n    to    the    n-fl 

Levels  by  Electron  Impact."  Astrophysical  Letters,  volume  7  (1970),  pages 
85-88. 

.     "Semiquantal  Theory  of  Heavy-Particle  Excitation,  De-Excitation, 


and  Ionization  by  Neutral  Atoms,  LSlow  and  Intermediate  Energy  Collisions." 
Annals  of  Physics,  volume  61,  number  2  (1970),  pages  465— 487. 

.     "The  2*S  and  2JP  Excitations  of  Helium  by  Proton  and  Electron 

Impact."  Journal  of  Physics  B:  Atomic  and  Molecular  Physics,  volume  3  (1970), 
pages  306-314. 

.  "Excitation  and  Ionization  of  Hydrogen  by  Hydrogen-Atom  Im- 
pact." Journal  of  Physics  B:  Atomic  and  Molecular  Physics,  volume  3  (1970), 
pages  L97-100. 

"Impact  Parameter  and  Wave  Equations  for  Direct  Excitation  and 


Electron    Capture."    Journal    of    Physics    B:    Atomic   and    Molecular    Physics, 
volume  3  (1970),  pages  21-28. 
.     "Inclusion  of  Higher  State  Coupling  in  a  Multistate  Impact  Param- 


APPENDIX  6.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  STAFF  199 

eter  Treatment  of  Heavy  Particle  Collisions."  Journal  of  Physics  B:  Atomic 
and  Molecular  Physics,  volume  3  (1970),  pages  798-803. 

"Long-Range  Effects  in  the  2S  and  2P  Excitations  of  Hydrogen  by 


Proton  and  Helium-Ion  Impact."  Journal  of  Physics  B:  Atomic  and  Molecular 
Physics,  volume  3  (1970),  pages  1083-1089. 

"The  n  -»   n+1   Transition  of  Atomic  Hydrogen  Induced  by  Hy- 


drogen-Atom Impact."  Astrophysical  Journal,  volume   161    (1970),  pages  L41- 

42. 
Franklin,  F.  A.,  and  G.  Colombo.     "A  Dynamical  Model  for  the  Radial  Struc- 
ture of  Saturn's  Rings."  Icarus,  volume  12  (1970),  pages  338-347. 
Forti,  G.     A  Determination  of  Meteor  Mass  Distribution  from  Meteor  Echoes. 

Presented  at  the  International  Astronomical  Union  Colloquium  No.  13,  Albany, 

New  York,  June  1971. 
Gaposchkin,    E.    M.     Analysis   of    Pole    Position    from    1846    to    1970.    Presented 

at  the  International  Astronomical  Union  Symposium  No.  48,  Morioka,  Japan, 

May  1971. 
.     "Future  Uses  of  Laser  Tracking."  Pages  1-42  in  Computer  Sciences 

Corporation,  editor,  Laser  and  Radar  Investigations,  volume  III.  Washington, 

D.C.:  NASA,  1970. 

"Improved  Values  for  the  Tessera!  Harmonics  of  the  Geopotential 


and  Station  Coordinates."  Pages  109-118  in  B.  Morando,  editor.  Dynamics  of 
Satellites.  New  York:  Springer-Verlag,  1970. 
.     "Pole  Position   Studied   with   Artificial   Earth   Satellites."   Presented 


at  the  International  Astronomical  Union  Symposium  No.  48,  Morioka,  Japan, 
May  1971. 
.     "Satellite   Geodesy:    Results."   EOS,   volume   52,   number   3   (1971), 


pages  30-33. 
Gaposchkin,  E.  M.,  J.  R.  Cherniack,  R.  Briggs,  and  B.  Benima.     "Third-Order 

Oblateness    Perturbations   for  an    Artificial   Satellite."   Presented   at    the   52nd 

American  Geophysical  Union  Meeting,  Washington,  D.C.,  April  1971. 
Gaposchkin,  E.  M.,  W.  M.  Kaula,  and  K.  Lambeck.     "1969  Smithsonian  Standard 

Earth  and  Global  Tectonics."  Pages  7-60  in  Computer  Sciences  Corporation, 

editor,   Gravimetric  and    Geometric  Investigations   with    Geos   1   and   Geos  2, 

volume  I.  Washington,  D.C.:  NASA,  1970. 
Gingerich,   O.     "Argole."   Dictionaiy    of   Scientific   Biography,   volume    1    (1970), 

pages  244—245. 
.     "Astronomy  in  Harvard  Project  Physics."  Bulletin  of  the  American 

Astronomical  Society,  volume  2  (1970),  pages  275-277. 
,    editor.     Frontiers    in    Astronomy    (Readings    from    the    "Scientific 


American"  Introductions).  San   Francisco:   Freeman,   1970. 
.     "Laboratory   Exercises   in    Astronomy — Spectral   Classification."   Sky 


and  Telescope,  volume  40,  number  2  (1970),  pages  74-76. 
.     "Renaissance    Books  of   Science   from    the   Collection    of   Albert   E. 


Lownes.    Collaborating    with    D.    Godine."    Presented    at    Dartmouth    College, 
Hanover,  New  Hampshire,  1970. 

"The   Ultraviolet  Solar  Capacity."   Pages   140-142   in    L.   Houziaux 


and   H.   E.   Butler,  editors,    Ultraviolet   Stellar  Spectra   and   Related   Ground- 
Based  Observations.  Dordrecht,  Holland:  D.  Reidel  Publishing  Company,  1970. 
Grindlay,  J.  E.     "Flare  Stars  as  X-Ray  Sources."  Astrophysical  Journal,  volume 
162  (1970),  pages  187-198. 


200  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

v 
.     "New  Studies  of  Cerenkov  Radiation   in   Extensive  Air  Showers." 


II  Nuovo  Cimento,  volume  2B,  number  1  (1971),  pages  119-138. 

Hawkins,  G.  S.  "Photogrammetric  Survey  of  Stonehenge  and  Callanish."  Na- 
tional Geographic  Magazine,  volume  139,  number  1  (1971),  pages  101-108. 

Hellwig,  H.,  R.  F.  Vessot,  M.  W.  Levine,  P.  W.  Zitzewitz,  H.  E.  Peters,  D.  W. 
Allan,  and  D.  J.  Glaze.  "Measurement  of  Unperturbed  Hydrogen  Hyperfine 
Transition  Frequency."  IEEE  Transactions  on  Instrumentation  and  Measure- 
ment, volume  IM-19  (1970),  pages  200-209. 

Hodge,  P.  W.  "The  Distribution  of  Atmospheric  Particulates  over  the  Pacific, 
I."  Project  Astra,  Publication  No.  3  (1970). 

.     The   Revolution    in   Astronomy.    189   pages.    New   York:    Holiday 

House  Publishers,  1970. 

'Celestial  Photography  with  Fiber-Optics  Image  Tubes."  Sky  and 


Telescope,  volume  39  (1970),  pages  234-235. 
.     "Stellar    Statistics,"    "Star    Clusters,"    "Galaxies,"    and    "Nebulae," 


Encyclopedia  Universale.  Rome:  Institute  of  Sciences  and  Arts,  1970. 

Hodge,  P.  W.,  and  P.  B.  Lucke.  "A  Catalogue  of  Stellar  Associations  in  the 
Large  Magellanic  Cloud."  Astronomical  Journal,  volume  75  (1970),  pages  171- 
175. 

Horowitz,  P.,  C.  Papaliolios,  and  N.  P.  Carleton.  "Results  of  a  Search  for  Op- 
tical Pulsars."  Astrophysical  Journal,  volume  163  (1971),  pages  L5-10. 

Horowitz,  P.,  C.  Papaliolios,  N.  P.  Carleton,  J.  Nelson,  J.  Middleditch,  R.  Hills, 
D.  Cudaback,  J.  Wampler,  P.  E.  Boynton,  E.  J.  Groth,  R.  B.  Partridge,  D.  T. 
Wilkinson,  J.  G.  Duthie,  and  P.  Murdin.  "Optical  Tim  of-Arrival  Measure- 
ments from  the  Crab  Pulsar:  Comparison  of  Results  from  ^our  Observatories." 
Astrophysical  Journal,  volume  166  (1971),  pages  L91-93. 

Jacchia,  L.  G.  "Recent  Advances  in  Upper  Atmosphere  Structure."  Pages  367- 
388  in  T.  M.  Donahue,  P.  A.  Smith,  and  L.  Thomas,  editors,  Space  Research 
X.  Amsterdam:   North-Holland  Publishing  Company,   1970. 

.  "Semi-Annual  Density  Variation  in  the  Heterosphere:  A  Reap- 
praisal." Presented  at  the  14th  Internati  ial  COSPAR  Meeting,  Seattle,  Wash- 
ington, June  1971. 

.     "Solar-Wind  Dependence  of  the  Diurnal  Temperature  Variation  in 


the  Thermosphere."  Journal  of  Geophysical  Researcn,  volume  75  (1970),  pages 
4347-4349. 

Johnston,  K.  J.,  S.  H.  Knowles,  W.  T.  Sullivan,  III,  J.  M.  Moran,  B.  F.  Burke, 
K.  Y.  Lo,  D.  C.  Papa,  G.  D.  Papadopoulos,  P.  R.  Schwartz,  C.  A.  Knight,  I.  I. 
Shapiro,  and  W.  J.  Welch.  "An  Interferometer  Map  of  the  Water-Vapor 
Sources  in  W49."  Astrophysical  Journal,  volume   166  (1971),  pages  L21-26. 

Kalkofen,  W.  "Line  Formation  in  Moving  Atmospheres."  Pages  120-133  in  H.  G. 
Groth  and  P.  Wellmann,  editors,  Spectrum  Formation  in  Stars  with  Steady- 
State  Extended  Atmospheres,  National  Bureau  of  Standards  Special  Publica- 
tion No.  332.  Washington,  D.C.:  National  Bureau  of  Standards,  1970. 

Kalkofen,  W.,  and  R.  W.  Noyes.  "The  Solar  Lyman  Continuum  and  the  Struc- 
ture of  the  Solar  Chromosphere."  Solar  Physics,  volume  15  (1970),  pages  120- 
138. 

Kalkofen,  W.,  and  C.  A.  Whitney.  "Line  Formation  in  Pulsating  Variable  Stars." 
Presented  at  the  Interdisciplinary  Symposium  on  the  Applications  of  Trans- 
port Theory,  Oxford,  September  1970. 

Lambeck,  K.     "Some  Comments  on  the  Present  and  Future  Value  of  Geometric 


APPENDIX  6.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  STAFF  201 

Satellite  Geodesy."  Pages  67-100  in  Computer  Sciences  Corporation,  editor, 
Laser  and  Radar  Investigations,  volume  III.  Washington,  D.C.:   NASA,    1970. 

Latham,  D.  "Computerized  Microphotometry  of  Stellar  Spectrograms."  Pre- 
sented at  the  International  Astronomical  Union  Colloquium  No.  11,  Edin- 
burgh, August  1970. 

LeBas,  M.  J.,  and  P.  A.  Mohr.  "Tholeiite  from  the  Simien  Alkali  Basalt  Centre, 
Ethiopia."   Geology  Magazine,  volume    107   (1970),   pages  523-529. 

Lecar,  M.,  and  C.  Cruz-Gonzalez.  "A  Numerical  Experiment  of  Relaxation 
Times  in  Stellar  Dynamics."  Presented  at  the  10th  International  Astronomical 
Union  Colloquium,  Brighton,  England,  August  1970. 

Lecar,  M.,  and  L.  Cohen.  "Numerical  Experiments  on  Lynden-Bell's  Statistics." 
Presented  at  the  10th  International  Astronomical  Union  Colloquium,  Brighton, 
England,  August  1970. 

Lehr,  C.  G.,  and  M.  R.  Pearlman.  "Laser  Ranging  to  Satellites."  Pages  54-60 
in  T.  M.  Donahue,  P.  A.  Smith,  and  L.  Thomas,  editors,  Space  Research  X. 
Amsterdam:    North-Holland   Publishing  Company,   1970. 

Lehr,  C.  G.,  M.  R.  Pearlman,  and  J.  A.  Monjes.  "The  SAO  Lunar  Laser."  Pre- 
sented at  the  14th  International  COSPAR  Meeting,  Seattle,  Washington,  June 
1971. 

Lehr,  C.  G.,  M.  R.  Pearlman,  J.  A.  Monjes,  and  W.  F.  Hagen.  "A  Transportable 
Lunar-Ranging  System."  Presented  at  the  1971  IEEE  Optical  Society  of  America 
Conference  on  Laser  Engineering  and  Applications,  Washington,  D.C.,  June 
1971. 

Lehr,  C.  G.,  M.  R.  Pearlman,  and  J.  L.  Scott.  "A  Photographic  Technique  for 
Improved  Laser-Ranging  Accuracy."  Pages  51-56  in  Computer  Sciences  Corpo- 
ration, editor,  Laser  and  Radar  Investigations,  volume  III.  Washington,  D.C.: 
NASA,  1970. 

Lehr,  C.  G.,  M.  R.  Pearlman,  M.  R.  Wolf,  and  J.  A.  Monjes.  "A  High-Radiance 
Laser  System  for  Lunar  Ranging."  Presented  at  the  Seminar  on  Optical  Track- 
ing Systems,  El  Paso,  Texas,  January  1971. 

Levine,  M.  W.,  and  R.  F.  C.  Vessot.  " Hydrogen -Maser  Time  and  Frequency 
Standard  at  Agassiz  Observatory."  Radio  Science,  volume  5,  number  10  (1970), 
pages  1287-1292. 

Levy,  H.,  II.  "Born  Wave  Cross-Section  Calculations  for  Collisional  Quenching 
of  Metastable  H(2s)  by  Helium,  Neon,  Argon,  and  Krypton."  Physical  Review 
A,  volume  3,  number  6  (1971),  pages  1987-1991. 

.     "Born     Wave    Cross-Section     Calculations    for     the    Excitation     of 

He(PS)  to  He(N'L)  by  Helium,  Neon,  Argon,  and  Krypton."  Journal  of  Physics 
B:  Atomic  and  Molecular  Physics,  volume  3  (1970),  pages   1501-1509. 

Lundquist,  C.  A.  "Laser  Ranging  to  Artificial  Satellites."  Presented  at  the  XIV 
General  Assembly  of  the  International  Astronomical  Union,  Brighton,  Eng- 
land, August  1970. 

.  "Photometry  from  Apollo  Tracking."  Pages  25-32  in  T.  M.  Dona- 
hue, P.  A.  Smith,  and  L.  Thomas,  editors,  Space  Research  X.  Amsterdam: 
North-Holland  Publishing  Company,  1970. 

Lundquist,  C.  A.,  and  G.  E.  O.  Giacaglia.  "Sampling  Functions  as  an  Alterna- 
tive to  Spherical  Harmonics."  Presented  at  the  International  Astronomical 
Union  Svmposium  No.  48,  Morioka,  Japan,  May  1971. 

.  "A  Geopotential  Representation  with  Sampling  Functions."  Pre- 
sented at  the  Symposium  of  the  Use  of  Artificial  Satellites  for  Geodesy,  Wash- 
ington. D.C.,  April  1971. 


202  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Lundquist,  C.  A.,  and  G.  C.  Weiffenbach.  "Plans  by  SAO  for  the  Use  of  Geos 
C  in  Geodetic  and  Earth-Physics  Investigations."  Pages  173-182  in  Computer 
Sciences  Corporation,  editor,  General,  volume  IV.  Washington,  D.C.:  NASA, 
1970. 

Marsden,  B.  "Reports  of  the  Progress  of  Astronomy.  Comets."  Quarterly  Journal 
of  the  Royal  Astronornical  Society,  volume  11  number  3  (1970),  pages  221-235. 

.     "Report    of    The    Central    Bureau    for    Astronomical    Telegrams." 

Transactions  of  the  International  Astronomical   Union,  Commission   number 
6,  volume  XIV  A  (1970),  pages  15-17. 

Mathur,  N.  C,  M.  D.  Grossi,  and  M.  R.  Pearlman.  "Atmospheric  Effects  in 
Very  Long  Baseline  Interferometry."  Radio  Science,  volume  5,  number  10 
(1970),  pages  1253-1261. 

Maxwell,  J.  C.  "A  Doppler  Satellite  System  Design  for  Animal  Tracking."  Pre- 
sented at  National  Telemetering  Conference,  Washington,  D.C.,  April   1971. 

.     "A  Paper  Supporting  the  Use  of  the  Doppler  Technique  to  Track 

Free-Roaming  Animals  from  Satellites."  Presented  at  the  Symposium  on  Ani- 
mal Orientation  and  Navigation,  Wallops  Station,  Virginia,  September   1970. 

McCrosky,  R.  E.  "The  Lost  City  Meteorite  Fall."  Sky  and  Telescope,  volume 
39  (1970),  pages  154-158. 

McCrosky,  R.  E.,  and  Z.  Ceplecha.  "Fireballs  and  the  Physical  Theory  of  Me- 
teors." Bulletin  of  the  Astronomical  Institute  of  Czechoslovakia,  volume  21 
(1970),  pages  271-296. 

McCroskey,  R.  E.,  A.  Posen,  G.  Schwartz,  and  C.  -Y  Shao.  "Lost  City  Meteorite — 
Its  Recovery  and  a  Comparison  with  Other  Fireballs."  Journal  of  Geophysical 
Research,  volume  76,  number  17  (1971),  pages  4090-4108. 

McDaniel,  E.  W.,  V.  Cermak,  A.  Dalgarno,  E.  E.  Ferguson,  and  L.  Friedman. 
Ion  Molecule  Reactions.  374  pages.  New  York:  John  Wiley  and  Sons,  1970. 

Megrue,  G.  "Distribution  and  Origin  of  Helium,  Neon,  and  Argon  Isotopes  in 
Apollo  12  Samples  by  In  Situ  Analysis  was  a  Laser  Probe  Mass  Spectrometer." 
Presented  at  Apollo  12  Lunar  Science  Conference,  Houston,  Texas,  January 
1971. 

.  "Laser  Microprobe  Mass  Spectrometry  with  Applications  to  Me- 
teorite Research."  Pages  654-656  in  K.  Ogata  and  T.  Hayakawa,  editors,  Recent 
Developments  in  Mass  Spectroscopy.  Tokyo:    University  of  Tokyo  Press,   1970. 

Melson,  W.  G.,  E.  Jarosewich,  and  C.  A.  Lundquist.  "Volcanic  Eruption  at 
Metis  Shoal,  Tonga,  1967-1968:  Description  and  Petrology."  Smithsonian  Con- 
tributions to  the  Earth  Sciences,  number  4  (16  October  1970),  18  pages,  13  fig- 
ures, 3  tables. 

Menzel,  D.  H.     Astronomy.  New  York:  Random  House,  1970. 

.     "Laser  Action  in  Non-LTE  Atmospheres."  Pages  134-137  in  H.  G. 

Groth  and  P.  Wellman,  editors,  Spectrum  Formation  in  Stars  with  Steady- 
State  Extended  Atmospheres,  National  Bureau  of  Staiidards  Special  Publication 
No.  332.  Washington,  D.C.:  National  Bureau  of  Standards,  1970. 

"The  Challenge  of  Space  Research."  Advances  in  the  Astronautical 


Sciences,  volume  27  (1970). 
.     "Total  Eclipse  of  the  Moon."  Highlights  for  Children,  volume  26, 


number  2  (1971),  page  28. 
Menzel,   D.    H.,   and  J.    M.    Pasachoff.     "Eclipse   Instrumentation    for    the   Solar 
Corona."  Journal  of  Applied  Optics,  volume  9,  number  12  (1970),  pages  2626- 
2630. 


APPENDIX  6.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  STAFF  203 
.     "The  Outer  Corona  at  the  Eclipse  of  March  1970."  Nature,  volume 


226  (1970),  page  5251. 

"Site  Survey  for  the  1973  Total  Solar  Eclipse."  Big  Bear  Solar  Ob- 


servatory Preprint   (1971).  California  Institute  of  Technology. 
.     "Solar  Eclipse:   Nature's  Super  Spectacular."  National  Geographic 


Magazine,  volume  138,  number  2  (1970),  pages  222-233. 
Menzel,  D.  H.,  W.  W.  Salisbury,  and  D.  L.  Femald.     "A  System  for  Recording 

the  Polarization  of  Extended  Astronomical  Objects."  Applied  Optics,  volume  9 

(1970),  pages  2648-2649. 
Menzel,  D.  H.,  F.  L.  Whipple,  and  C.  de  Vaucouleurs.     Survey  of  the  Universe. 

841  pages.  Englewood  Cliffs,  New  Jersey:  Prentice-Hall,  Inc.,  1970. 
Mertz,  L.     "Design  for  a  Giant  Telescope."  Page  507  in  J.  Home  Dickson,  editor, 

Optical  Instruments  and    Techniques.   Newcastle-Upon-Tyne,   England:    Oriel 

Press,  Ltd.,  1970. 
.     "Eclectic  Considerations  in  Astronomical  Fourier  Spectroscopy."  Pre- 
sented at  Optical  Society  of  America  Meeting,  Hollywood,  Florida,  September 

1970. 
.     "Fourier  Spectroscopy,  Past,  Present,  and  Future."  Applied  Optics, 


volume  10  (1971),  pages  386-389. 
.     "Numerical    Image   Synthesis    for   the    Rotation    Modulation    Colli- 


mator."   Presented    at    the    American    Astronomical    Society    Meeting,   Tampa, 
Florida,  December  1970. 
.     "Numerical  Image  Synthesis  for  a  Ring  Pupil."  Optica  Ada.  vol- 


ume 18,  number  1  (1971),  pages  51-57. 
.     "Observations  of  Infrared  Stellar  Absorption   Lines."   Presented  at 


17th  International  Astrophysical  Symposium  at  Liege  on  Infrared  Spectroscopy, 
Liege,  Belgium,  June  1971. 

Michelini,  R.  D.  "Investigations  of  Very  Long  Baseline  Interferometry  at  the 
Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory."  Pages  15-26  in  L.  E.  Fron  and  C.  B. 
Solloway,  editors,  Proceedings  of  the  Conference  on  Scientific  Applications  of 
Radio  and  Radar  Tracking  in  the  Space  Program.  Jet  Propulsion  Laboratory 
Technical  Report  number  32-1475.  Pasadena,  California:  Jet  Propulsion  Lab- 
oratory, 1970. 

.  "A  One-Bit  VLBI  Recording  and  Playback  System  Using  Video- 
tape Recorders."  Radio  Science,  volume   10  (1970),  pages   1263-1270. 

Michelini,  R.  D.,  and  M.  D.  Grossi.  "VLBI  Observations  of  Radio  Emissions 
from  Geostationary  Satellites."  Presented  at  14th  International  COSPAR 
Meeting,  Seattle,  Washington,  June   1971. 

Miller,  W.  C,  and  D.  Latham.  "Report  on  the  Albany,  New  York,  Meeting  of 
the  AAS  Working  Groups  on  Photographic  Materials  in  Astronomy."  American 
Astronomical  Society  Photo-Bulletin,  volume  3,  number  2  (1970),  pages  3-10. 

Mohr,  P.  A.  "The  Afar  Triple  Junction  and  Sea-Floor  Spreading."  Journal  of 
Geophysical  Research,  volume  75,  number  35  (1970),  pages  7340-7352. 

.     "Catalog  of  Chemical   Analyses  of  Rocks  from   the  Intersection  of 

the  African,  Gulf  of  Aden,  and  Red  Sea  Rift  Systems."  Smithsonian  Contribu- 
tions to  the  Earth  Sciences,  number  2  (16  December  1970),  271  pages. 

.     "Volcanic  Composition  in  Relation   to  Tectonics  in  the  Ethiopian 


Rift  System:    A   Preliminary  Investigation."   Bulletin    Volcanologique,  volume 
34,  number  1  (1970),  pages  1-17. 
.     "Plate  Tectonics  of  the  Red  Sea  and  East.  Africa."  Nature,  volume 


228,  number  5271    (1970),  pages  547-548. 


441-283      O  -     71-14 


204  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 
.     "Ethiopian   Rift   and   Plateaus:   Some  Volcanic   Petrochemical  Dif- 


ferences." Journal  of  Geophysical  Research,  volume  76,  number  8  (1971),  pages 
1967-1984. 
.     "The  Ethiopian  Triple-Rift  Junction  in  Terms  of  Plate  Tectonics." 


Bulletin  of  the  Geophysical  Obsenmtory,  Haile  Sellassie  I  University,  number 
13  (1971),  pages  1-17. 

-.     "Research    Programs   on    Crustal    Deformations    in    the    Ethiopian 


Rift.   2.  Smithsonian   Geodimeter  Surveys."   Bulletin   of   the   Geophysical   Ob- 
servatory, Haile  Sellassie  I  University,  number  13  (1971),  page  121. 
.     "Tectonics  of  the  Dobi  Graben  Region,  Central  Afar,   Ethiopia." 


Bulletin  of  the  Geophysical  Observatory,  Haile  Sellassie  I  University,  number 

13  (1971),  pages  73-89. 
.     The  Geology  of  Ethiopia  (2nd   Printing  with  new  Foreword).  268 

pages.  Addis  Ababa:   Haile  Selassie  I  University  Press,  1971. 
Nilsson,  C.  S.,  and  F.  W.  Wright.     "Detection  of  Micrometeoroid  Flux  on  Satel- 
lites." Journal  of  Geophysical  Research,  volume  76  (1971),  pages  3424-3425. 
Nozawa,  Y.     "Accuracy  of  an  Orbiting  Television  Photometer."  Presented  at  the 

Electro-Optical  System  Design  Conference,  New  York,  September  1970. 
.     "Deterioration  Characteristics  of  a  SEC  Vidicon."  Presented  at  the 

Seoul    International    Conference    on    Electrical    and    Electronics    Engineering, 

Seoul,  Korea,  September  1970. 
.     "Integrated    Data-Processor-Controller    for    an    Astronomical    Tele- 


vision System  in  a  Space-Borne  Observatory."  Presented  at  the  31st  Interna- 
tional Astronautical  Congress,  Constance,  Federal  Republic  of  Germany,  Oc- 
tober 1970. 

.     "Problems  Encountered   During  Development  of  an  Astronomical 

Television  System  for  an  Earth-Orbiting  Observatory."  Journal  of  the  British 
Interplanetary  Society,  volume  23  (1970),  pages  759-769. 

Nozawa,  Y.,  and  R.  J.  Davis.  "Some  Factors  Affecting  the  Accuracy  of  a  Space- 
Borne  Astronomical  Television  Photometer."  Astronomical  Use  of  Television- 
Type  Image  Sensors,  NASA  SP-256  (1971). 

Oke,  J.  B.,  and  R.  Schild.  "Recent  Absolute  Calibration  Work  at  Palomar 
Mountain."  Pages  13-17  in  L.  Houziaux  and  H.  E.  Butler,  Ultraviolet  Stellar 
Spectra  and  Related  Ground-Based  Observations,  Proceedings  of  the  Inter- 
national Astronomical  Union  Symposium  No.  36.  Dordrecht,  Holland:  D. 
Reidel  Publishing  Company,  1970. 

Papaliolios,  C,  N.  P.  Carleton,  and  P.  Horowitz.  "Absolute  Time-of- Arrival 
Measurements  of  Optical  Pulses  from  the  Crab  Pulsar."  Nature,  volume  228, 
number  5270  (1970),  pages  445-450. 

.     "Period    of    the    Crab    Pulsar."    Central   Bureau    for   Astronomical 

Telegrams  Circular  No.  2269  (1970). 

.     "Optical    Timing    Measurements    of    the    Crab    Pulsar."    in    R.    D. 


Davies  and  F.  G.  Smith,  editors.  The  Crab  Nebula,  Proceedings  of  the  Inter- 
national Astronomical  Union  No.  46.  Dordrecht,  Holland:  D.  Reidel  Publishing 
Company,  1971. 

Papaliolios,  C,  P.  Horowitz,  and  N.  P.  Carleton.  "Results  of  a  Search  for  Op- 
tical Pulsars."  Aslrophysical  Journal  (Letters),  volume  163  (1971),  pages  L5-10. 

Payne-Gaposchkin,  C.  H.  "The  Variable  Stars  of  the  Large  Magellanic  Cloud." 
Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Astrophysics,  number  13  (2  June  1971),  41  pages, 
13  tables. 


APPENDIX  6.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  STAFF  205 

Payne-Gaposchkin,   C.   H.,   and   K.   Haramundanis.   Introduction   to  Astronomy. 

610  pages.  New  York:  Prentice-Hall,  Inc.,  1970. 
.     "The    Moon."    Collier's   Encyclopedia,    New    York:    Grolier    Press, 

1970. 
Pearlman,  M.  R.,  and  R.  E.  McCrosky.     "Synoptic  Observations  of  the  Aerosol 

Layer  by  LIDAR."   Presented   at   the    14th   International   COSPAR    Meeting, 

Seattle,  Washington,  June  1971. 
.     "A  Two-Laser  Collocation  Experiment."  Pages  99-114  in  Computer 

Sciences  Corporation,  editor,   Tracking  System   Inte.rcomparisons  zuith   Geos-2, 

volume  II.  Washington,  D.C.,  NASA,  1970. 
Reid,  J.   B.     "Petrology   of   Basic   Igneous   Rock    Fragments   in   Apollo    12   Soil 

Samples."  Presented  at  the  33rd  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Meteoritical  Society, 

Skyline,  Virginia,  October  1970. 
.     "Apollo  12  Spinels  as  Petrogenetic  Indicators."  Earth  and  Planetary 

Science  Letters,  volume  10  (1971),  pages  351-356. 
.     "The  Petrology  of  Basaltic  Particles  in  Apollo  12  Soils."  Presented 


at  the  American  Geophysical  Union  52nd  Annual  Meeting,  Washington,  D.C., 

April  1971. 
Reid,  J.  B.,  and  F.  A.  Frey.     "Rare-Earth  Distributions  in  Lherzolite  and  Garnet 

Pyroxenite   Xenoliths   and    the   Constitution   of   the   Upper   Mantle."  Journal 

of  Geophysical  Research,  volume  76  (1971),  pages  1184-1196. 
Reid,  R.  H.  G.,  and  A.  Dalgarno.     "Sodium   2P  Fine-Structure  Transitions  in 

Collisions   with    Helium."    Chemistry    and   Physics   Letters,   volume   6    (1970), 

pages  85-86. 
Reid,  R.  H.  G.,  and  G.  L.  Withbroe.     "The  Density  and  Vibrational  Distribution 

of    Molecular    Oxygen    in    the    Lower    Thermosphere."    Planetary    and    Space 

Science,  volume  18  (1970),  pages  1255-1265. 
Rybicki,  G.     "A  Note  on  the  Computation  of  Diffuse  Reflection  Functions  for 

Spherical  Shells."   Journal  of   Computational  Physics,  volume  6  (1970),  pages 

131-135. 
.     "Relaxation  Times  in  Strictly  Disk  Systems."  Presented  at  the  10th 

International    Astronomical    Union    Colloquium,    Brighton,    England,    August 

1970. 

"Theoretical    Methods    of    Treating   Line   Formation    Problems    in 


Steady-State  Extended  Atmospheres."  Pages  87-118  In  H.  G.  Groth  and  P. 
Wellmann,  Spectrum  Formation  in  Stars  with  Steady-State  Extended  Atmo- 
spheres, National  Bureau  of  Standards  Special  Publication  No.  332.  Washing- 
ton, D.C.,  National  Bureau  of  Standards,  1970. 

Salisbury,  W.  W.  "Generation  of  Light  from  Free  Electrons."  Journal  of  the 
Optical  Society  of  America,  volume  60,  number  10  (1970),  pages  1279-1284. 

.     "The  Properties  of  the  Moon  as  a  Radio  Lens."  Pages  217-228  in 

W.  I.  Linlor,  editor,  Electromagnetic  Exploration  of  the  Moon.  Baltimore. 
Maryland:  Mono  Book  Corporation,  1970. 

Salisbury,  W.  W.,  and  D.   W.  Fernald.     "Experimental   Chondrule   Formation." 

Presented  at  33rd  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Meteoritical  Society,  Skyline,  Virginia, 

October  1970. 

o 

Sando,  K.  M.,  and  A.  Dalgarno.  "The  Absorption  of  Radiation  Near  600  A 
by  Helium."  Molecular  Physics,  volume  20,  number  1   (1971),  pages  103-112. 

Schild,  R.  E.  "Red  Supergiants  in  Open  Clusters."  Astrophysical  Journal,  vol- 
ume 161  (1970),  pages  855-866. 

.     "Infrared  Emission  from  Stars  in  the  h  and  %  Persei  Association.' 


206  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Presented   at    the    17th   International    Astrophysical   Symposium   at   Liege   on 

Infrared  Spectroscopy,  Liege,  Belgium,  June  1971. 
Schild,  R.  E.,  G.  Neugebauer,  and  J.  A.  Westphal.  "Interstellar  Absorption  and 

Color   Excesses    in   Sco   OB-1."   Astronomical   Journal,   volume   76    number    3 

(1971),  pages  237-241. 
Schild,  R.  E..  D.  M.  Peterson,  and  J.  B.  Oke.     "Effective  Temperatures  of  B- 

and  A-Type  Stars."  Astrophysical  Journal,  volume  166  (1971),  pages  95-108. 
Sekanina,  Z.     "Statistical  Model  of  Meteor  Streams,  I:   Analysis  of  the  Model." 

Icarus,  volume  13  (1970),  pages  459-474. 
.     "Statistical  Model  of  Meteor  Streams,  II:   Major  Showers."  Icarus, 

volume  13  (1970),  pages  475-493. 
.     "Internal  Motions  in  the  Head  of  Comet  Ikeya-Seki  1965  VIII  from 


High  Resolution  Spectra."  Presented  at  14th  International  Astronomical  Union 
General  Assembly,  Commission   15,  Brighton,  England,  August  1970. 
.     "Secular  Variations  in  the  Nongravitational  Effects  on  Comets."  Pre- 


sented at  14th  International  Astronomical  Union  General  Assembly,  Commis- 
sion 20,  Brighton,  England,  August  1970. 
.     "A  New  Model  for  Meteor  Streams."  Presented  at  14th  International 


Astronomical   Union   General   Assembly,   Commission   22,   Brighton,   England, 
August  1970. 
.     "A  Model  for  the  Nucleus  of  Encke's  Comet."  Presented  at  Interna- 


tional Astronomical  Union  Symposium  No.  45,  Leningrad,  USSR,  August  1970. 
"Rotation  Effects  in  the  Nongravitational  Parameters  of  Comets." 


Presented  at  International  Astronomical  Union  Symposium  No.  45,  Leningrad, 
USSR,  August  1970. 
.     "A    Core-Mantle    for   Cometary    Nuclei    and    Asteroids   of    Possible 


Cometary  Origin."  Presented  at  International  Astronomical  Union  Colloquium 
No.  12,  Tucson,  Arizona,  March  1971. 
.     "New  Evidence  for  Interplanetary  Boulders?"  Presented  at  Interna- 


tional Astronomical  Union  Colloquium  No.  13,  Albany,  New  York,  June  1971. 

Sheridan,  W.  F.,  O.  Oldenberg,  and  N.  P.  Carleton.  "Excitation  of  Nitrogen  by 
Fast  Protons  and  Electrons."  Journal  of  Geophysical  Research,  volume  76 
(1971),  pages  2429-2436. 

Strom,  S.  E.,  and  K.  M.  Strom.  "A  Study  of  the  Blue  Stragglers  in  the  Open 
Cluster  NGC  7789."  Astrophysical  Journal,  volume  162  (1970),  pages  523-533. 

Strom,  S.  E.,  K.  M.  Strom,  R.  T.  Rood,  and  I.  Iben.  "On  the  Evolutionary  Status 
of  Stars  above  the  Horizontal  Branch  in  Globular  Clusters."  Astronomy  and 
Astrophysics,  volume  8  (1970),  pages  243-250. 

Traub,  W.  A.,  and  N.  P.  Carleton.  "Measurements  of  Differential  Doppler 
Effect  of  a  CO.  Absorption  Line  Between  Various  Points  on  Venus." 
Presented  at  the  Third  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Division  of  Planetary  Sciences 
of  the  American  Astronomical  Society,  Tallahassee,  Florida,  February  1971. 

Veis,  G.,  and  M.  Wolf.  "A  Laser  Satellite  Ranging  System."  Pages  61-66  in 
T.  M.  Donahue,  P.  A.  Smith,  and  L.  Thomas,  editors,  Space  Research  X. 
Amsterdam:  North-Holland  Publishing  Company,  1970. 

Vessot,  R.  F.  C,  and  M.  W.  Levine.  "Measurement  of  the  Gravitational  Red 
Shift  Using  a  Clock  in  an  Orbiting  Satellite."  Presented  at  Conference  on  Ex- 
perimental Tests  of  Gravitational  Theories,  California  Institute  of  Technology, 
Pasadena,  California,  November   1970. 

.     "A  Method  for  Eliminating  the  Wall  Shift  in  the  Atomic  Hydrogen 

Maser."  Metrologia,  volume  6  (1970),  pages  116-117. 


APPENDIX  6.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  STAFF  207 
.     "Studies  of  Hydrogen  Maser  Wall  Shift  for  High  Molecular  Weight 


Polytetrafluoroethylene."  Pages  270-274  in  Proceedings  of  the  24th  Annual 
Symposium  on  Frequency  Control.  Ft.  Monmouth,  New  Jersey:  U.S.  Army 
Command,  1970. 

Vessot,  R.  F.  C,  M.  W.  Levine,  P.  W.  Zitzewitz,  P.  Debely,  and  N.  Ramsey. 
Recent  Developments  Affecting  the  Hydrogen  Maser  as  a  Frequency  Standard. 
Presented  at  the  International  Conference  on  Precision  Measurement  and 
Fundamental  Constants,  National  Bureau  of  Standards,  Gaithersburg,  Mary- 
land, August  1970. 

Vessot,  R.  F.  C,  and  J.  Vanier.  "Hydrogen  Maser  Wall  Shift.'"  Metrologia,  vol- 
ume 6  (1970),  pages  52-53. 

Victor,  G.  A.,  and  A.  Dalgarno.  "Orientation-Dependent  van  der  Waals  Co- 
efficients for  Various  Species  in  Molecular  Hydrogen."  Journal  of  Chemical 
Physics,  volume  53,  number  4  (1970),  pages  1316-1317. 

Wattson,  R.  B.,  and  J.  Regas.  "An  Approximate,  Rapid  Computational  Tech- 
nique for  Synthesizing  Planetary  Absorption  Spectra."  Presented  at  the  Third 
Annual  Meeting  of  the  Division  of  Planetary  Sciences  of  the  American  Astro- 
nomical Society,  Tallahassee,  Florida,  February  1971. 

Weiffenbach,  G.  C.  "A  Satellite  for  2-cm  Accuracy  Laser  Ranging."  Presented 
at  the  meeting  of  the  American  Geophysical  Union,  San  Francisco,  December 
1970. 

.  "Current  Status  of  the  SAO  Program  in  Dynamic  Geodesy."  Pre- 
sented at  the  Department  of  Defense  Gravity  and  Satellite  Geodesy  Symposium, 
Washington,  D.C.,  April  1971. 

.     "Characteristics  and  Sources  of  Errors  in  Laser  Range  Measurements 


to  Satellites."  Presented  at  the  Symposium  on   the  Use  of  Artificial  Satellites 
for  Geodesy,  Washington,  D.C.,  April  1971. 
.     "Determination  of  UT-1  and  Polar  Motion  by  Means  of  VLBI  and 


Laser  Ranging  to  Satellites."  Presented  at  the  International  Astronomical  Union 
Symposium  No.  48,  Morioka,  Japan,  May  1971. 

Weiffenbach,  G.  C,  E.  M.  Gaposchkin,  and  C.  A.  Lundquist.  "SAO  Objectives 
and  Plans  in  Satellite  Geodesy  and  Geophysics."  Presented  at  the  Department  of 
Defense  Gravity  and  Satellite  Geodesy  Symposium,  Washington,  D.C.,  April 
1971. 

Whipple,  F.  L.  "The  Origin  of  Comets."  Presented  at  the  International  Astro- 
nomical Union  Symposium  No.  45,  Leningrad,  USSR,  August  1970. 

.  "Accumulation  of  Chondrules  on  Asteroids."  Presented  at  the  Inter- 
national Astronomical  Union  Colloquium  No.  12,  Tucson,  Arizona,  March 
1971. 

.     "On  the  Amount  of  Dust  in  the  Asteroid  Belt."  Presented  at  the 


International    Astronomical    Union    Colloquium    No.    12,    Tucson,    Arizona, 
March  1971. 
.     "Radial  Pressure  in  the  Solar  Nebula  as  Affecting  the  Motions  of 


Planetesimals."  Presented  at  the  International  Astronomical  Union  Sympo- 
sium No.  13,  Albany,  New  York,  June  1971. 

Whipple,  F.  L.,  and  S.  E.  Hamid.  "A  Search  for  Comet  Encke  in  Ancient  Chi- 
nese Records — A  Progress  Report."  Presented  at  the  International  Astro- 
nomical Symposium  No.  45,  Leningrad,  USSR,  August  1970. 

Wolfe,  C.  W.,  L.  W.  McCombs,  H.  Skornick,  L.  J.  Battan,  R.  H.  Fleming,  and 
G.  S.  Hawkins.  Earth  and  Space  Science.  Second  edition.  Boston,  Massachusetts: 
D.  C.  Heath,  1971. 


208  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Wood,  J.  A.  "The  Lunar  Soil."  Scientific  American,  volume  233  (1970),  pages 
14-23. 

.  "Petrology  of  the  Lunar  Soil  and  Geophysical  Implications."  Jour- 
nal of  Geophysical  Research,  volume  75,  number  32  (1970),  pages  6497-6513. 

Wood,  J.  A.,  J.  S.  Dickey,  Jr.,  U.  B.  Marvin,  and  B.  N.  Powell.  "Lunar  Anortho- 
sites  and  a  Geophysical  Model  of  the  Moon."  Proceedings  of  the  Apollo  11 
Lunar  Science  Conference,  volume  1  (1970),  pages  965-988. 

Special  Reports 

Through  its  Special  Report  series,  the  Observatory  distributes  catalogs  of  satel- 
lite observations,  orbital  data,  and  scientific  papers  before  journal  publication. 

319.  P.  W.  Hodge.  "Color-Magnitude  Diagrams  for  Five  Stellar  Associations 
in  the  Large  Magellanic  Cloud."  7  July  1970. 

320.  P.  W.  Hodge,  G.  A.  Welch,  R.  Wills,  and  F.  W.  Wright.  "Estimates  of 
Magnitudes  of  the  Brightest  Stars  in  the  Clusters  of  the  Large  Magellanic 
Cloud."  14  August  1970. 

321.  D.  W.  Latham.  "Abundances  of  the  Elements  in  Sirius  and  Merak."  19 
August  1970. 

322.  M.  R.  Flannery.  "Semi-Quantal  Theory  of  Heavy-Particle  Excitation, 
Deexcitation,  and  Ionization  by  Neutral  Atoms,  I:  Slow  and  Intermediate 
Energy  Collisions."  26  August  1970. 

323.  H.  E.  Mitler.  "The  Solar  Light-Element  Abundances  and  Primeval  He- 
lium." 28  August  1970. 

324.  A.  F.  Cook.  "Discrete  Levels  of  Beginning  Height  of  Meteors  in  Streams." 
8  September  1970. 

325.  K.  Haramundanis.  "Comparison  of  the  SAO  Star  Catalog  with  Cape 
Catalogues  from  —64°  to  —90°."  15  October  1970. 

326.  L.  G.  Jacchia  and  J.  W.  Slowey.  "A  Catalog  of  Atmospheric  Densities 
from  the  Drag  on  Five  Artificial  Satellites."  16  October  1970. 

327.  M.  R.  Pearlman,  D.  Hogan,  W.  Kirchoff,  K.  Goodwin,  D.  Kurtenbach, 
S.  Rocketto,  and  B.  Van't  Sant.  "A  Meteorological  Report  for  the  Mt. 
Hopkins  Observatory:  1968-1969."  26  October  1970. 

328.  J.  R.  Cherniak.  "Techniques  for  Manipulation  of  Long  Poisson  Series." 
29  October  1970. 

329.  G.  C.  Weiffenbach  and  T.  E.  Hoffman.  "A  Passive  Stable  Satellite  for 
Earth-Physics  Applications  (Cannonball,  a  Satellite  for  Accurate  Laser 
Ranging)."  30  November  1970. 

330.  H.  E.  Mitler.  'Cosmic-Ray  Production  of  Deuterium,  He3,  Lithium,  Beryl- 
lium, and  Boron  in  the  Galaxy."  1  December  1970. 

331.  S.  Tsuruta  and  C.  A.  Whitney.  "Radiation  Gas  Dynamics  in  Normal 
Shock  Waves."  3  May  1971. 

332.  L.  G.  Jacchia.  "Revised  Static  Models  of  the  Thermosphere  and  Exo- 
sphere  with  Empirical  Temperature  Profiles."  5  May  1971. 

333.  J.  A.  Wood,  U.  B.  Marvin,  J.  B.  Reid,  Jr.,  G.  J.  Taylor,  J.  F.  Bower,  B.  N. 
Powell,  and  J.  S.  Dickey,  Jr.  "Mineralogy  and  Petrology  of  the  Apollo 
12  Lunar  Sample."  20  May  1971. 

334.  J.  E.  Grindlay.  "Extensive  Air  Shower  Studies  of  Cosmic  Gamma  Rays 
and  Cosmic  Ray  Composition."  28  May  1971. 


APPENDIX  6.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  STAFF  209 

335.    J.  A.  Hoffman.     "A  Gas-Cerenkov  Telescope  Experiment  to  Observe  Cosmic 
Gamma  Rays."  4  June  1971. 

Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute 

Glynn,  Peter  W.  "On  the  Ecology  of  the  Caribbean  Chitons  Acanthopleiira 
granulata  Gmelin  and  Chiton  tuberculatus  Linee:  Density,  Mortality,  Feeding, 
Reproduction,  and  Growth."  Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Zoology,  number 
66  (16  October  1970),  21  pages,  10  figures,  9  tables. 

Robinson,  Michael  H.,  and  Jose  Olazarri.  "Units  of  Behavior  and  Complex 
Sequences  in  the  Predatory  Behavior  of  Argiope  argentata  (Fabricius):  (Ara- 
neae:  Araneidae)."  Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Zoology,  number  65  (21  May 
1971),  36  pages,  15  figures,  3  tables. 

Radiation  Biology  Laboratory 

Brown,    J.    A.    M.,    and    W.    H.    Klein.     "Photomorphogenesis    in    Arabidopsis 

Thaliana   (L.)    Heynh:    Threshold   Intensities   and   Blue  Far-red   Synergism   in 

Floral  Induction."  Plant  Physiology,  volume  47  (1971),  pages  393-399. 
Drumm,  Helga  E.,  and  Maurice  M.  Margulies.     "In   Vitro  Protein  Synthesis  by 

Plastids   of  Phaseolus  vulgaris,   IV.    Amino   Acid    Incorporation    by    Plastids." 

Plant  Physiology,  volume  45  (1970),  pages  435^442. 
Gantt,   E.,   M.   R.   Edwards,   and    L.    Provasoli.     "Chloroplast   Structure   of   the 

Cryptophyceae:  Evidence  for  Phycobiliproteins  within  Intrathylakoidal  Spaces." 

Journal  of  Cell  Biology,  volume  48  (1971),  pages  280-290. 
Goldberg,    Bernard.     "Loss   of   Solar    Radiation    at   Washington,    D.C.    over    the 

Past   50   Years."    Presented    at    1971    International   Solar   Energy    Conference, 

Greenbelt,  Maryland,  9-14  May  1971. 
Klein,  W.  H.     "Annual  Variation  of  Ultraviolet  Radiation  at  Washington,  D.C." 

Presented  at  SST  Environmental  Research  Panel  Meeting,  Boulder,  Colorado 

March  1971. 
Lange,  H.,  W.  Shropshire,  Jr.,  and   H.  Mohr.     "An   Analysis  of  Phytochrome- 

Mediated  Anthocyanin  Synthesis."  Plant  Physiology,  volume  47   (1971),  pages 

649-655. 
Ma,  Te-Hsiu,   A.  J.   Snope,  and   Tsai   Ying   Chang.     "Far-red   Light   Effect   on 

Ultraviolet  Light  Induced  Chromatid  Aberrations  in  Pollen  Tubes  of  Trade- 

scantia."  Radiation  Botany,  volume  11  (1971),  pages  39^13. 
Margulies,  Maurice  M.     "Changes  in  Absorbance  Spectrum  of  the  Diatom  Phaeo- 

daclylum   Tricornutum   upon   Modification  of  Protein  Structure."  Journal  of 

Phycologv  (1970),  pages  160-164. 
.     "Electron   Transport   Properties   of  Chloroplasts   from   Aged    Bean 

Leaves."  Presented  at  Second  International  Congress  of  Photosynthesis  Research 

in  Stressa,  Italy.  24-29  June  1971. 
.     "/»    Vitro   Protein  Synthesis   by   Plastids  of  Phaseolus  vulgaris,   V. 


Incorporation  of  "C-leucine  into  a  Protein  Fraction  Containing  Ribulose 
1,5-Diphosphate  Carboxylase."  Plant  Physiology,  volume  46  (1970),  pages  136- 
141. 


210  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Shropshire,  W.,  Jr.  "Intracellular  Communication  for  Phototropism."  Presented 
at  Symposium  on  Membranes,  Structure  and  Function  of  Photobiological  Sys- 
tems— Phytochrome  and  Phototropism  held  at  Raleigh,  N.C.  7  April  1971. 

.     "Photo-Induced  Parental  Control  of  Seed  Germination."  Presented 

at  1971  Solar  Energy  Conference  in  Greenbelt,  Maryland  9-14  May  1971. 

Shropshire,  W.,  Jr.,  and  H.  Mohr.  "Gradient  Formation  of  Anthocyanin  in 
Seedlings  of  Fagopyrum  and  Sinapis  Unilaterally  Exposed  to  Red  and  Far-red 
Light."  Photochemistry   and   Photobiology,   volume    12    (1970),   pages    145-149. 

Stuckenrath,  Robert,  and  James  E.  Mielke.  "Smithsonian  Institution  Radio- 
carbon  Measurements,  VI."  Radiocarbon,  volume   12  (1970),  pages  193-204. 

National  Zoological  Park 

Boyer,  S.  H.,  A.  N.  Noyes,  G.  R.  Vrablik,  L.  J.  Donalson,  C.  W.  Gray,  and  T.  F. 
Thurmon.  "Silent  Hemoglobin  Alpha  Genes  in  Apes:  Potential  Source  of 
Thalassemia."  Science,  volume   171,  pages  182-185. 

Brown,  T.  McP.,  H.  W.  Clark,  J.  S.  Bailey,  and  C.  W.  Gray.  "A  Mechanistic 
Approach  to  Treatment  of  Rheumatoid  Type  Arthritis  Naturally  Occurring 
in  a  Gorilla."  Transactions  of  the  American  Clinical  and  Climatological  Asso- 
ciation, volume  82  (1970). 

Eisenberg,  J.  F.  "Breeding  Project  Helps  Restore  Ceylon  Elephants."  Smith- 
sonian, volume  1,  number  1  (1970),  pages  20-27. 

."A  Splendid  Predator  Does  Its  Own  Thing  Untroubled  By  Man." 

Smithsonian,  volume  1,  number  6  (1970),  pages  48-55. 

.     "The  Relationship   Between   Ecology  and  Social  Structure  in   Pri- 


mates."   Paper   presented   at    the   Animal    Behavior   Society    Meeting,    Logan, 
Utah,  14-16  June  1971. 

.     "The  Vocalizations  of  South  American  Primates."  Paper  presented 

to  the  Fifty -first  Annual   Meeting  of  the  American  Society  of  Mammalogists, 
Vancouver,  British  Columbia,  Canada,  20-24  June  1971. 

.     "What  is  Ethology?"  Invitational  Seminar,  Department  of  Pathol- 
ogy, Johns  Hopkins  University,  Baltimore,  Maryland,  16  October  1970. 

"Wildlife   Conservation    in   Ceylon."   Invitational   Seminar,   Ceylon 


Council,  Asia  Society,  New  York  City,  19  November  1970. 

Eisenberg,  J.  F.,  and  Wilton  S.  Dillon,  editors.  Man  and  Beast:  Comparative 
Social  Behavior.  401  pages,  29  figures,  3  tables.  Washington,  D.C.:  Smithsonian 
Institution  Press,  1971. 

Eisenberg,  J.  F.,  M.  R.  Jainudeen,  and  J.  B.  Jayasinghe.  "Semen  of  the  Ceylon 
Elephant  (Elephas  maximus)."  Journal  of  Reproduction  and  Fertility,  volume 
24,  number  2  (1971),  pages  213-219. 

Eisenberg,  J.  F.,  and  D.  G.  Kleiman.  "Comparisons  of  Canid  and  Felid  Social 
Systems  from  an  Evolutionary  Point  of  View."  Paper  presented  at  the  Inter- 
national Symposium  on  Ecology,  Behavior  and  Conservation  of  the  World's 
Cats,  Lion  Country  Safari,   Laguna  Hills,  California,    15   March    1971. 

Eisenberg,  J.  F.,  and  G.  M.  McKay.  "A  Revised  Checklist  of  the  Mammals  of 
Ceylon  with  Keys  to  the  Species."  Ceylon  Journal  of  Science,  Biological  Science, 
volume  8,  number  2  (1970),  pages  23-53. 

Eisenberg,  J.  F.,  G.  M.  McKay,  and  M.  R.  Jainudeen.  "Reproductive  Behavior 
of  the  Asiatic  Elephant  (Elephas  maximus  L.)."  Behavior,  volume  38  (1971), 
pages  193-225. 


APPENDIX  6.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  STAFF  211 

Eisenberg,  J.  F.,  and  N.  A.  Muckenhirn.  "Spacing  Mechanisms  and  Predation 
by  the  Ceylon  Leopard."  Paper  presented  at  the  International  Symposium  on 
Ecology,  Behavior  and  Conservation  of  the  World's  Cats,  Lion  Country  Safari, 
Laguna  Hills,  California,  15  March  1971. 

Eisenberg,  J.  F.,  C.  Santiapillai,  and  M.  Lockhart.  "The  Censusing  of  Animal 
Populations  by  Indirect  Methods."  Ceylon  Journal  of  Science,  Biological 
Science,  volume  8,  number  2  (1970),  pages  53-62. 

Gray,  C.  W.  "Use  of  a  Walking  Cast  in  a  Third  Metatarsal  Fracture  in  the 
Zebra."  International  Zoo  Yearbook,  volume  10,  page  173. 

Gray,  C.  W.,  and  A.  P.  W.  Nettashinghe.  "A  Preliminary  Study  on  the  Im- 
mobilization of  the  Asiatic  Elephant  (Elephas  maximus)  Utilizing  Etorphine 
(M-99)."  Zoologica  (New  York  Zoological  Society),  number  55,  part  3,  pages 
51-56. 

Horsley,  Jaren  G.  "Keeper  Training  Program.'"  Continuing  Lecture  Series  to 
the  Reptile  Division,  National  Zoological  Park,  Smithsonian  Institution,  1970— 
1971. 

.     "Animal  Behavior."  USDA  Graduate  School  Course,   16  November 

1970— 12  January  1971. 

Sauer,  R.  M.,  B.  C.  Zook,  and  F.  M.  Garner.  "Demyelinating  Encephalomyelo- 
pathy  Associated  with  Lead  Poisoning  in  Non-human  Primates."  Science,  vol- 
ume 169  (11  September  1970),  pages  1091-1093. 

Slaughter,  Leo.  "Gestation  Period  of  the  Dorcas  Gazelle."  Journal  of  Mammol- 
ogy,  volume  52,  number  2  (1971),  pages  480-481. 

Weeks,  Sam  E.  "The  Relevant  Role  of  the  Zoo."  Lecture.  University  of  Mary- 
land, Phi  Sigma  Society,  29  October  1970. 

.     "Birds  of  the  World."  Walking  Lecture.  National  Zoological  Park, 

Tour  of  the  Bird  Division,  21  November  1970. 

.  "Birds."  Lecture.  National  Zoological  Park,  Keeper  Training  Pro- 
gram, 30  November  1970. 

.     "Birds  and  the  Role  of  the  Zoo."  National  Zoological  Park,  Friends 


of  the  National  Zoo  Docent  Course,  7  January  1971. 
.     "Current    Ecological    Topics."    Seminar.    Northern    Virginia    Com- 


munity College,  26  January  1971. 
.     "Owl   Presentation."  Lecture.  Audubon   Naturalist  Society,  5   Feb- 


ruary 1971. 
.     "World  Population."  Lecture.  University  of  Maryland,  10  February 


1971. 

.     "World  Ecology."  Seminar.  Howard   University,  Washington,  D.C.. 

30  March  1971. 

.  "Animal  Behavior."  Seminar.  Northern  Virginia  Community  Col- 
lege, 2  March  1971. 

.     "Ethology."    Lecture.    Northern     Virginia    Community    College,    9 

March  1971. 


.     "Animal  Communication."  Two  Seminars.  Woodrow  Wilson   High 

School,  16  March  1971. 
.     "Techniques   of   Bird   Care."    Two   Seminars.    Audubon    Naturalist 


Society,  28  March  1971  and  18  April  1971. 

"Birds."     Course.     Smithsonian     Associates,     Washington,     D.C.,     3 


April— 19  June  1971. 
.     "Earth  Day."  Seminar.  Mary  Washington  College,  20  April  1971. 


212  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 
.     "Birds  of   the  World."  Walking  Lectures.   Tour  of  National  Zoo 


Bird  Division  for  students  of  Northern  Virginia  Community  College,  28  April 
1971,  and  Maryland  University,  6  May  1971. 
.     "Introduction    to   Ecology."   Lecture.   Audubon    Naturalist   Society, 


5  May  1971. 

.     "Ecology."  Lecture.  Apple  Grove  School,  13  May  1971. 

.     "Tinamous,  Behavior  and   Man's   Future."  Lecture.  Radio  Smith- 


sonian, 30  May  1971. 
.     "Avicultural  Techniques."  Seminar.  Baltimore  Bird  Fanciers'  Club, 


16  May  1971. 
.     "Birds."   Two   Courses.   National   Zoological   Park,   Friends   of   the 


National  Zoo  Docent  Training  Course,  20-29  May  1971. 
.     Bird  Division   Keeper  Training  Course,  National  Zoological  Park, 


Washington,  D.C.,  25  May— 27  July  1971. 

"Is  There  Intelligent  Life  on  Earth?"  Seminar.  Carnegie  Institution, 


Washington,  D.C.,  30  June  1971. 

Wemmer,  C.  "Birth,  Development  and  Behavior  of  a  Fanaloka  (Fossa  fossa) 
at  the  National  Zoological  Park,  Washington,  D.C.,"  International  Zoo  Year- 
book, volume  11  (1971),  pages  113-115. 

Wurster,  D.  FL,  K.  Benirschke,  and  C.  W.  Gray.  "Determination  of  Sex  in  the 
Spotted  Hyena."  International  Zoo  Yearbook,  volume  10,  page  143. 

Zook,  B.  C.  "An  Animal  Model  for  Human  Disease.  Lead  Poisoning  in  Non- 
human  Primates."  Comparative  Pathology  Bulletin,  volume  111,  number  1 
(1971),  pages  3-4. 

.     "Thallium    Poisoning   in    Dogs   and   Cats."   In    Current    Veterinary 

Therapy,  IV,  pages  97-99.  Philadelphia:  W.  B.  Saunders  Co.,  1971. 

Zook,  B.  C,  and  J.  L.  Carpenter.  'Lead  Poisoning  in  Dogs."  In  Current  Veteri- 
nary  Therapy  IV,  pages   100-104.  Philadelphia:   W.  B.  Saunders  Co.,  1971. 

Zook,  B.  C,  R.  M.  Sauer,  and  F.  M.  Garner.  "Lead  Poisoning  in  Australian 
Fruit  Bats  (Pteropus  poliocephalus)."  American  Veterinary  Medical  Associa- 
tion Journal,  volume  157,  number  5,  pages  691-694. 

Office  of  Environmental  Sciences 

Buechner,  Helmut  K.  "Principles  of  Game  Cropping  in  Eastern  Africa."  Lec- 
ture series.  Institute  of  Creative  Engineering  Methodology,  Chemical  Engi- 
neering Department,  Catholic  University,  Washington,  D.C.,  31  July  1970. 

.     "Satellite    and    Ground    Radiotracking    of    Elk."    With    Frank    C. 

Craighead,  Jr.,  J.  J.  Craighead,  and  Charles  E.  Cote.  Symposium  on  Animal 
Orientation  and  Navigation  sponsored  jointly  by  NASA,  Smithsonian  Insti- 
tution, AIBS,  at  Wallops  Island,  Virginia,  9-13  September  1970. 

.     "Environmental  Development."  Panelist.  Washington  Chapter,  The 


Society  for  International  Development,  14  October  1970. 
.     "Satellite  Tracking  of  Free-Roaming  Animals."  Lecture  to  Seminar 


on  Investigations  in  Terrestrial  Biology  using  Aerospace  Vehicles,  NASA  Ames 
Research  Center,  21  January  1971. 
.     "Territoriality   and    Ceremonial    Mating   Behavior   in    the    Uganda 


Kob."  Lecture.  University  of  California,  4  June  1971. 

"Radiotelemetry  for  Research  on  Large  Land  Mammals."  Lecture. 


First  International  Telemetering  Conference,  29  September  1971. 


APPENDIX  6.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  STAFF  213 

Jenkins,  Dale  W.  "Global  Biological  Monitoring."  Lecture.  MIT  Summer  Study 
of  Critical  Environmental  Problems.  Williams  College,  Massachusetts,  3  July 
1970. 

.     "Laboratory     Animal    Ecology     in     Research     Programs."    Lecture. 

American  Association  for  Laboratory  Animal  Science,  29  September  1970. 

.     "Trends  in  Ecology."  Lecture.  George  Washington  University  Con- 


ference for  IBM,  Airlee  House,  2  November  1970. 

.     "Global    Biological    and    Environmental    Monitoring."    Chairman's 

Opening  Session  Address  at  Symposium  on  Monitoring  of  the  Environment, 
1st  National  Biological  Congress,  Detroit,  Michigan,  2  November  1970. 

.     "Data  Requirements  in  Ecology,  Remote  Sensing,  and  Global  En- 


vironmental Monitoring."  Lecture.  IBM  Research  Staff,  Yorktowne,  New  York, 
2  December  1970. 

.     "Remote  Sensing   in   Chesapeake   Bay."   Lecture.   School   of   Public 

Health  and  Hygiene,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  20  January  1971. 

.  "The  Smithsonian  Institution-Peace  Corps  Environmental  Pro- 
gram." Radio  Smithsonian,  April  1971. 

.     "Ecology."  Lecture  series.  Smithsonian  Associates,  May  1971. 


Opportunities  in  Oceanography.  32  pages,  44  illustrations.  Publication  4537. 
Revised   edition.  Washington,  D.C.:    Smithsonian   Institution   Press,    1971. 

Proceedings  of  the  Symposium  on  Potential  Application  of  Remote  Sensing  to 
Economic  Development  in  Developing  Countries.  117  pages.  June  1971. 

Wallen,  I.  E.  "Underwater  Houses  and  Production  Plants."  Lecture.  Interocean 
Congress  Dusseldorf,  11  November  1970. 

.     "Frontiers    in    Innerspace."    Lecture.    University    of    Nebraska,    10 

March  1971. 

.  "New  Developments  in  Oceanography."  Lecture.  Rutgers  Univer- 
sity, 27  January  1971. 

.  "On  Oceanographic  Research."  Lecture.  Stanford  Club  of  Wash- 
ington, D.C.,  17  September  1970. 

.     "Environmental  Sciences  Research  at  the  Smithsonian  Institution." 


Lecture.  Fisheries  Research  Board  of  Canada,  St.  Andrews,  18  June  1971. 

Chesapeake  Bay  Center  for  Environmental  Studies 

Williamson,  Francis  S.  L.  'Ecosystem  Studies  of  the  Rhode  River  Watershed." 
Lecture.  Chesapeake  Bay  Biological  Research  Planning  Council,  19  August 
1970. 

.  "Chesapeake  Bay  Center  for  Environmental  Studies."  Lecture.  Wild- 
life Society,  D.C.  Chapter,  14  October  1970. 

.  "Virus  Diseases  Transmitted  by  Birds."  Lecture.  George  Washing- 
ton University  Medical  School,  12  November  1970. 

.     "The    Timing    of    Breeding    and    Molt    in    Lapland    Longspur    in 

Alaska."  Lecture.  Cooper  Ornithological  Society,  San  Diego,  California,  7  April 
1971. 

.     "Global  Environmental  Problems  and  Human  Population  Growth." 

Lecture.  Towson  State  University,  April  1971. 


214  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Center  for  Short-Lived  Phenomena 
(Reports  issued  by  the  Center) 

Annual  Report  1970.     296  pages.  May  1971. 

"The  Bay  of  Bengal  Storm  Surge,  12-13  November  1970."     1  March  1971. 

Bleahu,    Marcian,    and    Liviu    Constantinescu.     "The    Floods    of    Southeastern 

Europe."  27  July  1970. 
Citron,   Robert.     "International   Environmental   Monitoring   Programs."    1    July 

1970.  Revised  10  August  1970. 
.     "Monitoring  the  Planet."   Paper  presented  at  the  M.I.T.  Summer 

Study  on  Critical  Environmental  Problems,  1-30  July  1970.  2  July  1970. 
.     "A  Proposed  International  Monitoring  Program  for  Critical  Global 


Environmental  Problems."  26  July  1970. 
.     "The  Establishment  of  an  International  Environmental  Monitoring 


Program — A  Plan  for  Action."  Prepared  for  the  United  Nations  Conference 
on  the  Human  Environment,  Stockholm,  Sweden,  June  1971.  May  1971. 

"A  Directory  of  National  and  International  Environmental  Monitoring  Activ- 
ities."    292   pages.   October    1970. 

Hedervari,  Peter.  "A  Detailed  Account  of  the  Landslide  Near  Dunafoldvar, 
Hungary,  15  September  1970."  21  October  1970. 

"The  Kiffa  Meteorite  Fall  of  23  October  1970.     May  1971. 

"Notes  on  the  Development  of  a  United  Nations  Natural  Disaster  Program." 
Prepared  for  the  Office  of  Science  and  Technology  of  the  United  Nations.  24 
March  1971. 

Rittman,  Alfredo.     "The  Mt.  Etna  Volcanic  Eruption  of  1971."  3  May  1971. 

Tazieff,  H.,  and  F.  Le  Guern.  "Tectonic  Nature  and  the  Mechanism  of  Etna's 
Eruption  of  April-May  1971."  4  June  1971. 

Viramonte,  Jose  G.,  Eliseo  Ubeda,  and  Maximiliano  Martinez.  "The  1971  Erup- 
tion of  Cerro  Negro,  Nicaragua."  15  April  1971. 

Yohner,  Art.  "Contact  with  a  Group  of  Akurijo  Indians  of  Suriname."  5  No- 
vember 1970. 

Oceanography  and  Limnology 

Higgins,  R.  P.     "Biological  Stress  in  Marine  Ecosystems."  Lecture.  University  of 

Libya,  10  March  1971. 
Hidings,  Neil  C,  and  John  S.  Gray,  editors.     "A  Manual  for  the  Study  of  Meio- 

fauna."   Smithsonian    Contributions   to   Zoology,   number   78    (27    April    1971), 

83  pages,  13  figures,  1  table. 

Center  for  the  Study  of  Man 

Tax,  Sol.     "Indian,  Latin-American,"  Encyclopaedia  Britamiica,   1971   edition. 

.  "Integration  of  the  Social  Sciences  through  Policy  Analysis."  Com- 
ments on  a  paper  by  Robert  E.  Lane,  Paper  prepared  for  the  American  Acad- 
emy of  Political  and  Social  Sciences  Conference,  June  16-17,  1971,  Philadelphia. 

.     "Foreword."  In  Alicja  Iwanska,  Purgatory  and  Utopia.  Schenkman 

Publishers,  1971. 


APPENDIX  6.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  STAFF  215 

.     "Foreword."  In  Thorne  Deuel,  Scientific  Papers,  Vol.  XIII.  Illinois 


State  Museum,  1971. 
.     "Current  Anthropology."  Colloquim  at  Center  for  Advanced  Studies 


in  the  Behavioral  Sciences,  May  1970. 

"The   Contribution   of  Anthropology    to   Man's   Survival."   Address 


at  the  inaugural  of  the  President  of  Wilmington  College,  Ohio,  April,  1971. 
.     "Action  Anthropology:  The  Ethics  of  Intervention."  Seminar.  Wil- 


mington College,  Ohio,  23  April  1971. 
.     "The  Challenge  of  Multi-Cultural  Education."  Seminar.  Wilming- 


ton College,  Ohio,  23  April  1971. 
Tax,  Sol,  and  Clyde  Mitchell.     "Urban  Anthropologv."  Britannica   Yearbook  of 
Science  and  the  Future.  1971  edition. 


Science  Information  Exchange 

Snyderman,  M.,  and  Hunt,  B.  L.     "The  Myriad  Virtues  of  Text  Compaction. 
Datamation,  volume  16,  number  16  (1  December  1970),  pages  36-40. 


National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology 

Bedini,  Silvio  A.  "Hardware  of  History."  Paper  read  during  panel  discussion 
on  "The  Uses  of  Historical  Archaeology."  Annual  meeting  of  the  Society  for 
Historical  Archaeology,  National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology,  8 
January  1971. 

Bedini,  Silvio  A.,  Wernher  von  Braun,  and  Fred  L.  Whipple.  Moon,  Man's 
Greatest  Adventure,  267  pages,  New  York:  Harry  N.  Abrams,  1970. 

Boorstin,  Daniel  J.  The  Landmark  History  of  the  American  People:  From  Ap- 
pomattox to  The  Moon.  192  pages.  New  York:  Random  House,  1970. 

.     "A  Case  of  Hypochondria,"  Newsweek  (6  July   1970),  pages  27-29. 

.     "Is  America  Really  Sick?"  Reader's  Digest  (September  1970),  pages 

92-94. 

'The    American    Century — Myth    vs.    Reality,"    U.    S.    News    and 


World  Report,  19  October  1970),  pages  64-67. 
.     "Enlarging  the   Historian's  Vocabulary."   In    The  Reinterpretation 


of  American  Economic  History,  edited  by  Robert  William  Fogel  and  Stanley  L. 
Engerman,  pages   11-14.  New  York:  Harper  and  Row,  1971. 
.     "The  Perils  of  Indwelling  Law."  In   The  Rule  of  Lau<  edited    b\ 


Robert  Paul  Wolff.  New  York:  Simon  and  Schuster,  1971. 

.  "Introduction."  In  A  Lady's  Life  in  the  Rocky  Mountains  by  Isa- 
bella L.  Bird.  Reprint.  Pages  11-19.  New  York:  Ballantine  Books,  1971. 

.     Convocation  Lecture.  University  of  Rochester,  20  September  1970. 

.  "Preserving  American  Papers."  Lecture.  Society  of  American  Archi- 
vists, Washington,  D.C.,  30  September  1970. 

.     "What  Historians  Don't  Write  About."  Duquesnc   University   His 


tory  Forum.  31  October  1970. 

.     "What  is  the  Standard  of  American    Living."  Lecture.   USIS,  Cul- 
tural Americans,  3  January  1971. 

.     "Aspects  of  America."  Lecture.  American  Club  of  Lisbon,  5  January 


1971. 


216  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 
.     "The  Force  of  Fashion  in  a  Changing  Society. "  Lecture.  Menswear 


Retailers  of  America,  8  February  1971. 
.     "The  Continuity  of  Change."  Lecture.  Casper  College,  24  Febr  tary 


1971. 

.     "Toward  Independence."  Institute  of  Early  American  History  ;nd 

Culture  Seminar  on  the  American  Revolution,  9  March  1971. 

.  "Consumer  Advertising  and  American  Culture."  Informing  To- 
morrow's Skeptical  Consumer,  Bureau  of  Advertising  Conference,  New  York, 
25  March  1971. 

.     Atherton  Lecture,  Harvard  University,  29  March  1971. 

.     "Psycho  History."  Lecture.  City  University  of  New  York,  24  April 


1971. 
.     "Some  Remarks  About  American  History."  Lecture.  Catholic  Uni- 


versity, 27  April  1971. 
Gorr,  Louis  F.     Beyond  Relevance:  A   Collection  of  Essays.  340  pages.  Glenview, 

Illinois:  Scott,  Foresman  and  Co.,  1971. 

.     "Science  for   Humans."    The   Progressive   (May    1971),  pages  48-50. 

.     "Jacob    Bigelow's    Elements    of    Technology:    Science,    Technology, 

and  the  American  Synthesis."  Paper  delivered  to  annual  meeting  of  the  Society 

for  the  History  of  Technology  and  the  American  Association  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  Science,  December  1970. 
Marzio,  Peter  C.     "American   Lithographic  Technology   Before   the  Civil   War," 

Winterthur  Report,  1970. 
.     "Lithography    as    a    Democratic    Art:    A    Reappraisal."    Leonardo, 

Winter  1970. 
Skramstad,    Harold    K.     "Historical   Archaeology   and    Its    Relation    to   Historic 

Preservation."  Lecture  given  a  the  Ninth  Annual  National  Trust  Woodlawn 

Conference  for  Historic  Preservation,  11   February  1971. 
.     "Historical  Archaeology,  Doorway   to  the  Past."  Lecture.  Gunston 

Hall,  Virginia,  19  February  1971. 
.     "Heroic  Materialism:  A  Critique."  Lecture.  Senior  Honors  Program 


in  History,  University  of  Maryland,  29  April  1971. 
.     "Early  American   History  and   Culture."  Graduate  Field   Seminar. 


Smithsonian  American  Studies  Program,  St.  Mary's  City,  Maryland,  2  July-16 
August,  1971. 

"Material   Aspects   of   American    Civilization."   Graduate   Seminar, 


Smithsonian  American  Studies  Program,  Fall   1970. 

"The   Physical  City:   An   Approach   to   American   Urban   History'." 


Graduate  Seminar,  Smithsonian  American  Studies  Program,  Spring  1971. 

"American  Technology  and  Its  Cultural  Impact."  Graduate  Read- 


ing Course,  Smithsonian  American  Studies  Program,  Spring  1971. 
Do  It  the  Hard  Way:  Rube  Goldberg  and  Modern  Times.  Foreword  by  Peter 
C.  Marzio;  essays  by  Daniel  J.  Boorstin,  Anne  C.  Golovin,  and  Rube  Goldberg. 
Catalog.  The  National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology,  Smithsonian  In- 
stitution. 23  November  1970. 

Department  of  Applied  Arts 

Adrosko,   Rita  J.     "American    Textiles,    1750-1850."    Lecture.   School    of   Archi- 
tecture, Columbia  University,  March   1971. 


APPENDIX  6.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  STAFF  217 
.     "Fabric  Design."  Department  of  Home  Economics,   Howard   Uni- 


versity, February  1971. 
.     "Color  in  Early  Tapestries."  Symposium  of  the  Inter-Society  Color 


Council,  New  York  City,  April  1971. 
Clain-Stefanelli,  Elvira.  La  Monnoie  tresor  d'art.  Presentation.  Paris,  1971. 
.     South   Carolina   Paper  Money   1770-1933.   Presentation.    Hampton, 

Virginia,  1970. 

.     Welcoming  Address,  South  Carolina  State  Society,  6  October  1970. 

.     "In  God  We  Trust."  Lecture.  Women's  Association,  National  Pres- 


byterian Church,  Washington,  D.C.,  18  November  1970. 

"The  Significance  of  the  Josiah  K.  Lilly  Collection."  Educational 


Forum,  Empire  State  Numismatic  Association  Convention,  Albany,  New  York, 
4  April  1971. 
.     "Medals  as  an  American  Art  Form."  Invitational  lecture.  Collectors 


of  Art  Medals,  Inc.,  New  York,  25  April  1971. 
.     "I'll  Give  You  A  Dollar  for  that   Penny."  Radio  Smithsonian,  28 


March  1971. 

Clain-Stefanelli,  Vladimir.  "Coins  as  Documents  of  History."  Lecture.  The  Sid- 
well  Friends  School,  8  January  1971. 

.  "Highlights  from  The  National  Numismatic  Collections."  Educa- 
tional Forum,  Empire  State  Numismatic  Association  Convention,  Albany,  New 
York,  4  April  1971. 

.     "History  of  Money — A  Survey."  Lecture.   The   University   of  Vir- 


ginia, Extension  Program,  Winter  1971. 
.     "Ancient  Roman  Coins."  Collaborator,  Seminar.  Maryland  Univer- 


sity, Spring  1971. 
.     "I'll   Give  You   A   Dollar  for   that   Penny"  Radio  Smithsonian,  28 


March  1971. 

.     "The  Bald  Eagle."  Collaborator  for  Film  Project,  National  Wildlife 

Foundation,  31  March  1971. 

Haberstich,  David  E.  "Foreword."  In  The  Hand  of  Man  on  America.  Catalog. 
Washington,  D.C.:  Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  1970. 

.  "Collecting  and  Exhibiting  Photographs  at  the  Smithsonian."  Lec- 
ture. North  Bethesda  Camera  Club,  Bethesda,  Maryland,  24  February  1971. 

Hargest,  George  E.  "History  of  Letter  Post  Communication  Between  the  United 
States  and  Europe,  1845-1875,"  Smithsonian  Studies  in  History  and  Technology, 
number  6  (10  February  1971),  ix  -f  234  pages,  126  figures,  34  tables. 

McHugh,  Maureen  Collins,  "Wet-Cleaning  Coverlets."  Shuttle,  Spindle  and  Dye- 
pot,  volume  1  number  3  (June  1970),  2  pages,  3  illustrations. 

Norby,  Reidar.  'Sweden's  New  Return  Postage  Stamps,"  The  Posthorn,  volume 
27,  number  2  (1970),  pages  23-24. 

.     "Improving  Philatelic  Terminology,"  Scandinazria7i  Scribe,  volume 

6,  number  6  (1970),  pages  104-105. 

.     "Scandinavian    Varieties."    Scandinavian    Scribe,    volume    6    (1970), 


pages   113,  119,  148-149,   169,   188-189,  221;  volume  7   (1971),  pages  5,  37,  79, 
95,  119. 
.     "A  Postal  Look  at  Scandinavia,  1968."  Scandinavian  Scribe,  volume 


7,  number  1  (1971),  page  16. 

'Icelandic  Cancellation   Mystery  Solved."  Scandinavian  Scribe,  vol- 


ume 7,  number  1  (1971),  page  18. 


218  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 


.     "Norway    NK    No.    44 — Issue     Date     to    Advance?"    Scandinavian 

Scribe,  volume  7  (1971),  number  3,  page  58  and  number  4,  pages  63-64. 
.     "Warning — Greenland   Polar  Bear  'Proofs'  Sheer  Nonsense."  Scan- 


dinavian Scribe,  volume  7,  number  5  (1971),  pages  83-85. 

.     "Smithsonian's  Role  in  Philately."  Lecture.  Stamp  Society,  Lynch- 
burg, Virginia,  6  October  1970. 

.     "Smithsonian's    Special    Exhibition    Stamps    and    Posts    of    Scandi- 


navia." Lecture.  North  Jersey  Scandinavian  Collectors  Club,  Upper  Montclair, 
New  Jersey,  19  November  1970. 

"Smithsonian  and  Scandinavia,  and  Philately."  Lecture.  Norwegian 


Postal  Administration,  Oslo,  Norway,  19  March  1971. 

Norby,  Reidar,  Ellen  E.  Roney,  and  Carl  H.  Scheele.  "Smithsonian  Philatelic 
Booklist."  S.  P.  A.  Journal,  volume  32,  number  11  (July  1970). 

Ostroff,  Eugene.  "Photographs,  Inventors,  and  Photographers."  Lecture.  Pro- 
fessional staff  and  research  laboratory,  E.  I.  DuPont  de  Nemours,  Inc.,  Parlin, 
New  Jersey,  May  1971. 

.     "Conservation    of    Photographs    and     Related    Documents."    Four 

2-day  seminars,  under  the  auspices  of  the  Smithsonian  and  the  Institute  for 
Graphic  Communications,  for  museum  personnel,  archivists,  librarians,  and 
professional  photographers. 

"The    History    of    Photography."    Smithsonian    Associates    course, 


spring  1971. 
.     "Photography,    History    and    the    Smithsonian."    Lecture.    Brooklyn 

Camera  Club,  New  York,  June  1971. 
Scheele,  Carl  H.     Neither  Snow,  Nor  Rain  .  .  .  :  The  Story  of  the  United  States 

Mails.   99   pages,   85    illustrations.  Washington,   D.C.:    Smithsonian   Institution 

Press,  1970. 
.     "Impact  of  Technology  on   American   Music,    1923-1950."   Lecture. 

Smithsonian   Associates,    the    National    Museum    of    History    and    Technology, 

20  May  1971. 
.     'Postal  Perspectives  and  Philatelic  Evidence:  The  Classics  Period." 


Lecture.  U.S.  Philatelic  Classics  Society,  Washington,  D.C.,  22  May  1971. 
.     "The  Burden  of  the  Far  West:  U.S.  Mails  and  the  Turner  Thesis.' 


Lecture.  Western  Postal  History  Conference,  Tucson,  Arizona,  25  May  1971. 
.     "The  Western  Post  Office  Under  Buchanan  and  Lincoln."  Lecture. 


Western  Postal  History  Conference,  Phoenix,  Arizona,  26  May  1971. 
Turner,    Craig   J.     "Punches    Feature   Effort    to    Foil    Stamp    Cleaners."   Linn's 

Weekly  Stamp  News,  volume  44,  number  5   (1   February    1971),  pages   18,   19, 

20,  23. 
.     "Bored    with    Collecting? — Try    a    New    Country."    Linn's    Weekly 

Stamp  News,  volume  44,  number  18  (3  May  1971),  pages  15  and  20. 

Department  of  Cultural  History 

Ahlborn,  Richard  E.  "American  Beginnings:  Prints  in  Sixteenth-Century  Mex- 
ico." 1970  Wintherthur  Conference  Report:  Prints  In  and  of  America  to  1850. 
23  pages,  12  illustrations.  Winterthur,  Delaware:  Henry  Francis  du  Pont 
Winterthur  Museum,  1970. 

.     "Santos  y   Penitentes."  Americas,  volume  22,  number    10  (October 

1970),  pages  6-13,  15  illustrations. 


APPENDIX  6.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  STAFF  219 

"Later  Colonial  Arts  of  Spanish  North  America."  Lecture.  Summer 


Institute  of  the  Winterthur  Museum,  Winterthur,  Delaware,  August   1970. 

"The   Religious  Arts  of  Spanish    New   Mexico."  Lecture.   Hancock 


Village,  Hancock,  Massachusetts,  November   1970. 

Fesperman,  John  T.     "A  Snetzler  Chamber  Organ  of  1761."  Smithsonian  Studies 
in  History  and  Technology,  number  8  (15  December  1970),  56  pages,  20  figures. 

.     "Two  Important  Mexican  Organs,"  The  Organ,  volume  196,  num- 
ber 49  (1970),  pages  179-183. 

A  New  Organ  for  George  Washington's  Parish  Church."  Journal 


of  Church  Music  (October  1970),  pages  2-4,  3  plates.  Philadelphia. 

Lecture  recital  for  American  Guild  of  Organists  national  conclave, 


29  December  1970. 

Golovin,  Anne  C.  "Daniel  Trotter:  Eighteenth-Century  Philadelphia  Cabinet- 
maker." Winterthur  Portfolio  6,  pages  152-184.  Charlottesville,  Va.:  Published 
for  the  Henry  Francis  du  Pont  Winterthur  Museum  by  the  University  Press 
of  Virginia,  1970. 

Kidwell,  Claudia.  "The  Costume  Study  Group."  Discussion  series.  Division  of 
Costume  and  Furnishings,  National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology 

Watkins,  C.  Malcolm.  "Artificial  Lighting  in  the  Old  South."  Lecture.  Anti- 
quarian Society  of  Richmond,  Virginia,  12  January  1971. 

.     "American  Folk  Pottery."  Lecture.  Bethesda  Ceramics  Guild,  at  the 

National  Museum  of  History  &  Technology,  10  March  1971. 

.     "Significance    of    Historical    Archaeology    for    History    Museums." 

Paper  presented  at  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Society  for  Historical  Archaeology, 
8  January  1971. 

Weaver,  James  M.  Six  Sonatas  for  violin  and  harpsichord,  Two  Sonatas  for 
violin  and  basso  continuo.  (J.  S.  Bach).  With  Sonya  Monosoff,  violinist;  Judith 
Davidoff,  viola  da  gamba,  using  instruments  from  the  Smithsonian  collection. 
Cambridge,  3  records.  CRS  B  2822  (Stereo  Recording). 

.     Three    Scenes    for    Soprano    and    a    Harpsichord    Suite.    (Purcell, 

Handel).  With  Carole  Bogard,  soprano.  Cambridge,  CRS  2709  (Stereo  Re- 
cording). 

.     Cantata   51    (Bach).    With    Carole   Bogard.    Cambridge,    CRS    2710 

(Stereo  Recording). 

.  Su  le  Sponde  del  Tebro  (A.  Scarlatti).  With  Carole  Bogard.  Cam- 
bridge, CRS  2710  (Stereo  Recording). 

.     Arias  (Handel).  With  Carole  Bogard.  Cambridge,  CRS  2712  (Stereo 

Recording). 

.     Concerto   in    C   for   Trumpet    (Ghitalla).    Haydn.   Cambridge,   CRS 

2823  (Stereo  Recording). 

Department  of  Industries 

Chapelle,  Howard  I.  "History  of  Shipbuilding  in  Maryland."  Lecture.  His- 
torical Society  of  Cambridge,  Maryland,  15  May  1970. 

.     "18th  Century  Shipbuilding  in  America."  Lecture.  Muson  Institute, 

Mystic,  Connecticut,  8  July  1970. 

'Construction  of  Fast  Motor  Boats  in  the  20th  Century."  Lecture. 


Antique  Auxiliary  of  the  Thousand  Island  Museum,  Clayton,  New  York,   15 
August  1970. 


441-283   O  -  71   -  15 


220  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 
.     "History  of  Naval  Architecture   in   America."   Lecture.  Society   of 


Naval  Architects  and  Marine  Engineers,  Charleston,  South  Carolina,  September 
1970. 

Chapelle,  Howard  I.,  and  Polland,  Leon  D.  "The  Constellation  Question." 
Smithsonian  Studies  in  History  and  Technology,  number  5  (30  October  1970), 
152  pages,  53  figures. 

Edson,  W.  D.,  and  John  H.  White,  Jr.  "The  Lima  Locomotive  Works."  Bulletin 
Railway  and  Locomotive  Historical  Society,  123  (October  1970),  pages  81-102. 

Gardner,  Paul  V.  "American  and  European  Ceramics  of  the  18th  and  19th 
Centuries."  Symposium,  Columbia  Museum  of  Art,  Columbia,  South  Carolina, 
4  November  1970. 

Geoghegan,  William  E.  "Study  for  a  Scale  Model  of  U.S.S.  Carondelet."  Nau- 
tical Research  Journal,  volume  17,  number  3  (fall  1970),  pages  147-163.  Con- 
tinued in  Winter  1970,  volume  17,  number  4,  pages  231-240. 

Hoffman,  John  N.  Centennial  History  of  Prince  Edwin  Lodge,  Middletown, 
Pennsylvania.  116  pages.  Harrisburg,  Pennsylvania:  Central  Publishing  Co., 
1971. 

.     "Girard   Estate  Coal   Lands   1830-1884."  Paper  given   for  the  Du- 

quesne  History  Forum  in  Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania,  29  October  1970. 

.     "Future  Energy  Sources  for  the  United  States."  Illustrated  lecture. 


Industrial  War  College,  Fort  McNair,  Washington,  D.C.,  20  January  1971. 

"Stockpiling  Strategic   Mineral   Supplies."   Illustrated   Lecture.   In- 


dustrial War  College,  Fort  McNair,  Washington,  D.C.,  27  January  1971. 

"Strategic  Mineral  Supplies  of  the  U.S."  Illustrated  lecture.  Army 


Mobilization  Detachment,  Army  Map  Service,  17  February  1971. 

Knowles,  James  A.  "Colonial  Ship  Model  hms  America."  Nautical  Research 
Journal,  volume   17,   number  4   (winter   1970),   pages  223-228. 

.  "The  Building  of  the  4th  Rate  America."  Nautical  Research  Jour- 
nal, volume  17,  number  4  (winter  1970),  pages  229-230. 

Miller,  J.  Jefferson,  II.  Comments  on  "Ceramics  in  Suffolk  County,  Massachu- 
setts, Inventories,  1680-1775."  The  Conference  on  Historic  Site  Archaeology 
Papers,  volume  3.  Columbia,  South  Carolina:  University  of  South  Carolina, 
Institute  of  Archaeology  and  Anthropology,  1970. 

Miller,  J.  Jefferson,  II,  and  Lyle  M.  Stone.  "Eighteenth-Century  Ceramics  From 
Fort  Michilimackinac."  Smithsonian  Studies  in  History  and  Technology,  num- 
ber 4  (31  December  1970),  ix  -\-  130  pages,  56  figures,  9  tables. 

Schlebecker,  John  T.  "Living  Historical  Farms:  A  Major  New  Program  Takes 
Shape."  Early  American  Life  (January-February  1971),  pages  8-13,  54-59.  Re- 
print of  Living  Historical  Farms:  A  Walk  Into  the  Past. 

.     "Living    Historic    Farms    Tell    It    Like    It    Was."    In    Contours    of 

Change,    pages    229-236,    illustrated.    Washington:    Yearbook    of    Agriculture, 
1970. 

"Living    Historical    Farms."    Paper    given    for    the    Symposium    of 


Early  American  Agriculture  held  at  Old  Sturbridge  Village,  September  1970. 
Sharrer,  G.  Terry.     "Indigo  in  Carolina,   1671-1796."  South   Carolina  Historical 

Magazine,  volume  72,  number  2  (April  1971),  pages  94-103. 

.     George  Washington  Carver.  Foldout.   19  October  1970. 

.     "America's  Agricultural  Revolution   1783-1860."  Lecture.  Maryland 

University,  October  1970. 
.     "America's  Agricultural  Revolution   1865-1945."  Lecture.  Maryland 


University,  April  1971. 


APPENDIX  6.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  STAFF  221 

Sinclair,   Angus.     Development    of    the   Locomotive   ETigine.    Annotated    edition 

prepared  by  John  H.  White,  Jr.,  with  new  chapter,  pages  662-692.  Cambridge, 

Massachusetts:  The  M.I.T.  Press,  1970. 
Wessel,  Thomas  R.  The  Honey  Bee.  Smithsonian  Information  Leaflet  482  (1967). 

Revised  17  June  1971. 
White,  John  H.,  Jr.     "The  Steam  Fire  Engine:   A  Reappraisal  of  a  Cincinnati 

'First.'  "  Bulletin  of  the  Cincinnati  Historical  Society,  volume  28,  number  4 

(winter  1970),  pages  317-335. 

Department  of  National  and  Military  History 

Goins,  Craddock  R.,  Jr.  "Research  and  Development  in  American  Military 
Small  Arms,  1800-1865."  Lecture.  United  States  Air  Force  Research  and  De- 
velopment Squadron    K,  Washington,   D.C.,   September    1970. 

.  "Firearms  in  American  History  from  the  Collections  of  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution."  Lecture.  American  Society  of  Arms  Collectors,  Houston, 
Texas,  September  1970. 

Hoff,  Arne  (Director,  Royal  Danish  Arsenal  Museum).  Lecture.  "The  Evaluation 
of  Firearms."   National   Museum   of   History  and   Technology,   April    1970. 

Langley,  Harold  D.  "Changing  Viewpoints  on  the  Causes  of  the  American 
Revolution,"  Lecture.  George  Washington  Chapter,  Virginia  Society  of  the 
Sons  of  the  American  Revolution,  Spring  1970. 

.     "A  History  of  the  Conservation   Movement  in  the   United  States." 

Lecture.  Earth  Day  Ceremonies,  The  Catholic  University  of  America,  April 
1970. 

.     "The    Diplomatic    History    of    the    United   States."   Seminar.    The 

Catholic  University  of  America,  fall  and  spring  semester,  1970. 

.  "The  American  Age  of  Enterprise,  1815-1860."  Seminar.  The  Cath- 
olic University  of  America,  fall  semester  1970. 

.  "The  Rise  of  the  American  City,  1860-1914."  Seminar.  The  Catho- 
lic University  of  America,  spring  semester,  1971. 

Lundeberg,  Philip  K.  "The  Emergence  of  Undersea  Warfare  in  Northern  Eu- 
rope." Paper  delivered  at  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Association  for  the  Ad- 
vancement of  Baltic  Studies,  at  San  Jose  State  College,  San  Jose,  California, 
November  1970. 

.  "Development  of  the  National  Collection  of  Warship  Models."  Semi- 
nar on  Maritime  History,  Ecole  des  Hautes  Etudes  Practiques,  Sorbonne,  Paris, 
Spring  1970. 

Department  of  Science  and  Technology 

Davis,  Audrey  B.  "Some  Implications  of  the  Circulation  Theory  for  Disease 
Theory  and  Treatment  in  the  Seventeenth  Century."  Journal  of  the  History 
of  Medicine  and  Allied  Sciences,  volume  26  (January  1971),  pages  28-39,  2 
illustrations. 

.     "The  Virtue  of  the  Cortex  in  1680:  A  Letter  from  Charles  Goodall 

to  Mr.  H."  Medical  History  (July  1971). 

.     "Seventeenth  Century  Circulation  Physiology."  Lecture.  University 

of  Maryland,  March  1971. 

.     "Innovation   in   Dental   Medicine — The   Historian's  Role."  Lecture 


222  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

to  Curators,  Department  of  Science  and  Technology,  Smithsonian  Institution, 

27  July  1971. 
Finn,   Bernard   S.     "The   History   of   Submarine   Telegraphy."    Paper   delivered 

at  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the  History  of  Technology  Society,  Chicago,  Illinois, 

December  1970. 
Hamarneh,  Sami  K.     "Pharmacy  and  Medical  Therapy  in  Medieval  Islam."  Lec- 
ture. College  of  Pharmacy,  University  of  Illinois,  Chicago,  Illinois,  13  January 

1971. 
.     "The   Physician   and   the   Health   Professions   in   Medieval   Islam." 

Lecture.  New  York  Academy  of  Medicine,  24  March  1971. 

"U.S.  Pharmacy  Museums."  Lecture.  First  session  of  the  American 


Institute  of  The  History  of  Pharmacy's  Section  on  Contributed  Papers,  AIHP 
Annual  Meeting,  San  Francisco,  California,  29  March  1971. 

'Historical  Development  of  Arabic  Pharmacy  and  Pharmacology." 


Lecture.  College  of  Pharmacy,  University  of  Arizona,  Tuscon,  Arizona,  1  April 
1971. 

"The  History  of  Pharmacy   Museums"  and  "The  Origins  of  Pro- 


fessional Pharmacy."  Lecture.  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Japanese  Society  of  His- 
tory of  Pharmacy  and  the  opening  of  the  Naito  Pharmacy  Museum,  Tokyo, 
Japan,  12-13  June  1971. 

Mayr,  Otto.  The  Origins  of  Feedback  Control.  Cambridge,  Massachusetts:  MIT 
Press,  1970. 

.     "Origins   of   Feedback   Control."   Scientific   American,  volume   223, 

number  4  (October  1970),  pages  110-1 18. 

.     "Revolution  of  Electrical  Technology  (1870-1900),"  Science,  volume 


170(1970),  pages  1339-40. 

.     "Adam   Smith   and   the  Concept  of  the  Feedback  System."   Tech- 
nology and  Culture,  volume  12  (1971),  pages  1-22. 

.     "Nineteenth  Century  Physicists  and  the  Problem  of  Speed  Regu- 


lation." Paper.  Annual  Meeting  of  the  History  of  Science  Society  in  Chicago, 

Illinois,  December  1970. 
Merzbach,  Uta  C.     Of  Levers  and  Electrons,  Learning  and  Enlightenment:   The 

Technological  Augmentation  of  Cognition  in  the  United  States  since  1776.  56 

pages.  Washington,  D.C.:  Thiel  Press.  1971. 
Vogel,  Robert  M.,  "Speculations  on  the  History  and  Original  Appearance  of  the 

Last  Bollman  Truss."  Industrial  Archaeology,  volume  7   (November   1970),   15 

pages,  5  figures. 
.     "Civil    Engineering    History    and    Industrial    Archaeology."    Paper. 

Princeton  University,  Princeton,  New  Jersey,  15  October  1970. 
— .     "Industrial   Archaeology."   Lecture.   Columbia   University   graduate 


course  on  Architectural  Preservation,  1  December  1970. 
.     "Roebling's   Delaware   &    Hudson    Canal    Aqueducts."   Smithsonian 

Studies  in  History  and   Technology,  number   10  (26  April   1971),  45  pages,  57 

figures. 
Warner,  Deborah  Jean.     "The  First  Modern  Sky  Maps  Reconsidered."  Archives 

Internationales  d'histoire  des  Sciences  (1969),  volume  22  (1971),  pages  263-266. 
.     "Lewis  Morris  Rutherfurd:  Pioneer  Astronomical  Photographer  and 

Spectroscopist."   Technology  and   Culture,  volume   12  (1971),  pages   190-216. 


APPENDIX  6.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  STAFF  223 

National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts 

Breeskin,  Adelyn  D.  "20th-century  American  Artists."  Lecture.  Wives  Seminar 
of  the  Foreign  Service  Institute,  Washington,  D.C.  (Monthly  lecture). 

.  Mary  Cassatt:  A  Catalogue  Raisonne  of  the  Oils,  Pastels,  Water- 
colors,  and  Drawings.  Catalog.  322  pages,  925  illustrations,  15  color  plates. 
Washington,  D.C:  Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  1970. 

.     "Mary    Cassatt."    Lecture.    Twentieth    Century    Club,   Washington, 


D.C,  14  October  1970. 
.     "Mary  Cassatt."  Lecture.  National  Gallery  of  Art,  Washington,  D.C, 

18  October  1970. 
.     "Into  the  Arts."  TV  Interview.  WRC-TV,  "Circumference."  Chan- 


nel 4,  Washington,  D.C,  30  November  1970. 
.     "Various  Aspects  of  Painting,   1970."  Lecture.  National  League  of 


American  Pen  Women,  Sarasota  Branch,  Sarasota,  Florida.  7  January  1971. 
.     "The  Cone  Sisters  and   the  Baltimore   Museum  of  Art."  Lecture. 


Smithsonian  Associates,  Washington,  D.C,  8  February  1971. 
.     "The    1971    Area   Exhibition   of   Painting  and   Graphics."    Lecture. 


Fairfax  Cultural  Committee,  Northern   Virginia   Community   College,  Annan- 
dale,  Virginia,  21  February  1971. 
.     "Problems  Facing  the  Arts."  Lecture.  Fine  Arts  Festival  Committee, 


College  of  Charleston,  Charleston,  South  Carolina,  20  March  1971. 
.     "Mary   Cassatt."  Lecture.   Vienna  Society  of  Artists,  Vienna   Com- 


munity Center,  Vienna,  Virginia.  10  June  1971. 
.     H.  Lyman  Sa'yen.  Catalog.  83   pages,  51    illustrations.  Washington, 


D.C:  Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  1970. 

.  Romaine  Brooks,  "Thief  of  Souls."  Catalog.  143  pages,  85  illustra- 
tions. Washington,  D.C:   Smithsonian   Institution   Press,    1971. 

Fink,  Lois.  "American  Artists  in  Paris,  1850-1870."  Lecture.  National  Collection 
of  Fine  Arts,  Washington,  D.C,  25  February  1971. 

.  "Contemporary  French  Art  in  the  United  States,  1850-1870."  Lec- 
ture. National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts,  Washington,  D.C,  25  March  1971. 

Flint,  Janet.  "Five  Paintings  From  Thomas  Nast's  Grand  Caricaturama."  Lec- 
ture. National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts,  Washington,  D.C,  4  August  1970. 

McClelland,  Donald  R.  Paintings  by  Edwin  Scott.  Catalog.  55  pages,  35  illus- 
trations. Introduction  by  Henri  Focillon;  Biographical  notes  by  Donald 
McClelland,  July  1970. 

.     "Mr.  Corcoran  and  His  Architect,  James  Renwick."  Lecture.  The 

Art  League  and  Museum  Association,  Huntsville,  Alabama,  22  January   1971. 

.     "Making   a   Collection."   Seminar.   The   Art   League   and    Museum 


Association,  Huntsville,  Alabama,  21  January  1971. 

Taylor,  Joshua  C.  "Vedere  Prima  Di  Credere."  94  pages,  29  illustrations.  Florence, 
Italy:  Italia  Nuova,  1970. 

.  "Environment  and  the  Mind."  Lecture.  University  of  Oregon,  Eu- 
gene, Oregon,  28  February  1971. 

.     "The  Live  Museum."   Lecture.   Liberal  Arts  Committee,  Women's 


National  Democratic  Club,  Washington,  D.C,  4  March   1971. 
.     "To  Catch  the  Eye  and  Hold  the  Mind:  The  Museum  as  Educator.' 


Lecture.    National    Art    Education    Association    Conference,    Dallas,    Texas,    8 
April  1971. 


224  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 
.     "Art  and  the  University."  Lecture.  Southeastern  College  Art  Con- 


ference,  Virginia    Commonwealth    University,   Richmond,    Virginia,   23    April 
1971. 
.     "What  is  an  Art  School?"  Lecture.  Portland  Art  Museum,  Portland, 


Oregon,  30  May  1971. 


National  Portrait  Gallery 


Stewart,  Robert  G.  Henry  Benbridge  (1743-1812):  American  Portrait  Painter. 
Catalog.  93  pages,  121  figures.  Washington,  D.C.:  Smithsonian  Institution 
Press,  1971. 

Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  of  Decorative  Arts  and  Design 

Beer,  Alice  Baldwin.  "Chintzes  and  Indian  Trade."  Lecture.  Society  for  the 
Preservation  of  New  England  Antiquities,  Boston,  Massachusetts,  20  January 
1971. 

.     "Early  American  Fabrics."  Lecture.  Fort  Tryon,  New  Bern,  North 

Carolina,  8  March  1971. 

.     "Embroideries."    Lecture.    Plandome    Historical    Society,    Women's 


Club,  Plandome,  Long  Island,  New  York,  11  May  1971. 
Sonday,   Milton   F.,  Jr.     "A   Curator   and   a   Handweaver   Discussion."   Lecture. 

New  York  Guild  of  Handweavers,  Y.W.C.A.,  New  York  City,  5  December  1970. 
.     "An  Approach  to  the  Understanding  of  Museum  Textiles."  Lecture. 

Philadelphia  Academy  of  Art,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania,   16  February   1971. 
Sonday,  Milton  F.,  Jr.,  and  Nobuko  Kajitani.  "A  Type  of  Mughal  Sash."   The 

Textile  Museum  Journal  (December  1970),  184  pages. 
Taylor,  Lisa.     "New  Roles  for  Museums."  Lecture.  Hunter  College,  New  York 

City,  23  April  1971. 

National  Armed  Forces  Museum  Advisory  Board 

Hutchins,  James   S.     "Introduction."    In    Ordnance   Memoranda  No.   29:   Horse 

Equipments  and    Cavalry   Accoutrements   as   Prescribed    by    CO.   73,   A.G.O., 

1885.  Pasadena:   Socio-Technical  Publications,  1970. 
.     "The    United    States    Cavalry    Saddle,    McClellan    Pattern,    Model 

1857,  in  T0jhusmuseet,  Copenhagen."   Yaabenhistoriske  Aarb0ger,  volume   16 

1970),  pages  145-165. 
.     "Captain  McClellan's  Saddle."  Seminar.  21st  Annual  Meeting,  Com- 


pany of  Military   Historians,   United   States  Coast  Guard   Academy,  24   April 
1971. 
Stokesberry,   James   J.     "U.S.S.    Tecumseh:   Treasure    in    Mobile    Bay."    Lecture. 
Missouri  Historical  Society,  St.  Louis,  Missouri,  26  March  1971. 

Woodrow  Wilson  International  Center  for  Scholars 

Anglemyer,  Mary.  "Natural  Resources:  A  Selection  of  Bibliographies."  EARI 
Development  Series  Report,  number  3,  145  pages.  U.S.  Engineer  Agency  for 
Resources  Inventories,  Washington,   D.C.,   1970. 


APPENDIX  6.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  STAFF  225 

Office  of  American  Studies 

Harold  K.  Skramstad.  "The  Georgetown  Canal  Incline."  Technology  and  Cul- 
ture, volume  10,  number  4  (October  1969),  pages  549-560. 

.     "St.   Mary's  City:    Possibility  of  a   Training  Site."  Museum   News, 

volume  48,  number  5  (January  1970),  pages  24-26. 

.     "The  Engineer  as  Architect   in  Washington:    The  Contribution  of 


Montgomery  Meigs."  Records  of  the  Columbia  Historical  Society,  volume  69- 
70  (1969-1970),  pages  266-284. 

Washburn,  Wilcomb  E.  "Dedication."'  In  special  issue  of  William  and  Mary 
Quarterly  dedicated  to  Lester  Cappon,  former  Director,  Institute  of  Early  Amer- 
ican History  and  Culture.  William  and  Mary  Quarterly,  third  series,  volume  26, 
number  3  (July  1969),  pages  323-326. 

.     "Representation  of  Unknown   Lands  in  XIV-,  XV-   and  XVI-Cen- 

tury  Cartography."  In  Revista  da  Universidade  de  Coimbra,  volume  24,  paper 
number  35,  pages  1-20.  Coimbra,  Portugal:  Junta  de  Investigates  do  Ultra- 
mar, Lisbon,  1969. 

.     "The    Oriental    Purpose    of    the    Arctic    Navigations."    In    Etudes 


d'Histoire   Maritime,   presented    at    the    XIII    International    Congress    of    His- 
torical   Sciences,    International    Commission    of    Maritime    History,    Moscow, 
August  1970.  Multilith  (Paris  1970),  pages  131-146. 
.     "American  Studies  at  the  Smithsonian  Institution."  American  Quar- 


terly, volume  22,  number  2,  part  2  (Summer  1970),  pages  560-570. 
.     "Out  of  the  Clouds  and  Into  the  Earth:  New  Directions  for  Ameri- 


can Studies."  In  Challenges  in  American   Culture,  edited  by  Ray  B.  Browne, 
Larry   N.   Landrum,   and   William    K.   Bottorff,   pages   55-60.    Bowling   Green, 
Ohio:  Bowling  Green  University  Popular  Press,  1970. 
.     "The  Society  of  American  Indians,"  The  Indian  Historian,  volume 


3,  number  1   (Winter  1970),  pages  21-23. 


Smithsonian  Institution  Archives 

Lytle,  Richard  H.     "Ethics  of  Information  Management."  Records  Management 
Quarterly,  volume  4,  number  4  (October  1970),  pages  5-8. 


Office  of  Seminars 

Eisenberg  J.  F.,  and  Wilton  S.  Dillon,  editors.  Man  and  Beast:  Comparative 
Social  Behavior.  401  pages,  29  figures,  3  tables.  Washington,  D.C.:  Smithsonian 
Institution  Press,  1971. 


Office  of  Museum  Programs 

Welsh,  Peter  C.  The  Genteel  Female.  Catalog.  16  pages,  6  illustrations.  Wash- 
ington, D.C.:  Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service,  1970. 

.     "Two    Ladies    from    New    York."    New    York    Folklore    Quarterly 

(March  1971),  pages  83-96. 


226  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 
.     "Dexter."    International    Trotter    and    Pacer    (July-August     1970), 


pages  11,  20-21. 
.     "Lady   Suffolk."   International    Trotter  and   Pacer   (September-Oc- 


tober 1970),  pages  13-14. 
.     "Ethan  Allen."  International  Trotter  and  Pacer  (November-Decem- 


ber 1970),  pages  20,  40. 
.     "Flora    Temple."    International    Trotter   and   Pacer    (spring    1971), 


pages  16, 26-27. 
.     "Trottings   First   Century."   Hoofbeats   (U.S.   Trotting   Association, 


May  1971),  pages  88-112. 
.     "The  Youthful  Mood  of  Patriotism,  1750-1850."  Lecture.  New  York 


State  Historical  Association   Colloquium  on   American   Folk  Art,  28-30  June 
1971. 


Conservation- Analytical  Laboratory 

Eirk,  K.  "A  Study  of  the  Deteriorating  Effects  of  Some  Common  Bleaches  and 
Solvents  on  Paper."  Lecture.  Washington  Region  Conservation  Guild,  February 
1971. 

.     "Conservation    of    a    George    Washington    Print    Mounted    on    a 

Wooden  Panel."  Lecture.  Washington  Region  Conservation  Guild,  April  1971. 

Hopwood,  W.  R.  "A  Few  Methods  for  Measuring  the  pH  of  Paper."  Lecture. 
Washington  Region  Conservation  Guild,  February  1971. 

McMillan,  E.  "Notes  on  Paper."  Bulletin,  International  Institute  for  Conserva- 
tion— American  Group,  volume  2,  number  2  (1971)  pages  16-19. 

Organ,  R.  M.  "Chemistry  of  Conservation,"  Lecture  series  on  conservation 
procedures.  Smithsonian  Institution,  fall  and  winter,  1970-1971. 

.  "Conservation  Problems."  Lecture.  Society  for  Historic  Archae- 
ology, Washington,  D.C.,  7  January  1971. 

'Study   and    Stabilization    of    Metallic    Museum    Objects."    Lecture. 


National  Bureau  of  Standards  Metallurgical  Group,  2  March  1971. 
.     "Conservation  of  Metals."  2  day  seminar.   Cooperstown   Graduate 


Program,  New  York  State  Historical  Society,  April  1971. 
.     "Problems  of  Conservation."  Lecture.  Philatelic  Classics  Association, 


20  May  1971. 


Smithsonian  Institution  Libraries 


Clemmer,  Dan  O.,  Jr.,  and  Russell  Shank.  "Interlibrary  and  Information  Net- 
works." In  The  Bowker  Annual  of  Library  and  Book  Trade  Information,  pages 
299-303.  New  York:  R.  R.  Bowker,  1971. 

Goodwin,  Jack.  "Current  Bibliography  in  the  History  of  Technology  (1969)." 
Technology  and  Culture,  volume  12  (1971),  pages  269-327. 

.     "A    Preliminary    Survey   of    Materials    Available    for    the   Study    of 

American  Library  History  in  Washington,  D.C."  Paper  presented  at  the  third 
Conference  on  Library  History,  Florida  State  University,  Tallahassee,  Florida, 
March  1971. 

"New  Problems  and  New  Goals  of  Museum  Librarianship."  Paper 


presented  at  a  joint  meeting  of  the  Museums,  Arts,  and  Humanties  Division 


APPENDIX  6.  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  STAFF  227 

and  the  Picture  Division  of  the  Special  Libraries  Association,  San  Francisco, 
California,  June  1971. 

."The  History  of  Books  and   Printing."   Paper  presented   to  ninety 


sixth  grade  students,  Riverside  School,   Fairfax  County,  Virginia,  April   1971. 
.     "Architectural    Books    in    the    Smithsonian    Libraries."    Paper    pre- 


sented to  a  visiting  graduate  seminar  from  Columbia  University,  at  the  Mu- 
seum of  History  and  Technology,  April  1971. 

Shank,  Russell,  et  al.  A  Library  Network  for  Western  Canada:  Automation  for 
Rationalization  in  College  and  University  Libraries  in  Alberta,  Saskatcheiuan 
and  Manitoba.  76  pages.  Kent,  Ohio:  Kent  Center  for  Library  Studies,  February 
1971. 

Shank,  Russell,  and  Caroline  Arden  Bull.  Non-Conventional  File  Structure 
Data-Collecting  Projects  in  the  Smithsonian  Institution:  A  Survey,  Winter 
1968 — Spring  1969.  95  pages,  Washington,  D.C.:  Smithsonian  Institution  Libra- 
ries, December  1970. 


Office  of  Public  Affairs 

"Bibliography  on  Anatomy  and  Osteology  of  Recent  Vertebrates."  Division  of 
Vertebrate  Paleontology,  Information  Leaflet  71-1. 

"Bibliography  on  Field  and  Laboratory  Techniques."  Division  of  Vertebrate 
Paleontology,  Information  Leaflet  71-2. 

"Storing  Old  Carmen ts  in  the  Home."  Division  of  Costume  and  Furnishings, 
Information  Leaflet  71-3. 

"Taxidermy  Procedures  and  Animal  Preparation."  Division  of  Mammals,  In- 
formation Leaflet  71-4. 

"References  to  American  Domestic  Architecture."  Division  of  Cultural  History, 
Information  Leaflet  71-5. 

"Smithsonian  Institution  Photographic  Services  Processing  Fees  and  Policy." 
Information  Leaflet  71-6. 

"Bibliography  on  United  States  Coins  and  Paper  Currencies."  Division  of  Nu- 
mismatics, Information  Leaflet  71-7. 

"The  Passenger  Pigeon."     Division  of  Birds,  Information  Leaflet  71-8. 

"Suggested  Publications  on  Fossil  Fishes."  Division  of  Fishes,  Information 
Leaflet  71-9. 

"Available  Publications  of  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology."  Information  Leaf- 
let 71-10. 

"Selected  Photographs  Illustrating  North  American  Indian  Life  in  Various  Cul- 
tural Areas."     National  Anthropological  Archives,  Information  Leaflet  71-11. 

"Suggested  References  on  American  Period  Costume."  Division  of  Costume  and 
Furnishings,  Information  Leaflet  71-12. 

"Notes  on  Antiques."     Division  of  Cultural  History,  Information   Leaflet  71-13 

"Jacquard  Woven  Tapestries."     Division  of  Textiles,  Information  Leaflet  71-14. 

"Jacquard  Woven  Silk  Pictures."  Division  of  Textiles,  Information  Leaflet  71- 
15. 

"Bibliography  on  Stevengraphs."  Division  of  Textiles,  Information  Leaflet  71- 
16. 


228  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Reading  Is  Fundamental 

Action  for  Change.     24  pages.  Summer  1970. 

RIF's  Guide  to  Developing  a  Program.     16  pages.  Fall  1970. 

RIF  Newsletter,    Volume   1,  issue   1    (March   1971),  4  pages.  Volume   1,  issue  2 

(June  1971),  4  pages. 
Smollar,  Eleanor  B.,  editor.     RIF's  Guide  to  Book  Selection.  80  pages,  Summer 

1970. 

.     RIF's  Guide  to  Book  Selection:  Supplement  1.  20  pages.  Fall  1970. 

This  Book  Belongs  to  .  .  .  Me!     67  pages.  Summer  1968. 


Information  Systems  Division 

Roth,  H.  Daniel.  "Cluster  Analysis  for  the  Biological  and  Social  Sciences." 
Smithsonian  Institution  Information  Systems  Innovations,  volume  2,  number  2 
(December  1970),  35  pages,  illustrated. 

.     "Multivariate    Statistics."   Seminar.    National    Museum   of   Natural 

History,  Smithsonian  Institution,  1970. 

.     "Mathematics  in   Biology."  Seminar.  Coppins  State  College,   Balti- 


more, Maryland,  May  1971. 

National  Gallery  of  Art 

Bullard,  E.  John.     Edgar  Degas.  New  York:   McGraw-Hill,  Inc.,   1971. 

Cooke,    H.    Lester.     Dogs,    Cats,   Horses    and    Other   Animals    at    the    National 

Gallery  of  Art.  Richmond,  Virginia:  Westover,  1970. 

.     "The  Louvre."  National  Geographic  Magazine  (June  1971). 

.     The  National  Gallery  in   Washington.  Italy:  Novaro,  1970. 

.     The  National  Gallery  of  Art.  Knorr  &  Hirth,  1970. 

.     Pictures  within  Pictures  at  the  National  Gallery  of  Art.  Richmond, 

Virginia:  Westover,  1970. 
Evans,  Grose.     Vincent  van  Gogh.  New  York:  McGraw-Hill,  Inc.,  1971. 
Lewis,  Douglas.     "II  problema  della  villa  e  le  piantagione  americane."  Bollettino 

del  Centro  Internazionale  di  Studi  de  Architettura  "Andrea  Palladio,"  volume 

12  (1970). 
.     "Un   nuovo  disegno  autografo  de  Michele  Sanmicheli,"   Bollettino 

dei  Museo  Civici  Veneziani,  volume  16  (1971),  numbers  3—4. 
Parkhurst,  Charles.     "Art  Museums  and  Environmental  Education,"  pages  161- 

164,  in  Museums  and  the  Environment:  A  Handbook  for  Education.  Washing- 
ton, D.C.:  American  Association  of  Museums,  1971. 
Ravenel,    Gaillard,    Charles    Talbot,    and    Jay    Levenson.    Diirer    in    America: 

His  Graphic  Work.  Washington,  D.C.:   National  Gallery  of  Art,  1971. 
Watson,  Ross.     William  Hogarth:  Paintings  from  the  Collection  of  Mr.  &  Mrs. 

Paul  Mellon.  Washington,  D.C.:   National  Gallery  of  Art,  1971. 


Appendix  7 


ACADEMIC  APPOINTMENTS 

1970-1971 

Postdoctoral  Visiting  Research  Associates 


'O 


Program  in  American  History 

Leonard  P.  Curry.  Roots  of  American  urbanism,  1800-1850,  with  Dr.  Wilcomb 
Washburn,  American  Studies  Program,  from  15  August  1970  to  14  August 
1971. 

Program  in  Anthropology 

James  T.  Rauh.  An  investigation  of  the  structure  of  the  Borgia  group  of  manu- 
scripts, with  Dr.  Clifford  Evans,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  from 
1  December  1970  to  31  August  1971. 

Mario  Jose  Sanoja.  Ecology  and  cultural  areas  in  pre-Columbian  Venezuela, 
with  Dr.  Clifford  Evans,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  from  1  Sep- 
tember 1970  to  31  August  1971. 

David  Gentry  Steele.  A  re-evaluation  of  the  within-group  variation  of  the 
family  Tupaiidae,  with  Dr.  Lawrence  Angel,  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  from  1  July  1970  to  30  June  1971. 

Program  in  Environmental  Sciences 

Clarke  Brooks.  Analysis  of  algal  biliproteins,  with  Dr.  Elizabeth  Gantt,  Ra- 
diation Biology  Laboratory,  from  1  July  1970  to  30  June  1971. 

Jack  H.  Burk.  Production  and  energy  status  of  deciduous  tree  species  with 
regard  to  annual  cycle  of  energy  utilization  and  standing  crop,  with  Dr. 
Francis  S.  L.  Williamson,  Chesapeake  Bay  Center  for  Environmental  Studies, 
from  1  September  1970  to  31  August  1971. 

Stephen  I.  Rothstein.  An  experimental  investigation  of  host  preferences  in 
the  brown-headed  cowbird,  with  Dr.  Francis  S.  L.  Williamson,  Chesapeake 
Bay  Center  for  Environmental  Studies,  from  1  September  1970  to  31  August 
1971. 

Penelope  Williamson.  Foraging  behavior  of  the  starling,  Sturnus  vulgaris, 
with  Dr.  George  Watson,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  from  15 
September  1970  to  14  September  1971. 

Program  in  Evolutionary  and  Behavioral  Biology,  Tropical  Zones 

Alicia  Breymeyer.     Ecology  of  grasslands  environments  in  tropical  zones,  with 

229 


230  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Dr.  Martin  Moynihan,  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute,  from   1   No- 
vember 1970  to  30  April  1971. 
Jeffrey  B.  Graham.     Studies  in  the  biology  of  the  amphibious  clinid,  Mnierpes 

macrocephalus,  with  Dr.  Michael  Robinson  and  Dr.  Ira  Rubinoff,  Smithsonian 

Tropical  Research  Institute,  from  1  September  1970  to  31  August  1971. 
Ian  N.  Healev.     The  role  of  animals  in  decomposition  processes  in  the  tropical 

forest,  with  Dr.  Martin  Moynihan,  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute, 

from  1  January  1971   to  31  December  1971. 
James   R.    Karr.     Comparisons   of  structure   of  avian   communities   in   selected 

tropical  areas,  with  Dr.  Neal  Smith,  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute, 

from  1  January  1971  to  30  June  1971. 
Eugene    Morton.     Ecological    aspects    of    communication    in    birds,    with    Dr. 

Neal  Smith,  Smithsonian  Tropical   Research   Institute,  from   1   January    1971 

to  30  June  1971. 

Program  in  Evolutionary  and  Systematic  Biology 

O.  Sylvester  Adegoke.  Tertiary  paleontology  of  southern  Nigeria  and  ecology 
and  distribution  of  living  Foraminifera  in  the  Gulf  of  Guinea,  with  Dr. 
Richard  Cifelli,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  from  1  August  1970  to 
31  July  1971. 

Arnfried  Antonius.  Occurrence  and  distribution  of  stony  corals  in  Venezuelan 
waters,  with  Dr.  Klaus  Ruetzler,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  from 
1  August  1970  to  31  July  1971. 

James  A.  Doyle.  Studies  on  angiosperm  pollen  and  megafossils  of  the  Potomac 
Group  (Cretaceous)  of  Maryland  and  Virginia,  with  Dr.  Leo  J.  Hickey,  Na- 
tional Museum  of  Natural  History,  from  1  October  1970  to  30  September  1971. 

Ter-chien  Huang.  Deep  sea  sedimentation  in  the  western  Mediterranean  Sea, 
with  Dr.  Daniel  Stanley,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  from  1  Jan- 
uary 1970  to  1  January  1971. 

Jerry  A.  Powell.  Biosystematic  study  of  Neotropical  Sparganothidini  (Lepidop- 
tera:  Tortricidae)  ,  with  Dr.  Donald  Duckworth,  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  from  1  September  1970  to  31  August  1971. 

Program  in  History  of  Art  and  Music 

Robert  E.  Eliason.     Early  American  wind  instruments  and  their  makers,  with 

Mrs.   Cynthia   Hoover,   National   Museum   of   History   and   Technology,   from 

15  July  1970  to  14  July  1971. 
Francis  V.  O'Connor.     Historical  studies  of  American   art  of   the    1930s,   with 

Dr.  Joshua  C.  Taylor,  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts,  from  1  September  1970 

to  31  August  1971. 

Program  in  History  of  Science  and  Technology 

Sandra  S.  Herbert.  Erasmus  Darwin's  materialistics  physiology  and  its  impor- 
tance for  his  grandson  Charles'  discovery  of  evolution  through  natural  selec- 
tion, with  Dr.  Audrey  Davis,  National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology, 
from  1  June  1970  to  31  May  1971. 

Program  in  Physical  Sciences 

Martin  R.  Flannery.     Theoretical  investigations  of  certain  atomic  and  molec- 


APPENDIX  7.  ACADEMIC  APPOINTMENTS  231 

ular  processes  relevant  to  the  earth's  atmosphere,  stellar  and  planetary  atmo- 
spheres, and  H  I,  H  II  regions  of  the  sun,  with  Dr.  Alexander  Dalgarno, 
Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory,  from  1  September  1970  to  1  March 
1971. 

John  J.  Gurney.  Electron  microprobe  studies  of  kimberlite  and  its  associated 
ultrabasic  xenoliths,  with  Dr.  Brian  Mason,  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  from  1  November  1970  to  31  October  1971. 

Lawrence  N.  Mertz.  Development  of  astronomical  instrumentation,  with  Dr. 
N.  P.  Carleton,  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory,  from  1  July  1970  to 
30  June  1971. 

Jeffrey  Taylor.  Petrological  and  chemical  research  on  lunar  samples  and 
theoretical  interpretation  and  research  on  the  metallic  minerals  in  chondritic 
meteorites,  with  Dr.  John  Wood,  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory,  from 
1  September  1970  to  31  August  1971. 


Predoctoral  Visiting  Research  Associates 

Program  in  American  History 

Martha  E.  Doty.  Popular  images  of  the  American  Indian,  with  Dr.  Wilcomb 
Washburn  and  Mr.  Richard  Ahlborn,  American  Studies  Program,  from  1 
January  1971  to  30  June  1971. 

William  B.  Floyd.  An  historical  study  of  Thomas  Sully,  with  Dr.  Wilcomb 
Washburn,  American  Studies  Program,  from  1  July  1970  to  31  June  1971. 

Rayna  D.  Green.  The  Image  of  the  Indian  in  the  popular  imagination,  with 
Dr.  Wilcomb  Washburn,  American  Studies  Program,  and  Dr.  Sam  Stanley, 
Center  for  the  Study  of  Man,  from  1  September  1970  to  31  August  1971. 

Yvonne  M.  Lange.  Santos,  the  wooden  household  saints  of  Puerto  Rico,  with 
Mr.  Richard  Ahlborn,  American  Studies  Program,  from  1  August  1970  to  31 
July  1971. 

Peter  H.  Smith.  The  Great  American  Wheel  Conspiracy:  Hoopes  Bros,  and 
Darlington,  1890-1920,  with  Mr.  Robert  Vogel,  National  Museum  of  History 
and  Technology,  from  1  September  1970  to  31  August  1971. 

Arthur  Townsend.  Pattern  and  change  in  the  material  culture  of  Junction 
City,  Kansas,  between  1888  and  1922,  as  seen  through  the  life  and  lens  of 
Joseph  Judd  Pennell,  photographer,  with  Dr.  Wilcomb  Washburn,  American 
Studies  Program,  from   1    September   1970  to   1   June   1971. 

Program  in  Anthropology 

Iraida  Vargas.  Aboriginal  cultural  development  in  eastern  Venezuela  and  their 
relationships  with  the  Lesser  Antilles,  with  Dr.  Clifford  Evans,  National  Mu- 
seum of  Natural  History,  from  1  September  1970  to  31  August  1971. 

Program  in  Environmental  Sciences 

Christen  E.  Wemmer.  Behavioral  concomitants  of  morphology  and  the  rela- 
tionship of  the  form-function  complex  to  social  organization  and  habitat 
utilization,  with  Dr.  John  Eisenberg,  National  Zoological  Park,  from  1  July 
1970  to  31  July  1971. 


232  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Program  in  Evolutionary  and  Behavioral  Biology,   Tropical  Zones 

A.  Ross  Kiester.  Studies  on  the  ecology  and  social  behavior  of  Panamanian 
Gecko,  Gonatodes  albogularis,  with  Dr.  A.  Stanley  Rand,  Smithsonian  Tropi- 
cal Research  Institute,  from  1  September  1970  to  31  August  1971. 

John  E.  McCosker.  Substrate  preferences  and  comparative  functional  morphol- 
ogy of  eels  of  the  family  Ophichthidae,  with  Dr.  Ira  Rubinoff,  Smithsonian 
Tropical  Research  Institute,  from  15  August  1970  to  14  August  1971. 

William  B.  Ramirez.  Ecological  relationships  and  specificity  between  fig  wasps 
(Agaonidae)  and  Ficus,  with  Dr.  Robert  Dressier,  Smithsonian  Tropical  Re- 
search Institute,  from  1  October  1970  to  30  September  1971. 

Program  in  Evolutionary  and  Systematic  Biology 

David  R.  Budge.  Study  of  late  Ordovician  and  Silurian  rocks  and  their  con- 
tained coral  fauna  in  the  eastern  Great  Basin,  with  Dr.  William  S.  Oliver, 
National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  from  1  September  1970  to  31  August 
1971. 

Anne  C.  Cohen.  Geographic  variation  and  sexual  dimorphism  in  the  squid 
Loligo  pealei,  living  from  Canada  to  Columbia  near  the  continental  shores  of 
western  north  Atlantic,  Gulf  of  Mexico,  with  Dr.  Clyde  Roper,  National  Mu- 
seum of  Natural  History,  from  15  August  1970  to  30  June  1971. 

Jean  T.  DeBell.  Electron  microscopy  of  the  body  wall  of  Macracanthorhynchus 
hirudinaceus  (Acanthocephala)  ,  with  Dr.  W.  Duane  Hope,  National  Museum 
of  Natural  History,  from  9  October  1969  to  9  October  1971. 

Theodore  Gary  Gautier.  Cryptostome  Bryoza  from  the  Permian  (Leonardian) 
of  the  Glass  Mountains,  Texas,  with  Dr.  Richard  S.  Boardman,  National  Mu- 
seum of  Natural  History,  from  1  July  1970  to  30  June  1971. 

Walter  Scott  Gray.  Studies  of  Antarctic  Gammaridea  (Amphipoda)  ,  par- 
ticularly the  families  Eusiridae,  Calliopiidae,  and  Pleustidae,  with  Dr.  J.  L. 
Barnard,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  from  15  February  1970  to 
14  February  1971. 

Eckart  Hakansson.  The  free-living  Cheilostomata  from  the  White  Chalk  of 
Denmark,  with  Dr.  Alan  Cheetham,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
from  15  October  1970  to  14  October  1971. 

Catherine  J.  Kerby.  A  life  history  study  of  the  polychaetous  annelid,  Sabella 
microphthalma,  with  Dr.  Meredith  L.  Jones,  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  from  1  August  1970  to  31  July  1971. 

Miloslav  Kovanda.  Preparation  of  a  monographic  electronic  data  bank  of 
Campanula  section  Heterophylla,  with  Mr.  Stanwyn  Shetler,  National  Museum 
of  Natural  History,  from  1  July  1970  to  30  June  1971. 

Jackson  Lewis.  A  study  of  genus  Calappa  (Decapoda:  Oxystomata)  as  repre- 
sented by  recent  species  in  the  United  States  National  Museum  collections  and 
by  Miocene  fossils  from  Florida,  with  Dr.  Fenner  A.  Chace,  Jr.,  National  Mu- 
seum of  Natural  History,  from  1  September  1970  to  31  August  1971. 

Program  in  History  of  Art  and  Music 

Shelley  Fletcher.  Pigment  analysis  of  the  American  painting  collection  at 
the  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts,  with  Mr.  Charles  Olin,  NCFA  Conserva- 
tion Laboratory,  from  1  July  1970  to  30  June  1971. 

Robert  Hunter.     Study  of  Stuart  Davis  in  the  1930s,  with  Dr.  Joshua  C.  Taylor, 


APPENDIX  7.  ACADEMIC  APPOINTMENTS  233 

National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts,  from  1  September  1970  to  31  August  1971. 

William  D.  Morgan.  Henry  Vaughan,  1845-1917,  Gothic  revival  architect,  with 
Dr.  Joshua  C.  Taylor,  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts,  from  15  January  1971 
to  30  June  1971. 

Richard  N.  Murray.  A  study  of  figurative  mural  painting,  public  and  private 
in  the  United  States,  1890-1920,  with  Dr.  Joshua  C.  Taylor,  National  Collec- 
tion of  Fine  Arts,  from  1  September  1970  to  31  August  1971. 

Phylis  North.  Max  Weber  paintings,  1905-1920,  with  Dr.  Joshua  C.  Taylor, 
National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts,  from  1  January  1971  to  30  June  1971. 

Christine  S.  Schloss.  Study  of  the  18th-century  American  primitive  painters, 
with  Dr.  Joshua  C.  Taylor,  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts,  from  1  September 
1970  to  30  June  1971. 

Program  in  History  of  Science  and  Teclinology 

Stephen  Cooper.  History  of  American  science  and  technology  with  emphasis 
on  interrelationships  between  science  and  government,  with  Dr.  Nathan  Rein- 
gold,  Joseph  Henry  Papers,  from  1  August  1970  to  31  July  1971. 

Barbara  Kaplan.  The  relevance  of  alchemical  and  hermetic  ideas  to  13th  and 
14th  century  medicine  in  western  Europe,  with  Dr.  Sami  Hamarneh,  National 
Museum  of  History  and  Technology,  from  1  September  1970  to  31  August  1971. 

John  Richard  Kerwood.  The  editing  of  documentary  sources  in  American  His- 
tory, with  Dr.  Nathan  Reingold,  Joseph  Henry  Papers,  from  1  September 
1970  to  30  June  1971. 

Sally  G.  Kohlstedt.  The  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science, 
1840  to  1860;  the  formation  of  a  national  scientific  community,  with  Dr. 
Nathan  Reingold,  Joseph  Henry  Papers,  from  1  September  1970  to  31  August 
1971. 

Program  in  Museum  Studies 

Joan  W.  Mishara.  Conservation  studies  of  metals,  particularly  metallic  objects 
of  art,  with  Mr.  Robert  Organ,  Conservation  Analytical  Laboratory,  from  1 
July  1970  to  31  January  1971. 

Richard  Pruitt.  Pictorial  and  bibliographical  studies  of  Black  American  nota- 
bles, with  Dr.  Sidney  Kaplan,  National  Portrait  Gallery,  from  1  September 
1970  to  1  July  1971. 

Jon  Allen  Seger.  A  long-range  plan  for  the  "third  generation"  of  exhibits  in 
the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  with  Mr.  Nathaniel  Dixon  from  21 
September  1970  to  20  September  1971. 

Elaine  F.  Sloan.  Studies  of  the  collection  development  policies  of  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution  Libraries,  with  Dr.  Russell  Shank,  Smithsonian  Institution 
Libraries,  from  1  September  1970  to  1  June  1971. 

Robert  N.  Works.  Studies  in  museum  administration  and  in  the  history  of 
American  art,  with  Mr.  Marvin  Sadik,  National  Portrait  Gallery,  from  1 
September  1970  to  31  August   1971. 

Program  in  Physical  Scie?ices 

Duane  F.  Carbon.  Theoretical  studies  of  non-gray  model  atmosphere  for  stars 
of  intermediate  and  late  spectral  types,  with  Dr.  Owen  J.  Gingerich,  Smith- 
sonian Astrophysical  Observatory,  from   1   July  1970  to  30  January  1971. 


234  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Eric  G.  Chipman.  Formation  of  spectral  lines  in  the  solar  atmosphere,  with 
Dr.  E.  H.  Avrett,  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory,  from  1  July  1970  to 
30  June  1971. 

J.  Stephen  Duerr.  Formation  of  plessite  in  metallic  meteorites,  with  Dr.  Charles 
A.  Lundquist,  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory,  from  1  July  1970  to 
30  June  1971. 

James  Elliott.  Investigation  of  atmospheric  fluorescence  as  a  means  of  detecting 
transient  X-ray  phenomena  from  cosmic  sources,  with  Dr.  G.  G.  Fazio,  Smith- 
sonian Astrophysical  Observatory,  from  1  September  1970  to  30  June  1971. 

William  R.  Forman.  Study  of  magnetic  field  structure  in  the  Crab  Nebula, 
with  Dr.  R.  B.  Southworth,  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory,  from  1 
September  1970  to  30  June  1971. 

Jonathan  E.  Grindlay.  Studies  of  high  energy  cosmic  gamma  rays  and  cosmic 
X-rays  and  their  respective  air  showers,  with  Dr.  G.  G.  Fazio,  Smithsonian 
Astrophysical  Observatory,  from  1  July  1970  to  30  June  1971. 

Robert  L.  Kurucz.  Studies  in  model  atmospheres,  with  Dr.  Wolfgang  Kalkofen, 
Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory,  from  1  July  1970  to  30  June  1971. 

Elia  Leibowitz.  The  emission  spectrum  of  heavy  ions  in  planetary  nebulae, 
with  Dr.  Leo  Goldberg,  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory,  from  1  July 
1970  to  30  June  1971. 

Douglas  D.  Nelson.  Clay  mineralogy  and  sedimentation  of  the  Outer  Banks, 
North  Carolina,  with  Dr.  J.  W.  Pierce,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
from  15  September  1970  to  14  September  1971. 


Summer  1970  Graduate  and  Undergraduate  Research 
Participation  Appointments 

Names  marked  with  an  asterisk  indicate  students  whose  research  was  supported 
through  grants  from  the  National  Science  Foundation's  Undergraduate  Research 
Participation  Program  (grants  GY7622:  Social  Sciences  and  GY6056:  Biological 
Sciences)  . 

Program  in  American  History 

Beth  Michele  Grosvenor,  Mount  Holyoke  College.  Research  in  political  slo- 
gans in  19th  century  presidential  campaigns,  with  Dr.  Wilcomb  Washburn, 
Office  of  American  Studies. 

Katherine  Cora  Hancock,  Mills  College.  Studies  of  costumes  in  the  Annapolis 
area  during  the  18th  century,  with  Mrs.  Claudia  Kidwell,  National  Museum 
of  History  and  Technology. 

Catherine  Mary  Scholten,  University  of  California  at  Berkeley.  Bibliographic 
and  documentary  studies,  with  Mr.  Richard  Ahlborn,  National  Museum  of 
History  and  Technology. 

Program  in  Anthropology 

*Richard  Blair  Allen,  University  of  Illinois.  Studies  of  Iranian  and  Afghan 
archeological  ceramics  and  preservation  techniques  of  ethnological  specimens, 
with  Mrs.  Bethune  Gibson  and  Dr.  William  Trousdale,  National  Museum  of 
Natural  History. 


APPENDIX  7.  ACADEMIC  APPOINTMENTS  235 

*Anita  Marie  Barrow,  University  of  Pittsburgh.  A  study  of  the  social  organi- 
zation of  the  Southwestern  Bantu,  with  Dr.  Gordon  Gibson,  National  Museum 
of  Natural  History. 

•John  Thomas  Bruer,  University  of  Wisconsin.  Studies  of  urban  metaphysical 
movements,  with  Dr.  Irving  Zaretsky,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

*Lianne  Iddincs  Burke,  George  Mason  College  of  the  University  of  Virginia. 
Inventory  of  selected  anthropological  manuscripts,  with  Mrs.  Margaret  Blaker, 
National  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

♦Robert  Spencer  Corruccini.  University  of  Colorado.  Studies  in  paleopathology 
and  Paleoecology,  with  Dr.  Donald  Ortner,  National  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory. 

*Wendy  Joan  Frosh,  Pitzer  College.  Studies  relating  to  a  dictionary  of  the 
Tzotzil  language,  with  Dr.  Robert  Laughlin,  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History. 

•Laura  May  Kaplan,  Rice  University.  Sex  differentiation  in  human  long  bones, 
with  Dr.  Lucile  St.  Hoyme,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

♦William  Greg  Myers,  Duke  University,  A  study  of  the  historical  contributions 
of  the  English  to  West  Pakistan  anthropology,  with  Dr.  Eugene  Knez,  National 
Museum  of  Natural  History. 

♦Mary  Alice  Nation,  University  of  Chicago.  A  study  of  the  Japanese  ceramic 
collections  in  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History  comparing  American 
and  Japanese  concepts  of  Japanese  ceramic  art  1875-1920,  with  Dr.  Eugene 
Knez,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

•Jane  Wierdsma,  Smith  College.  An  historical  study  of  Kiowa  art,  with  Mr. 
John  Ewers,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

Program  in  Environmental  Sciences 

Judith  Lynn  Bishop,  University  of  California  at  Davis.  Literature  research 
concerning  drug  immobilization  in  exotic  animals,  with  Dr.  Clinton  W.  Gray, 
National  Zoological  Park. 

Program  in  Evolutionary  and  Systematic  Biology 

♦Susana    Barros,     George   Washington    University.   Analysis   of   bamboos,   with 

Dr.  Thomas  Soderstrom,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History. 
George  Joseph   Divoky,     Michigan   State   University.   A   study   of   the   seasonal 

distribution  of  marine  birds,  with  Dr.  George  Watson,  National  Museum  of 

Natural  History. 
Mary   Beth   Moore,     Michigan   State   University.  Research  and  data  gathering 

for  Flora  North  America  project,  with  Mr.  Stanwyn  Shetler,  National  Museum 

of  Natural  History. 
♦Frieda  Virginia   Osborne,     California  State  College.   The   taxonomy   of  Indo- 

Pacific   mollusks,   with   Dr.  Joseph   Rosewater,  National   Museum   of  Natural 

History. 
♦Ricardo  Rebollar,     DePaul  University.  A  study  of  light  intensity  and  quality, 

temperature  and  pH  effects  on  respiration  and  photosynthesis  in  corralines, 

with  Dr.  Walter  Adey,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

Program  in  the  History  of  Art  and  Music 

Diane  Lynn  Arkin,  University  of  Chicago.  Studies  in  19th  century  landscape 
painting  in  America,  with  Dr.  Joshua  Taylor,  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts. 


441-283      O  -  71  -  16 


236  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

Catherine  Beth  Lippert,  University  of  Michigan.  Study  of  American  painting 
1900-1904,  with  Dr.  Joshua  Taylor,  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts. 

Program  in  the  History  of  Science  and  Technology 

•Craig  Buck  Andrews,  Claremont  Men's  College.  Studies  of  ship  plans  and 
machinery,  with  Dr.  Melvin  Jackson,  National  Museum  of  History  and  Tech- 
nology. 

♦John  Francis  Connors,  Cincinnati  Bible  Seminary.  Study  of  technical  history 
of  World  War  I  aircraft  in  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum  collections, 
with   Mr.   Louis   Casey,   National   Air  and   Space   Museum. 

*Joan  M.  Harlow,  Smith  College.  Studies  in  American  spectroscopy  in  the 
second  half  of  the  19th  century  and  French  and  British  chemistry  in  the  18th 
century,  with  Dr.  Jon  Eklund,  National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology. 

*John  Thomas  Kelly,  Harvard  University.  Study  of  the  History  of  Science  and 
technology  in  the  War  of  Independence,  with  Mr.  Silvio  Bedini,  National  Mu- 
seum of  History  and  Technology. 

♦Howard  Sander  Koch,  University  of  Miami.  Study  of  cable  telegraphy  in  the 
19th  century  with  Dr.  Bernard  Finn,  National  Museum  of  History  and  Tech- 
nology. 

*Jose  M.  Rodriguez,  University  of  Miami.  A  study  of  maser  and  laser  history, 
with  Dr.  Bernard  Finn,  National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology. 

*David  Alan  Rosenberg,  University  of  Chicago.  Studies  of  the  1924  flight 
around  the  world,  with  Dr.  Richard  K.  Smith,  National  Air  and  Space  Museum. 

•Frances  Ruth  Schartenberg,  University  of  Pennsylvania.  A  study  of  the  tech- 
nological development  of  microscopes  as  related  to  the  development  of  Dar- 
winism, with  Dr.  Audrey  Davis,  National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology. 

*Diane  Senders,  Antioch  College.  Analysis  of  natural  dye  stuffs  using  textiles 
from  Smithsonian  collections,  with  Miss  Rita  Adrosko,  National  Museum  of 
History  and  Technology. 

*Joanne  Beth  Shore,  University  of  Pennsylvania.  An  historical  study  of  early 
engineering  structures  on  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio  Railroad,  with  Mr.  Robert 
Vogel,  National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology. 

♦Barbara  Levy  Simon,  Goucher  College.  Research  on  the  history  of  19th  cen- 
tury science,  with  Mr.  Richard  Lytle,  Smithsonian  Archives. 

Program  in  Museum  Studies 

Judith  Ann  Calvert,  University  of  California  at  Berkeley.  Research  and  bibli- 
ography on  the  stylistic  origins  of  Shaker  furniture,  with  Mr.  Carl  Alexander, 
National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology. 

Caroline  Levert  Mastin.  University  of  Delaware.  Research  participation  and 
studies  of  special  exhibits,  with  Mr.  Peter  C.  Welsh,  U.S.  National  Museum. 

Carolyn  Louise  Rusch,  Sweet  Briar  College.  Studies  relating  to  methods  of 
conservation  of  museum  objects  including  documentation,  with  Mr.  Robert 
Organ,  National  Museum  of  History  and  Technology. 


Appendix  8 


PUBLIC  AFFAIRS 


News  Releases  Issued 

Smithsonian  To  Present  "Musick,"  Pageantry  of  American  Revolution     6  July  70 

Textile  Designer  Will  Be  Accorded  Retrospective  Show  7  July  70 
Model  Rockets,  Planes  To  Be  Flown  on  National  Mall,  Sunday, 

July  12  8  July  70 
Daguerreotype  Portraits  of  Webster,  Clay  and  Houston  Given  to 

Smithsonian  14  July  70 
National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts  Shifts  Entrance  Because  of  Subway     15  July  70 

Smithsonian  Computer  Awaiting  Your  Questions  about  Reptiles  20  July  70 
National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts  To  Hold  "Artists  Abroad" 

Exhibition  29  July  70 

Smithsonian  Museum  Schedules  "Vibrating  World"  Exhibition  31  July  70 

Indian  Photographs  on  View  at  Smithsonian  3  Aug.  70 

Space  Art  Show  at  Smithsonian  4  Aug.  70 

Astronomical  Art  at  Smithsonian  4  Aug.  70 
Smithsonian  Conducting  Global  Survey  of  Environmental 

Monitoring  System  4  Aug.  70 

Historic  Equipment,  Fabrics  Display  in  New  Textile  Hall  11  Aug.  70 

Oil  Painting  of  Apollo  11  Crew  Being  Given  to  Portrait  Gallery  11  Aug.  70 

Moon  Rock  Research  Is  Explained  in  Exhibit  12  Aug.  70 

Smithsonian  Exhibit  To  Mark  Centennial  of  Gandhi's  Birth  13  Aug.  70 

Global  Photographic  Show  on  Woman  Scheduled  18  Aug.  70 

A  Computerized  Data  Bank  on  Plants  Is  Planned  19  Aug.  70 

Freer  Sculptures  from  India  Described  in  New  Volume  1  Sept.  70 
Free  Jazz/Gospel /Soul  Music  Festival  Scheduled  at  Douglass  Home 

September  12-13  1  Sept.  70 

"Deep-Ocean"  Fossils  Back  Continental  Drift  Theory  1  Sept.  70 

Smithsonian  Seeks  Volunteers  To  Guide  School  Groups  1  Sept.  70 

"Curtain  Raiser" — A  Most  Unusual  Benefit  Oct.  2  1  Sept.  70 

Smithsonian,  Left  Bank  Society  Plan  Series  of  7  Jazz  Concerts  11  Sept.  70 
Smithsonian  Display  of  Paper  Money  Documents  South  Carolina's 

History  15  Sept.  70 

Smithsonian  To  Show  Art  of  H.  Lyman  Sayen  16  Sept.  70 

Wilson  Center  Sets  Deadline  for  Fellowship  Applications  16  Sept.  70 

Smithsonian,  Left  Bank  Society  Sponsor  Jazz  Quartet  Concert  21  Sept.  70 

Lithographs  Depict  Romantic  View  of  19th  Century  Women  21  Sept.  70 
"Pinocchio"  To  Open  September  30  at  Smithsonian  Puppet  Theatre     21   Sept.  70 

Freer  Lectures  To  Begin  With  Talk  on  Indian  Art  22  Sept.  70 

237 


238 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 


Dr.  Roy  Strong  To  Speak  at  National  Portrait  Gallery 
Smithsonian  Sales  Exhibit  To  Feature  Georgia  Crafts 
A  Smithsonian  Entomologist  Probes  Origins  of  South  Pacific's 

Insects 
NCFA  To  Present  Concert  of  Music  by  Erik  Satie 
Smithsonian  To  Exhibit  Works  by  Tapio  Wirkkala 
Antique  Firearms  Given  to  Smithsonian 
Talents  of  Lorton  Reformatory  Inmates  Going  on  Display  at 

Anacostia  Museum 
NCFA  To  Show  Paintings  of  William  Henry  Holmes 
Dizzy  Gillespie  Quintet  To  Give  Concert  Oct.  17 
Wilson  Center  To  Welcome  First  Fellows  Oct.  19 
Singer  Betty  Carter,  Donald  Byrd  Ensemble  Will  Give  Smithsonian 

Concert  Oct.  31 
National  Portrait  Gallery  Exhibition  Will  Trace  Life  of  John 

Quincy  Adams 
Division  of  Performing  Arts  To  Sponsor  Concert  Series 
Smithsonian  Publishes  First  Unified  Directory  of  World's 

Environmental  Monitoring  Systems 
Exotic  Fish  Imports  Endanger  Environment 
Smithsonian  Museum  Shops  Offering  Two  Bonestell  Space  Prints 

for  Sale 
Ford  Gives  $95,000  Grant  To  Woodrow  Wilson  Fellow 
Space  Flight  Recordings  Presented  To  Smithsonian 
Kathakali  Dance  Theater  To  Appear  at  Smithsonian 
Smithsonian  To  Exhibit  Photos  by  David  Plowden 
Statement  by  S.  Dillon  Ripley,  Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian 

Institution,  at  Announcement  of  Joint  Peace  Corps  Smithsonian 

Environmental  Program,  Oct.  27,  1970 
Museum  Shops  Offering  Show,  Sale  of  Contemporary  Jewelry 
Alarius  Ensemble  Will  Open  Smithsonian  Concert  Season 
Smithsonian  To  Honor  Cartoonist  Rube  Goldberg  With  Special  Show 
Smithsonian  Will  Convene  Symposium  on  Cultural  Styles  and 

Social  Identity 
Dr.  Cyril  Smith  To  Speak  on  Metallurgy  and  History 
Yvonne  Rainer  Dance  Troupe  To  Perform  at  Smithsonian 
Rudolf  Kelterborn  To  Lecture  on  Contemporary  Swiss  Music 
Openings  of  Christmas  Sales-Exhibitions  at  Museum  Shops  of 

Smithsonian  Institution 
Left  Bank  Jazz  Society,  Smithsonian  To  Present  Charles  Tolliver 

Concert 
Study  Program  for  Scholars  Set  up  by  National  Collection  of 

Fine  Arts 
Hubel  Appointed  Director  of  Smithsonian  Press 
Rare  Collection  of  Earthenware  To  Go  on  Display  November  13 
Dr.  Scanlon  To  Give  Lecture  on  Chinese  Pottery  in  Egypt 
Dutch  Officer  To  Give  Lecture  on  Aviation  Archaeology  Project 
Note  To  Editors — Rube  Goldberg  Press  Preview 
Rising  Ethnic  Consciousness  Alters  "Melting  Pot"  Concept 
Historian  Cites  Role  of  "Myths"  in  Nation's  Cultural  Development 


22  Sept. 

70 

23  Sept. 

70 

24  Sept. 

70 

24  Sept. 

70 

29  Sept. 

70 

30  Sept. 

70 

30  Sept. 

70 

1  Oct. 

70 

6  Oct. 

70 

7  Oct. 

70 

10  Oct. 

70 

14  Oct. 

70 

15  Oct. 

70 

16  Oct. 

70 

19  Oct. 

70 

19  Oct. 

70 

19  Oct. 

70 

21  Oct. 

70 

21  Oct. 

70 

22  Oct. 

70 

26  Oct. 

70 

28  Oct. 

70 

29  Oct. 

70 

30  Oct. 

70 

30  Oct. 

70 

31  Oct. 

70 

3  Nov. 

70 

3  Nov. 

70 

4  Nov. 

70 

5  Nov. 

70 

6  Nov. 

70 

6  Nov. 

70 

9  Nov. 

70 

9  Nov. 

70 

10  Nov. 

70 

12  Nov. 

70 

13  Nov. 

70 

13  Nov. 

70 

APPENDIX  8.  PUBLIC  AFFAIRS 


239 


Freddie  Hubbard  Quintet  Will  Appear  November  31 
National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts  To  Show  83  Works  by  19th 

Century  Landscape  Painter 
Dr.  Pennington  To  Demonstrate  Ornamentation  of  Messiah  Solos 
Left  Bank  To  Present  Trumpeter  Lee  Morgan 
Lewis  Mumford  Will  Receive  Smithsonian's  Hodgkins  Medal 
NCFA  Will  Show  65  Drawings  and  Sculptures  by  Paul  Manship 
National  Portrait  Gallery  Acquires  Rare  Painting  of  President 

Monroe 
Smithsonian  Will  Present  "The  Electric  Stereopticon" 
Smithsonian,  Left  Bank  Jazz  Society  Will  Present  Last  Poets 

at  Howard 
Dr.  Harold  P.  Stern  Named  Director  of  Freer  Gallery 
Apollo  12  "Atomic  Battery"  To  Be  Given  to  Smithsonian 
Wilson  Center  Sets  Deadline  for  Fellowship  Applications 
Romaine  Brooks:  "Thief  of  Souls" 

Three  Distinguished  Scholars  Named  Wilson  Center  Fellows 
Two  Famous  Planes  Exhibited  at  Smithsonian 
Apollo  11  Spacecraft  on  View  on  the  Mall 
Smithsonian  To  Show  Pakistani  Prints 
Smithsonian  Offers  Puppet  Theatre  for  Washington  Area 

Performances 
Memorial  Fund  To  Be  Established  at  National  Museum  of 

Natural  History 
Challinor  Named  Smithsonian  Deputy  Assistant  Secretary 
Joanna  Featherstone  To  Present  Program  of  Afro-American  Poetry 
Smithsonian  Commissions  Submersible  Oceanographic  Vessel 
Experts  To  Talk  on  Print  Collecting  at  National  Collection  of 

Fine  Arts 
Smithsonian  Will  Exhibit  "100th  Street"  Photo  Show 
Teaching  Exhibit  on  Naturalist  John  Muir  is  Scheduled 
Portraits  by  18th  Century  Painter  To  Be  Shown  by  Smithsonian 

Museum 
Wilkinson  To  Lecture  at  Freer  on  Drinking  Vessels  of  Persia 
Oceanography  at  the  Smithsonian 
J.  Seward  Johnson — Biography 
I.  Eugene  Wallen — Biography 
Edwin  A.  Link — Biography 

Smithsonian  Will  Present  Sanasardo  Dance  Company 
Personnel  Chief,  Associate  Appointed  at  Smithsonian 
Smithsonian  Exhibits  Art  Inspired  by  Space  Program 
Anacostia  Exhibit  Traces  Move  ".  .  .  Toward  Freedom" 
"The  First  Two  Years":  A  Photographic  Impression  of  the 

Presidency 
Environmental  Law  Conference  Will  Be  Held  at  Smithsonian 
Paintings  of  John  Henry  Legend  on  Display  at  Smithsonian  Museum 
Smithsonian  To  Present  Second  "Music  from  Marlboro"  Concert 
National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts  Will  Show  Venice  Biennale  Prints 
Smithsonian  Gives  First  Maury  Medal  for  Ocean  Science  to  Link, 

Johnson 


16  Nov. 

70 

16  Nov. 

70 

16  Nov. 

70 

17  Nov. 

70 

19  Nov. 

70 

23  Nov. 

70 

25  Nov. 

70 

1  Dec. 

70 

1  Dec. 

70 

2  Dec. 

70 

3  Dec. 

70 

4  Dec. 

70 

7  Dec. 

70 

9  Dec. 

70 

11  Dec. 

70 

11  Dec. 

70 

15  Dec. 

70 

15  Dec. 

70 

15  Dec. 

70 

18  Dec. 

70 

21  Dec. 

70 

21  Dec. 

70 

22  Dec. 

70 

23  Dec. 

70 

23  Dec. 

70 

23  Dec. 

70 

23  Dec. 

70 

28  Dec. 

70 

28  Dec. 

70 

28  Dec. 

70 

28  Dec. 

70 

28  Dec. 

70 

7  Jan. 

71 

11  Jan. 

71 

11  Jan. 

71 

12  Jan. 

71 

12  Jan. 

71 

13  Jan. 

71 

15  Jan. 

71 

21  Jan. 

71 

21  Jan.  71 


240  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

National  Portrait  Gallery  Exhibition  Will  Pay  Homage  to  Negro 

History  Week 
Mayor  Washington  To  Visit  Portrait  Gallery 
Smithsonian  Scientists  Publish  Mexican  Meteorite  Study  Results 
NCFA  To  Present  Dramatic  Reading  Feb.  27 
Inventory  of  American  Paintings  Begins 
Marine  Biology  Lectures  To  Be  Held  at  Smithsonian 
Freer  Lecturer  To  Discuss  Work  of  Japanese  Painter 
American  Impressionist  Painters  Shown  in  New  Galleries  at 

National  Collection 
NCFA  To  Show  Portraits  by  "Thief  of  Souls"' 
Smithsonian  Sets  Up  Program  To  Promote  Indian  Awareness 
Smithsonian  Museums  Add  Evening  Hours 

Five  Soloists  To  Present  Finale  of  "Music  from  Marlboro"  Series 
Michael  Collins,  Apollo  Astronaut,  Will  Direct  Air  and  Space 

Museum 
Michael  Collins — Biography 

National  Air  and  Space  Museum — Background  Material 
Puppet  Theatre  To  Reopen  March  24  at  Smithsonian 
Music  from  Marlboro  Artists  Will  Make  Final  Washington 

Appearance 
Ohio,  Northwest  Indians,  Labor  To  Be  Featured  at  Smithsonian's 

5th  Annual  Folklife  Festival 
Kite  Fliers  Invited  To  Compete  in  Contest  in  Washington  April  10 
Frans  Brueggen  To  Perform  at  Smithsonian  March  15 
Freer  Director  To  Lecture  on  Ming  Porcelain  March  16 
New  Art  Show  Offers  Inside  View  of  Body 
New  Music  Choral  Ensemble  III  Will  Perform  at  Smithsonian 
D.C.  Grade  School  Art  To  Be  Shown  at  NCFA 
Smithsonian  Commissions  Architects  To  Design  National  Zoo 

Master  Plan 
Lecture  Series  at  National  Collection  To  Trace  Roots  of  Modern 

American  Art 
In  Sight  and  Sound,  Smithsonian  Portrays  Development  of 

Machines  That  Make  Music 
Contemporary  West  Coast  Graphics  To  Be  Shown  at  Smithsonian 

Museums 
Low  Cost  Furniture  To  Be  Exhibited  at  National  Collection  of 

Fine  Arts 
Archaeologist  Iris  Love  To  Give  Lecture  at  Smithsonian  April  2 
Freer  Galley  Opens  Two  Special  Exhibitions 
Lecture  at  Freer  To  Focus  on  Chinese  Landscape  Painting 
Exhibit  of  Arms  and  Armor  of  Japan  Opens  at  Smithsonian 
John  Marin  Centennial  Exhibition  To  Be  Shown  by  Smithsonian 

Museum 
National  Portrait  Gallery  Exhibition  To  Honor  Unknown  18th 

Century  Artist 
Children's  Day:  An  Art  Happening  at  National  Collection  of 

Fine  Arts 


29  Jan. 

71 

29  Jan. 

71 

2  Feb. 

71 

2  Feb. 

71 

8  Feb. 

71 

9  Feb. 

71 

10  Feb. 

71 

10  Feb. 

71 

12  Feb. 

71 

16  Feb. 

71 

16  Feb. 

71 

17  Feb. 

71 

19  Feb. 

71 

19  Feb. 

71 

19  Feb. 

71 

22  Feb. 

71 

22  Feb. 

71 

23  Feb. 

71 

1  Mar. 

71 

5  Mar. 

71 

8  Mar. 

71 

8  Mar. 

71 

9  Mar. 

71 

15  Mar. 

71 

15  Mar. 

71 

17  Mar. 

71 

19  Mar. 

71 

19  Mar. 

71 

22  Mar. 

71 

23  Mar. 

71 

24  Mar. 

71 

24  Mar. 

71 

26  Mar. 

71 

30  Mar. 

71 

31  Mar. 

71 

1  Apr. 

71 

2  Apr. 

6  Apr. 

8  Apr. 
12  Apr. 
15  Apr. 

7 
7 
7 
7 
7 

15  Apr. 
20  Apr. 

7 
7 

APPENDIX  8.  PUBLIC  AFFAIRS  241 

Smithsonian  Announces  Evening  Hours  for  Museum  of  History 

and  Technology 
Museum  of  Natural  History  Opens  Section  of  Physical  Geology  Hall 
Special  Exhibit  Shows  Faces  of  D.C.  Children 
Anacostia  Museum,  D.C.  Art  Group  Present  3rd  Annual  Exhibit 
Wilson  Center  Sets  May  1  Deadline  for  Applications 
Smithsonian  Will  Produce  Festival  of  American  Folklore  in 

Montreal 
Seventh  Annual  Link  Lecture  To  Be  Held  at  Smithsonian 
Contemporary  Lebanese  Paintings  Will  Be  Exhibited  in  Washington     22  Apr.  7 
NCFA  Announces  Schedule  of  Exhibitions  and  Special  Events  22  Apr.  7 

N.J.  Firm  Presents  Historic  Dividing  Engines  to  Museum  23  Apr.  7 

High  School  Graphics  To  Be  Exhibited  at  NCFA  26  Apr.  7 

Texas-Size  Project  Yields  Millions  of  Fossil  Shells  from  Tons  of  Rock     26  Apr.  7 
Illustrated  Lecture  on  American  Art  Rescheduled  by  National 

Collection  28  Apr.  7 

Two  Story  Lunar  Module  To  Go  on  Exhibition  at  Smithsonian  29  Apr.  7 

Iron  Axes  Made  Centuries  Before  China's  Iron  Age  Were  Fabricated 

from  Meteorite,  Experts  Find  29  Apr.  7 

Children's  Day  at  NCFA  To  Feature  Indians,  Puppets,  Craftsmen, 

Do-It-Yourself  Art  3  May  7 

Smithsonian  To  Feature  Work  of  Artisans  Continuing  American 

Handcraft  Tradition  3  May  7 

Peace  Corps  Poster  Contest  Entries  To  Be  Shown  at  Smithsonian 

May  8-16  4  May  7 

GE  Gives  Household  Appliances  to  Smithsonian  History  Museum  6  May  7 

Ted  Mack  To  Lecture  on  Broadcasting  May  13  at  Smithsonian 

History  Museum  7  May  7 

Smithsonian  Puppet  Theatre  To  Reopen  for  Summer  May  22  10  May  7 

Smithsonian  Museum  To  Display  Mexican  Stamps  by  U.S.  Artist  10  May  7 

Special  Exhibition  To  Commemorate  100  Years  of  Microfilm 

Technology  11  May  7 

Government  Information,  the  Media  and  the  Public  13  May  7 

National  Portrait  Gallery  Extends  Benbridge  Exhibition  13  May  7 

Center  for  the  Study  of  Man  To  Hold  Population  Meetings  13  May  7 

NCFA  To  Exhibit  Drawings  from  Collection  of  John  Davis  Hatch         17  May  7 
National  Portrait  Gallery  Exhibition  Will  Salute  Kennedy  Center 

Inaugural  19  May  7 

National  Portrait  Gallery  Will  Honor  Mary  McLeod  Bethune  19  May  7 

Special  Exhibition  Traces  History  of  Plastic  Surgery  21   May  7 

Wilson  Center  To  Sponsor  Foreign  Policy  Dialogue  21   May  7 

Folk  Skills  of  American  Labor  Will  Be  Featured  at  Annual 

Smithsonian  Festival  on  Mall  July  1-5  24  May  7 

Two  New  Smithsonian  Museums  Are  an  Undiscovered  Resource  24  May  7 

New  Children's  Gallery  at  National  Collection  "A  Looking, 

Dreaming,  Thinking,  Imagining  Place"  24  May  7 

Report  Analyzes  New  State  Approaches  to  Environment  26  May  7 

Smithsonian  Puppet  Theatre  Open  Through  Labor  Day,  Adopting 

Summer  Schedule  27  May  71 


242 


SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 


Annual  Smithsonian  Boomerang  Competition  Scheduled  for  June  5 

on  Monument  Grounds  28  May  71 
Summer  Film  Series  at  National  Collection  To  Focus  on  Eight 

Modern  American  Artists  4  June  71 

Smithsonian's  Science  Hotline  Issues  Annual  Report  for  1970  4  June  71 

Campbell  Museum  Collection  Shows  Tureens  as  Fine  Art  7  June  71 

Smithsonian  To  Present  Talk  on  Mexican  Organs  7  June  71 
Movies  by  Teenagers  From  D.C.  Area  Will  Be  Screened  at  Museum 

Festival  7  June  71 
Mack  McCormick  Appointed  Director  of  Smithsonian's  Festival  of 

American  Folklife  in  Montreal,  Canada  8  June  71 
Portrait  Gallery  Plans  Exhibition  on  "Black  Sounds  of  the  Twenties"  9  June  71 
Richard  Lahey  To  Talk  at  National  Collection  on  the  Noted 

American  Artists  He  Has  Known  9  June  71 
Bust  of  Labor  Leader  John  L.  Lewis  Will  Be  Given  to  Portrait 

Gallery  10  June  71 

423-Carat  Logan  Sapphire  Will  Be  Unveiled  June  22  10  June  71 
First  Synthetic  Gem-Quality  Diamonds  Will  Be  Given  to 

Smithsonian  June  17  10  June  71 
Dancers,  Drummers,  and  Actors  To  Honor  Black  Educator 

In  Courtyard  Festival  at  National  Portrait  Gallery  14  June  71 

July  4  Exhibit  at  Smithsonian  Will  Feature  Marquetry  Flags  14  June  71 
Oregon  Arts  Administrator  Appointed  Chief  of  Smithsonian 

Traveling  Exhibition  Service  15  June  71 

Public  Invited  to  Art  Show  at  Swiss  Embassy  June  25-28  16  June  71 

NASM  To  Receive  Painting  From  Spanish  Ambassador  17  June  71 

Open  House  Scheduled  at  National  Collection  17  June  71 
Indians  of  Northwest  To  Demonstrate  Traditional  Culture  at 

Smithsonian  Institution  Folklife  Festival  July  1-5  18  June  71 
Unknown  Art  Masterpieces  Will  Be  Unveiled  in  National  Collection 

of  Fine  Arts  Show  21  June  71 

Puerto  Rican  Dance  Company  To  Appear  at  Folk  Festival  23  June  71 

Concerts  Set  for  Smithsonian's  Museum  of  History  and  Technology  23  June  71 

Sol  Tax  Named  To  Direct  Center  for  Study  of  Man  24  June  71 

Concert  Set  for  Smithsonian's  Museum  of  History  and  Technology  25  June  71 

Smithsonian  Scientist  Named  To  Link  Foundation  Trustees  29  June  71 

"Radio  Smithsonian"  Programs 

JULY   1970 

"Jacquard    Mechanism    and    Nineteenth    Century    Jacquard    Woven    Coverlets." 

"India  Chintz." 
"Hamilton  College  Choir  and  Brass  Choir." 
"Division  of  Musical  Instruments  Record"  (two  programs). 

AUGUST  1970 


"Recital  of  Twentieth  Century  Piano  Music  by  Pierre  Huybregts." 
"The  Princeton  Chamber  Orchestra." 


APPENDIX  8.  PUBLIC  AFFAIRS  243 

"Tarr  and  Kent  Concert." 

"The  1970  American  Folklife  Festival"  (two  programs). 

SEPTEMBER   1970 

"Conversation  with  Joseph  H.   Hirshhorn  and  Abram  Lemer,"  Director  of  the 

Joseph  H.  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden. 
Interviews:  Roy  Strong,  Director  of  the  National  Portrait  Gallery,  London;  Dr. 

Sidney  R.  Galler,  Assistant  Secretary  for  Science,  Smithsonian  Institution. 
Benjamin  Ruhe,  Press  Officer:  "Boomerangs — It  All  Comes  Back  to  Me  Now"; 

Paul  Garber,  Air  and  Space  Historian:  "The  Art  of  Kites." 
Dr.   J.   Lawrence   Angel,    Physical    Anthropologist:    "Working   With    Prehistoric 

Remains  and  Sleuthing  for  the  FBI";  Paul  V.  Gardner,  Curator  of  Ceramics: 

"Collectables." 

OCTOBER   1970 

Erwin  Swann:  "Thomas  Nast:  Influential  Political  Cartoonist  or  Artist?";  Rob- 
ert M.  Vogel,  Curator  of  Mechanical  Engineering:  "Our  Inventive  Past." 

His  Excellency  Lakshmi  Jha,  the  Ambassador  of  India:  "Gandhi." 

Lucy  Kavaler,  author  of  "Freezing  Point":  "She  Ventured  in  the  Cold";  Dr. 
Gordon  Gibson,  Curator  of  Old  World  Anthropology:  "Scientific  Safari." 

Dr.  Lee  Talbot,  of  the  President's  Council  on  Environmental  Quality:  "Environ- 
ment: What  Are  You  Doing?";  Dr.  Joshua  Taylor,  Director  of  the  National 
Collection  of  Fine  Arts:   "What  Have  We  Created?" 

NOVEMBER  1970 

"The  Music  of  Erik  Satie." 

Benjamin   Read,  Director,  Woodrow  Wilson   International  Center  for  Scholars: 

"A  Living  Memorial";  Dr.  Ray  Smith:  "A  Temple  for  the  Goddess  Nefertiti. 
"Chamber  Music,"  by  the  U.S.  Air  Force  Ensemble. 
"Our  Future  Environment:  Will  We  Have  One?"  (two  programs  selected  from 

the  General  Assembly  of  the  International  Union  of  Biological  Sciences). 

DECEMBER  1970 

Rube  Goldberg:  "Do  It  the  Hard  Way!" 

"Concert  of  Baroque  Music."  Alarius  Ensemble  of  Brussels. 

"Early  Christmas  Music,"  with  James  Weaver,  Concert  Director  for  the  Smith- 
sonian Division  of  Musical  Instruments. 

"Do  Snakes  Have  Souls?"  with  Dr.  James  Peters,  Curator  of  the  Division  of  Rep- 
tiles and  Amphibians;  "Reclaiming  World  War  II  Planes  Downed  in  Nether 
lands  Waters,"  Lt.  Col.  A.  P.  Dejong,  Director  of  Information  for  the  Royal 
Netherlands  Air  Force. 

JANUARY  1971 

"The  Jazz  Scene"  (three  programs).  Julian  Euell,  former  bassist,  sociologist,  and 
now  Special  Assistant  for  Public  Service  at  the  Smithsonian,  and  Dr.  Donald 
Byrd,  noted  jazz  trumpeter,  composer,  and  Chairman  of  the  Department  of 
Jazz  Studies  at  Howard  University,  in  a  musicated  conversation  about  jazz 
and  jazzmen. 


244  SMITHSONIAN  YEAR  1971 

"Bugging  the  Bugs,"  Dr.  Barnard  Burks,  Research  Entomologist  in  the  Systematic 
Entomology  Laboratory;  "Curtain  Going  Up,"  William  Blair,  General  Director 
of  the  John  F.  Kennedy  Center  for  the  Performing  Arts. 

"Talking  to  the  Animals,"  Warren  Iliff,  Special  Assistant  for  the  Director,  Na- 
tional Zoological  Park;  "Commodore  Perry:  East  to  the  Rising  Sun,"  Roger 
Pineau,  Managing  Editor  of  the  Smithsonian  Press. 

FEBRUARY  1971 

"The  Alarius  Ensemble  of  Brussels,"  a  concert  ranging  from  contemporary  to 
baroque  music  presented  at  the  Smithsonian. 

"A  Collection  of  Millions?",  Dr.  Richard  S.  Cowan,  Director  of  the  National 
Museum  of  Natural  History;  "You  Are  More  Attractive  With  a  Flat  Head!," 
Dr.  T.  Dale  Stewart,  Senior  Physical  Anthropologist. 

"Council  on  Worms,"  Dr.  Meredith  L.  Jones,  Curator  of  the  Division  of  Worms; 
"Scientists  at  Sea,"  Dr.  I.  Eugene  Wallen,  Director  of  the  Office  of  Environ- 
mental Sciences. 

"Indians."  A  look  at  a  major  area  of  Smithsonian  scholarship,  the  American 
Indian,  his  culture,  and  some  of  his  problems  today. 

MARCH   1971 

"Indians,"  Part  II. 

"What  If  the  Pacific  Flows  Into  the  Atlantic?,"  Dr.  Ira  Rubinoff,  Assistant 
Director  for  Marine  Biology,  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute;  "The 
Unicorn  Is  Alive  and  Well,  Living  in  Washington  (also  Kansas  City,  London 
and  Mars),"  Dr.  John  White,  author  and  specialist  in  mythical  animals. 

"The  Birds  and  the  Bees."  A  program  in  honor  of  the  coming  of  spring. 

"The  American  Museum,"  Ian  McCallum,  Director  of  the  American  Museum  in 
Britain;  "I'll  Give  You  a  Dollar  for  That  Penny,"  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Clain-Stefanelli, 
Curators  of  Numismatics. 

APRIL  1971 

"American  Bandsman."  Selected  music  of  John  Philip  Sousa  with  discussion  by 
James  Weaver,  Concert  Director,  Division  of  Musical  Instruments. 

"Toward  a  Lasting  Peace."  President  Richard  M.  Nixon  and  Senator  Hubert  H. 
Humphrey  speaking  at  the  dedication  of  the  Woodrow  Wilson  International 
Center  for  Scholars. 

"Global  Crusade."  Discussion  of  a  joint  international  environment  program  with 
Robert  K.  Poole,  Director,  Environmental  Programs,  Peace  Corps,  and  Dr. 
Dale  W.  Jenkins,  Director,  Ecology  Program,  Smithsonian  Office  of  Environ- 
mental Sciences. 

"Thief  of  Souls."  A  Discussion  of  the  art  of  Romaine  Brooks  with  art  student 
Gerald  Adelman;  "Henry  Moore,"  a  conversation  with  the  great  British 
sculptor. 

MAY  1971 

"Concert"  by  Frans  Brueggen,  recorder  virtuoso,  assisted  by  James  Weaver, 
Smithsonian  Concert  Director,  on  the  harpsichord,  playing  works  by  Corelli 
and  Loeillet. 


APPENDIX  8.  PUBLIC  AFFAIRS  245 

"Who  First  Called  it  Jade?"  A  visit  with  Senator  Hugh  Scott  of  Pennsylvania. 

"Know  Thyself."  Dr.  Raymond  Stites,  formerly  with  the  National  Gallery  of 
Art,  discusses  the  subject  of  his  recent  book  The  Sublimations  of  Leonardo  da 
Vinci;  Derek  Rogers,  Keeper  of  Art  at  the  Brighton  Pavilion,  "Who  Would 
Have  Thought  of  an  Oriental  Pavilion  in  England?" 

"Sing  While  You  Labor!"  Tapes  and  talks  on  American  work  songs  with  Archie 
Green,  Institute  of  Labor  and  Industrial  Relations. 

"Do  You  Know  About  the  Tinamu  Bird?"  Discussion  with  Dr.  Sam  Weeks, 
Curator  of  Birds  at  the  National  Zoological  Park;  "Are  Plastic  Spoons  Prog- 
ress?" Dr.  Eugene  Knez,  Old  World  Anthropology  Department,  National  Mu- 
seum of  Natural  History,  revisits  a  Korean  village. 

"Folk  Concert."  Margaret  MacArthur,  folk  singer  and  song  collector  from  Ver- 
mont, with  self-accompaniment  on  the  dulcimer  and  the  folk  harp. 

"Concert."  Bach  and  Handel  Music,  presented  by  the  United  States  Air  Force 
String  Orchestra. 

"Music  Machines — American  Style"  (two  programs).  A  survey  of  popular  styles 
in  American  music  from  barrel  organs  and  player  pianos  to  the  most  up-to- 
date  high  fidelity  equipment. 

JUNE  1971 

"Folk  Concert."  Margaret  MacArthur,  folk  singer  and  song  collector  from  Ver- 
mont, with  self-accompaniment  on  the  dulcimer  and  the  folk  harp. 

"Concert."  The  United  States  Air  Force  String  Orchestra,  in  concert  at  the 
Smithsonian,  playing  works  by  Bach  and  Handel. 

"Music  Machines,  American  Style,  Part  I."  A  look  at  American  music  machines, 
from  barrel  organs  and  player  pianos  to  the  most  up-to-date  stereo  equipment. 

"Music  Machines,  American  Style,  Part  II." 


Appendix  9 


SMITHSONIAN  EXHIBITS 


Special  Exhibits 


History  and  Technology  Building 


American  Holidays — 

Discovery  Day 

Founders'  Day 

Fourth  of  July 

Labor  Day 
Antique  Toys 
Automat 

Benjamin  Wright 
Campbell  Museum  Collection 
Civil  Engineering 
Cyrus  Field 
Do  It  the  Hard  Way 
Embryology 

George  Washington  Carver 
Ghandi  Exhibit 


Graphic  Arts 

Jacquard  Loom 

Leon  Collection 

Mexican  Stamps 

Mr.  Zip 

Music  Machines — American  Style 

Nixon  Photographs 

Objects  of  the  Month 

Perry  Exhibit 

Plastic  Surgery 

Poetry  of  the  Body 

South  Carolina  Currency 

Stephen  Whealton 

Women,  Cameras,  and  Images  (V) 


Natural  History  Building 


Drake  Birds 
Fiberglass  Show 
Flora  of  North  America 
Indian  Images 


Japanese  Armor 
Moon  Rock 
OEP  Posters 
Reptiles'  Photos 


National  Air  and  Space  Museum 


Aerial  Explorations 
Apollo  14 
Early  Bird 
NASA  Benefit 


NASM  Art  Exhibit 
Robert  McCall  Art  Exhibit 
Space  Art 


246 


APPENDIX  9.  SMITHSONIAN  EXHIBITS 


247 


Arts  and  Industries  Building 


Art  Protis 

Bruce  Davidson's  Photos 
Dorothy  Liebes 
Finnish  Design 


Genteel  Female 

The  Hand  of  Man  in  America 

Vibrating  World 

Woman 


Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum 


Black  Patriots 


Jewish  Museum,  New  York 


Software 


Traveling  Exhibit 


Energy  Conversion 


Permanent  Exhibitions 


History  and  Technology  Building 


American  Heroes 

Armed  Forces  Chronology  (Navy) 

Autos  and  Coaches 

Ceramics 

Electricity 


Iron  and  Steel 
Maritime  History 
Textiles 
Underwater  History 


Natural  History  Building 


Age  of  Mammals  (Quaternary) 

Archeology 

Dinosaurs 

Gems 


Native  Peoples  of  the  Americas 
Physical  Geology 
Life  in  the  Sea 
Tiger 


National  Air  and  Space  Museum 


Air  and  Space  Building 
Beech  Aircraft 
Goddard  Exhibit 


U.S.    GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE:    1971    O 441-283